HomeMy WebLinkAbout2001-127 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
i'
BY-LAW#2001- 127
Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Aquicon
Construction Co. Ltd., Brampton, Ontario to enter into an
agreement for the construction of the Clarington Public Library
and Municipal Office Expansion.
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS
AS FOLLOWS:
THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute,
on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
with the Corporation Seal, a contract between Aquicon
Construction Co. Ltd., Brampton, Ontario and said
Corporation; and
2. THAT this agreement attached hereto as Schedule "B" form part of this By-law.
By-law read a first and second time this 25th day of June , 2001.
By-law read a third time and finally passed this 25th day of June , 2001.
Joh Mutton or
atti L. rrie, M cipal Clerk
I � ton Public Library/
/Y
1 Municipal Office Expansion
' Bowmanville, Ontario
TENDER CL2001-1
(S & Z Project No. 0006)
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION
1
SPECIFICATION
VOLUME 1 DIVISIONS 0 - 14
1
a
W
1
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. AUGUST 2001
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206
Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7
Tel.: 613-541-0776 Fax: 613-541-0804
e-mail: mail @szarch.com
1
1
L
Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Tender CL2001-1
Our Project Number: 0006
Architect: Associate Architect:
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. R.A.I. Architects Inc.
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206 1885 Clements Road, Suite 266
Kingston, Ontario Pickering, Ontario
K7K 1Z7 L1W 3V4
Tel: 613-541-0776 Tel: 905-4264460
Fax: 613-541-0804 Fax: 905-426-4631
Contact: Gerry Shoalts Contact: Marry Edelstein
Other: Susan Croswell Other: Nicholas Skinner
Consultants:
Roney Engineering Jain and Associates Limited
Structural Engineer Electrical and Mechanical Engineers
900 Purdy Mills Road 111 Brunel Road. Suite 220
Kingston, Ontario Mississauga, Ontario
K7M 3M9 UZ 1X3
Tel: 613-542-3092 Tel: 905-507-4101
Fax: 613-542-0726 Fax: 905-507-4107
Contact: Chris Roney Mechanical Contact: Ezzat Mitri
Electrical Contract: Bill Rose
Owner:
Municipality of Clarington
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario
L1C 3A6
Tel: 905-623-3379
Fax: 905-623-4169
Contact: Fred Horvath,
Project Manager
Other: Lou Ann Birkett,
Purchasing Manager
Clarington Public Library/ List of Contents Section 00000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
Section No. Title No. of Pages
DIVISION 0
00000 List of Contents 4
' 00010 List of Drawings 4
00100 Instructions to Bidders 6
00220 Existing Conditions Data 2
00300 Stipulated Price Bid Form 3
00410 List of Subcontractors, Appendix S1 2
Unit Prices Supplementary Bid Form,
Appendix S2 2
Separate Prices Supplementary Bid Form,
Appendix S3 2
Health and Safety Practice Form,
Supplementary Bid Information Form,
Appendix S4 4
00710 General Conditions 2
00810 Supplementary General Conditions 4
' DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01001 General Requirements 14
01040 Coordination 6
01060 Regulatory Requirements 2
01400 Quality Control 4
01535 Temporary Facilities 6
' 01545 Safety Requirements 4
01560 Temporary Controls 4
01561 Environmental Protection 2
01700 Contract Closeout 4
' DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
02060 Selective Demolition 4
02110 Clearing and Grubbing 2
02210 Site Grading 3
02223 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling 8
02233 Site Services 8
02260 Topsoil and Finish Grading 2
02490 Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers 8
02515 Concrete Unit Pavers 4
02516 Asphalt Concrete Paving 4
02523 Concrete Walks and Curbs 4
02525 Patterned Concrete 3
02710 Weeping Tile Drainage 2
02905 Tree Protection 2
02938 Sodding 4
_ Clarington Public Library/ List of Contents Section 00000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
' Section No. Title No. of Pages
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03100 Concrete Formwork 10
' 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 10
03300 Cast-in-place Concrete 16
03345 Concrete Finishing 4
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04050 Masonry Procedures 10
04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 4
04150 Masonry Accessories 6
04210 Brick Masonry 2
04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 4
1 04420 Cut Stone Masonry 6
DIVISION 5 STEEL
05120 Structural Steel 12
05311 Metal Deck 6
05411 Wind Load Bearing Steel Stud Systems 8
05500 Miscellaneous Metals 7
05501 Ornamental Metals 6
05510 Metal, Exit and Service Stairs 4
DIVISION 6 WOOD
06101 Rough Carpentry 4
06200 Finish Carpentry 3
06400 Architectural Woodwork 12
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07100 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 4
07160 Bituminous Damproofing 3
07214 Sprayed Foam Insulation/Air Barrier
(Separate Price 41) 8
07240 Exterior Insulation and Finish System,
Moisture Drainage System 12
07251 Intumescent Fireproofing 4
07270 Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals 4
07270 Firestopping and Smoke Seals
07410 Steel Cladding 4
07510 Inverted Bituminous Roofing (IRMA) 11
07520 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing 12
07550 Modified Bituminous Roofing 6
' Clarington Public Library/ List of Contents Section 00000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
Section No. Title No. of Pages
07620 Metal Flashing and Trim 4
07800 Skylights 4
07900 Sealants 5
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
' 08111 Steel Doors, Frames and Screens 6
08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames and Aluminum
Interior Screens 8
08200 Wood Doors 3
' 08520 Aluminum Windows and Curtainwall 16
08710 Finish Hardware 6
08800 Glazing 8
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
09111 Metal Stud Systems 8
09130 Acoustical Suspension Systems 4
09250 Gypsum Board 6
09310 Mosaic Ceramic Tile 4
09330 Stone Tile 4
' 09410 Portland Cement Terrazzo 3
09511 Acoustical Panels and Tile 4
09666 Resilient Sheet Flooring (Linoleum) 4
09680 Carpeting 4
09900 Painting 12
' DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10000 Manufactured Specialties 6
10160 Metal Toilet Partitions 4
10270 Access Flooring 8
10505 Metal Lockers 2
10800 Washroom Accessories 6
DIVISION 12 FURNITURE
12510 Window Blinds 4
DIVISION 14 ELEVATOR
14000 Barrier Free Lift 10
14240 Hydraulic Elevators 16
' Clarington Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
Architectural
A001 Site Plan
A002 Site Details
DE001 - Demolition Plan - Site Plan
DE100 - Demolition Plan - Basement Floor/Ground Floor
DE101 - Demolition Plan - Second Floor/Third Floor
A100A Drawing Legend/Wall Type Legend
A100 Floor Plan - Basement (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A101 Floor Plan - Ground Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A102 Floor Plan - Mezzanine Floor - New Building
A103 Floor Plan - Second Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A104 Floor Plan - Third Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A105 Floor Plan - Fourth Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A106 Fifth Floor Plan (Mechanical Penthouse) - New Building
A107 Floor Plan - Basement and Ground Floor (Part 2) - Existing Building
A108 Floor Plan - Second and Third Floor (Part 2) - Existing Building
A109 Roof Plan
A150 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Basement (Part 1)
A151 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Ground Floor (Part 1)
A152 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Mezzanine Floor (Part 1)
A153 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Second Floor (Part 1)
A154 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Third Floor (Part 1)
A155 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Fourth Floor (Part 1)
A156 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Fifth Floor (Mechanical Penthouse)
A157 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Existing Basement and Ground (Part 2)
A158 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Existing Second and Third Floor (Part 2)
A200 North Elevation, South Elevation
A201 West Elevation, Window Schedule
A210 Building Sections
A211 Building Sections
A212 Building Sections
A213 Building Sections
A214 Building Sections
A300 Wall Section Details
A301 Wall Section Details
A302 Wall Section Details
' A303 Wall Section Details
A304 Wall Section Details
A310 Penthouse (Fifth Floor) Section Details
A311 Section Details
' A312 Section Details
A313 Section Details
A314 Section Details
A320 Ground Floor Plan Details
A321 Ground Floor/Mezzanine Floor Plan Details
A322 Second/Third Floor Plan Details
A323 Third/Fourth Floor Plan Details
A324 Fourth/Fifth Floor Plan Details
A400 Stair No. 3 Plans, Sections and Details
A401 Stair No. 4 Plans, Sections and Details
A402 Stair Details, Guard and Guard Details
A403 Stair No. 6, 7, 8 Plans, Sections and Details
A501 Interior Elevations - Second Floor
A502 Interior Elevations - Third Floor/Plan Details
A503 Interior Elevations - Third Floor
A503a Interior Elevations - Third Floor
Clarington Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
A504 Interior Elevations - Fourth Floor '
A505 Interior Elevations - Ground Floor Level, Mezzanine Level
A506 Interior Washroom Elevations - Ground Floor and Mezzanine Floor
A507 Interior Washroom Elevations
A600 Millwork Details - Main Circulation Desk, Children's Desk - Plans,
Sections and Details
A601 Millwork Details - Work Room, Puppet Stage - Misc. Details, Plans,
Sections and Details
A602 Millwork Details - Caf6 Counter, Reserve Books Shelf - Plans,
Sections and Details
A603 Millwork Details, Plans, Sections and Details ,
A604 Millwork Details, Work Room and Information Desk, Chief Admin.
Officer, Misc. Details, Plans, Sections and Details
A605 Reserved
A606 Millwork Details - Tax Collector's and General Office Desk - Plan, '
Sections and Details
A607 Millwork - Shared Public Service Desk, Misc. Millwork Items -
Plans, Sections and Details
A608 Millwork - Misc. Millwork Items
A700 Door Schedule/Door Types/Frame Types
A701 Frame Elevations/Glazed Screen Elevations
A702 Frame Elevations/Glazed Screen Elevations
A703 Frame Details/Base Details ,
A800 Room Finish Schedule
A801 Room Finish Schedule
A802 Room Finish Schedule
Structural ,
5100 Foundation Plan & Foundation Schedule ,
5101 Foundation Section & Details
5102 Foundation Section & Details
5200 Ground Floor Framing Plan
5201 Mezzanine Floor Framing Plan and Details
5202 Second Floor Framing Plan
S203 Third Floor Framing Plan & Joist Schedule
5204 Fourth Floor Framing Plan & Column Schedule
5205 Mechanical Roof (51h) Floor and Low Roof Framing Plan
5206 High Roof Framing Plan and Penthouse Elevations
5207 Commons Area Roof Framing Plan Sections & Details
5208 Concrete Beam Schedule & Details ,
S209 Sections & Details
5210 Concrete Beam Schedule
5211 Column Schedule and Joist Schedule & Details
5212 Plan Sections & Details
Mechanical
Clarington Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
M101 Site Plan New Building
M102 Floor Plan Basement Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M103 Floor Plan Ground Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M104 Floor Plan Mezzanine Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M105 Floor Plan Second Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M106 Floor Plan Third Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M107 Floor Plan Fourth Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M108 Floor Plan Fifth Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M201 Basement Floor Plans Heating & Ventilation
M202 Ground Floor Part 2 HVAC Duct New Building and Existing Building
M203 Mezzanine Floor HVAC Duct Layout - New Building & Existing Building
M204 Second Floor (Part 2) HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing
Building
M205 Third Floor HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing Building
M206 Fourth Floor HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing Building
M207 Mechanical Room HVAC Layout New Building & Existing Building
M208 Mezzanine Floor (Part 2) HVAC Piping Layout
M209 Piping Layout Second Floor New & Existing Building
M210 Floor Plan Third Floor HVAC Piping Layout
M211 Floor Plan HVAC Piping Layout
M212 HVAC Details & Schematic Diagram
M213 Schedules HVAC
M214 Schedules HVAC
Electrical
' E-100 Electrical Layout - Site Plan j
E-101 Lighting Layout - Basement Floor - New & Existing Building
E-102 Lighting Layout - Ground Floor - New & Existing Building
' E-103 Lighting Layout - Mezzanine Floor - New Building
E-104 Lighting Layout - Second Floor - New & Existing Building
E-105 Lighting Layout - Third Floor New & Existing Building
E-106 Lighting Layout - Fourth Floor - New & Existing Building
E-107 Lighting Layout - Fifth Floor - New & Existing Building
E-108 Power & Fire Protection Layout Basement Floor New & Existing
Building
' E-109 Power & Fire Protection Layout Ground Floor New & Existing Building
E-110 Power & Fire Protection Layout Mezzanine Floor New Building
E-111 Power & Fire Protection Layout Second Floor New & Existing Building
E-112 Power & Fire Protection Layout Third Floor New & Existing Building
E-113 Power & Fire Protection Layout Fourth Floor New & Existing Building
E-114 Power & Fire Protection Layout Fifth Floor New & Existing Building
E-115 Electrical Layout Basement and Ground Floors Part Existing Building
E-116 Electrical Layout Second/Third/Fourth Floors Part Existing Building
E-117 Panel Schedules
E-118 Details & Schematic Diagrams
E-119 Notes & Schematic Diagram
' Sprinkler Layout
' SPO1 Floor Plan Basement Floor Sprinkler Layout
Clarington Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010 0 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
SP02 Floor Plan Ground Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP03 Floor Plan Mezzanine Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP04 Floor Plan Second Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP05 Floor Plan Third Floor Sprinkler Layout '
SP06 Floor Plan Fourth Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP07 Floor Plan Fifth Floor Sprinkler Layout
Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Invitation .1 Bid Call
.1 Offers signed under seal, executed, and
dated will be received by the Owner, The
Municipality of Clarington, shall be
contained in the envelope provided and
addressed to: The Office of the Clerk, on
or before 2:00 p.m. , Thursday, May 31,
2001.
.2 Offers submitted after the closing time
shall be rejected and returned to the
bidder unopened.
.3 Submit Supplementary Bid Forms at or
' before 4:00 p.m. on Monday, June 11, 2001
(one hour after closing for Stipulated
Sum Bid) . Submit in sealed envelope
marked Supplementary Bid Forms,
Clarington Public Library/Municipal
Office Expansion Tender CL2001-01. The
Stipulated Bid Form remains due by 3 :00
p.m. on Monday, June 11, 2001.
.4 Offers will be opened in public
immediately after closing time for
Supplementary Bid Forms. The base bid
amounts will be read out . Bidders will
be informed of bid results after analysis
of the bids is complete.
.5 Amendments to the submitted offer will be
permitted if received in writing prior to
bid closing and if endorsed by the same
party or parties who signed and sealed
the offer.
.6 Both the Bid Form and the Supplementary
Bid Forms must be submitted by the
respective closing times for Bid to be
valid.
' 1 .2 Intent .1 The intent of this bid call is to obtain an
offer for the construction of the new
Clarington Public Library and Municipal Office
' Expansion, for a Stipulated Price contract, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1 .3 Contract Documents .1 The Contract Documents are identified as
Identification Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office
Expansion, Tender CL2001-1 (Shoalts and Zaback
Architects Project No. 0006) , as prepared by
the Consultant, Shoalts and Zaback Architects
Ltd. , located at 4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206,
Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7, Telephone No.
613-541-0776, Fax. No. 613-541-0804 . The
Contract Documents are listed in the Table of
' Contents.
1 .4 Contract/Bid .1 Definitions
Documents .1 Contract Documents: Defined in CCDC2 -
i
Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
1994 Edition, Definitions. ,
.2 Bid Documents: Contract Documents
supplemented with Instructions to
Bidders, Bid Form, bid securities, and ,
Bid Supplementary Forms identified
herein.
.3 Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Act of
submitting an offer under seal . ,
.4 Bid Price: Monetary sum identified by
the Bid Form.
.2 Availability '
.1 Bid Documents may be viewed at the
following Plan Rooms:
a. Durham Region Construction '
Association
b. Peterborough Construction
Association
C. Toronto Construction Association ,
d. Mississauga Construction
Association.
e. Quinte Construction Association.
f. Kingston Construction Association.
.2 Contractors will be provided two (2)
sets of Contract documents at no charge.
Additional sets may be purchased from the
Municipality at a cost of $300 .00 per '
set.
. 3 Bid Documents are made available only
for the purpose of obtaining offers
for this project. Their use does not '
confer a license or grant for other
purposes.
.4 A copy of the available soils
information will be provided by the '
owner's representative to the bidders.
.3 Examination
.1 Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that
documents are complete; notify
Consultant should the documents be
incomplete.
.2 Immediately notify the Consultant upon
finding discrepancies or omissions in
the Bid Documents.
.4 Queries/Addenda
.1 Direct questions to Mr. Gerald Shoalts, ,
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd,
telephone 613-541-0776, fax 613-541-0804 .
.2 Addenda may be issued during the bidding
period. All addenda become part of the ,
Contract Documents. Include costs in
the Bid Price.
.3 Verbal answers are only binding when
confirmed by written addenda. '
.4 Clarifications requested by bidders must
be in writing not less than seven days
before date set for receipt of bids.
The reply will be in the form of an '
Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' addendum, a copy of which will be
forwarded to known bidders no later
than three (3) working days before
' receipt of bids.
.5 Product/System Options
. 1 Where the Bid Documents stipulate a
' particular product, alternatives will
be considered by the Consultant up to
seven (7) days before receipt of bids.
.2 When a request to substitute a product is
' made, the Consultant may approve the
substitution and may issue an Addendum to
known bidders.
.3 In submission of alternatives to
products specified, bidders shall include
in their bid, any changes required in
the work to accommodate such
alternatives . A later claim by the bidder
' of changes in work necessitated by use of
alternatives shall not considered.
.4 Unless alternatives are submitted in
this and subsequently accepted, provide
products as specified.
1.5 Site Assessment .1 Site Examination
' .1 Visit the project site and surrounding
area before submitting a bid.
.2 Review the Owner's collection of
existing drawings for the MAC, available
at the Purchasing Department.
' .2 Bidders Briefing
.1 A Bidders Briefing will be held on
Wednesday, May 23, 2001 at 1:30 p.m. in
' the Committee Room at the Municipal
Administrative Centre.
.2 Representatives of the Consultants will
be in attendance.
' .3 Summarized minutes of this meeting will
be circulated to all known bidders. These
minutes will form part of the Contract
Documents.
' .4 Information relevant to the Bid
Documents will be recorded in an
i
Addendum and issued to known bidders.
' 1 .6 Bid Submission . 1 Bid Ineligibility
.1 Bids that are unsigned, improperly
signed or sealed, conditional, illegible,
obscure, contain arithmetical errors,
erasures, alterations, or irregularities
of any kind, shall at the discretion of
the Owner, be declared informal .
.2 Bids with Bid Forms and enclosures which
are improperly prepared shall at the
discretion of the Owner, be declared
informal .
' .3 Bids that fail to include security
Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
deposit, bonding or insurance ,
requirements shall at the discretion of
the Owner, be declared informal.
.2 Submissions ,
.1 Submit two (2) copies of the executed
offer on the Bid Forms provided, signed '
and corporate sealed together with the
required documentation in the envelope
provided, clearly identified with bidders
name, project name and Owners name on the '
outside.
1 .7 Bid Enclosures/ .1 Security Deposit ,
Requirements .1 The Contractor agrees to provide to the
Municipality of Clarington a bid deposit
in the amount of $200, 000.00 (certified
cheque, bank draft or money order) '
payable to the Municipality of
Clarington. The intentions of this
deposit are to provide for both the bid
deposit as well as a show of good faith ,
of the Contractor' s intention to submit a
Bid on this project and to enter into a
formal agreement with the Municipality
should this Bid be accepted. This bid ,
deposit will be required by the
Municipality at the time of issuance of
the Tender Package. No other deposit
will be requested. All Bid deposits will ,
be returned to the respective bidders
within ten (10) days after the Bids have
been opened except those of the two (2)
low responsible bidders, which shall be ,
retained by the Municipality of
Clargington until the successful bidder
has executed the Contract. In the event
a Contractor chooses not to submit a Bid,
the deposit will be returned within ten ,
(10) days of the tender closing.
.2 Consent of Surety
.1 Submit with the Bid Form and Bid Bond, a ,
Consent of Surety stating that the
surety providing the Bid Bond is willing
to supply the Performance and Labor and
Materials Payment Bond required. '
.3 Performance Assurance
.1 The accepted bidder shall provide a
Performance and a Labour and Materials '
Payment bond as described in the
Supplementary Conditions.
.2 Include the cost of bonds in the Bid
Price. '
' Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' .4 Bid Form Requirements
.1 The Bid Form states the completion date.
State in the Bid Form if additional time
' is required to complete the work. The
completion date may be a factor in the
award of the Contract .
' . 5 Bid Signing
.1 The bid form shall be signed under seal
by the bidder.
' .2 Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole
proprietor in the presence of a witness
who will also sign. Insert the words
"Sole Proprietor" under the signature.
Affix seal.
.3 Partnership: Signature of all partners in
the presence of a witness who will also
sign. Insert the word partner under each
' signature. Affix seal to each signature.
.4 Limited Company: Signature of a duly
' authorized signing officer(s) in their
normal signatures. Insert the officer's
capacity in which the signing officer
acts, under each signature. Affix the
corporate seal. If the bid is signed by
officials other than the President and
Secretary of the company, or the
President-Secretary-Treasurer of the
' company, a copy of the by-law resolution
of the Board of Directors authorizing
them to do so must also be submitted with
the bid in the bid envelope.
1 .8 Offer .1 Duration of Offer
Acceptance/ .1 Bids shall remain open to acceptance and
Rejection shall be irrevocable for a period of
' sixty (60) days after the bid closing
date.
.2 Acceptance of Offer
' .1 The lowest or any tender not necessarily
accepted.
.2 The low bid will be determined by use of
base bids only. The separate prices will
' not be used in determining the low
bidder.
.3 After acceptance by the Owner, the
Consultant on behalf of the Owner, will
' issue to the successful bidder, a
written Letter of Intent.
.4 After a bid has been accepted, all
submitted bid securities will be returned
to the unsuccessful bidders.
1. 9 Procedures to be .1 The procedure recommended in CCDC Document 23
' used if the Bids will be used.
Clarington Public Library/ Instructions to Bidders Section 00100 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 ,
exceed the Budget ,
.2 In the event that all Bids received exceed the ,
Owner' s budget, the Owner will negotiate
changes in the scope of the work with the
bidder submitting the lowest acceptable Bid.
When the negotiations result in a Contract '
Price acceptable to both parties no re-bidding
of the project is necessary and the Contract
should be awarded at the negotiated price.
If negotiations fail to produce a Contract '
Price acceptable to both parties, or if, in the
first instance, the changes contemplated result
in a value in excess of 15%, the Bid Documents ,
may be amended and invitations to re-bid be
restricted to the bidders who submitted the
three (3) lowest acceptable Bids on the
original Bid Call . ,
PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. ,
Clarington Public Library/ Existing Conditions Data Section 00220
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' 1.1 General .1 Thorough investigation of existing conditions
through examination of the Project Site, areas
which are affected by the Work, examination of
' documentation made available by the Owner for
inspection, and requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for the Project Site and Work is the
sole responsibility of the Bidder.
' 1 .2 Subsurface .1 All information relating to subsurface conditions
' Conditions to the project site with respect to the Work must
be obtained by the Contractor directly from
personal inspection of the Site and the Site
Investigation Data available.
' .2 The Contractor is responsible for thorough
inspection of the subsurface conditions as work
proceeds, and notification of the Consultant when
such conditions may vary from conditions
anticipated by the subsurface investigation
reports .
' .3 A copy of the Owner' s subsurface investigation
report will be distributed separately to the
bidders .
' 1 .4 Existing .1 A complete package of all existing drawings is
Drawings available for view at the Purchasing Department at
the Municipal Building, 40 Temperance Street,
' Bowmanville, Ontario.
.2 All bidders are to review these drawings carefully.
' .3 No extras will be paid for work which could
reasonably be inferred by a thorough review of
these drawings by an experienced person.
_ Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' 1 .1 Bidder .1 Name of Bidder:
Identification
' .2 Address of Bidder:
1.2 Delivery of Bid .1 We hereby deliver our Stipulated Price Bid to:
' Form
The Municipality of Clarington, Office of the Clerk
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario
' L1C 3A6
1.3 Bid Price .1 We, the undersigned, declare that we have carefully
' examined the Contract Documents and Addenda
numbered and having
examined the Place of Work, and examined all
conditions affecting the Work; hereby offer to
enter into a Contract to perform the Work required
by the Contract Documents for the Bid Price of:
Dollars ($ ) in Canadian funds,
' which price includes all applicable taxes in force
at this date.
.2 The Bid Price does not include Federal Goods and
' Services Tax (GST) .
.3 The Bid Price does include the Ontario Retail Sales
Tax.
1 .4 Validity of Bid .1 Our bid will remain in good standing for 60 days
' after the closing date of bids .
1 .5 Allowances .1 we have included any Cash Allowances which are set
' out in Section 01001 - General Requirements.
1 .6 Enclosures . 1 We enclose herewith the following:
' . 1 Letter of Consent from the Surety Company.
.2 The Supplementary Bid Forms listed in 1.10.9.
1 .7 Addenda .1 We acknowledge receipt of the following Addenda
issued during the bidding period:
Addendum No. dated
Addendum No. dated
Addendum No. dated
Addendum No. dated
Addendum No. dated
Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300 0 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
1 . 8 Performance .1 We have included $ per $1, 000.00 ,
Bond of the Bid Price for a 100$ Performance Bond.
1 .9 Labour and .1 We have included $ per $1, 000 . 00 '
Materials Payment of the Bid Price for a 100°% Labour and Materials
Bond Payment Bond. ,
1. 10 Declarations .1 We understand that the Owner will pay all Federal '
Goods and Services Tax payable with respect to the
Contract Amount and such is not included in the Bid
Price.
.2 We agree to execute the Contract and provide to the '
Owner with satisfactory Labour and Material and
Performance Bonds specified in the conditions of
the contract within seven (7) days from the date of ,
notification of acceptance of the Stipulated Price
Bid.
.3 We declare that no person, firm or corporation ,
other than the undersigned has any interest in the
Stipulated Price Bid or in the proposed Contract
for which the Stipulated Price Bid is made.
.4 We undertake if our Stipulate Price Bid is accepted ,
to commence the Work at the job site, actively,
immediately upon Owner's or authorized ,
representative's written order to commence the
work. We undertake to be substantially complete
for the entire project by September 15, 2002, and
are to be totally complete by October 30, 2002 . '
.5 We declare that this Bid is irrevocable and may not
be withdrawn by the undersigned and is open for
acceptance the Owner during the Bid Acceptance ,
Period as per Document 00100 .
. 6 We acknowledge that the $200, 000. 00 Bid Deposit
previously submitted to the Municipality of '
Clarington forms the Bid Bond required in Document
00100. This Bid Bond is valid for the length of
the Bid Acceptance Period. The cost of this bond
is included in the Stipulated Price Bid. '
.7 We hereby submit with the Bid Form an Agreement to
Bond issued by a bonding company acceptable to the
Owner, in a form acceptable to the Owner, obliging ,
the bonding company to issue a Performance Bond and
Labour and Materials Payment Bond as contemplated
in the Instructions to Bidders . The Agreement to
Bond shall be irrevocable during the Bid Acceptance '
Period.
.8 We agree to make application for all applicable '
' Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' fees and permits including the building permit and
that the cost of such fees and permits (except the
cost of the Building Permit fee which is not
' applicable for this Contract) has been included in
our Bid Price.
.9 we will complete in full the Supplementary Bid
Information Form including the following list of
Appendices as supplied with the Bid Documents:
. 1 List of Subcontractors Appendix, S1
' .2 Unit Prices Appendix, S2 .
. 3 Separate Prices Appendix, S3 .
.4 Health and Safety Practice Form, S4 .
' .10 we understand and agree that the Owner has no
obligation to accept this bid and may refuse it for
any reason whatsoever in its sole and absolute
discretion and without any explanation to the
' undersigned.
1 .11 Signature of
Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
name of Bidder
t
' (apply seal above signature)
signature
' name and title of person signing
witness signature
' name and title of person signing
Date: This day of 2001.
' Clarington Public Library/ List of Subcontractors Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
1.1 General .1 Document 00430, List of Subcontractors Appendix
shall form an integral part of the Bid Form.
.2 Bidder shall make an entry against each
possible subcontractor or by stating "own
forces" (meaning under the direct employ of
contractor) . Please add to list all other
subcontractors as required.
.3 Upon request by Owner, submit qualification
forms for listed subcontractors.
.4 Once accepted, the listing must not be changed
unless agreed upon in writing by the Owner.
t .5 All work of the trades listed below must be
carried out by a sub-contractor who must be
listed below. The trades listed below may not
be done by the contractor' s own forces.
.6 The Bidder declares that it has ascertained to
its complete satisfaction that the
' subcontractors listed are fully acquainted with
the extent and nature of the Work involved and
of the proposed construction schedule.
.7 The Owner reserves the right to accept or
reject any proposed sub-contractors in
accordance with the procedures set out in G.C.
3 .8.3 and 3 . 8 .4 (CCDC#2) .
1.2 List of
' Subcontractors
Demolition
' Shoring
Excavating and aackfilling
Concrete Reinforcing
' Concrete Forming
Concrete Supply
Concrete Finishing
Foundation Drainage
Cut Stone Supply
Masonry
Structural Steel
Ornamental Metal
' Rough Carpentry
Clarington Public Library/ List of Subcontractors Section 00410 '
Municipal Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001 '
Finish Carpentry '
Architectural Woodwork '
Roofing
Steel Siding ,
Wood Doors - Supply
Aluminum Windows
Gypsum Board '
Tile Systems
Carpet '
Painting
Elevators ,
Plumbing
Sprinklers '
HVAC
Electrical ,
1.3 Signature of
Bidder '
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf o£:
name of Bidder '
t
(apply seal above signature)
signature ,
name and title of person signing
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This day of 2001. '
Clarington Public Library/ Unit Prices Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 1
' 0006 Appendix S2 April 2001
ADDENDUM NO. 2
' 1. UNIT PRICES
In submitting this bid, we agree that additional costs will be paid at
' the following rates:
Units Extra Credit
' Mass Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth $/m'
' Trench Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth $/m'
Trench Backfill
' Earth $/m'
Granular "A" (pipe bedding) $/m'
Granular "B" $/m'
' Building Backfill
Granular "A" $/m'
Granular "B" $/m'
Clear Stone $/m'
' Formwork $/m2
Reinforcing Steel $/Kg
Earth Fill $/m'
' Granular `A' Fill (compacted) $/m'
Granular `B' Fill (compacted) $/m'
Asphalt Paving $/m'
Standard concrete (with forms) $/m'
Sod and top soil $/m2
Brick pavers and granular $/m'
Carpet $/m�
Painting of Gypsumboard:
- walls $/m2
' - ceilings $/m'
I
' NB. 1 . Credits must be a minimum of 85% of extras.
2 . All unit costs include overhead and profit.
3 . We shall supply whatever additional articles, materials, or
equipment that may be necessary and perform any additional work
' that may be required at the unit prices or adjusted unit prices
(set out above) in strict conformity with all terms and
requirements of this contract.
4 . We agree that deductions from the said contract shall be made at
' the unit price or adjusted unit prices (set out above) in strict
conformity with all terms and requirements of this contract.
' 2. SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
Clarington Public Library/ Unit Prices Section 00410 '
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 2
0006 Appendix S2 April 2001 ,
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Signatures '
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
name of Bidder '
(apply seal above signature) '
signature
name and title of person signing '
witness signature
name and title of person signing ,
Date: This day of 2001. '
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 1
0006 Appendix S3 April 2001
ADDENDUM NO. 2
' 1 .1 Separate Prices .1 The following is the list of Separate Prices
which are an integral part of the Bid Form:
' .1 All separate prices are added to or
subtracted from the base bid. They do
not include the G.S.T.
.2 All separate prices include all other
applicable taxes and Contractor' s
overhead and profit.
.3 Separate items may or may not form part
'
of the contract award. Owner reserves
the right to reject any or all,
whichever is in their best interest.
' Separate Price # 1 Delete Mineral Wool Insulation and associated air
barrier on all exterior masonry cavity walls.
Substitute Spray Foam Insulation/Air Barrier System
as specified in Section 07210 . Division 4 is to
' prepare masonry back up wall to requirements of
Section 07210 .
Delete dollars
($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
Separate Price # 2 Delete all work of Section 12510, that is, delete
the supply and installation of the black-out blinds
and sun control blinds.
The electrical connections shown by Division 16 for
the motorized blinds remain in the Stipulated Sum.
Delete dollars
($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
' Separate Price # 3 The underfloor heating system, Room 169, as shown
on Drawing E9 and the Division 16 Specification is
not part of the Base Bid.
To add this system to the Contract, add
' dollars
($ ) to the Stipulated Sum.
Included in this, additional price is the following
general contractor' s work:
' .1 Coordination and layout
.2 A 50 mm topping to the slab in this area.
The main slab is depressed by 50 mm
.3 50 mm rigid SM below the slab in this area.
Separate Price # 4 The installation of the underground electrical
ductbank included excavation, road cut
' reinstatement from the source pole to the property
line as shown on E-100 is not part of the Base Bid.
To add this work to the Base Bid, add
dollars
' ($ ) to the Base Bid. N.B. The
installation of the ductbank from the property line to
the transformer on the roof is part of the Base Bid.
i
Clarington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 00410 '
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 2
0006 Appendix S3 April 2001 '
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Separate Price # 5 Delete the alterations to the Customer Service '
Desk, Room 116 Reception and Lobby. (This desk is
shown in all of the details on Drawing A605 except
1, 2 and 3 on A605. (Note Drawing A605 was issued '
in Addendum No. 1 . )
Delete dollars
($ ) from the Stipulated Sum. '
Separate Price # 6 To use Alternate Brick #1 instead of Base Bid
brick. Add dollars '
($ ) to the Stipulated Sum.
(N.B. Alternate Brick is defined by this Addendum
No. 2 . )
1 .2 Signature of Bidder
Signatures ,
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
name of Bidder '
(apply seal above signature) '
signature
name and title of person signing '
witness signature '
name and title of person signing '
Date: This day of 2001.
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
Municipal office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 1
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
i
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM
To Contractor(s):
The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all
workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment,
contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance
with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee
health and safety.
In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, p lease
provide the
accident/incident and/or Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below,
where applicable.
' The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER)
The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
.............................................................................................
• The Council Amended Draft#7 (CAD-7) Rating
The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups
• Injury frequency performance for the last two years
This may be available from the contractor's trade association
• Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two
years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction).
• Confirmation of Independent Operator Status
-The WSIB independent operator number assigned:
f (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with their bid
submission.)
I �
------ -- - ---
Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 2 '
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all
procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety
policies, department and site specific policies and procedures and other applicable
legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an
accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public.
1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its ,
subcontractors and their employees,
a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational
Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations
thereunder(the "Act'); and
b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required
pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act.
2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the
contractor/successful tenderer shall, '
a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and
b) ensure that its employees, it subcontractors and their employees act safely
and complying all respects with the Act.
3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any '
non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any
person of the existence of such act, practice or non-compliance.
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality ,
and the Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or times for the purpose
of inspection to determine compliance with this contractor/tender. ,
------------ ----------------------------
' Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 3
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be
an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful
tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act.
6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the
Municipality,
a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which
' may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees,
its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all
respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant
to this contract/tender;
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the
Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any
i non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of
its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of
' any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and
C) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be incurred
or aid b the Municipality' p y p y (or any of its council members or employees)
shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any
violation of the Act arising out of this contract/tender.
................................................................................................................................................
Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
.................................................................................................................................................
Signature of Contractor Date
; '' ' ------------------------------------------ ------
Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410 '
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 4 '
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY ,
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Schedule "B"
CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER
The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practice
described below
Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract ,
due to the unsafe work practice described below.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A ,
BREACH OF CONTRACT.
PART"A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT
CONTRACT/P.O.#
DESCRIPTION: '
NAME OF FIRM: ,
----------------------- --- ---------------- ------
Clarington Public Library/ General Conditions Section 00710
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
The appended document, CCDC 2, Stipulated Price Contract, 1994 form the
General Conditions between the Owner and the Contractor.
', 1
i
Clarington Public Library/ Supplementary Section 00810
Municipal Office Expansion General Conditions Page 1
0006 April 2001
' The Canadian Standard Construction Documents CCDC 2, 1994 for the Stipulated
Price Contract consisting of the Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,
' Definitions, the General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract,
Articles GC1 to GC36 inclusive and the Supplementary Conditions are a part of
the Contract Documents.
i
1 . General .1 The Canadian Standard Construction Document
CCDC 2, 1994 for the Stipulated Price
Contract consisting of the Agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor, Definitions,
the General Conditions of the Stipulated
Price Contract, Articles GC1 to GC36
inclusive and the Supplementary Conditions
are part of the contract documents.
.2 The following Supplementary Conditions shall
be read in conjunction with the General
Conditions of the Contract contained in the
Canadian Construction Document CCDC 2, 1994 .
2 . G.C. 1.1 Contract .1 Add 1.3 :
Documents
"Drawings and specifications are
complementary. Items shown or mentioned in
one and not the other are deemed to be
included in the Contract work."
3 . G.C. 6 . 1 Paragraph 6 .2 .3 . , add the following:
I '
"The following fee percentage and overhead
charges shall be applied to additional work
I! ordered by the Consultant:
.1 Where a change is made in work to be
carried out by the Contractor' s own
forces and for which no contract unit
prices are scheduled, the value of the
additional work shall be determined by
'A adding to the reasonable cost of the
materials and labour (as assessed by
- ' the Consultant) , an allowance for the
Contractor' s combined overhead and
profit of not more than ten (10)
percent of the total.
7i
t
Clarington Public Library/ Supplementary Section 00810 '
Municipal Office Expansion General Conditions Page 2
0006 April 2001
.2 Where such a change is made in work to
be carried out by a subcontractor, the
value of the additional work shall be
determined in a similar manner, the
allowances for the subcontractor' s
overhead and profit, being not more
than those set out above for the
Contractor' s. In such cases, the
Contractor shall be permitted to add
thereto an allowance in respect of
combined overhead and profit of not
more than five (5) percent on the
total of the subcontractor' s quotation.
The contractor' s overhead includes the '
cost of supervision" .
4 . G.C. 12 .1 Paragraph 14 .1: deleted the last sentence.
Certificates and
Payments
.2 Paragraph 14 .2, revise to read as follows:
"The Owner shall make payment to the
Contractor on account in accordance with the li
provisions of Article A-4 -Payments no later
than thirty (30) days after the issuance of a
Certificate for Payment by the Consultant."
5 . G.C. 18 Workers' .1 Paragraph 18 .1, revise to read as follows:
Compensation Insurance
"Prior to commencing the work and prior to
application for substantial completion, the
Contractor shall provide evidence of
compliance with the requirements of the
Province or Territory of the place of the
work with respect to the Workers'
Compensation Insurance, including payments
due thereunder."
6 . G.C. 11.2 Bonds .1 Paragraph 11 .2 .3, add the following:
"Provide Performance Bond covering 100°% of
the Contract Price" .
"Provide Labour and Materials Payment Bond
for 100°% of the Contract Price" .
7. G.C. 5.3 .1 5 .3 .2, change five (5) days to thirty (30)
days.
1 �►
Clarington Public Library/ Supplementary Section 00810
Municipal Office Expansion General Conditions Page 3
0006 April 2001
8 . G.C. 8 .1 Delete: G.C. 8 .1, 8 .2 and 8 .3 .
1 .2 Add new G.C. 8 :
"The findings of the Consultant are accepted
by both parties" .
9 . GC 11 .1.1.1 - .1 Change limit of insurance from $2, 000, 000 .00
General Liability to $5, 000, 000 .00 .
Insurance
10 . GC 11.1.1.9 - .1 This insurance will be provided by the
Property and Boiler Municipality.
and Machinery
Insurance
.2 The Contractor and the Consultant Team will
be named as insured in the project policy.
1
i
� 1
1
i
1
1
1
r
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 Related work .1 Related Sections
.1 Document 00100 -Instructions to Bidders:
Procedures for Product alternatives and
Product substitution.
.2 Document 00710 - General Conditions.
.3 Document 00810 - Supplementary Conditions.
.4 Document 01535 - Temporary Facilities and
Utilities.
.5 Document 01560 - Temporary Controls.
1.2 Cash .1 Cash Allowances, unless otherwise specified, cover
Allowances net cost to Sub-Contractor of services, products,
construction machinery and equipment, freight,
handling, unloading, storage, and other authorized
expenses incurred in performing the Work.
.2 The Contract Price, and not Cash Allowance,
includes Sub-Contractor's overhead and profit in
connection with such cash allowance. The contract
price, and not the cash allowance includes the
contractor' s co-ordination of the work and the
installation of components supplied by the
allowance.
.3 Refer to GC 4. 1
.4 Consultant may direct Contractor to obtain bids at
no additional cost to Owner, for work which
payment is made from Cash Allowances.
.5 Cash Allowances included in the contract sum:
.1 Inspection and Testing: $10, 000.00 .
( ' .2 Purchase Finish Hardware as specified in
Section 08710: $65,000.00. (Millwork
Hardware is by Section 06400.)
.3 Planting Material: $10, 000 .00.
.4 Commissioning (Testing and Balancing is by
Division 15) : $10, 000. 00.
.5 Total of Allowances: $95, 000 .00 .
1.3 Cutting and .1 Approvals
I Patching .1 Submit written request in advance of
j
cutting or alteration which affects:
.1 Structural integrity of any element
' of Project .
.2 Integrity of weather-exposed or
moisture-resistant elements.
' .3 Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of
any operational element.
.4 Visual qualities of sight-exposed
elements.
I
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
.2 Inspection ,
.1 Inspect existing conditions, including
elements subject to damage or movement
during cutting and patching. ,
.2 After uncovering, inspect conditions
affecting performance of work.
.3 Beginning of cutting or patching means
acceptance of existing conditions.
.3 Execution
.1 Perform all cutting, fitting, patching
including excavation and fill which is
required, to complete the work. The scope
of the cutting and patching includes all
that is required to install mechanical and
electrical services and to make connection
to the existing (including remote mechanical
and electrical services) . A thorough study
of the mechanical and electrical documents
will be required to determine the full scope
of work required.
.2 Work shall be carried out by personnel
having specialized experience with materials '
to be cut and patched. Mechanical and
Electrical subtrades have the necessary
specialized expertise in coring holes up to
200 mm in diameter.
.3 Remove and replace defective and non-
conforming work.
.4 Make good and protect all concrete, masonry, ,
drywall, wood work, and all other interior
and exterior materials and finishes and Work
which is damaged or disturbed, which is
indicated or required to remain.
.5 Perform all Work as required to make good
existing interior and exterior finishes and
materials, as applicable.
.6 "Make Good" : defined: when a finish or
material has been altered, the material or
finish shall be repaired and refinished to
match existing quality and appearance, and
when judged from a viewing distance of 1830
mm (6' ) , it shall not be discernible.
.7 Perform work to avoid damage to other work.
.8 Prepare proper surfaces to receive patching
and finishing.
.9 Cut rigid materials using power saw or core
drill . Pneumatic or impact tools not
allowed.
.10 Restore work with new products in ,
accordance with Contract Documents.
.11 Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts,
conduit, and other penetrations through ,
surfaces .
.12 At penetration of fire-rated wall, ceiling
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
or floor construction, completely seal
voids with fire-stopping material,
specified in Section 07270, full thickness
' of construction element .
.13 Refinish surfaces to match adjacent
finishes; for continuous; for an assembly,
refinish entire unit.
' 1.4 Field Engineering .1 Qualifications of Personnel
.1 Qualified field Engineer experienced in use
of survey equipment.
.2 Located, confirm and protect control points
prior to starting site work. Preserve
' permanent reference points during
construction.
.2 Survey Requirements
.1 Establish lines and levels, locate and lay
out, by instrumentation.
.3 Records
.1 Maintain a complete, accurate log of
control and survey work as it
progresses .
.4 Subsurface Conditions.
' .1 Promptly notify Consultant in writing if
subsurface conditions at Place of Work
differ materially from those indicated in
Contract documents based thereon.
.2 After prompt investigation, should
' Consultant determine that conditions do
differ materially, instructions will be
issued for changes in the Work provided in
Part 6 - Changes in the Work.
.3 Before commencing work, check and verify
all sizes, locations, grade and invert
elevations, levels foundations and
dimensions to ensure proper and correct
installation. Verify all existing P.U.C.
Services from respective departments.
' 1 .5 Project Meetings .1 Attend site meetings when requested by the
Consultant. Regular meetings may occur minimum
' once per week at the Consultant' s discretion.
.2 Chair meetings. Issue minutes within 3 days to
all parties in attendance.
' 1.6 Submittals .1 Administrative
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.1 Submit to Consultant submittals when '
requested and submittals listed for review.
Submit in accordance with project schedule '
and in an orderly sequence so as to not
cause delay in Work.
.2 Work affected by submittals shall not
proceed until review is complete. ,
.3 Review submittals prior to submission to
Consultant. This review represents that
necessary requirements have been determined
and verified, or will be, and that each
submittal has been checked and coordinated
with requirements of the Work and Contract
Documents.
.4 Each submittal shall contain Contractor's '
stamp identifying that this review has
occurred.
.5 Verify field measurements and adjacent work
are coordinated. ,
.2 Shop Drawings and Product Data
. 1 "Shop drawings" means drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules, performance
charts, brochures and other data which are
to be provided by Contractor to illustrate
details of a portion of the Work.
.2 Indicate materials, methods of construction ,
and attachment or anchorage, erection
diagrams, connection, explanatory notes and
other information necessary for completion ,
of Work.
.3 Adjustment made on shop drawings by
Consultant are not intended to change
Contract Price.
.4 Make changes in shop drawings as consultant
may require.
. 5 Submit one transparency and 2 prints of shop
drawings for each requirement requested in
specification Sections and Consultant may
reasonably request.
.6 Submit 6 copies of product data sheets or
brochures for requirements requested in
specification Sections and as Consultant may
reasonably request where shop drawings will
not be prepared due to standardized
manufacture of product.
.7 Submit for review within two (2) weeks of
Contract award.
. 8 Each Shop Drawing must be certified correct
by submitting trade before submission. Shop ,
Drawings not so certified will be rejected.
.9 Review of Shop Drawings is for sole purpose ,
of ascertaining conformance with general
design concept . This review shall not mean ,
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
' that Engineer approves detail design
inherent in Shop Drawings, responsibility
for which shall remain with Contractor and
1 such review shall not relieve Contractor of
his responsibility for meeting all
requirements of Contract Documents.
Contractor is responsible for dimensions to
be confirmed and correlated at site, for
information that pertains solely to
fabrication processes or to techniques of
construction and installation and for
co-ordination of work of all trades.
.3 Samples
.1 Submit for review, samples in duplicate as
requested in respective specification
Sections.
.2 Resubmit if required by Consultant .
' .4 Operating Maintenance Manuals
. 1 Two weeks prior to application for
Substantial Performance of the Work, submit
' to Consultant, 3 copies of operating and
maintenance manuals.
.2 Manuals to contain operational information
on equipment, cleaning and lubrication
' schedules and similar maintenance
information.
.3 Bind contents in a three-ring, hard covered,
plastic jacketed binder. Organized contents
into applicable categories of work, parallel
to specifications Sections.
' .5 Record Drawings
.1 After award of Contract, Consultant will
provide a set of transparency drawings for
purpose of maintaining record drawings .
Accurately and neatly record deviations from
Contract Documents caused by site conditions
and changes ordered by Consultant as they
occur.
.2 Record locations of concealed components of
mechanical and electrical services as they
are installed.
. 3 Identify drawings as "Project Record Copy" .
' maintain in new condition and make available
for review on site by Consultant .
.4 On completion of Work and prior to final
inspection, submit record documents to
' Consultant .
' 1.7 Mock-ups .1 Mock-ups
.1 where specified complete a mock-up of a
' designated portion of the work.
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 ,
.2 Mock-up shall be complete in all respects '
incorporating all items required in finished
work.
.3 Review with Consultant and revise as ,
required by Consultant .
.4 Final reviewed mock-up will be the project
standard. All remaining work shall conform ,
to the reviewed mock-up.
1 .8 Schedule .1 Schedules
.1 Provide the following:
.2 Construction Progress Schedule including a
Submittal Schedule for Shop Drawings,
Product Data and Samples.
.3 Cash Flow Schedule.
.2 Format
.1 Prepare schedule in form of horizontal bar ,
chart .
.2 Provide separate bar for each trade or
operation. Provide additional breakdown as
required or as requested by Consultant. '
.3 Provide horizontal time scale identifying
first work day of each week.
.4 Format for listings: Chronological order of
start of each item of work. ,
.3 Submission
.1 Submit initial schedules within 10 days
after award of Contract. ,
.2 Submit one opaque reproduction, plus 2
copies to be retained by Consultant.
.3 Consultant will review schedule and return ,
reviewed copy within 10 days after receipt.
.4 Resubmit finalized schedule within 7 days
after return of reviewed copy
.5 Prepare a separate submittal schedule for
shop drawings, samples and mock-ups.
Include all shop drawings, samples and
mock-ups on the list and incorporate the
review time required within the schedule.
.4 Updating the Schedule
.1 The schedule will be reviewed at each
project site meeting.
.2 with each progress draw the Contractor shall
attach a signed statement and transparencies
and two (2) copies of an updated schedule
which shows actual progress by the original '
schedule.
.3 Where the project falls behind schedule a
description of what remedial action is being ,
taken by the Contractor to retain the
project onto the original schedule.
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001 -
.5 Schedule submittals so that materials and
equipment is ordered and on site well in advance
of required time by the schedule.
' .1 In planning submittals use the following
minimum times. : Contractors review and
transfer to consultant . 10 days.
.2 Logging by Prime-Consultant and transfer to
, Sub-Consultant . 5 days.
.3 Consultants review and return to Contractor.
10 days.
!, .4 Contractors' review and return to Sub-
Contractor. 5 days.
. 5 Revisions and resubmittal . 10 days
.6 Contractors' review and transfer to
Consultant. 5 days.
.7 Second review by Consultant team. 10 days.
.8 All days referred to above are working days.
! ' .6 While it may be possible in certain circumstances
to reduce the above times, they are the minimum
time to be allowed in planning the project
schedule.
.7 For more complex shop drawings the Consultant
will require a reasonable amount of additional
time.
' Make allowances for this in the project schedule.
.6 The schedule of submittal shall list each
specification section, the submittals required, !.
' the above time frames (as a minimum) and the key
dates required to meet the project schedule.
1 .9 Quality Control .1 Inspection
.1 Owner and Consultant shall have access to
the Work.
.2 Give timely notice requesting inspection if
Work is designated for special tests,
inspections or approvals by Consultant
instructions, or law of Place of the Work.
' .' .3 If Sub-Contractor covers or permits to be
covered work that has been designated for
special tests, inspections or approvals
before such is made, uncover such Work, have
inspections or tests satisfactorily
completed and make good such Work.
' .2 Independent Inspection Agencies
.1 Independent Inspection/Testing Agencies will
be engaged by Owner assisted by the
Consultant for purpose of inspecting and or
testing portions of work. Costs shall be
paid by the identified Cash Allowance.
t
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001 ,
.2 Co-operate with Independent '
Inspection/Testing agent as required.
Provide equipment required for executing
inspection and testing by appointed ,
agencies.
.3 Reports by these agencies will be sent to
Consultant who will direct copies to the '
Owner and the Contractor who will be
responsible for distribution to appropriate
subcontractor.
1.10 Construction . 1 No Smoking Policy:
Facilities and No smoking is permitted within the existing
Services renovated buildings, within the new construction
and within the scaffold for new construction.
1 .11 Material and .1 Product and Material Quality 1
Equipment .1 Products, materials, equipment and articles
(referred to as Products throughout
specifications) incorporated in Work shall
be new, not damaged or defective and of best
quality (compatible with specifications) for
purpose intended. If requested, furnish
evidence as to type, source and quality of
Products provided. ,
.2 Defective Products, will be rejected
regardless of previous review. Review does
not relieve responsibility, but is
precaution against oversight or error.
Remove and replace defective Products at
own expense and be responsible for delays
and expenses caused by rejections.
.3 Should any dispute arise as to quality or
fitness of products, decision rests strictly
with the Consultant based upon requirements
of Contract Documents.
.4 Products :
. 1 Products which are specified by their
proprietary names or by part or
catalogue number form the basis of ,
this contract. The Bid shall be
based only on named products or any
equivalents named by Addenda.
.2 Substitutes to these will only be
considered for a credit or if
manufacturer states in writing that
the specified material cannot be
delivered to meet the schedule. ,
.3 Proposed substitutions must be made
prior to ordering any material and
may be rejected by the Consultant . '
.2 Inserts, Anchors and Fasteners:
.1 Use only factory made, threaded or toggle
type inserts as required for supports and
' • Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
' 0006 April 2001
i
anchors, properly sized for load to be
carried. Place inserts only in members of
main structure and not in any finishing
' material .
.2 Where inserts cannot be placed use factory
made expansion shields for lightweights
only.
.3 Supply and locate all inserts, holes, anchor
bolts and sleeves in time when walls, floors
and roofs are erected.
' .4 Fasteners stressed in withdrawal are not
acceptable, except where otherwise
specifically shown.
. 5 Ensure that metal fastenings are of same
' material as metal components being anchored
or of a metal which will not set up a
galvanic action causing damage to the
fastening or metal component under moist
conditions.
.6 Fastenings for prefinished materials shall
�., be of concealed type unless otherwise
indicated.
. 7 Ensure that metal fastenings and accessories
are of same texture, colour and finish as
material on which they occur.
' .3 Storage, Handling and Protection
.1 Handle and store Products in manner to
prevent damage, adulteration, deterioration
' and soiling and in accordance with
manufacturer' s instructions when applicable.
.2 Store packaged or bundled Products in
' original and undamaged condition with
manufacturer' s seals and labels intact.
.3 Store Products subject to damage from
weather in weatherproof enclosures.
.4 Manufacturer' s Instructions
.1 Unless otherwise indicated in
specifications, install or erect Products in
' accordance the manufacturer' s instructions.
Do not rely on labels or enclosures provided
with Products. Obtain written instructions
directly from manufacturers.
!I , .2 Notify Consultant in writing, of conflicts
between specifications and manufacturer' s
instructions, so that Consultant may
establish proper course of action.
' . 3 Improper installation or erection. of
Products, due to failure in complying with
these requirements, authorizes Consultant
to require removal and reinstallation at no
increase in Contract Price.
.5 Workmanship
.1 Workmanship shall be best quality, executed
I �
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 0 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 ,
by workers experienced and skilled in '
respective duties for which they are
employed. Immediately notify Consultant if
required work is such as to make it
impractical to produce required results.
.2 Do not employ any unfit person or anyone
unskilled in their required duties. ,
.3 Decisions as to quality or fitness or
workmanship in cases of dispute rest solely
with the Consultant, whose decision is
final . '
.4 Where required by local or other bylaws or
regulations tradesman shall be licensed in
their trade.
.6 Concealment t
.1 In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts and
wiring in floors, walls and ceiling, except
where indicated otherwise. ,
.2 Before installation, inform Consultant if
there is a contradictory situation. Install
as directed by Consultant .
.3 Failure to Carry out .2 will require ,
Contractor to relocate the services as
required at no cost to the Owner.
. 7 Co-ordination: Relocate equipment and/or ,
material installed but not coordinated with work
of other Sections as directed, at no additional
cost .
1.12 Daily Cleaning .1 The general contractor is reaponsible for
cleaning the area of work daily, including ,
removal of all garbage.
.2 Periodic broom cleaning of work area is to be
performed to meet Ontario Health and Safety Act '
and Regulation requirements.
1 .13 Project Closeout .1 Final Cleaning ,
.1 When the Work is substantially Performed,
remove surplus products, tools construction
machinery and equipment not required for
performance of remaining work.
.2 Remove waste materials and debris from site
at regularly scheduled times or dispose of ,
as directed by Consultant . Do not burn
waste materials on site, unless approved by
Consultant .
.3 Leave work broom clean before inspection '
process commences.
.4 Clean and polish glass, mirrors, hardware,
wall tile, stainless steel, chrome porcelain
' Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 11
0006 April 2001
enamel, baked enamel, plastic laminate,
mechanical and electrical fixtures. Replace
broken, scratched or disfigured glass.
. 5 Remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from
decorative work, electrical and mechanical
fixtures, furniture fitments, walls, etc.
and as directed by Consultant.
' .6 Vacuum clean and dust building interiors,
behind grilles, louvres and screens.
.7 Wax, seal, shampoo or prepare floor
finishes, as recommended by the
manufacturer.
. 8 Broom clean and wash exterior walks, steps
and surfaces.
. 9 Remove dirt and other disfigurements from
exterior surfaces.
.2 Systems Demonstration
' .1 Prior to final inspection, demonstrate
operation of each system to Owner and
Consultant .
.2 Instruct personnel in operation, adjustment,
' and maintenance of equipment and systems,
using provided operation and maintenance
data as basis for instruction.
.3 Documents
.1 Collect reviewed submittals and assemble
documents executed by Sub-Contractors,
suppliers and manufacturers.
.2 Submit material prior to request for
substantial completion.
! ' .3 Submit operation and maintenance data,
' record (as-built) drawings.
.4 Provide warranties fully executed and
notarized. All warranties must be on Sub-
Contractors letterhead. Warranties from
suppliers are not acceptable.
.5 Submit a final statement of accounting
giving total adjusted Contract Price,
pervious payments, and monies remaining due.
' . 6 Consultant will issue a final change order
reflecting approved adjustments to Contract
Price not previously made.
.4 Takeover Procedures
.1 Prior to application for certificate of
Substantial Performance, carefully inspect
the Work and ensure it is complete, that
major and minor constriction deficiencies
are complete, defects are corrected and
' building is clean and in condition for
occupancy. Notify Consultant in writing, of
satisfactory completion of the Work and
request a review.
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 • '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 12
0006 April 2001
.2 During Consultant inspection, a list of '
deficiencies and defects will be tabulated.
Correct same.
.3 A deficiency list is not a work list . Each ,
Sub-Contractor shall inspect the Work, issue
their own list and review the corrections
prior to request for a deficiency list . ,
.4 After deficiency list is received
Construction Manager' s superintendent shall
conduct a review of deficiencies and submit
a marked up deficiency list to Consultant '
prior to request for review of corrected
deficiencies.
.5 When Consultant considers deficiencies and
defects have been corrected and it appears '
requirements of Contract have been
performed, make application for certificate
of Substantial Performance.
1 .14 Protection .1 Protect work from damage. Securely plug or cap '
open ends of conduits, pipes, ducts or equipment
to prevent entry of dirt, dust, debris, water, '
snow or ice. Clean all piping and equipment
inside and outside before testing.
.2 Material stored on site shall be protected from '
weather and kept dry and clean at all times . Take
care to avoid corrosion of metal parts. Protect
all bearings and motors from damage due to
moisture and dust. Equipment not yet in operation
shall be turned over at least at monthly
intervals to prevent bearing deterioration.
1 . 15 Temporary or .1 Temporary or trial usage shall not be construed
Trial Usage as evidence of acceptance of same and no claim
for damage shall be made for injury to or
breaking of any part of such work which may be so
used.
1 .16 Future .1 In every place where there is indicated space ,
Connections reserved for future or other equipment, leave
such space clear, and install piping and other
work so that necessary installation and ,
connections can be made for any such apparatus.
Obtain instructions whenever necessary for this
purpose.
1.17 Air Barrier .1 It is critical that the air barrier system be
continuous in all locations. '
' Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001
Municipal Office Expansion Page 13
' 0006 April 2001
' .2 Plan and coordinate construction sequence to
ensure that a continuous effective air barrier
system is constructed.
.3 Call coordination sessions as required with
Consultant and all applicable trades .
' . 5 Assign supply and installation of membranes to
subtrades or own forces as required to ensure
tcontinuous effective air barrier.
1.1B Exiting and Life .1 All fire exiting systems in the Municipal
' Safety Administrative Centre must be maintained during
Construction.
.2 Close off access routes by placing barricades or
posting guards to prevent unauthorized personnel
from having access to Work while ensuring that
fire exit corridors are maintained.
' .3 All building life safety systems must be
maintained in an operational mode.
.4 Any necessary disruption to alarms and life
' safety systems must be carried out in
coordination with the requirements of tenants,
the landlords and the authorities having
jurisdiction. Coordinate with the Owner's
' representative and Consultant
.5 Provide and maintain in working order, suitable
' ULC labeled fire extinguishers and locate in
suitable positions.
i
1 .19 Artifacts .1 Artifacts of historical or scientific interest
found on site shall remain property of the
' Owner. Protect such articles and request
directives from Consultant.
.2 Give immediate notice to Consultant if evidence
of archeological finds are encountered during
construction, and await Consultant' s written
instructions before proceeding with work in this
section.
' 1.20 Construction .1 Construction Sequence
Sequence .1 Substantially Complete the addition. After
Deficiency List is corrected, turn over
addition to owner.
.2 owner will move existing furniture and
equipment from the existing building to the
addition. This move will occur over a
Clarington Public Library/ General Requirements Section 01001 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 14 ,
0006 April 2001
weekend. '
.3 The General Contractor then takes over the
existing building and completes all the
renovations in one phase.
.4 During the transition period, the General
Contractor may assume that work can be
continuous (with some disruptions) . ,
.5 Service to the public must be maintained in
either the new or existing building
throughout the construction period. Meet
with and cooperate with the Owner to provide '
this.
PART 2 - MATERIALS Not used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used.
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Coordination Section 01040
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
1. 1 Contractor' s .1 Ensure that Work erected is in compliance with
Responsibilities Contract Documents and shall be responsible for
delays or costs resulting from failure to
inspect or coordinate, and for any replacement
or corrective Work required.
1.2 Identification .1 Ensure that Identification of electrical and
of Systems mechanical system installations and other
automated systems or equipment is provided in
' compliance with Contract Documents.
1 .3 Commissioning .1 Ensure that testing, adjusting, balancing and
' certification and commissioning of mechanical
and electrical installations and other
automated systems or equipment are executed in
compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.4 Systems .1 Ensure that the Owner' s representatives are
Demonstrations adequately instructed in all aspects of
' operation and maintenance of mechanical and
electrical installations and other automated
systems or equipment, in compliance with
Contract Documents .
�I
1.5 Superintendence .1 Provide at Site at all times while Work is
being performed, qualified personnel and
supporting staff with proven experience in
erecting, supervising, testing and adjusting
projects of comparable nature and complexity.
.2 Site superintendent shall be full time on site
with overall authority to speak for Contractor
and represent Contractor.
.3 Superintendent shall be on site from start up
�µ. to completion of deficiencies. Superintendent
, . may not be changed except through death or
' disability.
1.6 Cooperation .1 Take field dimensions relative to Work.
Fabricate and erect Work to suit field
dimensions and field conditions in an
acceptable manner.
' .2 Provide all forms, templates, anchors, sleeves,
inserts and accessories required to be fixed to
or inserted in the Work and set in place or
instruct separate Sections as to their
' location.
' .3 Supply all items to be built in, as and when
Clarington Public Library/ Coordination Section 01040 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
required together with templates, measurements, '
shop drawings and other related information and
assistance.
.4 Pay the cost of extra work and make up the time ,
lost as the result of failure to provide
necessary information and items to be built in, ,
in adequate time.
1 .7 Coordination .1 Subcontractors shall cooperate with each other ,
to ensure that Work will be carried out
expeditiously and will be satisfactory in all
respects at completion.
.2 Subcontractors shall examine Contract Documents '
with particular emphasis to Work of other
Subcontractors which may affect performance of
their own Work. ,
.3 Regularly examine the Site Work of
Subcontractors and report any defects or
deficiencies. ,
.4 Subcontractors shall cooperate with other
Subcontractors whose Work attaches to or is
affected by their own work, and ensure that '
minor adjustments are performed to allow
adjustable Work fit to fixed Work.
.5 Ensure that Subcontractors requiring ,
foundations or openings to be left for
installation of their Work furnish necessary
information to Subcontractors concerned in ,
ample time so that proper provision can be
made.
.6 Ensure that items to be built in are supplied
as and when required by Subcontractors building
in the items together with templates,
measurements or shop drawings and other related
information and assistance. '
.7 Ensure that equipment and/or material installed
but not coordinated with the Work of other
Subcontractors is relocated as directed by ,
Consultant, without increasing contract price.
. 8 Ensure each Subcontractor maintains its own
quality assurance program. '
1. 8 Cutting and .1 Where they are not doing the work with their
Remedial Work own forces, subcontractors shall inform other ,
Clarington Public Library/ Coordination Section 01040
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
trades in time to provide holes and openings,
r ' or failing to do so, bear the cost of all
cutting and remedial Work.
' .2 Ensure that holes through walls, floors and
roof are provided and are complete with
sleeves, packing insulation, firestopping and
sealant as required for each particular
condition.
f
' .3 See further requirements under Cutting and
Patching of Section 01001 .
'J
1 .9 Building .1 Ensure that all necessary job dimensions are
Dimension and taken and all trades are coordinated for the
Coordination proper execution of the Work. Assume complete
r responsibility for the accuracy and
completeness of such dimensions, and for
coordination.
.2 Verify that all Work, as it proceeds, is
executed in accordance with dimensions and
positions indicated which maintain levels and
clearances to adjacent Work, as set out by
requirements of the Drawings, and ensure that
I Work installed in error is rectified before
construction resumes.
. 3 Check and verify all dimensions referring to
the Work and the interfacing of all services.
Verify with the trade concerned all dimensions,
when pertaining to the Work of other trades.
Be responsible to see that Subcontractors for
various trades cooperate for the proper
performance of the Work.
.4 Do not scale directly from the Drawings. If
there is ambiguity or lack of information,
immediately inform the Consultant . Any change
through the disregarding of this clause shall
' be the responsibility of the Contractor.
.5 All details and measurements of any Work which
is to fit or to conform with Work installed
I ' shall be taken at the building.
. 6 Advise Consultant of discrepancies and
omissions on Drawings, particularly reflected
' ceiling plans and jointing patterns for surface
finishes, which affect aesthetics, or which
interfere with services, equipment or surfaces.
Do not proceed with Work affected by such items
' without direction from the Consultant .
.7 Ensure that each subcontractor communicates
' requirements for site conditions and surfaces
,I
Clarington Public Library/ Coordination Section 01040 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 '
necessary for the execution of the '
subcontractor' s Work and that he provides
setting drawings, templates and all other '
information necessary for the location and
installation of material, holes, sleeves,
inserts, anchors, accessories, fastenings,
connections and access panels. Inform other '
Subcontractors whose Work is affected by these
requirements and preparatory Work.
.8 Ensure that other Subcontractors are assisted '
in the execution of required preparatory work
by Subcontractors whose own Work is dependent
on this preparatory Work.
. 9 Prepare interference drawings to properly ,
coordinate the work where necessitate. Refer
also to Section 01340 .
1.10 Interference .1 Coordinate placement of equipment to ensure '
and Interference that all components will be properly
Drawings accommodated within the spaces provided prior ,
to commencement of work.
.2 Take complete responsibility for any remedial
work that results from failure to coordinate '
any aspect of the Work prior to its
fabrication/installation.
.3 Ensure that accesses and clearances required by '
jurisdictional authorities and/or for easy
maintenance of equipment are provided in the
layout of equipment and services. ,
.4 Interference drawings shall be prepared by the
contractor before any orders for equipment
and/or materials are released to suppliers in '
all cases where there is any uncertainty
regarding means and methods of properly
accommodating required elements of the Work.
Pay costs for this work and issue such drawings '
for review to all parties involved in the
installation work.
.5 Prepare interference drawings to properly ,
coordinate the work.
.6 Interference drawings shall contain
requirements of Divisions 15, 16 and 9. ,
. 7 Drawings shall contain information based on
actual shop drawings . '
. 8 Show ducts as two lines. Show cross sections
in key areas. (as defined by Consultant) .
' Clarington Public Library/ Coordination Section 01040
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
.9 This section does not relieve division 15 or 16 III
of providing interference drawings called for
in their specifications, i.e. 15010 .
' Division 15 and 16 are also to provide any
information required by 01040 which is specific
to their trade.
Section 0104C is to assemble and co-ordinate
information provided by division 15 and 16 .
' Division 15 and 16 are to provide drawings on
clear Mylar to allow overlays to be assembled
by 01040.
' Section 01040 is to establish scales to allow
coordination of Division 15 and 16 information.
' 1.11 Sleeve Drawings .1 Prepare sleeve drawings. Show all openings
through
Poured concrete floors and structural elements
and through structural steel beams and decks.
.2 Prepare large-scale detail plans of key areas.
Indicate reinforcing
.3 Schedule drawings to allow time for consultants
review and any required revisions. Refer to
Section 01001 for minimum time requirements
l
II '
� . Clarington Public Library/ Regulatory Requirements Section 01060
Municipal office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
1 .1 Laws, Notices, .1 Refer to GC 10.2
Permits and Fees
' .2 The Building Code - Ontario Regulation 413/95,
including all amendments, shall govern the
construction of the Work.
.3 Comply with all bylaws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction. These codes
and regulations constitute an integral part of
the Contract Documents.
.4 Arrange for inspection, testing of Work and
acceptance required by the authorities having
jurisdiction. Be responsible for necessary
preparations, provisions and pay all costs.
.5 The Contractor is responsible for applying for
' and obtaining all permits that are required for
the conduct of the work, including, but not
limited to Building Permit, Impost and
Development Charges, HVAC, plumbing,
' electrical, building cleaning, waste disposal,
street and hoarding permits.
.6 There is no cost to the project for
' Municipality of Clarington permits.
1.2 Existing Public .1 Where existing public services are indicated to
Service Lines be removed and/or relocated, perform Work in
compliance with authorities having
jurisdiction.
.2 Make good public roads, walkways and curbs
soiled or damaged due to construction to the
requirements of local authorities.
1.3 Overloading .1 Ensure no part of work is subjected to a load
which will endanger its safety or will cause
' permanent deformation.
1.4 Falsework .1 Design and construct falsework to CSA S269 .0-
1975 .
1.5 Scaffolding .1 Design and construct scaffolding to CSA 5269.2-
, M87.
Clarington Public Library/ Quality Control Section 01400
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
1.1 Related .1 Refer to GC 2 .3 .
Requirements
' .2 Cash Allowances - under Section 01001 .
.3 Materials and workmanship quality, reference
standards - under Section 01600.
' .4 Balancing and Testing of Systems - under
Divisions 15 and 16 .
' 1 .2 Inspection and .1 From time to time during progress of the Work,
Testing the Owner will require that testing be
' performed to determine that materials provided
for the Work meet the specified requirements.
.2 The Consultant will, on behalf of the Owner,
' appoint the Inspection and Testing Consultants,
representing, reporting and responsible to the
Owner through the Consultant.
.3 Cost of inspection and testing will be
' authorized as a disbursement from Cash
Allowances as specified in Section 01001.
.4 Additional testing required because of changes
in materials, proportions of mixes requested by
Contractor an Subcontractors as well as any
extra testing of materials occasioned by lack
of identification or by failure of such
materials occasioned by lack of identification
or by failure of such materials being replaced
' to meet specification requirements or testing
of structure or elements including load
testing, shall be carried out t Contractor' s
and Subcontractor' s expense, and will not be
paid out of the Cash Allowance.
.5 Inspection and Testing Consultant shall submit
monthly invoice original to Contractor for
review, relating invoices to tests and
inspection reports. Provide original receipts
for all disbursements .
.6 Invoices will be forwarded by Contractor to
Consultant for inclusion in the Contractors
next progress payment application.
' .7 Inspection and tests required by codes or
ordinances, or by an authority having
jurisdiction, and made by a legally constituted
authority, shall be the responsibility of and
' shall be paid for by the Contractor, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
Clarington Public Library/ Quality Control Section 01400 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
1.3 Reports and .1 The inspection and testing Consultants shall '
Documents submit inspection and Site inspection reports
within five (5) days of each inspection.
.2 Distribute reports as follows: '
.1 Owner: two (2) copies
.2 Consultant: one (1) copy '
. 3 Contractor: two (2) copies
.4 Consulting Engineers: one (1) copy each.
.5 In addition submit one (1) copy to local
Department of Building of all subsurfaces '
and structural inspection.
.3 Inspections shall provide a written report on
each inspection or test, including in the ,
report, all pertinent data as to job site
conditions, dates, test references, locations
of tested materials, actual product
identification, procedures and descriptions, '
site instructions given, recommendations and/or
any other information required by standard
applicable to reporting of tests and
inspections. '
.4 Clearly indicate in the report failure of
products or procedures to meet applicable
standards, give recommendations for retesting ,
or correction. Contact Consultant immediately
when product or procedure fails to meet
applicable standards. '
1 .4 Inspection and .1 Inspection and Testing will, generally, consist
Testing Specimens of procedures listed in the following Articles,
but additional tests may be performed as
required to verify conformance to Contract
Documents .
.2 Specimens and samples for testing, unless '
otherwise provided in these Contract Documents,
will be taken by the testing laboratory,
sampling equipment and personnel will be ,
provided by the testing laboratory; and
deliveries of specimens and samples to the
testing laboratory will be performed by the
testing laboratory.
.3 Inspector takes all samples necessary to verify
quality as specified by applicable standards or
as specified herein. Taking of samples shall '
not endanger the structure or life, and shall
be taken so as to best represent the work as a
whole.
.4 Samples shall be handled, packaged, stored and
delivered so as to best ensure the validity of '
1
Clarington Public Library/ Quality Control Section 01400
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' tests that will be performed on them. Sample
handling where required shall duplicate site
conditions (such as site-cured concrete
cylinders) .
i
1
1
i
1
1
1
i
IClarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Section .1 Construction aids.
Includes
.2 Traffic controls.
.3 Office and sheds.
.4 Project identification.
.5 Temporary Utilities.
1.2 Related .1 Section 01560 - Temporary Controls.
Sections
1.3 Installation .1 Provide all construction facilities required
and Removal to execute work expeditiously.
.2 Remove from site all such work after use.
1.4 Hoisting .1 Provide, operate and maintain hoists and or
cranes as required for moving of workers,
materials and equipment.
i
1 .5 Elevators .1 The existing elevator may not be used by
construction personnel. The new elevators
installed by this contract may be used.
Contractor is to carry out at their cost
inspections and maintenance of the elevator
to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction, from start of construction
until substantial completion..
.2 Provide protective coverings for finish
surfaces of cars and entrances.
i
1
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.6 Site Storage/ .1 Refer to GC 3 .12 , i
Loading
.2 Confine work and operations of employees to
areas identified by Contract documents. Do
not unreasonably encumber premises with
products .
.3 Do not load or permit to load any part of
work with a weight or force that will
endanger the work.
1 . 7 Construction .1 This issue will be discussed at the Bidders
Parking Briefing.
1 .8 Offices .1 Provide and maintain in clean condition '
during progress of work, adequately lighted,
heated and ventilated Contractor' s office
with space for filling and layout of Contract
Documents and Contractor' s normal site office
staff and space for site meetings.
.2 Provide adequate first aid facilities as
required by applicable regulations.
1. 9 Equipment, .1 Provide and maintain, in a clean and orderly
Tool and condition, lockable weatherproof sheds for
Materials Storage storage of tools, equipment and materials . ,
.2 Locate materials not required to be stored in
weatherproof sheds on site in a manner to
cause least interference with work
activities.
1.10 Construction .1 Provide and erect, within three weeks of
Sign issuance of letter of intent, a project sign
in a location designated by Consultant.
.2 Construction sign 2 .4 m x 2 .4 m, of wood '
frame and plywood construction painted with
exhibit lettering produced by a professional
sign painter.
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535
' Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
1 .3 Indicate on sign, name of Owner, Consultants
and Contractor of a design style established
by Consultant.
' .4 Maintain sign in good condition for duration
of work. Clean periodically.
.5 No other signs or advertisements, other than
warning signs, are permitted on site.
1 .11 Installation .1 Provide temporary utilities controls in order
and Removal to execute work expeditiously.
.2 Remove from site all such work after use.
i
1 1.12 Dewatering .1 Provide temporary drainage and pumping
facilities to keep excavations and site free
h ,
from standing water.
.2 Dewatering is to be directed to silt control
rock check dam which is detailed elsewhere
in this Addendum (No. 2) .
.3 All major dewatering or construction storm
' water must be directed here, not to street
or other storm water systems or onto
neighbouring properties.
il. 1 1 .13 Sanitary .1 Provide sufficient sanitary facilities for
Facilities workers in accordance with local health
authorities.
j .2 Maintain in clean condition.
.3 Existing facilities may not be used during
construction period.
i
i
t1 .14 Water Supply .1 The Owner will provide a continuous supply of
potable water for construction use.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.2 Arrange for connection with the Region of
Durham and pay all costs for installation,
maintenance and removal . '
. 3 The Owner will pay Pay for water related
utility charges at prevailing rates.
1. 15 Temporary .1 Provide temporary heating required during
Heating construction period, including attendance and
maintenance. Propane-fired temporary heating
is not permitted.
.2 Maintain temperatures of minimum 12C in areas
where construction is in progress .
.3 Permanent heating system of the new building,
or portions thereof, may be used when
available. Be responsible for damage thereto. '
The heating systems of the existing building
may not be used.
.4 On completion of work for which permanent ,
heating system is used, replace filters,
carry out complete maintenance to
manufacturer' s recommendations and clean
system thoroughly.
.5 Date of Substantial Performance and
Warranties for heating system do not commence ,
until entire system is in as near original
condition as possible and is so certified by
Consultant .
.6 Be responsible for damage to work due to
failure in providing adequate heat and
protection during construction.
1.16 Temporary Power . 1 Arrange for connection with appropriate
and Light utility company for all temporary power
required to complete the project. Pay all
costs for installation, power consumption,
maintenance and removal .
.2 Provide and maintain temporary lighting
throughout project .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
1. 17 Temporary .1 Provide and pay for temporary telephone and
Telephone provide and pay for a site fax machine.
' 1. 18 Fire .1 Provide and maintain temporary fire
Protection protection equipment during performance of
work required by authorities having
' jurisdiction and governing codes, regulations
and bylaws.
1.19 Existing .1 Maintain all services and utilities to
Services in existing Municipal Admnistrative Centre
Existing throughout construction.
Municipal
Administrative .2 Necessary shut downs to tie in or separate
Centre services must be kept to a minimum and
'! scheduled a minimum of ten (10) working days
in advance with Owner's representative.
I
These shut downs are to occur after hours or
on weekends.
1 .20 Municipal .1 The fire alarm in the Municipal
Administrative Administrative Centre will remain online
Centre Fire Alarm throughout construction.
System
it
1.21 Space Within .1 The following area of the existing building
> � Existing Building for may be used by the Contractor throughout
Contractor's Use construction. Refer to Dwg. No. A-100:
From Grid EF to Grid EG Between Grid E4 and
Grid E2A
' .2 Construct a WD stud and plywood partition to
separate this area from the remainder of the
building sealed at perimeter. There are to
i � be no openings in this partition. Maintain
Owner's access to Stair #2.
.3 Access the basement area from the
construction site only. Install a
weatherproof partition at the exterior is
i required.
i
i
Clarington Pub. Library/ Temporary Facilities Section 01535 • r
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 r
0006 April 2001
1.22 Church Street .1 The existing parking spaces adjacent to the
site of the new construction on Church
Street may be taken over by the Contractor
for site trailers. However, the sidewalk
must remain open except for scheduled
minimal closures. r
1.23 Additional .1 The Municipality is the in the process of r
Contractor's Yard purchasing a property approximately 1 block
away, approximately the size of 2 houses
which will be available for the Contractor's
use for material and equipment storage,
etc. , throughout the construction period.
The Contractor is responsible for erecting a
perimeter security fence (chain link 1.8 m
high) and removal of this at completion of r
the contract plus restoration of the lot to
condition it was received in.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
i
r
' Clarington Public Library/ Safety Requirements Section 01545
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' 1.1 Related Work .1 Temporary Facilities and Controls - Section 01535
and Section 01560 .
' 1 .2 References . 1 CSA S269.1-1975 Falsework for Construction
Purposes.
.2 CAN/CSA-S269.2-M57 Access Scaffolding for
Construction Purposes.
' .3 FCC No. 301-1982 Standard for Construction
Operations.
1.3 Construction .1 observe construction safety measures of
Safety Measures National Building Code 1990 Part 8,
Provincial Government, Workplace Safety and
Insurance Board and municipal authority
provided that in any case of conflict or
discrepancy more stringent requirements shall
apply.
.2 Comply with requirements of FCC No. 301.
i
1.4 Overloading .1 Ensure no part of Work is subjected to loading
that will endanger its safety or will cause
permanent deformation.
7
1 .5 Falsework .1 Design and construct falsework in accordance
with CSA S269.1.
1 .6 Scaffolding .1 Design and construct scaffolding in accordance
with CSA S269.2 .
' 1. 7 WHMIS .1 Comply with requirements of Workplace
Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)
regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal
of hazardous materials; and regarding
labeling and provision of material safety
data sheets as required by applicable legislation
such as the Occupational Health and Safety Act .
.2 Deliver copies of WHMIS data sheets to
Owner' s representative on delivery of materials.
1.8 Municipality of Clarington
I
Clarington Public Library/ Safety Requirements Section 01545 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
Contractor Safety Requirements
POLICY AND PROCEDURE '
POLICY:
Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all
safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the
Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a '
consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act(Section
23 (1),(2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that:
• the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the
Regulations are carried out on the rp oject;
• every employer and every worker performing work on the rp oject complies with the
Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations(under the Act); and
• the health and safety of workers on the rp of ect is protected.
• Where so prescribed,a constructor shall,before commencing any work on a project,give to
a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information as may be '
prescribed.
DEFINITIONS:
Contractor - any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the
Municipality.
Project-means a construction project,whether public or private,including,
• the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, N
shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot,
cofferdam, conduit, sewer,watermain, service connection,telegraph,telephone or electrical
cable,pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof,
• the moving of a building or structure, and
• any work or undertaking, or any lands or appurtenances used in connection with
construction.
Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance,
painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling,
blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in i
connection with a project.
Clarington Public Library/ Safety Requirements Y 4u Section 01545
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006
April 2001
tConstructor - means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an owner who
undertakes all or part of a project by himself or by more than one employer.
Project Manager - means the municipal management representative who has responsibility for a
contract.
IPROCEDURE:
The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality.
I
a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or delegate must determine whether any
designated substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at the site and prepare a
list of all these substances.
b) The project manager or delegate must include,as part of the request for tender/quotations, a
copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated substancesihazardous materials
must be provided to all prospective constructors and/or contractors.
c) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a list of the
lidesignated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the work site and
material safety data sheets.
E I '
d) Before awarding a contract, contractor(s)will be required to complete and sign the Health
' and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will maintain all
contractors safety performance records.
e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract,the contractor will be
it 1 required to provide proof that all workers involved with the project have the proper
WHMIIS training,as required by the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
4rf) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract, the contractor must
provide details of their Health and Safety program.
g) The project manager or delegate must provide the successful contractor with a workplace
orientation which will include, but not limited to identifying known potential hazards,
hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites. A workplace
orientation/Job Safety Instruction Checklist to be completed(see Compliance page 9).
h) Before the start of the assignment, the following documentation will be provided to the
successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate.
i) Copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program
! ii) Departmental health and safety policies
iii) Workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices.
I ,
Clarington Public Library/ Safety Requirements Section 01545 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
i) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective
equipment for their own workers,to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and
safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program, policy, rule or request
regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on the site until the persons)
complies.
D The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety ,
warnings and/or to stop any contractors'work if any of the previously mentioned items are
not in compliance. Similarly,the Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or
to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and
Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor
creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or stop work
orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Waming/Stop Work
Order FoRm(Schedule "B").
k) Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees to
refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational Health and
Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions.
1) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies ,
owing have been paid to the contractor.
M) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project manager or ,
designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for
hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Waming/Stop Work Orders. '
Clarington Public Library/ Temporary Controls Section 01560
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
I
L '
ii
� PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Section .1 Barriers.
Includes
.2 Environmental Controls.
.3 Traffic Controls.
1 .2 Related .1 Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities .
Sections
1.3 Installation .1 Provide temporary controls in order to
and Removal execute work expeditiously.
.2 Remove from site all such work after use .
1 .4 Hoarding .1 Erect hoarding around entire perimeter of site
to protect the public, workers, public and
private property from injury or damage.
' .2 Except on the Church Street face, provide
hoarding with chain link fence 2 .4 m high,
protecting public and private property from
injury or damage. Provide lockable gates within
hoarding for access to site by workers and
vehicles.
' .3 On Church Street face provide 2 .4 m high
plywood hoarding and overhead protection to the
sidewalk to applicable Ministry of Labour
' regulations.
.4 Provide barricades and covered walkways
' required by governing authorities for public
rights-of-way and for public access to
building.
' .5 Provide barriers around trees and plants
designated to remain. Protect from damage.
.6 Provide 19 mm plywood coverage to all existing
windows in the municipal administration centre
which are adjacent to the new construction.
Install with fasteners onto existing brick
joints only.
.7 Provide plywood protection to any other
existing windows where required by applicable
laws and regulations.
Clarington Public Library/ Temporary Controls Section 01560 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 ,
April 2001
. 8 At Substantial Completion, remove plywood
protection and fasteners. Repoint mortar
joints using Division 4 mortar specification.
1 .5 Guard Rails .1 Provide as required by governing '
and Barricades authorities.
1.6 Weather .1 Provide weather tight closures to unfinished '
Enclosures door and window openings, tops of shafts and
other openings in floors and roofs.
.2 Close off floor areas where walls are not
finished; seal off other openings; enclose
building interior work for temporary heat .
1 .7 Dust Tight .1 Provide as required dust tight screens or
Screens partitions to localize dust generating
activities, and for the protection of workers,
finished areas of work and the public.
.2 Maintain and relocate protection until such I
work is complete.
.3 Some key locations are shown on the drawings. ,
These do not represent the full extent of dust
screens required.
.4 Coordinate final locations with Consultant and
Owner' s Representative.
1. 8 Access to Site .1 Provide and maintain access roads, sidewalk '
crossings, ramps and construction runways as
may be required for access to the work.
.2 Maintain fire routes and access to adjacent
buildings.
1. 9 Public Traffic .1 Provide and maintain flagpersons, traffic '
Flow signals, barricades and flares, lights, or
lanterns as required to perform the work and
protect the public.
1. 10 Protection for .1 Protect surrounding private and public ,
Off-Site and Public property from damage during performance
Property work.
Clarington Public Library/ Temporary Controls Section 01560
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
r .2 Be responsible for damage incurred.
1 .11 Protection of .1 Provide protection for finished and
Building Finishes partially finished building finishes and
and Equipment equipment during performance of work.
' .2 Provide necessary screens, covers, and
hoardings as required.
' .3 Be responsible for damage incurred due to lack
of or improper protection.
r
1.12 Existing .1 The existing Municipal Administrative Centre
Municipal will remain in use throughout the construction.
Administration Centre Maintain at all times access to exits and
Life and Fire Safety access to entrances.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used.
' PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Clarington Public Library/ Environmental Protection Section 01561
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
1.1 Fires . 1 Fires and burning of rubbish on site
rubbish not permitted.
1.2 Disposal of .1 Comply with all requirements of authorities
Wastes having jurisdiction.
' .2 Comply with all applicable regulations.
.3 Do not bury rubbish and waste materials on site.
' .4 Do not dispose of waste or volatile materials,
such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner
into waterways, storm or sanitary sewers.
1 1.3 Drainage . 1 Provide temporary drainage and pumping as
necessary to keep excavations and site free
from water.
.2 Do not pump water containing suspended
materials into waterways, sewer or drainage
' systems.
.3 Control disposal or runoff of water containing
suspended materials or other harmful
substances in accordance with local authority
requirements.
1 .4 Site Cleaning .1 Protect trees and plants on site and adjacent
and Plant properties where indicated.
Protection
' .2 wrap in burlap, trees and shrubs adjacent to
construction work, storage areas and trucking
lanes, and encase with protective wood framework
from grade level to height of 2 M.
.3 Protect roots of designated trees to drip line
during excavation and site grading to prevent
disturbance or damage. Avoid unnecessary
' traffic, dumping and storage of materials over
root zones.
.4 Minimize stripping of topsoil and vegetation.
' .5 Restrict tree removal to areas indicated or
designated by Consultant.
' 1 .5 Pollution .1 Control emissions from equipment and plant to
Control local authorities emission requirements.
.2 Prevent sandblasting and other extraneous
Clarington Public Library/ Environmental Protection Section 01561 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
materials from contaminating air beyond ,
application area, by providing temporary
enclosures.
.3 Cover or wet down dry materials and rubbish to '
prevent blowing dust and debris. Provide dust
control for temporary roads.
Clarington Public Library/ Contract Closeout Section 01700
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' 1.1 General .1 The procedure for completing Contact and
acceptance the Owner shall be in accordance
with the method described in the OAA/OGCA
' Document 100 and any additional requirements
described below.
1 .2 Related .1 Progressive site cleaning - under Section
Requirements 01001.
' .2 Submission of record drawings - under Section
01001 .
.3 Operating/maintenance manuals - under Section
01001 .
.4 Conditions of the Contract : Fiscal
provisions, legal submittals, and other
administrative requirements.
1 .3 Final Cleaning .1 Immediately prior to approvals for
' Substantial Performance of the Work remove
surplus products, tools, construction
machinery and equipment not required for the
performance of the remaining work.
.2 Remove waste products and debris other than
that cased by the Owner, and leave the work
clean and suitable for use by the Owner.
r .3 When the Contract is completed, remove
surplus products, tools, construction
' machinery and equipment . Remove waste
products and debris.
.4 Leave the work broom clean before the
t Substantial Performance review process
commences.
.5 Broom clean and wash exterior walks, steps
' and surfaces.
.6 Remove dirt and other disfigurations from
exterior surfaces.
1.4 The Lien Period .1 The Lien Period commencement, procedure and
release of holdback monies will be in
accordance with the Construction Lien Act,
other applicable legislation and the Contract
Documents.
' .2 Publication will be required before release
Clarington Public Library/ Contract Closeout Section 01700 0 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
of Holdbacks. Use of the total Performance ,
Section of the Lien Act without publication
will not be permitted.
1.5 Certification of . 1 The Certificate of Substantial Performance is '
Substantial to be prepared in the form required by the
Performance Construction Lien Act. When issued it is to
have attached a normal progress Certificate
showing the statement of account to date and
is to be sub-titled `SUBSTANTIAL ,
PERFORMANCE" .
.2 Submit all approved shop drawings, operating
instructions, as build CAD drawings,
warranties and guarantees, maintenance
materials and keys, two (2) weeks prior to
application for certificate of Substantial
Performance. Acceptance of the Work will be
predicated on the approval of all submitted
shop drawings, operating instructions, as
build drawings, warranties and guarantee,
maintenance materials and keys. ,
1 .6 Deficiency .1 Neither the Owner' s representatives nor the
Lists Consultant will be responsible for the issue '
of extensive lists of deficiencies.
Contractor assumes prime responsibility for
ensuring that all items shown on Drawings and ,
described in specifications are complete.
Any reviews to approve Certificates of
Substantial Performance must be immediately
cancelled if it becomes obvious that ,
extensive deficiencies are outstanding.
.2 Every effort shall be made to ensure that
both defects and deficiencies are made good ,
prior to final review.
.3 During the review, decision must be made as
to which defects must be rectified before the '
building can be accepted and which defects
are to be treated as warranty items.
.4 Deficiencies shall be made good before the ,
Contract is considered complete.
1 . 7 System .1 When partial occupancy of uncompleted project '
Demonstration and is required by the Owner, coordinate Owner's
Project uses, requirements, access, etc. with
Commissioning Contractor' s requirements to complete '
project.
.2 Provide ongoing review and attendance to
building call back, maintenance and repair '
' Clarington Public Library/ Contract Closeout Section 01700
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' problems during the warranty periods.
1. 8 Documents .1 Collect reviewed submittals Section 01340 and
assemble documents executed by
Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers.
' .2 Submit material prior to Application for
Substantial Performance of the Work. For
equipment put into use with the Owner' s
' permission during construction , submit
within 10 days after startup. For items of
Work delayed materially beyond date of
Substantial Performance of the Work, provide
updated submittal within ten (10) days after
acceptance, listing date of acceptance as
start of warranty period.
.3 Submit a final statement of accounting giving
total adjusted Contract Sum, previous
payments, and monies remaining at time of
application for Completion of the Contract .
.4 Consultant will issue a final change order
reflecting approved adjustments to Contract
Sum not previously made.
Clarington Public Library/ Selective Demolition Section 02060
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1.2 Related Work .1 Demolition, removal and making good of all
mechanical services not required in finished
building. Division 15, Mechanical . Demolition
' removal and making good of existing electrical
work: not required in finished building,
Division 16, Electrical .
1.3 Quality . 1 Regulatory Requirements
Assurance .1 Conform to The Occupational Health and
' Safety Act, and Regulation, for
Construction Projects, latest edition.
.2 Conform to the Building Code, especially
Part 2, General Requirements as
applicable.
.3 Conform to the Fire Code, a Regulation
under the Fire Marshals Act especially
Section 8.1 .
1 .4 Project .1 Protection
Conditions .1 Protect existing adjacent work against
damages which might occur from falling
debris or other causes due to work of
' Section 02060.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials .1 Materials resulting from demolition, except as
noted below or indicated shall become the
property of this Section.
.2 Existing doors and hardware removed for new
work.
i
' .3 Carefully store doors and hardware. Sort for
re-use. Match hand where possible. After work
is complete, discard all unused doors and
hardware.
.4 Retain original bricks as required for patching
holes in existing walls.
Clarington Public Library/ Selective Demolition Section 02060 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
.5 Turn over fire shutters and guides to Owner '
which are removed by this Contract.
.6 Turn over perforated aluminum panels removed '
where required by new work of this Contract.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Performance .1 Demolish and remove building components from
locations shown on Drawings .
.2 Materials required to be re-used later shall be '
stored in existing building in locations
directed by Consultant.
.3 Where required demolish masonry walls to their ,
full height. Demolish wall in small portions.
Cut block with power driven abrasive cutting '
disc straight and to required dimension.
.4 Within the existing building cut rigid
materials using power saw or core drill . '
Pneumatic or impact tools not allowed. All
cutting within the existing building to be
completed before 8:30 a.m. or after 4:30 p.m. , '
Monday to Friday or anytime Saturday or Sunday.
.5 Do not stack or pile materials and/or debris in
building to extent that it will create '
overloading of any part of structure or create
obstruction or be hazardous to occupants of
building. '
.6 Ensure the work of this Section at no time
endangers safety of occupants.
.7 Remove promptly from Site materials not ,
designated to be re-used in the Work or handed
over to Owner.
. 8 At end of each day' s work leave work in a safe ,
condition ensuring that no parts of structure
are in danger of collapsing. '
t
Clarington Public Library/ Selective Demolition Section 02060
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' .9 Demolish designated parts of the current
! complex including all mechanical and electrical
services not required in the final building.
' Demolition as required to permit construction
of addition and as indicated. Carefully
examine before submitting bid conditions on
' site to determine full extent . Carefully
review as well before submitting the bid, the
existing drawing set of the existing building.
This set is available at the existing building.
' No extras will be approved for work which could
have been determined by careful site inspection
or review of the existing drawings.
.10 Provide collection areas for collection of
miscellaneous metals in area of demolition.
' . 11 Notify Consultant in writing of any materials
identified as not suitable for alternate
disposal. Provide reasons prior to approval
for disposal .
. 12 Pieces of concrete and masonry from demolition
work may not be used as backfill in open
basements or excavations.
.13 Remove existing equipment, services, and
obstacles where required for refinishing or
making good of existing surfaces, and replace
as work progresses.
' . 14 Demolish to minimize dusting. Keep materials
wetted as directed by Consultant.
' .15 Remove structural framing.
.16 Remove and dispose of demolished materials
' except where noted otherwise and in accordance
with authorities having jurisdiction.
' Clarington Public Library/ Clearing and Grubbing Section 02110
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as applicable.
Requirements
' 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 02210 - Site Grading.
' 1.3 Definitions .1 Clearing consists of cutting off trees and brush
vegetative growth to not more than a specified
height above ground and disposing of felled rees
and surface debris.
.2 Clearing isolated trees consists of cutting off
to not more than a specified height above ground
of trees designated and disposing of felled
trees and debris.
.3 Grubbing consists of excavation and disposal of
stumps and roots, boulders and rock fragments to
' not less than a specified depth below original
ground surface.
' 1.4 Protection .1 Prevent damage to trees on adjacent property and
buffer zone along east perimeter, natural
features, bench marks, existing pavement, and
utility lines. Make good damage.
' .2 Apply approved tree paint to cuts or scars
suffered by vegetation on adjacent property.
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS N.A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 . 1 Clearing .1 Clear trees, shrubs, uprooted stumps and surface
debris not designated to remain.
' .2 Cut off trees, brush, and scrub as indicated or
as directed at a height of not more than 300 mm
above ground.
' .3 Cut off unsound branches and cut down dangerous
trees overhanging area cleared.
3 .2 Close Cut .1 Cut off trees, shrubs, stumps and other
Clearing vegetation at ground level .
Clarington Public Library/ Clearing and Grubbing Section 02110 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.2 Perform close cut clearing by hand. '
3 . 3 Isolated Trees .1 Cut off isolated trees indicated or directed by '
Consultant at a height of not more than 300 mm
above ground.
.2 Grub out isolated tree stumps. '
3 .4 Grubbing .1 Grub out stumps and roots to not less than 300 ,
mm below original ground surface.
.2 Grub out visible rock fragments and boulders,
greater than 300 mm in greatest dimensions. '
3 .5 Removal .1 Remove cleared materials off site.
and Disposal '
.2 Marked trees are to be retained as shown and as
instructed by Consultant.
.3 Controlled burning is not permitted. ,
.4 Burying cleared or grubbed materials is not
permitted.
3 . 6 Finished Surface .1 Leave ground surface in a condition suitable for ,
immediate grading operations. '
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Site Grading Section 02210
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 Anril 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
!
' 1.1 General . 1 Conform to sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1.2 Related Work .l Excavation, Trenching Section 02223
and Backfilling
.2 Topsoil, Finish Section 02921
Grading
.3 Tree Protection Section 02905
.9 Clearing and Grubbing Section 02110
1.3 References .1 ASTM D698-91, Test Method for Laboratory
Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
' Standard Effort (600 kN-m/m3) .
' 1.4 Site .1 Known underground and surface utility lines
Conditions and buried objects are as indicated on site
plan. Contractor shall verify locations with
local Utility company prior to proceeding.
.2 Dewatering in Section 02223 Excavating,
Trenching and Backfilling.
' .3 Refer to detailed installation of catch
basins and manholes and other drainage
requirements.
1.5 Protection .1 Protect existing fencing, trees, landscaping,
' bench marks, buildings, pavement, sidewalks,
curbs,and surface or underground utility lines
which are to remain as directed by Consultant.
If damaged, restore to original or better
' condition unless directed otherwise.
.2 Maintain access roads to prevent accumulation
' of mud on roads.
.3 Keep adjacent streets and pedestrian and fire
routes clean at all times.
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Site Grading Section 02210 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials .1 Fill material: Type 3 in accordance with of
Section 02223 - Excavating, Trenching and ,
Sackfilling.
.2 Excavated or graded material from the site is '
not suitable for use as fill. It is to be
removed from the site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3.1 Stripping of .1 Remove existing grass as required and remove ,
Paving, Walks and trees designated for removal.
Grassed Areas Etc.
.2 Remove existing asphalt, concrete walks, unit '
pavers and concrete curbs etc as required.
.3 Strip to depth required for installation of '
new base and subbase in paved area areas and
areas of new concrete walks.
.9 Remove existing grass and then strip topsoil ,
to a depth of 6" in areas of new sod. Remove
all stripped material. Topsoil under new sod
it to be imported new material
.5 Protect trees designated to remain in '
accordance with Section 02905.
3.2 Grading .I Rough grade to levels, profiles, and contours
allowing for surface treatment as indicated. ,
.2 Rough grade to following depths below finish
grades:
.1 150 mm for grassed areas. '
.2 350 mm for asphalt paving.
.3 250 mm for concrete walks.
.3 Slope rough grade away from building 1:50 ,
minimum.
.9 Prior to placing fill over existing ground,
scarify surface to depth of 150 mm. Maintain '
fill and existing surface at approximately
same moisture content to facilitate bonding.
rary/ Site Grading Section 02210
Clarington Pub. Lib
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3.2 Grading .5 Compact filled and disturbed areas to
t (Cont'd) corrected maximum dry density maximum dry
density to ASTM D698, as follows:
. 1 856 under landscaped areas.
.2 959 under paved and walk areas.
' .6 Do not disturb soil within branch spread of
trees or shrubs to remain.
3.3 Testing . 1 Inspection and testing of soil compaction
will be carried out by testing laboratory
designated by Consultant. Costs of tests will
be paid by allowance in Section 01001.
' .2 Submit testing procedure, frequency of tests,
testing laboratory as designated by ULC or
certified testing personnel to Consultant for
approval review.
3.4 Surplus .1 Remove surplus material and all excavated
Material material off site.
1
END
c .
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Environmental Protection Section 01561
.2 Site Grading Section 02210
' .3 Safety Section 01545
.4 Tree Protection. Section 02905
.5 Manholes and Catchbasins Section 02233
. 6 Site Services Section 02233
1.3 References .1 ASTM C117-90, Test Method for Material Finer
' Than: 0 .075 mm Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by
Washing.
.2 ASTM C136-84a, Method for Sieve Analysis of
Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
.3 ASTM D1557-78 (1990) , Test Methods for Moisture
Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate
Mixtures Using 4.54 kg Rammer and 457 mm Drop.
.4 CAN/CGSB-8 . 1-88, Sieves, Testing, Woven Wire,
' Inch Series .
1 .4 Definitions .1 Excavation classes: only two classes of
' excavation will be recognized; common
excavation and other excavation.
.1 Common excavation: excavation of
materials of whatever nature, including
' dense tills, hardpan and frozen
materials .
.2 Other excavation: excavation of deposits
of whatever character encountered in work,
including redundant services, asphalt,
concrete (including old footings,
foundation walls, etc. ) .
.2 Topsoil: material capable of supporting good
vegetative growth and suitable for use in top
dressing, landscaping and seeding.
.3 Waste material : excavated material or surplus
to requirements.
' .4 Borrow material: material obtained from
t
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223 '
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
Locations outside area to be graded, and i
required for construction of fill areas or for
other portions of work.
.5 Unsuitable materials: '
.1 Very weak and compressible materials
under excavated areas to depths as
indicated. ,
.2 Frost susceptible materials under
excavated areas to depths as indicated.
.3 Frost susceptible materials: '
.1 Fine grained soils with plasticity
index less than 10 when tested to
ASTM D4318,and gradation within
limits specified when tested to ASTM '
D422and ASTM C136: Sieve sizes to
CAN/CGSB-8. 1.
Sieve Designation $ Passing
2 . 00 mm 100
0.10 mm 45-100
0.02 mm 10-80
0.005 mm 0-45 '
.2 Coarse grained soils containing more
than 20% by mass passing 0 .075 mm
sieve.
.4 All soil on site is unsuitable for use
except as backfill of services trench.
.6 Unshrinkable fill : very weak mixture of '
Portland cement, concrete aggregates and water
that will resist settlement when placed in
utility trenches, but is capable of being ,
readily excavated.
.1 Existing buried utilities and structures: ,
.1 Size, depth and location of existing
utilities and structures as indicated are
for guidance only. Completeness and ,
accuracy are not guaranteed.
.2 Prior to commencing excavation work,
notify applicable owner or authorities
having jurisdiction, establish location '
and state of use of buried utilities and
structures. Owners or authorities having
jurisdiction to clearly mark such
locations to prevent disturbance during '
work.
. 3 Confirm locations of buried utilities by
careful test excavations.
.4 Maintain and protect from damage, water,
sewer, gas, electric, telephone and other '
' Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 3
0006 April 2001
utilities and structures encountered.
.5 Where utility lines or structures which
are not indicated in area of excavation
' are discovered, obtain direction of
Consultant before removing or re-routing.
.6 Record location of maintained, re-routed
and abandoned underground lines .
' .2 Existing buildings and surface features :
.1 Conduct, with Consultant, condition
survey of existing buildings, trees and
' other plants, lawns, fencing, service
poles, wires, rail tracks, pavement,
survey bench marks and monuments which
' may be affected by work.
.2 Protect existing buildings and surface
features which may be affected by work
from damage while work is in progress . In
event of damage, immediately make repair
to approval of Consultant .
.3 Where excavation necessitates root or
branch cutting, do cutting after review
' with Consultant in accordance with
Section 02905 - Tree Protection.
' 1.5 Shoring, Bracing .1 Protect existing features in compliance with
and Underpinning Section 01545 - Safety Requirements and
applicable local regulations.
' 1.6 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 General Requirements.
' .2 Inform Consultant at least 1 week prior to
commencing work, of proposed source of fill
materials and provide access for sampling.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials .1 Type 1 fill: granular 'A' crushed stone
material conforming to Ontario Ministry of
Transportation, Form 1010, January 1980 .
Maximum size aggregate 16 mm.
.2 Type 2 fill: granular 'B' crushed stone
' material conforming to Ontario Ministry of
Transportation, Form 1010, January 1980 .
Maximum size aggregate 22 .4 mm.
' .3 Type 3 fill: selected material from other
sources, approved by Engineer for use intended,
' unfrozen and free from rocks larger than 75 mm,
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223 '
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 4
0006 April 2001 '
cinders, ashes, sods, refuse or other
deleterious materials.
.4 Type 4 fill : Clean sand. ,
. 5 Type 5 fill: Subsoil materials excavated from
the site. Type 5 fill is unsuitable for re-use
and must be removed from the site. ,
.6 Unshrinkable fill:
.1 Maximum compressive strength of 0 .4 MPa at '
28 days.
.2 Maximum Portland Cement content of 25
kg/cu.m.
. 3 Minimum strength of 0. 07 MPa at 24 hours. ,
.4 Concrete aggregates: to CAN/CSA-A23 .1
.5 Portland cement : Type 10.
.6 Slump: 160 mm to 200 mm.
.7 Geotexiles: as approved by Consultants. '
PART 3 - EXECUTION ,
3 .1 Site .1 Remove obstructions from surfaces to be '
Preparation excavated within limits indicated.
.2 Cut pavement neatly along limits of proposed
excavation in order that surface may break ,
evenly and cleanly.
.3 Remove existing trees and grass where ,
indicated.
3 .2 Dewatering .1 Keep excavations free of water while work is in '
progress
.2 Protect open excavations against flooding and
damage due to surface run-off. ,
. 3 Dispose of water in a manner not detrimental to
public and private property, or any portion of
work completed or under construction.
3 . 3 Stockpiling .1 Stockpile fill materials in areas designated by ,
Consultant. Stockpile granular materials in
manner to prevent segregation.
.2 Protect fill materials from contamination. '
3 .4 Excavation .1 Before commencement of work arrange with Bell
Canada, Hydro, Gas Company, Cable Company, '
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 5
0006 April 2001
' Municipality of Clarington, Durham Region, or
any other utilities to locate all existing
services.
' .2 See Owner' s Soil Report and incorporate all its
requirements. Support all piping on approved
earth or other foundation or hangers. Earth
support must be minimum 100% density Modified
Proctor (ASTM #D-1527) compaction and proven
such conditions exist . Include for necessary
' soil tests to verify earth foundation will
support drains as required at approximately
2400 mm centres. Provide supports to meet
Building Code, including piers where earth
' foundation or hangers are not acceptable to
Authority having jurisdiction.
.3 Excavate to lines, grades, elevations and
dimensions as indicated.
.4 Excavate and remove all excavated materials on
site as follows:
.l At footings and foundation walls:
Excavate to sound undisturbed soil as
defined in the Owner' s Soils Report.
Refer to the Soils Report for these
' depths.
.2 At areas of slab on grade remove all
asphalt and other unsuitable material such
as construction debris, organic material
or unstable fill . Assume an average of
600 mm of material will require removal
and disposal .
' .3 At basement of demolished liquor store
building, standing ground water, remove
all remaining footings, services and
foundation walls. Assume removal of
' existing material to an elevation of 3 .6 m
below grade will be required to reach
sound undisturbed soil.
.5 Remove concrete, masonry, paving, walks,
demolished foundations and rubble and other
obstructions encountered during excavation.
.6 Excavation must not interfere with normal 45°
splay of bearing from bottom of any footing and
do not leave open more than 15 m at end of
day's operation.
1
.7 Do not disturb soil within branch spread of
' trees or shrubs that are to remain. If
excavating through roots, excavate by hand and
cut roots with sharp axe or saw. This
!, ' includes trees growing on adjacent properties
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
where roots intrude into this property. ,
. 8 For trench excavation, unless otherwise
authorized by Consultant in writing, do not '
excavate more than 30 m of trench in advance of
installation operations.
.9 Dispose of excavated material off site. '
.10 Do not obstruct flow of surface drainage.
.11 Earth bottoms of excavations to be undisturbed
soil, level, free from loose, soft or organic
matter.
.12 Notify Consultant when bottom of excavation is '
reached.
. 13 Obtain Engineer's approval of completed '
excavation.
.14 Remove unsuitable material from trench bottom
to extent and depth as Directed by Engineer.
.15 Where required due to unauthorized over-
excavation, correct as follows:
.1 Fill under bearing surfaces and footings ,
with concrete specified for footings.
.2 Fill under other areas with Type 2 fill
compacted to not less than 95% of
corrected maximum dry density.
.16 Hand trim, make firm and remove loose material
and debris from excavations. Where material at ,
bottom of excavation is disturbed, compact
foundation soil to density at least equal to
undisturbed soil.
3 .5 Fill Types and . 1 Use fill of types as indicated or specified ,
Compaction below. Compaction densities are
percentages of maximum densities obtained
from ASTM D1557 corrected maximum dry
density.
.1 Exterior side of perimeter walls: use Type
2 fill to subgrade level . Compact to
98%.
.2 Within building area: use Type 2 to
underside of base course for floor slabs.
Compact to 98%. '
. 3 Under concrete slabs: provide 175 mm of
19mm maximum size clear crushed stone
followed by a 25mm depth of 6mm crushed
stone over the sub-base to depths shown.
Thoroughly roll and consolidate to lines
and levels shown. ,
'a
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 7
0006 April 2001
.4 Retaining walls: use Type 2 fill to
subgrade level or. high side for minimum
500 mm from wall and compact to 95%. For
remaining portion, use Type 3 fill
compacted to 95%.
.5 In all cases include up to an additional
150 mm in granular to cover local
irregularities in rock profile.
.2 .1 In areas of slab on grade and foundation
walls and piers, where sound material is
deeper than the structural requirements
for founding depth (i.e. greater than 1.3
m below final adjacent grade for exterior
foundation walls) , the Contractor may as
an option build up from sound undisturbed
soil to minimum required founding
elevation using engineered fill .
.2 Engineered fill is defined as Granular B
placed and compacted as specified.
' 3 .6 Bedding and .1 Place and compact granular material for bedding
Surround of and surround of underground services as
Underground indicated and as specified in Division 15 and
Services 16 and in Section 02233 (Site Services) .
' .2 Place bedding and surround material in unfrozen
condition.
3 .7 Backfilling . 1 Do not proceed with backfilling operations
until Engineer has inspected and approved
installations.
r .2 Areas to be backfilled to be free from debris,
snow, ice, water and frozen ground.
.3 Do not use backfill material which is frozen or
Contains ice, snow or debris.
.4 Place backfill material in uniform layers not
exceeding 150 mm compacted thickness up to
grades indicated. Compact each layer before
placing succeeding layer.
.5 Backfill around installations:
.1 Place bedding and surround material as
specified elsewhere.
r .2 Do not backfill around or over cast-in-
place concrete within 24 h after placing
of concrete.
.3 Place layers simultaneously on both sides
of installed work to equalize loading.
.4 Where temporary unbalanced earth pressures
' are liable to develop on walls or other
Clarington Public Library/ Excavating, Trenching Section 02223
Municipal Office Expansion and Backfilling Page 8
0006 April 2001 ,
structures:
.1 Permit concrete to cure for minimum
14 days or until it has sufficient
strength to withstand earth and
compaction pressure and approval
obtained from Engineer or:
.2 If approved by Engineer, erect
bracing or shoring to counteract
unbalance, and leave in place until
removal is approved by Engineer.
3 .8 Restoration .1
Upon completion of work, remove waste materials
and debris, trim slopes, and correct defects as
directed by Consultant .
1
t
'i
' Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1. 1 Related Work .1 Site grading: Section 02210 .
.2 Excavating and backfilling except as specified
herein: Section 02223 .
' .3 Topsoil and finish grading: Section 02921.
.4 Paving: Section 02516 .
1.2 Site Conditions .1 Examine sub-surface soil report available from
the Owner' s representative.
1.3 Description of .1 Water supply: from points 900 mm outside the
Services building including piping valves and connection
requirements as indicated.
.2 Storm water drainage:
. 1 From points 900 mm outside the building.
.2 Modify existing storm system as indicated
and as required by authorities . Install
new storm services as shown and by
required authorities. Make new
connections as indicated and as required
by authorities.
.3 Obtain signatures required, pay
inspection charge as required.
.3 Sanitary Waste drainage:
.1 From points 900 mm outside the building.
.2 Modify existing sanitary drainage system
and make new connections as indicated and
as required by authorities. Install new
I sanitary services as shown and as
required by authorities. Maintain all
clearances required.
.3 Obtain signatures required, pay
inspection charge and connect sanitary
drain to existing Sanitary Sewer as shown
on drawing.
.4 Electrical Service:
.1 From location shown on site plans to face
of building.
.2 Excavate for new duct bank.
.3 Form and pour new concrete duct bank on
backfill as shown and specified.
.4 Supply and install hydro manhole as
shown.
.5 Conduits supplied and installed by
Division 16 .
.6 Electrical service installed by Veridian
Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
connections. '
.7 Coordinate with Division 16 and Veridian
as required.
.8 Backfill duct bank as specified. Restore '
disturbed materials and surfaces as
specified.
.9 As specified, backfill and restore '
surfaces after removal of existing poles
by Veridian. Extent of Veridian work is
shown on E-100 .
.5 Gas services:
. 1 Excavate, backfill and restore surfaces
as required for installation of gas
service and removal of existing. ,
.2 Gas service will be installed by the
Utility. Coordinate and cooperate with
Utility as required.
1 .4 Requirements of .1 Determine detailed requirements of local '
Regulatory Agencies authorities having jurisdiction and conform to
those requirements. correct installed work as
directed by authorized inspector of such
authorities. Ensure methods/materials and
installations comply with governing Provincial
and Regional or Municipal authorities .
.2 Payment of Utility Charges is by the Owner. It
is not part of the Stipulated Sum. ,
1.5 Service .1 Perform all work necessary for new water,
Connections sanitary, storm, gas and electric services
under utility municipal or regional direction
and approval as appropriate. obtain road
occupancy and other permits and approvals as
required. Pay all charges. Connect services
to street mains.
.2 Locate all existing services in road allowance
and at property. Do not disturb any existing '
services. Obtain approvals from authorities
having jurisdiction and comply to their
requirements.
r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
r
r
' Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
2 .1 Materials .1 water service: as indicated on drawings.
.1 Water service piping shall be Class 150
PVC with iron pipe O.D. , made to AWWA
#C900 rated for 1035 kPa at 23 degrees
Celsius with #12 gauge copper tracing
wire. Fittings shall be PVC or cement
lined ductile iron Class 150 water main
fittings to match pipe joint . Join
tracer wires to approval . water service
' can be ductile iron to suit existing
services. Verify all their requirements.
.2 Anchor each bend, tee, cap, valve and
branch with 15 MPa cast in place concrete
to Utility Standard Details . Provide
polyethylene encasement to ANSI #A21.5 .
.3 Provide cathodic protection as required
by City including anodes .
.4 Provide water piping to building where
shown maintaining clearances from other
services required by Authority. Bury
piping at least 1700 mm below finished
grade to top of pipe. Conform to NFPA-24
of latest date.
.5 Buried portions of hydrants, water main
fittings and valves shall have total
covering of metal surface by Denso System
treatment (paste, mastic and tape)
complete with zinc sacrificial washers
and Protecto caps to Municipality
' approval.
.6 Buried water main valves: McAvity #20075-
0 or approved equal, cast iron body,
' bronze fitted with non-rising spindle, 50
mm square operating nut fitted with Emco
#4 or approved equal valve box with guide
plate for minimum 1700 mm depth of bury.
' Valve shall open anti-clockwise.
.7 Set buried valves on minimum 150 mm
thickness of 15 MPa concrete of full
excavation size and secure in position.
' .2 Storm and sanitary piping: as indicated on the
drawings.
.3 Pipe beds: Bed pipes and laterals on 300 mm
granular A material . Backfill and cover to 300
mm above the pipes with granular material
before backfill . Where required import
unfrozen material. Refer to attached detail
drawings.
I .4 Weeping Tile:
.1 150 m Big O complete with drainage sock
' and purpose made fittings.
f
Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.2 Filter Fabric: Granular A.
.5 Granular Bedding and Backfill:
.1 Type 1 fill: granular A crushed stone
material conforming to Ontario Ministry
of Transportation, Form 1010, January
1980. Maximum size 16 mm.
.2 Type 2 fill : granular B crushed stone
material conforming to Ontario Ministry
of Transportation Form 1010, January
1980. Maximum size 22 .4 mm.
.3 Type 3 fill : selected material from other
sources, approved by Engineer for use
intended, unfrozen and free from frozen
material, cinders, ashes, sods, refuse or '
other deleterious material .
.4 Type 4 fill : Clean sand.
.5 Type 5 fill : Subsoil materials excavated
during trenching and considered suitable ,
for reuse only during backfilling of
trench. It must be free from frozen
material, cinders, ashes, sods, refuse or
other deleterious material. ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Inspection .1 Report to Consultant improper, unstable areas, '
areas requiring additional compaction or other
unsatisfactory conditions.
.2 Begin installation after deficiencies have been '
corrected.
3 .2 Excavation for .1 Execute excavating work with suitable machinery '
Trenches or by hand as may be necessary and:
.1 Made to the depth and dimensions shown on
the drawings.
.2 Kept free of water at all times by
bailing, pumping or a system of drainage
as required. Use and maintain pumps or
suitable type and size, suction discharge
lines and or well points of sufficient
capacity until such time as the permanent
drainage system is installed, approved
and is in operation. '
.3 Protect the excavation to prevent damage
or erosion by frost, water and other
conditions.
.2 Cut and trim banks of excavations evenly as
nearly vertical as possible and shore as '
Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
required to prevent caving-in.
.3 Keep the bottom of excavation clean and free of
loose material, alone or grade as required.
.4 Trim the bottom of trench excavation by hand in
order to provide suitable pockets for the pipe
' bells or couplings.
3 .3 Pipe Laying .1 Handle, lay, bed, join all pipes carefully and
in such manner as to preclude any possibility
of damage thereto.
.2 Lay and join all pipes in strict accordance
with written manufacturers instructions and
general as
follows:
.1 In straight lines and to required even
grades, or level .
.2 Clean pipe thoroughly before laying and
protect from dirt and water infiltration.
' .3 Where the pipes enter or leave catch
basins, or similar structure, support the
pipes on concrete cradles through
backfilled area. Concrete support shall
extend laterally from undisturbed soil
to the face of concrete will through
which the pipes pass. Refer to
attached detail drawing.
' .4 If the bottom of the trenching is
considered as unstable ground, notify
' the Consultant immediately and let him
decide the method of supporting the pipe
through unstable soil area.
.3 Install water, storm and sanitary pipe in
strict accordance with OPSD 1102 .01, 1005 .01
and 802 .03, all class B and with manufacturer' s
written instructions. One copy of these
instructions must be available at any time for
inspection in the Contractors Field Office.
.4 Install concrete thrust blocks at all bends,
tees of water main in accordance with attached
detail drawing.
. 5 Include in the contract up to an additional 150
mm of granular to cover local irregularities
in the soils condition.
3 .4 Backfilling .1 Obtain the Consultant's approval prior to
commencement of backfilling of the pipe
trenches . Backfill the trenches carefully to
prevent injury to the work and subsequent
Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 ,
settlement and execute the backfilling '
generally as follows;
. 1 Backfill in accordance with class B, OPSD
1102 .01, 1005 . 01 and 802 . 03 .
.2 Provide 300 mm granular A bedding for the
bottom of the trenches in rock and 150 mm
granular A bedding for the bottom of
trenches in soil . ,
.3 Backfill above the top of any pipe with a
minimum of 300 mm of granular A. This is
above and beyond the class B requirements
in
OPSD. 1102 .01, 1005. 01 and 802 .03 .
.4 Backfill and consolidate the remainder of
the trench in 300 mm layers with type 4 ,
material from the excavations, free from
clods and stones over 100 mm in diameter,
waste materials, debris and frozen
portions to the level 150 mm below
surrounding ground in grassed areas.
.5 Compact each layer thoroughly at optimum
moisture content with approved hand or
mechanical tampers to a density equal to '
that of the adjacent original
undisturbed sub-soil or to 95% Standard
Proctor Dry Density.
.2 Do not puddle or flood with water for ,
consolidating the backfill. Add water during
the compaction to the optimum moisture of the ,
backfilling material .
.3 .1 Trenches below paved or graveled areas:
crushed stone or uncrushed bank or pit ,
run gravel, obtained from an approved
source and conforming to the
requirements for class B aggregate,
Ministry of Transportation Specifications
Form 1010, compacted to 225 mm layers.
.2 The above means granular B for the full
depth of the trench above the granular A
and below the granular A base below the ,
paved and concrete area.
3 .5 Concrete Work . 1 Provide concrete work in accordance with '
Section 03300 .
.2 Concrete: air entrained type with minimum '
strength at 28 days of 20 .0 MPa.
3 .6 Weeping Tile .1 Fill excavation bottom with filter aggregate as
Clarington Public Library/ Site Services Section 02233
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
' Installation shown.
.2 Lay weeping tile in straight lines with
' perforations facing down. Minimum slope 1%.
Commence laying at outlet and proceed upstream.
.3 Use specifically designed fittings at all
direction changes, connections and where
weeping tile connects to sump.
.4 Do not cover pipe until reviewed.
.5 After review, cover weeping tiles with filter
aggregate to required depth and width.
' .6 Connect to existing tile with purpose made
fittings.
.7 Connect to new sumps with purpose made
fittings.
' 3 . 7 Field Quality .1 Line Testing:
.1 Carry out tests on all drainage and water
supply lines in the presence of the
Consultant.
.2 Backfill the water main trenches
partially prior to commencement of the
tests; complete the backfilling when the
tests are completed and approval by the
' Consultant is obtained.
.3 Fill piping with cold water, bleed off
air and pressure test at 1380 kPa for at
least 4 hours without decrease in
' pressure. If necessary, arrange and pay
local authority to witness and approve
test.
.4 Co-operate with Utility to clean,
disinfect and test water main providing
necessary test outlets and drains to
Utility direction. Give 48 hour advance
' notice to Utility before commencing work.
.5 Disinfect water mains in strict
accordance with Governing Standards for
Disinfecting Water Mains.
.2 Storm and Sanitary Sewers Examination and
Testing:
.1 The Contractor may at any time be asked
' by the Consultant to carry out
examination and tests on all sewer lines
installed.
Clarington Public Library/ Topsoil and Finish Grading Section 02260
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 Related Work .1 Section 02210 - Site grading
1 .2 Source Quality .1 Topsoil to be used is to meet the standard below
and be imported to site. No site material is
suitable for use.
' 1 .3 Scheduling of .1 Schedule placing of topsoil and finish grading
Work grading to permit sodding operations under
optimum conditions .
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2 .1 Materials .1 Topsoil : screened, friable, neither heavy clay
nor of very light sandy nature consisting of 45%
sand, 35% silt, 20 % clay with 6 to 7 pH value.
Free from subsoil, roots, vegetation, debris,
toxic matter, and stones over 25 mm diam.
' .2 Fertilizer:
.1 Complete commercial synthetic fertilizer
with a minimum 65% insoluble nitrogen.
' .2 Formulation ratio: 8-30-12
.3 Limestone:
.1 Ground agricultural limestone
containing minimum 85% of total
' carbonates.
.2 Gradation requirements: percentage
passing by weight, 90% passing 1.0
mm sieve; 50% passing 0 .125 mm
' sieve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Preparation .1 Grade soil, eliminating uneven areas and low
of Existing Grade spots, ensuring positive drainage. Remove soil
contaminated with toxic materials. Dispose of
removed materials as directed by landscape
' Architect .
.2 Cultivate entire area which is to receive
topsoil to depth of 150 mm. Repeat cultivation
in those areas where equipment used for hauling
and spreading has compacted soil.
.3 Remove surface debris, roots, vegetation,
' branches, and stones in excess of 50 mm
Clarington Public Library/ Topsoil and Finish Grading Section 02260 i '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
diameter. Repeat cultivation and removal of '
debris as required.
3 .2 Spreading of .1 Spread topsoil after landscape architect '
Topsoil/Planting has inspected and approved subgrade.
Soil
.2 Spread topsoil with adequate moisture in uniform ,
layers over approved, unfrozen subgrade, where
sodding and planting is indicated.
.3 Apply topsoil as indicated: Seeded areas 150 mm ,
deep. Planting beds 300 mm deep.
.4 Manually spread topsoil/planting soil around ,
trees, shrubs, and obstacles.
3 . 3 Soil Amendments .1 Mix soil amendments into full depth of topsoil ,
prior to application of fertilizer.
3 .4 Application .1 Spread fertilizer uniformly over entire area of
of Fertilizer topsoil at manufacturer's recommended rate of
application.
3 .5 Finish Grading .1 Fine grade and loosen topsoil . Eliminate rough '
spots and low areas to ensure positive drainage.
Prepare loose friable bed by means of
cultivation and subsequent raking. ,
.2 Roll to consolidate topsoil for areas to be
seeded or sodded leaving surface smooth,
uniform, firm against deep foot printing, and '
with a fine loose texture to approval of
landscape architect.
3 .6 Surplus Material .1 Dispose of materials not required off site. '
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
i
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1, as
' applicable.
' 1.2 Scope of Work .1 Included in the base bid is:
.1 Supply and plant as follows:
2 Pin Oaks
' 6 Columnar Maples
S Trees Total
2 Tree Grates are required.
' .2 Topsoil and preparation of planting beds.
.3 Supply and install tree grates where
shown.
.2 Planting material for planting bed is covered by
Allowance in Section 01001 .
' 1.3 Source Quality .1 Obtain approval of plant material at source.
Control
' .2 Notify landscape architect of source of plant
material at least seven days in advance of
shipment . No work under this section is to
proceed without approval .
' .3 Acceptance of plant material at its source does
not prevent rejection on site prior to or after
planting operations.
' .4 Imported plant material must be accompanied with
necessary permits and import licenses. Conform
to federal and provincial regulations .
1.4 Shipment and .1 Co-ordinate shipping of plants and excavation of
Pre-Planting Care holes to ensure minimum time lapse between
' digging and planting.
.2 Tie branches of trees and shrubs securely and
protect plant material against abrasion,
exposure and extreme temperature change during
transit. Avoid binding of planting stock with
rope or wire which would damage bark, break
' branches or destroy natural shape of plant. Give
full support to root ball of large trees during
lifting.
' .3 Cover plant foliage with tarpaulin, and
protect bare roots by means of dampened
straw, peat moss, saw dust or other acceptable
material to prevent loss of moisture during
' transit and storage.
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.4 Remove broken and damaged roots with sharp '
pruning shears . Make clean cuts and treat cuts
over 10 mm diameter. with wound dressing. '
.5 Keep roots moist and protected from sun and
wind. Heel-in trees and shrubs which cannot be
planted immediately in shaded areas and water ,
well.
1 .5 Guarantee .1 The contractor hereby warrants that plant ,
material as itemized on the plant list will
remain free of defects for twelve months .
.2 End-of-warranty review will be conducted. '
.3 The Consultant reserves the right to ,
extend the contractor's warranty
responsibilities for an additional one year
period if, at end of initial warranty period
leaf development and growth is not sufficient to '
ensure future survival.
1.6 Replacements .1 During warranty period remove from site any '
plant material that has died or failed
to grow satisfactorily as determined by the
landscape architect . ,
.2 Replace plant material during the same or next
planting season as determined by the landscape
architect. '
.3 Extend warranty on replacement plant material
for a period equal to the original warranty
period. '
.4 Continue such replacement and warranty until
plant material is acceptable.
t
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials . 1 water: potable and free of minerals which may be '
detrimental to plant growth. ,
.2 Stakes: T-bar steel stakes 38 x 38 x 5 x
2440 mm.
.3 Cables and accessories: all factory galvanized. ,
i�
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
t .4 Guy wires: steel wire strand to CSA G4-M1977 at
following sizes:
.1 Trees under 75 mm caliper use 2 .5 mm wire.
.2 Trees 75 to 150 mm caliper use 3 mm wire.
. 5 Tree rings: fabricated from 3 mm galvanized wire
encased in two ply reinforced 12 mm diam. rubber
garden hose or equivalent.
.6 Tree wrapping material: new, clean, plain burlap
strips minimum 2 .5 kg/s.m. mass and 150 mm wide.
. 7 Anti-desiccant : wax-like emulsion to provide
film over plant surfaces reducing evaporation
but permeable enough to permit transpiration.
.8 Wound dressing: horticulturally accepted non-
toxic, non-hardening emulsion.
' .9 Mulch: fully shredded bark mulch, to the
approval of the landscape architect . Submit
samples prior to placement .
' .10 Tree Grates:
. 1 Cast Iron, model TW-48, by Trystan, 68
Swan Street, Ayr, Ont. Phone; 519-632-
' 7427, Fax; 519-632-8271 .
2 .2 Plant Material .1 Quality and source: comply with Guide
Specifications for Nursery Stock, 1978 Edition
of Canadian Nursery Trades Association referring
to size and development of plant material and
root ball . Measure plants when branches are in
their natural position. Height and spread
dimensions refer to main body of plant and not
from branch tip to branch tip. Use trees and
shrubs of No.l grade.
.2 Additional plant material qualifications:
.1 Plant material obtained from areas with
' milder climatic conditions from
those of site acceptable only when moved
to site prior to the breaking of buds in
their original location and heeled-in in a
' protected area until conditions suitable
for planting.
.2 Use trees and shrubs with strong fibrous
root system free of disease, insects,
defects or injuries and structurally
sound. Use trees with straight trunks,
well and characteristically branched for
species. Plants must have been root pruned
regularly, but not later than one growing
season prior to arrival on site.
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 '
.3 Large trees must have been half root ,
pruned during each of two successive
growing season prior to arrival on site.
.4 Plant material that has come out of '
dormant stage and is too far advanced
unless prior approval obtained.
.3 Cold storage: approval required for plant '
material which has been held in cold storage.
.4 Container-grown stock: acceptable if containers '
large enough for root development. Trees and
shrubs must have grown in container for a
minimum of one growing season. Root system must
be able to hold soil when removed from '
the container. Plants that have become root
bound are not acceptable. Container stock must
have been fertilized with slow release
fertilizer. ,
.5 Balled and burlapped: coniferous and broad-
leafed evergreens over 500 mm tall must be dug
with soil ball. Deciduous trees in excess of 3 m ,
height must have been dug with a large firm
ball. Root balls must include 75% of fibrous and
feeder root system. This excludes use of native
trees grown in light sandy or rocky soil . '
Secure root balls with burlap, heavy twine and
rope. For large trees: wrap ball in double layer
of burlap and drum lace with minimum 10 mm diam. '
rope. Protect root balls against sudden changes
in temperature and exposure to heavy rainfall .
.6 Tree spade dug material: dig plant material with '
mechanized digging equipment of hydraulic
spade or clam-shell type. Root balls to satisfy
CNTA standards. Lift root balls from hole, place
in wire basket designed for purpose and line '
with burlap. Replace root ball and tie basket to
ball with heavy rope. Take care not to injure
trunk of tree with wire basket ties or rope.
.7 Substitutions to plant material as indicated on ,
planting plan not permitted unless written
approval from Consultant has been obtained as to
type, variety and size. Plant substitutions must ,
be of similar species and of equal or larger
size as to those originally specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Workmanship .1 Stake out location of trees and planting beds as ,
per planting plan. Obtain approval prior to
excavating.
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
.2 Apply anti-desiccant in accordance with material
manufacturer's instructions.
.3 Co-ordinate operations. Keep site clean and
planting holes drained. Immediately remove soil
or debris spilled onto pavement .
3 .2 Planting Time .1 Plant deciduous plant material during dormant
period before buds have broken. Plant material
' noted for spring planting only must be planted
in dormant period.
.2 Plant material imported from region with warmer
' climatic conditions may only be planted in early
spring.
.3 When permission has been obtained to plant
' deciduous plant material after buds have broken,
spray plants with anti-desiccant to slow down
transpiration prior to transplanting.
' .4 Plant evergreens in spring before buds break.
Planting of such stock after buds have broken
may start after middle August. Apply anti-
desiccant to evergreens before digging.
.5 when permission has been obtained, trees,
shrubs, and groundcovers growing in containers
may be planted throughout growing season.
' .6 Plant only under conditions that are conducive
to health and physical conditions of plants.
' .7 Provide planting schedule. Extending planting
operations over long period using period using
limited crew will not be accepted.
3 .3 Excavation .1 Shrub beds: excavate to a minimum depth of 450
mm.
.2 Individual shrubs: excavated planting holes 600
mm deep and at least 600 mm wide .
.3 Small trees (up to 3 . 0 m) : excavate holes 600 mm
deep with diameter of 300 mm greater than root
spread or root ball .
.4 Large trees: excavate to depth of at least 200
mm deeper than height of root ball, with width
of 750 mm greater than diameter of root ball . In
heavy soils, increase planting holes by 50 mm
for each 100 mm of root ball diameter.
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
.5 Provide drainage for planting holes in heavy ,
soil if natural drainage does not exist . Have
method approved.
.6 Protect bottom of excavations against freezing. '
.7 Remove water which enters excavations prior to ,
planting. Ensure source of water is not ground
water.
3 .4 Planting .1 Loosen bottom of planting hole to depth of 150 ,
to 200 mm. Cover bottom of each excavation with
minimum of 150 mm of topsoil mixture.
.2 Plant trees and shrubs vertically with roots ,
placed straight out in hole. Orient plant
material to give best appearance in relation to
structure, roads, and walks. ,
.3 Place plant material to depth equal to depth
they were originally growing in nursery.
.4 With balled and burlapped root balls, loosen ,
burlap and cut away minimum top 1/3 without
disturbing root ball. Do not pull burlap or rope
from under root ball. With container stock, '
remove entire container without disturbing root
ball. Non bio-degradable wrappings must be
removed. ,
.5 Tamp planting soil around root system in layers
of 150 mm eliminating air voids. Frozen or
saturated planting soil is unacceptable. When '
2/3 of planting soil has been placed, fill hole
with water. After water has completely
penetrated into the soil, complete backfilling.
.6 Build 100 mm deep saucer around outer edge of '
hole to assist with maintenance watering.
.7 When planting is complete, give surface of '
planting saucer a dressing of organic
10-6-4 fertilizer at the rate of 12 kg/100 s.m.
for shrub beds or 40 to 50 g/mm of caliper for
trees. Mix fertilizer thoroughly with top layer '
of planting soil and water in well.
3 . 5 Tree Support .1 Tree support is shown on planting details. ,
.2 Staking: backfill planting hole 2/3, drive T-bar
stake into pit as per details, taking care not '
to damage main roots. Fasten trunk to stakes or
anchors with tree rings. obtain approval prior
to using other methods.
' Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
1
' .3 Guy wires:
. 1 For deciduous trees and evergreens fasten
three wires to tree where a branch will
prevent slipping down. Use tree rings to
' prevent abrasion of bark.
.2 Fasten guy wires to anchors at distance
from tree base equal to height of where
' wire was attached to trunk. Break wires,
install wire tighteners and tighten
slightly.
.3 Where guy wires are used close to
' pedestrian walkways, fasten brightly
coloured flags to wires to make them
clearly visible, to the approval of the
landscape architect .
' 3 .6 Wrapping .1 Wrap deciduous trees spirally from ground up, to
a height of second branches. Treat trunk with
' paste of long residual insecticide, lindane or
equivalent before applying wrapping. Secure
burlap with binder twine wound in opposite
direction to burlap at 100 mm intervals. Place
' wrapping neatly and snugly with 40 mm overlap.
3 .7 Pruning .1 Prune trees and shrubs after planting, as
indicated, to compensate for loss of roots
suffered during transplanting. Postpone pruning
of those trees where heavy weeping of sap may
' occur, until in full leaf. Employ clean sharp
tools and make cuts flush with main branch,
smooth and sloping as to prevent accumulation of
water. Remove projecting stumps on trunks or
' main branches. Remove dead and injured branches
and branches that rub causing damage to bark.
Trim out crown of trees and shrubs without
changing their natural shape. Do not damage lead
branches or remove smaller twigs along main
branches. Treat cuts in excess of 20 mm diam.
and damaged parts with application wound
dressing.
' 3 . 8 Mulching .1 obtain approval of planting before mulching
material is applied. Loosen soil in planting
' beds and pits and remove debris and weeds.
Spread mulch to minimum thickness of 50 mm.
Mulch material susceptible to blowing must be
moistened and mixed with topsoil before
applying. when mulch is placed in fall, place
immediately after planting. When mulch is placed
in spring, wait until soil has warmed and frost
' is out of ground.
Clarington Public Library/ Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers Section 02490 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page S '
0006 April 2001
3 . 9 Maintenance .1 Water once a week or as required for first four '
weeks. Ensure adequate moisture in root zone '
immediately before freeze up.
.2 Keep soil within confines of planting saucer
around trees and planting beds shallowly ,
cultivated and free from weeds .
.3 Spray plants to combat against pests and
diseases. Do not use DDT or sprays prohibited by '
Agriculture Canada.
.4 Keep tree guards and guy wires in proper repair.
.5 Provide adequate protection against winter '
damage including damage by rodents.
t
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Unit Pavers Section 02515
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 Samples .1 Submit full size sample unit of each type paving
unit.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials .1 Base Bid:
Concrete unit pavers: Holland Stone, 100 x 200 x
60, colour selected from manufacturer's standard
' colour range.
Manufacturer: Unilock Limited
287 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown, Ontario
L7G 4X6
Tel. (905) 453-1438
Fax (905) 874-3034
or approved equal. Alternate supplier must be
' able to supply each of 4 types listed below:
I
Type 1 Concrete Unit Paver: Holland Stone 100
' x 200 x 60 selected from manufacturer's
standard colour range.
Type 2 Series 3000 Architectural paver, Large
Square: 30 cm x 30 cm x 8 cm.
Type 3 Unigranite Large Square, 15 cm x 15 cm x
7 cm.
Type 4 Retaining Wall and Step System.
Steps are added at South terrace on Addendum No.
' 2 Drawing No. AD2-43
Siena Stone by Unilock
Coping Unit: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 100 cm
Corner Unit: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 92.5 cm
Standard Units: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 100 cm
.2 Crushed stone or gravel: hard, durable, angular
particles, free from clay lumps, cementation,
organic material, frozen material and other
deleterious materials.
.1 Gradations: within limits specified when
' tested to ASTM C136-84a and ASTM 0117-84 .
ASTM
Standard Sieve Designation Percent Passing
19 mm 100
12 . 5 mm 70-100
4 .75 mm 40-70
2 .00 mm 23-50
' 0 .425 mm 7-25
0 .075 mm 3-8
.3 Granite Screenings: hard, durable, crushed
' stone particles, free from clay lumps,
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Unit Pavers Section 02515 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
cementation, organic material, frozen material '
and other deleterious materials.
.4 Gradations: within limits specified when tested ,
to ASTM C136-84a and ASTM C117-84 .
ASTM
Standard Sieve Designation Percent Passing '
9.5 mm 100
4 .75 mm 80-100
2 .00 mm 50-90 '
0 .425 mm 10-50
0 .075 mm 0-10
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Sub-Grade .1 Ensure that subgrade preparation conforms to ,
levels required to allow for installation of
granular base.
3 .2 Granular Base .1 Sub-base minimum thickness: as indicated. '
.2 Spread and compact crushed stone or gravel '
in uniform layers not exceeding 100 mm
thickness.
.3 Compact to a density of not less than 98% '
maximum dry density in accordance with
ASTM D698-78.
.4 Shape and roll alternately to obtain a
smooth, even and uniformly compacted
granular base and ensure conformity of
grades with finish surface. ,
.5 Apply water as necessary during compaction
to obtain specified density. If granular
base is excessively moist, aerate by ,
scarifying with suitable equipment until
moisture content is corrected.
.6 In areas not accessible to rolling ,
equipment, compact to specified density
with approved mechanical tampers.
.7 Ensure top of granular base does not ,
exceed plus or minus 10 mm of finished
grade less combined thickness of granular
laying course plus surface course. '
3 .3 Granular .1 Place granular setting bed to compacted
Layering Course thickness of 150 mm. t
' Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Unit Pavers Section 02515
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
3 .4 Surface Course . 1 Install unit paving true to grade, in
' location, layout and pattern as indicated.
.2 Where required, cut units accurately
without damaging edges.
' .3 Concrete unit pavers:
. 1 Install pavers with butt joints.
.2 Tamp down and level pavers with
mechanical plate vibrator on sand
covered surface until pavers are
true to grade and free of movement.
' .3 Fill spaces between pavers by
sweeping in sand.
.4 Pass mechanical vibrator on sand
cushion over surface course to
achieve compaction of sand in
joints.
.5 Sweep surface course clean.
.6 Ensure pavers installed with a slope for
' positive drainage away from building
foundations.
' 3 .5 Existing Areas
of Brick Pavers to
be Re-laid .1 The designated areas remove existing
pavers.
' .2 Install granular.
.3 At completion regrade area. Install new
' base and sub-base as required.
.4 Compact as specified for new work.
' .5 Reinstall existing pavers using procedures
for new work.
' .6 Select only good sound units.
.7 Discard all unused material .
' 3.6 Installation of Steps .1 Install as shown to manufacturer's printed
instructions.
1
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Asphalt Concrete Paving Section 02516
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 General . 1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
' applicable .
1 . 2 Abbreviations . 1 OPSS refers to Ontario Provincial
Standard Specifications .
ii
1 . 3 Samples . 1 Submit to Consultant, samples of
material for sieve analysis at least
4 weeks before commencing work.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Materials . 1 Granular subbase : Granular B, OPSS
,II
1010 .
. 2 Granular base : Granular A, OPSS 1010 .
. 3 Prime coat : MTO Primer.
i
i
.4 Asphalt concrete : OPSS 1150 .
. 5 Traffic paint : CGSB 1-GP-74M white;
thinner CGSB 1-GP-5M.
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 1 Foundations . 1 Foundations for roadway and parking
'' , , lot comprise :
Clarington Pub. Library/ Asphalt Concrete Paving Section 02516 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
. 1 200 mm compacted thickness of ,
granular subbase .
. 2 100 mm compacted thickness of ,
granular base.
. 2 Construction of granular foundations : '
OPSS 314 . 07 .
. 3 Compaction: compact each lift of ,
granular material to 100°% maximum
density to ASTM D698-78 . Maximum lift
thickness : 100 mm. '
3 . 2 Pavement . 1 Base Course 50 mm HL3 .
Thickness '
2 Wear Course 25 mm installed by
Municipality of Clarington at the
completion of work within the road '
allowance.
3 . 3 Traffic . 1 Paint pavement markings for 2 barrier
Markings free parking spaces, in accordance ,
with manufacturers recommendations
and as indicated.
. 2 Locations to be indicated on site by
Consultant .
3 . 4 Repair of . 1 At completion of project repair all ,
Existing Asphalt areas of asphalt within the area of
work.
. 2 Cut out damaged areas and repair to ,
Municipality of Clarington
requirements . ,
. 3 Asphalt will be examined by
Contractor, Owner ' s Representative '
1 Clarington Pub. Library/ Asphalt Concrete Paving Section 02516
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
1 0006 April 2001
1 and Consultant before start of work.
1 . 4 Areas of repair will be indicated by
Consultant near the completion of the
Project .
1
' 1
it
I
� 1
1
." 1
� 1
1
1
1
i
� 1
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Walks and Curbs Section 02523
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Site Grading Section 02210
.2 Excavating, Trenching Section 02223 and
Backfilling
.3 Asphalt Concrete Paving Section 02516
' .4 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
. 5 Cast In Place Concrete Section 03300
' .6 Reinforcing Mesh Section 03200
I
i ; 1.3 References . 1 ASTM D698-91, Test Method for Laboratory
Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (600 kN-m/m3) .
1. 4 Inspection and .1 Inspection company will test base compaction
' Testing and will take concrete test cylinders.
� . .2 Give at least 48 hours for each testing
operation.
1
.3 Cost of testing and inspection will be paid by
Construction Manager.
I
1. 5 Mock-up .1 To requirements of Section 01001, General
Requirements.
.2 Complete 1 1500 x 1500 section of stamped
i .. concrete.
.3 After acceptance sample should stay in place
until end of the work and then be removed.
It will not be part of the finished work.
�j �
� 1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Walks and Curbs Section 02523
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials . 1 Concrete mixes and materials: to Section 03300
- Cast-in-Place Concrete, except all
concrete contains integral colouring agent
(refet to 2. 1.9 below) .
.2 Reinforcing steel: to Section 03200 - Concrete
Reinforcement.
.3 Joint filler Curing Compound: to Section 03300
- Cast-in-Place Concrete.
.4 Granular base: Granular A to Section 02223
Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling, depth '
150 mm.
.5 Non-staining mineral type form release agent:
chemically active release agents containing
compounds that react with free lime to provide
water soluble soap.
.6 Borrow material: as approved by Engineer.
.7 Curing Compound: Florseal by Sternson or
approved equal. Accepted Alternate; CS
309/Vocomp 20 by WR Meadows.
.8 Linseed Oil Mixture: 506 Linseed Oil and 508
Mineral Spirits by volume.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Granular Base .1 Obtain Consultant's review of subgrade before '
placing granular base.
.2 Place granular base material to lines, widths,
and depths as indicated.
. 3 Compact granular base to at least 988 of
maximum density to ASTM D698.
3.2 Concrete . 1 Obtain Engineer's approval of granular base
and reinforcing steel prior to placing
concrete.
1 Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Walks and Curbs Section 02523
Mun. Office Expansion Paqe 3
0006 April 2001
3.2 Concrete .2 Do concrete work in accordance with Section
(Cont'd) 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete, as shown, as
specified herein and in accordance with
Municipality of Clarington standards.
. 3 Mix in colouring agent to manufacturer's
recommendation to match review and sample.
. 4 Round edges, including edges of joints, with
10 mm radius edging tool.
. 5 Immediately after floating, give sidewalk
surface uniform broom finish to produce
regular corrugations not exceeding 2 mm deep,
by drawing broom in direction normal to centre
line. Provide edging as indicated.
.6 Install reinforcing mesh as specified in
03200.
3.3 Tolerances .1 Finish surfaces to within 3 mm in 3 m as
measured with straightedge placed on surface.
3.4 Expansion and .1 Install tooled transverse contraction joints
Contraction Joints after floating, when concrete is stiff, but
still plastic, at intervals of 1. 5 m.
' .2 Install expansion joints as indicated and as
directed by Consultant at maximum intervals
of 6 m.
. 3 Install expansion joints around manholes and
catch basins and along length adjacent to
concrete curbs, catch basins, buildings, or
' permanent structure.
.4 When sidewalk is adjacent to curb, make joints
of curb, gutters and sidewalk coincide.
.5 Install joint filler in expansion joints in
accordance with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place
Concrete.
3.5 Curing . 1 Cure concrete by adding moisture to exposed
finished surfaces for at least 1 day after
placing, or sealing moisture in by curing
compound after review with Architect .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Walks and Curbs Section 02523 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
3.5 Curing .2 Where burlap is used for moist curing, place
(Cont'd) two (2) prewetted layers on concrete surface
and keep continuously wet during curing
period.
.3 Apply curing compound evenly to form
continuous film. Follow manufacturer's
instructions.
3.6 Backfill . 1 Allow concrete to cure for seven (7) days
prior to backfilling.
.2 Backfill to designated elevations with
material approved by Engineer. Compact and
shape to required contours as indicated or as
directed by Engineer.
3.7 Linseed Oil .1 After concrete has cured for specified curing
Treatment time and when surface of concrete is clean and
dry, apply two coats of linseed oil mixture
uniformly to surfaces of curbs, walks and
gutters.
.2 Linseed oil mixture to consist of 506 boiled
linseed oil and 506 mineral spirits by volume.
.3 Only apply treatment when air temperature
above 10°C. Apply second coat only when 1
previous coat has thoroughly dried.
END
Clarington Public Library/ Weeping Tile Drainage Section 02710
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1 .2 Related work .2 Excavating, backfilling and rough grading, for
weeping tiles and building sub-drains:
Section. 02223, Excavating, Backfilling and '
Rough Grading.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
i
2 .1 Materials .1 Weeping Tiles and Building Sub-drains: CSA
B182-M1983, polyvinyl chloride pipe, including
solid and perforated pipe, purpose-made
' fittings, caps and push-on joints as required,
nominal size 100 mm (411) complete with
Geotextile covering.
.2 Pipe Joint Compound: Polyvinyl Chloride
solvent cement .
.3 Filter Aggregate: 19mm (3/411) crushed stone.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Verify trenches for weeping tiles and building
sub-drains are in accordance with Drawings.
.2 If excavation reveals unexpected subsurface
'i. drainage conditions which may necessitate
revisions to drainage system, advise Ministry
Designee immediately and do not proceed until
directed.
.3 Place geotextile in excavation and cover with
filter aggregate, to invert depth and slope
shown or specified, and tamp lightly.
.4 Lay weeping tile over aggregate in straight
lines with perforations facing down. Minimum
slope 0 .10% unless otherwise shown. Commence
laying at outlet and proceed in upstream
direction.
Clarington Public Library/ Weeping Tile Drainage Section 02710 f ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
.5 Use specifically designed fittings at all
direction changes and connections to existing.
.6 Seal joints with pipe joint compound in
accordance with manufacturer' s instructions.
Protect tiles and drains against floatation
until backfilled.
.7 Do not cover weeping tiles and building sub-
drains with filter aggregate until reviewed.
. 8 After review, cover weeping tiles with filter
aggregate to required depth and width, and
tamp lightly.
. 9 Have weeping tile and sub-drain installation
reviewed before permitting backfilling and
supervise backfilling to ensure tile and
filter fabric is not damaged.
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Tree Protection Section 02905
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
i
PART 1 - GENERAL
r
1.1 General . 1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work . 1 Excavation and Backfilling - Section 02223
Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling.
.2 Topsoil and finish - Section 02921 Grading,
Topsoil and Finish Grading.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
� r
2.1 Materials .1 Fill:
.1 Type (A) : clean, natural river sand and
gravel material, free from silt, clay, loam,
friable or soluble materials and organic
matter.
i
.2 Coarse washed stones: 35-75 mm diameter clear
round hard stone.
i
.3 Fertilizer:
. 1 To Canada "Fertilizer Act" and
� "Fertilizers Regulations".
.2 Complete, commercial, slow release with
358 of nitrogen content in water-insoluble
form.
.4 Wood posts: 38 x 89 x 2400 mm length,
untreated wood.
r.
i
i.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Tree Protection Section 02905
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
r
PART 3 - EXECUTION
r
3.1 Identification .1 Identify plants and limits of root systems to
and Protection be preserved to satisfaction of Consultant.
.2 Protect plant and root systems from damage,
compaction and contamination resulting from
construction to satisfaction of Consultant.
3.2 Protection of . 1 Trees to be protected are indicated on the
Existing Trees site plan. Also included are all trees on
adjacent properties which are near this site.
.2 Construction scaffold around the trees . Review
methods of protecting existing trees with
Consultant prior to erecting scaffold in
areas with existing trees. r
.3 Do not contaminate soil with construction
debris, materials, or water runoff. Divert
surface drainage in the area of the trees
during exterior work.
.9 Water trees with clean water on regular
schedule as directed by Consultant during the
construction.
.5 Fertilize trees at the beginning of
construction and at the completion of
construction. Fertilize in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instruction. Review
proposed methods with Consultant prior to
starting the work.
r
r
END ,
r
' Clarington Public Library/ Sodding Section 02938
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
Part 1 - General
1.1 General .1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related work .1 Topsoil and Finish Grading Section 02260.
i
1.3 Source Quality .1 Obtain approval from Consultant of sod at
source.
I
.2 When proposed source of sod is approved, use
no other source without written authorization.
1.4 Scheduling .1 Schedule sod laying to coincide with
preparation of soil surface.
.2 Schedule sod installation between August 15
and September 30 .
I
1 .5 Submittals .1 Submit proposed fertilization program during
establishment and warranty program for review.
I
.2 Submit in accordance with Section 01001,
' General Requirements.
Part 2 - Products
2 .1 Materials .1 Number One Turfgrass Nursery Sod: Sod that has
been especially sown and cultivated in nursery
fields as turfgrass crop.
.1 Number One Kentucky Bluegrass Sod -
Fescue Sod: Nursery sod grown solely
from seed mixture of cultivars of
Kentucky Bluegrass and Chewing Fescue or
Creeping Red Fescue, containing not less
than 40% Kentucky Bluegrass cultivars
and 30% Chewing Fescue or Creeping Red
Fescue cultivar(s) .
.2 Turfgrass Nursery Sod quality:
.1 Not more than 2 broadleaf weeds
or 10 other weeds per 40 square
meters .
.2 Density of sod sufficient so that
no soil is visible when mown to
height of 40 mm.
.3 Mowing height limit: 35 to 65 mm.
.4 Soil portion of sod: 9 to 15 mm
in thickness.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Sodding Section 02938 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
.2 Water:
.1 Supplied by Construction manager from
building source.
.3 Fertilizer: '
. 1 To Canada "Fertilizers Act" and
"Fertilizers Regulations" .
.2 Complete, synthetic, slow release with
650 of nitrogen content in water
insoluble form.
Part 3 - Execution
3 .1 Preparation . 1 Verify that grades are correct and prepared in
accordance with Section 02921 - Topsoil and
Finish Grading. If discrepancies occur,
notify Consultant and do not commence work
until instructed by Consultant.
.2 Do not perform work under adverse field
conditions such as frozen soil, excessively
wet or dry soil or soil covered with snow, ice '
or standing water.
.3 Fine grade surface free of humps and hollows
to smooth, even grade, to contours and
elevations indicated, to tolerance of plus or
minus S mm, surface to drain naturally,
minimum of 2% slope away from building.
.4 Remove and dispose of weeds; debris; stones 50
mm in diameter and larger; soil contaminated
by oil, gasoline, and other deleterious
materials off site.
.5 Cultivate fine grade approved by Consultant to
25 mm depth immediately prior to sodding.
3 .2 Sod Placement . 1 Lay sod within 36 hours of being lifted.
.2 Lay sod sections in rows, longitudinally,
along contours of slopes, joints staggered, .
Butt sections closely without overlapping or
leaving gaps between sections. Cut out
irregular or tin sections with sharp
implements.
Clarington Public Library/ Sodding Section 02938
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
. 3 Roll sod as directed by Consultant . Provide
close contact between sod and soil by light
rolling. Use of heavy roller to correct
irregularities is not permitted.
3 .3 Fertilizing .1 Fertilize during establishment and warranty
Program periods to manufacturer' s recommendation for
newly laid sod, and to reviewed submitted
fertilization program.
j3 .4 Maintenance During .1 Perform following operations from time of
I : Establishment installation until acceptance.
'.� Period
i
.2 Water sodded areas in sufficient quantities
s � and at frequency required to maintain optimum
soil moisture condition to depth of 75 to 100
mm.
- � .3 Cut grass to 40 mm when it reaches height of
60 mm. Remove clippings.
.4 Maintain sodded areas weed free.
.5 Fertilize areas in accordance with fertilizing
program. Spread half of required amount of
fertilizer in one direction and remainder at
right angles and water in well .
3 .5 Acceptance .1 Turfgrass Nursery sod areas will be accepted
by Consultant provided that:
.1 Sodded areas are properly established.
.2 Sod is free of bare and dead spots and
without weeds.
.3 No surface soil is visible when grass
has been cut to height of 40mm.
.4 Sodded areas have been cut minimum of 2
times, and within 24 hours prior to
acceptance.
j � .5 Fertilizing in accordance with
fertilizer program has been carried out
at least once.
.2 Areas sodded in fall will be accepted in
following spring one month after start of
growing season provided acceptance conditions
are fulfilled.
i
" I
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General . 1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 General .1 Provide all material and labour required for
Requirements the completion of the Contract . Breakdown of
Work by Section is for guidance only and is not
necessarily complete.
.2 Work Furnished and Installed:
.1 Concrete formwork.
' .3 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
.1 Concrete Reinforcement, Section 03200.
.2 Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300 .
�,. . 3 Concrete Floor Finishes, Section 03345 .
I` .4 Work Installed but Furnished Elsewhere:
.1 Structural Steel anchor assemblies, bolts
' and the like supplied under Section
05120.
'r Delete clause 1.3 and replace with the following:
'- 1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following
Standards publications and where such reference is made
it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA A23.1-94 Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CSA 5269.1-1975 Falsework for Construction
purposes.
'. i
.3 CSA 086.1-94 Engineering Design in Wood.
f .4 CSA 0121-M1978 Douglas Fir Plywood.
' .5 CSA 0153-M1980 Poplar Plywood.
.6 CSA 0151-M1978 Canadian Softwood Plywood.
.7 CAN3-0188.0-M78 Mat-Formed Wood
Particleboards and Waferboard.
{ .8 CAN/CSA-5269.3-M92 Concrete Formwork.
. � 1.4 Source Quality .1 Perform forming operations and place hardware
Control so that finished concrete will be within the
tolerances set out in CAN/CSA-A23 .
.2 These tolerances are acceptable with regard to
visual and structural requirements .
Interfacing tolerances may not be compatible
with the above. Review and coordinate
interfacing tolerances so that the various
elements come together properly.
1 .5 Delivery, .1 Design forms and reshoring to safely support
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
Storage and vertical and lateral loads until they can be t
Handling supported by the structure.
Delete clause 1.5.2 and replace with the following:
.2 Design formwork for loads and lateral
pressures recommended in CSA 5269.1. Wood
design to conform to CSA 086.1.
.3 Where required by the local authorities,
arrange with the local building by-law
authorities for inspection by building
inspectors.
1. 6 Submittals .1 Submit the following for review by the '
Consultant:
.1 Shop Drawings for architectural concrete
forms.
Delete clause 1.6.2 and replace with the following:
.2 Concrete Forms
.1 Indicate method and schedule of
construction, materials, arrangement of
joints, ties, shores, liners, and
locations of temporary embedded parts.
Comply with CSA 5269.1 for falsework
drawings.
.3 Underpinning Details ,
.1 Well in advance of construction, submit
for the Consultant' s review complete
details for the design and installation
of shoring and bracing prepared by a
Registered Professional Engineer in the
Province of Ontario.
.4 As-Built Drawings
.1 Mark on one (1) complete set of final
drawings any changes, additions or
deletions that occur during construction
as a result of the Contractor's work,
change Orders, or for any other reason.
1 .7 Mock-Up .l Treat basement columns as a mock-up of the
ground floor exposed columns and capitals.
.2 Assume at least two (2) separate pours of '
basement columns are required with interim
review by Architect.
.3 Mock up when accepted forms the project
standard.
t
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
i
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Delete clause 2.1.1 and replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Forms:
.1 Formwork lumber: plywood and wood formwork
materials to CSA-086.1.
.2 Falsework materials: to CSA 5269.1.
.3 Circular column forms: Poli-Perms Form
fibre tubes, as manufactured by Perma
Tubes Ltd. or approved equal, with a
plastic inner liner with one vertical
seam.
.4 Column capital forms: Purpose-made
' removable, steel or reinforced plastic, to
sizes indicated on drawings.
.5 Form ties: removable or snap-off metal
ties, fixed or adjustable length, free of
devices leaving holes larger than 25 mm
dia. in concrete surface.
.6 Form liner:
.1 Plywood: Douglas Fir to CSA 0121,
Poplar to CSA 0153, Canadian
Softwood Plywood to CSA 0151, square
edge.
.7 Form release agent: chemically active
release agents containing compounds that
react with free lime present in concrete
to provide water insoluble soaps,
preventing concrete from sticking to
forms.
'. .2 Waterstops: Durajoint Type 7C for expansion
joints and Type 7 for construction joints as
supplied by Sternson Construction Products or
equal .
.3 Expansion Joint Filler:
.1 Non-extruding resilient bituminous
preformed expansion joint filler
conforming to ASTM D1751-73 (1978) .
.4 Highly compressible material : polystyrene foam
insulation.
' . 5 Cone ties: Use cone ties at all locations of
exposed concrete.
.6 Dovetail anchor slots:
. 1 Form and place dovetail anchor slots on
600 mm centres at all locations where
masonry veneer occurs in front of
concrete walls, columns or piers.
.2 Form and place dovetail anchor slots in
concrete walls and columns for lateral
support where masonry walls abut concrete
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
walls, piers and columns. i
.3 Slots to be hot dip galvanized.
.4 Furnish stainless steel strap anchors to
Division 4 for use in stone walls, hot
dipped galvanized strap anchors for use
in all other masonry walls.
.5 Strap anchors to be 4 mm thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Quality Control .1 Provide a system of quality control to ensure
that the minimum standards specified herein are
attained.
.2 Bring to the attention of Consultant any
defects in the work or departures from the ,
Contract Documents which may occur during
Construction. The Consultant will decide upon
corrective action and state his recommendations
in writing. t
3 .2 Notification . 1 Prior to commencing significant segments of the
work, give the Consultant and independent '
inspection and testing agencies appropriate
notification so as to afford them reasonable
opportunity to review the work. Failure to ,
meet this requirement may be cause for the
Consultant to classify the work as defective.
3 .3 Construction .1 The Consultant 's general review during
Review construction and inspection and testing by
independent inspection and testing agencies
reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken
to inform the Owner of the Contractor's
performance and shall in no way augment the
Contractor' s quality control or relieve him of
contractual responsibility.
3 .4 Inspection and . 1 Appointment of Independent Inspection Agencies ,
Testing .1 The Consultant will appoint the
inspection and testing agency to make
inspections or perform tests as the Con-
sultant directs. The inspection agency
shall be responsible only to the
Consultant, shall address his reports to
the Consultant and shall make only such
inspections or tests as the Consultant
may direct. Authorised inspection and
testing shall be paid for by the Owner, '
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
I
except that the Contractor will be
required to pay for tests which show
results not meeting the requirements of
the drawings or specifications and for
subsequent tests made necessary thereby.
3 .5 Defective .1 Where factual evidence exists that defective
Materials and workmanship has occurred or that work has been
Workmanship carried out incorporating defective materials,
' the Consultant may have tests, inspections or
surveys performed, analytical calculation of
structural strength made, and the like, in
order to help determine whether the work must
be replaced. Tests, inspections or surveys
carried out under these circumstances will be
made at the Contractor's expense, regardless of
their results, which may be such that, in the
Consultant's opinion, the work may be
acceptable.
.2 All testing shall be conducted in accordance
' with the requirements of the Ontario Building
Code, except where this would in the
Consultant 's opinion cause undue delay or give
results not representative of the rejected
' material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant.
.3 Materials or workmanship which fail to meet
' specified requirements may be rejected by the
Consultant whenever found at any time prior to
final acceptance of the work regardless of
previous inspection. If rejected, defective
materials or work incorporating defective
materials or workmanship shall be promptly
removed and replaced or repaired to the
satisfaction of the Consultant, at no expense
to the Owner.
3 .6 Concrete Work .1 Before proceeding with any work in or adjacent
at Existing to the existing structure, verify that
Structure conditions are as indicated on the drawings.
If they are not, do not proceed until the
Consultant has given instructions.
' 3 . 7 Underpinning .1 Design and provide shoring and bracing to
excavations and underpinning to safely
withstand any lateral pressures to which they
may be subjected.
.2 Protect and support existing services that may
interfere with the underpinning work.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
3 .8 General .1 Design, erect, support, brace and maintain
formwork to safely support vertical and lateral '
loads until they can be supported by the
structure.
3 . 9 Construction .1 Camber formwork such that hardened concrete,
prior to stripping of forms, is cambered as
shown. Maintain beam depth and slab thickness
from cambered surface.
.2 Camber slabs and beams 1 in 500 of span unless
shown otherwise. ,
.3 Mark building, grid or other lines on forms as
required to permit the accurate positioning of
reinforcing steel .
.4 Set anchor bolts, templates, steel connection
units or other inserts into the forms and ,
secure them rigidly so that they do not become
displaced during concreting. Set and secure
these items to the tolerances specified and
required in the appropriate Sections. ,
.5 Sleeves, Chases and Formed Openings
.1 All openings, sleeves, recesses are not ,
necessarily shown on the structural
drawings nor are their sizes or locations
shown. Refer to architectural,
mechanical and electrical drawings for
openings and sleeving requirements not
shown, located and dimensioned on the
structural drawings.
.2 No sleeves, chases and openings through
structural members shall be formed ,
without the Consultant's approval .
.3 Where pipes or services pass through
walls, beams or slabs, form the openings
by an approved sleeve or form as
necessary, except where such openings are
specified to be formed or sleeved by the
appropriate trade. Form chases or
recesses as shown or required. ,
.6 Exposed Concrete Forms
.1 Make joints of forms sufficiently tight
to prevent leakage of concrete fines at
corners of exposed beams, walls and
columns or at the corners of exposed
edges of slabs.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
1 0006 April 2001
.2 Provide 25 mm chamfer strip at all
exposed edges of concrete and 18 mm band
course control joints .
r . 3 Form panels for exposed concrete may be
reused 3 times, providing the tie holes
are reused and panels are not damaged in
a way that will cause visual defects.
.7 Verify lines, levels and column centres before
proceeding with formwork and ensure dimensions
agree with drawings.
.8 Obtain Consultant's approval for use of earth
' forms.
.9 Hand trim sides and bottoms and remove loose
earth from earth forms before placing concrete.
.10 Construct falsework in accordance with CSA
5269.1.
' .11 Construct forms to produce finished concrete
conforming to shape, dimensions, locations and
levels indicated within tolerances required by
CAN/CSA-A23 .1.
.12 Fabricate and erect formwork in accordance with
CAN/ CSA-5269.3 to produce finished concrete
' conforming to shape, dimension, locations and
levels indicated within tolerances required by
CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.13 Obtain Consultant's permission before framing
openings not indicated in concrete joists,
beams or columns.
' .14 Build in anchors, sleeves, and other inserts
required to accommodate Work specified in other
sections. Assure that all anchors and inserts
will not protrude beyond surfaces designated to
receive applied finishes.
.15 Clean formwork in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23.1, before placing concrete.
3 . 10 Stripping of .1 where forms are stripped from horizontal or
Forms and Reshoring sloping members before concrete has reached its
specified 28 day strength, reshore the members
so that they can safely support their own load
plus construction loads . In addition, ensure
that the stripped member is of sufficient
strength to safely carry its own weight over
the area stripped out at any instant, together
' with any superimposed construction loads.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001
.2 Notify the Consultant of intention to strip '
forms in advance of removal .
. 3 Stripping and reshoring shall proceed
simultaneously so as not to leave an area
greater than 9 sq.m. unsupported by either
formwork or reshoring at any instant. Install
reshores tight to construction above and below
so that they will not significantly shorten
under load, but take care not to preload the ,
construction below or raise the construction
above by over-tightening
.4 Maintain reshoring or formwork in place for 28 '
days or for such longer time as may be required
to ensure that the concrete has reached its
designated 28 day strength.
.5 Side forms for vertical members may be '
stripping as soon as they concrete is
sufficiently strong to stand unsupported and
safely resist imposed loads. ,
.6 Provide and install adequate shoring to safely
support horizontal or inclined members after
the 28 day specified strength is achieved where
superimposed loads exceed design loads.
Add to following clauses to clause 3.10 Stripping of Forms and Reshoring: ,
.7 Leave formwork in place for following minimum
periods of time after placing concrete.
.1 Three days for walls and sides of beams.
.2 Three days for columns.
.3 Twenty-eight days for beam soffits, slabs,
decks and other structural members, or
three days when replaced immediately with
adequate shoring to standard specified for
falsework. ,
.4 Three days for footings and abutments.
.8 Re-use of formwork and falsework subject to
requirements of CAN/CSA-A23.1. ,
.9 Falsework, formwork and shoring shall be
designed and inspected by a qualified
professional engineer licensed in the province
of Ontario.
3 .11 Construction .1 Obtain approval from the Consultant for
Joints location and details of construction joints not
shown.
I
IClarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
.2 Provide reglets in joints as shown.
3 .12 Waterstops .1 Install waterstops to provide continuous water
seal . Do not distort or pierce waterstop to
hamper performance. Do not displace rein-
forcement when installing waterstops. Use
equipment to manufacturer' s requirements to
field splice waterstops. Tie waterstops
rigidly in place.
' .2 Only straight heat sealed butt joints permitted
in field. Shop weld corners and intersections.
3 .13 Expansion and .1 Construct Expansion and control joints at the
Control Joints locations indicated and in accordance with the
details shown.
.2 Construct clean expansion joints free of
foreign material likely to impair the proper
operation of the joint.
.3 Provide a non-extruding joint filler in
expansion joints for the full area between
1 adjacent concrete members. Anchor the filler
material to one of the adjacent members or
between concrete members and adjacent members
of other materials.
.4 Where shown, provide waterstops in expansion
I joints. Make waterstops continuous for the
full length of the joint and splice where
necessary, in accordance with the manufac-
turer's instructions so that the waterstopping
action will not be interrupted. Rigidly fix
waterstops in forms to prevent their displace-
ment during concreting.
' .5 Where waterstops are noted to be installed into
existing work, sawcut appropriate sized slots
into the new work and group waterstops into the
slots. Make waterstops continuous for the full
length of the joint. Splice waterstops so that
the waterstopping action will not be inter-
rupted.
r .6 Expansion joints in walks shall be placed
vertically at intervals at intervals of 6 m 20 '
or as indicated on the drawings prior to
placing concrete.
.7 Divide sections between expansion joints in
walks transversely into lengths not more than
t
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100 1
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 1
1-1/2 m. Finish edges and divisions with a 1
tool which produces an edge as shown on
standard Drawing No.l.
.8 Provide expansion joints in curbs transversely 1
at intervals of 6 m, unless ordered otherwise
by the Consultant. Such joints shall be 1
asphalt impregnated felt, 12 mm, set
perpendicularly to the surface of the curb and
gutter and firmly secured to act as a bulkhead.
Place the top of the felt 12 mm thick below the 1
surface. Place removable cap pieces securely
in position and remove when the concrete has
achieved its initial set. Fill the groove thus
formed after being thoroughly cleaned, with a 1
bituminous filler material .
1
I
1
1
1
i
i
1
1
1
i
_ Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
t '
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Provide all material and labour required for
Requirements the completion of the Contract . Breakdown of
Work by Section is for guidance only and is not
necessarily complete.
.2 Work Furnished and Installed:
.1 Concrete reinforcement .
.3 Work Furnished but not Installed:
.1 Reinforcing bars for masonry (including
interior block partitions) , including
lintels, band courses, and piers . Refer
to architectural drawings and
specifications (Division 4) as well as
structural for complete scope.
.2 The above includes dowels at all block
partitions where shown on structural or
architectural drawings.
.4 Work Installed but Furnished By Other Sections:
.1 Anchor bolts.
.5 Related work Specified Elsewhere:
' .1 Concrete Formwork Section 03100.
.2 Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300 .
.3 Concrete Floor Finishes, Section 03345 .
' Delete clause 1.2 and replace with the following:
1.2 Standards, .1
Codes and Acts The Section refers to the following
publications and where such reference is made
' it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
.1 AN/CSA A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CAN/CSA A23.3-94, Design of Concrete
Structures.
' .3 CSA W186-M1990, Welding of Reinforcing
Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction.
.4 CSA G30.18-M92, Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
.5 CSA G30.3-M1983 (R1991) , Cold-Drawn Steel
Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
.6 CSA G30.14-M1983 (R1991) , Deformed Steel
Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
' .7 CSA G30.5-M1983 (R1991) , Welded Steel
Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
.8 CSA G30.15-M1983 (R1991) , Welded Deformed
' Steel Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
i
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.9 CAN/CSA G40.21-M92, Structural Quality '
Steel.
.2 Do reinforcing work in accordance with '
CAN/CSA-A23.1 and welding of reinforcing with
CSA W186, except where specified otherwise.
1 .3 Tolerances .1 Perform fabrication and setting so that
completed work will be within the tolerances
set out in CAN/CSA-A.23 . 1, and RSIO Manual .
.2 These tolerances are acceptable with regard to
structural requirements. Interfacing
tolerances may not be compatible with the
above. Review and coordinate interfacing
tolerances so that the various elements come
together properly.
1.4 Qualifications . 1 Welding Reinforcement
.1 The organization and personnel ,
undertaking the welding of reinforcement
shall be qualified by the Canadian
Welding Bureau under the requirements of
CSA-W186.
1.5 Samples and .1 General
Assistance .1 Supply samples of all materials and the ,
following, the cost of which shall be
paid for by this trade.
.2 Reinforcement '
. 1 Cut samples of reinforcing steel
designated by the Consultant from steel
shipped to jobsite. Replace cut
reinforcement or splice where permitted
by the Consultant. Maintain an adequate
supply of representative steel to permit
immediate.
.2 Coordinate sampling and testing so that ,
test results are received by the
Consultant before concrete is placed in
the members from which the samples are
taken. ,
1.6 Submittals .1 Submit opening information, shop drawings for ,
reinforcement, and certificates for review by
the Consultant:
.1 All submissions to include one sepia
print and two white prints. Leave room ,
on drawings for the stamps of the
Consultants. Check and sign before
submission.
' Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.2 Opening Information
.1 Prior to detailing reinforcement, submit
! drawings of the structure showing formed
holes, recesses and sleeving required
under all Sections.
.2 Where openings are to be cut into
existing structure, submit record x-rays
or other approved positive records,
indicating all cast-in materials
' including reinforcing steel, conduits
etc. , related to grid lines and
elevation datum along with proposed
cutting location.
.3 Complete dimension openings, recesses
and sleeves, and relate to suitable grid
lines and elevation datum.
.3 Shop Drawings for Reinforcement
.1 After Consultant has reviewed and
returned opening drawings, prepare
reinforcement placing drawings and bar
lists taking into account all openings
and recesses.
.2 Prepare placing drawings to a minimum
scale of 1: 50 in a clear complete manner
' that will permit placing of reinforce-
ment to be performed without reference
to contract drawings . Do not reproduce
the structural drawings .
' .3 Detail reinforcement in accordance with
the contract documents, CAN/CSA-A.23 .1
and detailing standards in RSIO Manual .
.4 Except as noted otherwise on the
drawings, provide standard hooks on
reinforcement in accordance with CAN3-
A.23 .3 .
' .5 Amongst other items, indicate the
following:
.1 bar sizes
.2 spacing
.3 location and quantities of
reinforcing
.4 epoxy coatings
.5 mesh
.6 chairs
.7 spacers
.8 hangers
.9 Identify each bar with a code mark
' corresponding to the bar lists.
.6 Detail sections to fully illustrate
placement of reinforcement at areas such
as
.7 Placing sequence for reinforcement such
as intersections of slabs and beams and
within flat and two-way slabs.
.8 Minimum clearances between reinforcement
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
and minimum concrete protection to ,
reinforcement.
.9 Location of each bar relative to grid
line or other feature which can be
identified on the formwork.
. 10 Location and embedment of dowels.
.11 Location, number and type of support
accessories, including support bars
suitably sized and spaced to rigidly
support the weight of reinforcement and
construction loads. ,
.4 Certificates
.1 Steel of Canadian Manufacture: Mill
test certificates properly correlated to
the reinforcement used for fabrication.
.2 Steel of other than Canadian
Manufacture: Test data that each size
and grade of reinforcement proposed
meets specification requirements.
Reinforcement approved for use by the
Consultant shall be identified in a
manner suitable to the Consultant. Only ,
steel that has been approved will be
accepted on jobsite.
.3 Weldable Reinforcement: Chemical
composition and verification of weld- ,
ability.
.5 Substitutions
.1 Substitution of different size bars ,
permitted only upon written approval of
Consultant.
Add the following clause to clause 1.6 Submittals:
.6 Shop drawings for reinforcement shall be
prepared in accordance with Reinforcing Steel
Manual of Standard Practice - by Reinforcing
Steel Institute of Ontario (RSIO) .
.7 Design and detail lap lengths and bar
development lengths to CAN/CSA-A23 .3, unless ,
otherwise indicated. Provide type C tension
lap splices unless otherwise indicated.
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Delete clause 2.1.1.1 and replace with the following: ,
2 .1 Materials .1 Reinforcement
.1 Reinforcing steel: billet steel, grade '
400, deformed bars to CSA G30.18 unless
indicated otherwise.
.2 Reinforcement to be welded shall conform
to the material recommendations ,
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' contained in CSA-W186 .
.2 Epoxy Coating for Reinforcement
' .1 An electrostatic application of epoxy
protective coating conforming to ASTM
D3963/D3963M.
.3 Welded Wire Fabric
.1 Conform to CSA G30 .5-M1983 .
.2 Supply in flat sheets .
.4 Support Accessories
.1 Chairs, bolsters or spacers of
sufficient strength to rigidly support
the weight of reinforcement and
construction loads. In the case of
concrete exposed to view or weather the
accessories shall be such that no metal
is permitted to come closer than 38 mm
from a formed face and 50 mm from a
trowelled surface. Use precast concrete
supports for exposed concrete beams and
' soffits and concrete cast against soil.
.2 Tie wires and support accessories for
epoxy coated reinforcement shall be
epoxy coated to the requirements of ASTM
D3963/D3963M.
.5 Support Accessories for Architectural Concrete
.1 An approved precast concrete, plastic or
other non-corroding type of chair,
bolster or spacer of sufficient strength
to rigidly support the weight of
reinforcement and construction loads.
' Tie wires shall be non-corrosive to
sample approved by Consultant.
i
.6 Cold-drawn annealed steel wire ties: to CSA
G30.3.
.7 Deformed steel wire for concrete reinforcement:
' to CSA G30.14.
.8 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to
CAN/CSA-A23.2.
.9 Mechanical splices: subject to approval of
Consultant.
.10 Plain round bars: to CAN/CSA-G40.21.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Quality Control .1 Provide a system of quality control to ensure
i
i
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 ,
that the minimum standards specified herein are ,
attained.
.2 Bring to the attention of Consultant any '
defects in the work or departures from the
Contract Documents which may occur during
Construction. The Consultant will decide upon
corrective action and state his recommendations
in writing.
3 .2 Notification .1 Prior to commencing significant segments of the
work, give the Consultant and independent '
inspection and testing agencies appropriate
notification so as to afford them reasonable
opportunity to review the work. Failure to
meet this requirement may be cause for the
Consultant to classify the work as defective.
3 .3 Construction Review .1 The Consultant 's general review during '
construction and inspection and testing by
independent inspection and testing agencies
reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken
to inform the Owner of the Contractor's
performance and shall in no way augment the
Contractor's quality control or relieve him of
contractual responsibility.
3 .4 Inspection and .1 Appointment of Independent Inspection Agencies
Testing . 1 The Consultant will appoint the
inspection and testing agency to make ,
inspections or perform tests as the Con-
sultant directs. The inspection agency
shall be responsible only to the
Consultant, shall address his reports to
the Consultant and shall make only such
inspections or tests as the Consultant
may direct. Authorized inspection and
testing shall be paid for by the Owner, '
except that the Contractor will be
required to pay for tests which show
results not meeting the requirements of '
the drawings or specifications and for
subsequent tests made necessary thereby.
.2 When defects are revealed, the Owner may ,
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
request, at the Contractor' s expense,
additional inspection or testing to
ascertain the full extent of the defect .
' .2 Tests on Reinforcing Steel by Independent
Inspection Agencies.
.1 A series of specimens for each grade and
size of reinforcing steel contained in
any 100 tonnes of steel shipped may be
tested. Each series of tests will
include two bars for each size and grade
of steel used. Reinforcing steel tests
will be made in accordance with CSA G30 .
.2 Non-destructive tests may be made on
welded reinforcement.
3 .5 Defective .1 Where factual evidence exists that defective
Materials and workmanship has occurred or that work has been
Workmanship carried out incorporating defective materials,
the Consultant may have tests, inspections or
surveys performed, analytical calculation of
' structural strength made, and the like, in
order to help determine whether the work must
be replaced. Tests, inspections or surveys
carried out under these circumstances will be
' made at the Contractor' s expense, regardless of
their results, which may be such that, in the
Consultant 's opinion, the work may be
acceptable.
.2 All testing shall be conducted in accordance
' with the requirements of the Ontario Building
Code, except where this would, in the Consul-
tant ' s opinion cause undue delay or give
results not representative of the rejected
' material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant .
.3 Materials or workmanship which fail to meet
specified requirements may be rejected by the
Consultant whenever found at any time prior to
final acceptance of the work regardless of
previous inspection. If rejected, defective
materials or work incorporating defective
materials or workmanship shall be promptly
removed and replaced or repaired to the
satisfaction of the Consultant, at no expense
to the Owner.
i
Delete clause 3.6.1 and replace with the following:
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001 ,
3 .6 Fabrication .1 Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with ,
CAN/CSA-A23.1, and the Reinforcing Steel Manual
of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steel '
Institute of Ontario.
.2 Identify with a metal tag each bar with code
mark corresponding to that appearing on bar
list .
.3 Bend reinforcement once only and at room
temperature. Do not straighten or rebend '
reinforcement. Do not use bars with kinks or
bends not shown on the drawings.
.4 Replace bars which develop cracks or splits . '
Add the following clause to 3.6 Fabrication:
.5 Obtain Consultant's approval for locations of
reinforcement splices other than shown on
structural drawings.
.6 Upon approval of Consultant, weld reinforcement '
in accordance with CSA W186.
3 .7 Placing .1 Prior to concreting, place reinforcement, ,
support and secure against displacement in
accordance with the requirements contained in
RSIO Manual and to the tolerances specified in
CAN/CSA-A.23 .1. Tolerances shall be non- '
cumulative.
.2 Conform to requirements shown for concrete ,
cover to reinforcement.
.3 Place reinforcement accurately and secure
against displacement by using annealed iron
wire ties or clips, or as otherwise specified,
at intersections. Tack welding of
reinforcement to secure in place will not be ,
permitted.
.4 Secure reinforcement in walls using sufficient
spacers on each face to maintain the requisite
distance between reinforcement and wall face
and so that vertical bars are plumb. Provide a
minimum of 10 mm diameter spreader bars spaced
at 2 m centres in both directions . '
.5 Do not drive or force reinforcement into fresh
concrete.
Add the following clause to clause 3.7 Placing: '
.6 Place reinforcing steel as indicated on
structural drawings and on reviewed
placing drawings and in accordance with
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
' 0006 April 2001
CAN/CSA-A23 .1.
.7 Welded wire mesh shall be installed and
securely supported by spacers conforming
to CAN/CSA A23.1 at the specified
elevation prior to placement of concrete.
Placing the reinforcement at the bottom
of the concrete slab and lifting it as
the concrete is placed with not be
permitted.
' 3 .8 Field Bending .1 Do not field bend reinforcement except where
indicated or authorized in writing by
' Consultant .
.2 When field bending is authorized, bend without
heat, applying a slow and steady pressure.
.3 Replace bars which develop cracks or splits.
' 3 . 9 Epoxy Coated .1 Provide epoxy coated reinforcing in all slabs
Reinforcing and walls exposed to deicing chemicals.
' .2 All systems for handling, transporting and
storing coated bars shall be such that the
coating shall not be damaged. Bar to bar
abrasion and excessive sagging shall be
prevented. Bars shall not be dropped or
dragged and shall be stored on suitable non-
metallic supports.
.3 During and after the installation of the bars
' i into their location, the Contractor shall
repair all damaged portions of the coating with
' patching material conforming to ASTM
D3963/D3963M and the Ontario Ministry of
Transportation and Communications Publication
EM-69. Any damaged accessories shall also be
repaired.
.4 All damaged areas of the coated reinforcing
steel and metallic accessories shall be
repaired before any rusting occurs. At his
discretion, the Consultant may require that
damaged bars be replaced instead of being
repaired. If infrequent and small damaged
areas do rust, the rust shall be completely
removed by approved method before the areas are
repaired.
.1 Splices shall only be provided where
�I
Library/Public Clarin ton Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 ,
9 Y/
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 ,
shown on the Contract Drawings. No other '
splices will be permitted without written
approval of the Consultant . The cutting
of coated bars by burning will not be '
permitted. The placing of the concrete
shall be controlled such that the coating
of the reinforcing steel is not damaged. '
.2 The welding of coated bars shall not be
permitted.
.1 Welded Wire Fabric
.1 Where no reinforcement is
shown, provide 152 x 152
P18 . 7/P18 .7 welded wire
fabric at mid-depth
in slabs on grade or walks or '
toppings 60 mm in thickness
or greater.
.2 Lap ends and sides of fabric
not less than 150 mm. '
.2 Construction Joints
.1 Obtain approval from the
Consultant for locating and
details of construction
joints not shown.
.2 Continue reinforcement
through the joint in its
normal position. Add '
additional reinforcement
across the joint as shown or
directed.
.3 Slabs on Grade '
.1 Concrete Walks: Provide a
152 x 152 P18 .7/P18. 7 welded
wire fabric reinforcement in ,
walks supported on precast
blocks 50 mm below the
surface of the walks.
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 General .1 Comply with the requirements of division 1 as
applicable
1 .2 General .1 Provide all material and labour required for
Requirements the completion of the Contract . Breakdown of
Work by Section is for guidance only and is not
' necessarily complete.
.2 Work Furnished and Installed:
.1 Cast-in-place concrete.
.3 Work Furnished but not Installed:
1 . Concrete for masonry including lintels,
band courses and piers. Refer to
architectural plans and specifications
' (Division 4) as well as structural
drawings for extent.
.4 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
.1 Concrete Formwork Section 03100 .
.2 Concrete Reinforcement, Section 03200 .
.3 Concrete Floor Finishes, Section 03362 .
.4 Backfilling below base course beneath
slabs and behind walls under Section
02223 .
Delete clause 1.3 and replace with the following:
1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following
' Standards publications and where such reference is made,
it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CAN/CSA A23.3-94, Design of Concrete
Structures.
.3 CAN/CSA A23.5-MS6, Supplementary
Cementing Materials.
.4 CSA A5-93, Portland Cement.
.5 CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry.
' .2 Do cast-in-place concrete work in accordance
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
with CAN/CSA-A23.1, and testing in accordance ,
with CAN/CSA-A23.2, except where specified
otherwise.
1.4 Tolerances .1 Perform placing operations so that completed '
work will be within the tolerances set out in
CAN/CSA-A23 .1 and as listed below:
.2 These tolerances are acceptable with regard to
visual and structural requirements.
Interfacing tolerances may not be compatible
with the above. Review and coordinate '
interfacing tolerances so that the various
elements come together properly.
1.5 Concrete Mix .1 Design of Mix '
Design
.1 Design the mix in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A.23 .1 so that concrete will be '
homogeneous, uniformly workable, and
readily placeable into corners and angles
of forms and around reinforcement by the
methods of placing and consolidation
employed on the work, but without
permitting materials to segregate or
excessive free water to collect on the '
surface. The concrete, when hardened,
shall have the qualities specified.
.2 Cement Type: 10 Normal . ,
.3 Specified Strength: As called for on
drawings. Where walls are integral with
columns such as foundation walls pour '
walls and columns with concrete of the
specified strength for columns .
.4 Water Cement Ratio, Slump and Air t
Content: As called for on the Drawings.
These requirements are for concrete at
the point of placing. ,
.5 Nominal Size of Coarse Aggregate:20mm to
5mm.
.6 Fly Ash: Do not use fly ash in concrete ,
that will be exposed to view and in
concrete that will be exposed to freeze-
thaw cycles or de-icing chemicals. '
.7 Use of calcium chloride is not permitted.
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
1.6 Samples and .1 General
' Assistance
.1 Supply samples of all materials and the
following, the cost of which shall be
paid for by this trade.
.2 Concrete Test Cylinders
. 1 Cooperate in the execution of the
concrete cylinder testing program.
Furnish concrete required, protect
specimens against injury and loss, assist
in the sampling and storage of specimens.
.2 In accordance with requirements of
' CAN/CSA-A.23 .1, provide storage
facilities for the initial 24 hours of
site storage of all cylinders and the
subsequent site storage of field cured
cylinders. Suitably equip the 24 hour
storage facility with humidity and
temperature control equipment and maxim
um/minimum thermometers. It shall be
sufficiently large to handle the maximum
number of cylinders required at any one
time.
.3 Provide sufficient field curing storage
facilities so that cylinders representing
the various areas can be safely stored
in locations representing the curing
conditions for those areas. Move the
field-cured cylinder storage facilities
from area to area as the work progresses.
C :
.3 Soil Inspection
.1 Assist the testing company or soils
1 investigation firm to make their inspec-
tions or tests.
Add the following clause to clause 1.7.1 Submittals:
1.7 Submittals .1 Submit proposed quality control procedures for
Consultant's approval, including, but not
k limited to, proposed methods of concrete
'ji protection during hot or cold weather
' conditions.
' .2 Certificates
q ' .1 Prior to beginning work and when any
' change in materials or source of supply
i�
N
�I
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
is proposed, provide the following '
certificates prepared by an approved
inspection company. The cost of this
work shall be borne by the Contractor. '
.2 Certification that aggregates and cements
proposed for the work comply with '
requirements of specifications and CAN3-
A.23 .3 .
.3 Certification that compressive strength, '
water-cement ratio, slump, entrained air
content and other specified properties
will be met, using the proposed mixes.
.4 Give proportions by dry weight of cement, '
coarse and fine aggregate, type and
amount of admixture or air entraining
agents, and water-cement ratio, for the ,
mix proposed for each class of concrete.
.5 State for each mix if fly ash is used in '
lieu of cement .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Delete clause 2.1 and replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Portland cement: to CAN/CSA-A5. ,
.2 Water: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.3 Aggregates: to CAN/CSA-A23.1. Coarse ,
aggregates to be normal density.
.4 Air entraining admixture: to CAN/CSA-A23.1. '
.5 Chemical admixtures: to CAN/CSA-A23 .5.
Consultant to approve accelerating or set
retarding admixtures during cold and hot '
weather placing.
.6 Shrinkage compensating grout: premixed compound
consisting of metallic aggregate, Portland ,
cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents.
.1 Compressive strength: 35 NPa at 28 days.
.7 Curing compound: to CAN/CSA-A23.1. '
.8 Premoulded joint fillers:
.1 Bituminous impregnated fibre board: to '
ASTM D1751-83.
.9 Weep hole tubes: plastic. '
' • Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' .10 Dovetail anchor slots: to CSA Standard A370.
Add the following clause:
' 2.2 Concrete Mixes .1 Proportion normal density concrete in
accordance with CAN/CSA-A23 .1, to give
following properties:
' .1 Concrete not exposed to freezing and
thawing or to deicing chemicals shall
have a minimum compressive strength as
indicated on the structural drawings.
' .2 Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing
but not exposed to deicing chemicals
shall conform to the exposure
classification specifications of CSA
' Standard A23.1 (classes F-1 and F-2) .
.3 Concrete exposed to deicing chemicals
shall conform to the exposure
' classification specifications of CSA
Standard A23.1 (classes C-1 to C-4) .
.4 Proportion normal density concrete for
slabs on grade in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23.1, to give following
properties (unless noted otherwise on the
drawings) :
.l Minimum compressive strength: 12
' MPa at 3 days, 28 MPa at 28 days.
.2 Minimum cement content: 320 kg/m3
of concrete.
' .3 Class of exposure: to CAN/CSA-
A23.1.
.4 Nominal size of coarse aggregate:
25 mm.
' .5 Slump at time and point of
discharge: 75 mm
i
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Quality Control .1 Provide a system of quality control to ensure
that the minimum standards specified herein are
attained.
1
.2 Bring to the attention of Consultant any
defects in the work or departures from the
Contract Documents which may occur during
Construction. The Consultant will decide upon
corrective action and state his recommendations
' in writing.
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
3 .2 Notification .1 Prior to commencing significant segments of the ,
work, give the Consultant and independent
inspection and testing agencies appropriate
notification so as to afford them reasonable '
opportunity to review the work. Failure to
meet this requirement may be cause for the
Consultant to classify the work as defective. '
3 .3 Construction .1 The Consultant ' s general review during
Review construction and inspection and testing by '
independent inspection and testing agencies
reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken
to inform the Owner of the Contractor's
performance and shall in no way augment the '
Contractor's quality control or relieve him of
contractual responsibility.
3 .4 Inspection and . 1 Appointment of Independent Inspection Agencies '
Testing
.1 The Consultant will appoint the
inspection and testing agency to make
inspections or perform tests as the '
Consultant directs. The inspection
agency shall be responsible only to
the Consultant, shall address his reports
to the Consultant and shall make only ,
such inspections or tests as the
Consultant may direct . Authorized
inspection and testing shall be paid for
by Cash Allowance (Section 01001) , except '
that the Contractor will be required to
pay for tests which show results not
meeting the requirements of the drawings
or specifications and for subsequent '
tests made necessary thereby.
.2 When defects are revealed, the Owner may ,
request, at the Contractor's expense,
additional inspection or testing to
ascertain the full extent of the defect .
.2 Tests on Concrete Materials
.1 Concrete Strength: Cylinder testing will '
be carried out in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23 .1 and as follows: three (3)
companion laboratory cured concrete ,
standard compression test cylinders; two
tested at 28 days and one (1) tested at
seven (7) days, constitute a strength
test. During the placing of concrete in '
1
i
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
' cold weather one additional field cured
test cylinder shall be made and tested at
seven (7) days. The results of the seven
' (7) day tests related to curing procedure
shall be the basis to strip soffit forms
from horizontal or inclined members.
.2 Grout Under Baseplates: At least one
strength test may be made each day that
grout is placed under baseplates .
' .3 Inspection of Soil
.1 Undisturbed soil at footing founding
elevations will be inspected by
inspection and testing company.
3 .5 Defective .1 Where factual evidence exists that defective
Materials and workmanship has occurred or that work has been
Workmanship carried out incorporating defective materials,
the Consultant may have tests concrete coring,
' inspections or surveys performed, analytical
calculation of structural strength and the like
in order to help determine whether the work
' must be replaced. Tests, inspections or
surveys carried out under these circumstances
will be made at the Contractor' s expense,
regardless of their results, which may be such
that, in the Consultant 's opinion, the work may
be acceptable.
.2 All testing shall be conducted in accordance
' with the requirements of the Ontario Building
Code, except where this would in the
Consultant ' s opinion cause undue delay or give
results not representative of the rejected
' material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant .
' . 3 Materials or workmanship which fail to meet
specified requirements may be rejected by the
' Consultant whenever found at any time prior to
final acceptance of the work regardless of
previous inspection. If rejected, defective
materials or work incorporating defective
' materials or workmanship shall be promptly
removed and replaced or repaired to the
satisfaction of the Consultant, at no expense
to the Owner.
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001 ,
3 .6 Concrete Work at .1 Before proceeding with any work in or adjacent ,
Existing to the existing structure, verify that
Structure conditions are as indicated on the drawings. '
If they are not, do not proceed until the
Consultant has given instructions.
.2 Where openings are shown to be cut into the '
existing structure, drill at corners and saw
cut remainder such that saw cuts do not extend
into structure to be retained. '
3 . 7 Footings .1 Found footings and underpinning on sound
undisturbed soil capable of safely supporting ,
the amounts shown on the Structural Drawings
within acceptable limits of settlement.
.2 Founding elevations, based upon the report of
the sub-surface investigation, at which it is
presumed these conditions pertain are shown.
.3 Founding elevations must be verified by the '
sub-surface investigation firm before footings
are placed.
.4 See Section 02223 for excavation and ,
backfilling requirements for footings and for
the procedure of adjusting contract price where
changes to foundations are required '
.5 Prior to proceeding with the work, determine
the exact founding elevations of existing
footings adjacent to the new work. Report ,
these findings to the Consultant before
proceeding further.
.6 If, upon excavating to the elevations shown, '
the required conditions are not fulfilled, or
if they are fulfilled at a higher elevation,
the Consultant will provide instructions as to '
how to proceed.
.7 Keep a record of footing founding elevations.
.8 Construct footings in a particular area ,
commencing from the lowest footing elevation
and proceeding to the higher elevation.
. 9 Proceed in a similar manner for continuous ,
footings to walls which vary in founding
elevation by commencing with the continuous
footing at the lowest elevation. ,
.10 Remove water, loose rock or foreign matter from
footing excavations before placing concrete.
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
' .11 During cold weather, prevent rock adjacent to
and beneath all footings from freezing.
' .12 Extras will be paid only if upon excavating to
the specified founding elevations, it is found
that conditions do not meet the requirements
set forth. No extras will be paid if the
' founding material becomes weakened through
agencies within the control of the Contractor,
such as through the action of ground water,
' inadequate protection from weather,
construction activity, over-excavation, or
through undermining by the installation of
nearby electrical or mechanical services.
' .13 Depending upon the degree of defective
workmanship, corrective measures may include
such measures as redesign of footings and their
increase in size as the Consultant may direct .
Corrective measures required to overcome
defective workmanship shall be made at no extra
cost to the Owner.
' .14 Where excavations for mechanical or electrical
services, pits adjacent foundations and the
like encroach upon a 7 in 10 slope between
corners of footings and bottom corners of
excavations, lower footings a suitable amount
so as not to exceed the 7 in 10 slope at no
extra cost to the Owner.
' 3 .8 Underpinning .1 Install underpinning in the locations shown and
in the sequences indicated so that the
stability of the underpinned structure, the
underpinning and the sides of excavations are
maintained at all times .
3 . 9 Construction .1 Obtain approval from the Consultant for
Joints location and details of construction joints not
shown.
.2 The maximum length of a concrete pour shall be
' 40m.
3 .10 Waterstops . 1 Setting waterstops: In order to eliminate
' faulty installation that may result in joint
leakage, take care in the correct positioning
of the waterstops during placing of concrete.
' Support the waterstops during the progress of
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 ,
the work to ensure the proper embedment in the t
concrete. Equally divide the symmetrical
halves of the waterstops between the concrete
pours at the joints. The centre axis of the '
waterstops shall coincide with the joint
openings at the plane of installation of the
waterstop. Ensure maximum density and imper-
viousness of the concrete by thoroughly working
it in the vicinity of all joints.
.2 Placement of concrete around waterstops: Take ,
care in placing concrete around waterstops by
careful working, routing, and vibrating to
ensure that all air and rock pockets have been
eliminated. '
3 .11 Placing .1 Conform to requirements of CAN/CSA-A.23 .1 and
Concrete the following: '
.2 Immediately before placing concrete, clean
forms and reinforcement of foreign matter. '
.3 During hot weather conditions, do not use
concrete mixed more than 1 hour after
introduction of mixing water or 1-1/2 hours
during other periods.
.4 Allow 24 hours minimum after placing concrete
in columns, piers or walls before placing '
concrete in beams or slabs supported thereon.
.5 Place concrete on steel deck floors in a manner
that avoids piling up of concrete. Do not drop ,
concrete directly from buckets, but employ
suitable means of distribution. Wet down deck
during hot weather prior to concreting.
.6 Remove concrete spilled onto forms around '
hoisting equipment before depositing concrete
in these areas.
Add the following clause to clause 3.11 Placing Concrete:
.7 Ensure reinforcement and inserts are not '
disturbed during concrete placement.
.8 Maintain accurate records of poured concrete
items to indicate date, location of pour, ,
quantity, air temperature and test samples
taken.
.9 Provide construction, isolation and control '
joints in concrete slabs and walls as required.
Install joint sealers as indicated and in
accordance with manufacturer's written ,
instructions.
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 11
0006 April 2001
' .10 Cure concrete in accordance with CAN/CSA A23 .1.
' 3 .12 Protection .1 General
1. Conform with the requirements of CAN/CSA-
1 A.23 .1 and the following to protect
freshly deposited concrete from freezing,
premature drying and extremes of
temperature. Maintain concrete with
minimal moisture loss at a relatively
constant temperature for the period of
time necessary for the hydration of the
cement and to achieve the specified
strength of the concrete.
.2 Cold Weather Concreting
' .1 Between the 15th of October of any year
and the 15th of April of the following
year, provide on hand and ready for use
all equipment necessary for adequate
cold weather protection and curing before
concrete placement is begun.
.2 When fresh concrete is to be cast against
' existing concrete, prevent the loss of
heat by extending the protection for the
fresh concrete at least 600 mm over the
' existing.
.3 Insulate, or enclose within the
protective housing, tie rods, reinforce-
s ' ment or metal which projects from the
concrete being protected.
.4 Construct enclosures tight and safe for
' wind and snow loadings.
' .5 Maintain housing, enclosures and
supplementary heat in place for entire
period of protection, except that
' sections may be temporarily removed as
required to permit placing additional
forms or concrete provided the uncovered
concrete is not permitted to freeze .
' Make up time lost from the required
period of protection at the required
temperature before protection is
discontinued and removed.
i .6 Dispose heating units to avoid heating
concrete locally or drying it exces-
sively. Avoid high temperature and
�� 1
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 12
0006 April 2001 '
dry heating within enclosures. '
. 7 Take particular care to maintain edges '
and corners of concrete at the required
temperature owing to their greater
vulnerability to freezing.
.3 Slabs on Grade ,
.1 See additional Clauses in this Section
for additional cold weather protection
requirements for placing concrete slabs
on grade.
.4 Protection of Completed Work '
. 1 At all times during the work, protect ,
exposed concrete, exposed masonry and
other exposed members from staining or
becoming coated with concrete leakage due
to continuing concreting operations.
Members which become coated may be
classed as defective work by the
Consultant.
.2 Take suitable. measures to prevent '
spalling and cracking damage occurring to
the structure due to water freezing in
expansion joints, small holes, slots, '
depressions and take suitable measures to
prevent damage occurring to foundations
and the like due to frost action in the
soil or backfill . '
.3 The application of de-icing salts on
completed work is not permitted. '
3 .13 Slabs on Grade .1 General
.1 Do not place concrete slabs on grade '
until the specified sub-floor material
has been placed, inspected and
approved. '
.2 Do not place concrete on a frozen sub-
grade, or on one that contains frozen ,
materials .
. 3 Do not place concrete on a sub-grade that
has been frozen and thawed until the sub- '
grade has been reviewed by the Consultant
and approved. If, in the Consultant's
opinion, the safe bearing capacity of the
sub-grade has been reduced to below 25 ,
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 13
0006 April 2001
kPa remove the affected materials and
replace with compacted granular fill at
no additional cost to the Owner.
.4 Place bond breaker, minimum of one (1)
layer of building paper between edges of
' slab on grade and abutting surfaces.
.5 Upon approval of the placement of the
sub-floor material and setting of
reinforcing, place and consolidate
concrete and finish and cure as specified
herein.
.2 Joints
.1 Where slabs about adjacent construction,
provide a layer of joint filler between.
.2 Saw-cut slabs on grade exposed to view in
the finished building into panels as
shown with a maximum length between saw-
cuts of 4 m. Arrange panels as shown or
to the Consultant' s approval .
.3 Carry out cutting in accordance with
recommendations contained in ACI 302 but
in any event between six (6) and eighteen
(18) hours after placement of concrete.
.4 After a period of at least 28 days, fill
saw-cuts with mortar containing cement,
sand and latex bonding agent. Ensure
that joints to be filled are clean, dry
and free of foreign matter.
.5 Mask edges of saw-cuts to prevent
concrete floors from becoming stained.
.6 Construction joints may be provided in
slabs on grade so that pours on any one
day may be kept to reasonable sizes.
Locate construction joints to the
Consultant's approval .
. 7 in exposed concrete, provide a reglet at
construction joints of the approximate
width of a saw-cut and fill the reglet as
specified for saw-cuts.
' 3 .14 Grouting .1 Grout beneath plates bearing on concrete with
Beneath Base Plates an approved non-shrink flowable grout. Conform
with the manufacturer's directions for mixing
and placing grout. Completely fill voids below
plates. Fill voids left by shims after shims
i
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 14
0006 April 2001
are removed.
.2 During cold weather, preheat base plates and
footings and maintain temperature at minimum 12
degrees C. for 6 days after grouting.
3 .15 Reinforced .1 Supply and place concrete and reinforcing steel
Block Lintels for reinforced block lintels.
.2 Accurately place and secure reinforcement in
the cavity prior to concreting. Trowel top of
lintel as required to permit laying of
succeeding block course.
3 .16 Openings Through . 1 Do not cut openings through completed members
Completed without the Consultant 's approval.
Members ,
.2 Where the location of openings is approved,
locate the reinforcing by x-ray, cover meter or
other positive means and adjust the location of
the opening so that no reinforcement is cut
unless specifically approved otherwise in
writing by the Consultant .
.3 Maintain the axis of the hole at right angles ,
to the surface of the member.
3 .17 Making Good .l Where directed by the Consultant, make good
temporary openings left in concrete
construction around pipes, ducts and the like
using a mortar of the same proportions as the
surrounding work. Reinforce mortar with mesh
or the like where openings exceed 75 mm.
Roughen existing surfaces to receive mortar or
apply suitable bonding agent such that mortar
will be securely bonded to existing concrete.
3 .18 Treatment of . 1 General
Formed Surfaces
.1 After stripping for forms, the bared
surface of concrete will be inspected by
the Consultant. Do not proceed with
repairs or surface treatment to concrete
prior to the Consultant ' s inspection.
.2 After the Consultant ' s inspection, remove
or cut back 25 mm, bolts, ties, nails or
other metal not specifically required for
construction purposes.
.3 Where no serious defects are revealed by
' Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 15
0006 April 2001
i
` the Consultant ' s inspection, cut out
areas of moderate honeycombing to sound
concrete. Saturate with water and fill
with cement mortar of the same general
composition as that used in the concrete.
.4 Where serious defects are found, such as
large voids or extensive honeycombing,
repair the defect as directed by the
Consultant.
. 5 Where surfaces are to be damp-proofed,
water proofed or similarly finished,
remove fins, ridges or bulges which would
interfere with the application of the
final finishes.
. 6 Remove traces of form lining compound
from concrete surfaces which may affect
the bonding of following surface
application.
.2 Surfaces Exposed to View
.1 In addition to the above requirements, go
over the surface, remove ties, nails,
timber, inserts, minor imperfections,
leaving the surface clean.
.2 Where major defects are revealed, repair
as the Consultant directs.
.3 Where in the Consultant ' s opinion defects
are minor, repair as follows or as the
Consultant may otherwise direct . Cut out
affected areas, saturate cut out areas,
voids, pit holes and form tie holes with
water and fill with a cement mortar
containing an approved type of latex
bonding agent . Mortar mix and
application shall be in accordance with
the recommendations of the manufacturers
of the bonding agent .
.4 After the mortar stiffens, wipe the whole
surface clean such that no material
remains on the surface, except that
within the voids and such that finished
surface is clean and smooth. Cure the
patched areas by keeping moist for at
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 16
0006 April 2001
least seven (7) days .
.5 Where directed by the Consultant, power
stone concrete surfaces to remove surface
imperfections remaining after the
treatment noted above has been carried
out.
Add the following clause:
3 .19 Inserts .1 Set sleeves, ties, pipe hangers and other
inserts and openings as indicated or specified
elsewhere.
.2 Do not eliminate or displace reinforcement to
accommodate hardware. If inserts cannot be
located as specified, obtain approval of
modifications from Consultant before placing of
concrete.
.3 Check locations and sizes of sleeves and
openings shown on structural drawings with
architectural, mechanical and electrical
drawings.
.4 Anchor bolts:
M
.1 Place anchor bolts to templates under
supervision of trade supplying anchors
prior to placing concrete.
.2 Protect anchor bolt holes from water
accumulations.
.3 Set bolts and fill holes with shrinkage �
compensating grout.
.5 Drainage holes and weep holes:
.1 Install weep hole tubes and drains as
indicated.
IClarington Public Library/ Concrete Finishing Section 03345
' Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General . 1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1 .2 Related Work . 1 Finishing of formed surfaces and placing
concrete to screeds: Section 03300,
Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1 .3 Submittals .1 Samples
.1 Submit a sample of sealer, curing and
sealing compound and hardener for
Consultants review.
.2 Mock-up
.1 Conduct a mock-up of sandblasting of
exposed concrete. Do mock-up in the
basement area.
.2 After initial review by Consultant,
conduct additional tests until mock-up
is approved.
.3 Assume at least three (3) mock-ups will
be required.
.3 Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions
.1 Submit maintenance manuals in accordance
with Section 01300, Submittals, to
Ministry Designee. Contribute to this
manual complete, detailed and specific
instructions for maintaining, preserving
and keeping clean surfaces of this work,
and which give adequate warning of
maintenance practices or materials
detrimental to sealed surfaces
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Curing and Sealing Compound: As recommended
by manufacturer of surface hardener used on
the concrete surface.
.2 Combination Curing and Sealing Compound:
Chlorinated rubber based, ASTM C-309-81
"Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane
Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" ,
Type 1.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Finishing Section 03345 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
.3 Cleaners, Thinners and Accessories: As
recommended by sealer manufacturer.
.4 Additive: "Albitol" or "Surfacrete" by
Sternson Ltd.
2 .2 Mixes .1 Grout: (for filling sawcuts and cracks) 1 '
part cement to 2 parts fine concrete sand
wetted with additive/water solution to
manufacturer' s directions to provide suitable
mix. Colour, texture and strength to match
adjacent surfaces.
2.3 Latex Modified .1 Albitol Concentrate by Sternson equivalent
Concrete Topping applied to manufacturer's printed
instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Examination .1 verify that the mix for the concrete slab
meets the following requirements:
.1 Maximum slump shall be 80 mm (311) .
.2 Air Content shall not exceed 3%.
. 3 Admixtures that increase bleeding shall
not be used.
3 .2 Application .1 Preliminary Work
.1 After concrete has been placed, strike
off concrete level and flush to screeds
with a true straight edge.
.2 Immediately after striking off concrete,
level and consolidate with a wooden
darby or bull float. Complete levelling
and consolidation before free moisture
(bleeding) rises to surfaces.
.3 Wait until concrete stiffens
sufficiently to sustain foot pressure
with only about 6 mm (1/411) indentation.
.4 Float concrete with hand float or with
power float . If free bleed water
remains on surface at this time, remove
it before floating.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Finishing Section 03345
' Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.2 Steel Trowel Finish
.1 After Preliminary Work, trowel surface
with steel hand trowel or power trowel
keeping blade relatively flat at first
and raising blade angle a little more on
subsequent passes. Trowel surface as
many times as necessary to produce a
smooth dense surface.
.3 Control Joints
.1 Sawcut control joints in slabs on grade.
Review proposed location of control
joints with consultant before cutting.
Adjust locations as directed. Cut shall
be approximately 3 mm (1/811) wide x 38
mm (1-1/211) deep.
.2 Make sawcuts no sooner than 12 hours nor
later than 24 hours after finishing,
depending upon drying conditions . Do not
fill sawcuts for at least 28 days, then
clean out sawcuts using brushes and
compressed air removing all dirt and
foreign material. Fill sawcuts with
filler. Finish to match surrounding
surfaces.
.4 Crack Repair
.1 After concrete has cured, examine
concrete floor surfaces and repair all
cracks . Rout cracks out with mechanical
router to a minimum depth of 12 mm
(1/2") . Then clean and fill cracks in
same manner as control joints.
.5 Tolerances
.1 Completed floor surfaces shall not vary
more than 6 mm (1/4") in 3000 mm
(10 ' -011) from dead level .
3 .3 Sandblast Finish .1 All concrete exposed in the building (except
Level 0, Service Rooms and Stair #3) is
sandblasted. Exterior ex_nosed foundation wall
is sandblasted.
.2 General type of sandblasting is "medium"
sandblast .
.3 All sandblasting is to conform to the accepted
mock-up sample.
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Finishing Section 03345
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 t
0006 April 2001
.4 Different types of forming may require
different extent of sandblasting to achieve a
consistent appearance, for example columns
versus column capitals.
. 5 Adjust sandblasting as required to provide a
consistent finished appearance. ,
.6 Conduct sandblasting to applicable
requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
.7 Isolate areas to receive sandblasting from
adjacent areas and the existing building.
3 .4 Schedule .1 The following finishes shall be applied to the
corresponding surfaces:
FINISH SURFACE
Steel Trowel Finish Surfaces left exposed
or scheduled to
receive another finish
such as resilient or
ceramic tile or carpet
and where elsewhere
specified.
Sandblast Finish All concrete to be
exposed in final
construction is
sandblasted (as noted
in 3 .3 . 1) . Conduct
careful review of
architectural drawings ,
to determine extent.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
1 Mun, office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related . 1 Section 01001, General Requirements,
Sections Inspection and testing.
.2 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout:
Mortar, grout and parging.
.3 Section 04150 Masonry Accessories.
.4 Section 04210 Brick Masonry.
.5 Section 04220 Concrete Block Masonry.
.6 Section 04420 Cut Stone Supply.
.7 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications: Steel
lintels.
.8 Section 07900 Sealants: Caulking.
i
� r
1. 3 References .1 CSA A179-1994, Mortar and Grout for Unit
Masonry.
Delete clause 1.3.2 and replace with the
F ' following:
f .2 CAN3-A371-M94, Masonry Construction for
Buildings.
I,
1 .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section -
°; 01001- General Requirements .
d
ii .2 Submit samples:
' ! .1 Two (2) of each type of masonry unit
specified.
.2 Two (2) of each type of masonry
accessory specified.
.3 Two (2) of each type of masonry
E reinforcement, tie and connector
proposed for use.
.4 As required for testing purposes.
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
.3 Two (2) samples of cut stone 90 wide x 190 1
high x 190 long.
1 .5 Sob Mock-Up .1 Construct mock-ups in accordance with ,
Section 01001 - General Requirements .
.2 Prepare mock up of the following items of
work:
.1 Exterior stone including mortar, back
up wall, including all components and
accessories. 1500 wide x 1500 high. ,
.2 Exterior brick same as 1.5 .2 .1 above.
.3 Construct mock ups where directed.
.4 Allow ten (10) working days for review of
mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with
work.
. 5 Mock shall be repeated until results to the
satisfaction of the Consultant are achieved.
.6 When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate r
minimum standard for this work. Mock-up may
remain as part of finished work.
1 .6 Other .1 Submit manufacturer's literature for all
Submissions products.
.2 Submit details of all tools, machinery and
equipment required to complete the work.
Remove rejected items from site.
1.7 Delivery, .1 Deliver materials to job site in dry
Storage and condition.
Handling
.2 Keep materials dry until use.
.3 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or
plank platforms held off ground by means of
plank or timber skids.
r
IClarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun, Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
1 .8 Transportation, .1 Comply with the requirements of the
Use and Disposal of following Federal and Provincial Legislation
Chemical Materials related to the transportation use and
disposal of all chemical type of materials
and all revisions and other relevant
legislation as applicable to this work.
. 1 Federal Transportation of Dangerous
Goods Act .
.2 Ontario Regulation number 309 Liquid
and Hazardous Waste Regulation.
.3 All such waste shall be carried by an
Approved Ministry of the Environment
Haulage carrier and disposal of at a
Ministry of the Environment approved
receiving facility.
1 .9 Environmental .1 Cold weather requirements
Requirements .1 Supplement Clause 5.15 .2 of CAN3-A371
with following requirements:
.1 Maintain temperature of mortar
between SC and 50C until batch
is used.
.2 No masonry work shall be carried out when
air temperatures fall below 5C unless the
following provisions are made.
.1 When air temperatures fall below 5C,
provide a weathertight, heated
enclosure in which to carry out work,
store all materials and mix mortars,
and, in which the air temperature is
maintained 5C. at all times.
.2 Maintain these conditions for a
minimum 3 weeks following completion
of any masonry work.
.3 Do not remove heat or enclosure where
masonry is not thoroughly dried out.
Request and obtain permission of the
Consultant before removing heat or
enclosure.
.4 Maintain minimum / maximum
thermometers and relative humidity
gauges on site and in all enclosures
and maintain a daily record of
temperature and humidity.
.2 Hot weather requirements
.1 Protect freshly laid masonry from
drying too rapidly, by means of
waterproof, non-staining coverings.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.2 Keep masonry dry using waterproof,
non-staining coverings that extend
over walls and down sides sufficient
to protect walls from wind driven
rain, until masonry work is completed
and protected by flashings or other
permanent construction.
.3 When wall surfaces or ambient
temperatures reach 25C protect new
work from rapid drying by providing
burlap protection kept misted as
necessary to control drying and
shrinkage.
.3 Protect masonry and other work from marking
and other damage. Protect completed work
from mortar droppings. Use non-staining
coverings.
.4 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work
during and after erection until permanent
lateral support is in place.
1.10 Qualifications .1 Provide competent trade foreperson, well
skilled and experienced for continuous
supervision.
.2 Provide specialized skilled and competent
tradesmen who shall have had considerable
experience in this type of work.
.3 Submit, if requested, a detailed list of
projects and experience relating to any of
the above workers.
1.11 Air Barrier .1 Continuity of the air barrier is critical .
.2 Participate in planning and coordination
meetings called by General Contractor.
.3 Supply and install air barrier membrane and
solid back up as required to ensure
continuous and effective air barrier where
work of different sections joins together.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
` Add the following clause:
1.12 Protection .1 Keep masonry dry using waterproof,
-, non-staining coverings that extend over
walls and down sides sufficient to protect
walls from wind driven rain, until masonry
work is completed and protected by flashings
or other permanent construction.
.2 Protect masonry and other work from marking
and other damage. Protect completed work
from mortar droppings. Use non-staining
coverings.
.3 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work
during and after erection until permanent
lateral support is in place.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Delete clause 2 .1 and replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Masonry materials are specified elsewhere in
these specifications or on the design drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .l Provide all labour, material and equipment
and perform all operations required to carry
out all masonry work as described herein, as
described on the drawings, or as required
for the proper completion of the work.
.2 Bond
. 1 Brick Masonry: running bond except as
noted.
.2 Concrete Block: running bond except
where stackboard is shown.
.3 Stone: as shown.
.3 Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371
except where specified otherwise.
i
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
.4 Build masonry plumb, level, and true to
line, with vertical joints in alignment .
.5 Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct
coursing heights, and continuity of bond
above and below openings, with minimum of
cutting.
3 .2 Construction .l Exposed masonry
.1 Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise
damaged units in exposed masonry and
replace with undamaged units.
.2 The concrete block is an exposed finish on
the interior. Install accordingly. '
.3 Jointing
.1 Concrete Block Jointing
.1 Allow joints to set just enough
to remove excess water, then
tool all masonry joints with
round jointer to provide smooth,
compressed, uniformly concave
joints.
.2 All exposed interior block shall '
have raked joints.
.2 Cut Stone Jointing: concave joints.
.3 Brick jointing: concave joints.
.4 Cutting
.1 Neatly cut out for electrical
switches, outlet boxes, and other
recessed or built-in objects.
.2 Make cuts straight, clean, and free
from uneven edges.
.5 Building-In
.1 Build in items required to be built
into masonry.
.2 Prevent displacement of built-in items
during construction. Check plumb,
location and alignment frequently, as
work progresses .
.3 Brace door jambs to maintain plumb.
Fill spaces between jambs and masonry
with mortar.
.6 Support of loads
.1 Use 30 MPa concrete to Section 03300
- Cast-in-Place Concrete, where
concrete fill is used in lieu of solid
units .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
.2 Use grout to CSA A179 where grout is
used in lieu of solid units.
.3 Install building paper below voids to
be filled with concrete or grout; keep
paper 25 mm back from faces of units.
.7 Provision for movement
.1 Leave 3 mm space below shelf angles.
.2 Leave 6 mm space between top of non-
load bearing walls and partitions and
structural elements. Do not use
wedges .
.3 Built masonry to tie in with
stabilizers, with provision for
vertical movement.
.8 Loose steel lintels
.1 Install loose steel lintels. Centre
over opening width and ensure minimum
bearing width as indicated on
drawings. Provide a minimum 100 mm
bearing for loose steel lintels unless
noted otherwise on the drawings.
.9 Control joints
.1 Construct continuous control joints as
indicated.
.2 Entire depth of control joint to be
filled with control joint filler
specified in Section 04150, 2 .1.1 .
Set back 10 mm from face.
.3 Fill 10 mm face dimension with sealant
specified in Section 04150, 2 .1.14.
li
3 .3 Site Tolerances .1 Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CAN3-
A371 apply.
r3 .4 Field Quality . 1 Inspection and testing will be carried out i
j Control by Testing Laboratory designated by
Consultant.
.2 Cost of testing will be paid from Cash
Allowance specified in Section 01001 -
General Requirements . II,
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 8 ,
0006 April 2001
3 .5 Reinforcement . 1 Reinforce all masonry walls with continuous
and Reinforcing masonry/cavity wall reinforcement in every
Ties second block or every 6th brick course (or
where indicated at closer spacing) .
Reinforcing shall be continuous. Use purpose
made tees and corners. In cavity wall it
shall extend from interior masonry, spanning
over cavity (size shown on Drawings) , into
brick or stone facing.
.2 . Adjustable masonry reinforcement not
permitted to correct poorly laid masonry.
Bending of masonry reinforcement or ties not
permitted.
.3 Adjustable ties are specified and are
intended for use to compensate for varying
specified course heights, particularly for
stone and block.
.4 At openings provide extra masonry/cavity ,
wall reinforcement, so that first and second
courses above and below openings are
reinforced. Extend extra reinforcement 600
mm (2 ' -011) beyond opening in each direction.
.5 Where columns occur in masonry walls so that
masonry passed by in front or behind column,
or both use masonry/cavity wall
reinforcement at every horizontal block
joint and every third horizontal brick joint
and extend outer strand or strands of
reinforcement through past column. Where
possible, extend reinforcement at least 750
mm (21611) each side of column.
.6 Where steel columns occur in masonry walls
embed steel bar anchors fully with mortar, ,
including bent ends.
. 7 Where concrete columns intersect masonry or
masonry veneer occurs at concrete structure,
coordinate dovetail anchors with Section.
03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete and build them
in full bed of mortar. Dovetail anchor slot
is supplied and installed by 03300. Anchors
are supplied by 03300 and installed by
04050 .
.8 For stack bond block use continuous
horizontal reinforcement every 2nd block,
that is every 400 mm.
_ Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Mun. Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
.9 Where concrete block walls abut existing
structures install dowels or other suitable
ties at every second block course to tie
block wall to existing walls and provide
stability.
.10 Where concrete block walls abut steel
structural elements tie walls to structural
with suitable ties. Connect to tabs or other
suitable elements provided by Division 5 .
3 .6 High Lift .1 Install vertical reinforcing where shown.
Grouting of Concrete
Block Walls .2 Vertical cores to have an unobstructed
alignment with a minimum dimension of 75 mm.
.3 All mortar droppings and debris are to be
removed through clean-out openings, of at
least 77 mm x 100 mm located at the bottom
of every core with vertical reinforcing.
.4 Grouting is to be carried out in successive
1500 mm lifts and is to be vibrated
immediately upon placement. Each succeeding
lift of grout is poured and consolidated
after a minimum lapse of 30 minutes . In each
lift the top 300 mm to 450 mm of grout is to
be reconsolidated before placement of the
succeeding lifts.
i
Clarington Pub. Library Mortar and Masonry Section 04100
Mun, Office Expansion Grout Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
r
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
i
1 .2 Related .1 Section 04050 Masonry Procedures.
Sections
.2 Section 04210 Brick Masonry.
.3 Section 04420 Cut Stone Masonry.
.4 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry.
r1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following
Standards publications and where such reference is
made it shall be to the edition listed
below, including all amendments published
thereto:
' .1 CSA A179-94, Mortar and Grout for
Unit Masonry.
.2 CSA-A371-94, Masonry Construction for
Buildings.
1 .3 CSA-A370-94, Connectors for Masonry.
.4 CSA-5304.1-94, Masonry Design for
Buildings.
1 .4 Samples .l Submit samples as specified in Section
04050 Masonry Procedures.
' .2 Install coloured mortar in brick and stone
wall mock up. Adjust colour as requested by
Architect. Note: 2 colours, 1 for brick
and 1 for stone will be required.
r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Clarington Pub. Library Mortar and Masonry Section 04100
Mun. Office Expansion Grout Page 2
0006 April 2001
2 . 1 Materials .1 Use same brands of materials and source of ,
aggregate for entire project.
.2 Mortar and grout : CSA A179 .
.3 Water:
.1 Clean, potable, and free from
contaminants .
.2 Where water has high iron or other
metal content, pre-treat with complexing
agents before use to reduce risk of
staining.
.4 Aggregates:
.1 Sand: to CSA A82 . 56M, ( Aggregates
for Masonry Mortar ) sharp, screened and
washed pit sand, free of any organic
material, grading and colour to approval of
architect as follows: Provide custom
blended sand conforming to the following
sieve analysis:
Sieve Size Percentage by weight
passing each sieve.
No. 4 ( 4.75mm ) 100
No. 8 ( 2 .36mm) 90 '
No. 16 ( 1 .18 mm) 70
No. 30 ( 600 microns) 50
No. 50 ( 300 um) 30
No. 100 ( 150 um) 15
No. 20 (75um) 0
.2 Mortar Colouring Compounds:
.1 Pure, synthetic, inorganic,
pigments in proportions recommended
by manufacturer, but not exceeding
10% by weight of cementicious
material
.2 A dark pigment will be
required.
.3 By Harcoss Pigments or Northern
Pigments.
.3 Masonry Cement: to CAN/CSA A8-M88
Masonry Cement .
.4 Air Entraining Admixture: Vinsol
resin type, conforming to CSA A266 1 and
ASTM C-260 .
.5 Mortar Pigments: as supplied by Harcoss
Limited to Consultant ' s selections.
' Clarington Pub. Library Mortar and Masonry Section 04100
Mun. Office Expansion Grout Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
2 .2 Grout Mix .1 Grout: to CSA A179.
.2 Grout for masonry construction shall have a
minimum compressive strength of 15 Mpa at
28 days and a slump of between 200 mm and
250 mm.
2 .3 Mortar .l Mortars are based on the proportion
j specifications of CSA A179M-1994 .
.1 Mortar for bedding, brick or
cutstone: one part masonry cement and three
parts aggregate.
.2 Coloured mortar required for brick
' and for stone.
.3 Separate colours for each will be
required.
.2 Mortar for bedding cutstone: one part
masonry cement and three parts aggregate.
N .3 Interior Non-loadbearing Masonry: type N to
CSA A179 .
.4 Parging: Type N to CSA A179, having a
compression strength of 5. 0 MPA (750
p.s.i. ) minimum.
1 .5 Mortar for all loadbearing masonry shall be
Type S based on Proportion specifications.
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Construction .1 Do masonry mortar and grout work in
accordance with CSA A179 except where
specified otherwise.
.2 Apply parging in 2 uniform coatings not
less than a total 10 mm thick , where
indicated.
.3 Fill all cells in masonry units containing
reinforcing or anchors solid with grout.
I
I
Clarington Pub. Library Mortar and Masonry Section 04100 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Grout Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
i
3 .2 Preparation of . 1 Prepare grout in quantities that can be ,
Grout used in 30 minutes only.
.2 Prepare grout by thorough mixing to fully ,
blend constituents to form a pouring
consistency grout.
.3 Keep stirring at regular intervals ,
throughout use until grout is placed to
prevent settling of solids.
.4 Strain mix through sieve ( maximum
No.50/300 microns ) to remove solids that
would impede pouring and filling of voids .
.5 Use grout within 30 minutes of initial r
mixing.
.6 Discard all grout mixed beyond 30 minutes. '
3.3 Placement of Grout .1 No grout space should be less than 20 mm
nor more than 150 mm in width. Where
grout spaces exceed 150 mm in width, use ,
concrete conforming to the requirements of
Section 03300.
.2 Mortar projecting more than 10 mm into the
grout space shall be removed.
.3 Grout vertical cores of masonry in lifts
not to exceed 1500 mm. Rod or vibrate in
place.
.4 Whenever grouting of vertical cores in
masonry is stopped for one hour or longer,
a horizontal construction joint shall be
made by stopping the grout pour 25 mm
below the top of the masonry unit to form
a key with the next lift.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General . 1 Conform to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
i1.2 Related .1 Section 01001 inspection and Testing: General
Sections Requirements.
.2 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout:
Mortar, Grout, and parging.
' .3 Section 04120 Brick Masonry.
.4 Section 04220 Concrete Block Masonry.
I
.5 Section 04050 Masonry Procedures.
.6 Section 04420 Cut Stone.
i
1.3 References .1 Masonry anchors shall conform to CAN3-A370-
M84, Connectors for Masonry.
i
1.4 Mock Up .1 Complete mock up to requirements of 01001,
' General Requirements, for through wall
flashings and each type of air barrier
membrane transition pieces, i.e. at parapet,
' at openings at wall, and at junction with
stucco.
1 . 5 Air Barrier . 1 The air barrier membrane supplied and
installed by this division is a key component
in the building air barrier system.
.2 Attend air barrier planning and coordination
meetings at the request of the General
Contractor.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.3 Supply and install air barrier membranes as
required to produce effective, continuous air
barrier at junctions with work of other
divisions .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 Materials .1 Control joint filler: ,
.1 Purpose-made closed cell neoprene to
ASTM D1056 class RE41. DA2015 by DUR-O-
Wall or approved equal .
.2 Accepted alternate control joint: ,
bellows fabricated on site, use
Blueskin air barrier membrane.
.2 Weep hole vents: purpose-made PVC, DA 1069 by '
DUR-O-WALL or approved equal.
.3 Through wall flashings/Air Barrier Membrane: '
.1 FR 40 by Lexsuco, Blueskin by Bakor, or
Perma Barrier 4000 by Grace
Construction Products. Accepted
alternatives; Sopra-Seal Stick 1100 by
Soprema and Air shield by W.R. Meadows
.2 Adhesive: type recommended by Lexsuco
for FR-40; CA 103 or by Bakor for
Blueskin.
.4 Interior Concrete Block Horizontal
Reinforcing: Truss Type DW 100 by DUR-O-WALL
or approved equal .
.5 Interior Block Walls Vertical Reinforcing: '
Reinforcing bars to requirement of 03200 min
10 m or as indicated on structural and or
architectural drawings.
. 6 Cavity Wall Horizontal Reinforcing for cut
stone:
.1 Heavy duty, type 316 stainless steel,
Rap-tie by Fero, 100 mm high L plate,
with insulation support.
.2 L plate complete with adjustment holes
and type 316 stainless steel pins. L
plate sized to suit cavity wall
construction shown.
.7 Cramps: stainless steel to ASTM A666, type
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
i
316, standard hooked bar or strap anchor
nominal 4 mm. thick 25 mm. wide to suit
installation.
' .8 Cavity wall horizontal reinforcement for
brick:
.1 Same as 2 .1. 6 above, except use V ties,
not pins .
.9 Fasteners: brass or stainless steel screws.
i .10 Cavity Wall Insulation:
. 1 Above +/- grade insulation semi rigid
' stone wood insulation hatt, 88 mm thick
cavity rock by Roxul, 400 x 1220, R15 .
.2 Below grade insulation rigid extruded
polystyrene, Dow SM or approved equal.
' Thickness as shown or as required to fill
entire cavity solid.
.3 Refer to details for exact locations of
' the 2 types above.
.11 Air Barrier Adhesive: Air Block 21 by Baker.
' .12 Air Barrier Membrane and through wall
flashings: Blueskin AC by Baker or Perma
Barrier 4000 by Grace Construction Products.
.13 Shields: lead expansion and nylon body type.
.14 Backer Rod: SOFT ROD by Trenco Ltd. , 30°s
larger than joint.
i
. 15 Sealant: two component, polysulphide base,
chemical curing , custom colour to match
existing stones: Tremco Dymeric.
.16 Primer: as recommended by sealant
manufacturer.
.17 Solvent: MEK or as recommended by
manufacturer.
.18 Isolation. tape: pressure sensitive, non-
bonding to sealant .
.19 Dove tail anchors: Supply and install anchor
straps at all dovetail anchors. 4 mm thick
type 316 stainless steel .
� .20 Asphalt Emulsion: brush or spray applied: eg:
Baker 700-01" .
.21 Burlap: clean, non-staining ( with no printed
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
matter) '
.22 Mortar Net: Mortar Net MN10-1 as distributed
by J.V. Building Supply, Woodbridge 905-851-
3744. Fax 905-851-4797, manufactured by
Mortar Net USA Ltd. 3641 Ridge Road, Highland
IN 46322, 10" height x 1" thick. To be
installed continuously at all locations where
through wall flashings are installed.
.23 Dowels: At bottom of block back up walls
and partitions 12 mm x 300 mm hot dip
galvanized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Install continuous control joint fillers in '
control joints at locations indicated.
.2 The installation of masonry accessories are ,
described in sections listed in related work
and as listed below.
.3 Install weep hole vents where indicated and
where described on the drawings.
3 .2 Installation .1 Install to manufacturers printed
of Troweled Air instructions.
Barrier Air Block 21
.2 Using a flat trowel apply a continuous
unbroken film with a wet thickness of 3 mm (1/811) .
Immediately press insulation in place to ensure
complete contact.
.3 Take care to ensure full contact of adhesive '
around protrusions such as masonry ties.
.4 Ensure surface to receive membrane is smooth,
flat, dry, clean and free from dust, dirt and
other materials detrimental to bonding
membrane. If the membrane manufacturer so '
requires apply primer to exterior wall of the
type and at the rate recommended by membrane
manufacturer.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
.5 Apply air/vapour barrier to exterior face of
foundation wythe; and over all surfaces
occurring in that plane such as columns,
' piers, brackets and similar items, in
accordance with manufacturer' s directions.
Cut and seal tightly around penetrations and
protrusions so completed installation creates
a continuous air/vapour barrier in exterior
wall and is sealed to all items occurring
therein such as windows, door frames and
sealed to roof air/vapour barrier membrane.
i
' 3 .3 Installation of .1 Locations required:
Air Barrier Membrane .1 At junction of wall and roof. Extend membrane
(Blueskin) from 300 mm down front face of parapet over the top
of the parapet and down the back of the parapet to
cant strip. Leave a flap on the back side to allow
roof membrane to be tucked under this membrane.
.2 Behind insulation in all areas of
cavity masonry wall.
.3 Install 150mm wide strip of blueskin
over both the air block 21 and the stucco air
barrier membrane at all junctions of stucco
and masonry.
.4 At junction with all openings in the
wall such as windows and doors, 150 mm on
block in cavity to back of window or door
frames, all sides.
' .2 Lap joints minimum of 100mm and fully adhere
with adhesive. Seal around masonry
i
reinforcement and other penetrations.
3 .4 Installation of . 1 Install damp courses and flashings where
Through wall shown on Drawings. If not fully shown,
Flashings install in locations as follows and as
specified herein.
.1 Below second exterior block masonry and
the fourth exterior brick course above new
grade line.
.2 Over exterior lintels and shelf angles.
.3 Below first masonry course of inner
wythe at floors on grade. Extend damp course
through full thickness of inner wythe.
.2 Install flashings through full thickness of
exterior wythe horizontally across cavity and
through insulation to terminate with a
minimum 150mm (611) vertical leg against
air/vapour barrier. Lap all joints at least
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 ,
0006 April 2001
100mm (411) . Bond continuous air/vapour
membrane strip to both air/vapour and
flashing taking care not to damage flashing, '
membrane or insulation.
.3 At shelf angles install flashing through
exterior wythe up and over shelf angle,
horizontally through insulation turning up
wall and terminate at and secure to
air/vapour barrier as specified above.
.4 Install all flashings and dampproofing course
to provide continuous waterproofing flashing
in wall except where such courses occur over
openings in wall extend them past opening a
minimum of 200mm (811) and turn up minimum of
150mm (611) at each end to create a waterproof
dam to prevent water draining into cavity. ,
3 . 5 Cavity .1 Place insulation in horizontal parallel ,
Insulation courses tightly fitted between masonry
reinforcement and in firm contact with
air/vapour barrier and adjacent insulation
panels.
.2 Cut and fit insulation to provide complete
unbroken installation with minimum joints.
Fit insulation tightly around ties.
3 .6 Dowels .1 Install dowels at 1200 oc and base of all ,
block walls and at junction of block walls
and existing concrete or block.
3 . 7 Masonry Ties .1 Install masonry ties on minimum of 600 mm
centres horizontally and vertically in all
locations of brick cavity wall . Use masonry
tie for each stone.
.2 Use only stainless steel masonry screws (type
316) for attachment of masonry ties.
.3 Masonry ties are applied over top of the air
barrier membrane.
.4 At steel stud back up walls attach ties over
membrane onto steel studs using stainless
steel screws. Install at each stud (at 400mm
o.c. , horizontally) and at 600mm vertically.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Masonry Accessories Section 04150
Mun. Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
3 . 8 Below Grade .1 Install all below grade masonry indicated
' Insulation including that required over poured concrete
walls.
.2 Install using mechanical fasteners and
adhesive air barrier.
r
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
Clarington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 04160
Municipal Office Expansion and Connectors Page 1
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
Add this Section to Specification:
tPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
' Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA A23 . 1-94, Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CSA-A370-94, Connectors for Masonry.
.3 CSA-A371-94, Masonry Construction for
Buildings .
.4 CSA G30 .3-M1983, Cold-drawn Steel Wire for
' Concrete Reinforcement.
.5 CSA G30 .18-M92, Billet-Steel bars for
Concrete Reinforcement .
. 6 CSA G40 .21-M92, Structural Quality Steel.
. 7 CAN3-S304-M84 (R1994) , Masonry Design for
Buildings.
. 8 CSA W186-M1990, Welding of Reinforcing
Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction.
.2 Do reinforcing and connecting of masonry in
accordance with CSA-A370, and CSA-A371 unless
specified otherwise.
1 .2 Source .1 Upon request inform Consultant of proposed
Quality Control source of material to be supplied.
1.3 Shop .1 Submit three copies of all shop drawings to the
Drawings Consultant .
.2 Shop drawings shall consist of bar bending
details, lists and placing drawings.
.3 On placing drawings indicate sizes, spacing,
location and quantities of reinforcement and
connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Bar reinforcement: billet steel, grade 40C,
deformed bars to CSA G30.18 .
Clarington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 04160 '
Municipal Office Expansion and Connectors Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001 ,
.2 Wire reinforcement: to CSA-A371 and CSA G30 .3 .
.1 Horizontal joint reinforcement to be
galvanized welded truss-type, minimum rod ,
diameter 4 .76 mm, complete with
prefabricated T and L shaped sections
.3 Bolts and anchors: to ASTM A307 or CSA G40 .21
Grade 300 .
.4 Connectors: to CSA-A370 and CAN/CSA-5304. '
.5 Corrosion protection: to CAN/CSA-5304,
galvanized, for metal ties and horizontal ,
reinforcing in exterior walls, and wet or humid
areas.
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with ,
CAN/CSA-A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of
Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Institute
of Ontario.
.2 Fabricate connectors in accordance with CSA-
A370 . '
.3 Obtain Consultant ' s approval for locations of
reinforcement splices other than those shown on
contract drawings.
.4 Upon approval of Consultant, weld reinforcement ,
in accordance with CSA W186 .
.5 Ship reinforcement and connectors clearly
identified in accordance with drawings. '
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 1 Horizontal .1 Install at vertical intervals 400 mm maximum,
Reinforcing continuous truss-type horizontal reinforcement
comprised of not less than two rods, placed 25
mm from each face, and lapped 150 mm at each '
splice location. Installed prefabricated shapes
at wall intersections and in accordance with the
manufacturer' s instructions. Rods shall be as ,
specified, but not less that 4 .76 mm diameter.
Clarington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 04160
Municipal Office Expansion and Connectors Page 3
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
3 .2 Bonding and .1 Bond walls of two or more wythes using metal
Tying ties in accordance with CSA-A370 and as
' indicated.
.2 Tie masonry veneer to backing in accordance with
CAN3-A370 .
3 .3 Reinforced .1 Place and grout reinforcing in accordance with
Lintels and Bond Beams CSA-A371 and CSA-5304
.2 Reinforce masonry lintels and bond beams as
t indicated. Make joints in lintels and bond
beams to match adjacent walls.
3 .4 Bolts and .1 Embed bolts and anchors solidly in grout to
Anchors develop maximum resistance to design forces .
' 3 .5 Control Joints .1 Stop reinforcing 25 mm short of each side of
control joints unless otherwise indicated.
3 .6 Lateral Support .1 Provide lateral support and anchorage in
and Anchorage accordance with CAN/CSA-5304 and as indicated.
3 . 7 Reinforced .1 Reinforcement must be accurately positioned and
' Masonry rigidly secured at intervals by wire ties or
spacing devices to prevent displacement of the
bars during grouting.
' .2 The distance between reinforcement and the
masonry unit face or formed surface must not be
less than 6 mm for fine grout and 12 mm for
coarse grout.
i
r.
t
Clarington Public Library/ Brick Masonry Section 04210
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
' 1.2 Related Sections .1 Inspection and testing. Section 01001, General
Requirements.
.2 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout: Mortar,
grout and parging.
.3 Section 04150 Masonry Accessories.
' .4 Section 04210 Brick Masonry.
.5 Section 04220 Concrete Block Masonry.
' .6 Section 04420 Cut Stone Supply.
.7 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications: Steel lintels.
' .8 Section 07900 Sealants: Caulking.
1.3 Mock-Up .1 Carry out mock-up to requirements of Section
01001 - General Requirements, including
installation of coloured mortar.
.2 Revise as required.
.3 Reviewed mock-up may be retained in the final
work.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 williamsburgh, Metric Modular, by Canada Brick,
5409 Eglington Avenue West, Toronto, Ontario,
M9C SK6, tel . 416-695-8388, fax 416-695-8399.
.2 Base Bid is based on the use of the Canada
Brick. For Separate Price #6 change brick to
the Endicott brick supplied by Thames valley
Brick.
2 .2 Mortar .1 Coloured mortar, refer to 04100 for mix.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
G
I
i
Clarington Public Library/ Brick Masonry Section 04210 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
3 . 1 Execution . 1 Brick Bond: Running bond except where indicated
otherwise. '
.2 Keep exposed faces free from stains, chips and
cracks. Keep tolerance in plane 3 mm (1/8") in
2400 (8' -0") . Do not use chipped, cracked or '
deformed units in exposed work.
.3 Replace any damaged, chipped or marred bricks as '
directed by architect.
.4 Buttering corners of units, throwing mortar
droppings into joints, deep or excessive ,
furrowing of bed joints will not be permitted.
Do not shift or tap units until after mortar has
taken initial set . Where adjustment must be
made after mortar has started to set, remove ,
mortar and replace with fresh supply.
.5 When mortar is "thumb-print" hard, tool joints
slightly concave for exposed work, elsewhere, ,
strike joints flush. Use sufficient force to
press mortar tight against masonry units on both
sides of joints. Remove excess material or
burrs left after jointing. Use trowel or rub '
with burlap bag.
.6 All joints shall be full of mortar except where '
specifically designated to be left open.
.7 Lay face brick in running bond (no headers) in
full bed of mortar. Align vertical joints plumb
in alternate courses. Evenly distribute
variations in colour.
. 8 Use sufficient mortar on end of stretchers to '
ensure end joints are compressed full when brick
is pressed into place . When laying closures
provide full joints both sides of closure brick.
.9 Install weep hole vents in accordance with ,
manufacturer' s directions, at bottom of exterior
wythe of brick in exterior cavity walls and
above all damp courses and flashings therein. '
Space not more than 600 mm (2' -C") o.c.
horizontally. Ensure that holes in vents are
not plugged with mortar or debris. Keep cavity
free of mortar by approved means. Tie brick ,
veneer to concrete for heights greater than 400
mm (16") with dovetail anchors placed in
dovetail anchor slots at not over 300 mm '
(1' -0") o.c. vertically and 600 mm (2' -0")
horizontally.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Unit Masonry Section 04220
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 Related .1 Section 04050 Masonry Procedures.
Sections
' .2 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout.
.3 Section 04150 Masonry Accessories and Masonry
Reinforcing and Connectors .
1.2 Reference .1 This Section refers to the following
Standards publications and where such reference is made
it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
' .1 CSA-A165 Series-94, Concrete Masonry
Units.
' 1.3 Mock-up .1 To requirements of Section 01001.
.2 Install representative section of interior
stack bond wall. Allow 5 days for review.
.3 Revise as required. Accepted wall is the
project standard and may form part of the
finished work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Concrete masonry units: to CSA-A165:
.1 Classification: H/15/A/M for hollow
units, S/15/A/M for solid units.
.2 Size: indicated on drawings.
.3 Special shapes: provide bull-nosed
units for exposed corners. Provide
purpose-made shapes for lintels and
bond beams. Provide additional special
shapes as indicated.
i
2 .2 Salvaged .1 Carefully dismantle, clean and store existing
Existing Block block at removals.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Unit Masonry Section 04220 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Laying Concrete .1 Bond: running bond except where stackboard is
Block Units indicated. '
.2 Coursing height: 200 mm for one block and one
joint.
.3 Where ashlar blocks are shown courcing height '
is 100 mm for one block and one joint.
.4 Jointing: All other joints are concave. '
Inside cavity strike joints flush. Ensure
mortar droppings do not fall into cavity.
.5 Jointing in loadbearing walls: All joints in ,
loadbearing masonry to be concave profile
3 .2 Concrete Masonry . 1 Install reinforced concrete block lintels
Lintels over opening in masonry where steel or '
reinforced concrete lintels are not
indicated. Install steel reinforcement 12 mm
clear from the interior of block face and
bottom unless noted otherwise. ,
.2 End bearing shall not be less than 200 mm or
as otherwise indicated on drawings. Steel ,
reinforcement to extend to at least the end
of the lintel bearing.
3 .3 Cleaning .1 Allow mortar droppings on masonry to
partially dry then remove by means of trowel, ,
followed by rubbing lightly with small piece
of block and finally by brushing.
3 .4 Exposed Finish .1 Where indicated block walls will be finished
wall on the interior. ,
.2 Install accordingly to satisfaction of the
architect. Cut out and replace any damaged or
discoloured units. ,
3 .5 Partitions .1 Carry all partitions up through ceiling to ,
Clarington Pub. Library/ Concrete Unit Masonry Section 04220
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' structure above. Terminate such partitions 19
mm (3/4") below structure and fill space
between top of masonry and structure with
' elastic packing seal or safing insulation.
.2 Co-ordinate bracing to provide lateral
' support for tops of partitions required to
extend to within 19 mm (3/411) of underside of
structure where they occur under steel joists
and beams, slabs and other structural
' elements with Division 5 .
.3 Where walls and partitions are pierced by
' structural members, ducts, pipes, fill voids
with mortar to within 19 mm (3/411) of such
items flush with wall finish.
' .4 Fill spaces between partition and structure,
ducts and pipes with elastic packing seal or
safing insulation completely from one side of
' the wall to the other.
' 3 .6 Control Joints .1 Provide vertical control joints in
interior/exterior walls at a minimum distance
of 6 m or closer as specifically shown on
Drawings. Confirm locations on site with
Architect before installing.
i
i
F
G
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Cut Stone Masonry Section 04420
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Related .1 Section 04050 Masonry Procedures.
Sections
' .2 Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout.
.3 Section 04150 Masonry Accessories.
t .4 Section 04210 Brick Unit Masonry
. 5 Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry: Concrete
tunit masonry backup.
' 1.2 References .1 ASTM C568-89 Specification for Limestone
Dimension Stone.
' .2 CAN/CGSB-37 .2-M88 Emulsified Asphalt,
Mineral-Colloid Type, Unfilled, for
Dampproofing and Waterproofing and for Roof
Coatings.
' 1.3 Product Delivery, .1 Finished stone shall be delivered to site in
Storage and Handling substantial, purpose made containers, packed
' to avoid chipping damage or soiling from any
means.
.2 Label each container to clearly indicate
' contents and location on building.
.3 Indicate on each stone quarry bed or
direction of bedding and location of stone on
building referenced to shop drawings. Mark
stones where not exposed with permanent
markings.
.4 Store stone on site in containers or non-
staining pallets, clear of the ground.
' . 5 Avoid excessive handling and protect against
chipping damage, soiling or staining.
1
1.4 Samples .1 Provide samples of cut stone with
' representative finish as specified in 04050.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Cut Stone Masonry Section 04420 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.2 Indicate quarry bed or direction of bedding
on samples.
1 . 5 Shop Drawings .1 Provide shop drawings to requirements of '
Section 01001.
.2 For stone units:
.1 Indicate at large scale all typical '
stones.
.2 Detail all corners and returns.
.3 Detail type and number of anchors. '
.3 For countertops:
.1 Indicate location of joints.
.2 Provide data on proposed sealer. '
PART 2 - PRODUCTS ,
2 . 1 Stone Units .1 All stone to be supplied to allow '
installation in natural quarry bed. No face '
bedding will be permitted.
.2 Countertops: Canadian Granite, colour Deer
Brown, as distributed by INTEREX MARBLE LTD. , '
1033 Bay Street, Suite 203, Toronto, Ontario,
M5S 3A5, tel . 416-925-1893, fax 416-925-4084 .
.3 Exterior and Interior Stone Bands to be Adair '
Marble, Buff Colour by Arriscraft.
.4 Only one supplier may be used for the entire '
project .
.5 Sizing for Exterior Stone Bands:
.1 Sawn bottom, top faces and back faces. ,
.2 All exposed faces to have split face
finish, average depth 115 mm,
tolerance of between 100 mm and 130 mm '
is acceptable.
.3 Length: 790 mm.
.4 Courcing height:
.1 190 mm '
.5 Mortar joints: deep raked (25 mm) ,
6 mm high.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Cut Stone Masonry Section 04420
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' .6 All corners and returns to have split face
finish.
.7 Sills and other Special Shapes: Review
drawing carefully for types and extent. All
texposed faces are to have flared finish.
' 2 .2 Counter Units . 1 Deer Brown polished finish by Znterex Marble.
' .2 19 mm Slabs x maximum practical length to
minimize joints .
.3 Locations:
' .1 Cafe counter and adjacent storage unit,
Room 152 .
.2 Main circulation desk and adjacent book
shelf, Room 154.
.3 Level 1, information counter, Room 171.
.4 Level 2, information counter, Room 263 .
t .4 Refer to 600 Series Drawings for details.
.5 Granite for counters shall be same supplier
as Stone Units .
' .6 Using templates supplied by Section 06400,
cut granite to required shapes.
1 . 7 Polish all exposed edges and slightly edge
outside corners.
' 2.3 Stair Nosing .1 Stair #4:
.1 Colour Deer Brown flamed finish
.2 75 mm wide x 9 mm (3/8") thick x 1250
mm long divided into 3 equal lengths
.3 Front face to have eased corner of 6
mm.
.4 Supply to Section 04330 for
' installation.
.5 Refer to Drawing No. A-401 (including
revisions by this Addenda (No. 2) for
' Details.
G
�u 1
r
F
Clarington Pub. Library/ Cut Stone Masonry Section 04420 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 '
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 General .1 Lay masonry in accordance with good practice, 1
and CSA CAN 3-A371-MB4 and as accepted in
mock-up sample wall specified in Section ,
04050 .
3 .2 Laying Building .1 Bond: Coursed as shown.
Stone '
.2 Jointing: 6mm deeply raked to a consistent
plane, min 15mm. a minimum of a 75mm mortar
bed is required.
.3 Mixing and blending: mix units from a minimum '
of three (3) pallets to ensure uniform blend
of colour and texture in accordance with ,
manufacturer' s recommended installation
instructions.
.4 All stone to be layed in natural quarry bed. '
. 5 Mortar is coloured, colour system specified
in Section 04100 .
.6 Mortar type specified in Section 04100 .
.7 Do not install cracked, chipped or otherwise
defective units. Conform to accepted mock-up
sample wall as specified in Section 04050.
.B Keep cavity between stone and insulation '
clear.
1
3 .3 Counters .1 Set on counters using suitable adhesive.
.2 Fit joints to form nearly invisible butt ,
joints.
.3 Drill to install grommets at final locations '
set on site. Quantities required as shown on
600 Series Drawings.
.4 At completion apply two (2) coats water based '
penetrating sealer of type recommended by
granite supplier. '
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Cut Stone Masonry Section 04420
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' 3 .4 Cleaning .1 After mortar has set and cured, protect
windows, sills, doors, trim and other work,
and clean stone masonry as follows:
.1 Remove large particles with wood
paddles without damaging the surface.
Saturate masonry with clean water and
flush off loose mortar and dirt.
.2 Use proprietary soap cleaning solution
with water as approved by stone
supplier in accordance with
manufacturer's directions. Use clean
water to remove excess cleaning
solution.
.3 Repeat cleaning process as often as
necessary to remove mortar and other
stains.
' .2 Remove mortar droppings from £lashings and
other materials immediately.
1
i
I
': 1
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Conform to requirements of Division 1, as
applicable
1.2 General . 1 Provide all material and labour required for
Requirements the completion of the Contract. Breakdown of
Work by Section is for guidance only and is not
necessarily complete.
.2 work Furnished and Installed:
.1 Structural steel work, including steel
' joists and bridging.
.3 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
.1 Grouting beneath column bases and
bearing assemblies on concrete members:
Section 03300.
.2 Concrete for slabs on metal deck:
Section 03300 .
.3 Concrete reinforcement: Section 03200.
.4 Metal stairs and hangers for stairs:
Section 05510.
. 5 Reinforcing edges of openings in metal
deck that are not larger than 450 mm in
roof deck and 300mm in floor deck:
Section 05311.
.4 Work Furnished but not Installed:
.1 Anchor bolts, bearing assemblies and
other structural steel connections to be
' cast into concrete.
.2 Shelf angles and related connections to
be built into concrete to receive
masonry.
t . 3 Loose lintels, shelf angles and plates
to be built into masonry.
r,
1.3 Reference .1 .1 The Section refers to the following
Standards publications and where such reference is
made it shall be to the edition listed
below, including all amendments
published thereto:
i
.1 CAN/CSA-516.1-94, Limit States
Design of Steel Structures.
.2 CSA W47.1-92, Certification of
Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.
' .3 CSA W59-1989, Welded Steel
Construction.
.4 CSA G40.21-M92, Structural Quality
Steel.
I ,
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
.5 CAN/CSA G164-M92, Hot Dip ,
Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped
Articles.
.6 CAN3-5139-94, Cold Formed Steel
Structural Members
.2 Do structural steel work in accordance
with CAN/CSA-516.1.
.3 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59, '
by companies certified by and welders
qualified in accordance with CSA W47.1,
except where specified otherwise.
.2 Where there are differences between the
specifications, drawings, standards, codes or
acts, the most stringent shall govern.
1.4 Tolerances .1 Conform to erection tolerances specified in
CAN3-S16 .1 Clause 28. 7 and as follows:
.1
.2 Interfacing tolerances may not be compatible ,
with the above. Review and coordinate
interfacing tolerances so that the various
elements come together properly.
1 .5 Qualifications .1 Be certified under the requirements of Division
1, or Division 2 . 1 of CSA Standard W47.1. ,
1 .6 Design .1 General
. 1 Design connections, joists, bridging, '
and the like in accordance with the
requirements of CSA 516 .1 and the
following for the loads shown or
implied. '
.2 For standard connections, select details
from CISC Handbook of Steel Construction
to ensure structural adequacy.
.3 Submit Connection Design Details, in
accordance with CAN/CSA-516.1, of all
non-standard and/or special types of
connections not specifically detailed in
the CISC Handbook of Steel Construction,
latest edition. Connection Design '
Details shall be stamped and signed by a
qualified professional engineer licensed
in the Province of Ontario.
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' .4 Submit Shop Details and Erection
Diagrams in accordance with CAN/CSA-
' 516.1.
.5 Indicate shop and erection details
including cuts, copes, connections,
holes, bolts and welds. Indicate welds
' by welding symbols defined in CSA W59.
I
' .2 Connections
.1 Use types of shop or field connection
shown, or in absence of such indication,
use most appropriate type of connection.
.2 Design of connections shall include not
only those between columns, beams,
girders, trusses and braces, but also
between such members as spandrel angles
and beams, hangers, stiffeners, etc. ,
and their supporting members (be they
steel or concrete) .
.3 Design connections to safely withstand
the combined effects of shear, moment
and torque at applicable design
stresses.
.4 Design connections that are exposed to
weather so that moisture, dirt and the
like cannot gain entry to the interior
of hollow built-up members.
. 5 Design and detail connections so as not
to interfere with architectural
' clearance lines or finishes.
.6 Design connections that are to be cast
into concrete to provide for the maximum
' deviation that can occur in erection and
based on the following:
.1 Specified steel erection
' tolerances.
.2 Maximum permissible tolerances in
the location of inserts cast into
concrete of plus or minus 15 mm in
any direction.
3 Joists
. 1 Design roof joists, related bridging and
anchorages to safely resist net uplift
forces shown or a minimum of at least
0 .5 kPa.
.2 Where ducts or services are shown to
j , pass through or between joists, design
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
and locate web members and bridging to '
accommodate the sizes and runs of ducts
and services shown.
. 3 Design and connect joists to furnish
lateral support to the chords or flanges
of supporting steel members. Anchor
joists to such members and at opposite ,
ends by connections capable of
withstanding a horizontal force of not
less than 10 per cent of end reaction of
joist. '
.4 Where joist frame into columns, extend
the bottom chord, and design top and
bottom chords and connect to columns to
safely develop tension loads shown or a
minimum of 25 kN in tension or
compression.
.5 Design anchorage of each line of
bridging to walls and other supporting
structural steel members to safely
resist forces shown, but as a minimum,
develop the safe capacity of the
bridging members in tension.
.6 Design and provide end bearing
connections of inclined joists such that
the bearing plane between the inclined
joists and their supporting members is '
horizontal .
.4 Shop, Erection and Setting Drawings
.1 Submit shop, erection and setting
drawings for review by the Consultant .
.2 Do not reproduce the structural drawings
to serve as erection or setting ,
drawings.
.3 Prepare setting drawing showing
necessary dimensions and details for
setting structural steel bearings,
anchorages, assemblies and the like
where they interface with other building
components.
.4 Co-ordinate structural steel shop and
erection drawings with shop drawings of
cast-in-place concrete, masonry, miscel-
laneous metal work, metal deck and other
interfacing work.
. 5 Amongst other items show the following: '
.1 Layout.
.2 Member sizes.
.3 Connection details. '
.4 Bearing details.
.5 Holes.
.6 Finishes.
.7 Grades of steel.
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
.8 Bolt material .
. 9 Required clearances and other
details to receive correlative
items.
.6 Submit applicable welding procedures,
stamped as approved by the Canadian
w ' Welding Bureau correlated to the ap-
propriate shop and erection drawings.
. 7 Submit details of method proposed to
apply and verify the magnitude of
tension to bracing members within the
specified tolerances.
.8 Furnish inspection company with a copy of
each shop, erection and setting drawing
bearing the Consultant 's reviewed stamp.
.5 Erection Procedures
.1 Well in advance of erection, submit
description of procedures, methods,
sequences of erection, temporary shoring
and guying and equipment proposed for
the use in erecting structural steel .
. 6 .1 If the Contractor wishes to make
substitutions for steel materials or
sizes indicated, submit proposals with
the tender with necessary calculations
for review of the Consultant .
.7 As-Built Drawings
' .1 Mark on one (1) complete set of final
drawings any changes, additions or
deletions that occur during the
' construction as a result of the
Contractor's work, change orders or for
any other reason.
.8 . 1 Make copies of mill test reports
properly correlated to the materials
available to the Consultant .
1.7 Source Quality .1 Prior to commencement of work, if required by
Control Consultant, submit two (2) certified copies of
mill reports covering chemical and physical
properties of steel used in this work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Materials .1 Rolled Wide Flange Sections: to
CAN/CSA-G40.21 Grade 350W.
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6 ,
0006 April 2001
.2 Rolled Channels and Angles: to CAN/CSA-G40.21 i
Grade 300W.
.3 Steel Plate, Bars and Rod: to CAN/CSA-G40.21 '
Grade 300W, unless noted otherwise.
.4 HSS Sections: to
CAN/CSA-G40.21 Grade 350W, Class C or ASTM
A500 Grade C.
.5 Bolts, nuts and washers: to ASTM A325.
.6
Anchor bolts: to ASTM A307 or CAN/CSA-
G40.21.
.7
Cold formed sections: to ASTM A570 Grade
350W '
.8
Welding materials: to CSA W59.
.9
Paint: ,
.1 Interior steel not exposed to view:
conform to CISC/CPMA Standard 1-73a.
.2 Interior steel exposed to view: conform ,
to CISC/CPMA Standard 2-75.
.10
Hot dip galvanizing: galvanize steel, where
indicated or where exposed to the weather, to
CAN/CSA G164, minimum zinc coating of 600g/ma.
.11
Zinc Rich Primer: Galvafroid as supplied by '
W.R. Meadows or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Quality Control .1 Provide a system of quality control to ensure
that the minimum standards specified herein are
attained.
.2 Bring to the attention of the Consultant any
defects in the work or departures from the
Contract Documents which may occur during
construction. The Consultant will decide upon
corrective action and state his recommendations
in writing.
3 .2 Notification .1 Prior to the commencing significant segments of
the work, give the Consultant and independent
inspection and testing agencies appropriate ,
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
notification so as to afford them reasonable
opportunity to review the work. Failure to
meet this requirement may be cause for the
' Consultant to classify this work as defective.
i
3 .3 Construction . 1 The Consultant 's general review during
' Review construction and inspection and testing by
independent inspection and testing agencies
reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken
to inform the Owner of the Contractor's perfo-
rmance and shall in no way augment the
Contractor's quality control or relieve him of
contractual responsibility.
3 .4 Inspection and .1 Appointment of Independent Inspection Agencies
Testing . 1 The Consultant will appoint the
inspection and testing agency to make
! inspections or perform tests as the
Consultant directs. The inspection
agency shall be responsible only to the
Consultant, shall address his reports to
the Consultant and shall make only such
inspections or tests as the Consultant
j may direct. Authorized inspection and
testing shall be paid for by the Cash
Allowance (section 01001) , except that
the Contractor will be required to pay
for tests and inspections which show
results not meeting the requirements of
the drawings or specifications and for
subsequent tests and inspections made
'. necessary thereby.
.2 When defects are revealed, the Owner may
request, at the Contractor's expense.
Additional inspection or testing to
' ascertain the full extent of the defect .
.3 Inspection and testing may include the
non-destructive testing of the full butt
welds.
3 .5 Defective . 1 Where factual evidence exists that defective
Material and workmanship has occurred or that work has been
workmanship carried out incorporating defective material,
the Consultant may have tests, inspections or
surveys performed, analytical calculation of
structural strength made and the like in order
to help determine whether the work must be
replaced. Tests, inspections or surveys
carried out under these circumstances will be
made at the Contractor' s expense, regardless of
their results, which may be such that, in the
Consultant ' s opinion, the work may be
i
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001
acceptable.
.2 All testing shall be conducted in accordance
with the requirements of the Ontario Building ,
Code, except where this would in the
Consultant ' s opinion cause undue delay or give
results not representative of the rejected ,
material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant .
.3 Materials or workmanship which fail to meet
specified requirements may be rejected by the
Consultant whenever found at any time prior to
the final acceptance of the work regardless of
previous inspection. If rejected, defective
materials or work incorporating defective
material or workmanship shall be promptly
removed and replaced or repaired to the '
satisfaction of the Consultant, at no expense
to the Owner.
3 . 6 workmanship and .1 Fabricate structural steel, as indicated, in '
Fabrication accordance with CAN/CSA-516.1.
.2 Camber:
.1 Provide camber to beams and girders as
shown in a manner which will not reduce
the safe load carrying capacity of the
members.
.3 Provide holes to 20 mm in diameter indicted at
any time before shop drawings are reviewed, as '
required to permit the attachment of other
materials.
.4 Provide ceiling extensions for joist bottom
chords as required.
.5 Plates and shelf angles supporting masonry shall
be continuous and extend full length of masonry
openings . At splices, grind welds smooth where
exposed to view.
.6 Openings ,
.1 Conform to requirements shown for
location, size, reinforcing and cutting
of openings through structural members.
.2 Obtain written permission of Consultant ,
prior to field cutting or altering of
structural members not shown on the
drawings .
3 . 7 Protection .1 Clean structural steel as follows:
.1 Interior steel not exposed to view - in
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
' accordance with CISC/CPMA Standard 1-
73a.
.2 Interior steel exposed to view - in
' accordance with CISC/CPMA Standard 2-75.
.2 Immediately following cleaning, apply one coat
of primer to a minimum dry film thickness of 2
mils.
.3 Upon completion of erection, apply primer to
welds, bolts and at locations where original
primer is damaged.
.4 Fully galvanize, in accordance with CSA G164,
all structural steel exposed to weather,
I including lintels, shelf angles, beams, columns
and the like including connection material and
inserts. Detail and fabricate steel such that
it will not trap the galvanizing material .
Provide vent holes as required. Remove all
weld slag prior to galvanizing. Upon
completion of erection, apply zinc rich primer
to all locations where galvanizing is damaged.
' .5 Protect weep holes at base of closed column
sections that have base plates, but no cap
plates.
' .6 During cold weather, protect members from
damage due to water freezing in confined areas.
' .7 Provide drain holes in closed sections to
prevent water build-up during erection.
' 3 . 8 Erection .1 General
.1 conform to requirements of CAN3-516.1
and the following:
.2 Bracing members and anchor bolts shown
are for the finished structure and may
not be adequate to resist forces present
during construction.
.3 Maintain temporary bracing until
completion of entire structure including
' floor and roof decks, slabs, masonry
walls and other elements which are part
of the wind resisting system.
.4 Carry out erection operations, including
installation of any temporary guying and
sharing required, without loading
portions of the existing structure
already constructed in excess of its
' safe load carrying capacity.
.5 During erection, forces or reactions in
the steel frame members and their
' connections may exceed those on which
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 '
the design is based. '
.6 Determine the magnitude of such forces
and reactions and take such measures as
are necessary to ensure that the safety '
and stability of the structure is
maintained until the entire structure,
including floor and roof slabs is ,
complete.
.7 Splices, other than those shown, shall
not be permitted in members without the
Consultant 's approval. If approval is
given to permit welded splices, they
shall be non-destructively tested at no
extra cost to the Owner.
. 8 Nuts on ordinary bolts ASTM A307 shall
be prevented from working loose by use
of lock washers, lock nuts, jam nuts,
thread burring or other approved
methods. '
.9 Report to the Consultant where members
cannot be erected within the specified
tolerances without modification or
special procedures. Take corrective '
measures to the Consultant's approval .
.2 Bearing on Concrete
.1 Set steel bases and bearing assemblies
true and level at the proper elevation
so that upon grouting, they will have
full bearing. '
.2 Unless a specific method is shown,
levelling devices or steel shimming may
be used to support bases prior to
grouting. Subsequent to grouting,
loosen the levelling devices so that all
load passes only through the bases, or
remove the steel shims so that the
resulting voids can be fully grouted.
. 3 Joists
.1 Anchor joists in accordance with CAN3
516 .1 and to safely resist the net
uplift forces shown, but not less than
0.50 kPa.
.2 Supply special shoes or steel packing as
required to bring joists to required
bearing level.
.3 Until such time as the permanent
anchorage system can maintain the joists
in their correct position under wind and ,
other loadings provide suitable
temporary anchorage.
.4 Where drawings call for electrical ,
and/or mechanical services to be
recessed between joists, space and
arrange joists and bridging to permit
installation of services. '
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 11
' 0006 April 2001
.4 Lintels
.1 Unless a reinforced block or concrete
' lintel is noted, provide loose steel
lintels, as shown, over openings and
recesses in masonry walls or partitions
including those for mechanical or
electrical services.
.5 Openings
' . 1 Conform to the requirements shown for
location, size, reinforcing and cutting
of openings through structural members.
.2 No openings through structural steel
members will be permitted without the
Consultant 's approval .
.6 New Steel Work to the Existing Building
.1 Before proceeding with any work at the
existing building, verify that existing
members are of the size and in the
I" location indicated on the drawings. If
not, do not proceed until the Consultant
has given instructions.
.2 Make site measurements as required to
I' verify dimensions of existing work
before proceeding with the work. The
Contractor shall be responsible for
extra costs incurred due to proceeding
without verifying site dimensions .
.3 Adequately shore the existing structure
until the permanent structure shown is
installed, to ensure that no movements
or damage occurs.
� t
a
i
1
j
a
_ Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable .
Delete clause 1.2 and replace with the following:
1.2 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA-516.1-94, Limit States Design of
Steel Structures.
.2 CSA 5136-94, Cold Formed Steel Structural
Members.
.3 CSA 5136.1-95, Commentary on CSA 5136-94.
.4 CSA W59-1989, Welded Steel Construction.
.2 Do design, fabrication and erection in
accordance with CSA-5136 and 5136.1.
.3 Do steel deck work in accordance with Canadian
Sheet Steel Building Institute Standards (CSSBI)
for Steel Roof Deck, 10M and Composite Steel
Deck, 12M except where specified otherwise.
' .4 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59 except
where specified otherwise.
' 1 .3 Standards, .1 Conform with the Ontario Building Code 1990
Codes and Acts (O. Reg. 413/90) and any applicable acts of
authority having jurisdiction and the following:
.1 CAN/CSA-5136-94, Design of Light Gauge
' Steel Structural Members, Canadian
Standards Association.
.2 CAN/CSA-S16 .1-94, Steel Structures for
' Buildings - Limit States Design, Canadian
Standards Association.
.3 CSA W47.1-92, Certification of Companies
for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures,
Canadian Standards Association.
.4 Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute
(CSSBI) Standards for Steel Roof Deck -
1976 Revised 1981 and Steel Floor Deck -
1976 Revised 1981 .
.2 Where there are differences between the
specifications, drawings, codes, standards or
acts, the most stringent shall govern.
1 .4 Qualifications .1 Any organization undertaking to weld under this
Contract shall be certified by the Canadian
Welding Bureau under the requirements of CSA
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
W47.1. ,
.2 Welders engaged in this work shall furnish proof
that they have successfully carried out welding
of gauge metal .
1 .5 Design .1 Design deck in accordance with requirements of ,
the Ontario Building Code to safely support
loadings shown or implied.
.2 Design deck such that the live load deflection ,
of the deck shall not exceed 1/360 of the span
for floor deck, nor 1/240 of the span for roof
deck, except that when decks support a plastered ,
ceiling or similar finish, the deflection due to
live load shall not exceed 1/360 of the span.
.3 Design deck anchorage to the supporting
framework or walls to safely resist net uplift
forces shown, but not less than 0.50 kPa.
.4 Wherever possible, design units to span over '
three (3) or more supports in order to obtain
increased rigidity.
.5 Design composite deck to safely support the ,
weight of the concrete and reinforcing steel and
other construction loads before the composite
action of the deck system takes place, without
excessive deflection and without exceeding ,
allowable working stresses and without shoring
of deck.
.6 Design and connect metal edge and closure strips '
to safely resist construction loads and prevent
the loss of grout when the deck is concreted.
.7 Design and install deck units to safely sustain ,
uplift forces due to wind during erection until
the concrete slabs are placed.
.8 Design and connect metal screeds forming ,
vertical sides of the concrete slabs placed on
the metal deck to obtain concrete edges with an
accuracy of 6 mm based on a concrete slump of
75 mm and the uses of mechanical vibrators.
.9 Design framing for openings or holes through the ,
roof deck up to 450 mm maximum width and in
floor deck up to 300 mm maximum width measured
perpendicular to the span of the deck.
1 .6 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings
.1 Submit erection and fabrication drawings '
for review by the Consultant.
.2 Each drawing submitted shall bear the
signature and stamp of a qualified
professional engineer registered in the '
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2C01
' Province of Ontario.
.3 Amongst other Items, show the following:
. 1 types of deck and their locations
' .2 design loads
.3 net uplift pressures
.4 openings and their reinforcement
.5 gauge of steel deck
.6 surface protective coating
. 7 £lashings and closure plates
.8 welding details
.9 sufficient detail sections showing
' the deck' s orientation to support
members to facilitate erection of
deck
.4 Furnish the inspection company with a copy
t of each shop drawing bearing the
Consultant' s reviewed stamp.
'I
.2 Test Reports
' . 1 Submit two (2) copies of mill test reports
properly correlated to the materials.
.3 As-Built Drawings
.1 Mark on one (1) complete set of final
drawings any changes, additions or
deletions that occur during the
construction as a result of the
' Contractor' s work, change orders or for
any other reason.
I
( , PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' Delete clause 2 .1.1 and replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Steel Deck
.1 Zinc-iron Alloy (ZF) coated steel sheet:
' to CSSBI 101M, with structural quality
ZF75 coating for interior surfaces not
exposed to weather.
.2 Zinc (Z) coated steel sheet: to CSSBI
101M, structural quality, with Z275
coating for exterior surfaces exposed to
weather and for interior surfaces in areas
of high humidity.
.2 Miscellaneous Meal
.1 Metal coverplates, cell closures, web
stiffeners, edge strips and flashings
shall conform to material and finish as
specified for deck and have a minimum
steel core nominal thickness of 1 .22 mm.
.3 Steel Upstand: 18 gauge, size as shown on
Architectural Drawings.
I
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
Add the following clause: '
2 .2 Types of .1 Roof deck: 0.76 mm minimum base steel
Decking thickness, 38 mm deep profile, non-cellular, '
interlocking side laps, unless otherwise noted.
.2 Floor deck: composite 0 .76 mm minimum base steel ,
thickness, 38 mm deep profile, non-cellular,
upright flute profile (unless noted otherwise) ,
interlocking side laps. ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION ,
3 .1 Erection .1 Provide a system of quality control to ensure
that the minimum standards specified herein are '
attained.
.2 Bring to the attention of the Consultant any
defects in the work or departures from the
Contract Documents which may occur during
construction. The Consultant will decide upon
corrective action and state his recommendations
in writing.
3 .2 Notification .1 Prior to the commencing of significant segments ,
of the work, give the Consultant and independent
inspection and testing agencies appropriate '
notification so as to afford them reasonable
opportunity to review the work. Failure to meet
this requirement may be cause for the Consultant
to classify this work as defective. '
3 .3 Construction .1 The Consultant' s general review during
construction and inspection and testing by ,
independent inspection and testing agencies
reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken
to inform the Owner of the Contractor' s
performance and shall in no way augment the '
Contractor' s quality control or relieve him of
contractual responsibility.
3 .4 Inspection and . 1 Appointment of Independent Inspection Agencies '
Testing . 1 The Consultant will appoint the inspection
and testing agency to make inspections or
perform tests as the Consultant directs . '
The inspection agency shall be responsible
only to the Consultant, shall address his
reports to the Consultant and shall make
only such inspections or tests as the '
Consultant may direct.
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' 3 . 5 Defective .1 Where factual evidence exists that defective
Material and workmanship has occurred or that work has been
Workmanship carried out incorporating defective material,
the Consultant may have tests, inspections or
surveys performed, analytical calculation of
structural strength made and the like in order
to help determine whether the work must be
replaced. Tests, inspections or surveys carried
' out under these circumstances will be made at
the Contractor' s expense, regardless of their
results, which may be such that, in the
' Consultant' s opinion, the work may be
acceptable.
.2 All testing shall be conducted in accordance
with the requirements of the Ontario Building
Code, except where this would in the
Consultant's opinion cause undue delay or give
results not representative of the rejected
' material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant.
' .3 Materials or workmanship which fail to meet
specified requirements may be rejected by the
Consultant whenever found at any time prior to
the final acceptance of the work regardless of
previous inspection. If rejected, defective
' materials or work incorporated defective
material in place. In this case, the tests
shall be conducted in accordance with the
standards given by the Consultant.
3 .6 Protection .1 Coat surfaces of deck in accordance with CSSBI
requirements for wipe coated steel designation
ZF075, except that deck exposed to view or
weather shall have a commercial grade zinc
coating of at least 2275 designation.
3 .7 Installation .1 General
.1 Ensure that construction loads caused by
the erection of the deck will not load
' structural members in excess of their
design loads.
.2 Erect deck such that it is free of dirt,
scale, foreign matter, dents or
deformation.
.3 Adjust deck units to their final position
before securing to supporting members.
Supply and install steel packing between
' supporting members and deck to provide a
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Deck Section 05311 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
I
minimum of 50 mm bearing. Permanently ,
secure packing.
.4 Lap ends of non-composite deck units a
minimum of 50 mm and only over supporting ,
members.
. 5 When deck units are adjusted to their ,
final position, anchor to supports and to
members parallel to the deck span to
safely resist uplift forces and lateral
forces, but with not less than 19 mm '
diameter fusion welds at average spacing
of 300 o.c.
.6 Provide a minimum of 50 mm of end bearing
on supports . Fasten side joints of deck '
units between supports by clinching at 600
mm intervals or with 25 mm long welds at
1000 mm intervals. Secure structural
flashings and the like to deck with sheet ,
metal screws or welding.
.7 Make fusion welds of deck to supporting
members well within bearing width of
supporting members. ,
.8 Weld gauge metal to obtain satisfactory
fusion between the deck and supports
without damage to the deck or its
supports. ,
.9 Provide minimum closure channels along
edges of all deck parallel to span where
deck is not otherwise supported.
.2 Holes Through Deck '
.1 Cut openings and reinforce edges as
required for pipes, ducts, hoppers and the
like. Indicate openings as reinforcement '
for openings on fabrication and erection
drawings. The maximum size of an
unreinforced opening is 150 mm square or
in diameter. Reinforce openings having a
dimension over 150 mm, but not exceeding '
450 mm as required. Framing for openings
with a dimension exceeding 450 mm in roof
deck and 300 mm in floor deck is specified '
under Structural Steel Section 05120 . The
location of holes through decking shall be
to the approval of the Consultant.
.2 Obtain actual opening and holding
information before proceeding with the '
work. Cooperate with other trades as
necessary.
Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 1
0006 April 2001
I
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General . 1 Conform to requirements of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1.2 Scope of Work . 1 Major components are:
.1 The parapets in several locations.
Review Architectural drawings carefully
for extent .
.2 Parts of the exterior back up wall.
Refer to Architectural drawings for
extent .
.2 Refer to all drawings for the full scope of
work.
.3 This Section is responsible for installing all
plywood on all exterior steel studs except the
wood cap to the parapet walls. This wood cap
is by Section 06100.
i
1.3 Related .1 Concrete Block
' Sections Division 4
.2 Interior Steel Studs Section 09111,
Gypsum Board Section 09250
.3 Aluminum Windows Section 08520
I
�j. .4 Prepainted Steel Siding Section 07410
�,. 1.4 References .1 National Building Code of Canada
i.
' .2 Ontario Building Code
.3 CGSB 1-GP-181M
ii
.4 CAN3-5136-M84
.5 CSA W47. 1 1983
.6 ASTM A446
�i .7 ANSI/AWA D1 .3
' . 8 Lightweight steel framing design manual (CSSB1
51M-91) , July 1991
i
1.5 System .1 Design Requirements:
Description .1 Have work of this section designed by a
professional engineer licenced to design
it
Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411 '
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
structures and registered in the Province '
of Ontario.
.2 Design metal stud exterior wall system
to resist pressure and suction of wind as ,
required by the Ontario Building Code.
. 3 Design shall be based on limit states ,
design principles using factored loads
and resistances.
.4 Deflection (inward and outward) shall
not be greater than 1/720 of the span '
between points of support.
.5 Resistance strength and resistance
factors shall be determined in accordance
with applicable building code and CAN3- ,
5136.
.6 Construct work to provide for expansion
and contraction of components as will be
caused by ambient temperature range ,
without buckling, failure or joint seals,
undue tress on fasteners or other effects
detrimental to appearance or performance.
.7 Section properties shall be computed on '
the basis of the nominal core thickness.
.8 Design bridging to prevent member
rotation and member translation
perpendicular to the minor axis. Provide ,
for secondary stress affects due to
torsion between lines bridging. Space
horizontal bracing maximum 1200 mm o.c. ,
.9 Design metal stud exterior wall system
to support window, door and louvre loads
and superimposed loads transferred from
cladding and include for design of '
support and attachment components between
window, door and louvre assemblies and
stud system. Responsibility for design
of exterior wall loads transferred from '
other envelope components is part of the
work of this section.
1. 6 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: ,
.1 Provide shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 .
.2 Shop drawings shall bear the '
professional stamp and signature of a
professional engineer license to design
structures and registered in the
province of Ontario. ,
.2 Test Reports:
.1 Submit, if requested, certified copies
of mill reports covering chemical and '
mechanical properties and coating
designation of steel used in this work.
' Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' 1. 7 Mock Up .1 Construct on project, mock up of typical
installation of metal stud exterior wall system
' provided under work of this section, complete
with bracing and bridging in accordance with
reviewed shop drawings for review before
proceeding with the remainder of the
' installation. Location and size of sample
installation to be as directed by the
Consultant .
' .2 Coordinate work of sample installation with
related work of other sections.
i
' . 3 Adjust sample installation as required to gain
acceptance. Accepted work may form a part of
final installation. All work shall match
f accepted sample installation.
1. 8 Deliver, Storage .1 Handle and store materials in such a matter
and Handling that no damage will be done to materials or to
f , work of other sections. Store units off the
ground and protected from mud and rain
splashes.
' .2 Deliver materials in original, unopened
containers or bundles stored in a place
providing protection from damage an exposure to
exterior elements.
' 1.9 Air Barrier . 1 Continuity of the air barrier is critical.
.2 Participate in planning and coordination
meetings called by General Contractor.
.3 Supply and install air barrier membrane and
solid back up as required to ensure continuous
and effective air barrier where work of
different sections joins together.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials . 1 Metal framing members: structural properties
completed, CAN3-S136-M84 cold formed steel
' structural members.
i
.2 All structural components: coated to ASTM A446
steel sheet, zinc coated (galvanized) by
i
Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411 '
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 4
0006 April 2001 '
continuous hot dip process . Structural quality '
having minimum coating of 2275 galvanizing.
.3 Metal studs: CAN/CGSB-7. 1-M86 cold formed steel ,
framing components.
.4 Exterior walls: studs and tracks of galvanized ,
steel minimum 1.22 mm (0.047") , 18 gauge thick,
152 mm (6ff) deep studs with 33 .35 mm (1.313")
flanges as manufactured by Bailey metal '
products ltd.
.5 Sheet metal screws: minimum coating thickness
shall be 0.008" or be cadmium plated. Other '
coatings providing equal or better corrosion
protection may be considered by the Consultant.
.6 Zinc-rich paint: CGSB 1-GP-181M ,
.7 Exterior Sheathing: Dens-glass Gold Sheathing
by Georgia Pacific, thickness 16 mm. , type X
where indicated. ,
.8 Fasteners for Sheathing: #8 x 50 mm (2") drill
pointed screws. 10 mm (3/8") pan head screws. ,
All fasteners shall be galvanized.
.9 Sill Gasket: Lightweight multi-cellular closed
cell polyethylene foam; 26 mm thick ethafoam ,
221 by Dow Chemical Inc. or approved equal .
.10 Telescoping Track: 2 tract system, inner and
outer tracks providing deflection to 35 mm. '
Permitted alternate, slotted leg track by
Bailey Metals Ltd. Gauge of track to match
gauge of studs.
.11 Through the knock out bridging channels and '
angle clips for screw application, sized to
suit structural requirements. Gauge to match
studs. Maximum 1200 mm o.c. horizontally. ,
. 12 Insulation: Fibreglass batts, friction fit .
.13 Plywood: pressure treated Douglas Fir, ,
thickness as shown.
.14 Air barrier membrane Blueskin AC by Bakor or
Perma Barrier Hood by Grace Construction '
Products. Use manufactured adhesive designed
for this application.
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Do not start fabrication until shop erection
drawings have been reviewed.
Clarington Public Library/ wind Loading Bearing Section 05411
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' .2 Insofar as practical, execute fitting and
assembly in shop with various parts or
assemblies ready for erection at the building
' site. Provide cutouts centred in webs of
members to accommodate services. Limit
,i dimensions of unreinforced cutouts to suit
design requirements and effects on the strength
' and stiffness of members.
.3 Take field measurements and levels required to
verify or supplement those shown on drawings
for the project layout and installation of
work. Coordinate dimensional tolerances in
adjacent building elements and coordinate
' before the commencement of work. Locate steel
cross bracing, column box plates etc. and
accommodate within the steel stud design and
installation.
' .4 Accurately machine file and fit frames rigidly
together at all joints, corner and mitres;
Match components carefully to produce
' continuity of line and design.
.5 Reinforce steel stud framing system and
assemblies as necessary to meet specified
' design requirements and installation shown.
All reinforcing shall be securely anchored to
horizontal and vertical members by approved
positive mechanical means.
' .6 Make all planes true and corners square and
sharp. Provided concealed clips for fastening
' plate and bridging assemblies in place.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Examination .1 Before commencing installation, examine work of
other sections to which work to this section
will be attached.
' .2 Ensure that openings and recesses to receive
work of this section are within acceptable
tolerances. Proceed with installation only
after all structural defects area corrected,
permanent connections are completed and
supporting structure is straight and plumb.
' .3 Commencement of installation shall indicate
i
Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
acceptance of the work of other sections upon '
which work of this section depends.
3 .2 Erection .1 General: ,
.1 Erection shall conform to reviewed shop
drawings . Erect all work plumb, true and '
in proper alignment and relationship
to established lines and grades.
Modifications required to accommodate
as-built conditions (other than minor '
dimensional changes) shall be
submitted for review.
.2 Lay sill gasket under bottom track. Position '
gasket flush with exterior wall face.
.3 Locate studs at 400 mm (16") o.c. maximum, with
double studs each side of all openings. '
.4 Allow 16 mm (5/8") minimum at top of studs for
anticipated floor slab deflection.
.5 Install bridging between studs at not over 1220
mm O.C.
.6 Connections between light weight steel framing ,
members shall be by bolts or sheet metal
screws.
.7 Steel screws shall equal or exceed the minimum ,
diameter indicated on shop drawings.
.8 Penetration beyond joined materials shall be '
not less than 3 exposed threads.
.9 Thread types and drilling capability shall
conform to manufacturer' s recommendations . ,
.10 Mechanically fasten track and clip angles to
concrete slab and steel frame members by drill-
in fastenings at not over 800 mm (32") o.c. '
Bear cost of repair satisfactory to the
consultant of concrete chipped by drilling or
fixing operations.
.11 Secure studs to top and bottom track with '
minimum #8 x 12 mm (1/2") long screws through
each flange.
3 .3 Exterior .1 Apply exterior insulation sheathing board, or
Sheathing plywood as shown, to metal stud with specified '
screws: erect exterior sheathing board
vertically and butt joints loosely with maximum
gap of 3 mm (1/8") ; space screws minimum 200
mm (8") staggered along abutting edges. Start '
' Clarington Public Library/ Wind Loading Bearing Section 05411
Municipal Office Expansion Steel Stud Systems Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
' screwing the boards in central portion and work
toward edges and ends. Do not drive screws
closer than 10 mm (3/8") from edges and ends of
' board.
.2 Install to manufacturers printed instructions.
' 3 .4 Insulation .1 Fill all stud spaces completely with batt
insulation.
i
i
:
I
tClarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 General . 1 Comply to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 Related Work .1 Installation of Section 03300
anchors: Cast-in-Place Concrete
Section 04160
' Masonry Reinforcing
and Connectors
.2 Installation of steel Section 04050
angle lintels: Masonry Procedures
.3 Structural steel: Section 05120
Structural Steel
' .4 Metal joists: Section 05210
Steel Joists
' .5 Metal Exit stairs: Section 05510
Metal Stairs
' .6 Finish painting: Section 09900
Painting
' .7 Ornamental Metals Section 05501
t 1.3 References .1 ASTM A53-87b Specification for Pipe, Steel,
Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and
Steamless.
' .2 ASTM A307-87 Specification for Carbon Steel
Bolts and Studs, 60, 000 psi Tensile.
' .3 CGSB 1-GP-40M-79 Primer, Structural Steel, Oil
Alkyd Type.
.4 CGSB 1-GP-181M-77 Coating, Zinc-Rich, Organic,
' Ready Mixed.
.5 CAN/CSA-G40.21-M87 Structural Quality Steels.
.6 CAN/CSA-S16 . 1-M89 Limit States Design of Steel
Structures.
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
. 7 CSA W47.1 . -1983 Certification of Companies for '
Fusion Welding of Steel Structures
.8 CSA W55.3-1965 Resistance Welding Qualification '
Code for Fabricators of Structural Members Used
in Buildings.
.9 CSA W59-1989 Welded Steel Construction (Metal ,
Arc Welding) .
1 .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements . '
.2 Indicate materials, core thicknesses, finishes,
connections, joints, method of anchorage, number
of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details, '
and accessories.
.3 Shop drawings shall be stamped by a professional ,
engineer registered in Ontario.
1.5 Scope of Work .1 All miscellaneous metal work as indicated on '
drawings and as required to complete the work
except metal work specified in section 05501 '
Metal Fabrications.
1.6 Design . 1 Generally, Drawings give information on specific '
shape and dimensions required. Provide bracing
as may be required to counter lateral loads and
dynamic stresses where vibration of support
equipment may occur. Steel members shall be t
sized as a minimum to support loads required by
applicable Codes . Use sizes shown except where
larger are required to meet Code requirements. '
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 . 1 Materials .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.21, ,
Grade 300W .
.2 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53 standard weight black
finish.
.3 Welding materials: to CSA W59. ,
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
' .4 Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307.
.5 Shop coat primer: to CGSB 1-GP-40M.
' . 6 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CGSB 1- GP-
181M.
' . 7 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable, 24h,
MPa 15, pull-out strength 7. 9 MPa.
' .8 Metal Filler: Polyester based, "White Lightnin"
by Marson Canada or Combo or First Choice by
Dura Chemicals Ltd.
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and
' accurate to required size, with joints closely
fitted and properly secured.
.2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed
countersunk screws on items requiring assembly
by screws or as indicated.
' .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work,
ready for erection.
.4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length
' of each joint. File or grind exposed welds
smooth and flush.
is
Ili ' 2 .3 Shop Painting .1 Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items.
' .2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by
manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from
rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when
'II
temperature is lower than 7C.
' .3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint.
I t
2 .4 Schedule .1 The schedule below list specific requirements
for some items required. Review drawings and
' sections 05501 and 05510 for full schedule of
work required.
1
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.2 Angle Lintels and Shelf Angles ,
.1 Exterior steel angles, lintels and shelf
angles: Provide in all openings in masonry '
walls, size as required for the openings .
Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends .
Provide slotted holes for anchors as
required. Hot dip galvanized after holes ,
drilled.
.2 Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to
profiles as indicated. ,
. 3 Shelf angles to be maximum practical
length. Leave 6 mm gap at butt joints.
.4 Interior angles: prime painted, sizes
required for openings Provide 150 mm '
minimum bearing at ends.
.3 Pipe Railings
. 1 Steel pipe: 38 mm nominal outside diameter
except where other sized are indicated,
formed to shapes and sizes as indicated.
.4 Access Ladders ,
.1 Stringers: 2" x min 1/4° thick, steel
angle.
.2 Steel Rungs: 3/4" diameter, welded to
stringers.
.3 Brackets: sizes and shapes as indicated,
weld to stringers, complete with fixing
anchors. '
.4 Safety Hoops at top: as indicated for
penthouse roof ladder.
.5 Prime finish. '
.6 Access ladders are required for access to
penthouse roof and all other low roofs
except 2-storey bays and canopies at Level
1. '
.5 Framing for folding accordion partition as
described in 2 .4.6, 2.4.2, 2.4.8 and 2.4 below: '
.1 2.4.6, 2.4.7, 2.4.8 and 2.4.9:
The framing consists of:
.2 2 continuous 2 x 8 wood blocking just
above ceiling
.3 Continuous 6" x 6" x 3/8" angle following
shape of grill or partition
.4 Vertical 3" x 3" x '/,' angles at 31 -" o.c. ,
welded to continuous angle, c/w 6 x 6 x
top plate bolted to slab
.5 2 - 1 '/" x 1 ''/," x 1/8" angle wood braces
at each vertical support welded to '
support, c/w top plates bolted to slab.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
.6 Steel framing for security grill cafe, Room 152 .
.7 Steel framing for sliding security door at
Library entrance, Room 153 .
. 8 Steel framing for two (2) coiling security
' screens, Lobby 119.
. 9 Steel framing for coiling security screen Room
309 Community Services Reception.
' .10 Supply and install painted steel partitions:
i, .1 Safeguard modular security partitions, c/w
' lockable access gates, by Cogan Wire or
4 equal, in locations shown on floor plans.
Partitions are to be from floor to
underside of ceiling above (+ 2400) .
' Cogan Wire: tel. 514-353-9141, Eagle
II Steel Inc. : tel . 905-672-7010
Major Partitions: tel. 514-638-4071.
.2 As alternate the security partition to the
above details may be fabricated by this
Section.
.11 Elevator pit ladders: two (2) ladders required
for new passenger and new freight elevators.
.12 H.S.S. posts at ends of all low drywall
' partitions:
.1 As detailed.
.2 Carefully review Architectural drawings
' for full extent.
.13 Framing for suspended WD panels:
.1 As detailed.
' .2 Carefuly review Architectural drawings for
extent.
.3 Support consists of %" threaded rods with
threaded inserts at slab above, max. 3' -0"
O.C.
.14 H.S.S. post at corner windows:
• Sizes and locations as shown on Drawings and
as detailed on 300 Series Drawings.
' .15 Trim angle at Mezzanine slab edge (refer to
Detail 12 on 402 for an example) . 100 mm x 100
mm x 9 mm c/w anchors for casting into slab
' edge.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Erection .1 Erect in accordance with reviewed ship drawings. 1
.2 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 ,
unless specified otherwise.
.3 Companies to be certified under Division 1 or ,
2 .1 of CSA W47.1 for fusion welding, CSA W55 .3
for resistance welding. '
.4 Provide certification that all welded joints are
certified by Canadian Welding Bureau.
.5 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and '
true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and
intersections. ,
.6 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable
to Consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar
anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and
toggles.
.7 Exposed fastening devices to match finish and be
compatible with material through which they
pass.
.8 Provide components for building by other ,
sections in accordance with shop drawings and
schedule.
. 9 Make field connections with high tensile bolts '
to CAN/CSA-516 .1, or weld.
.10 Hand items over for casting into concrete or t
building into masonry to appropriate trades
together with setting templates .
.11 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or '
scratched surfaces after completion of erection
with primer.
3 .2 Pipe Railings .1 Install pipe railings to stairs where '
indicated.
rClarington Pub. Library/ Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
r Mun. Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
.2 Where applicable set railing standards in
concrete . Grout to fill hole. Trowel surface
rsmooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.
r 3 .3 Access Ladders .1 Install access ladders in locations as
indicated.
.2 Erect ladders 50 mm clear of wall on bracket
supports.
r
r
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Clarington Public Library/ Ornamental Metals Section 05501
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
tPART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
r
1 .2 Related Work .1 Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500
.2 Millwork Section 06400
1.3 Shop Drawings .1 Provide shop drawings in accordance with section
' 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Indicate details of construction profiles,
jointing, fasteners, hardware and other related
details.
.1 Scale: profiles full size, details in 1/2
full size.
.2 Drawings shall be stamped by a
' professional engineer registered in
Ontario.
1 .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001
- General Requirements.
' .2 Submit duplicate samples of the following
details:
.1 One (1) interior railing support post
including weld to support plate.
!, .2 One (1) section of interior main stair
(#4) railing including weld to section of
channel and handrail support bracket.
.3 One (1) typical section of exterior steel
cornice (including shop paint system) .
1 .5 References .1 ASTM A53-87B Specification for Pipe, Steel,
Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and
Seamless.
.2 ASTM A307-87 Specification for Carbon Steel
IBolts and Studs, 60, 000 psi Tensile.
.3 CAN/CSA-G40 .210-M87 Structural Quality Steels.
.4 CSA W47.1-1983 Certification of Companies for
Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.
.5 CSA W55 .3-1965 Resistance Welding Qualification
' Code for Fabricators of Structural Members Used
in Buildings.
i
1
Clarington Public Library/ Ornamental Metals Section 05501
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
.6 CSA W59-1989 Welded Steel Construction (Metal
Arc Welding) .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 All work of this section is made from mild
steel, except where stainless is shown. Hot dip
galvanized where shown.
.2 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-
640.21 Grade 300 W.
.3 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53 standard weight,
black finish.
.4 Welding materials: to CSA W59
.5 Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307.
.6 Filler: White Lightnin by Marsten or
approved equal .
.7 Stainless steel: type 304 .
.8 Perforated Metal Panels: Pattern as shown,
clear anodized aluminium, thickness 4 mm, by
Unalloy IWRC Perforated Metals or equivalent,
tel . 905-790-3112, fax 905-790-9117 .
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Mill all edges after cutting.
.2 Fabricate work square, true, straight and
accurate to required size, with joints closely
fitted and properly secured.
.3 All sections are to be made from plates with all
edges square. Use of rolled sections are not
permitted except where specifically shown. ,
.4 Unless otherwise indicated, use self-tapping
shake-proof flat-headed countersunk screws on
items requiring assembly by screws .
.5 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work,
ready for erection. ,
.6 Undercut each piece at all welds to minimize
size of exposed weld. Where possible weld on
backside only.
.7 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length
of each joint . File or grind exposed welds
1
Clarington Public Library/ Ornamental Metals Section 05501
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
ftrue, smooth and flush. Fill small
imperfections only with metal filler.
.8 Fabricate in accordance with reviewed shop
drawings, samples and mock-ups.
' 2 .3 Schedule .1 Exterior:
.1 Exterior security fence and gates .
.2 Trellis support framing above door 172A.
.3 Decorative cornice at Level 3 roof level
around entire building perimeter.
' 2 .4 Structural .1 Sizes of steel members shown are nominal.
Design Plate and wall thicknesses shown are minimum.
Increase if required for structural reasons for
no additional costs to the contract .
.2 Structural design to the requirements of
applicable codes by engineer registered in
Ontario is the responsibility of this Section.
2.4 Weathering Steel .1 All components of the exterior steel security
fence as shown on A002 including additions 34
this Addendum (No. 2) are to be fabricated from
weathering steel.
.2 Steel plate and steel sections: Weathering
Steel by Stelco or equivalent.
.3 To G40.21-MS1 Type R, Atmosphere Corrosion
Resistant Steel.
.4 Welding Materials: Use compatible welding rods,
including suitable filler metals to ensure
colour of weathering weld metal matches colour
of weathered panel steel colour.
.5 Any exposed fasteners are to be weathered steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Erection .1 Erect in accordance with reviewed shop drawings
and project drawings.
.2 Erect metal work square, plumb, straight and
true accurately fitted with tight joints and
1 intersections.
Clarington Public Library/ Ornamental Metals Section 05501
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
.3 Welding:
.1 All welds are continuous, even, good,
filed smooth.
.2 Fill small imperfections and defects with
welding filler.
.3 Undercut each piece at all welds to
minimize size of exposed weld. Where
possible weld on back side only.
.4 All Sections are built up from steel plate
welded to achieve square corners. Rolled
sections are not permitted unless specifically
indicated.
.5 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 ,
unless specified otherwise.
.6 Where not detailed, provide suitable means of
anchorage acceptable to Consultant such as
dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion
bolts and shields, adhesive type anchors and
toggles. Indicate type of fasteners on shop ,
drawings.
.7 Exposed fastening devices to match finish and be
compatible with material through which they
pass. Exposed fasteners as detailed. ,
.8 Any exposed bolts and nuts are to be finished
with acorn nuts and lock washers.
.9 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or
scratched surfaces after completion of erection
with primer.
3 .2 Painting .1 Preparation
.1 Grind all welds smooth.
.2 Fill any small dents and marks in weld to
provide continuous line using specified
metal filler.
.3 Apply one (1) coat of primer to all steel
in shop.
3 .3 Painting of .1 Decorative Cornice
Exterior Elements .1 Cornice to have two (2) finish coats of
paint system (includes faces which are
concealed in final installation) specified
in Section 09900, 3 .7, formula 437.
Painting to occur before installation.
All faces of steel to have complete
system, particularly faces which cannot be ,
painted after installation.
.2 Painting to occur in the shop or in
temporary shop set up on site. Painting
after installation is not permitted.
Clarington Public Library/ Ornamental Metals Section 05501
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
.3 The exterior security fence is to be
painted in sections before installation
similar to .1 and .2 above.
j
t
t
i
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal, Exit and Service Section 05510
Mun. Office Expansion Stairs Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with sections of Division 1
as applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Installation of Section 03300
anchors:
Cast-in-Place
' Concrete Section 04050
Masonry Procedures
.2 Concrete fill to 03300 treads and
landings: Cast-in-Place Concrete
.3 Steel ladders: 05500
Miscellaneous
Metals
1.3 References .1 ASTM A36M-90 Specification for
Structural Steel.
' .2 ASTM A53-90a Specification for Pipe,
Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated Welded and Seamless.
' .3 ASTM A307-90, Specification for
Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60, 000
psi Tensile.
.4 ASTM A325M-90, Specification for
High-Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
.5 ANSI/NAAMM MEG 531-88 Metal Bar
Grating Manual.
. 6 CAN/CGSB-1 .40-M89 Primer, Structural
Steel, Oil Alkyd Type.
.7 CAN/CSA-G40.21-M92 General
Requirements for Rolled or welded
Structural Quality Steel.
i
I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal, Exit and Service Section 05510
Mun. Office Expansion Stairs Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.4 Design .1 Design metal stair, balustrade and
Criteria landing construction and connections
to NBC vertical and horizontal live
load requirements.
.2 Detail and fabricate stairs to NAAMM
Metal Stairs Manual fourth edition
1982 .
1.5 Shop Drawings . 1 Submit shop drawings in accordance '
with Section 01001 -General
Requirements.
.2 Indicate construction details, sizes
of steel sections and thickness of
steel sheet.
.3 Each shop drawing submitted shall
bear the stamp of a qualified
professional engineer registered in
Canada Province of . 1
1 .6 Scope of this .1 Stair #3 and Stair 46 . ,
Section
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Steel sections: to CAN3-G40 .21,
Grade 300W.
.2 Steel plate: to CAN3-G40 .21, Grade
260W.
.3 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53, standard
weight, schedule 40, seamless black.
.4 Welding materials: to CSA W59 .
.5 Bolts: to ASTM A307.
.6 High strength bolts: to ASTM A325M.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal, Exit and Service Section 05510
' Mun. Office Expansion Stairs Page 3
0006 April 2001
.7 Shop coat primer: to CGSB 1-GP-40M.
.8 Bituminous paint: to CGSB 1-GP-108M
type 1 2 .
.9 Metal filler: Polyester based, White
Lightning by Marson Canada Inc. or
Combo or First Choice by Dura
Chemicals.
f
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate as indicated and as
follows.
.2 Accurately form connections with
exposed faces flush; mitres and
' joints tight. Make risers of equal
height.
.3 Grind or file exposed welds and
steel sections smooth. Fill small
imperfections with metal filler.
.4 Shop fabricate stairs in sections as
large and complete as practicable.
2.3 Steel Pan .1 Fabricate stairs with open riser
Stairs steel grate construction.
.2 Form treads and risers from 3 mm
thick steel plate. Secure treads to
L35 x 35 x 5 angles welded to
stringers.
.3 Form wall stringers from MC 310 x
15.8.
.4 Form outer stringers from MC 310 x
15 .8 with 5 mm thick plate fascia
welded on.
.5 Form landings from grates reinforced
by L55 x 55 x 6 mm spaced at 400 mm
oc.
.6 Close ends of stringers where
exposed.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal, Exit and Service Section 05510
Mun. Office Expansion Stairs Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
2 .4 Pipe .1 Sizes shown, form to shapes
Balustrades indicated.
.2 Weld and fill.
.3 Install flat flush end caps at all
ends.
2.5 Shop Painting .1 Clean surfaces in accordance with ,
Steel Structures Painting Council
SSPC-SP2 .
.2 Apply one coat of shop primer except
interior surfaces of pans.
.3 Apply two coats of primer in '
different colours to parts
inaccessible after final assembly.
.4 Use primer as prepared by r
manufacturer without thinning or
adding admixtures. Paint on dry
surfaces, free from rust, scale,
grease, do not paint when
temperature is below 7C.
.5 Do not paint surfaces to be field
welded.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Install plumb and true in exact
of Stairs locations, using welded connections
wherever possible to provide rigid
structure. Provide anchor bolts,
bolts and plates for connecting
stairs to structure.
.2 Hand items over for casting into
concrete or building into masonry to
appropriate trades together with
setting templates.
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal, Exit and Service Section 05510
Mun. Office Expansion Stairs Page 5
0006 April 2001
.3 Do welding work in accordance with
CSA W59 unless specified otherwise.
.4 Touch up shop primer to bolts,
welds, and burned or scratched
surfaces at completion of erection.
r
1
i
r
r
r
r
i
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 General . 1 Comply with requirements of Division
' 1 as applicable .
1 . 2 Related . 1 Section 07510 Built-up Bituminous
Sections and Inverted Bituminous Roofing:
Fibreboard cants .
i
E€
p 1 . 3 References . 1 CSA Blll-1974 Wire Nails, Spikes and
{ Staples .
. 2 CAN/CSA-G164-M92 Hot Dip Galvanizing
of Irregularly Shaped Articles .
. 3 CSA 0121-M1978 Douglas Fir Plywood.
.4 CAN/CSA-0141-91 Softwood Lumber.
. 5 CSA 0151-M1978 Canadian Softwood
Plywood.
. 6 National Lumber Grades Authority
NLGA Standard Grading Rules for
Canadian Lumber 1991 .
1 . 4 Quality . 1 Lumber identification: by grade
Assurance stamp of an agency certified by
Canadian Lumber Standards
Accreditation Board.
. 2 Plywood identification: by grade
mark in accordance with applicable
CSA standards .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1
1 . 5 Air Barrier . 1 Continuity of the air barrier is ,
critical .
. 2 Participate in planning and
coordination meetings called by
General Contractor.
. 3 Supply and install air barrier
membrane and solid back up as '
required to ensure continuous and
effective air barrier where work of
different sections joins together.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Lumber Material . 1 Lumber: unless specified otherwise, ,
softwood, S4S, moisture content 19%
or less in accordance with following
standards :
. 1 CAN/CSA-0141 .
. 2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for
Canadian Lumber. '
. 2 Furring, blocking, nailing strips,
grounds, rough bucks, cants, curbs, ,
fascia backing and sleepers :
. 1 S2S is acceptable .
. 2 Board sizes : "Standard" or
better grade .
. 3 Dimension sizes : "Standard"
light framing or better grade .
. 4 Post and timbers sizes :
"Standard" or better grade .
. 3 Pressure treated where used on the '
exterior.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
t2 . 2 Panel Materials . 1 Douglas fir plywood (DFP) : to CSA
0121, standard construction.
. 2 Canadian softwood plywood (CSP) : to
CSA 0151, standard construction.
. 3 Pressure treated where used on
exterior assemblies .
2 . 3 Accessories . 1 Nails, spikes and staples : to CSA
Bill .
' .2 Bolts : 12 . 5 mm diameter unless
indicated otherwise, complete with
nuts and washers .
. 3 Proprietary fasteners : toggle bolts,
' expansion shields and lag bolts,
screws and lead or inorganic fibre
plugs, recommended for purpose by
manufacturer.
2 .4 Finishes . 1 Galvanizing: to CAN/CSA-G164 , use
galvanized fasteners for exterior
work, at interior face of exterior
walls and at all pressure-
preservative treated lumber.
2 . 5 Wood . 1 Surface-applied wood preservative:
Preservative 5% pentachlorophenol solution, water
repellent preservative .
' 2 . 6 Insulation . 1 Extruded expanded polystyrene Dow SM
Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
or equivalent .
. 2 Thickness as indicated or as
required.
2 . 7 Air Barrier . l Perma barrier by WR Grace or
Membrane Blueskin SA by Bakor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 1 Preparation . 1 Treat surfaces of material with wood '
preservative, before installation.
. 2 Apply preservative by dipping, or by
brush to completely saturate and
maintain wet film on surface for ,
minimum 3 minute soak on lumber and
one minute soak on plywood.
. 3 Re-treat surfaces exposed by
cutting, trimming or boring with
liberal brush application of ,
preservative before installation.
.4 Treat material as indicated and as ,
follows :
. 1 Fascia or parapet backing,
curbs, nailers, sleepers on roof
deck.
.2 Wood furring on interior face of
exterior walls .
3 .2 Installation . 1 Comply with requirements of NBC, ,
supplemented by the following
paragraphs .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
. 2 Install furring and blocking as
' required to space-out and support
casework, cabinets, wall and ceiling
finishes, facings, fascia, soffit,
and other work as required.
. 3 Align and plumb faces of furring and
blocking to tolerance of 1 : 600 .
ii .4 Install rough bucks, nailers and
' linings to rough openings as
required to provide backing for
frames and other work.
. 5 Install, fascia backing, nailers,
curbs and parapet backing for
`. flashings and other wood supports as
required and secure using galvanized
fasteners .
. 6 Install wood backing, dressed,
tapered and recessed slightly below
{ ' top surface of roof insulation for
roof hopper.
. 7 Construct curbs at all roof top
penetrations as required.
3 . 3 Parapets and . 1 Construct all cavity wall blocking
Cavity Wall Blocking and parapets as shown from pressure
treated plywood and dimensional
lumber.
2 Use minimum practical blocking to
ensure continuity of insulation.
3 .4 Erection . 1 Frame, anchor, fasten, tie and brace
members to provide necessary
strength and rigidity.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Rough Carpentry Section 06101 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
. 2 Countersink bolts where necessary to
provide clearance for other work.
3 . 5 Electrical . 1 19 mm plywood, DF, good one side .
Communications Room
Backboards . 2 Line all four sides of all ,
electrical and communications rooms to
2400 AFFL.
. 3 Paint with fire retardant paint,
colour Warm Grey.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Finish Carpentry Section 06200
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
iPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1.2 Related .1 Section 06400 Architectural woodwork:
Sections Architectural woodwork.
' .2 Section 09900 Painting: Painting and
finishing.
1.3 References .1 CSA Blll-1974 Wire Nails, Spikes and
Staples.
.2 CAN/CSA-G164-M92 Hot Dip Galvanizing of
Irregularly Shaped Articles.
.3 CAN/CSA 0141-91 Softwood Lumber.
.4 AWMAC Quality Standards for Architectural
Woodwork 1991.
.5 National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA)
Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber
1987.
1.4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate samples: sample size 300
long of wood base material.
1.5 Product .1 Protect materials against dampness during
Delivery, Storage, and after delivery.
and Handling
.2 store materials in ventilated areas,
protected from extreme changes of
temperature or humidity.
i
Clarington Pub. Library/ Finish Carpentry Section 06200 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001 -
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Lumber Material .1 Softwood lumber: moisture content 12% or
less in accordance with following
standards:
.1 CAN/CSA 0141.
.2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for
Canadian Lumber.
.3 AWMAC premium grade, moisture content '
as specified.
.2 Machine stress-rated lumber is acceptable
for all purposes.
.3 Hardwood lumber: moisture content 12% or
less in accordance with following ,
standards:
.1 National Hardwood Lumber Association
(NHLA) .
.2 AWMAC premium grade, moisture content ,
as specified.
.3 Cherry.
2.2 Panel Material .1 Hardwood plywood: to CSA 0115, Cherry.
.2 Solid Cherry edges, 10 mm. '
2 .3 Accessories . 1 Nails and staples: to CSA Blll; galvanized '
to CAN/CSA-G164 for exterior work, interior
humid areas and for treated lumber; ,
galvanized finish elsewhere.
.2 Wood screws: to CSA B35 .4 type and size to
suit application.
.3 Splines: metal.
.4 Adhesive: recommended by manufacturer. ,
2 .4 Wood Baseboard .1 Solid Cherry, grooved on back, profile as '
shown, 100 mm high.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Finish Carpentry Section 06200
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Do finish carpentry to Quality Standards of
the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers
Association of Canada (AWMAC) , except where
' specified otherwise.
.2 Scribe and cut as required, fit to abutting
walls, and surfaces, fit properly into
' recesses and to accommodate piping,
columns, fixtures, outlets, or other
projecting, intersecting or penetrating
objects.
.3 Form joints to conceal shrinkage.
' .4 Install all finish hardware to requirements
of Section 08710 .
3.2 Construction . 1 Fastening
' .1 Position items of finished carpentry
work accurately, level, plumb, true and
fasten or anchor securely.
.2 Design and select fasteners to suit
size and nature of components being joined.
Use proprietary devices as recommended by
manufacturer.
' .3 Set finishing nails to receive
filler. Where screws are used to secure
members, countersink screw in round cleanly
cut hole and plug with wood plug to match
' material being secured.
.4 Replace items of finish carpentry
with damage to wood surfaces including
' hammer and other bruises.
.2 Baseboard
.1 Butt and cope internal joints of
' baseboards to make snug, tight, joint. Cut
right angle joints of base with mitred
joints.
.2 Fit backs of baseboards snugly to
' wall surfaces to eliminate cracks at
junction of base with walls.
.3 Make joints in baseboard, where
' necessary using a 45scarfe type joint.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1
as applicable.
1 .2 Related .1 Sealants - Section 07900 .
' Sections
.2 Glass - Section 06800.
.3 Perforated Metal Panels - Section
05501.
.4 Granite Tops - Section 04420 .
1 .3 References .1 CAN3-A172-M79 High Pressure Paper Base,
Decorative Laminates.
.2 CSA Blll-1974 Wire Nails, Spikes and
Staples.
.3 CSA 0115-M1982 Hardwood and Decorative .
I' Plywood.
.4 CSA 0121-M1978 Douglas Fir Plywood.
. 5 CAN/CSA 0141-91 Softwood Lumber.
.6 CSA 0151-M1978 Canadian Softwood
Plywood.
' .7 AWMAC Quality Standards for
Architectural Woodwork 1984.
' . 8 National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA)
Standard Grading Rules for Canadian
Lumber 1991.
.9 National Hardwood Lumber Association
(NHLA) Rules for the Measurement and
Inspection of Hardwood and Cypress
' January 1986 .
1.4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
.2 Indicate details of construction, '
profiles, jointing, fastening hardware
and other related details. ,
. 1 Scale: profiles full size,
details 1/2 full size.
.3 Indicate all materials, thicknesses, '
finishes and hardware.
.4 Indicate locations of all service
outlets in casework, typical and ,
special installation conditions, and
all connections, attachments, anchorage
and location of exposed fastenings.
. 5 Submit complete list of all catalitic '
lacquer system products and
manufacturers' written instructions ,
with Shop Drawings.
1.5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements. '
.2 Submit duplicate samples: sample size
300 x 300 mm or 600 mm long unless '
specified otherwise of:
.1 Samples shall include complete
shop applied finish system.
.3 Submit duplicate samples of laminated ,
plastic joints, edging, cutouts and
postformed profiles.
1 .6 Delivery, .1 Protect millwork against dampness and '
Storage, and damage during and after delivery.
Handling
.2 Store millwork in ventilated areas, '
protected from extreme changes of
temperature or humidity.
1 .7 Maintenance .1 Provide maintenance data on type of '
Data furniture cleaners and polishes as well
as guidelines for proper care of the
millwork.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.2 Submit manufacturer's guidelines for
care and touch up and repair of
' catalitic laquer system.
' 1.8 Mock Up .1 Build on site two (2) plywood mock-ups
of the main desks, each 1200 long,
each may be required to illustrate two
' (2) counter heights, clearance under
the top etc. Mock-up is to be
completed a minimum of six (6) weeks
' before submission of Shop Drawings.
The Architect will select two (2)
counters for which mock-ups will be
constructed. It' s purpose is to allow
' Library and Town Hall personnel to
view counter heights and make minor
adjustments to the height and depths.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials .1 Softwood lumber: unless specified
otherwise, S4S, moisture content 12% or
less in accordance with following
standards:
.1 CAN/CSA 0141.
.2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for
Canadian Lumber.
. 3 Cherry.
.4 AWMAC custom grade, moisture
content as specified.
.2 Machine stress-rated lumber is
acceptable for all purposes.
. 3 Hardwood lumber: moisture content 12%
' or less in accordance with following
standards:
.1 National Hardwood Lumber
' Association (NHLA) .
.2 AWMAC custom grade, moisture
content as specified, species Cherry.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4 ,
0006 April 2001
.3 A combination of heartwood and ,
sapwood may be used. Select material
to minimize contrast in adjacent ,
pieces.
.4 Cherry plywood (DFP) : to CSA 0121,
standard construction. ,
.5 Canadian softwood plywood (CSP) : to CSA
0151, standard construction.
.6 Hardwood plywood: to CSA 0115, Cherry. '
.7 Laminated plastic for flatwork: to ,
CAN3-A172-M79, Grade GP, 1.3 mm thick;
1.3 mm for vertical surfaces;
. 8 Laminated plastic for postforming work: ,
to CAN3-A172-M79, Grade PF, Type 2a,
1.05 thick.
. 9 Laminated plastic backing sheet: '
supplied by same manufacturer as facing
sheet; not less than 0.5 mm thick and
same thickness and colour as face
laminate. Sanded one side.
.10 Edge strips: Solid Cherry, minimum 1/4^
thick. '
.11 Plywood core: to CSA 0121-M1978 solid
two sides, 19 mm thick (minimum) . '
.12 Laminated plastic adhesive: urea resin
adhesive to CSA 0112 .5-M1977 .
. 13 Sealer: water resistant sealer or glue '
acceptable to laminate manufacturer.
.14 Draw bolts and splines: as recommended '
by fabricator.
.15 Nails and staples: to CSA B111 . ,
.16 Glass: tempered, sandblast finish,
thickness as shown., supplied by 08800. ,
.17 MDF (Medium Density Fibreboard) ,
minimum 15 mm thick, thickness as
shown. '
.18 Wood screws: stainless steel, type and
size to suit application. '
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
' .19 Splines: wood.
.20 Sealant: clear silicone in accordance
' with 07900 2 .1.3 .
.21 Granite tops: Supplied by Section
' 04420 by installation of this Section.
.22 Solid Surfacing: Surell Solid
Surfacing by Formica, Colour Starry
' Night, thickness as shown.
2 .2 Manufactured .1 Casework.
Units .1 Fabricate caseworks to AWMAC flush
' overlay construction custom quality grade.
.2 Furring, blocking, nailing
strips, grounds and rough bucks and
' sleepers.
.1 S2S is acceptable.
.2 Board sizes: "Standard" or
better grade.
' .3 Dimension sizes: "Standard"
light framing or better grade.
.3 Framing pine species, 41 grade.
.4 Case bodies (ends, divisions and
bottoms) .
.1 MDF or Plam Faced MDF,
where indicated.
' .2 Hardwood plywood:
. 1 Thickness: 19 mm
Cherry.
.2 Face veneer: Cherry,
' sound grade, book matched
and sequenced.
.3 Back veneer: Cherry,
' sound grade.
.3 Solid wood edging: Cherry.
.5 Backs.
.1 MDF board, 12 mm thick.
.2 Drawers
.1 Fabricate drawers to AWMAC custom
' grade supplemented as follows:
.2 Sides and Backs .
.1 MDF board, or Plam faced
MDF, where indicated, thickness
1/2" .
.2 Hardwood plywood:
.1 Thickness: as shown.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
.2 Face veneer: Cherry, '
good grade, flat cut, book
matched. ,
.3 Back veneer: Cherry,
sound grade.
.3 Fronts .
.1 MDF board, or Plam faced '
MDF, where indicated, thickness
3/4" .
.2 Hardwood plywood: where ,
indicated.
.1 Thickness: 3/411 .
.2 Face veneer: Cherry,
good grade, flat cut, ,
matching requirement book
matched.
.3 Back veneer: Cherry,
sound grade. ,
.3 Casework Doors
.1 Fabricate doors to AWMAC custom '
grade supplemented as follows:
.2 MDF board, or Plam faced MDF,
thickness 3/411 : where indicated.
.3 Hardwood plywood: where indicated
.1 Thickness: 3/4" except 1
1/2" (2 layers of 3/4") for full
height doors, Cherry. '
.2 Face veneer: Cherry, good
grade, flat cut, matching
requirement: book matched.
.3 Back veneer: Cherry, sound ,
grade.
.4 Solid wood: Cherry, select grade,
thickness as required.
2 . 3 Fabrication .1 Set nails and countersink screws, apply '
stained wood filler to indentations,
sand smooth and leave ready to receive
finish. '
.2 Shop install cabinet hardware for
doors, shelves and drawers. Recess '
shelf standards unless noted otherwise.
.3 Shelving to cabinetwork to be
adjustable unless otherwise noted. '
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
' .4 Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures,
inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and
' other fixtures. Exposed openings to be
cut on site after approval of locations
by owner' s representative.
.5 Shop assemble work for delivery to site
in size easily handled and to ensure
passage through building openings .
' .6 Provide plywood templates of each desk
which has a granite top to the granite
supplier, Section 04420 .
' 2 .4 Schedule .1 Fabricate and install all millwork
shown as detailed. Major pieces are
described below. Review drawings
' carefully to determine full scope of
work.
.2 Existing Building, Level 1:
' .1 Revisions to and extension to
main Reception Room 116.
.2 New Tax Collection desks, Room
123 .
' .3 Counter in Room 133 .
.4 Counter unit, R000m 119.
.5 Kitchen cupboards, Room 120A.
' .6 Counter unit, Room 102 .
.3 Existing Building, Level 2 :
.1 Counter, Room 244 .
.2 Counter unit Chief Administrative
Officer, Room 241.
' .4 Existing Building, Level 3 :
.1 Reception counter, Room 335.
.2 Service counters, Rooms 331, 323,
330, 315 and 316.
.5 Addition, Level 1 :
.1 Sliding wood door, Room 152A.
' .2 Cafe counter and storage unit,
Room 152 .
.3 Circulation counter and adjacent
shelving unit, Room 154.
.4 Work room counters and shelving,
Room 155 and 157.
.5 Coat room bench and shelf unit,
Room 160.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 8 '
0006 April 2001
. 6 Information desk and storage '
unit, Room 171 .
. 7 Wood column base covers ,
throughout Level 1.
. 8 Puppet stage, Room 169.
. 9 Wood ceiling panels as shown.
.10 Wood panels at jambs and heads of '
openings.
. 11 Wood paneling to Vault 134 .
.12 Window stools.
.13 Mirror surrounds in washrooms. '
.14 Handrails and vertical dowels on
Stair #4 boards .
.6 Addition Mezzanine: '
.1 Wood ceiling panels.
.2 washroom vanities and mirror
surrounds, Room 183 and 184. ,
.3 Handrail and vertical dowels to
Stair #4.
.4 Wood panels and vertical dowels '
to guard between mezzanine and main
level .
.5 Window stools.
.7 Addition, Level 2: '
.1 Stair #4, wood handrails and
vertical pickets. ,
.2 Balcony guards at Atrium.
.3 Wood column bases throughout.
.4 Wood ceiling panels.
.5 Wood paneled jambs and heads at ,
openings throughout.
.6 Information desk, Room 263 .
.7 Counter, Work Room 265 .
. 8 Fireplace mantel and panelling, '
Room 267.
.8 Addition, Level 3: '
.1 Counter units at Corridor 384 and
343 .
.2 Counter unit, Lobby 356 .
.3 Kitchen cupboards, Room 342 and '
364 .
.4 Vanities and mirror surrounds,
Rooms 373 and 369. '
. 5 Storage unit and coat closet,
Room 358.
. 6 Cupboard unit, Room 364.
. 7 Shelving, Room 374. '
. 8 Wood ceiling panels, Rooms 374,
364 and 358 .
. 9 Window stools. ,
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 9
' 0006 April 2001
.9 Addition, Level 4:
.1 Counter, Room 406.
.2 Mirror surrounds, Room 412 and
' 413 .
.3 Window stools.
' .10 General :
.1 Existing building: painted wood
door frames, baseboards and
trim.
' .2 Addition: solid hardwood door
frames and screens, Level 1,
Mezzanine, Level 2 and Level 3,
' as shown.
.11 Extent of Window Stools
.1 Plam window stools are required
' at all exterior windows in the
addition except Ground Floor:
- North Elevation All windows
- West Elevation Comer Window is 168
' Corner Window at F-15
Corner Window 170
- South Elevation Corner Window Grid Line
8 between 4 and 12
' 2 Corner Windows Grid
Line E between 3 and 4
Window at 171
Window in 174
Window at 172
- Mezzanine Corner Windows in 190
and 191
Corner Window in 189a
' and 189b
Corner Windows in 183
and 184
Reading Area, Room 185
t Periodicals, Room 180
- Second Floor Room 273
Corner Windows 267, 268
' and 269
Corner Windows 274 and
264
Work Room 265
Corridors 261 and 260
' - Third Floor Rooms 378, 379, 380 and
381
Rooms 358b, 358a and
357
' Rooms 382 and 38
Corridor 340a
- Fourth Floor
' Unassigned Space 42
Corridor 430
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 • '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 10 '
0006 April 2001
2 .5 Finishing .1 All millwork is to be finished in the '
shop.
P
.2 Limit site work to touch up only. '
.3 Clear finish wood to have concealed
fastenings where possible, otherwise '
recess screws and bolts and plug holes
with 6 mm thick (min. ) matching wood
plug. Plugged areas to be sanded
smooth, ready to finish. Where ,
finishing nails are to be used, nails
are to be in straight lines and set-in
for neat appearance. Apply coloured '
filler to match wood and leave ready to
receive finish.
.4 Clear, catalysed lacquer. '
.1 Primer and 2 finish coats.
.2 Low sheen.
.5 For MDF apply sealer prior to lacquer '
system specified in .4 above.
.6 Preparation and application in t
accordance with manufacturer' s printed
instructions.
2 .6 Hardware .1 Include all required hardware (not
limited to list below) : ,
.1 All hinges are fully concealed
type.
.2 Cabinet locks type. Key type.
Separate key for each lock.
.3 Heavy duty drawer slides.
.4 Stainless steel grommets, brushed '
lock finish.
.5 Undercounter draw bolts.
.6 Brushed stainless steel wire
pulls. '
.7 Where shown, continuous metal
cable trays, min. 4" wide.
.2 Provide a complete list with catalogue '
cuts as part of Shop Drawing
submission.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400
Mun. Office Expansion Page 11
' 0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Installation .1 Do architectural woodwork to Quality
Standards of the Architectural
Woodwork Manufacturer' s Association of
' Canada (AWMAC) , except where specified
otherwise.
' .2 Install prefinished millwork at
locations shown on drawings . Position
accurately, level, plumb straight .
' .3 Fasten and anchor millwork securely.
Provide heavy duty fixture attachments
for wall mounted cabinets .
.4 Use draw bolts in countertop joints.
.5 Scribe and cut as required to fit
abutting walls and to fit properly into
recesses and to accommodate piping,
columns, fixtures, outlets or other
t projecting, intersecting or penetrating
objects.
.6 At junction of plastic laminate counter
' back splash and adjacent wall finish,
apply small bead of sealant .
.7 Layout all owner's countertop equipment
t on site and obtain approval of owner's
representative before beginning cutting
and installation.
' .8 Apply water resistant building paper
over wood framing members in contact
with masonry or cementitious
k construction.
. 9 Fit hardware accurately and securely in
accordance with manufacturer' s
directions.
i
.10 After installation, adjust operating
' hardware for proper operation in
accordance with manufacturer's printed
I'
instructions. ,
i ti
a
Clarington Pub. Library/ Architectural Woodwork Section 06400 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 12 '
0006 April 2001
3 .2 Cleaning .1 Clean millwork and cabinet work inside '
cupboards and drawers and outside
surfaces.
3 .3 Protection .1 Protect millwork and cabinet work from
damage until final review. '
1
' • Clarington Public Library/ Sheet Membrane Waterproofing Section 07100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 Related .l All of the Contract Documents, including General
Documents and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1
General Requirements, apply to the work of this
section.
1.2 Summary .1 The work of this section includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
.1 Rubberized asphalt sheet membrane
waterproofing system.
.2 Drainage composite board.
1 1.3 Related .1 Asphalt Concrete - Section 02516 .
Sections
' .2 Drainage Composites - Section 02223 .
.3 Subsurface Drainage Pipe - Section 02223 .
.4 Cast-in-Place Concrete - Section 03300 .
. 5 Dampproofing - Section 07150.
' .6 Flashing and Sheet Metal - Section 07620.
.6 Joint Sealers - Section 07900 .
1.4 Submittals .1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s product data,
installation instructions, use limitations and
' recommendations. Include certification of data
indicating Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content
of all components of waterproofing system.
' .2 Samples: Submit representative samples of the
following for approval :
.1 Sheet Membrane.
.2 Drainage Composite Board.
' 1.5 Delivery, .1 Deliver materials and products in labeled packages .
Storage and Store and handle in strict compliance with
Handling manufacturer' s instructions, recommendations and
material safety data sheets. Protect from damage
from sunlight, weather, excessive temperatures and
construction operations . Remove damaged material
' from the site and dispose of in accordance with
applicable regulations.
.1 Do not double-stack pallets of membrane on
the job site. Provide cover on top and all
sides allowing for adequate ventilation.
' .2 Protect primer, mastic and adhesive from
f
Clarington Public Library/ Sheet Membrane Waterproofing Section 07100 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
moisture and potential sources of ignition. '
. 3 Store protection board flat and off the
ground. Provide cover on top and all
sides. '
.2 Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize
on-site storage. '
1 .6 Project . 1 Perform work only when existing and forecasted
Conditions weather conditions are within the limits
established by the manufacturer of the materials
and products used.
.2 Proceed with installation only when substrate '
construction and preparation work is complete and
in condition to receive sheet membrane
waterproofing.
1. 7 Warranty .1 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide written 5
year materials warranty issued by the membrane
manufacturer upon completion of work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Bituthene by W.R.
Grace and Co.-Conn: a self-adhesive, cold-applied
composite sheet consisting of a thickness of 56 mm
of rubberized asphalt and 4 mm of cross-laminated
polyethylene film. Provide rubberized asphalt ,
membrane covered with release paper which is
removed during installation. No special adhesive
or heat shall be required to form laps. Provide
the following system: '
.1 Bituthene 3000/Low Temperature Membrane
System.
.2 Accepted alternative; Mel-Rol Premoulded
Membrane P.C. by WR Meadows . '
.2 Drainage Composite Board: Hydroduct Drainage
Composites by W.R. Grace and Co-Conn. Composite
board shall be designed to promote positive
drainage while serving as a protection course.
.3 Miscellaneous Materials: Primer, surface
conditioner, mastic, liquid membrane, tape, and ,
accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer
of sheet membrane waterproofing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1
Clarington Public Library/ Sheet Membrane Waterproofing Section 07100
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3 . 1 Preparation of .1 Refer to manufacturer' s literature for requirements
Substrates for preparation of substrates. Surfaces shall be
structurally sound and free of voids, spalled
areas, loose aggregate and sharp protrusions.
Remove contaminants such as grease, oil and wax
from exposed surfaces. Remove dust, dirt, loose
' stone and debris. Use repair materials and methods
which are acceptable to manufacturer of sheet
membrane.
.2 Cast-in-Place Concrete Substrates:
.1 Fill form tie rod holes with concrete and
'! finish flush with surrounding surface.
.2 Repair bugholes over �5 inch deep and finish
flush with surrounding surface.
.3 Remove scaling to sound, unaffected concrete
and repair exposed area.
.4 Grind irregular construction joints to
suitable flush surface.
3 .2 Installation .1 Refer to manufacturer' s literature for
recommendations on installation, including
but not limited to the following:
.1 Apply surface conditioner or primer at
rate recommended by manufacturer. Recoat
areas not waterproofed if contaminated by
dust. Mask and protect adjoining exposed
.. finish surfaces to protect those surfaces
from excessive application of primer.
.2 Delay application of membrane until surface
conditioner and primer are completely dry.
Dry time will vary with weather conditions.
.3 Seal daily terminations with trowelled
bead of mastic.
.4 Apply protection board and related materials
in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
3 .3 Cleaning and .1 Remove any masking materials after installation.
Protection Clean any stains on materials which would be
exposed in the completed work.
.2 Protect completed membrane waterproofing from
subsequent construction activities as recommended
by manufacturer.
I ,
Clarington Pub. Library/ Bituminous Dampproofing Section 07160
' Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 conform to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Storage and .1 Provide and maintain dry, off-ground
Handling weatherproof storage.
.2 Store materials on supports to prevent
deformation.
.3 Remove only in quantities required for same
day use.
.4 Store materials in accordance with
manufacturers written instructions.
1.3 Environmental .1 Do not proceed with work when wind chill
1 Requirements effect would tend to set bitumen before
proper curing takes place.
.2 Maintain air temperature and substrate
temperature at dampproofing installation
area above SC for 24 hours before, during
and 24 hours after installation.
' .3 Do not apply dampproofing in wet weather.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Asphalt:
.1 For application and curing at
temperatures above 5C: to CAN/CGSB-37 .2.
Package label or bill of lading for bulk
' hot liquid asphalt must indicate type,
flash point, equiviscous temperature range
and final blowing temperature.
.2 For application and curing at
temperatures above OC but below SC: to CGSB
37-GP-6Ma. Package label or bill of lading
for bulk hot liquid asphalt must indicate
type, flash point, equiviscous temperature
range and final blowing temperature.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Bituminous Dampproofing Section 07160 •
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
.2 Sealing compound: plastic cutback asphalt
cement to CAN/CGSB-37.5 .
.3 Asphalt primer: to CGSB 37-GP-9Ma.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 workmanship . 1 Keep hot asphalt:
.1 below its flash point
.2 at or below its final blowing
temperature
.3 within its equiviscous temperature
range at place of application.
r
3 .2 Preparation .1 Before applying dampproofing:
.1 Seal exterior joints between
foundation walls and footings, joints
between concrete floor slab and foundation
and around penetrations through
dampproofing with sealing compound.
i
3 .3 Application .1 Do dampproofing in accordance with
CAN/CGSB-37.3 .
.2 Do sealing work in accordance with CGSB 37-
GP-11M except where specified otherwise. ,
.3 Do priming of surface in accordance with
CGSB 37-GP-15M except where specified
otherwise.
.4 Apply primer.
.5 Apply dampproofing in accordance with '
applicable CGSB application standard.
Material Application
CAN/CGSB-37.2 use CAN/CGSB-37.3
CGSB 37-GP-6Ma use CGSB 37-GP-12M
Clarington Pub. Library/ Bituminous Dampproofing Section 07160
Mun, Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3.4 Schedule .1 Apply continuous, uniform coating to entire
exterior faces of foundation walls from 100
1 mm below finished grade level to and
including bottom of foundation wall
footings.
.2 Apply two (2) additional coats of
dampproofing to vertical corners and
construction joints for a minimum width of
230 mm on each side, and all around and
' for 230 mm along pipes passing through
walls.
t
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 1
' 0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001
iPART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 Related Sections .1 Cast-in-place concrete - Section 03300 .
.2 Masonry - Division 4 .
.3 Structural steel - Section 05120 .
.4 Steel deck - Section 05311 .
' .5 Rough carpentry - Section 06100 .
.6 Firestopping - Section 07270.
.7 Roofing - Division 7 .
.8 Sealants - Section 07900.
. 9 Aluminum entrances, windows and curtainwall -
Section 08120 and 08520 .
1 .2 References .1 ULC 5705 .1 and .2 CAN/CGSB-51.23M - Thermal
Insulation, Polyurethane, Spray in Place.
' .2 CAN/CGSB-51.39M - The Installation of Sprayed
In-Situ Foam Insulation For Building
Construction.
' .3 CGSB-51. 80M - One Component Post Expanding
Polyurethane Foam Sealing Compound.
.4 CAN/ULC-5705. 1 and .2 .
.5 CCMC# 12840 - R - For insulation.
.6 CCMC # 12877 - R - For air-barrier.
.7 CUFCA - Quality assurance installation
standards for application by certified
contractors approved by CUFCA.
.8 Do elastomeric membrane installation in
accordance with manufacturer' s printed
application instructions, except where
specified otherwise.
1.3 Submittals .1 Product data: Provide data on material
characteristics, performance criteria, and
limitations.
' .2 Manufacturer' s installation instructions;
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214 •
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 2
0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001 '
Indicate preparation, installation '
requirements and techniques, product storage
and handling criteria. '
.3 Submit samples of materials in accordance with
Section 01001.
.4 Submit duplicate 305 mm x 305 mm (12" x 12") '
samples of sheet membrane material .
1 .4 Quality Assurance .1 Application of insulation/air barrier system '
only by applicators certified by CUFCA/NECA
(Canadian Urethane Foam Contractors
Association/National Energy Conservation
Association) . Provide proof of certification
upon request.
.2 Maintain one (1) copy of installation manual
on site.
.3 Installers of insulation/air barrier system to
perform daily on-site testing as directed by
material manufacturer/distributor.
.4 Membrane: applied by applicator trained and '
approved by manufacturer for application of
its products.
.5 Applicators: minimum five (5) years proven ,
experience.
.6 Membrane manufacturer' s representative:
. 1 Inspect substrate prior to commencement
of work, during application of membrane,
and upon completion of work.
.2 Provide technical assistance to
applicator and assist where required in
correct installation of membrane.
1. 5 Qualifications .1 Installer to be a Qualified Applicator of the '
products from the manufacturer/distributor.
Submit proof of status upon request.
.2 Material manufacturer/distributor must have an
on-site quality assurance program. Submit
three (3) copies of quality assurance program
upon request.
1.6 Mock-Ups .1 Provide mock-up of air barrier materials.
.2 Construct typical exterior sample wall in
conjunction with incorporating window frame
1
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 3
0006 (Separate Price 41) April 2001
head jamb and sill, building corner condition
and junction with roof air barrier
illustrating materials interface and seals.
f .3 Locate where directed by Consultant.
.4 Mock-up will not remain as part of the Work.
1.7 Air Barrier .1 Continuity of the air barrier is critical.
.2 Participate in planning and coordination
meetings called by General Contractor.
.3 Supply and install air barrier membrane and
solid back up as required to ensure continuous
and effective air barrier where work of
different sections joins together.
1.8 Environmental .1 Maintain temperature and humidity recommended
Requirements by the materials manufacturer before, during
and after installation.
.2 Convene with Consultant and General Contractor
one (1) week prior to commencing work of this
section.
1. 9 Coordination .1 Coordinate the work of this section with
section referencing this section.
' 1.10 Warranty .1 Warrant work of this section against defects
or deficiencies for a period of one (1) year
from date Work is certified as substantially
performed in accordance with General Condition
of the Contract .
.2 Promptly correct, at own expense, defects or
deficiencies which become apparent within the
' warranty period.
.3 Obtain from the manufacturer a material
guarantee stating that the membrane shall be
' free of manufacturing defects and premature
deterioration for a period of ten (10) years
from date of final Certification of
Substantial Completion.
1.12 Scope/Location .1 At all exterior wall locations at masonry
cavity wall locations on inner block wythe.
1.13 Delivery, .1 Deliver materials in original unopened
Storage and Handling containers.
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 4
0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001
.2 Label containers with brand name, installation
instructions and identification of various
items. ,
.3 Store materials except membrane in dry area
and protect .
.4 Store materials except membrane between 15°C
and 2VC. If exposed to lower temperature,
restore to acceptable level before using. ,
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 Materials . 1 Firestopping:
.1 Horizontal firestopping: Preformed ,
angle from a minimum 1.2 mm (18 ga)
steel core zinc coating conforming to
ASTM A525 (G90-galvanized) . Angle
fabrication shall be such that '
horizontal section of angle
perpendicular to substrate shall
protrude past the finished face of spray '
insulation by 13 mm to allow for
subsequent installation of mineral fibre
firestop to this angle by Section 04200 .
Mineral fibre firestopping material to
be AFB fire batt by Roxul sized to
achieve 50% compression when installed.
.2 Vertical firestopping: Preformed angle
from minimum 038 (28 ga) steel core with
zinc coating conforming to ASTM A525
(G90-galvanized) . Angle fabrication
shall be such that vertical section of
angle perpendicular to substrate shall ,
protrude past the finished face of spray
insulation for the full depth of the
cavity to contact the backside of the
veneer to close off the cavity.
.3 Install firestopping to requirements of
OBC 3 .1.11.2, so that maximum horizontal
distance does not exceed 20 m and
maximum vertical distance does not '
exceed 3 m.
.4 Sheet steel firestop angles to be
mechanically attached to substrate at
200 mm o.c. with suitable fasteners
accordina to substrate.
2 .2 Foam Insulation .1 Sprayed/frothed polyurethane foam to CAN/CGSB-
51.23-92, R6/inch (RSI 1.05) at a density of
1.9 lb/ft (30.4 kg/m) . Walltite by BASF and
Heatlok 0240 by Demilec Inc. '
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 5
0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001
.1 Thickness to match thickness of mineral
wool insulation shown on the drawings.
.2 Modify spray foam to suit temperature
application as per manufacturer' s
recommendations.
.3 Spray foam to be CFC free.
' .2 Vapour barrier: to be used over surfaces
except elastomeric sheet membrane air/vapour
barrier prior to installation of foam
insulation. Air-Bloc 06 Vapour Barrier by
Bakor.
.3 Elastomeric sheet membrane air/vapour barrier:
to be used at control joints over parapet wall
at roof locations down onto roof air barrier;
and between all junctions of dissimilar
material prior to the application of the
insulation. Install in widths of min. 300 mm
(12") with 150 mm (6") cover to each side of
joints or onto dissimilar products. "Blueskin
SA" complete with "Blues primer" and end of
membrane sealer "Air-Bloc 06" by Bakor and
Air-Shield by W. R. Meadows of Canada.
2 .3 Compatibility .1 Ensure that materials used are compatible.
.2 Provide proof of compatibility.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Applicators .1 Contractors are required to be certified
applicators approved by CUFCA.
3 .2 Examination .1 Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready
to accept the Work of this section.
Application of Work of this section shall be
' deemed acceptance of existing work and
existing conditions. Report in writing
defects in substrate which may adversely
affect the performance of the foam
insulation/air barrier.
.2 Examine joints before sealing to ensure
' configuration, surfaces and widths are
suitable for vapour barrier. Report in
writing the locations of joints which are
' deemed unacceptable for application of air
I !�
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214 '
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 6
0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001
barrier. '
3 .3 Preparation .1 Surfaces to receive foam insulation/air '
barrier shall be free of frost, loose or
foreign matter which may impair adhesion of
materials. '
.2 Prepare surface by brushing, scrubbing,
scraping, or grinding to remove loose mortar,
dust, oil, grease, oxidation, millscale and '
other contaminants which will affect adhesion
and integrity of the form insulation/air
barrier system. Wipe down metal surfaces to
remove release agents or other non-compatible
coatings, using clean sponges or rags soaked
in a solvent compatible with the foam
insulation. Ensure surfaces are dry before
proceeding.
.3 Prepare joints to receive foam air barrier
sealant by brushing, scrubbing, wiping,
scraping or grinding to remove loose mortar,
dust, oil, grease, solvents, oxidation, mill
scale and other contaminants which will affect
adhesion and integrity of foam sealant.
3 .4 Application .1 Apply sheet membrane, vapour barrier and air
barrier membrane materials over clean and dry ,
surfaces. Prepare galvanized surfaces with
products recommended by galvanizer.
.2 Installation shall be in accordance with sheet '
membrane, vapour barrier and air barrier
membrane manufacturer' s recommendations for
this application overlapping joints of sheet
membrane with minimum 100 mm (4" laps) . Seal
all laps and termination joints with "Air-Bloc
06" .
.3 Apply vapour barrier and air barrier membrane
materials over clean and dry surface not
covered by membrane. Install vapour barrier
over sheet by trowelling. Do not spray vapour
barrier or air barrier membrane over sheet
membrane.
.4 Vapour barrier installation shall be 1/8"
thick unbroken film in accordance with
manufacturer' s recommendations for this
application.
.5 Masonry contractor will ensure that the ,
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 7
0006 (Separate Price #1) April 2001
isurface is prepared to meet the requirements
specified by vapour barrier manufacturer.
' .6 Before commencing work, the contractor will
ensure that environmental and site conditions
are suitable for installation of materials in
accordance with each manufacturer' s
' recommendations, and notify consultant in
writing of unsuitable surfaces and conditions.
Vapour barrier shall be fully cured prior to
' applying foam.
.7 Commencement of work shall imply acceptance of
surfaces and conditions.
.8 Apply foam insulation/air vapour barrier in
strict accordance with manufacturer' s written
instructions, specifications or
recommendations.
.9 Apply foam insulation/air barrier only when
surfaces and ambient temperatures are within
limits prescribed by the material
manufacturer.
.10 Fill joints with foam sealant making
' allowances for post expansion of foam.
.11 Finish joints shall be free from air pockets
and imbedded foreign materials. Cut back
1 excess foam sealant after cutting flush with
surrounding surfaces unless otherwise directed
or detailed.
I .12 Apply foam insulation/air barrier to a minimum
75 mm (3") thickness to within the following
tolerances: ±6 .4 mm (1/4") ; thickness at
locations where cavity wall insulation/air
barrier is shown on Drawings.
.13 Finished sprayed foam insulation/air barrier
' shall be free of voids and embedded foreign
materials.
.14 Do not allow foam insulation to cover or mark
adjacent surfaces. Use masking materials if
necessary.
' . 15 Remove over-spray and masking material
immediately after foam has cured to hard
surface film.
t .16 Clean and make good surfaces soiled or damaged
by work of this section. Consult with section
' of work soiled before cleaning to ensure
Clarington Public Library/ Sprayed Foam Insulation/ Section 07214 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Air Barrier Page 8
0006 (Separate Price 41) April 2001
methods used will not damage their work. ,
.17 Do not permit adjacent work to damage work of
this section.. Damage to work of this section ,
caused by other sections shall be made good by
this section at the expense of the section
which caused the damage.
3 .5 Clean Up .1 Clean up and remove from site debris generated
by this section.
1
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 1
0006 System April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1. 1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1 .2 Scope .1 Exterior of Vault, Rooms 134 and 248.
.2 Behind glass at parapets where shown on
I Drawings.
.3 Finish coat only over gypsum board on face of
vault inside where shown, Rooms 134 and 248 .
.4 Inside walls of front vestibule, Room 150 .
.5 Face of concrete columns at Grids H1, H2, N1
' and N2 .
1.3 Reference .1 Glossary
.1 Air Barrier: a continuous system
comprising of materials having an air
leakage rate of less than 0.15 L/s/m2
(type 1) as classified by the National
Research Council (NRC) .
.2 Backwrapping: at edges of EIFS where the
mesh and base coat extends from the back
side of the insulation, around the edge,
then on to the front of the insulation
and lapped tightly with the mesh, (within
the base coat) .
.3 Base coat : the material applied onto the
insulation thereby encapsulating the
reinforcing mesh and finished to a smooth
surface for the application of finish.
' .4 Expansion Joint: junctures in building
substrate for the purposed of allowing
independent movement within the assembly,
i.e. Dissimilar structural materials or
' discontinuity of material type.
.5 Finish: formulated 100% acrylic polymer
based material with integral colour and
texture applied over base coat material .
.6 Lamina base coat with encapsulated
reinforcing mesh and finish.
.7 Reinforcing Mesh: woven glass fibre (into
a specific density) , applied in
' conjunction with base coat, provides
stability for impact resistance in
exterior lamina.
.8 Vapour Barrier: In accordance with
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240 '
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 2
0006 System April 2001 ,
CAN/CGSB- 51.33-M and CAN/CGSB-51 .34-M,
a material with a water vapour permeance
of less than 1.04 perm (60 ng/Pa' s'm2)
Type 11; less than 0 .26 perm (15
ng/Pa' s'm2) .
1.4 System . 1 Two (2) manufacturers have systems approved for
Description this project. Alternates must be submitted for
evaluation a minimum of seven (7) days before
closing. If accepted, an addendum will be ,
issued, if not the bid must be based on one (1)
of the two (2) systems below:
System STO Dryvit
Description ,
System name System Plus/RS Exsulation 5000
Sheathing Den-Glass Gold Dens-Glass Gold
Air Peel and Stick Peel and Stick
Barrier/Memb type blueskin SA type blueskin SA
rane by Bakor or Perma by Bakor or Perma
Barrier by WR Barrier by WR
Grace. Grace.
Air Barrier Primer, Tape, Dry Shield grid '
Components Edge Sealant as tape, Dry Shield
recommended by flashing tape
STO
Insulation STO BTS-B Exsul-Base NC
Adhesive
Insulation Moulded expanded Moulded expanded
Board (Above polystyrene with polystyrene with
Grade) drainage grooves drainage grooves
on back on back
Insulation SM Board SM Board
Board ,
(Below
Grade)
Cement Board Durock by CGC Durock by CGC
Reinforcing
Mesh:
Standard STO E-mesh Exsul Reinforcing
Mesh
Corners STO corner mat Excel Corner Mesh ,
At Grade STO Armor mat Panzer 20 with a
(high impact with layer of layer of Exsul
type) STO-E over it. Mesh installed
over top
Base Coat STO BTS-B Exsul-Base NC
Primer STO Primer Colour Primer
(colour tinted)
Finish STO LIT (texture Exsul-Finish
selected by (texture selected
Architect) by Architect)
Sealant DOW 1200 DOW 1200
Primer
Sealant DOW 795 DOW 795
.2 General Requirements:
.1 Substrate/Substrate Systems ,
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 3
0006 System April 2001
' .1 The substrate shall be flat within
`/," (6.4 mm) in a 4' 01' (1 .2 m)
radius.
' .2 It is the contractor' s
responsibility to ensure that the
substrate surface is of a type and
condition acceptable for
application of the EIFS system.
.3 Application of the EIFS shall be to
the following substrates:
' .1 Dens-Glass Gold meeting ASTM
C1177 requirements at the
time of application of finish
system.
.2 Poured concrete: clean of all
dust, form agents, and other
deleterious materials.
. 3 Masonry block and veneer.
.4 It is the responsibility of
the Section to examine
substrate before starting its
work to ensure it meets EIFS
manufacturer' s requirements .
Starting work indicates it is
acceptable.
.2 Treatment at Drainage Channels, Corners,
Details etc. :
.1 The insulation board edge and face
shall be completely encapsulated
with the exterior lamina.
' .2 The length and slope of inclined
surfaces shall follow the
guidelines listed below:
.1 Minimum slope: 6" (152 mm) of
I rise in 12" (305 mm) of
horizontal projection.
.3 Corners shall be reinforced by
double wrapping the reinforcing
mesh or by installing corner mesh.
.4 Corners of openings shall be
reinforced using a 9-1/2" (241 mm)
wide strip of detail mesh laid at a
45° angle.
. 5 The insulation boards at corners of
openings shall be cut L-shaped so
i that their edges do not align with
the corner.
.6 Install peel and stick membrane at
wall junctions with air barrier
' provided by Division 4 and at all
openings such as windows, doors,
louvres etc.
' .3 Sealants/Sealant Systems
The materials shall be completely dry
prior to installation of sealant (24 -
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240 ,
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 4
0006 System April 2001 '
48 hours minimum drying time) . Sealant ,
primers are recommended for surface
treatment on all sealant applications
for EIFS. '
.1 Sealants:
.1 Dow Corning 795 used in
conjunction with Dow 1200 ,
Prime Coat . Custom colour to
suit selected finish coat
colour.
.2 Sealant System: Includes the ,
sealant, closed cell backer rod or
equivalent, bond breaker tape,
primer and accessories which are
manufactured by others.
.4 Expansion Joints:
.1 Continuous expansion joints in the
EIFS shall be installed but not
limited to the following locations: ,
.1 Where expansion joints occur
in the substrate system.
.2 When EIFS abuts dissimilar
materials. '
.3 Where substrate materials
change.
.4 As shown.
.5 If installer believes ,
expansion joints not shown
are required to meet the
above criteria the locations
must first be reviewed ,
with the Architect .
1 .5 Submittals .1 Submit copies of manufacturer' s specifications ,
and installation instructions .
.2 Trained applicator shall submit two (2) 600 mm '
x 600 mm (2' x 21 ) sample of the EIFS system
for each finish, colour, texture using the same
tools and techniques as for the actual project.
Four (4) colours to be submitted, two (2) will
be selected for the final project .
1. 6 Mock-Up .1 Complete a mock up of the entire system in a
location selected by Architect in accordance
with Section 01001 .
.2 Revise as required ,
.3 Mock up will not form part of finished project.
1 .7 quality .1 Manufacturer
Assurance . 1 System manufacturer shall be STO Finish
Systems Canada or Dryvit Systems Canada '
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 5
0006 System April 2001
Ltd.
.2 The insulation board manufacturer shall
be Roxul Inc .
' .2 Contractor
. 1 The trained applicator shall be
recognized by Dryvit Systems Canada Ltd.
' or STO Finish Systems Canada Ltd.
' 1.8 Delivery, Storage . 1 Deliver all materials in original, unopened
and Handling packages with labels intact.
.2 Protect all materials from weather and direct
sunlight.
.3 Store all materials in a cool, dry location at
a temperature not less than 40°F (4°C) at all
times up until time of use.
' 1 .9 Project .1 Existing Conditions: The subcontractor will
Conditions have access to electric power and clean,
potable water supplied at no cost by
Construction Manager.
.2 Environmental Conditions: The ambient air and
wall surface temperature is to be a minimum of
40°F (4°C) during the time of installation.
The temperature must remain at a minimum of
' 40°F (4°C) for at least 24 hours thereafter or
longer if necessary for the materials to
sufficiently dry.
.3 Protection:
.1 Protect adjacent areas/materials from
damage, drops, and spills during the
application of the materials .
' .2 Protect EIFS materials by permanent or
temporary means from weather and other
damage prior to during and immediately
' after application. Care must be taken to
prevent condensation and/or heat build-
up, when using a tarp or plastic in
inclement weather, to prevent damage to
the EIFS system.
.4 Sequencing and Scheduling
' . 1 Installation of EIFS shall be coordinated
with other construction trades.
.2 Sufficient personnel and equipment shall
be employed to ensure a continuous
operation free or cold joints, scaffold
lines, texture variations etc.
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240 '
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 6
0006 System April 2001 '
1.10 Limited .1 Dryvit Systems Canada Ltd. or STO Finish Canada ,
Materials and Labour Ltd. shall provide a five (5) year limited
Warranty materials warranty. This section is to obtain ,
this warranty on behalf of the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 General .1 All components of the Exsulation 5000 system ,
shall be as detailed and specified and to
requirements and printed instructions from
Dryvit Systems Canada Ltd or its authorized
distributors. Substitutions or additions of
materials other than specified will not be
permitted.
.2 All components of the System Plus RS shall be '
as specified by and to the requirements and
printed instructions of STO Finish Systems
Canada. Substitutions or additions of '
materials other than specified will not be
permitted.
2 .2 Materials .1 Portland Cement: Type 1, 1-11 or 11, meeting ,
ASTM-C150, white or grey in colour, fresh and
free of lumps.
.2 Water: shall be clear and potable. ,
.3 Air Barrier Membrane: '
.1 Peel and Stick Blueskin SA or Perma
barrier by WR Grace.
.4 Miscellaneous Air Barrier Components: ,
.1 Primer, adhesive, fasteners and edge
sealant. Dry Shield grid tape, Dry
Shield flashing tape or equivalent
recommended by STO. ,
. 5 Adhesive:
. 1 STO BTS-B or Exsul Base NC.
.6 Insulation Above Grade:
.1 CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87.
.2 Moulded expanded polystyrene Type 1. ,
.3 Thickness as shown.
.4 Grooved on back at factory for drainage
channels.
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 7
0006 System April 2001
' . 7 Reinforcing Mesh:
.1 Exsul mesh or STO E-mesh.
.2 Corner reinforcing Corner mesh or STO
Corner Mesh.
.8 Base Material:
' .1 Exsul-Base NC or STO BTS-B Acrylic base,
mixed as per manufacturers application
instructions. This material is to comply
' with the non-combustibility requirements
of CAN/ULC 5114, M80.
.9 Finish Coat: STO Lit or Exsul Finish
.1 Acrylic finishes with quartz aggregate,
and dirt resistant technology. Texture
to be selected by Architect. Two (2)
colours, dark tints will be selected for
1 the job by the Architect.
.10 Primers: Colour Prime
.1 Prymit: Colour tinted acrylic based
adhesion promoter and alkali resistant
coating.
.11 Interior Stucco Finish:
' .1 Interior finish coat system suited to
substrate over which it is applied by
Dryvit or STO. Stolit by STO or
Exulfinish by Dryvit.
' .2 Interior system to be non-combustible
construction.
. 3 Colours selected from manufacturer's
' expanded colour range.
.4 Texture and finish to match exterior
stucco (EIFS) system.
.5 Manufacturer' s recommended primer.
2 .3 Equipment .1 All mixing shall be done with a clean Goldblatt
F. Siffler Mixer No. 15311H7 or equivalent,
' powered by a 'h" (13 mm) drill or equivalent at
i
400 - 500 RPM.
.2 A high speed wood router with proper bit (s) , a
i
hot knife, or hot groover.
.3 Hand or power tools associated with the EIFS
and plastering trade.
i
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
n
' 3 .1 General .1 If leveling of irregularities is required,
' 1
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240 '
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 8
0006 System April 2001 ,
level with approximate leveling material to ,
thickness required to achieve a smooth, plumb
surface.
.2 The surface to receive the system shall be ,
structurally sound, clean, dry and free of
warpage, frost, residual moisture or damage '
from moisture. Surfaces shall be uniform, with
no irregularities greater than 3 mm in 1 .2 m
(1/8" in 4' 0") . Surfaces shall be inspected
for compliance with the following requirements ,
prior to installation:
.1 Gypsum sheathing shall meet requirements
of CAN/CSA-A82 .27-M91 and shall be
handled, installed and protected in '
accordance with manufacturer' s
requirements.
.2 Cementitious sheathing shall be
autoclaved cement fiber board or '
aggregate core with glass mesh facing,
suitable for exterior exposure.
.3 Concrete or masonry surfaces shall be
properly cured and free of dirt, dust, '
oil, grease, mildew, fungus, laitance,
efflorescence and any other contaminant.
Any surfaces not in compliance shall be
corrected prior to installation of the ,
system:
.1 Form release agents and other
surface contaminants must be
removed by wire brush, ,
sandblasting, waterblasting or
other appropriate means.
.2 Efflorescence may be removed by a ,
diluted acid wash and rinse, or
other appropriate means.
.3 For dry, porous surfaces of
concrete or masonry, treat with '
surface conditioner.
.3 Install as detailed and in accordance with
manufacturer' s printed instructions and ,
details. In the event of differences between
manufacturer' s details and the drawings, seek
clarification from the Architect before
proceeding. ,
3 .2 Inspection .1 General: ,
. 1 Prior to application of EIFS examine the
substrate for compliance with the
contract documents and systems printed ,
instructions. Advise the Construction
Manager of any discrepancies. work shall
not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions are corrected. '
' Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 9
' 0006 System April 2001
.2 Starting work means acceptance of the
substrate.
' 3 .3 Installation .1 Apply primer and membrane at all expansion and
of Air Barrier control joints, at changes in substrate
' Membrane materials, at junctions with air barrier
provided by Division 4 or 7510 (inverted
bituminous roofing) and around all openings
such as windows, doors, book drop etc.
' .2 Membrane shall overlap joint edges 100 mm (41') .
.3 Seal edges and seams in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed instructions.
3 .4 Installation of .1 The insulation board shall be applied to the
I , Insulation Board substrate starting base of the wall with its
long edge oriented horizontally, beginning in
the field of the wall and working outward to
outside corners. Insulation board joints shall
' be offset form sheathing board joints at a
minimum of 8" (200 mm) .
.2 The insulation board shall be applied to the
! ' substrate in a running bond pattern with offset
vertical joints.
' .3 Corners require the insulation boards be
staggered and interlocked.
.4 Insulation boards shall be precut to fit
openings, corners, or projections . Board edges
shall not align with corners of wall openings.
' 3 .5 Installation of .1 Install a starter strip of reinforcing mesh
Starter Strip 'Back embedded in adhesive at the base line to the
Wrap' wall.
.2 The reinforcing mesh starter strip shall be
' wide enough to adhere 100 mm (4") of mesh onto
the wall, be able to wrap around the board edge
and cover approximately 100 mm (41) on the
outside surface of the board.
.3 Embed reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive at all
' termination points ant at all through wall
penetrations such as vents, railings, windows,
doors, and balcony slabs.
' .4 Repeat this back wrap procedure at all exposed
insulation board edges.
' .5 Allow adhesive to dry completely
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240 '
Municipal office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 10
0006 System April 2001 '
.6 Install at all exposed board edges such as at
window and door jambs and at first course of
insulation board. ,
3 .6 Installation of .1 Expansion joints are required in the cladding ,
Joints system where they exist in the substrate, at a
change in substrates and where the system
adjoins dissimilar material .
.2 Terminate insulation a minimum of 6 mm ,
(1/4") from the expansion joint to form a joint.
.3 All insulation board edges shall be coated with ,
base coat and reinforcing mesh in accordance
with standard backwrapping procedure.
.4 Install specified sealant to requirements of ,
07900 and manufacturer's printed instructions.
3 . 7 Installation of .1 Install corner mesh at all corners. '
Corner Reinforcing
Mesh .2 Apply base coat to areas receiving this
additional reinforcing with a stainless steel
trowel to a uniform thickness of approximately ,
3 mm (1/8") .
.3 Apply base coat horizontally or vertically in '
strips of 1 m (40") , and immediately embed the
high impact mesh into the wet base coat and
feather out seams and edges . The finished
thickness of the base coat shall be such that ,
the high impact mesh is fully embedded.
.4 The corner reinforcing mesh shall be tightly
butted with gaps no greater than 3 mm (1/8") at '
seams. Do not overlap mesh joints.
.5 Allow this application to dry before applying t
standard reinforcing mesh to entire area.
.6 Install corner mesh at all corners including
windows, doors and other openings. '
3 . 8 Installation of . 1 Apply base coat over the entire surface of
Base Coat insulation board, including areas with high '
impact and corner reinforcing mesh, with
stainless steel trowel to a minimum of 1.5 mm
(1/16") . ,
.2 Apply base coat horizontally or vertically in
strips of 1 m (40" ) and immediately embed
standard reinforcing mesh into the base coat . ,
Clarington Public Library/ Exterior Insulation and Finish Section 07240
Municipal Office Expansion System, Moisture Drainage Page 11
0006 System April 2001
. 3 The mesh shall be double wrapped at all corners
and overlapped into less than 65 mm (2-1/211) at
' mesh joints. Avoid wrinkles in the mesh,
.4 The finish thickness of the base coat shall be
such that the mesh is fully embedded and the
' mesh pattern and colour is not visible.
Feather out base coat on either side of the
mesh overlap.
' .5 Allow base coat to thoroughly dry before
applying primer.
' 3 . 9 Installation of . 1 Apply primer with brush or roller over clean,
Primer dry base coat and joint surfaces to receive
sealant .
f ' .2 Allow to dry thoroughly before applying finish.
4 3 . 10 Installation of . 1 Apply finish directly over primed base coat in
Finish Coat method recommended by manufacturer.
S
.2 Provided equipment, materials and work crew of
sufficient size to ensure a continuous
' operation without cold joints, scaffolding
lines etc. Avoid installing separate batches of
finish side by side.
I ' .3 Apply finish in a continuous application,
always working to a wet edge.
.4 Do not install finish to joints to receive
sealants.
3 .11 Interior Stucco .1 Prepare substrate to manufacturer' s printed
instructions.
.2 Apply primer and finish coat to manufacturer' s
' printed instructions.
3 .12 Protection .1 Adjacent materials and EIFS shall be protected
from the weather and other damage during
installation and while curing.
3 . 13 Cleaning . 1 Clean work and remove debris from the site upon
completion. Clean adjacent surfaces of any
' excess materials.
t
' Clarington Public Library/ Intumescent Fireproofing Section 07251
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006
April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
' 1 .2 Section Includes .1 Intumescent fireproofing on interior structural
steel where detailed and where exposed to view.
Carefully review drawings for the extent .
1.3 Related Sections .1 Division 1: Construction Facilities and
Temporary Controls: temporary heat, ventilation,
' hoisting and power utilities, protection.
.2 Section 07270: Firestopping and Smoke Seals.
' 1 .4 References .1 (CAN4-S101M) (ASTM E119) - Standard Methods of
Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction
Materials.
' .2 ULC - List of Equipment and Materials.
' 1 .5 System Description .1 Intumescent fireproofing system to provide a
fire resistance rating of 1 hour for columns and
beams at locations indicated.
' 1 .6 Submittals .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Indicate product characteristics, performance
and limitation criteria, types and thickness of
coatings required; fire test reports of
' fireproofing application to substrate materials
required; and manufacturer' s installation
instructions.
' 1 . 7 Quality Assurance .1 Manufacturer: Company specializing in
manufacturing products of this Section.
.2 Applicator: Approved, licensed and supervised by
the manufacturer of fireproofing materials.
. 3 Product: Manufactured under ULC or Warnock
Hersey Follow up Program. Each container of
package shall bear ULC or Warnock Hersey Label.
' 1.8 Regulatory .1 Submit certification of acceptability of
Requirements fireproofing materials to authority having
jurisdiction.
1 .9 Delivery, Storage .1 Deliver and store materials at temperature not
Clarington Public Library/ Intumescent Fireproofing Section 07251 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
and Handling below 5°C in a dry, protected area, off ground '
in original, undamaged, sealed containers with
manufacturer' s labels and seals intact. Protect '
from freezing!
.2 Discard any materials which have come into
contact with contaminants prior to actual use. '
1.10 Project/Site .1 Do not apply sprayed intumescent fireproofing
Conditions when temperature of substrate and surrounding ,
air is below 5°C.
.2 Do not apply intumescent fireproofing until
concrete toppings and/or roofing applications ,
have been installed.
.3 Provide ventilation in areas to receive work of '
this Section, during and 24 hours after
application.
.4 Relative humidity must not exceed 75% throughout ,
the total period of application and drying for
the intumescent fireproofing, and must not
exceed 65% throughout the application and drying
for the protective decorative finish coat. ,
1.11 Sequencing and .1 Sequence of work in conjunction with other work.
Scheduling ,
.2 Steel surfaces with less than 1.0 meter clear
working access may necessitate applying material
to inaccessible surfaces prior to erection of
the finished steel members, either at the point ,
of fabrication or on-site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Materials .1 Intumescent Fireproofing: A/D Firefilm as '
manufactured by A/D Fire Protection Systems
Inc. , 416-292-2361, listed by Underwriters
Laboratories and bearing ULC label or listed by '
Warnock Hersey bearing WH label on each
container.
.2 CAFCO Sprayfilm is an accepted alternative, ,
provided it conforms to all other requirements
of this Section including ULC approval for the
application in question.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Clarington Public Library/ Intumescent Fireproofing Section 07251
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3 .1 Examination . 1 Examine surfaces to receive work of this Section
and report any defects which may affect the Work
of this Section. Identification marking of the
steel components must be by wax crayon to
facilitate ease of removal prior to application
of the intumescent fireproofing.
.2 Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to
receive work. Weld flashes should be ground
smooth prior to commencement of application.
.3 Verify that all clips, hangers, sleeves and
similar devices have been attached.
.4 Confirm compatibility of surfaces to receive
fireproofing materials. Steel surfaces should
be primed with a compatible red oxide primer.
.5 Beginning of installation means acceptance of
substrate.
' 3 .2 Preparation .1 Clean substrate free of dust, dirt, grease or
other foreign matter which would impair bond of
fire resistance materials.
3 .3 Protection .1 Protect adjacent surfaces and equipment from
' over-spray of sprayed materials.
3 .4 Application .1 Thoroughly mix the intumescent fireproofing in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
apply in sufficient thickness to achieve rating
with as many passes necessary to cover with,
uniformed in texture.
' .2 Intumescent fireproofing and Protective
decorative finish may be applied by spray, brush
or roller. Spray application recommended.
3 .5 Patchinq .1 Patch and repair any fireproofing that has been
damaged by this or any other section. Cost of
repairs to be borne by Sections of work
responsible for the damage, and as assessed by
the Contractor.
3 .6 Cleaning .1 Remove fireproofing from materials and surfaces
not specifically required to be fireproofed.
.2 Remove excess material, overspray, droppings and
debris .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Firestopping and Section 07270
Mun. Office Expansion Smoke Seals Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with Sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Fire stopping and smoke seals within
' mechanical assemblies (i.e inside ducts,
l dampers) and electrical assemblies (i.e.
inside cable trays) are specified in
' Division 15 and 16 respectively.
' 1.3 References .1 CAN4-S115-M85, Standard Method of Fire Tests
of Firestop Systems.
' 1.4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples
' and Mock-ups.
' .2 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001.
.3 Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm samples
showing actual firestop material proposed
for project.
' 1 .5 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings and product data in
accordance with Section 01340 - Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Mock-
UPS.
.2 Submit shop drawings and product data in
accordance with Section 01001 .
.3 Submit shop drawings to show proposed
material, reinforcement, anchorage,
fastenings and method of installation.
Construction details should accurately
reflect actual job conditions.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Firestopping and Section 07270 '
Mun. Office Expansion Smoke Seals Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
.4 Submit manufacturer's product data for '
materials and prefabricated devices,
providing descriptions are sufficient for '
identification at job site. Include
manufacturer' s printed instructions for
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 Materials . 1 Fire stopping and smoke seal systems: in '
accordance with CAN4-S115.
.1 Asbestos-free materials and systems ,
capable of maintaining an effective barrier
against flame, smoke and gases in compliance
with requirements of CAN4-5115 and not to
exceed opening sizes for which they are '
intended and conforming to special
requirements specified in 3 .5.
.2 Firestop system rating: To match
rating of adjacent materials where '
firestopping occurs.
.2 Service penetration assemblies: certified by ,
ULC in accordance with CAN4-5115 and listed
in ULC Guide No. 40 U19.
.3 Service penetration firestop components: '
certified by ULC in accordance with CAN4-
5115 and listed in ULC Guide No. 40 U19.13
and ULC Guide No. 40 U19.15 under the Label t
Service of ULC.
.4 Fire-resistance rating of installed fire
stopping assembly in accordance with NBC. '
.5 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings '
intended for ease of re-entry such as
cables: elastomeric seal.
.6 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings '
around penetrations for pipes, ductwork and
other mechanical items requiring sound and
vibration control: elastomeric seal . ,
.7 Primers: to manufacturer' s recommendation
for specific material, substrate, and end '
use.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Firestopping and Section 07270
Mun. Office Expansion Smoke Seals Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
.8 Water (if applicable) : potable, clean and
' free from injurious amounts of deleterious
substances.
.9 Damming and backup materials, supports and
' anchoring devices: to manufacturer's
recommendations, and in accordance with
tested assembly being installed as
acceptable to authorities having
' jurisdiction.
r
.10 Sealants for vertical joints: non-sagging.
l
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' i
3 .1 Preparation .1 Examine sizes and conditions of voids to be
filled to establish correct thicknesses and
installation of materials. Ensure that
substrates and surfaces are clean, dry and
frost free.
.2 Prepare surfaces in contact with fire
stopping materials and smoke seals to
manufacturer' s instructions.
' .3 Maintain insulation around pipes and ducts
penetrating fire separation without
interuption to vapour barrier.
' .4 Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and
over coating onto adjoining surfaces; remove
stains on adjacent surfaces.
3 .2 Installation .1 Install fire stopping and smoke seal
material and components in accordance with
ULC certification and manufacturer's
' instructions.
.2 Seal holes or voids made by through
penetrations, poke-through termination
devices, and unpenetrated openings or joints
to ensure continuity and integrity of fire
separation are maintained.
.3 Provide temporary forming as required and
Clarington Pub. Library/ Firestopping and Section 07270 '
Mun. Office Expansion Smoke Seals Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
remove forming only after materials have '
gained sufficient strength and after initial
curing. ,
.4 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat
finish.
.5 Remove excess compound promptly as work '
progresses and upon completion.
t
3 .3 Inspection .1 Notify Engineer Consultant when ready for '
inspection and prior to concealing or
enclosing firestopping materials and service
penetration assemblies.
i
3 .4 Schedule .1 Firestop and smoke seal at: ,
.1 Penetrations through fire-resistance
rated masonry, concrete, and gypsum board '
partitions and walls.
.2 Top of fire-resistance rated masonry
and gypsum board partitions. ,
.3 Intersection of fire-resistance rated
masonry and gypsum board partitions.
.4 Control and sway joints in fire-
resistance rated masonry and gypsum board 1
partitions and walls.
.5 Penetrations through fire-resistance
rated floor slabs, ceilings and roofs. ,
. 6 Openings and sleeves installed for
future use through fire separations.
.7 Around mechanical and electrical
assemblies penetrating fire separations. '
.8 Rigid ducts: greater than 129 cm: fire
stopping to consist of bead of fire stopping
material between retaining angle and fire
separation and between retaining angle and '
duct, on each side of fire separation.
3 .5 Clean Up .1 Remove excess materials and debris and clean '
adjacent surfaces immediately after
application. ,
.2 Remove temporary dams after initial set of
fire stopping and smoke seal materials. '
Clarington Public Library/ Steel Cladding Section 07410
Municipal Office Expansion
0006 Page 1
'
April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Conform to sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Cap flashings supplied by this Section but
installed by Section 07620, Metal Flashing and
Trim.
.2 Sealing: Section 07900, Sealants.
1.3 Submittals .1 Submit shop and erection drawings in accordance
the Section 01001, General Requirements.
.2 Submit samples of steel cladding. Do not order
' material until colour samples have been
approved.
1.4 Delivery, Storage .l Deliver materials to Site only when work of
and Handling this Section can be started.
.2 Should storage on Site become necessary follow
manufacturer' s recommendations.
1.5 Air Barrier .1 Continuity of the air barrier is critical .
.2 Participate in planning and coordination
meetings called by General Contractor.
' .3 Supply and install air barrier membrane and
solid back up as required to ensure continuous
and effective air barrier where work of
different sections joins together.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2 .1 Materials .1 Steel Cladding:
.1 Vic West Profile #AD 300 SR.
.2 (22 gauge) . 76 mm.
.3 Zinc coating Z275, 04 mm thick.
.4 Vic West, 1296 South Service Road West,
Oakville, Ontario, tel. 905-825-2252, fax
905-825-2272 .
Clarington Public Library/ Steel Cladding Section 07410 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.2 Steel Liner: A.V. Barrier, ASTM A446-73, Grade '
A and ASTM A525-73, minimum 0 .69 mm overall
thickness, zinc coating Z275 (24 gsg) ( .0276")
(G90) or Galvalume by Dofasco, flat liner sheet
with standing structural vertical ribs 600 mm
(24") o.c. minimum.
.3 Finish: Stelcolour Metallic Series 5000 by ,
Stelco, colour QC 2699 Metallic Bronze. This
colour to be used on all steel cladding
components, corners, trims, £lashings, '
closures, etc.
.4 Girts: ASTM A446-7B, Grade A and ASTM A525-73,
minimum 1.26 mm overall thickness (18 gauge) , ,
zinc coating Z275 at centres as determined by
cladding thickness.
.5 Insulation: A.F. 110 manufactured by Fiberglas '
Canada 75 mm (3") thick.
.6 Fasteners: As recommended by cladding
manufacturer, adequate for safe and secure
fastening.
.7 Closures: Preformed, profile matching cladding
profile.
. 8 Sealant: CAN2-19 .13-M82 .
.9 Preformed Corners: Minimum 300 mm on each side
formed to continue profile of corner. 20
gauge, colour to match siding.
.10 Exposed trim: inside corners, outside corners, ,
cap strip, drip cap, undersill trim, starter
strip and window/door trim of same material,
colour and gloss as cladding, with fastener '
holes pre-punched. Use profiles indicated, 20
gauge.
.11 Steel Cladding and Roofing at Exterior to '
Existing Penthouse:
.1 Profiles and colours to match existing
siding. '
.2 Gauge to match existing.
.3 Provide all trims and closures required to
connect existing and adjacent new
construction. ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Install steel cladding in strict accordance t
Clarington Public Library/ Steel Cladding
Municipal Office Expansion Section 07410
0006 Page 3
April 2001
with shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions
and CGSB 93-6P-5M. Minimize joints.
.2 Supply cap flashings, as required, to Section
07510 for installation. Supply and install
other flashings as required for proper
completion of work.
I
.3 Install preformed corners at each corner. Do
not use mitred corners.
.4 Continuity of Air Barrier
.1 Caulk and seal all joints on the liner
panel .
' .2 Seal liner panel to steel upstand at
parapet and roof membrane.
.3 Seal liner panel to concrete curb.
.4 Provide continuity of air barrier at all
locations, openings and junctions with
different materials and systems.
' .5 Install 18 gauge sub girts at 900 o.c.
f
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Conform to sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Metal flashing: Section 07620 Metal Flashing
and Trim.
.2 Roof drains: Section 15430 Plumbing
Specialties and Accessories
.3 Wood Blocking etc. , Rough Carpentry: Section
06101
.4 Modified Bitumen Roofing: Section 07550.
' .5 Steel Siding: Section 07410.
ii
1.3 References .1 Do roofing work in accordance with CRCA
Specifications Manual.
L .2 ASTM D1863-86 Specification for Mineral
Aggregate Used on Built-up Roofs.
.3 CSA A82.27-M1977 Gypsum Board Products.
t .4 ASTM 02718, Asphalt glass felts.
.5 CSA A123.4-M1979 Bitumen for Use in
Construction of Built-Up Roof Coverings and
Dampproofing and Waterproofing Systems.
� .6 CAN/CSA-A247-M86 Insulating Fibreboard.
.7 CSA 835.3-1962 Tapping and Drive Screws
(Slotted and Recessed Head, Thread) .
it
.8 CAN/CGSB-37.5-M89 Cutback Asphalt Plastic
Cement.
.9 CAN/CGSB-37.8-M88 Asphalt, Cutback, Filled,
for Roof Coating.
.10 CGSB 37-GP-9Ma-83 Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled,
for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and
Waterproofing.
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.3 References . 11 CGSB 37-GP-ISM-76 Application of Asphalt
(Cont`d) Primer for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and
Waterproofing.
.12 CGSB 37-GP-19M-76 Cement, Plastic, Cutback
Tar.
.13 CAN/CGSB-37.28-MB9 Reinforced Mineral Colloid
Type, Emulsified Asphalt for Roof Coatings and
Waterproofing.
. 14 CAN/CGSB-37.29-M89 Rubber-Asphalt Sealing
Compound.
. 15 CAN/CGSB-51.20-MB7 Thermal Insulation,
Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering.
.16 CAN/CGSB-51.31-M84 Thermal Insulation, Mineral
Fibre Board for Above Roof Decks.
.17 CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89 Vapour Barrier Sheet,
Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building
Construction.
1.4 Shop Drawings . 1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Provide layout for tapered insulation.
.3 Provide complete list of products and
materials proposed for use on the project.
1.5 Mock-up .1 Construct mock-ups in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Construct mock-up 10 m2 minimum size showing '
typical lap joint, one inside corner and one
outside corner. Accepted mock-up may form part
of complete work.
.3 Allow 48 hours for review of mock-up by
Consultant before proceeding with roofing and
waterproofing work.
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 3
0006 April 2001
1.6 Storage and .1 Provide and maintain dry, off-ground
Handling weatherproof storage.
.2 Store materials on supports to prevent
deformation.
.3 Remove only in quantities required for same
day use.
.4 Store materials in accordance with
manufacturers written instructions.
I � .5 Store insulation protected from sunlight and
weather and deleterious materials.
1.7 Identification .1 Indicate on containers or wrappings of
Delivery materials:
.1 Manufacturer's name and brand.
.2 Compliance with applicable standard.
.3 Mass where applicable.
.2 Deliver materials in original containers,
sealed, with labels intact. Ensure that shelf
life of materials has not expired.
.3 Deliver fasteners in boxes or kegs and keep in
protective storage until used. Do not oil or
grease fasteners.
. 4 If requested supply three copies of purchase
E orders to Consultant. Include following data:
" i .1 Purchase order number.
' ! .2 Supplier's name and address.
.3 Purchaser's name and address.
.4 Contract number and job number.
( i .5 Material and governing specification
including type, grade, colour, class and
quantity.
. 6 Bills of lading for liquid asphalt
showing Equiviscous Temperature (EVT) , Flash
Point Temperature (FP) and Final Blowing
Temperature (FBT) .
.7 Shipping instructions.
.S Destination.
. 5 Remove damaged and/or rejected materials from
site.
v
t
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 4
0006 April 2001
1.8 Environmental .1 Do not install built-up bituminous membranes
Requirements when air and substrate temperature remains
below 5°C or when wind chill gives equivalent
cooling effect.
.2 Install built-up bituminous membranes on dry
substrate, free of snow and ice, use only dry
materials and apply only during weather that
will not introduce moisture into system.
.3 Ensure that temperature of substrate and its
moisture content conforms to manufacturer's
minimum requirements, before proceeding with
work.
1.9 Warranty .1 Contractor hereby warrants that Built-up
Bituminous Roofing and Waterproofing and
membrane flashings will stay in place and
remain leakproof in accordance with GC 24, but
for 24 months. This warranty is to be a CRCA
Warranty.
1. 10 Compatibility . 1 Compatibility between components of system and
adjacent materials is essential. Provide
written declaration to Consultant stating that
materials and components, as assembled in
system, meet this requirement.
.2 Submit laboratory test reports certifying
compliance of bitumens and roofing felts with
specification requirements.
1.11 Continuity .1 The roofing membrane is a key component in the
of Air Barrier building air barrier system. The connection of
the roofing membrane to air barrier membrane
by other sections is critical.
.2 Attend coordination meetings as required by
General Contractor to ensure that air membrane
will be continuous.
.3 Supply and install all air barrier membranes
"flaps" as required to ensure continuity of
the system.
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 5
0006 April 2001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Primers .1 Asphalt primer: to CGSB 37-GP-9Ma.
2.2 Roofing Systems .1 Type 1: Four ply asphalt and glass felt
built-up protected membrane roof system,
i
specified by this Section.
.2 Type 2: Four ply BUR, Section 07520.
.3 Type 3: Two ply Modified Bituminous, Section
07550.
.4 Carefully review Architectural drawings for
extent of each type.
2.3 Bitumen .1 Asphalt: to CSA A123.4, Type 1 or type 2 to
suit slopes.
.2 Asphalt Mastic: Addex Hydroshield
t
2. 9 Felts .1 Saturated glass fibre felts, to ASTM d2178,
Type IV.
6 '
f ' 2.5 Polystyrene . 1 To CAN/CGSB-51.20, type 4 .
i. Insulation
f .2 Extruded expanded, closed cell polystyrene.
f Dow Roofmate or equivalent.
t
.3 .1 One layer of 25 mm with drainage channels.
W .1 One layer of 75 mm.
2.6 Tapered .1 CAN/CSA -A247, type 1 roof board, factory cut
' Insulating to slopes shown on reviewed shop drawings.
k Fibreboard
rt
r
y
F
i
t
46 1
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510 �.
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 6
0006 April 2001
2.7 Insulating .1 To CAN/CSA-A247, regular density,
Fibreboard multiple-ply,asphalt impregnated, thickness as
indicated.
2.8 Sealers . 1 Plastic cement: asphalt, to CAN/CGSB-37.5.
.2 Sealing compound: to CAN/CGSB-37.29, rubber
asphalt type.
.3 Sealants: Tremo Dymonic.
I
2.9 Filter Fabric . 1 W resistant, black woven polyolefin fabric
for installation between insulation and stone
ballast in protected membrane system. Fabric
to meet recommendation of insulation
manufacturer.
2.10 Cant Strips .1 Purpose made, prefabricated cut from 38 mm
thick fibreboard material to measure 140 mm
on slope.
2.11 Fasteners . 1 Sheathing to steel deck: No. 10 flat head,
self tapping, Type A or AB, cadmium plated
screws to CSA B35.3.
.2 Insulation to substrate: fasteners and plates
must meet Factory Mutual 4470 Standard for
wind uplift and corrosion resistance.
2.12 Ballast . 1 Stone 19 to 32 mm size, well graded crushed .�
stone, opaque, non-porous, washed, free from
fines, long splinters, moisture, ice and snow.
2.13 Vented Stack .1 VSC-S by Lexsuco, or approved equal, sized to
Covers provide unrestricted opening required by code.
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 7
0006 April 2001
' 2.14 Membrane .1 FR40 by Lexsuco or Blueskin AG by Bakor or
Flashings Permabarrier by WR Grace.
2.15 Membrane .1 CA-103 by Lexsuco or Air Block 21 by Bakor.
Flashing Adhesive
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�I 3.1 Workmanship . 1 Do work in accordance with applicable
j standards in Canadian Roofing Contractors
Association (CRCA) Roofing Specifications
Manual except where specified otherwise.
.2 Do priming for asphalt in accordance with CGSB
k 37-GP-15M.
3.2 Heating of .1 Asphalt to be heated in kettle or tanker
Asphalt sufficiently to provide correct EVT range at
point of application.
.2 In cold weather insulate hauling equipment and
re-circulation lines to minimize heat loss.
jj .3 Do not heat asphalt above its Final Blowing
Temperature (FBT) in tanker.
t . .4 Heating asphalt above its FBT may be
permissible in kettle as long as asphalt is
E used up within four hours.
.5 Equip kettle and tanker with working
thermometers.
3.3 Plant and . 1 Do not use direct fired equipment.
Equipment
2 Use only kettles equipped with thermometers or
gauges in good working order.
.3 Locate kettles in safe place outside of
building. When locating kettles, give
consideration to direction of prevailing
winds, building fans and air handling units to
t
minimize possibility of smoke and fumes
entering surrounding occupied buildings. If
E
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510 '
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 8
0006 April 2001
3.3 Plant and .3 (Cont'd)
Equipment wind direction causes smoke and fume problems,
(Cont'd) relocate kettles on daily basis when directed
by Consultant.
.4 Maintain supervision while kettles are in
operation and provide metal covers for kettles
to smother flames in case of fire. Provide
suitable fire extinguishers.
.5 Maintain efficiency of kettles and equipment
by frequent cleaning. Remove all carbonized
bitumen.
.6 Use only fibreglass roofing mops.
3.9 Protection .1 Cover walls from top to bottom and adjacent
work where materials hoisted or used.
.2 Use warning signs and barriers . Maintain in
good order until completion of work.
.3 Notify General Contractor of any drips and
smears of bituminous material on stone
immediately. Do not attempt to clean. Do not
use solvents. stone will be cleaned by Masonry
subcontractor at the expense of this Section.
This section will be liable for the cost of
stone replacement if it attempts to clean
stonework.
.4 Dispose of rain water off substrates and away
from face of building until drains or hoppers
installed and connected.
.5 Protect from traffic and damage.
.6 Place plywood runways over work to enable
movement of material and other traffic.
.7 At end of each day's work or when stoppage
occurs due to inclement weather, provide
protection for completed work and materials
out of storage.
.8 Install insulation promptly to avoid i
possibility of condensation beneath vapour
retarder.
r
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 9
0006 April 2001
3.5 Substrate .1 Examine substrates and immediately inform
Examination Consultant in writing of defects.
.2 Prior to commencement of work ensure:
.1 Substrates are firm, straight, smooth,
dry, free of snow, ice or frost, and swept
clean of dust and debris.
.2 Curbs have been built.
' .3 Drains have been installed at proper
elevations relative to finished roof surface.
.4 Plywood and lumber nailer plates have
been installed to walls and parapets as
indicated.
3.6 Cants . 1 Install fibre prefabricated cants over rigid
insulation.
.2 Apply hot bitumen to receiving surface and
embed cant firmly by hand.
.3 Angle cut cants to fit tightly on back and
bottom where roof to wall angle varies from
90°.
3.7 Tapered .1 Mop insulation to felt vapour retarder and top
Insulation: layer of insulation to bottom layer with hot
Application asphalt at rate of 1 kg/m2.
.2 Install tapered insulation as in accordance
with shop drawings. Stagger joints between
layers 150 mm minimum.
3. 8 Protected .1 Membrane application.
Membrane .1 Starting at low point, perpendicular to
Application slope, embed four plies of felts in asphalt
applied at rate of 1 kg/m2 for organic felts.
.2 Extend felts to top of cant strip.
.3 Apply flood coat in two applications at
rate of 2.2 kg/m2 for first and 1.2 kg/m2 for
second.
.2 Flashing application.
. 1 Build flashings out of four layers of
felt strippings cemented together and to
back-up wall with asphalt.
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 10
0006 April 2001
3.8 Protected .2 (Cont'd)
Membrane .2 On exterior walls extend membrane
Application flashing up inside face of parapet and over
(Cont'd) top to outside face of wall.
.3 On interior walls, build base flashing up
to cavity wall or through wall flashing.
.4 Keep nails 200 mm above top of cant
strip.
.5 Secure drains to deck and to drain pipe
and seal to membrane.
.3 Insulation application.
.1 Place insulation in parallel rows with
width parallel to slope, after asphalt has
cooled to prevent adhesion.
.2 Insulation to be loose laid in parallel
rows with ends staggered.
.3 where insulation is in contact with cants
bevel insulation edges to fit snug to cant
slope.
.4 Loose lay 2mil polyethylene on top of
roofing membrane prior to installation of
insulation
.5 Install the first layer of insulation to ,
provide a trench, (approx every 3 m) , towards
the drains. install the second layer of
insulation over the first layer at right
angles and stagger joints and butt each sheet
moderately tight together.
.4 Filter fabric application.
. 1 Apply fabric unbonded over installed
insulation.
.2 Overlap edges 300 mm minimum.
.3 Cut fabric around drains, vents and other
penetrations and extend under metal flashings.
.5 Apply stone ballast, as soon as possible after
placement of fabric at minimum rate of 108
kg/m2.
.1 Spread stone ballast to an even thickness
over entire area.
.2 Spread additional stone ballast around
perimeter for width of 1200 mm to increase
ballast weight as required to ensure that
scouring of stone ballast will not occur.
II�,
Clarington P. Library/ Inverted (IRMA) Bituminous Section 07510
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 11
0006 April 2001
3.9 Continuity of .1 Install membrane flashings as
Air Barrier specified in 2.16 in this section continuously
as required to connect roofing membrane to
wall air barrier.
3.10 Accessories .1 Install accessories, vent stack covers, etc.,
to manufacturer's printed instructions.
3. 11 Field Quality . 1 Inspection and testing of BUR and EPDM
Control applications will be carried out by testing
laboratory designated by Consultant.
I
.2 Costs of tests will be paid under Cash
Allowance.
r3.12 Cleaning .1 Clean work in accordance with Section 01001 -
General Requirements.
.2 Clean to Consultant's approval, soiled
surfaces, spatters, and damage caused by work
of this Section.
N .3 If stone is soiled and cannot be cleaned to
satisfaction of Consultant, pay for
replacement of stone veneer sections as
directed by Consultant.
.4 Check drains to ensure cleanliness and proper
function, and remove debris, equipment and
excess material from site.
END
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Conform to sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
i
1.2 Related Work .1 Metal flashing: Section 07620 Metal Flashing
i
and Trim.
.2 Roof drains: Section 15430 Plumbing
Specialties and Accessories.
.3 Wood Blocking etc. , Rough Carpentry: Section
06101 .
.4 Modified Bitumen Roofing: Section 07550.
.5 IRMA Roof: Section 07510.
1 �
1 .3 References .1 Do roofing work in accordance with CRCA
Illhhh Specifications Manual
.2 ASTM D1863-86 Specification for Mineral
Aggregate Used on Built-up Roofs.
.3 CSA A82 .27-M1977 Gypsum Board Products.
.4 CSA A123 .3-M1979 Asphalt or Tar Saturated
Roofing Felt .
.5 CSA A123 .4-M1979 Bitumen for Use in
Construction of Built-Up Roof Coverings and
'qe Dampproofing and Waterproofing Systems.
f
.6 CAN/CSA-A247-M86 Insulating Fibreboard.
r
r
.7 CSA B35 .3-1962 Tapping and Drive Screws Slotted
and Recessed Head, Thread) .
t
. 8 CAN/CGSB-37.5-M89 Cutback Asphalt Plastic
' Cement.
.9 CAN/CGSB-37 .8-M88 Asphalt, Cutback, Filled, for
Roof Coating.
w .10 CGSB 37-GP-9Ma-83 Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled,
for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and
p Waterproofing.
.11 CGSB 37-GP-15M-76 Application of Asphalt Primer
IC � for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and
Waterproofing.
f
r
E '
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.12 GSB 37-GP-19M-76 Cement, Plastic, Cutback Tar.
.13 CAN/CGSB-37.28-M89 Reinforced Mineral Colloid
Type, Emulsified Asphalt for Roof Coatings and
waterproofing.
.14 CAN/CGSB-37.29-M89 Rubber-Asphalt Sealing
Compound.
.15 CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87 Thermal Insulation,
Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering.
.16 CAN/CGSB-51.26-M86 Thermal Insulation, Urethane
and Isocyanurate, Boards, Faced.
.17 CAN/CGSB-51.31-M84 Thermal Insulation, Mineral
Fibre Board for Above Roof Decks .
.18 CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89 Vapour Barrier Sheet,
Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building
Construction.
1.4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Provide layout for tapered insulation.
.3 Provide complete list of products and materials
proposed for use on the project .
1.5 Mock-up .1 Construct mock-ups in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Construct mock-up 10 m2 minimum size showing
typical lap joint, one inside corner and one
outside corner. Accepted mock-up may form part
of complete work.
.3 Allow 48 hours for review of mock-up by
Consultant before proceeding with roofing and
waterproofing work.
1.6 Storage and .1 Provide and maintain dry, off-ground
Handling weatherproof storage.
.2 Store materials on supports to prevent
deformation.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 3
0006 April 2001
r .3 Remove only in quantities required for same day
use.
.4 Store materials in accordance with
manufacturers written instructions.
.5 Store insulation protected from sunlight and
weather and deleterious materials.
I
1.7 Identification .1 Indicate on containers or wrappings of
Delivery materials:
.1 Manufacturer' s name and brand.
.2 Compliance with applicable standard.
.3 Mass where applicable.
.2 Deliver materials in original containers,
sealed, with labels intact. Ensure that shelf
life of materials has not expired.
.3 Deliver fasteners in boxes or kegs and keep in
protective storage until used. Do not oil or
grease fasteners.
i
.4 If requested supply three copies of purchase
orders to Consultant . Include following data:
.1 Purchase order number.
.2 Supplier' s name and address.
.3 Purchaser's name and address.
.4 Contract number and job number.
.5 Material and governing specification
I including type, grade, colour, class and
quantity.
.6 Bills of lading for liquid asphalt
showing Equiviscous Temperature (EVT) ,
Flash Point Temperature (FP) and Final
Blowing Temperature (PET) .
.7 Shipping instructions.
.6 Destination.
.5 Remove damaged and/or rejected materials from
site.
1 . 8 Environmental .1 Do not install built-up bituminous membranes
Requirements when air and substrate temperature remains
below 5-C or when wind chill gives equivalent
cooling effect.
.2 Install built-up bituminous membranes on dry
substrate, free of snow and ice, use only dry
materials and apply only during weather that
will not introduce moisture into system.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 4
0006 April 2001
.3 Ensure that temperature of substrate and its
moisture content conforms to manufacturer' s
minimum requirements, before proceeding with
work.
1 .9 Warranty .1 Contractor hereby warrants that Built-up
Bituminous Roofing and waterproofing and
membrane flashings will stay in place and
remain leakproof in accordance with GC 24, but
for 24 months. This warranty is to be a CRCA
Warranty.
.2 In addition provide a manufacturer's warranty
of 5 years to cover the repair, labour and
materials required to restore the roof to a
watertight condition after the leak has
occurred, due to defective materials.
1.10 Compatibility .1 Compatibility between components of system and
adjacent materials is essential. Provide
written declaration to Consultant stating that
materials and components, as assembled in
system, meet this requirement.
.2 Submit laboratory test reports certifying
compliance of bitumens and roofing felts with
specification requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Deck Sheathing . 1 Gypsum board: to CSA A82 .27, Standard Type X
Water-resistant, 15 . 9 mm thick.
2 .2 Primers .1 Asphalt primer: to CGSB 37-GP-9Ma.
2 .3 Vapour Retarder .1 Asphalt laminated sheets to CAN/CGSB-51.33,
Type 2, and fire retardant adhesive.
.2 Duro-Perm by Exeltherm or approved equal .
.3 Adhesive: Duro-Perm Adhesive by Exeltherm.
2 .4 Roofing Systems .1 Type 1: 4-ply inverted. Refer to Section
07510 .
i�
f Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
' Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 5
0006 April 2001
.2 Type 2 : 4-ply asphalt and felt built-up
conventional membrane roof system. Supplied by
this Section.
.3 Type 3 : 2-ply modified bitumen. Refer to
Section 07550 .
.4 Refer to the Drawings for extent of each Type.
2 .5 Bitumen .1 Asphalt: to CSA A123 .4, Type 1 or type 2 to
suit slopes.
2 .6 Felts .1 Saturated organic felts: to CSA A123 .3 No. 15,
saturant asphalt .
2 . 7 Polyiso .1 2 - 25 mm layers.
Insulation
.2 R value: 7.5 per 25 mm.
.3 Rx ISO roof insulation by Exeltherm or
approved equal .
�1 2 . 8 Tapered .1 CAN/CSA -A247, type 1 roof board, factory cut
Insulating to slopes shown on reviewed shop drawings.
Fibreboard
i
2 . 9 Insulating .1 To CAN/CSA-A247, regular density, multiple-ply,
Fibreboard asphalt impregnated, thickness as indicated.
2 .10 Sealers .1 Plastic cement: asphalt, to CAN/CGSB-37 .5.
.2 Sealing compound: to CAN/CGSB-37.29, rubber
asphalt type.
.3 Sealants: Tremo Dymonic.
2 .11 walkways .1 Walkway planks: 24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, asphalt
impregnated mineral boards with slate granule
surface.
2 .12 Cant Strips .1 Purpose made, prefabricated cut from 38 mm
thick fibreboard material to measure 140 mm on
slope.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 6
0006
April 2001
2 . 13 Fasteners .1 Sheathing to steel deck: No. 10 flat head,
self tapping, Type A or AB, cadmium plated
screws to CSA B35 .3 .
.2 Insulation to substrate: fasteners and plates
must meet Factory Mutual 4470 Standard for wind
uplift and corrosion resistance.
2 . 14 Roof Gravel .1 To ASTM D1863, clean crushed stone, slag or ,
gravel . Roofing gravel 5 mm to 20 mm in size,
well graded, washed, free from fines, long
splinters, moisture, ice and snow.
2 .15 Vented Stack .1 VSC-S by Lexsuco, or approved equal .
Covers
2 . 16 Membrane .1 FR40 by Lexsuco or Blueskin AG by Bakor.
Flashings
2 .17 Membrane .1 CA-103 by Lexsuco or Air Block 21 by Bakor.
Flashing Adhesive
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Workmanship .1 Do work in accordance with applicable standards j
in Canadian Roofing Contractors Association
(CRCA) Roofing Specifications Manual except
where specified otherwise.
.2 Do priming for asphalt in accordance with CGSB
37-GP-15M.
3 .2 Heating of .1 Asphalt to be heated in kettle or tanker
Asphalt sufficiently to provide correct EVT range at
point of application.
.2 In cold weather insulate hauling equipment and
re-circulation lines to minimize heat loss.
.3 Do not heat asphalt above its Final Blowing
Temperature (FBT) in tanker.
.4 Heating asphalt above its FBT may be
permissible in kettle as long as asphalt is
used up within four hours.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 7
0006 April 2001
.5 Equip kettle and tanker with working
i
thermometers.
3 .3 Plant and .1 Do not use direct fired equipment .
Equipment
.2 Use only kettles equipped with thermometers or
gauges in good working order.
.'s Locate kettles in safe place outside of
building. when locating kettles, give
consideration to direction of prevailing winds,
building fans and air handling units to
minimize possibility of smoke and fumes
entering surrounding occupied buildings. If
wind direction causes smoke and fume problems,
relocate kettles on daily basis when directed
by Consultant.
.4 Maintain supervision while kettles are in
operation and provide metal covers for kettles
to smother flames in case of fire. Provide
suitable fire extinguishers.
.5 Maintain efficiency of kettles and equipment by
frequent cleaning. Remove all carbonized
bitumen.
.6 Use only fibreglass roofing mops.
3 .4 Protection .1 Cover walls from top to bottom and adjacent
work where materials hoisted or used.
.2 Use warning signs and barriers. Maintain in
good order until completion of work.
.3 Notify General Contractor of any drips and
smears of bituminous material on stone
immediately. Do not attempt to clean. Do not
use solvents . Stone will be cleaned by Masonry
subcontractor at the expense of this Section.
This section will be liable for the cost of
stone replacement if it attempts to clean
stonework.
.4 Dispose of rain water off substrates and away
from face of building until drains or hoppers
installed and connected.
.5 Protect from traffic and damage.
.6 Place plywood runways over work to enable
movement of material and other traffic.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 8
0006 April 2001
.7 At end of each day' s work or when stoppage
occurs due to inclement weather, provide
protection for completed work and materials out ,
of storage.
. 8 Install insulation promptly to avoid
possibility of condensation beneath vapour
retarder.
3 .5 Substrate .1 Examine substrates and immediately inform '
Examination Consultant in writing of defects.
.2 Prior to commencement of work ensure:
. 1 Substrates are firm, straight, smooth,
dry, free of snow, ice or frost, and
swept clean of dust and debris.
.2 Curbs have been built.
.3 Drains have been installed at proper
elevations relative to finished roof '
surface.
.4 Plywood and lumber nailer plates have
been installed to walls and parapets as
indicated.
3 .6 Deck Sheathing .1 Mechanically fasten sheathing to steel deck
with screws spaced 400 mm oc each way.
.2 Place sheathing with long axis of each sheet
transverse to steel deck ribs, with end joints ,
staggered and fully supported on ribs.
3 .7 Vapour Retarder .1 Install vapour retarder with adhesive to ,
(Concrete or manufacturer' s printed instructions.
Gypsum Board)
.2 Seal vapour retarder to all protections to
provide continuity of building air vapour
envelope.
.3 Ensure all side laps rest on top flange of
steel deck.
3 . 8 Cants . 1 Install fibre prefabricated cants over rigid
insulation.
.2 Apply hot bitumen to receiving surface and ,
embed cant firmly by hand.
• Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 9
0006 April 2001
.3 Angle cut cants to fit tightly on back and
bottom where roof to wall angle varies from
90. .
3 . 9 Insulation: .1 Install insulation in two (2) layers.
Mechanically
Fastened .2 Mechanically fasten insulation using screws
Application and pressure distribution plates.
.3 Number and pattern of screws per board to meet
Factory Mutual requirements.
.4 Place boards in parallel rows with ends
staggered, and in firm contact with one
another. Stagger joints in the two (2) layers.
.5 Cut end boards to suit .
' 3 .10 Tapered .1 Mop insulation to felt vapour retarder and top
Insulation: layer of insulation to bottom layer with hot
Application asphalt at rate of 1 k9/M2.
.2 Install tapered insulation as in accordance
with shop drawings. Stagger joints between
layers 150 mm minimum.
3 .11 Conventional .1 Membrane application:
Membrane .1 Starting at low point, perpendicular to
Application slope, embed four plies of roofing felts
in hot asphalt over insulation.
.2 Overlap sheets 3/4 of their width plus 15
mm for four ply membrane and lap ends 150
mm.
.3 Apply asphalt at rate of 1 kg/M2.
.4 Extend felts up to top of cant strip.
.5 Install water cut-offs at end of day, and
remove before resuming work.
.6 Apply uniform flood coat at rate of 3
kg/m2 for asphalt and while bitumen is
still hot, apply protective gravel at
rate of 20 kg/M2.
. 7 Ensure that there are no skips in flood
coat. If some are found, sweep gravel
aside and reflood area.
.2 Flashing application:
.1 Use specified membrane flashing and
adhesive.
E ' 1
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 10
0006 April 2001
.2 On exterior walls extend membrane
flashing up inside face of parapet and
lap under air barrier provided by
Division 4 or stucco sub-trade. This
section is responsible for ensuring that
there are no gaps between air barrier
membrane provided by Division 4 or
Division 8.
.3 On interior walls, build base flashing up
to cavity wall or through wall flashing. ,
.4 Keep nails 200 mm above top of cant
strip.
.3 Gravel surfacing: '
.1 Inspect entire area to ensure no
wrinkles, buckles or fishmouths exist.
.2 Apply bitumen and gravel surfacing only
after placement of roofing felts and
membrane flashings.
.3 Apply flood coat of hot bitumen at 3 kg/M2
into which, while hot, embed aggregate at '
minimum rate of 20 kg/m'. Ensure aggregate
is dry and free from frost.
3 .12 Walkways .1 Install walkway in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and as indicated.
3 .13 Accessories .1 Install accessories, vent stack covers, etc. ,
to manufacturer's printed instructions.
3 . 14 Field Quality .1 Inspection and testing of BUR and EPDM
Control applications will be carried out by testing
laboratory designated by Consultant.
.2 Costs of tests will be paid under Cash
Allowance.
3 .15 Cleaning .1 Clean work in accordance with Section 01001 -
General Requirements .
.2 Clean to Consultant 's approval, soiled
surfaces, spatters, and damage caused by work
of this Section.
.3 If stone is soiled and cannot be cleaned to
satisfaction of Consultant, pay for replacement
of stone veneer sections as directed by
Consultant.
Clarington Public Library/ Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Section 07520
Municipal Office Expansion Roofing Page 11
0006 April 2001
.4 Check drains to ensure cleanliness and proper
function, and remove debris, equipment and
excess material from site .
r
it
I
r
, r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550
Mun. office Expansion Roofing Page 1
0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 Related Work .1 Metal flashing: Section 07620
Metal Flashing and Trim
.2 Caulking: Section 07900
Joint Sealers
i .3 Roof drains: Division 15
1 .2 References .1 CAN/CSA-A247-M86 Insulating Fibreboard.
.2 CSA B35.3-1962 Tapping and Drive Screws
' (Slotted and Recessed Head, Thread) .
.3 CGSB 37-GP-19M-76 Cement, Plastic, Cutback
Tar.
.4 CAN/CGSB-37.29-M89 Rubber-Asphalt Sealing
Compound.
.5 CGSB 37-GP-56M-80 Membrane, Modified,
Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for
Roofing.
. 6 CAN/CGSB-51.31-M84 Thermal Insulation,
Mineral Fibre Board for Above Roof Decks.
. 7 CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89 Vapour Barrier Sheet,
Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building
Construction.
1 .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section . 01300, Submittals
.2 Provide layout for tapered insulation.
1 .4 Storage and .1 Provide and maintain dry, off-ground
Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550 '
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
Handling weatherproof storage. ,
.2 Remove only in quantities required for same ,
day use.
.3 Place plywood runways over work to enable
movement of material and other traffic.
.4 Store caulking at +5C minimum.
.5 Store insulation protected from daylight and
weather and deleterious materials.
1.5 Environmental .1 Do not install roofing when temperature ,
Requirements remains below -18C for torch application.
.2 Minimum temperature for solvent-based ,
adhesive is -5C.
.3 Install roofing on dry deck, free of snow and ,
ice, use only dry materials and apply only
during weather that will not introduce
moisture into roofing system.
1.6 Protection .1 Maintain 1 ULC labelled fire extinguisher of ,
suitable size and type for each torch
applicator within 10 m of torch applicator
.2 Maintain fire watch for 1 hour after each
days roofing operations cease.
1.7 Compatibility .1 Compatibility between components of roofing
system is essential. Provide written
declaration if restating that questioned by ,
'Consultant stating that materials and
components, as assembled in system, meet this
requirement .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 3
0006 April 2001
2 .1 Vapour .1 Base sheet vapour retarder: to CGSB 37-GP-
Retarder 56M, SBS elastomeric polymer prefabricated
sheet, glass reinforcement, weighing 100 g/m.
2 .2 Membrane .1 Base sheet: to CGSB 37-GP-56M, SBS
thermoplastic polymer, prefabricated sheet,
glass reinforcement, weighing 100 g/m.
.2 Base sheet flashing: SBS 180 g/m.
.1 Type 1, fully adhered
.2 C-plain surfaced.
.3 Grade 1-standard service
.4 Top and bottom surfaces:
.1 Polyethylene/polyethylene.
.3 Cap sheet: to CGSB 37-GP-56M, (SBS)
thermoplastic polymer, prefabricated sheet,
glass reinforcement, weighing 250 g/m.
. 1 Type 1, fully adhered.
.2 Class A-granule surfaced.
. 3 Grade 1-standard service.
.4 Bottom surface polyethylene.
2 . 3 Bitumen .1 Asphalt: to CSA A123 .4, Type 2 .
2 .4 Polystyrene .1 To CAN/CGSB-51 .20, Type 4, thickness as
Insulation indicated, shiplapped edges .
' 2 . 5 Insulating .1 To CAN/CSA-A247, Type 1-roof board, surface
Fibreboard coated.
.2 Tapered fibreboard insulation where shown.
' 2 .6 Sealers .1 Plastic cement : asphalt, to CAN/CGSB-37.5 .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550 '
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.1 Acceptable material: . ,
.2 Sealing compound: to CAN/CGSB-37 .29, rubber
asphalt type.
.3 Sealants: Dymonic by Tremco.
2 .7 Cant Strips . 1 Cut from 38 mm thick prefabricated fibreboard
material, to measure 140 mm on slope.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Workmanship .1 Do roofing work in accordance with ,
applicable, standard in Canadian Roofing
Contractors Association (CRCA) Roofing
Specifications Manual and to manufacturers
printed instructions.
.2 Do priming for asphalt roofing in accordance
with CGSB 37-GP-15M. ,
3 .2 Protection .1 Cover walls and adjacent work where materials ,
hoisted or used.
.2 Use warning signs and barriers. Maintain in
good order until completion of work.
.3 Clean off drips and smears of bituminous
material immediately.
.4 Dispose of rain water off roof and away from
face of building until roof drains or hoppers
installed and connected.
. 5 Protect roof from traffic and damage.
.6 At end of each day' s work or when stoppage
occurs due to inclement weather, provide
protection for completed work and materials ,
out of storage.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
3 .3 Examination .1 Examine roof decks and immediately inform of
Roof Decks Consultant in writing of defects.
.2 Prior to commencement of work ensure:
.1 Decks are firm, straight, smooth, dry,
free of snow, ice or frost, and swept clean
of dust and debris.
.2 Curbs have been built .
.3 Roof drains have been installed at
proper elevations relative to finished roof
surface.
.4 Plywood and lumber nailer plates have
been installed to deck, walls and parapets as
indicated.
i
' 3 .5 Exposed .1 Insulation: mechanically fastened
Membrane Roofing application.
Application .1 Mechanically fasten insulation using screws
and pressure distribution plates.
.2 Number and pattern of screws per board
' to meet Factory Mutual requirements.
.3 Place boards in parallel rows with ends
staggered, and in firm contact with one
another.
.4 Cut end boards to suit .
.5 Install tapered insulation where
indicated following reviewed shop drawings .
.2 Base sheet application.
.1 Starting at low point of roof,
perpendicular to slope, unroll base sheet,
' align and reroll from both ends.
.2 Unroll and torch base sheet onto
substrate taking care not to burn membrane or
' its reinforcement .
.3 Lap sheets 75 mm minimum for side and
150 mm minimum for end laps .
.4 Application to be free of blisters,
wrinkles and fishmouths.
.3 Cap sheet application.
.1 Starting at low point on roof,
perpendicular to slope, unroll cap sheet,
align and reroll from both ends .
.2 Unroll and torch cap sheet onto base
sheet taking care not to burn membrane or its
reinforcement.
.3 Lap sheets 75 mm minimum for side laps
and 150 mm minimum for end laps . Offset
' joints in cap sheet 300 mm minimum from those
Clarington Pub. Library/ Modified Bituminous Section 07550 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Roofing Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
in base sheet.
.4 Application to be free of blisters,
fishmouths and wrinkles.
.5 Do membrane application in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
.4 Flashings. '
.1 Complete installation of flashing base
sheet stripping prior to installing membrane
cap sheet .
.2 Torch base and cap sheet onto substrate ,
in 1 metre wide strips.
.3 Lap flashing base sheet to membrane
base sheet minimum 150 mm and seal by mopping ,
or torch welding.
.4 Lap flashing cap sheet to membrane cap
sheet 250 mm minimum and torch weld.
.5 Provide 75 mm minimum side lap and ,
seal .
.6 Properly secure flashings to their
support, without sags, blisters, fishmouths '
or wrinkles.
.7 Do work in accordance with
manufacturer' s recommendations.
. 5 Roof penetrations. ,
.1 Install roof drain pans, vent stack
covers and other roof penetration flashings ,
and seal to membrane in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations and details.
3 .6 Field Quality .1 Inspection and testing of roofing application
Control will be carried out by testing laboratory ,
designated by consultant .
.2 Costs of tests will be paid under cash '
allowance.
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07620
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
i
1. 1 General .1 Conform to sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work . 1 Wood, blocking, Section
curbs, and nailing strips: 06101
Rough Carpentry
.2 Built-up bituminous Section 07510
roofing: Roofing
.3 EPDM membrane Section 07510
roofing: Roofing
.4 Fiberboard cant strips: Section 07510
' Roofing
.5 Flashing over aluminum Section 08520
' windows and curtain wall.
.6 Preformed metal cladding Section 07410
' 1.3 References .1 ASTM A526M-85 Specification for Steel Sheet,
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Commercial Quality.
.2 ASTM A591-77 (1983) Specification for Steel
Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated.
' .3 ASTM A606-85 Specification for Steel Sheet and
Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, High
' Strength, Low-Alloy, with Improved Atmospheric
Corrosion Resistance.
. 4 ASTM A792M-85a Specification for Steel Sheet,
Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip
Process.
.5 ASTM D523-85 Test Method for Specular Gloss.
. 6 ASTM D822-66 Recommended Practice for
Operating Light - and water - Exposure
Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type) for Testing Paint,
Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.
I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07620 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.3 References . 7 CSA A123.3-M1979 Asphalt or Tar Saturated
(Cont'd) Roofing Felt.
. 8 CSA Blll-1974 Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.
.9 CAN/CGSB-37.5-MB9 Cutback Asphalt Plastic ,
Cement.
.10 CAN/CGSB-51.32-M77 Sheathing, Membrane,
Breather Type.
. 11 Canadian Roofing Contractors Association
(CRCA) • '
1.4 Samples .1 Submit duplicate 50 x 50 mm samples of each ,
type of sheet metal material, colour and
finish.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
t
2.1 Prefinished .1 Prefinished steel, (22 gauge) , .76 mm, Z275
Sheet Steel Galvanized. Stelco Metallic series, colour
QC 2899 Metallic Bronze. ,
.2 One source of this colour, Vic West, tel.
905-825-2252, fax 905-825-2272.
2.2 Accessories .1 Isolation coating: alkali resistant bituminous
paint.
.2 Plastic cement: to CGSB 37-GP-5Ma.
.3 Underlay for metal flashing: Membrane flashing ,
FR40 by Lexsuco or Blueskin by Bakor.
.4 Sealants: Dymeric by Tremco.
. 5 Cleats: of same material, and temper as sheet
metal, minimum 50 mm wide. Thickness mm same
as sheet metal being secured. ,
. 6 Fasteners: of same material as sheet metal, to
CSA B111, ring thread flat head roofing nails
of length and thickness suitable for metal ,
flashing application.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07620
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
2.2 Accessories .7 Washers: of same material as sheet metal, 1 mm
(Cont'd) thick with rubber packings.
.S Precast concrete splashpads: Purpose made.
.9 Solder: To ASTM B32.
.10 Flux: Rosin, cut hydrochloric acid or
commercial preparation suitable for materials
to be soldered.
.11 Membrane Flashing Adhesive: CA103 by Lexsuco.
.12 Precast Concrete Splashpads: purpose made.
2.3 Fabrication .1 Fabricate metal flashings and other sheet
metal work in accordance with applicable CRCA
'FL' series details and as indicated.
.2 Form pieces in 2400 mm maximum lengths. Make
allowance for expansion at joints.
' .3 Hem exposed edges on underside 12 mm. Miter
and seal corners with sealant.
. 4 Form sections square, true and accurate to
size, free from distortion and other defects
detrimental to appearance or performance.
yl .5 Apply isolation coating to metal surfaces to
' be embedded in concrete or mortar.
2.9 Metal Flashings .1 Form flashings, copings and fascias to
profiles indicated using prefinished sheet
metal.
t
{ 2.5 Pans . 1 Form pans to receive roofing plastic from mm
thick kg/m2 galvanized sheet metal with
minimum 75 mm upstand above finished roof and
100 mm continuous flanges with no open
corners. Solder joints. Make pans minimum 50
mm wider than member passing through roof
membrane.
1
Clarin ton Pub. Library/ Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07620
9 Y g
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
2.6 Reglets and Cap .1 Form metal cap flashing of 26 gauge sheet
Flashings metal to be built into reglets in stucco or
masonry work for base flashings as detailed
in accordance with CRCA FL series details .
Provide slotted fixing holes and steel/plastic ,
washer fasteners. Cover face and ends with
plastic tape.
.2 Apply insolation coating in membrane between ,
sheet metal flashing and aluminum window
components.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3.1 Installation .1 Install sheet metal work in accordance with '
CRCA FL series details, Metal Work in Building
Construction and as detailed.
.2 Use concealed fastenings except where approved '
before installation.
.3 Provide underlay under sheet metal. Secure in ,
place and lap joints 100 mm.
.4 Counterflash bituminous flashings at '
intersections of roof with vertical surfaces
and curbs. Flash joints using S-lock forming
tight fit over hook strips .
.5 Lock end joints and caulk with sealant.
.6 Turn top edge of flashing into recessed reglet
or mortar joint minimum of 25 mm. Lead wedge ,
flashing securely into joint.
.7 Caulk flashing at reglet and cap flashing with ,
sealant.
.8 Install pans around items projecting through
roof membrane. '
t
END
Clarington Public Library/ Skylights Section 07800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1 .2 Related Work . 1 Framing of Openings: Division 6.
1 .3 Submittals .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with G.C.
5 of General Conditions of the Contract
showing all fabrication and installation
details.
.2 At completion of the project submit for
incorporation in maintenance manual, in
' triplicate, maintenance instructions for the
work of this Section. Refer to Section
01300 .
1 .4 Warranty . 1 Warrant the work of this Section against
defects and deficiencies in accordance with
G.C.40 and G.C. 42 of General Conditions of
the Contract as amended by Supplementary
General Conditions for a period of five
years from the date of the Certificate of
Substantial Performance. Promptly make good
defects which become evident during the
i warranty period.
G
t PART 2 - PRODUCTS
E
f 2 .1 Materials .1 Fixed Skylights:
e_ .1 Plastic skylights to CAN/CGSB-63-14,
Type 2 double glazed, Class A -
Aluminum frame.
.2 Thermally formed continuous plastic
' skylight supplied by LEXSUCO Canada
for 41 mm (1 5/8°) wide curb 6063-T5
mill finished extruded aluminum alloy,
' no-frost frame with continuous
condensation gutter, and cross band
dome supports with resilient gaskets,
ti
4 equal divisions. Overall length
and width of unit as shown on
drawings. Two (2) required at roof of
new Atrium, Room 174. Each of the new
four (4) skylights required is to be
' supplied with insulated curb.
4
Clarington Public Library/ Skylights Section 07800 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.3 LEXSUXO: phone 416-249-2227 or fax '
416-249-0253 or approved equal .
.4 Glazing:
.1 Plastic: to CAN/CGSB-12 .12, .187
mm thick, acrylic, surface flame
spread rating of not more than
150. '
.2 Outer layer: Bronze, #2412 .
.3 Inner layer: Polycarbonate,
clear.
.5 Curb: 1
.1 Preformed double wall aluminum
curb, .064 aluminum, 41 mm thick
x 300 mm high insulated sandwich ,
construction, rigid fibreglass
insulation complete with integral
pre punched deck flange for
attachment . ,
.2 Screws: Stainless Steel .
.3 Sealant: C-2-25-B-N Tremco Cymonic. ,
CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87, Class M-2-40-A-N.
.4 Flashing and Counter Flashings: Prepainted '
sheet metal, purpose made as supplied by
manufacturer of skylight.
.5 Alternate Supplier: Slimlight Skylights, ,
380 Tapscott Road, Units 11-13, Scarborough,
Ontario, tel. 416-293-8200, fax 416-293-
6721.
.6 Circular Replacement Skylights: size
approximately as shown, must be confirmed by ,
site measurements.
- Outer Layer: Bronze #2412
- Inner Layer: Clear, polycarbonate 2
required
2 .2 Fabrication .1 Fit and assemble work in shop. Execute work
in strict accordance with details and '
reviewed shop drawings.
.2 Fabricate work square, true, straight, plumb
and level, accurately to size detailed and
free from distortion, waves, twists, buckles
or other defects detrimental to appearance
or performance. '
PART 3 - EXECUTION ,
Clarington Public Library/ Skylights Section 07800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3 .1 Installation .1 Install in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions.
.2 Contractor shall have a copy of
manufacturer' s printed instructions on site
before starting the work.
i ,
E '
f
E
V
F
F
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Sealants Section 07900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General . 1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1.2 Summary .1 This Section specifies caulking and sealants
not specified in other Sections.
.2 Refer to other sections for other caulking and
sealants.
' 1.3 References .1 CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87 Sealing Compound,
One-component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing.
I
' .2 CAN/CGSB-19.17-M90 One-Component Acrylic
Emulsion Base Sealing Compound.
.3 CAN/CGSB-19.21-M87 Sealing and Bedding
Compound Acoustical.
� .4 CAN/CGSB-19.24-M90 Multi-component, Chemical
' Curing Sealing Compound.
r
.5 CAN/CGSB-19.13.M82, Neutral Cure Silicone, one
part sealing compound.
1.4 Samples . 1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
' 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate samples of each type of
' material and colour.
1.5 Mock-up .1 Construct mock-up in accordance with Section
01001 -General Requirements.
.2 Construct mock-up to show location, size,
' shape and depth of joints complete with
back-up material, primer, caulking and
sealant. Mock-up may be part of finished work.
.3 Allow 5 working days for review of mock-up by
Consultant before proceeding with sealant
work.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Sealants Section 07900 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.6 Delivery, .1 Deliver and store materials in original
Storage, and wrappings and containers with manufacturer's '
Handling seals and labels, intact. Protect from
freezing, moisture, water and contact with
ground or floor.
1
1.7 Environmental . 1 comply with requirements of Workplace
and Safety Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) '
Requirements regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal
of hazardous materials; and regarding
labelling and provision of material safety '
data sheets acceptable to Labour Canada.
.2 Conform to manufacturer's recommended
temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate ,
moisture content for application and curing of
sealants including special conditions
governing use.
.3 Follow safety and health precautions '
recommended in manufacturers material safety
data sheet.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Sealant . 1 Polysulphide Two Part.
Material .1 Self-Leveling to CAN/CGSB-19.24, Type 1, ,
Designations Class B, colour custom colour as selected.
Tremco Dymeric or approved equal
.2 Polysulphide Two Part. ,
. 1 Non-Sag to CAN/CGSB-19.24, Type 2, Class
B,custom colour selected by Consultant. Tremco
Dymeric or approved equal.
.3 Interior Mildew Resistant Silicones,One Part. ,
. 1 Dow Corning 786.
. 4 Acrylic Latex One Part. '
. 1 To CAN/CGSB-19.17. Tremco Latex 100 or
approved equal.
.5 Acoustical Sealant. '
. 1 To CAN/CGSB-19.21. Tremco Acoustical
Sealant or approved equal
. 6 Silicone Structural Adhesive: 995 Structural ,
Adhesive by Dow Corning, colour: black.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Sealants Section 07900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
2.1 Sealant .7 Preformed Compressible and Non-Compressible
Material back-up materials.
Designations .1 Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl
(COnt'd) Foam.
. 1 Extruded closed cell foam backer
' rod. Tremco sof rod or approved equal
.2 Size: oversize 30 to 50%.
.2 Bond Breaker Tape.
.1 Polyethylene bond breaker tape which
will not bond to sealant.
2.2 Sealant . 1 Perimeters of exterior openings where frames
Selection meet exterior facade of building: Sealant
type: 2 Part Polysulphide.
' .2 Control and expansion joints in exterior
surfaces of stone masonry walls: Sealant type:
2 Part Polysulphide.
' .3 Coping joints and coping-to facade joints:
j
Sealant type: 2 Part Polysulphide.
.4 Cornice and wash (or horizontal surface
joints) : Sealant type: 2 Part Polysulphide.
.5 Exterior joints in horizontal wearing surfaces
Sealant type: 2 Part Polysulphide, type 1,
self leveling.
.6 Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings
Sealant type: Acrylic Latex.
.7 Perimeters of interior frames, as detailed and
' itemized: Sealant type: Acrylic Latex.
. 8 Interior masonry vertical control joints
(block-to-block, block-to-concrete, and
intersecting masonry walls) : Sealant type:
Acrylic Latex.
' .9 Joints at tops of non-load bearing masonry
walls at the underside of poured concrete:
Sealant type: Acoustic Sealant.
. 10 Perimeter of bath fixtures (e.g. sinks,
urinals, stools, waterclosets, basins,
vanities) : Sealant type: Interior mildew
resistant silicone.
' .11 Exposed interior control joints in drywall:
Sealant type: Acrylic Latex.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Sealants Section 07900 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 Anril 2001
2.2 Sealant .12 Structural Glazing Joints in curtain wall,
Selection interior frameless glazing panels and on glass '
(Cont'd) entrance pavilion: silicone structural
adhesive.
2.3 Joint Cleaner .1 Non-corrosive and non-staining type,
compatible with joint forming materials and '
sealant recommended by sealant manufacturer.
.2 Primer: as recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3.1 Protection .1 Protect installed work of other trades from ,
staining or contamination.
3.2 Preparation of 1 Examine joint sizes and conditions to '
Joint Surfaces establish correct depth to width relationship
for installation of backup materials and
sealants.
.2 Clean bonding joint surfaces of harmful matter '
substances including dust, rust, oil grease,
and other matter which may impair work.
.3 Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces
treated with sealer, curing compound, water
repellent, or other coatings unless tests have
been performed to ensure compatibility of ,
materials. Remove coatings as required.
.4 Ensure joint surfaces are dry and frost free. '
.5 Prepare surfaces in accordance with
manufacturer's directions.
f
3.3 Priming .1 Where necessary to prevent staining, mask
adjacent surfaces prior to priming and ,
caulking.
.2 Prime sides of joints in accordance with
sealant manufacturer's instructions '
immediately prior to caulking.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Sealants Section 07900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
3.4 Backup Material .1 Apply bond breaker tape where required to
' manufacturer's instructions.
.2 Install joint filler to achieve correct joint
depth and shape, with approximately 309
' compression.
3.5 Mixing .1 Mix materials in strict accordance with
sealant manufacturer's instructions.
' 3.6 Application .1 Sealant.
. 1 Apply sealant in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions.
.2 Mask edges of joint where irregular
surface or sensitive joint border exists to
provide neat joint.
' .3 Apply sealant in continuous beads.
.4 Apply sealant using gun with proper size
nozzle.
.5 Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and
' joints solid.
.6 Form surface of sealant with full bead,
smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air
pockets, embedded impurities.
.7 Tool exposed surfaces before skinning
begins to give slightly concave shape.
f .B Remove excess compound promptly as work
i
progresses and upon completion.
.2 Curing.
. 1 Cure sealants in accordance with sealant
' manufacturer's instructions.
.2 Do not cover up sealants until proper
curing has taken place.
' .3 Cleanup.
.1 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and
leave work neat and clean.
' .2 Remove excess and droppings, using
recommended cleaners as work progresses.
.3 Remove masking tape after initial set of
sealant.
END
'N 1
' • Clarington Public Library/ Steel Doors and Frames Section 08111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' Steel Core Interior Exterior
Thickness
Zinc Design Zinc Design
ZF001 Z275
Overall Overall
Thickness Thickness
.1 Doors (Exterior)
• Door faces 1.2mm (18msg) 1.2mm+ 1.24mm
• Top and bottom end 1.2mm (18msg) 1.2mm+ 1.24mm
' channels
• Vertical stiffeners 1. Omm (20msg) 1. Omm+ 1 .04mm
OR
' .2 Doors (Interior)
• Door faces 1.Omm (20msg) 1.04mm+ 1.04mm
• Top and bottom end 1 .2mm (18msg) 1 .24mm+ 1.24mm
channels
f
E
.3 Reinforcements
• Lock and strike 1.6mm (16msg) 1.6mm+ 1.65mm
reinforcements
• Hinge reinforcements 3 .5mm (lomsg) 3 .5mm+ 3 .54mm
• Flush bolt 1.6mm (16msg) 1. 6mm+ 1.64mm
2 . 8mm+ 2 .84mm
reinforcement
Door closer 2 . 8mm (12msg)
' •
i
fl
.4 Door Fmmes
' • Door frames 1.6mm (16msg) 1 .6mm+ 1.64mm
( .5 Anchors
• T-strap type 1.6mm (16msg) 1.6mm+ 1 .64mm
k ' • stirru 1.6mm (16msg) 1.6mm+ 1 .64mm
p-strap type
(50mm x 250mm/2 ' x
101 ) 1 .6mm (16msg) 1 .6mm+ 1. 64mm
• Jamb floor anchors 1 .2mm (18msg) 1 .2mm+ 1.24mm
' • Jamb spreaders 0.80mm (22msg) 0.08mm+ 0. 84mm
• Mortar guard boxes 1 .00mm (20msg) 1.00mm+ 1.04mm
• Glass mouldings
t
i
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1
1 .1 General .1 Conform to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
.2 Manufacturer' s nameplates may not be
attached to any visible components.
1.2 Related Work .1 Caulking of joints between Section 07900
frames and other building Sealants
components:
I
.2 Supply of cylinders Section 08710
Door Hardware
f'
i
€ 1.3 References .1 Aluminum Association Designation System for
Aluminum Finishes-1980.
.2 ASTM E330-90 Test Method for Structural
Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air
Pressure Difference.
.3 CAN/CSA-G40.21-92 Structural Quality Steels.
.4 CSA G164-M92 Hot Dip Galvanizing of
Irregularly Shaped Articles.
' .5 CGSB 1-GP-40M-79 Primer, Structural Steel,
d Oil Alkyd Type.
' . 6 CAN/CGSB-12 . 1-M90 Tempered or Laminated
Safety Glass.
' 1.4 Design Criteria .1 Design frames and doors in exterior walls
to:
' .1 Accommodate expansion and contraction
within service temperature range of -35 to
35C.
.2 Limit deflection of mullions to
maximum 1/175th of clear span when tested to
ASTM E330 under wind load of 1 .2 kpa.
.3 Conform to the requirements of OBC
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120 '
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements. '
.2 Submit one 300 x 300 mm corner sample of
each type door and frame.
.3 Submit sample showing glazing detail,
reinforcement, and finish.
.4 Frame sample to show glazing stop, door '
stop, jointing detail, and finish.
1 .6 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Indicate each type of door and frame,
extrusion profiles, method of assembly, '
section and hardware reinforcement,
locations of exposed fasteners, and
finishes.
.3 Submit catalogue details for each type of '
door and frame illustrating profiles,
dimensions and methods of assembly. '
1.7 Maintenance .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for '
Data cleaning and maintenance of aluminum
finishes for incorporation into manual
specified in Section 01001 - General '
Requirements.
1 .8 Protection .1 Apply temporary protective coating to
finished surfaces. Remove coating after '
erection. Do not use coatings that will
become hard to remove or leave residue.
.2 Leave protective covering in place until '
final cleaning of building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
Mun, Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 3
' 0006
April 2001
2 .1 Manufacturer .1 Standard Aluminum Doors: Kawneer is the
' named manufacturer for all doors and
components of this section. Alumicor is an
accepted alternative. Other manufacturers
will be considered if a submission is made
in writing 7 days in advance of close of
the bid. If accepted an addendum will be
issued. If no such addendum is issued, base
the bid on the named products.
1 ' 2 .2 Materials .1 Aluminum extrusions: Aluminum Association
alloy AA6063-T54 anodizing quality.
I
' .2 Sheet aluminum: All sheet aluminum is to be
clear anodized, #26 (light Bronze) by
Kawneer, 2 .0 mm thick (0. 08011) post
anodized (after brake forming) .
.3 Steel reinforcement: to CAN/CSA-G40.21,
grade 300W.
' .4 Fasteners: stainless steel, finished to
match adjacent material .
. 5 Weatherstrip: replaceable plastic backed
wool pile.
' .6 Door bumpers: black neoprene.
' ! . 7 Door bottom seal: adjustable door seal with
anodized extruded aluminum frame and vinyl
' weather seal, surface mounted with drip cap,
closed ends .
.8 Isolation coating: alkali resistant
bituminous paint.
. 9 Glass: Glazing types as shown on elevations.
-, � Glass is specified in Section 08800.
.10 Glazing materials: black, closed cell
elastomer.
.11 Sealants: as specified in Section 07900.
. 12 Air Vapour Barrier: Blueskin by Bakor c/w
Bakor adhesive compatible with substrate.
i
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120 t ,
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 4
0006 April 2001
i
2 .3 Exterior .1 Door Type D3 : 190 Narrow Stile door by
Aluminum Doors Kawneer or equivalent by Alumicor.
.1 Construct door of porthole extrusions
with minimum wall thickness of 3 mm.
.2 Door stiles nominal 50 mm wide plus or
minus 6 mm.
.3 Top rail nominal 10o mm wide plus or
minus 6 mm. Top rail and stiles solid at
top to prevent rain penetration.
.4 Bottom rail nominal 100 mm wide plus
or minus 6 mm.
.5 Reinforce mechanically-joined corners
of doors to produce sturdy door unit. '
.6 Glazing stops: Interlocking snap-in
type for dry glazing. Exterior stops:
tamperproof type.
.2 Door Type D2 :
.1 Flushline Entrances by Kawneer or
equivalent by Kawneer. Kawneer similar to
AVL-2 .
.2 25 mm (1") insulating glass unit,
clear tempered glass.
.3 Entrance door of porthole extrusions
for top rails, bottom rails and stiles.
Stiles and top rails solid on top to prevent
rain penetration.
.4 44 .5 mm thick basic section with
interior reglets.
.5 Door core filled with foamed-in-place
insulation. '
.3 Reinforce mechanically-joined corners of
doors to produce sturdy door unit .
.4 Glazing stops: interlocking snap-in type for
dry glazing. Exterior stops: tamperproof
type.
.5 Hinges
.1 Doors 150a, 150 and 172: top
intermediate and bottom offset pivot
hinges.
Doors 164a and 172a: butt hinges.
Doors 162a: continuous roton hinges.
.2 Locks and Latches '
Doors 150a and 162a and 172: mortised
lockset Yale 8460-2 Series.
Doors 164a and 172a: mortised
locksets no exterior trim.
.3 Push Pulls
Doors 150a, 150, 162a, 172:
Architects Classic Tubular Section
Push Pulls, one set per door.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
` .4 Exit Devices
Doors 164a and 172a: Rim device
Doromatic 1590.
Doors 150a and 172: Doromatic 1990
Concealed Rod Panic.
.5 Door Closers
Doors 164a and 172a: Exposed Overhead
Norton 1605 BC or equivalent.
Doors 150, 150a and 172: Concealed
Overhead Closers. j
.6 Door Stops to suit each situation.
.7 Exterior Doors Weatherstripping and
Thresholds to suit each situation.
.8 Install hardware supplied by 08700
such as cylinders.
.9 All miscellaneous items as required to
provide complete hardware package of
standard compatible with items above.
.10 Hardware to be compatible with
security devices supplied and
' installed by others. Investigate and
confirm during Shop Drawing stage.
Issue statement of compatibility at
that time.
.11 Prep doors and frames for the hardware
including security devices and
hardware supplied by others.
i
2 .4 Aluminum .1 Construct insulated frames of aluminum
Frames, Exterior extrusions with minimum wall thickness of 3
Doors mm.
.2 Frame members 50.8 x 114 .3 mm nominal size.
.3 Kawneer Tri-fab 450T, thermally broken
framing system.
.4 Where door occurs within curtainwall system
use curtainwall system for the frame.
2 .5 Aluminum .1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum
Finishes components in accordance with Aluminum
Association Designation System for Aluminum
' Finishes.
.1 Light Bronze anodic finish:
designation AA- M12C22A31, Class 1, Kawneer
426, .7 mils.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
.2 Appearance and properties of anodized
finishes designated by the Aluminum
Association as Architectural Class 1 .
2 .6 Steel Finishes .1 Finish steel clips and reinforcing steel
with zinc coating to CSA G164.
i
2 . 7 Fabrication .1 Doors and framing to be by same
Exterior Doors manufacturer.
.2 Fabricate doors and frames to profiles and
maximum face sizes as shown. Provide minimum
22 mm bite for insulating glazed units.
.3 Provide structural steel reinforcement as '
required.
.4 Fit joints tightly and secure mechanically.
. 5 Conceal fastenings.
. 6 Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors,
frames and reinforcements to receive
hardware.
.7 Isolate aluminum from direct contact with ,
dissimilar metals, concrete and masonry.
2 .8 Interior .1 1600 Curtainwall by Kawneer or 2500 by
Aluminum Glazed Alumicor where shown.
Screens
.2 517 Series by Kawneer or 900 Series by
Alumicor with modified cap section as
detailed.
.3 Glass: 6 mm single glazing, type as shown.
.4 Interior Aluminum Glazed Screens to match
exterior detail except use single glazing.
.5 Refer to Section 08520 for detailed ,
specification of .1 and .2 above.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
t Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 7
0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Set frames plumb, square, level at correct
elevation in alignment with adjacent work.
.2 Anchor securely.
.3 Install doors and hardware in accordance
with hardware templates and manufacturer' s
instructions .
.4 Adjust operable parts for correct function.
. 5 Make allowances for deflection of structure
to ensure that structural loads are not
transmitted to frames.
3 .2 Glazing .1 Glaze aluminum doors and frames in
accordance with Section 08800 - Glazing.
.2 All doors transoms and sidelights have
insulated, sealed double glazed units
except as noted below.
.3 Door 101a, transom and sidelight, is single
glazed.
3 .3 Caulking .1 Seal joints to provide weathertight seal at
outside and air, vapour seal at
inside.
.2 Apply sealant in accordance with Section
07900 - Sealant. Conceal sealant within the
aluminum work except where exposed use is
permitted by Consultant .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
Mun. Office Expansion and Aluminum Interior Screens Page 8
0006 April 2001
3 .4 Air Barrier .1 It is the responsibility of this section to '
give complete cooperation in providing and
maintaining the continuity of the air-
vapour seal to adjacent materials to which
the doors and frames abut . Fit flexible
seals, tapes, sealants, and gaskets at
locations required to provide
air/vapour/water resistant and weathertight
junctions. Ensure continuity of seal at end
joints between lengths of material by
overlapping and cementing. Caulk junctions
of system components to themselves and
other work with sealant to maintain
effective vapour, air and water barrier and
fix in place with an aluminum flat to the
air/vapour seal line at the adjacent
material and to the glazing rebate.
N
1
r
i
1
1
1
1
Clarington Public Library/ Wood Doors Section 08200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Installation of wood doors and hardware:
Section 06410, Carpentry and Millwork.
.2 Supply of hardware: Section 08710, Finish
Hardware.
1 .3 Submittals . 1 Shop Drawings
.1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
G.C. of 3 .11 of General Conditions of
' the Contract . Show details of stile and
rail door construction, type of core and
construction detail, glazing and louver
' stops, openings required, material
designation, and door schedules .
i
1.4 Delivery, Storage .1 Deliver doors to Job Site until work of wet
and Handling trades is complete and moisture readings of
surfaces in proposed storage area is less than
18%.
.2 1.4 .2 Store doors flat on level surface in
dry, well ventilated area inside building.
.3 1.4. 3 Cover top of pile with waterproof
covering but allow air circulation at sides.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Conform to CSA 0132 .2-M1977 for materials,
except as specified otherwise herein.
.2 Solid Core Flush Doors
.1 Core Material: Solid Eastern White Pine
or Western Red Cedar or particle board
conforming to CAN3-0188. 1-M78, Grade R.
.2 Adhesive: CSA 0132 .2-M1977, Type III .
.3 Face Veneer for Doors: Cherry.
Clarington Public Library/ Wood Doors Section 08200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.3 Sealers: Interior alkyd primer-sealer, CGSB
1-GP84M, for paint finish. Varnish, CGSB
1-GP-36M Type I for stained or varnished
finish.
.4 Hardwood Plywood: CSA 0115-M1982 Type II,
Sound Grade Red Cherry veneer.
2 .2 Fabrication .1 General
.1 Conform to CSA 0132 .2-M1977 for solid
core flush doors, except as specified
otherwise herein.
.2 Size doors for 2 mm (1/1611) clearance of
heads and jambs and 10 mm (3/811) at
sills.
.3 Fabrication
.1 Vertical edge strips to match face
veneer.
.2 Prepare doors for louvres and
glass and provide hardwood '
(species to match face veneer)
glazing stops and stickings with
mitred corners.
.3 Bevel vertical edges of single
acting doors 3 mm in 50 mm on lock
side and 1.5 mm in 50 mm on
hinge side.
.4 Radius vertical edges of double
acting doors to 60 mm radius.
. 5 Provide block and hardware
reinforcement on rated doors.
.2 Flush Doors
.1 Solid Core: Laminated wood framed core
construction comprising solid particle
board core with minimum total thickness
of stiles, top and bottom rails
including hardwood edging 100 mm (411)
and 60 mm (2-3/411) respectively. Series
3100 by Premdor or 8300 by Baillargeon.
.2 Edges: 19 mm (3/411) minimum thickness
one piece full length Cherry.
. 3 Sealing: Seal top and bottom edges with
one coat of sealer applied in door
manufacturer' . plant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Seal faces of doors and all edges in
accordance with CAN/CSA-0132 .2
Clarington Public Library/ Wood Doors Section 08200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
.2 Install doors and hardware in accordance with
manufacturer' s printed instructions.
.3 Adjust hardware for correct function.
3 .2 Adjustment . 1 Re-adjust doors and hardware just prior to
completion of building to function freely and
' properly.
r
Y
6
if
}
t
v
F
F
IClarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Conform to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 Related Work .1 Sealants Section 07900
' .2 Glazing Section 08800
' .3 Aluminum Doors and Frames Section 08120
' 1.3 Reference .1 CAN/CSA-A440-M90 Windows.
.2 CAN/CSA-G164-M92 Hot Dip Galvanizing of
' Irregularly Shaped Articles.
.3 CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89 Primer, Structural Steel,
Oil Alkyd Type.
.4 AA (Aluminum Association) DAF 45 1980
Designation System For Aluminum Finishes.
' .5 AAMA CW-I-9 Aluminum Curtain Wall Design
Guide Manual.
I
k
. 6 AAMA CW-10 Curtain Wall Manual #10 Care and
Handling of Architectural Aluminum From
Ei
Shop to Site.
' .7 AAMA CW-11 Curtain Wall Manual - Design
Windloads for Buildings and Boundary Layer
Wind Tunnel Testing.
.8 AAMA FC-1 Field Check of Metal Curtain Walls
for Water Leakage.
I
. 9 AAMA GSM-1 Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store
Front and Entrance Guide Specifications
Manual .
' .10 AAMA 603 .8 Performance Requirements and Test
i
Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on
Extruded Aluminum.
l .11 ASTM B209M-92a Specification for Aluminum
and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
3
e
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520 '
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
.12 ASTM B221M-92a Specification for Aluminum- ,
Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes,
and Tubes. ,
.13 ASTM E283-84 Test Method for Rate of Air
Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
.14 ASTM E330-90 Test Method for Structural
Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air ,
Pressure Difference.
.15 ASTM E331-86 Test Method for Water '
Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air
Pressure Difference.
.16 ASTM E1105-90 Test Method for Field ,
Determination of Water Penetration of
Installed Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, ,
and Doors by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air
Pressure Difference.
.17 CAN/CGSB-12 .20-M89 Structural Design of
Glass for Buildings.
.18 AAMA 501 Methods of Testing for Metal ,
Curtainwalls
1 .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section ,
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit one representative model of each type
window.
.3 Include frame, sash, sill, glazing and
weatherproofing method, insect screens,
surface finish and hardware.
.4 Include 150 mm long samples of head, jamb,
sill, meeting rail mullions to indicate
profile.
.5 Provide 2 150 mm long samples of each size ,
curtain wall glazing caps.
1 .5 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
r .2 Indicate materials and details in scale full
size for head, jamb and sill, profiles of
components, interior and exterior trim,
junction between combination units,
elevations of unit, anchorage details,
location of isolation coating, description
of related components, exposed finishes,
fasteners, and caulking.
. 3 Indicate system directions, framed opening
requirements and tolerances, weep drainage
network and field welding required.
1 .6 Maintenance .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for
Data windows for incorporation into manual
' specified in Section 01001 - General
Requirements.
1 .7 Performance .1 Provide continuity of building enclosure
Requirements vapour and air barrier using glass and
M glazing materials as follow:
.1 Utilize inner light of multiple light
sealed units for continuity of air and
vapour seal.
.2 Design window system and glass to
withstand wind loads, dead loads and
positive and negative live loads to
requirements of applicable codes. Use
interior reinforcing as required. Use
a wind load of a minimum of 20 lb/ft2 .
.3 Limit glass deflection to flexural
limit of glass with full recovery of
glazing materials.
.4 Where window framing & glazing is less
than 1 m above the floor they shall be
designed to meet the requirements of
OBC 3 . 3 .1 .18 (6) and 4.1.10 .1.
.5 System is to be rain screen system,
' pressure equalized. All glazing
pockets shall be vented and drained to
the exterior.
.6 Supply preengineered load tables or
tests for window systems or shop
drawings shall be executed and sealed
by a qualified engineer registered in
the Province of Ontario and a member
of APED.
.7 All mullions and sash to be thermally
broken design.
I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 4
0006 April 2001
. 8 Size glass units and glass dimensions ,
to limits established in CAN/CGSB-
12 .20.
.9 Provide system to accommodate, without
damage to components or deterioration
of seals:
.1 Movement within system.
.2 Movement between system and
perimeter framing components.
. 3 Dynamic loading and release of
loads.
.4 Deflection of structural support
framing.
.5 Shortening of building concrete
structural columns.
.6 Creep of concrete structural
members.
.10 Limit air infiltration through
assembly to 0.0003 m/s/mof wall area,
measured at a reference differential
pressure across assembly of 75 Pa as ,
measured in accordance with AAMA 501.
ASTM E283 .
.11 Vapour seal with interior atmospheric
pressure of 25 mm sp, 22C, 40% RH: No
failure.
.12 Water leakage: none, when measured in
accordance with AAMA 501. ASTM E331 .
ASTM E1105 .
.13 System to provide for expansion and
contraction within system components
caused by a cycling temperature range
of 95C over a 12 hour period without
causing detrimental affect to system
components.
.14 Drain water entering joints,
condensation occurring in glazing
channels, or migrating moisture
occurring within system, to the
exterior by a weep drainage network.
.15 Maintain continuous air barrier and
vapour retarder throughout assembly,
primarily in line with inside pane of ,
glass and heel bead of glazing
compound. Position thermal insulation
on exterior surface of air barrier
and vapour retarder.
.16 Ensure no vibration harmonics, wind
whistles, noises caused by thermal
movement, thermal movement transmitted ,
to other building elements, loosening,
weakening, or fracturing of
attachments or components of system ,
occur.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
.17 Design and size components to
withstand seismic loads and sway
displacement as calculated in
accordance with NBC.
1. 8 Test Reports .1 Submit substantiating engineering data, test
results of previous tests by independent
laboratory which demonstrate conformance
' with performance criteria and other
supportive data.
1.9 Air Barrier .1 The aluminum windows are a key component in
the air barrier system particularly in the
' high humidity gallery spaces.
.2 Participate in planning and coordination
' sessions when requested by General
Contractor.
.3 Provide and install components, sealants and
air barrier membranes as required to provide
continuous effective air barrier at all
junctions of this section and the work of
other sections.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS .
i
2 .1 Materials .1 Window Types:
.1 Curtainwall
[. . 1 1600 Series curtainwall by
Kawneer, sized to suit double
glazing. Accepted alternative
is Alumicor 2500 Series.
' .2 67 mm (2 1/2") width.
.3 Exterior caps:
.1 Standard flat cap, 19 mm
deep.
' .2 Deep flat cap where
t
indicated, 75 mm deep.
.4 Curtainwall to be fully drained,
rain screen system, thermally
broken, clear anodized.
.° .5 Depth to suit wind load
E`r , requirements. Minimum depth as
g shown.
r
s
t
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520 '
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 6 ,
0006 April 2001
.6 Each of the above systems is to
be a full rain series system
with a pressure equalized cavity ,
and method of draining moisture
to the exterior.
.7 Each is to comply with A440,
minimum A3, B7, C5 and D2 . ,
.8 Alternates to above may be
considered if sufficient date is
submitted to architect . Minimum
7 days before bid close to '
demonstrate compliance with the
above design, standards and
profiles. The Architect will
retain any submissions . If
accepted, an addendum will be
issued to confirm acceptance.
Unless such an Addenda is issued
the bid must be based on one of
the two (2) named systems.
.2 Aluminum Windows: '
.1 517 Series by Kawneer or 900
Series by Alumicor.
.3 Modified cap section as detailed. '
.4 Ventilation Units:
.1 #512 Ventron by Kawneer or
Alumicon equivalent.
.5 Casement units:
. 1 #526 vent inserts by Kawneer or
Alumicor equivalent, side
hinged, open out.
.2 Sizes and configurations as
shown.
.3 Hardware: aluminum hinges,
finish to match window units,
two (2) pairs per unit.
.4 Friction arms and two (2) A/C
locks per casement units .
.2 Aluminum Sections: Extruded from AA6063-T5 ,
alloy, minimum thickness 1 .5 mm, anodizing
quality.
.1 Exterior Components: Light Bronze,
anodized aluminum, 426 finish.
.2 Interior Components: Clear, anodized
aluminum, Class 2, .4 mils
.3 Glazing units: ,
.1 Glazing types shown on drawings.
.2 Glazing types are specified in Section
08800 .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 7
0006 April 2001
.4 Awning Units:
.1 By Kawneer or by Alumicor, compatible
with main windows or curtain wall.
' .2 operable awning units: top hinged,
open out, awning type, dual arm
rotator, c/w screen. Window to be
Icomplete with claw handle type lock.
.5 Aluminum Filler Panels:
.1 2 mm aluminum face panels.
.2 Cavity filled with semi-rigid
fiberglass insulation.
.3 2 mm aluminum back panel .
.6 Spandrel glass: as specified in Section
08800. All spandrel units shall be installed
from the exterior and allow simple reglazing
from the exterior.
.7 Projecting/Recessed Window Assemblies:
.1 Components as detailed.
.2 Components as required from 1600
series by Kawneer.
.3 Where side of frame is exposed, use
' solid section (not standard section
capped) .
.4 Use different depth glazing caps as
shown.
.8 Aluminum Soffits:
.1 Shadow Form by Kawneer, clear, Light
' Bronze, anodized, #26 finish.
.2 Supply complete system with all
components, fasteners, accessories and
trims as required to complete the
' work.
.9 Special Aluminum Shapes.
.1 Brake formed from 2 .0 mm Aluminum
sheet.
.2 All anodizing is post anodized, that
is after forming.
.3 Locate joints in pieces exceeding 10
mm as indicated or where joints are
not indicated in 2 or 3 sections of
' equal height . Indicate proposed
locations of joints on shop drawings.
.4 Weld plates on back of formed shapes
to form slip joints, at all joints.
.10 Weatherstripping: Woven polypropylene pile,
Fin-Seal by Schlegel. Do not use open cell
plastic foam.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520 • '
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 8
0006
April 2001
.11 Screws, Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Rivets and ,
Other Fastening Devices: Cadmium plated, or
stainless steel with chromium content of not ,
less than 12% . Exposed fasteners or pop
rivets not acceptable.
.12 Thermal Break: Cork and neoprene composition
or extruded rigid P.V.C.
.13 Rust Inhibiting Primer: CGSB 1-GP-40M.
. 14 Bituminous Paint: Best quality obtainable.
. 15 Glazing Compound: 440 polyisobutylene-butyl '
tape by Tremco (Canada) Ltd. and sealant to
CAN/CGSB-19.13-M87 type G-2-225-A-N or
window manufacturer' s standard factory
glazing system. ,
.16 Sealant:
.1 Standard multi-component, chemical ,
curing, CAN/CGSB-19.24-M80, Class B,
Type 2, or one component type,
chemical curing, CAN/CGSB-19 .13-M87,
Type C-2-25-B-N. Colour selected by '
Consultant.
.2 Silicon structural adhesive for
structural sealant glazing system, 995
structural adhesive by Dow Corning,
colour black.
. 17 Joint Backing Material : Polyethylene foam
rope, closed cell type, 50% larger than
joint.
.18 Joint Primer, Surface Conditioners and ,
Cleaning Agents: As recommended by
respective glazing and sealant compound
manufacturer. ,
.19 Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum Association Alloy
AA 5005 AQ, free from scratches and surface
blemishes, 2 . 0 mm (0. 08011) thick. Light
Bronze anodized finish, 26 .
.20 Loose Insulation: Glass fibre or mineral '
wool, CSA A101-M1983, Type II .
.21 Condensation gutter: size shown, formed from
2 mm aluminum sheet. '
• Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 9
0006 April 2001
.22 Parapet Cap Flashing: Profile and size
shown, fabricated from 2 mm aluminum sheets.
where alterations are made to existing
windows, new Sections to match existing
window. Profiles to match existing.
Duracron Finish, colour to match existing.
' .23 Sills: Brake form to profile shown from 2
mm Aluminum Sheet. Light Bronze Anodized
#26, Anodized after brake forming.
.24 Thresholds:
.1 Supply and install bronze anodized
' thresholds DS 1200 as manufactured by
Draft Seal by A. K. Draft Seal Ltd. ,
tel. 604-520-1080, fax 604-520-3594,
or equivalent.
' Refer to Drawings for locations as
clarified by this Addendum (No. 2) .
.2 Thresholds installed over foundation
wall at base of curtainwall. Install
' air barrier membrane below
thresholds. Slope threshold to
provide positive drainage away from
' the building.
' 2 .2 Fabrication .1 General :
.1 Take field measurements prior to
fabrication or obtain guaranteed
' dimensions from Contractor.
.2 Fabricate frames square from
extrusions with sharply defined
profiles and prepare for glazing.
' .3 Design and fabricate necessary
brackets and anchorage devices so
that, when installed, they will
compensate for unevenness and
dimensional difference in structure,
will allow full expansion and
contraction of framing members without
creating undesirable stresses in the
F , components and will adequately sustain
windows and superimposed wind and rain
F loads and all other stresses .
.4 Jig assemble components in shop and
r ' partially disassemble where necessary
prior to delivery and installation.
' Field fabrication not permitted.
.5 Reinforce and prepare window frames
for related hardware where applicable.
k
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520 '
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 10 '
0006 April 2001
. 6 Accurately form joints and '
intersections to tight, hairline fit,
sealed against water penetration and '
air leakage.
. 7 Cope and butt join or mitre all joints
in main frame and sash, neatly, in
weathertight manner and secure by ,
means of screws anchored into integral
screw ports.
.8 Deburr and make smooth all sharp ,
milled edges and corners of sash
frames.
.9 Nick threads to prevent loosening of
nuts. Make bolted and screwed work as '
inconspicuous as possible.
.10 Construct and erect windows free of
exposed fasteners . If unavoidable,
fasteners shall be tamper proof. ,
.11 Glaze and weatherstrip all units in
factory as far as practicable.
Weatherstripping shall be secured '
properly to prevent shrinkage or
movement and be easily replaceable
without use of special tools. It shall
be resistant to deterioration by '
weathering or aging.
.12 Apply two shop coats or rust
inhibiting primer to all steel '
components. Over primer and over
aluminum coming in contact with
masonry apply a shop coat of
bituminous paint. Take all other
necessary measures to prevent future
deterioration due to corrosion and
electrolysis.
.13 Welding of component members is ,
permitted providing it does not in any
way mar surface appearance. Make
joints tight in true plane, ground and ,
sanded smooth, flush with base detail .
Do all welding on concealed surface.
.14 Aluminum finish shall be free from
blemishes or scratches and uniform in '
colour and sheen.
.2 Fixed Sections: '
.1 Fabricated as specified in Para. 2 .2 .1
complete with air circulation holes
provided with dust and insect
screens.
.2 Fabricate sash for exterior glazing
secured with snap-in aluminum glazing
beads, except as noted below. ,
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 11
' 0006 April 2001
i
' .3 High performance windows are to be
fabricated for interior glazing.
' .3 Ventron Ventilation Strips:
.1 Fabricated and install to
manufacturer's printed instructions.
' .4 Aluminum Sills:
.1 Brake formed from minimum 2mm
' material, clear post anodized finish,
to size and shape as detailed,
complete with end drip deflectors and
' necessary anchors.
.5 Manufacturer' s nameplates are not permitted
on the windows.
.6 Air Barrier Membrane; Blueskin by Bakor or
Perma Barrier by WR Grace, with adhesive by
' Bakor or WR Grace, compatible with
substrate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Inspection .1 Condition of Building:
' .1 Commence installation only when
variations or discrepancies on site
which do not meet requirements or
will prevent satisfactory
' installation of this work are
corrected.
' 3 .2 Installation .1 General:
.1 Install windows in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and to
reviewed shop drawings.
.2 Provide all fastenings or anchors to
be built in under other Sections.
' .3 Conceal all fastenings of window
components from view.
.4 Securely install frames plumb, true,
square and straight in openings and
free from distortion. Do not exceed
3 .2 mm in 3 m variation from plumb and
level .
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 12
0006 April 2001 ,
.5 Clean and restore primer and
bituminous paint to surfaces
disturbed by field welding or other '
operations .
.6 Leave final installation water, air
and weather tight.
.2 Glazing: ,
. 1 Provide sash frames which will permit
glass replacement without use of
special tools.
.2 Set glass in aluminum rebate, tape on ,
inside and stop on outside.
.3 Clean glazing rebates, stops, metal
and glass edges, removing all oil,
dirt and moisture prior to glazing. ,
Use cleaning materials recommended by
manufacturer of glazing compound.
.4 Apply glazing materials to obtain
complete adhesion to stops and glass.
Installed glazing material shall be
free from embedded foreign matter.
.5 Neatly tool compound at an angle ,
sloping away from glass. Remove excess
glazing compound from stops and glass.
.3 Weatherstripping: ,
.1 Double weatherstrip opening sash of
window units at sash perimeter.
Conceal weatherstripping to prevent '
accumulation of foreign matter or
matting due to cleaning, operation or
handling which would reduce ,
effectiveness or life of seal .
.2 Install all weatherstripping in
specially extruded ports and secure to
prevent shrinkage, movement or loss ,
when removing sash for cleaning or
operating.
.4 Sealing: '
.1 Seal joints between windows, sills,
and other components in this Section
and adjacent construction both inside '
and outside to provide weathertight
seal on exterior and air/vapour seal
on interior.
.2 Do all preparation for and application '
of sealants in strict conformity with
Section 07900, Sealants.
t
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 13
' 0006 April 2001
I
t .3 Finish all joints neatly, concave and
remove all excess material .
.4 Seal joints within window units and
' components, including junction of
thermal break and aluminum frames to
provide air/vapour and watertight
joints . Do such sealing at plant
whenever possible and so not visible
when units are installed.
' . 5 Secure work in required position. Do not
restrict thermal movement. Attach anchors to
warm side of mullion as required to prevent
' thermal bridging.
.6 Install in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440-M90
and the provisions given in the applicable
sections of OBC.
' .7 Supply and install insulation and air
l barrier membrane to hollow corner window
sections etc . , where enclosed within the
work of this section.
f .8 Do not install sealants when ambient and
' surface temperature is less than 5C.
.9 Maintain this minimum temperature during and
after installation of sealants.
ri
3 .3 Adjust and .1 Inspect all window units for damage and
Clean correct damage found.
' .2 Adjust all operating devices and leave in
perfect working order.
.3 Immediately prior to cleaning of glass and
' before building handed over, make good
damage and disfigurement. Remove protective
coatings, stains and foreign matter from
exposed, exterior and interior surfaces of
' work.
.4 Clean windows using soap and water, or water
and approved solvents not injurious to
aluminum, glass, glazing and sealant
compounds . Do not use abrasives.
i
' .5 Leave work in first-class condition to
Consultant 's satisfaction.
[ I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 14 '
0006 April 2001
3 .4 Sill .1 Install aluminum sills with uniform wash to '
Installation exterior, level in length, straight in
alignment with plumb upstands and faces. Use '
one piece at each location.
.2 Cut sills to fit window opening.
.3 Secure sills in place with anchoring devices '
located at ends and evenly spaced 600 mm oc
in between.
.4 Fasten drip deflectors with self tapping
stainless steel screws.
.5 For sills over 1200 mm in length, maintain 3 ,
to 6 mm space at each end.
3 . 5 Caulking .1 Seal joints between windows and window sills
with sealant. Bed sill expansion joint cover '
plates and drip deflectors in bedding
compound. Caulk between sill upstand and
window frame.
.2 Apply sealant in accordance with Section '
07900 - Sealants. Conceal sealant within
window units except where exposed use is
permitted by Consultant . ,
3 .6 Air Barrier .1 It is the responsibility of this section to ,
give complete cooperation in providing and
maintaining the continuity of the air-vapour
seal to adjacent materials to which the '
doors and frames abut. Fit flexible seals,
tapes, sealants, and gaskets at locations
required to provide air/vapour/water ,
resistant and weathertight junctions .
Ensure continuity of seal at end joints
between lengths of material by overlapping
and cementing. Caulk junctions of system ,
components to themselves and other work
with sealant to maintain effective vapour,
air and water barrier and fix in place with ,
an aluminum flat to the air/vapour seal
line at the adjacent material and to the
glazing rebate.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Aluminum Windows Section 08520
Mun. Office Expansion and Curtainwall Page 15
' 0006 April 2001
' .2 Where deflection of structure will cause
dynamic joint movement between aluminum work
and dissimilar materials, provide flexible
' seals of sufficient width to allow formation
of bellows to take up any tortional and
shear stress.
3 . 7 Structural .1 Where indicated use structural sealant.
' Sealant Glazing
System .2 Prime, prepare and install to manufacturer's
printed instructions .
3.8 Alterations to .1 Carry out all work required to complete the
Existing Windows alterations shown.
f
.2 Supply and install all required trims and
closures.
i
I
ry
' Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 08710
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
I
' 1.2 Related Work .1 Supply and installation of hardware for windows
and metal toilet partitions - Section 08520 and
10160 respectively.
' .2 Barrier Free Operators - Section 08520 .
.3 Hardware for Aluminum Doors - Section 08120 .
' .4 Cost for Supply of Finish Hardware by Cash
Allowance - Section 01001.
' .5 Millwork Hardware - Section 06400 .
1. 3 System .1 Keying System
Description
.1 Lay out the keying system for the
building in consultation with the
Consultant . Keying system shall include
keying alike, keying differently, keying
in groups, sub-master keying and grand-
master keying licks as required.
.2 Prepare and submit keying chart and
related explanatory data to the
Consultant for approval. Do not commence
lock work until written confirmation of
' keying arrangements is received from the
Consultant .
.3 Supply following keys:
3 grand-master keys.
' 3 sub-master keys per submaster lock
group (3 sub-masters in total) .
2 change keys for each lock
6 construction master keys.
' .4 Deliver keys to Owner' s representative.
.5 Provide construction cores. Provide all
permanent cores and keys to Owner' s
representative.
' 1 .4 Submittals .1 Samples
.1 Submit samples of complete line of
hardware and finishes to Consultant for
review, if and when requested.
.2 Hardware shall not be ordered from the
manufacturer until the samples have been
' review by the Consultant and the hardware
and finishes supplied shall be identical
with the reviewed samples.
Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 08710 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.2 Deliver to the Building finish hardware for '
door listed in Door Schedule and hardware for
cabinet work. Hand hardware over to trades ,
which are designated to install it.
1 .6 Warranty .1 Warrant work of this Section against defects ,
and deficiencies for a period of 5 years for
door closers, and 2 years for locks and
locksets, from date Work is certified as '
substantially performed in accordance with
General Conditions of the Contract . Promptly
correct defects and deficiencies which become
apparent within the warranty period, including '
making good any work damaged by this work,
satisfactory to Consultant and at no expense to
the Owner.
t
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Manufacturer ,
Hinges: Hager
Locksets: Schlage '
Closers: LCN
Weatherstrip, Thresholds,
Door Sweeps: K.N. Crowder '
Pushes/Pulls: Hager, CBH
Overhead Holders: Glynn-Johnson
Magnetic Locks: Von-Duprin
Key Switches: Von Duprin ,
Mechanical Locks: Ilco Unican
Strikes
.1 Lock strikes shall be standard template '
box strikes, with extended lips to
protect door frames and trim from marking
with the bolts, and shall be set flush in
hollow metal door frames. ,
.2 Blank Standardized template strikes for
hollow metal door frames shall be
supplied as scheduled form such doors
without locks. '
Door Closers
.1 Door closers shall be rack and pinion
type with back checking feature and '
shall be of proper sizes to operate each
respective door efficiently. Shaft
packing shall be leak-proof. ,
Kick and Bumper Plates
. 1 Kick and bumper plates shall be as '
' Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 08710
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' scheduled with edges cut square and
smoothed off and shall have counter
.2 Stainless steel kick plates shall be
t 1.27 mm (0 .05"minimum thickness, satin
finish, Type 304 .
Thresholds
' .1 Thresholds shall be supplied complete
with countersunk holes, and with screws
and anchors as required for proper
' anchorage.
Fasteners
.1 Hardware shall be complete with screws,
' bolts, expansion shields and other
fastening devices as required for the
satisfactory installation and operating
of the hardware.
' .2 Fastening devices shall be of the same
finish as the hardware which is to be
fastened.
.3 Where a pull is scheduled on one side of
the door, and a push plate on the other
side issue installation directions to the
trade responsible for fixing, so that the
pull shall be secured through the door
' from the reverse side and the push plate
installed to cover the screws. Flush
pulls shall be supplied with machine
screws for attaching as specified above.
' Finishes
.1 The type and finish of hardware shall be
' equal in all respects to the samples of
hardware and as reviewed by Consultant .
.2 Metal finishes shall be free from
defects, clean and unstained, and of a
' uniform colour.
Fire Rated Doors
.1 Finish hardware for fire rated doors
' shall meet requirements of ULC as part of
fire rated door assembly and shall carry
ULC label .
1
s PART 3 - EXECUTION
e
Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 06710 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
3 .1 Examination .1 Before furnishing any hardware, carefully check '
all Architectural Drawings of the work
requiring hardware, verify door swings, door
and frame material and operating conditions, '
and assure that hardware will fit the work to
which it is to be attached.
.2 Check shop drawings and frame and door lists
affecting hardware type and installation, and
certify to the correctness thereof, or advise
the Consultant in writing of required '
revisions.
. 3 Templates: Check the hardware schedule,
Drawings and Specifications, and furnish '
promptly to the applicable trades any patterns,
templates, template information and
manufacturer's literature, required for the
proper preparation for and application of '
hardware, in ample time to facilitate the
progress of the work.
.4 weatherstripping: Provide weatherstripping to
exterior doors .
3 .2 Field Quality .1 The services of a competent mechanic shall be ,
Control provided without additional cost to the Owner
and this mechanic shall inspect the
installation of all ,
hardware furnished under this Section and shall
supervise all adjustments (by the trades
responsible for fixing) which are necessary to
leave hardware in perfect working order. '
3 .3 Schedules .1 Abbreviations: Abbreviations used in hardware '
schedule are as follows:
.1 Canadian Standard Finishes: ,
' Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 08710
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
CP Prime Coat
CIB Bright Japanned
' C2C Cadmium Plated
C2G Bright Zinc
C3 Bright Brass (polished)
C9 Bright Bronze (polished)
C14 Bright Nickel (polished)
_ cis Dull Nickel
C19 Satin Black Lacquer
C26 Bright Chrome (polished)
C26D Dull Chrome
C28 Satin Aluminum Anodized
C27 Satin Aluminum Lacquered
C32 Bright Stainless Steel
(polished)
C32D Dull Stainless Steel
SB Silver Aluminum Lacquer
' .2 Symbols:
AL Aluminum
ADA Standard Strike for Metal
r , Frames
ATMS Arm Template Machine Screws
ATB Arm Through Bolts
' BS Backset
t B4E Bevelled 4 Edges
CC Centre to Centre
Cyl Cylinder
' CIF Channel Iron Frame
CMK Construction Master Keyed
DS Dead Stop
Dr Door
t DA Double Acting
EK Emergency Key
FTMS Full Template Machine Screws
' GMK Grand Master Keyed
HMD Hollow Metal
. � HO Hold Open
KA Keyed Alike
' KD Keyed Different
Kal Kalamein
, i
LS Lead Shields
MK Master Keyed
MS Machine Screws
NRP Non-Removable Pin
PA Parallel Arm
PSF Pressed Steel Frame
' PL Plastic Laminate
SMS Sheet Metal Screws
STS Self Tapping Screws
STMS Strike Template Machine
' Screws
SMK Sub Master Key
TB Through Bolts
TBGN Through Bolts & Grommet Nuts
Clarington Public Library/ Finish Hardware Section 08710 • '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
TMS Template Machine Screws '
TT Thumb Turn
WD Wood
WS Wood Screws '
WS/LS Wood Screws/Lead Shields
WBX Wrought Box
3 .4 Installation .1 Furnish metal door and frame manufacturer' s ,
Instructions with complete instructions and templates for
preparation of their work to receive hardware. '
.2 Furnish manufacturer' s instructions for proper
installation of each hardware component.
.3 Install hardware to standard hardware location '
dimensions in accordance with Canadian Metric
Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular
Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door ,
and Frame Manufacturers' Association.
.4 Where doorstop contacts door pulls, mount stop
to strike bottom of pull .
.S Install existing key control cabinet, where ,
directed by Consultant.
.6 Remove construction cores when directed by '
Consultant; install permanent cores and check
operation of all locks.
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Apply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
' 1.2 Related .1 Aluminum Windows and Curtainwalls - Section
Sections 08520 .
' .2 Aluminum Doors and Interior Screens - Section
08120
' .3 HM Doors and Screens - Section 08110 .
.4 WD Doors and Sections - Section 06400.
' .5 Washroom Accessories: Section 10800 .
1.3 References .1 ASTM D2240-91 Test Method for Rubber Property -
tDurometer Hardness.
.2 CAN/CGSB-12 .1M90 Tempered or Laminated Safety
Glass.
' .3 CAN/CGSB-12 .3-M91 Flat, Clear Float Glass.
' .4 CAN/CGSB-12 .4-M91 Heat Absorbing Glass.
.5 CAN/CGSB-12 .8-M90 Insulating Glass Units.
' .6 CAN/CGSB-12 .11 Wire Glass.
.7 Flat Glass Manufacturers Association (FGMA)
' Glazing Manual and Insulated Glass
Manufacturer's Association (IGMAC) Glazing
Manual.
.8 Laminated Safety Glass Association Standards
Manual.
' .9 CAN/CGSB-12 .20-M89, Structural Design of Glass
for Buildings.
1.4 Performance .1 Provide continuity of building enclosure vapour
Requirements and air barrier using glass and glazing
materials as follow:
' .1 Utilize inner light of multiple light
sealed units for continuity of air and
vapour seal .
Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.2 Size glass to withstand wind loads, dead loads ,
and positive and negative live loads to
requirements of applicable codes. Thicknesses '
shown are minimum thicknesses permitted. Use a
wind load of a minimum of 20 lb/ft2 .
.3 Limit glass deflection to flexural limit of '
glass with full recovery of glazing materials.
.4 Where glazing is less than 1 m above the floor
it shall be designed to meet the requirements '
of OBC 3 .3 .1 .18 (6) and 4.1 .10 .1.
.5 Provide written confirmation that glazing will '
meet performance requirements with shop drawing
submission.
.6 Design glass to CAN/CGSB-12 .20-M89 and to meet '
requirements listed in Sections 08120/08520.
. 7 Provide minimum temperature index indicated on '
glazing type schedule in Drawing A304 .
Substantiate with test results submitted with
shop drawings.
.8 Design glass to CAN/CGSB 12 .20-M89. '
1.5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 '
- General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate 300 mm x 300 mm size samples '
of each type of glazing required.
.3 Supply two (2) samples of sandblasted glass:
- one (1) with protective coating added by ,
Addendum (No. 2) , and
- one (1) without.
1 .6 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
1 . 7 Quality .l Perform work in accordance with IGNIAC and
Assurance Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards ,
Manual for glazing installation methods.
1.8 Maintenance .1 Provide maintenance and cleaning instructions '
Guildelines for glass and glazing according to Section.
1001 . Advise on proper methods for reglazing
and materials and methods of cleaning glass. '
' Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ,
2 .1 Glazing Types .1 Refer to schedule of glass types on Drawings,
A201 and 700 Series Drawings. .
t
2 .2 Materials: .1 Float glass: to CAN/CGSB-12 .3-M91, minimum
Flat Glass thickness 6 mm.
.2 Safety glass: to CAN/CGSB-12 . 1-M79 (61,1) , clear
on interior or green tint o exterior as
indicated.
.1 Type 1 laminated or Type 2 tempered as
indicated.
.2 Class B - float .
' .3 Minimum 6 mm thickness for tempered,
minimum 8 mm thickness for laminated.
.4 Laminated: PVB interlayer of .381 mm or
t .76 mm.
.3 Heat absorbing glass: to CAN/CGSB-12 .4,
thickness as indicated.
' .1 Type 2 - Insulating glass unit.
.2 Class A - Annealed.
! .3 Style 2 - Medium light transmittance.
.4 Grade B - Medium shading co-efficient,
maximum .46 sealed double glazed units.
.5 Tint Solar Green.
' .4 Wired glass: to CAN/CGSB-12 . 11-M90, 6 mm
thick(6L2) .
.1 Type 1 - Polished both sides
' (transparent) .
.2 Wire mesh style 3 - Square.
.5 Low emissivity (LOW E) glass, thickness
indicated.
.1 Metallic coating: metal, sputtered.
.2 Light transmittance: medium.
' .3 Shading co-efficient : medium.
.4 AFG Comfort - ES or PPG Sungate 1000
. 6 Obscure Glass: Sandblasted. Protective
coating for all interior sandblasted glass.
Invisible shield as distributed by Joseph
Taylor Inc.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.7 Heat Strengthened Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12 .1-M90, '
minimum thickness 6 mm. Heat strengthened glass
shall be treated prior to applying any coats. '
Clear or solar green tint as indicated on
glazing type schedule.
.8 Spandrel Glass:
.1 To CAN2/CGSB-12 .9-M91 Glass, Spandrel.
.2 Heat Strengthened all units.
.3 Minimum 6 mm thick clear glass. '
.4 Silicone based opacifier "opaci-coat"
factory applied, colour selected by '
Architect from manufacturer's standard
colours.
2 .3 Materials: .1 Hermetically sealed insulating glass units: to ,
Hermetically CAN/CGSB-12 . 8-M90, double glazed, 24 mm overall
Sealed thickness. '
Insulating Glass
.2 Spandral Panels (6L5) :
.1 Heat strengthened Glass.
.2 Opacicoat, colour selected from '
manufacturer' s standard.
.3 2 mm Light Bronze anodized aluminum back
panels where shown or where exposed on '
interior.
.4 Galvanized Back Panels elsewhere.
.3 vision Sealed Units (Type 6L3) : ,
.1 Glass:
.1 Outer light: medium solar green
tint, medium light transmittance. ,
.2 Inner light: clear, low E on inner
face. (3rd face of insulated unit) ,
Comfort ES or equivalent.
.2 Glass thickness: 6 mm (1/411) each light.
. 3 Inter-cavity space thickness: 12 mm(1/211)
argon filled.
.4 Helima thermally broken spacer.
.5 IGMAC Certified.
.6 Maximum shading coefficient of the sealed
unit is to be .41.
.7 Substitute tempered glass where shown on '
glazing types.
.4 Obscure Sealed Units (Type 6L4)
.1 Glass '
.1 Sandblasted on 2nd surface, 6 mm,
medium solar green.
.2 Inner light clear, low E on 3rd
surface, 6 mm. '
Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
' .3 Air Space argon filled, 12 mm.
.4 IGMAC certified.
.5 Maximum shading coefficient .41.
.5 Insulating glass units shall be manufactured to
conform to IGMAC recommendations and the
manufacturer shall be a member of IGMAC. Sealed
units shall bear IGMAC certification markings.
2 .4 Glazing .1 Preshim glazing tape: Preformed, 100% solids
' Materials polyisobutylene: butyl, paper release, EPDM
Shim Pad. Acceptable product shall be "Polyshim
II" by Tremco (Canada) Ltd.
.2 Setting blocks: neoprene, of durometer hardness
Shore "A" 70 to 90 .
.3 Spacer shims: neoprene, of durometer hardness
Shore "A" 40 to 50 .
I 2 .5 Fabrication .1 Factory sealed insulating glass units:
.1 Fabricate units to requirements of
CAN/CGSB-12 .8-M90 using dual seal.
' Maintain separation of panes with non-
corrosive desiccant filled metal spacer
core having welded corners. Dehydrate air
space and hermetically seal inner and
outer panes at periphery with flexible
sealer.
' .2 Spandrel Units
.1 All spandrel glass must be glazed from
the outside and to allow replacement
glazing from the exterior.
' .2 Maintain a minimum of 19 mm clearance
between glass and insulation.
.3 All spandrel glass is heat tempered.
2 .6 Mirrors and .1 Mirrors: Float Glass to CAN/CGSB-12 .5-M86,
Accessories silvered, Type 1A, 5 mm (3/1611) thick, ground
S! and polished where unframed.
■i .2 Mirror Mounting Cushions: 6 mm (1/4") thick
pressure sensitive foamed plastic tape.
.3 Mirror Clips: polished chrome plated metal
"Vancouver" clips.
.4 Mirror cut edge and silver backing sealer:
Palmer Mirro-Bac Paint .
Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
2 . 7 Glass Balustrades .1 1.2 mm clear tempered glass. ,
.2 Curved on Stair #4 .
.3 Size for all locations as shown.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Examination .1 Verify that openings for glazing are correctly
sized and within tolerance.
.2 Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or
recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and
ready to receive glazing.
3 .2 Preparation .1 Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe
dry.
.2 Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with
substrate compatible primer or sealer.
.3 Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant.
3 .3 Installation: .1 Cut glazing tape to length and set against
Exterior Wet/Dry permanent stops, 6 mm below sight line. Seal
Method (Preformed corners by butting tape and dabbing with
Tape and Sealant) sealant.
.2 Apply heel bead of sealant along intersection
of permanent stop with frame ensuring full
perimeter seal between glass and frame to
complete continuity of air and vapour seal .
.3 Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, with edge
block maximum 150 mm from corners.
.4 Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against
tape and heel head of sealant with sufficient
pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of
light or glass unit.
.5 Install removable stops with spacer strips
inserted between glazing and applied stops 6 mm
below sight line. Place glazing tape on glazing
light or unit with tape 6 mm below sight line.
Clarington Public Library/ Glazing Section 08800
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
. 6 Fill gap between glazing and stop with sealant
to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing,
maximum 9 mm below sight line.
. 7 Apply cap head of sealant along void between
stop and glazing, to uniform line, flush with
sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface
smooth.
3 .4 Installation: .1 Cut glazing tape to length and set against
Interior - Dry permanent stops, projecting 1. 6 mm above sight
Method (Tape and line.
Tape)
.2 Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, with edge
block maximum 150 mm from corners.
.3 Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against
tape for full contact at perimeter of light or
unit .
.4 Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing
in same manner described in 3 .6.3 .
' .5 Install removable stop without displacement of
tape. Exert pressure on tape for full
continuous contact .
.6 Knife trim protruding tape.
3 .5 Cleaning .1 Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces.
.2 Remove labels after work is complete.
1 .3 Clean glass and mirrors.
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Comply with Sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Gypsum Board Suspension System for Gypsum Board
Gypsum Board Ceilings - Section 09250.
1.3 References .1 CAN/CGSB-19 .21-M87, Sealing and Bedding Compound
Acoustical.
.2 ASTM C645-88, Specification for Non-Load Bearing
Steel Studs, Runners, Track, and Rigid Furring
Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board.
1.4 Fire Resistant
Assemblies .1 Materials for fire resistive construction shall
conform to requirements of indicated fire rated
assembly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Non-loadbearing channel stud framing: to ASTM
0645-88, stud sizes as indicated or as
recommended by manufacturer for height of
partitions, 25 gauge roll formed from 0 .53 mm
thickness hot dipped galvanized steel sheet for
screw attachment of gypsum board. Knock-out
service holes at 460 mm centres . Use . 91 mm
thickness 20 gauge for single studs at jambs
were single studs are permitted by 3 .1. 7. Use
20 gauge studs for cement board.
.2 Floor and ceiling tracks: to ASTM C645-88, in
widths to suit stud sizes, 32 mm flange height.
.3 Metal channel stiffener 1.4 mm thick cold rolled
steel with rust inhibitive coating.
.4 Wallboard furring channels: Galvanized sheet
steel hot dip galvanized, .53 mm, 2-5/8" x 7/8" .
.5 Acoustical sealant: to CGSB 19-GP-21M.
' .6 Insulating strip: rubberized, moisture
resistant 3 mm thick foam strip, 12 mm wide,
with self sticking adhesive on one face, lengths
as required.
.7 Anchorage strapping: 150 mm x 18 gauge
' galvanized steel strapping.
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
. 8 All partitions extend to underside of roof or
floor deck.
.9 Sound Batts: Thermafibre Sound Attenuation Batts
by CGC or approved equal .
.10 Plywood and Wood Blocking: same material
specified in 06100. Douglas Fir plywood size as
shown. SPF Blocking size as shown.
2 .2 Ceiling Hanger . 1 Hangers: Minimum 4 .064 mm (8 IWG) zinc coated
System annealed steel wire, diameter as required to
safely support indicated assembly and as
recommended by framing system and gypsum board
manufacturer.
.2 Tie Wire: 1.65 mm (16 IWG) zinc coated, annealed
wire .
2 .3 Furring System .1 Runner (Carry) channels: 1.6 mm thick cold ,
rolled steel, primer painted or zinc coated for
interior locations, Z275 galvanized for exterior
locations.
.1 38 mm (1 V') x 12 . 7 N") where supported
centres of 914 mm (36") maximum.
.2 38 mm (1 M") x 19 mm (X") where supported
at centres of 1220 mm (48") .
.2 Furring channels 0.89 mm (0 .035") thick typical,
cold rolled steel, 2275 galvanized at exterior
soffits, nominal size of 22 mm (7/8") depth x 35
mm (1 3/8") face, hat type with knurled face.
.3 Resilient furring channels RC-1 sheetrock as
manufactured by Canadian Gypsum Company or DG8
(Gyproc Sound Bar) as manufactured by Domtar
Construction Materials Ltd.
2.4 Wood Blocking .1 Install all wood blocking which occurs on metal ,
studs above drywall ceilings or behind drywall
on walls. Carefully review architectural
Details for extent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation
General . 1 Do work to CAN/CSA-A82 .31-M91 except where
specified otherwise.
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
I
.2 Install support systems, gypsum board wall
finishes in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82 .31 .M91,
except where specified otherwise.
.3 Provide studs or channels or furring or
combination of thereof, where gypsum board
support systems are not specifically indicated
on Drawings necessary studs, framing and furring
systems to provide proper support for gypsum
board in accordance with good industry practice
and manufacturers' specifications.
.4 Give complete cooperation and direction to
trades erecting, framing and furring over which
this work is applied. Coordinate finished joist
location with framing. Notify metal framing
trades when framing, blocking and furring are
inadequate as recommended by CAN/CSA-A82 .31-M91.
' .5 Coordinate installation and cooperate with
Mechanical and Electrical trades to accommodate
mechanical electrical items and any other work
required to be incorporated into or coordinated
with the partitions, ceiling and soffit systems.
' .6 Provide clearances between work of this Section
and structural elements to prevent transference
of structural loads.
.7 Extend all partitions to roof or floor deck,
except where noted otherwise.
3 .2 Furring -
General .1 Furring indicated on drawings is schematic. Do
not regard as exact or complete. Provide all
necessary framing and furring to support gypsum
board in accordance with manufacturers'
15 specifications.
` .2 Leave finished work rigid, secure, square,
level, plumb, curved to detailed radius and
erected to maintain finish gypsum board line
dimensions and contours. Make allowance for
thermal movement.
r3 .3 Suspended and
Furred Ceilings .1 Arrange hangers for suspended gypsum board
ceilings to provide support independent of
walls, columns, pipes, ducts; erect plumb, and
securely anchored to structural frame, or embed
in concrete slabs.
r
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.2 Space hangers at 914 mm (36") o/c max. along ,
runner channels, and not more than 150 mm (6")
from ends.
.3 Space runner channels at 1220 mm (48") o/c max.
and not more than 150 mm (6") from boundary
walls, interruptions of continuity, and changes
in direction. Run channels transversely to
structural framing members.
.4 Where splices are necessary, lap members at
least 200 mm (8") and wire each end with two (2)
loops. Avoid clustering or lining up of
splices.
.5 Attach to rod hangers by bending hanger sharply
under bottom of flange of runner, and securely
wiring in place with saddle tie.
.6 Erect cross furring channels transversely across '
runner channels at 400 mm (1611) o/c max. , 305 mm
(12") o/c max. at fire rated assemblies, at not
more than 150 mm (611) from boundary wall
openings, interruptions in ceiling continuity,
and changes in direction.
.7 Secure furring channels to each support with ,
purpose-made slips or wire tie. Splice joints
by lapping channels and tying together.
.8 Install proprietary ceiling systems in
accordance with manufacturer' s printed
directions.
. 9 Level cross furring channels to max. tolerance ,
of 1:1000.
.10 Similarly use cross furring at stair and landing
soffits.
.11 Brace suspension for exterior soffits and
entrance vestibule ceilings to prevent upward
movements due to wind pressure.
3 .4 wall Furring .1 install steel furring for braced walls, free
standing walls, walls that are furred out as
indicated.
.2 Frame openings and around built-in equipment,
cabinets, access panels, on four (4) sides, with
channels. Extend furring into reveals. Check
clearances with equipment suppliers.
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
�. .3 Construct bulkheads and boxed-in duct shafts,
for beams, columns, pipes and around exposed
services where indicated. Install 19 mm (Y)
channels at corners and at 305 mm (12") o/c.
' 3 .5 Resilient Furring .1 Erect gypsum wallboard resilient furring maximum
610 mm (24") o/c and not more than 150 mm (6")
from ceiling/wall juncture. Secure to each
support with 25 mm (1") gypsum wallboard screw.
.2 Install 150 mm (61') continuous strip of 12 .7 mm
(%") gypsum board along base of partitions where
resilient furring installed.
3 . 6 Metal Stud
Partition Framing .1 Provide partition tracts at floor and underside
of deck; align accurately; lay our according to
partition layout. Secure floor tracks at 610 mm
(24") o/c with non-ferrous, metallic expansion
sleeves and galvanized screws at masonry and
concrete substrate.
.2 Unless otherwise indicated, place interior studs
vertically at centres indicated in following
' schedule, and not more than 50 mm (20) from
abutting walls, openings and each side of
corners. Install studs at 400 mm (16") o/c, and
as specially spaced in accordance with details
shown. Install studs in tracts at floor and
ceiling. Provide freedom from deflection under
beams, structural slabs and the like to avoid
transmission of structural loads to studs, or
install 50 mm (2") leg ceiling tracks.
.3 Install studs of depth indicated on drawings but
in no case span partition studs of:
.1 41 mm (1 5/8") in depth more than 2700 mm
(8' -10") between supports;
.2 64 mm (2 3�" ) in depth more than 3660 mm
' (12' ) between supports.
.3 92 mm (3 5/8") in depth more than 4 .5 m
(14' -8") between supports.
.4 Where horizontal runs of service lines are
scheduled to be installed, arrange with
applicable trades and install studs
simultaneously with services.
r .5 At openings in stud walls, erect track at head
and sills to accommodate intermediate studs. At
each end of track, cut out flanges, turn up web,
and fasten to studs. Install intermediate studs
above and below openings in same manner and
spacing as wall studs. Install double studs at
Clarington Public Library/ Metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
each jamb and double tracks at head of door �.
openings.
.6 Provide additional framing to applicable '
requirements of CAN/CSA-A82 .31-M91. At
partitions requiring fire rating, erect in
accordance with requirements of listing. At
penetrated openings in fire-rated walls see
requirements of Section 07270 for framed
openings.
.7 Install studs of depth indicated on Drawings but
in no case span studs between supports at no
greater span than L/240 according to
manufacturers span tables .
.8 Erect three (3) studs at corner and intermediate
intersections of partitions.
.9 Ensure that electrical boxes are not installed
back to back in same stud space.
.10 Coordinate work with others installing
horizontal runs of service lines so that work of
all is done simultaneously. Where standard
holes are too small for installed services
notch studs, and splice notched flanges with
splice pieces 305 mm (12") longer than notches,
each fastened with two (2) screws.
.11 Unless shown otherwise on drawings, partitions,
together with wallboard facings and insulation
batts shall extend through ceilings to underside
of roof or floor deck above.
.12 Install resilient furring channel transverse to
framing members, or as indicated, spaced at
maximum 610 mm (24") o/c and within 150 mm (6")
of wall/ceiling juncture.
. 13 Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000.
.14 Coordinate simultaneous erection of studs with
installation of service lines. when erecting
studs ensure web openings are aligned.
.15 Coordinate erection of studs with installation
of door/window frames and special supports or
anchorage for work specified in other Sections.
.16 Maintain clearance to avoid transference of
structural loads to studs.
Clarington Public Library/ metal Stud Systems Section 09111
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
3 .7 Chase Walls .1 Construct chase walls where indicated,
and Shaft Walls consisting of two parallel steel stud
partitions.
!, .2 Provide cross bracing consisting of metal
furring, located at quarter points on each pair
of studs. Attach cross bracing to studs with
metal screws. Coordinate construction of
partitions to suit installation of services.
.3 Where shaft walls are shown, install complete
system to achieve required rating. Rating shall
equal the floor slab that is 1 hr.
3 .8 Installation of
Sound Batts .l In locations shown install sound batts . Extend
batts to underside of floor and roof deck above.
.2 Install continuously. Cut neatly to fill all
areas of the cavity.
.3 Install to manufacturer' s printed instructions.
3 .9 Anchorage
Strapping .1 Install one continuous row of anchorage
strapping where indicated.
.2 Install anchorage strapping behind lavatory
basins, toilet and bathroom accessories and
other fixtures, including grab bars and towel
rails attached to steel stud partitions.
.3 Do not commence gypsum board installation until
anchorage strapping is reviewed by Consultant.
Clarington Pub. Library Acoustical Suspension Section 09130
Mun. Office Expansion Systems Page 1
0006 April 2001
IPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related .1 Section 09250 Gypsum Board: Suspension
Sections systems for gypsum board ceilings.
.2 Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings:
Acoustical units.
.3 Division 15: Trim for recessed mechanical
fixtures.
.4 Division 16 : Trim for recessed light
fixtures.
1.3 References .1 ASTM C635-91, Specifications for the
Manufacture, Performance and
Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for
Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings.
.2 ASTM C636-91, Practice for Installation of
Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for
Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels.
1.4 Design .1 Maximum deflection: 1/360th of span to ASTM
Requirements C635 deflection test.
1.5 Samples . 1 Provide duplicate samples of suspension
system type. Include all required
components.
.2 Provide samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.3 Provide samples of Curvatura system for
review.
Clarington Pub. Library Acoustical Suspension Section 09130
Mun. Office Expansion Systems Page 2
0006 April 2001
1 .6 Shop Drawings .1 Provide complete shop drawings of the
Curvatura ceiling system for review in
accordance with Section 01001 .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials . 1 Standard Suspension System Type ACT #1:
.1 Intermediate duty system to ASTM C635.
.2 Basic materials for suspension system:
commercial quality cold rolled steel .
.3 Suspension system: non fire rated,
including wire hangers, main runners, cross
tees and angle moldings made up as follows:
.4 Suspension system shall 26 gauge
electro-galvanized steel and shall be
finished on exposed surface with white.
Face dimensions of exposed grid members
shall be 15/16" . Prelude XL by Armstrong or
approved equal .
.2 Special Acoustic Suspension System, Type ACT
#2:
.1 All rooms where SAT 1 is listed in the
Finish Schedule except Conference Room 121:
9/16" face dimension, Suprafine by
Armstrong or Centricitee by CGS or approved
equal, exposed tee system.
.2 Intermediate duty to ASTM C635. ,
.3 Suspension system non-fire rated
including wire hangers, main runners, cross
tees and angle mouldings.
.4 Use shadowline wall angle.
.5 Colour white.
.3 Curvatura Suspension System:
.1 Curvatura 3-dimentional curved ceiling
system as manufactured by USG Interiors, as
distributed by CGS Interiors, Oakville,
Ontario, tel . 1-800-787-7920, fax 905-845-
8819.
.2 Panels: perforated aluminum, silver
satin pattern B250A.
.3 Tees: finish to match perforated
' Clarington Pub. Library Acoustical Suspension Section 09130
Mun. Office Expansion Systems Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' panels.
.4 Exposed Edge Trim:
' .1 Axiom perimeter trim by Armstrong or
Compasso Perimeter Trim by CGC.
.2 Nominal 2" face dimension.
.3 Colour white.
.5 Hanger wire: galvanized soft annealed steel
wire.
.1 3 .6 mm diameter for access tile
ceilings.
' .6 Hanger inserts: purpose made.
.7 Accessories: splices, clips, wire ties,
retainers and shadow wall mouldings, to
complement suspension system components, as
recommended by system manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Installation: in accordance with ASTM C636
except where specified otherwise.
.2 Install suspension system to manufacturer' s
instructions.
.3 Do not erect ceiling suspension system until
{ work above ceiling has been reviewed by
Consultant.
;E .
.4 Secure hangers to overhead structure using
attachment methods recommended by
E Manufacturer.
L. �
.5 Install hangers spaced at maximum 1200 mm
centres and within 150 mm from ends of main
tees.
' .6 Lay out system according to reflected
ceiling plan.
.7 Ensure suspension system is co-ordinated
with location of related components.
.8 Install wall moulding to provide correct
ceiling height.
`r
a '
Clarington Pub. Library Acoustical Suspension Section 09130
Mun. Office Expansion Systems Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
i
.9 Completed suspension system to support
super-imposed loads, such as lighting ,
fixtures diffusers grilles and speakers.
.10 Support at light fixtures and diffusers with
additional ceiling suspension hangers within
150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm
around perimeter of fixture.
.11 Interlock cross member to main runner to ,
provide rigid assembly.
.12 Frame at openings for light fixtures, air ,
diffusers, speakers etc. and at changes in
ceiling heights.
.13 Finished ceiling system to be square with
adjoining walls and level within 1:1000 .
3 .2 Cleaning .1 Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and
other defects in painted surfaces. li
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
r1 .2 Related .1 Section 06101 : Rough Carpentry: Wood
Sections framing/grounds .
.2 Section 09111 : Metal Stud System: Metal
stud system.
.3 Division 15 : Access doors.
1 .3 References . 1 CAN/CSA-A82 .27-M91 Gypsum Board.
.2 CAN/CSA-A82 .31-M91 Gypsum Board
Application.
.3 CAN/ULC-S102-1988 Building Materials and
Assemblies, Standard Method of Test for
Surface Burning Characteristics of.
1 .4 Samples . 1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate 300 mm long sections of
corner and casting beads, and all reveal
trims.
.3 Submit samples in specified finish of all
fry mouldings.
1.5 Environmental .1 Maintain temperature minimum 10C, maximum
Requirements 21C for 48 hours prior to and during
' application of gypsum boards and joint
treatment, and for at least 48 hours after
completion of joint treatment .
.2 Apply board and joint treatment to dry,
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
frost free surfaces.
1 .6 Mock Up .1 Complete a mock up in location designated
by Consultant to demonstrate proper
application of reveal trim and other
trims.
.2 Complete in accordance with Section 01001
General Instructions. '
.3 Reviewed work may form part of the finished
building. '
r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Gypsum Board:
.1 Standard board to CAN/CSA-A82 .27 to
thickness shown 4 ' -0" wide x maximum
practical length.
.2 Type X 5/8" x 4 ' -0" x maximum ,
practical length.
.3 Moisture resistant Green Board 1/2" x
4 ' -0" x maximum practical length.
.4 Shaft wall:
.1 CGC cavity shaft wall assembly
system, complete system to achieve 1-
hour rating. '
.2 Assembly includes steel studs
tracks etc. , as required for complete
assembly. '
.2 Metal furring runners, hangers, tie wires,
inserts, anchors: to CSA A82 .30,
galvanized.
.3 Drywall furring channels: 0.5 mm core t
thickness galvanized steel channels for
screw attachment of gypsum board. '
.4 Nails, screws and staples: to CAN/CSA-
A82 .31.
.5 Stud adhesive: to CAN/CGSB-71.25 . '
.6 Laminating compound: as recommended by
manufacturer, asbestos-free.
r
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
' Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.7 Casing beads, corner beads fill type: 0. 5
mm base thickness commercial grade sheet
steel with Z275 zinc finish to ASTM A525,
perforated flanges; one piece length per
location.
.8 Special Extruded Aluminum Shapes:
.1 By Fry Mouldings.
.2 Finish: Light Bronze, anodized.
' .3 As distributed by Sound Solutions,
Etobicoke, Ontario, tel . 416-740-0303, fax
416-740-0696.
' .4 L Trim Moulding, DRML-150:
. 1 Locations at edges of drywall
ceiling panels.
.5 Reveal Base, DRMB-50-400:
.1 Locations at recessed wood
baseboard.
.6 2 Reveal Moulding, DRMZ 50-50 .
.7 Reveal Column Rings, DRWT-75-75:
.1 Locations at junction of
ceilings and exposed concrete
columns.
.9 Acoustic sealant: Use type specified in
Section 07900.
.10 Polyethylene: to CAN/CGSB-51.34, Type 2 .
.11 Insulating strip: rubberized, moisture
' resistant, 3 mm thick closed cell neoprene
strip, 12 mm wide, with self sticking
permanent adhesive on one face, lengths as
required.
' .12 Joint compound: to CAN/CSA-A82 .31,
i
asbestos-free.
t
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 1 Erection .1 Do work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82 .31
except where specified otherwise.
' .2 Erect hangers and runner channels for
suspended gypsum board ceilings in
accordance with CAN/CSA-A82 .31 except where
specified otherwise.
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.3 Support light fixtures by providing
additional ceiling suspension hangers
within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum
600 mm around perimeter of fixture.
.4 Install work level to tolerance of 1:1200. '
.5 Frame with furring channels, perimeter of
openings for access panels, light fixtures,
diffusers,and grilles . 1
. 6 Install 19 x 64 mm furring channels
parallel to, and at exact locations of ,
steel stud partition header track.
.7 Furr for gypsum board faced vertical
bulkheads as indicated.
.8 Purr above suspended ceilings for gypsum
board fire and sound stops and to form
plenum areas as indicated.
.9 Install wall furring for gypsum board wall
finishes in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82 .31,
except where specified otherwise.
.10 Purr openings and around built-in '
equipment, cabinets,and access panels on
four sides. Extend furring into reveals.
Check clearances with equipment suppliers.
. 11 Furr duct shafts, beams, columns, pipes and ,
exposed services where indicated.
3 .2 Application .1 Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, '
anchors, blocking, electrical and
mechanical work are reviewed.
.2 Apply single or double layer gypsum board
as indicated to metal furring or framing
using screw fasteners. Maximum spacing of
screws 300 mm oc. '
.3 where indicated attach plywood to steel
studs with screws. Apply top layer of
gypsum board over plywood with screws.
.4 Apply 12 mm diameter bead of acoustic
sealant continuously around periphery of
each face of partitioning to seal gypsum
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
' board/structure junction where partitions
abut fixed building components . Seal full
perimeter of cut-outs around electrical
boxes, ducts, or other penetrations, in
partitions where perimeter sealed with
acoustic sealant .
3 .3 Installation .1 Erect accessories straight, plumb or level,
rigid and at proper plane. Use full length
pieces where practical. Make joints tight,
accurately aligned and rigidly secured.
Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from
rough edges. Secure at 150 mm oc.
.2 Install casing beads around perimeter of
' suspended ceilings.
.3 Install casing beads where gypsum board
butts against surfaces having no trim
concealing junction and where indicated.
.4 Install insulating strips continuously at
edges of gypsum board and casing beads
abutting metal window and exterior door
frames, to provide thermal break.
.5 Install reveal trims where indicated.
Minimize joints; use purpose made corner
pieces and splicers.
.6 Construct control joints of two back-to-
back casing beads set in gypsum board
facing and supported independently on both
sides of joint .
.7 Provide continuous polyethylene dust
' barrier behind and across control joints.
.8 Locate control joints at changes in
substrate construction at approximate 10 m
spacing on long corridor runs at
approximate 15 m spacing on ceilings.
Review joints location with Consultant
prior to installing. Revise location to
Consultant direction if required.
.9 Install control joints straight and true.
.10 Splice corners and intersections together
and secure to each member with 3 screws.
' .11 Install access doors to electrical and
Clarington Pub. Library Gypsum Board Section 09250
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6 '
0006 April 2001
mechanical fixtures specified in respective ,
Sections .
.1 Rigidly secure frames to furring or '
framing systems.
.12 Finish face panel joints and internal
angles with joint system consisting of
joint compound, joint tape and taping
compound installed according to
manufacturer' s directions and feathered out
onto panel faces. '
. 13 Finish corner beads, control joints and
trim as required with two coats of joint ,
compound and one coat of taping compound,
feathered out onto panel faces .
.14 Fill screw head depressions with joint and
taping compounds to bring flush with
adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to
be invisible after surface finish is ,
completed.
.15 Sand lightly to remove burred edges and
other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent
surface of board.
.16 Completed installation to be smooth, level ,
or plumb, free from waves and other defects
and ready for surface finish.
3 .4 Fire Rated .1 Construct fire rated partitions and '
Partitions and ceilings where indicated to requirements of
Ceilings NBC supplement 42 .
.2 Use type x gypsum board to thickness shown '
on all fire rated partitions and ceilings.
3 .5 Furring in of .1 In addition to work shown on drawings
Chases include in the contract the furring in 6
locations, floor to ceiling, typical size
8" x 8" .
.2 The Architect will indicate locations on ,
site where these are required as the work
proceeds.
' Clarington Pub. Library Mosaic Ceramic Tile Section 09310
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 Related Work .1 Stone tile - Section 09330 Stone Tile.
.2 Toilet and washroom accessories - Section
10800 Toilet and Washroom Accessories.
1 .3 Reference .1 Do tile work in accordance with Installation
Standards Manual 200-1979, "Ceramic Tile" , produced by
Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of
Canada (TTMAC) , except where specified
otherwise.
1 .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm sample panels
of each colour, texture, size, and pattern
of tile.
.3 Adhere tile samples to 11 mm thick plywood
and grout joints to represent project
installation.
' .4 Submit sample of each primer, adhesive,
grout and accessory proposed for use for
review prior to starting the work.
1.5 Maintenance . 1 Provide maintenance materials in accordance
Material with Section 01731 - Maintenance Materials,
Special Tools and Spare Parts .
.2 Provide minimum 2% of each type and colour
of tile required for project for maintenance
use. Store where directed.
' .3 Maintenance material to be of same
production run as installed material .
Clarington Pub. Library Mosaic Ceramic Tile Section 09310
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
1.6 Environmental .1 Maintain air temperature and structural base ,
Conditions temperature at ceramic tile installation
area above 12C for 48 h before, during, and ,
48 h after, installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2.1 Floor and Base .1 2" x 2" selected by Consultant from Price
Tile Group #4 by American Olean or Price Group #4 ,
from Winburn 2" x 2" by Olympia Tile.
N.B. Price Group #4 applies to both
suppliers.
.2 Three (3) colours will be used on the ,
project.
.3 Unglazed tiles.
2.2 Wall Tiles .1 Use 4" x 4" Maple Leaf wall Tile by Olympia '
Tile. Matt finish, glazed, on the following ,
Washroom walls in lieu of specified wall
tile:
Room 121
Room 161 '
Room 167
Room 183
Room 369
Room 373 '
2 .3 Adhesive .1 Water: clear cold potable and free of ,
Materials minerals which are detrimental to morar and
grout mixes.
.2 Latex modified dry set mortar: to ANSI t
A118.4-1976 . Kerabond as manufactured by
Mapei with Keraclete latex additive. ,
2 .4 Grout .1 Grouting materials:
. 1 Latex modified grout.
.2 Keracolour by Mapei with Plastijoints
acrylic latex additive by Mapei . ,
Clarington Pub. Library Mosaic Ceramic Tile Section 09310
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.2 Colour selected by Consultant from
Manufacturer' s standard colours.
2 .5 Mortar and .1 Dry set mortar: mix to manufacturer's
Adhesive Mixes instructions.
2 . 6 Accessories .l Divider strips: brass, with depth equal to
depth of tile.
2 . 7 Sealer .1 Non-gloss, clear type recommended by
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Workmanship .1 Apply tile or backing coats to clean and
sound surfaces.
.2 Fit tile around corners, fitments, fixtures,
drains and other built-in objects. Maintain
uniform joint appearance. Cut edges smooth
and even.
.3 Maximum surface tolerance 1: 800 .
' .4 Make joints between tile uniform and
approximately 1.5 mm wide, plumb, straight,
true, even and flush with adjacent tile.
Ensure sheet layout not visible after
installation. Align patterns.
.5 Lay out tiles so perimeter tiles are minimum
1 1/2 size.
.6 Sound tiles after setting and replace
hollow- sounding units to obtain full bond.
.7 Install divider strips at junction of the
tile and dissimilar materials.
k ,
Clarington Pub. Library Mosaic Ceramic Tile Section 09310 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
3 .2 Floor and .1 Install floor in accordance with TTMAC
Base Tile detail 200-15, similar, base in accordance
with detail 200-5A. '
3 .3 Wall Tile .1 Install wall tile in accordance with TTMAC '
Detail 200-5A.
3 .4 Sealer .1 Install two coats of sealer to floors and
base to manufacturer's printed instructions.
1 s
Clarington Pub. Library Stone Tile Section 09330
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1. 1 General . 1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Ceramic tile - Section 09310 Ceramic Tile.
1.3 References . 1 CGSB 71-GP-30M-79 Adhesive, Epoxy and Modified
Mortar Systems, for Installation of Quarry
Tiles.
.2 Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada
(TTMAC) Installation Manual 200-1979.
1.4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
' 01300 - Submittals.
.2 Submit duplicate 600 x 600 mm sample panels of
each colour, texture, size and pattern of
' e stone tile.
.3 Adhere tile samples to 11 mm thick plywood and
grout joints to represent project
installation.
.4 Submit full size samples of stone tiles.
1.5 Maintenance .1 Provide maintenance materials in accordance
' Materials with Section 01731 - Maintenance Materials,
Special Tools and Spare Parts .
.2 Provide minimum 2% of each type and
1 colour of stone tile required for project
maintenance use. Store where directed.
.3 Maintenance material to be of same production
' run as installed material.
Clarington Pub. Library Stone Tile Section 09330 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.6 Environmental .1 Maintain air temperature and structural base
Requirements temperature at quarry tile installation area '
above 12°C for 48 h before, during, and 48 h
after, installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Stone Tiles .1 Stone tiles: 12" x 12" x 3/8" thick slate
tiles, by Olympia Tile in the following two
(2) colours: '
. 1 Copper.
.2 Ocean Green.
.2 Refer to Drawings for extent of each type. ,
2.2 Mortar and .1 Water: clean, cold, potable and free of '
Adhesive Materials minerals which are detrimental to mortar and
grout mixes.
.2 Latex modified dry set mortar: to ANSI A118.4 ,
Kerabond by Mapei with Keracrete latex
additive.
.3 Colour pigment: non fading mineral oxides, '
unaffected by lime or cement and which will
not stain tile.
2.3 Grout .1 Grouting materials: Latex modified grout.
Keracolour by Mapei with Plastijoints acrylic '
latex additive by Mapei.
.2 Grout preparation: to manufacturers ,
instructions.
2 .4 Accessories . 1 Divider strips: 1/8" thick zinc with depth ,
equal to tile depth.
.2 Floor sealer: to CGSB 25-GP-20M, Type 1. ,
.3 Protective coating: to tile manufacturers
recommendations.
.4 Sealants: type specified in 07900. ,
' Clarington Pub. Library Stone Tile Section 09330
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
1
2.4 Accessories .5 Thresholds: Bronze anodized extruded aluminum
' (COnt'd) sloped as required. Schluter Transition Trim
by Schluter Systems, 100 Hymus Boulevard, Pt.
Claire, Quebec, tel. 514-695-2100, fax
' 514-630-0963.
. 6 Control Joints: Schluter Decorative Control
Joints, Brass Inlay, Light Beige.
2.5 Mortar and .1 To manufacturer's printed instructions.
' Adhesive Mixes
I
' 2.6 Sealer .1 Non gloss, clear, type recommended by
manufacturer of stone.
i
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3. 1 Preparation .1 Remove all loose, broken or unsound material.
Prepare to manufacturer's printed
instructions.
' .2 Apply levelling compound to manufacturer's
printed instructions.
i
3.2 Workmanship .1 Do tile work in accordance with Installation
' Manual 200, "Ceramic Tile", produced by
Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada
(TTMAC) , except where specified otherwise.
' .2 Apply mortar bed or bond coat to clean and
sound surfaces. Use varying depth mortar bed
to compensate for different depth tiles.
.3 Fit tile units around corners, fitments,
fixtures, drains and other built-in objects.
Maintain uniform joint appearance. Make cut
edges smooth and even.
. 4 Maximum surface tolerance: 1: 800.
' . 5 Make joints between tiles uniform and
approximately 6 mm wide, plumb, straight,
true, even with adjacent units and flush.
Align patterns.
:
Clarington Pub. Library Stone Tile Section 09330 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
3.2 Workmanship . 6 Lay out units so perimeter tiles are minimum
(Cont'd) 1/2 size. ,
.7 Sound tiles after setting and replace hollow
sounding units to obtain full bond. '
.8 Make internal angles square, external angles.
square
.9 Construct base 150 mm high with square top '
edge.
. 10 Install divider strips at junction of tile '
flooring and dissimilar material where
materials are level. Install threshold sloper
to meet adjacent material where heights are
dissimilar. ,
.11 Clean installed tile surfaces after
installation cured. '
.12 Extend tile under surface mounted floor mats.
3.3 Setting System .1 Install tile and bases on substrate in '
accordance with TTMAC details 200-16A.
3.4 Control Joints .1 Install where shown,and min. 7.5 metres on
centre. '
.2 Review locations with Architect before
installing. '
3.5 Floor Sealer . 1 Apply 2 coats in accordance with '
and Protective manufacturer's printed instructions.
Coating
3.6 Protection of . 1 Protect new floors from time of final set of ,
Finished Work adhesive until application of final sealer and
protective coating. '
.2 Prohibit traffic on floor for 48 hours after
application of sealer. '
END ,
Clarington Pub. Library Portland Cement Terrazzo Section 09410
Mun. office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General . 1 Comply with sections of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related . 1 Section 07900 Sealants: Caulking.
Sections
1.3 References . 1 CAN/CSA-A5/A8/A362-M88, Portland
Cement/Masonry Cement/Blended Hydraulic
Cement.
1. 4 Mock-ups .1 Construct mock-ups in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
. 2 Construct a mock up of a terrazzo repair for
each colour and type of terrazzo repair
required.
.3 Construct mock-up where directed by
Consultant.
. 4 Allow 10 days for inspection of mock-ups by
Consultant before proceeding with work.
Prepare all required mock up's at one time.
.5 When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate
minimum standard for this work. Mock-up may
remain as part of finished work.
1.5 Closeout . 1 Provide maintenance data as set out in TTMAC
Submittals publication for terrazzo work for
incorporation into manual specified in Section
01001 General Requirements .
0
Clarington Pub. Library Portland Cement Terrazzo Section 09410
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1. 6 Environmental . 1 Maintain air temperature and structural base
Requirements temperature at terrazzo installation area
above 12°C for 24 hours before, during and 24
hours after installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Materials '
. 1 Cement: to CAN/CSA-A5, as required to match
existing.
.2 Sand, fine and coarse aggregates to '
CAN/CSA-A23. 1.
.3 Water: potable. '
.4 Marble chips: soundness and abrasion
resistance. Grade chips in accordance with
TTMAC standard. Colours as required to match ,
existing.
. 5 Pigments: non-fading mineral pigments in '
selected colours .
. 6 Epoxy bonding agent: two components, epoxy
resin and epoxy hardener conforming to
following performance properties after cure
schedule of 28 days at 25°C.
. 1 Viscosity: mixed viscosity not less than ,
0.04 Pa.s or more than 0.5 Pa. s .
.2 Gel time: not less than half hour at
20°C.
.3 Flexibility: Gardiner flexibility test, '
passes bending over 12 mm mandrel, without
cracking.
. 4 Elongation: ASTM D2370, minimum 10% .
. 5 Bond strength: 2 MPA, with 100% concrete ,
failure at minimum coverage, test concrete
specimen minimum compressive strength 20 MPa.
. 6 Coverage: 0.3 L/mz minimum, dry film
thickness not less than 0.2 mm.
.7 Divider strips:to match existing. '
1 s
Clarington Pub. Library Portland Cement Terrazzo Section 09410
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
' . 8 Accessories: base caps and base divider
strips, separator strips, purpose made and of
same material to match divider strips .
. 9 Curing compound: to manufacturers standard.
.10 Cleaning compound: to TTMAC standard types
' 1001, 1002, 1003, and 1004 as applicable.
. 11 Sealing compound: to TTMAC standard type 2001,
and 2002 as applicable.
. 12 Finishing compound: to TTMAC standard 3001 .
' 2.2 Mixes . 1 Slurry coat: cement and water mixed to creamy
' paste.
. 2 Underbed: 1 part cement to 4 parts sand by
volume.
' .3 Terrazzo topping: to match various existing
colours as required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 1 Workmanship .1 Do terrazzo work in accordance with CSC
' Architectural Specification Study on Terrazzo
(Portland Cement) , produced in cooperation
with Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association of
Canada (TTMAC) , except where specified
otherwise.
3.2 Grind and Seal 1 Where indicated, remove glue, oil and grime
on Existing from existing.
. 2 Regrind.
' .3 Apply sealer.
r
Clarington Pub. Library Portland Cement Terrazzo Section 09410
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
3.2 Installation . 1 Install terrazzo floor and base repairs after '
review of mock ups.
.2 Install divider strips true and level to '
maintain or reinstate original pattern.
END '
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Acoustical Panels and Section 09511
Mun. Office Expansion Tile Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1 1.1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 Related Work .1 Suspension System Section 09130
' Suspension System
for Acoustical
Ceilings
' .2 Perforated metal panels for Curvature
System: Specified in Section 09130.
(
1.3 References .1 CAN/CGSB-92 .1- (M77) Acoustic Units,
' Prefabricated.
.2 CAN4-S102-M83 Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials.
' .3 ASTM C636-66 Standard Practice for
Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension
System for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in
f
Panels.
i
1 .4 Mock-up . 1 Construct mock-ups in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Construct mock-up of lOm2 minimum for
acoustical tile ceiling including one inside
corner and one outside corner. Mock-up may
form part of finished work after acceptance.
1 .5 Samples . 1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
' .2 Submit duplicate 150x150 samples of
acoustical unit .
' i
1.6 Environmental .1 Permit wet work to dry before commencement
Conditions of installation.
' .2 Maintain uniform minimum temperature of 15C
Clarington Pub. Library/ Acoustical Panels and Section 09511
Mun. Office Expansion Tile Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
and humidity of 20 - 40% before and during '
installation.
.3 store materials in work area 48 hours prior '
to installation.
1.7 Maintenance .1 Provide maintenance materials in accordance '
Materials with Section 01001 - General requirements.
.2 Provide acoustical units amounting to 2% of
gross ceiling area for each pattern and type
required for project. '
.3 Materials to be same production run as
installed materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 Materials .1 Acoustic Ceiling Tiles: Type ACT 41 fissured '
by CGC 24" x 48" x 3/4" or Designer Second
Look by Armstrong.
.2 Acoustic Ceiling Tiles: Type ACT #2 '
.1 The Cashmere tiles by Celotex (610 mm
x 610 mm) Model CM.49,4 24" x 48" x 3/411 ,
tegular edge. '
.2 Alternate to the above is Armstrong
Cirrus, or Eclipse, Clima Plus Orion 270 by
CGC, 24' x 48" x 3/411, tegular edge, (1220
mm x 610 mm) . ,
.3 Flame spread rating: 25
.3 Type ACT #3 : 1220 mmx 610 mm x 19 mm, to '
match existing, Radar, Fine Look 2000,
planks, colour white by Armstrong or
equivalent by CGC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Preparation .1 Do not install acoustical tiles until work ,
above ceiling has been reviewed by
Consultant. t
t
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Acoustical Panels and Section 09511
Mun. Office Expansion Tile Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' .2 Co-ordinate ceiling work to accommodate
components of other sections, such as light
fixtures, diffusers, and speakers to be
' built into acoustical ceiling components .
' 3 .2 Installation .1 Install acoustical tiles in ceiling
suspension system, as shown in reflected
ceiling plans.
' .2 Install as detailed and in accordance with
specified standard and in accordance with
manufacturers printed instructions. j
.3 Take precautions during installation to
ensure tile edges are not chipped or
otherwise damaged.
.4 Install acoustical tiles to form horizontal
' and level ceiling with all parts flush and
joints butted tightly to hairline
appearance.
.5 Distribute variations in colour and texture
of panels to obtain uniform appearance.
3 .3 Cleaning .1 Carefully examine work on completion and
and Completion replace uneven or defective materials,
' eliminate all waved, remedy damaged, exposed
finished surfaces and remove soiled or
stained areas.
.2 Clean dirty and discoloured surfaces pf
acoustical units and suspension system
according to manufacturer's recommendations.
' .3 Replace damaged tiles as noted on final
deficiency list.
`r
si
f .
' Clarington Public Library/ Resilient Sheet Section 09666
Municipal Office Expansion Flooring (Linoleum) Page 1
0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 General .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
' 1.2 Submittals .1 Samples: Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm (12" x
12" ) sample pieces of sheet material in
accordance with Section 01300.
' .2 Maintenance Data: Provide maintenance data
for resilient flooring for incorporation into
maintenance manual specified in Section 01300.
1.3 Quality Assurance .1 Qualifications
.1 Surface Burning Characteristics to
' CAN/ULC -5102 .2-M88, Surface Burning
Characteristics of Flooring, Floor
Covering and Miscellaneous Materials and
Assemblies.
1 .4 Project Conditions .1 Environmental Requirements: Air temperature
and structural base temperature at flooring
installation are shall be above 20°C ( 68°F)
for 72 hours before, during and 46 hours after
installation.
1 .5 Maintenance .1 Extra Materials
' .1 Deliver 5 m2 of each colour, pattern
and type flooring material required for
maintenance use. Store where indicated.
Identify each roll.
t .2 Maintenance materials to be same
production run as installed materials.
i
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Sheet Flooring: total thickness 2 .5 mm,
Marmoleum Dual, distributed by Forbo
' Industries Inc. , 8300 Keele Street, Cancora,
Ontario, L4K 4T1, 416-661-2351 or Marmorette.
Supplier of Linoleum is Forro Industries,
Concord. Distributor of Linoleum is Phoenix
Floor and Wall Products, tel. 416-745-4200,
fax 416-745-4211.
.2 Colours selected from manufacturer' s colours
Clarington Public Library/ Resilient Sheet Section 09666 '
Municipal Office Expansion Flooring (Linoleum) Page 2 ,
0006 April 2001
in this range. Six (6) colours will be used '
on the project . Geometrical patterns using
two (2) colours may be used in each room. '
.3 Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof, of types
recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer
for specific material on applicable substrate, '
above, on or below grade.
.4 Nails and Staples: CSA Standard B111-1974.
.5 Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex '
requiring water only to produce cementitious
paste. '
.6 Metal Edge Strips: Aluminum extruded, smooth,
mill finish, with lip to extend under floor
finish, shoulder flush with top of adjacent '
floor finish.
. 7 Sealer and Wax: Type recommended by resilient
flooring materials manufacturer for material
type and location.
.8 Welding Rods: DLW Welding Rods colour match
to selected steel, colours, linoleum.
. 9 Cork underlay: 6 mm thick, locations behind '
all library service desks. Refer as well to
Finish Schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Inspection .1 Ensure sub floor meet manufacturer' s ,
requirements.
3 .2 Preparation .1 Clean floor and apply filler, trowel and float '
to leave smooth, flat hard surface. Prohibit
traffic until filler has cured.
.2 Prime and seal sub-floor to resilient flooring
manufacturer's recommendations. '
3 .3 Application .1 Floor Application
.1 Apply adhesive uniformly using '
recommended trowel . Do not spread more
adhesive than can be covered by flooring
before initial set takes place. '
k
Clarington Public Library/ Resilient sheet Section 09666
Municipal Office Expansion Flooring (Linoleum) Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
' .2 Lay flooring with seams parallel to
building lines to produce a minimum
number of seams. Border widths minimum
' 1/3 width of full material. Review
seams with Architect site representative
prior to installing. Adjust if
requested.
.3 Run sheets parallel to width of room.
Double cut sheet joints (and
continuously seal) .
' .4 As installation progresses, roll
flooring with 45 kg (100 lb. ) roller to
ensure full adhesion.
.5 Cut flooring neatly around fixed
objects.
.6 Install colours selected to patterns
provided by the Architect.
.7 Install flooring in pan type floor
access covers. Maintain floor pattern.
.8 Continue flooring over areas which will
be under built-in furniture.
' .9 Terminate flooring at centreline of door
in openings where adjacent floor finish
or colour is dissimilar.
.10 Install metal edge strips at unprotected
' or exposed edges where flooring
terminates.
3 .4 Welding of Seams .1 Weld all seams following manufacturer's
printed instructions and recommendations.
.2 Match colour of welding rod to colour of
selected linoleum sheet.
3 .5 Cleaning .1 Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and
wall surfaces without damage.
.2 Clean, seal and wax floor to flooring
manufacturer' s instructions.
3 .6 Protection .1 Prohibit traffic on floor for 48 hours after
installation.
1
' Clarington Public Library/ Vinyl Composite Tile, Section 09678
Municipal Office Expansion Rubber Tile and Resilient Base Page 1
0006 April 2001
�. PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.0 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 1 .1 Samples 1 Supply duplicate samples of standard section and
of premolded stops and interior and exterior
corners.
.2 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001
General Requirements.
1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Cove Rubber Base .1 To CAN/CSA A126 .5-87 type 1 vulcanized, minimum
1 (For VCT) 1/8" thick x 4" high x 4' -0" long.
.2 Ribbed back, reinforced toe, top lip with smooth
scuff-resistant surface.
.3 Colour selected from manufacturer' s standards .
Four colours for the project.
t .4 Manufacturer Amtico or Finercraft.
.5 Primer and Adhesives: waterproof of types
recommended by manufacturer.
' .6 Premolded stop, interior and exterior corners.
' .7 Filler: type approved by base manufacturer.
2 .2 Vinyl Composite
Tile .1 Fillers: type approved by manufacturer of
adhesives and tile.
.2 Tile: 304. 8 mm x 304. 8 mm x 3 .18 mm Armstrong
Premium Excelon, 2 colours selected from
manufacturer' s standard range.
.3 Wax: Type approved by manufacturer.
2 .3 Rubber Tile .1 Deleted
2 .4 Flat Rubber Base
(for rubber tile) .1 Deleted
-------------------------------------------—---—--------------—-—--------
Clarington Public Library/ Vinyl Composite Tile, Section 09678 '
Municipal Office Expansion Rubber Tile and Resilient Base Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 1 Installation of .1 Install to manufacturer' s printed instructions. ,
Coved Rubber Base
.2 Fill cracks and surface defects in substrate
with filler to provide solid backing over entire
area to which Base is applied.
.3 Cement cove base to vertical surfaces so that '
gaps do not occur behind base, so that front lip
of the base bears firmly and uniformly on the
floor surfaces and so that a good permanent bond
is produced between base and the surface to
which is it attached.
.4 Use preformed corners and stops. Bending base '
around corners is not permitted.
.5 Use full length pieces where practical .
Accumulated short lengths are not permitted.
3 .2 Installation of
Vinyl Composite Tile .1 Prepare floor using filler to achieve sound,
and Rubber Tile level, smooth substrate.
.2 Install to manufacturer' s printed instructions. '
.3 Apply two coats of wax finish.
1
--— —-------------- — -
Clarington Pub. Library/ Carpeting Section 09680
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply to requirements of Division 1 as
i
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Wood Base Section 06200
.2 Floor access covers: Division 15 ,
Division 16
1
1 .3 Samples . 1 Submit duplicate 125 x 75 mm pieces for
colour selected, 150 mm lengths of
accessories and complete list of products
proposed for use on the project . Submit in
accordance with Section 01001 .
1 .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001.
.2 Indicate locations and lengths of seams and
cross joints for carpeted areas, nap, open
edges and other details required by
Consultant to clarify work.
1.5 Maintenance .1 Provide maintenance data for carpet
Data maintenance for incorporation into Operation
and Maintenance Manual specified in Section
01001.
' 1.6 Maintenance .1 Deliver 20 mof the selected colour to the
Colour Materials owner for maintenance use. Store where
directed.
.2 Maintenance materials to be full size piece
of same production run as installed
materials.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Carpeting Section 09680 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2 '
0006 April 2001
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials . 1 All carpets are 28 oz, solution dyed '
textured loop, unitary backing with a custom
colour, to match as closely as possible to
the base bid colour, using a custom blend of
the manufacturers standard yarns.
.2 10 Year wear guarantee and no zippering '
guarantee.
. 3 Seaming tape: of types as recommended by
carpet manufacturer for purpose intended.
.4 Binder bars: aluminum, light bronze anodized
finish screw down type of type recommended
by carpet manufacturer.
.5 Adhesive: non-release type of brand
recommended by carpet manufacturer.
.6 Carpet protection: non-staining heavy duty
kraft paper or 0.15 mm thick polyethylene '
film.
. 7 Concrete floor sealer: to CGSB 25-GP-20M,
Type 1.
.8 Subfloor filler: white premix latex
requiring only water to produce cementitious
paste.
. 9 Seam sealers: of type recommended by
manufacturer.
2 .2 Carpet Types .1 Interface Entropy is Carpet Type 1.
.2 All the above carpet tiles are 28 oz.
solution dyed.
.3 Carpet Types 2, 3, 4 and 5 are 28 oz.
Solution dyed, Conservatory by Krause.
.4 Modular 50 cm x 50 cm Glasbak re Tiles.
.5 Interface Carpet: Tel. 613-546-7003, Fax
613-548-4177.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Carpeting Section 09680
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
r .6 Alternates will be considered until ten (10)
days before close of bids. If alternates
are accepted, an Addenda will be issued. If
not, use named products.
.7 Carpet Types are shown on the A-800 Series
drawings (finish schedules) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Workmanship .1 Install glue-down carpet in accordance with
CGSB 4-GP-156 and manufacturer's printed
instructions .
' .2 Install in accordance with reviewed shop
{ drawings.
3 .2 Preparation .1 Prepare floor surfaces in accordance with
CGSB 4-GP-156 and manufacturer's printed
instructions.
.2 Use subfloor filler as required.
P
3 .3 Carpet . 1 Use metal binder bars at exposed carpet
Binder Bars edges and centre under doors in door
openings.
S
3 .4 Carpet .1 Install carpet in accordance with shop
Installation - drawings. Maintain constant pile direction.
General
.2 Pre-condition, stretch and install carpet
following manufacturer's printed
instructions. Fit neatly around
architectural, mechanical, electrical and
' telephone outlets, and furniture fitments,
around perimeter of rooms into recesses, and
around projections .
Vi
. 3 Seal edges of cut-outs.
"t
i
s
Clarington Pub. Library/ Carpeting Section 09680
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
3 .5 Carpet Tile . 1 Install to manufacturer's printed '
Installation instructions.
3 .6 Protection of .1 Vacuum carpets clean. Protect traffic areas
Finished Work of carpeted floors with carpet protection.
Tape edges and joints to prevent shifting.
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
r
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related Work .1 Pavement marking Section 02516
Asphalt Concrete
Paving
.2 Shop priming Section 05120
structural steel Structural Steel
.3 Shop priming steel Section 05210
joists Steel Joists
.4 Shop priming Section 05500
miscellaneous Miscellaneous Metals
metals
' .5 Shop priming metal Section 05510
stairs Metal Stairs
.6 Millwork Finishes Section 06400
.7 Shop Priming ornamental
Ornaments Section 05501
.8 Intumescent Fireproofing Section 07251
1.3 Quality .1 Qualification of Manufacturer: The paint
Assurance products of the paint manufacturer shall be
listed in the Ontario Painting Contractors
Association Architectural Painting
' Specification Manual, latest edition, under
"Paint Product Recommendation" section,
premium grade.
.2 Association Manual: Provide copy of Ontario
Painting Contractor's Association
i Architectural Painting Specification Manual,
Latest edition, and maintain one copy at site
office for reference.
p .3 Conform to OPCA Manual, latest edition.
c
t
i
{
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
r
1.4 References .1 CAN/CGSB-1.36-M90 General Purpose Interior
Varnish.
2 CAN/CGSB-1.38-M91 Interior Enamel Undercoater.
.3 CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89 Primer, Structural,
Miscellaneous and Ornamental Steel, Oil Alkyd
Type.
.4 CAN/CGSB-1.57-M90 Alkyd, Interior, Semigloss,
Enamel.
.5 CAN/CGSB-1.59-M89 Alkyd, Exterior Gloss
Enamel.
.6 CAN/CGSB-1.60-M89 Interior Alkyd Gloss Enamel.
.7 CAN/CGS5-1.70-M91 High Solvency Thinner.
.8 CAN/CGSB-1.102-M89 Clear Alkyd Type Sealer.
. 9 CAN/CGSB-1.118-M89 Interior Alkyd, Flat
Finish.
.10 CGSB 1-GP-121M-77 Coating, Vinyl,
Pretreatment, for Metals (Vinyl Wash Primer) .
.11 CAN/CGSB-1.126-M91 Vinyl Sealer for Wood.
.12 CAN/CGSB-1.140-M89 Oil-Alkyd type Red Lead,
Iron Oxide Primer.
.13 CAN/CGSB-1.145-M90 Solvent-Based Pigmented
Stain.
.14 CAN/CGSB-1.188-M90 Emulsion Type Filler '
Masonry Block.
.15 CGSB 85-GP-14M-78 Painting Steel Surfaces ,
Exposed to Normally Dry Weather.
.16 CGSB 85-GP-16M-79 Painting Galvanized Steel.
.17 CGSB 85-GP-31M-79 Painting Stucco, Masonry and
Brick Surfaces.
. 18 CGSB 85-GP-33M-79 Painting Interior Plaster
and Wallboard.
t
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
1.5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
' 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Submit duplicate 300 x 200 mm sample panels of
' each paint type and colour and sheen
specified.
.3 Use 10 mm birch plywood for wood finishes 10
mm wallboard for paint finishes over smooth
surfaces, and 50 mm concrete block for
concrete masonry.
1.6 Environmental . 1 Do not apply paint finish in areas where dust
Requirements is being generated.
` .2 Do not apply paint when manufacturer's
recommended temperature and humidity
conditions are not present.
.3 Check surfaces with electrical moisture meter
and do not proceed if reading is higher than
fmanufacturer's recommended conditions.
'r
i
1.7 Scope of Work . 1 Refer to drawings and this section for full
scope of work. Below is a partial list.
.2 Painting includes the following:
E .1 All exposed steel and steel structure is
painted. Included is steel supplied by 05501,
6
Ornamental Metals and two (2) top coats
over exposed steel which has intumescent
E ' fireproofing.
.2 Hollow metal doors and frames are
painted. Refer to door schedule.
' .3 Wood doors, frames and screens in new
building are clear varnished. In existing
building new or relocated or where
indicated, wood doors, frames and screens are
painted.
.4 All cement block has raked joints, with
two (2) coats of clear sealer.
.5 All wood millwork (except baseboards,
' wood frames and screens) is finished by
section 06400.
. 6 Wood baseboard, wood frames and screens
are varnished by section 09900.
.7 Exposed interior concrete has two (2)
coats of clear sealer, except sandblasted
exposed concrete which has two (2) coats
1
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
1.7 Scope of Work .2 Painting includes the following: (Cont'd)
(Cont'd) .7 (Cont'd)
tinted glaze sealer and one (1) coat low sheen
clear sealer.
.8 All gypsum board partitions, ceilings
and bulkheads are painted. '
.9 Exterior Paint:
.1 Exterior hollow metal doors and
frames
.2 Exterior steel lintels
.3 Bollards and railings
.4 Roof ladder and stairs
.5 Rooftop Steel Platforms ,
.6 Exterior hot dip galvanized cornice
.7 Exterior hot dip galvanized
security fence
.8 Exterior wood trellis and fencing
stain and clear preservative sealer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials . 1 Paint materials: to CGSB Standards listed in
Finishing Formulae.
.2 Paint materials for each coating formulae to
be products of a single manufacturer.
.3 Approved Manufacturer's. Premium commercial
products by Para, Pratt and Lambert, Glidden ,
(ICI) , Benjamin Moore or Sherwin Williams as
noted below except where other products are
named below. Where other products are named
below, use only these products. '
.4 Colours:
.1 Up to 10 colours may be used. ,
.2 Colours may be changed on outside or
inside corners.
.3 Up to 5 may be used in one room.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation of . 1 Prepare surfaces in accordance with Chapter 3,
' Surfaces "Surface Preparation", and Chapter BA of the
Association Manual, in addition to the
following requirements:
.2 Prepare wood surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-1M.
. 1 Use CAN/CGSB-1.126 vinyl sealer over
knots resinous areas.
.2 Apply wood paste filler to nail holes and
cracks.
.3 Tint filler to match stains for stained
woodwork.
' .4 Seal wood doors before handling by
Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry.
.3 Touch up shop paint primer on steel with
' CAN/CGSB-1.40 to CGSB 85-GP-14M.
.4 Prepare galvanized steel and zinc coated
' surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-16M.
.5 Prepare masonry, stucco and concrete surfaces
to CGSB 85-GP-31M.
' .6 .1 Prepare plaster and wallboard surfaces to
CGSB 85-GP-33M. Fill minor cracks with plaster
patching compound.
. 1 Ensure that gypsum board joints are
smooth and board is clean and free of any
jointing compound spatter.
.2 Test surfaces for alkalinity with pink
litmus paper or other recognized method.
.7 Vacuum fibre acoustic tile and insulation
' covering surfaces.
.8 Prepare copper piping and accessories to CGSB
85-GP-20M.
. 9 Hardware: Remove finish hardware, electric
plates and accessories. Mask any that are not
removable. Replace when paint is dry and clean
them. Do not clean with solvent that will
remove permanent finish.
.10 Metal: Clean unpainted and shop primed metal
to provide satisfactory surfaces to receive
overcoats and provide permanent adhesion of
coatings. Remove rust and scale with emery
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
3.1 Preparation of . 10 Metal: (Cont'd)
Surfaces paper and wire brushes. Prime bare metal, make '
(Cont'd) good shop primed metal where abraded, feather
out edges to make touch-up patches
inconspicuous. Thoroughly clean metal surfaces
including piping and ductwork of oil and '
grease with mineral spirits.
3.2 Application 11 Apply finishes to all surfaces scheduled to be
finished. Finishes shall be free of defects in
materials and workmanship affecting appearance ,
and performance. Defects shall include but not
be limited to improper cleaning and
preparation of surfaces, entrapped dust and
dirt, alligatoring, blisters, peeling, drips, ,
runs, uneven coverage, misses, poor cutting
in, improper use or application of materials.
.2 Paint shall be applied by means of brushes ,
except for wall and ceiling surfaces on which
the paint shall be applied by rollers. Varnish
shall be brushed. Spray painting will be
permitted in areas where exposed decks and
structure are scheduled to be painted and
large wall areas occur. The spray equipment
shall be airless type. Consultant may at any
time prohibit use of spray painting for such
reasons during application as carelessness,
poor masking or protective measures, drifting
paint fog, disturbance to other trades or
failure to obtain a dense, even, opaque
finish. All motors, fans and mechanical
ventilation system equipment is to be shut off
during spray painting.
.3 Materials shall he thoroughly mixed before
applications nd applied without cutting or '
admixture of any kind except as may be
directed by the manufacturer. They shall be
applied evenly, in full coats, free from brush
marks, sags, runs, crawls and other defects.
Paint shall be uniform in sheen, colour and
texture.
.9 Apply materials in strict accordance with ,
manufacturer's directions and specifications
and be familiar with those directions and
specifications.
. 5 Any areas exhibiting incomplete or ,
unsatisfactory coverage shall have the entire
' Clarington Pub .Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
3.2 Application .5 (COnt'd)
' (Cont'd) plane painted. Patching will not be
acceptable.
.6 Permit paint to dry before applying succeeding
coats, touch up suction spots and sand between
coats with No. 00 sandpaper. Remove dust of
sanding.
.7 Finishes and number of coats specified are
intended to cover surface completely. If they
do not, apply further coats until complete
' coverage is achieved as required. Paint entire
plane or areas which have been cut and
patched.
.8 Arrange to have traffic barred from completed
areas wherever possible or provide adequate
protection acceptable to the Consultant.
' . 9 Tint filler to match wood to receive clear
finishes. Work filler well into grain and
before it has set wipe excess from surface.
' .10 Prime woodwork designed for painting as soon
as possible after woodwork is delivered to
site. Prime all surfaces of such woodwork,
' whether exposed or not, before installation.
Back prime woodwork which is to receive
transparent finish with one coat of
transparent finish reduced 256.
' .11 Prime wood doors, reseal al cut edges of wood
to be painted or finished, if material was cut
subsequent to initial sealing. Seal or prime
tops and bottoms of wood doors.
.12 Apply primer coats to ferrous metal surfaces
' that have not received shop coat or primer.
.13 Touch-up shop primed metal work after loose
paint and scale have been removed.
.19 Make good paint finish on delivered items
where surfaces have become marred or defaced.
' . 15 Painting shall be three coat work throughout
including repainting work, except where
specifically indicated otherwise. Priming coat
shall be colour toned lighter than second
coat; second coat than finish coat; finish
coat shall be approved colour. Each coat shall
be inspected by the Consultant. If recoating
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 8
0006 - April 2001
3.2 Application .15 (Cont'd)
(COnt'd) occurs without Consultant's inspection it '
shall not be considered as having been done
and shall be recoated.
.16 Sand and dust between each coat to remove ,
defects visible from distance up to 1.5 m.
.17 Finish bottoms, edges, tops and cutouts of
doors after fitting as specified for door
surfaces.
. 18 Finish tops of cabinets and projecting ledges, '
bath above and below sight lines as specified
for surrounding surfaces.
. 19 Finish closets and alcoves as specified for
adjoining rooms.
.20 Finish Schedule:
.1 Assume full responsibility for painting '
and varnishing of all materials of the
contract exposed in the finished work which do
not already have finished surfaces and that
normally require paint or varnish finish.
Inspect surfaces over which the work of this
Section is dependent for unevenness, cracks,
surface defects, moisture, cleanliness, ,
roughness and other irregularities detrimental
to the application and performance of the
work. Confirm conditions satisfactory before
proceeding. Failure in complying with above or '
failure to have unsatisfactory conditions
corrected before proceeding, shall relieve
Contractor of responsibility for perfect
results.
.2 Exposed means visible in complete work
including interiors of cupboards and closets.
.3 Seal top and bottom of wood doors.
.4 Consultant shall have the option of
having wood painted or with transparent
finish; wood shall be stained to Consultant's
approval. '
.5 In instances where materials specified
are not suitable for particular job
application or are contrary to manufacturer's
recommendations for use on particular surface, ,
immediately bring to attention of Consultant
for clarification and instructions.
. 6 consultant shall have right to make
changes in colour tone of finishes prior to ,
final coat to obtain desired results without
additional cost to Owner.
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
3.2 Application .20 Finish Schedule: (Cont'd)
' (Cont'd) .7 Gloss terms have following values (ASTM
D523-67 "Text for Specular Gloss") :
Gloss Term Gloss Value Flat
' Flat 5 to 20
Eggshell 20 to 40
Semi-gloss 40 to 60
Gloss, medium 60 to 80
Gloss, high 80 to 80
.8 Colour chart giving colour schemes and
gloss values will be prepared by Consultant
' after tendering. Final selection of colours of
all finishes throughout and whether finishes
are transparent (natural) or opaque (paint)
shall rest solely with Consultant.
. 9 The following titles and code numbers
refer to the Ontario Contractors Association
Architectural Painting Specification Manual,
latest edition, unless otherwise indicated for
' type of coating, grade, named products and
their manufacturers. All finishes to be prime
grade. Meet requirements of Architectural
' Painting Specification Manual for surfaces
requiring painting, for which paint formula is
not included hereunder.
' 3.3 Mechanical and . 1 Paint exposed conduits, pipes, hangers and
Electrical other mechanical and electrical equipment
Equipment occurring in finished areas as well as inside
cupboards and cabinet work. Colour and texture
to match adjacent surfaces, except as noted
otherwise.
' .2 Paint piping, conduits, ductwork and other
unfinished equipment in boiler room,
' mechanical rooms, and electrical rooms . In
other unfinished areas leave equipment,
piping, conduits, hangers etc, in original
finish and touch up scratches and marks.
.3 Keep sprinkler heads free of paint.
.4 Paint inside of ductwork where visible with
' primer and one coat of matt black paint.
.5 Paint disconnect switches for fire alarm
system and exit light systems in red enamel.
.6 Paint both sides and edges of plywood
backboards for equipment before installation.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001
3.3 Mechanical and .6 (Cont'd)
Electrical Leave equipment in original finish except for ,
Equipment touch-up as required, and paint conduits,
(Cont'd) mounting accessories and other unfinished
items.
.7 Leave inside of mechanical cabinets unpainted. ,
.8 Leave name plates unpainted.
3.4 Ferrous . 1 Paint all exposed interior ferrous materials
Materials in all areas where paint finishes are called
for in the schedule, and in all areas where
exposed to view. This includes columns, beams
and purlins at roof level, railings on stair ,
and around opening to lower level.
.2 Paint all exposed exterior steel. Material to
be painted includes but is not limited to ,
angle lintels, hollow metal doors and frames,
railings, stairs, bollards, steam columns and
beams of canopies, roof ladder and gas piping. ,
.3 Work includes applying two (2) topcoats to
exposed steel which has intumescent paint.
3.5 Patching .1 Do all retouching to ensure that the work is
handed over to the Owner free of runs, ,
spatter, finger marks, rust, watermarks,
scratches, blemishes or other disfigurations.
3.6 Interior
Finishes . 1 Formula 1: for concrete block and poured '
concrete walls apply two (2) coats clear
finish, satin sheen, Water based clear
urethane, satin finish; Stays clear by
Benjamin Moore. An equivalent product is '
Interior Acrylic Varnish #1332/1334 by ICI
.2 Formula la: for exposed sandblasted ,
concrete:
.1 Apply two (2) coats tinted glaze.
.2 One (1) top coat water based clear
urethane satin finish. See 3.6.1 above. ,
' Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900
Mun. Office Expansion Page 11
0006 April 2001
Finishes .3 Formula 8: gypsum board walls and ceilings
(Cont'd) apply:
.1 One (1) coat primer-sealer
CAN/CGSB-1. 119
' .2 Two (2) coats eggshell paint
CAN/CGSB-1.118
.4 For exposed steel structure:
.1 Prime coat
.2 Two (2) finish coats of Alkyd Urethane
by Glidden.
I
' .5 Formula 10 Alkyd: for woodwork to receive
paint finish:
.1 Spot prime knots and resinous areas
CAN/CGSB-1.126.
.2 one (1) coat enamel undercoat
CAN/CGSB-1.38.
.3 Two (2) coats semi-gloss enamel CAN
' CGSB-1.57.
.6 Formula 20: for woodwork to receive natural
finish apply:
r .1 One (1) coat paste-filler
f ' .2 One (1) coat sanding sealer
.3 Two (2) coats satin varnish CAN/CGSB-1.36
i
k ' .7 Formula 23: for insulation covering apply:
.1 One (1) coat tinted enamel undercoat
CAN/CGSB-1.38
.2 One (1) coat gloss enamel CAN/CG55-1.60
.3 One (1) coat semi-gloss enamel
CAN/CGSB-1.57
. 8 Formula 24: for copper piping and fittings
' apply,
.1 one (1) coat vinyl wash primer CGSB
1-GP-121M one coat tinted enamel undercoat
' CAN/CGSB-1.38
.2 One (1) coat semi-gloss enamel
CAN/CGSB-1.57
si
t
3.7 Exterior . 1 Formula 36: for primed ferrous metal surfaces
Finishes apply:
' .1 One prime coat, two (2) finish coats of
Alkyd Urethane by Glidden.
.2 Formula 37: for Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel:
.1 Primer CATHA-Coat 302 Reinforced Organic
Zinc Primer by Devoe Coating, ICI.
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Painting Section 09900 ,
Mun. Office Expansion Page 12
0006 April 2001
3.7 Exterior .2 Formula 37: (Cont'd)
Finishes .2 First Coat: Bar Rust 235 Multipurpose '
(Cont'd) Epoxy Coating by Devoe Coating, ICI.
.3 Top Coat: Devthane 4708 Aliphatic
Urethane Gloss Enamel by Devoe Coatings, ICI. ,
.4 Cornice to have two (2) finish coats of
paint system (includes faces which are
concealed in final installation) specified in
Section 09900, 3.7, formula #37. Painting to '
occur before installation. All faces of steel
to have complete system, particularly faces
which cannot be painted after installation.
.5 Painting to occur in the shop or in ,
temporary shop set up on site. Painting after
installation is not permitted.
.6 The exterior security fence is to be
painted in sections before installation
similar to .1 and .2 above.
3.8 Deficiencies .1 Complete all painting touch ups, repairs and
repainting as listed on deficiency list.
3.9 Cleaning .1 Promptly as the work proceeds and on
completion of the work, remove all paint where ,
spilled, splashed or spattered during the
progress of the work keep the premises free
from any unnecessary accumulation of tools,
equipment, surplus materials and debris; at
the conclusion of the work leave the premises
neat and clean to the satisfaction of the
Consultant. '
t
END ,
' Clarington Public Library/ Manufactured Specialties Section 10000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1 .1 General .1 Conform to requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Submittals .1 Samples: Submit for approval the complete range
of colours, finishes and material for the
various items of work specified herein. Submit
in accordance with Section 01001 - General
Requirements.
.2 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for review
in accordance with Section 01001 - General
Requirements.
.3 Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions:
' Provide copies of maintenance and operating
instructions in accordance with Section 01001 -
General Requirements.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
' 2 .1 Materials
.1 Recessed Entrance Mat : Rabemet Deluxe Entrance
Mat c/w Frame:
.1 M. W. McGill & Associates
1734 Orangebrook Court, #5
Pickering, Ontario L1W 3G8
Telephone 888-624-4557
' Fax 888-624-4558
.2 Model: Deluxe, colour; natural, index;
12680-90 .
.3 Size: approximately 2050 x 2050, as shown,
' Site measure to confirm exact size.
.4 Mat sink frame: 3 mm stainless steel,
sized to suit entrance mat.
' .2 Coat Rod and Hat Shelf:
.1 Supply and install Baywall Model B10-10
coat and hat rack length as shown on the
drawings with bracket spacing 36" maximum,
distributed by Architectural School
Products Ltd. , Mississauga, 905-862-4287.
.2 Shelves shall consist of four 3/4" O.D. x
' .049" wall, clear anodized aluminum tubes,
with ends closed by matching plastic plug
buttons, supported by matching die-cast
aluminum brackets and striated cap to
' prevent tubes from turning.
i
I
Clarington Public Library/ Manufactured Specialties Section 10000 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 ,
.3 Wall mounting shall consist of clear ,
anodized aluminum dovetail extrusions for
each bracket to manufacturer' s standard
length to give vertical adjustment . '
.4 Hanger bar shall be satin finished
chromium plated steel tubing 1" O.D. x
.049" wall, in length to match rack with ,
matching plug buttons.
.4 Events Bulletin Board:
.1 Vinyl cork tackboard, 12 . 7 mm thick, vinyl
fabric, colour selected from
manufacturer' s standard colour range,
natural cork underlay bonded to particle
board backing by Architectural School ,
Products Ltd. , phone 905-822-4287.
.2 Size as shown on wall elevations.
.5 Tackboards:
.1 Series 4000 by Architectural School
Products, natural cork, light textured
brown, clear, anodized aluminum frame.
.2 One required, size 1200 x 1800, located ,
where directed in Room 262 .
.6 Brochure Holder:
.1 DCD7 by Carr Maclean, tel. 1-800-258-2123 . ,
.2 4 units of DCD7 required.
. 7 Folding Accordion Partition: '
.1 Model Unifold 4400 by Moderco or
equivalent by Hufcor or Coreflex. SIC 44.
.2 Submit shop drawings for review of site
measurement . ,
.3 Lock prepared for master key cylinder.
Install cylinder supplied by Owner.
.4 Finish, vinyl, selected from
manufacturer' s standard colour range. ,
.5 Recessed ceiling track, Light Bronze
anodized finish.
.6 Actual installation shall deliver a
minimum STC rating of 37. '
. 8 Metal Access Doors:
.1 Two (2) required; one (1) in Stairwell #3
at the Basement Level and one (1) at
exterior west wall of existing building
outside west Room #150 .
.2 Exterior access panel is 300 mm x 300 mm, '
316 stainless steel, lockable.
.3 Interior is 1000 mm x 1000 mm lockable,
primed for painting.
.4 Interior is fire-rated, Type FB 5060 by ,
Acudor or equivalent, but complete with
lock.
Clarington Public Library/ Manufactured Specialties Section 10000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.5 Exterior: Type OF 5000 ACUDOR or
equivalent, cylinder lock, stainless
steel .
' .6 Acudor address: 1155 Squires Beach Road,
Pickering, Ontario, tel . 905-428-2242, fax
416-428-2392 .
' .7 Add two (2) additional fire-rated access
doors. Location and size as follows:
.1 Add 2 firerated access doors on Grid
N between 3 and 4 to provide access
to fan coil units in ceiling of Room
156 and 157 from Room 193. Access
panels to be 800 mm x 800 mm.
' .2 Change Vestibule Room #150 to
Vestibule Room #150A. This is a
separate space from Room 150 below.
i
' .9 Library Book Drop Box:
.1 Kingley built in book and audio visual
return.
.2 Weatherhood, Faceplate and Chute, cast
' aluminum, duranoic bronze finish.
.3 Cast metal letters stating RETURNS.
.4 Distributer Carr McClean, tel . 1-800-25B-
' 2123
.5 Set chute at correct height to work with
future fire deterrent cart supplied by
Owner.
' .10 Library Security Gates:
.1 Supplied by Owner.
.2 Coordination and setting out by this
' Section.
.3 Final installation by Owner.
.11 Coiling Security Grilles:
' .1 Two (2) required; one (1) at 119, Door
#119b, and one (1) at 119, Door #119a.
.2 Sizes as shown.
.3 Both doors are electric motor operated c/w
' key switches, centre locking bars,
adjustable lock strikes, reversing motor
edges.
.4 Ventana Model by Dynamic Closures, 1296
Station Main, Cornwall, Ontario, tel. 613-
438-1222 , fax 613-933-9189.
.5 Change Grill at Door #309 as follows:
.1 Paravent c/w emergency egress door
c/w paddle device egress hardware.
.2 Finish clear anodized aluminum.
.3 Track surface mounted on u/s of
exposed slab above.
.4 Fixed wall channels at each end.
f
i
i
r
Clarington Public Library/ Manufactured Specialties Section 10000 I& '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
.5 Two (2) intermediate posts with top '
and bottom locking and heip
protection. ,
.12 Sliding Security Grilles:
.1 Two (2) required; one (1) located at caf6
Room 152 and one (1) at #309, door 309a. '
.2 Size as shown, full height in the space.
.3 Paravent Perforated Steel by Dynamic
Closures. Complete system with all
required tracks, accessories, posts, '
locks, etc.
.4 Aluminum components: Light Bronze
anodized, steel components, powder coat
colour to match Light Bronze adonizing. ,
.5 For door 152 :
.1 One (1) intermediate post, two (2)
travelling end posts (track is
opened in two (2) optional ,
directions) .
.6 Top and bottom locking posts .
.7 Six (6) drop bolt sockets are required.
.8 Change Grill at Door #309 as follows: ,
.1 Paravent c/w emergency egress door
c/w paddle device egress hardware.
.2 Finish clear anodized aluminum. ,
.3 Track surface mounted on u/s of
exposed slab above.
.4 Fixed wall channels at each end.
.5 Two (2) intermediate posts with top ,
and bottom locking and heip
protection.
.9 Cylinder lock to master key system c/w '
slam guard security protection.
.10 Clarification of Operation: The operation
of the grills is as follows:
The length is one half of the slope shown. '
In Position 1 the cafe counter is open to
Lobby 151 and closed to Room #154.
In Position 2 the cafe counter is open to
Room #154 and closed to Room #151. '
.13 Hydraulic Dock Leveller:
.1 Stationary Elevating Dock, hydraulic,
single scissor dock lift, Model ED 4000 x '
1524 mm x 2134 mm by Blue Giant or equal .
.2 Blue Giant, 85 Heart Lake Road South,
Brampton, Ontario, L6W 3K2, tel . 905-457- '
3900, fax 905-457-2313 .
.3 4 .25 mpm speed, 3 .3 H.P. motor. Remote
power unit 208/3/60 .
.4 Control: Remote on 3600 mm electrical '
cord. Dual Button Control, constant
pressure type.
.5 Equal units to match or exceed all
standard features of the specified unit. '
Clarington Public Library/ Manufactured Specialties Section 10000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
I
' . 6 Unit to comply with ANSI MH29 .1 .1994 . ��
. 7 356 mm lowered 'height .
' .14 Electric Fire Place:
.1 Supplier: Majestic Vermount Castings, 410
Admiral Boulevard, Mississauga, Ontario,
L5T 2N6, tel . 905-670-7777, fax 905-565-
' 4960 .
.2 Model DEF33, small trim painted flat black
(no brass permitted) .
' .3 Remote control panel, located at
information desk.
.4 Alternate manufacturers will be
considered. An Addendum will be issued if
' accepted.
.15 Control Joint Covers:
.1 Balco 6000 Series, locations, sizes and
types as shown.
.2 Use one (1) of the following as
appropriate:
. 1 Floor to Floor: Type 6FTP-1.
' .2 Floor to Wall: Type 6FVTP-1.
! .3 Ceiling to Wall: Type CFW6-1M.
.3 All covers sized for 25 mm (1") joint.
.4 Balico Inc. , one distributor is Walmar, 24
Gurdwara Road, Nepean, Ontario, tel . 613-
P. i 225-9779, fax 613-225-2972 .
.5 Material: Bronze.
h ,
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Install work securely as indicated and in
' accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer' s
instructions.
.2 Form level mat sink, 22 mm deep (actual depth to
be confirmed by shop drawings) . Frame mat sink
with 3 inch stainless steel frame.
.3 Set book return to barrier free height and to
fl ' accept Owner supplied fire deterrent cart .
P
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Toilet Section 10160
Mun. Office Expansion Partitions Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1 .2 Related Work . 1 Section 10800: Washroom Accessories.
.2 Section 10505: Metal Lockers.
' 1 .3 References .1 ASTM A167-90 Specification for Stainless
and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel
Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
.2 ASTM A526M-90 Specification for Steel
Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- !,
Dip Process, Commercial Quality.
.3 CAN/CGSB-1. 81-M90 Primer, Alkyd, Air Drying '
and Baking Alkyd Primer for Vehicles and
Equipment.
' .4 CGSB 1-GP-88M-83 Enamel, Alkyd, Air Drying
and Baking, Gloss.
.5 CGSB 1-GP-104Ma-83 Enamel, Alkyd, Air !,
' Drying and Baking, Exterior and Interior,
Semigloss.
.6 CAN/CSA-B651-M90 Barrier-Free Design.
I
' 1.4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawing in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
' .2 Indicate fabrication details, plans,
elevations, hardware, and installation
details.
II
I
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Toilet Section 10160
Mun. Office Expansion Partitions Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
PART 2 - PRODUCTS '
2 .1 Materials . 1 Metal toilet partitions.
.1 Complete package of floor mounted
toilet partitions to meet intent shown on '
the drawings .
.2 Vein textured finish.
.3 Manufacturer: Hadrian or approved
equal. '
.2 Sheet steel: commercial quality to ASTM '
A526M with ZF001 designation zinc coating.
.3 Minimum base steel thickness:
.1 Panels and doors: 0. 8 mm (22 gauge) . ,
.2 Pilasters: 0.9 mm (20 gauge) .
.3 Reinforcement: 3 .0 mm.
.4 Headrails: 25 mm x 41 mm x 1 .5 mm thick, '
clear anodized, extruded aluminum, anti
grip design.
.5 Pilaster ceiling trim: chrome non-ferrous, '
75 mm high.
.6 Attachment: chrome plated tamperproof type '
screws and bolts.
2 .2 Components .1 Hinges:
.1 Heavy duty, non-lubricating nylon ,
bushings.
.2 Material/finish: chrome plated non-
ferrous. '
.3 swing: as shown.
.4 Return movement: gravity.
.5 Emergency access feature.
.2 Latch set: built-in, combination latch, '
door-stop, keeper and bumper, chrome plated
non-ferrous, emergency access feature. ,
.3 Wall and connecting brackets: chrome plated
non-ferrous extrusion or casting.
.4 Coat hook: combination hook and rubber door ,
bumper, on each standard stall and one coat
hook on each barrier free stall door.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Toilet Section 10160
Mun. Office Expansion Partitions Page 3
' 0006 April 2001
.5 Door pull: Barrier-free type suited for
outswinging doors, chrome plated non-
' ferrous. Door pulls on both sides of the
doors in barrier free stalls.
' 2 .3 Fabrication .1 Doors, panels and screens: 25 mm thick, two
steel sheets faces pressure bonded to
' honeycomb core, to sizes indicated and as
required.
' .2 Pilasters: 32 mm thick, constructed same as
door, to sizes indicated and as required
(305 less than room ceiling heights) .
' .3 Provide formed and closed edges for doors,
panels and pilasters. Miter and weld
corners and grind smooth.
' .4 Provide internal reinforcement at areas of
attached hardware and fittings. Temporarily
mark location of reinforcement.
.5 Provide 0 .8 mm thick type 316 stainless
steel protective shields on urinal side of
toilet partition panels next to urinals and
' on urinal screens. Make protective shields
1000 mm high with top of shield 1200 mm
F , above finished floor. Make shields to full
t , width of partition or screen panel. Fasten
with stainless steel screws.
i
t 2.4 Finishes .1 Clean, degrease and neutralize steel
' components with phosphate or chromate
treatment.
` ) .2 Spray apply primer to CAN/CGSB-1.81, 1
' coat.
.3 vein textured finish by Hadrian.
' .4 Finish: doors and pilaster/panels same vein
textured finish colour as selected from
manufacturer's standard colours.
g ' .5 All sheet metal to be thoroughly cleaned,
5
phosphated and finished with a high
performance powder coating.
�{ 1
P
z
r
Clarington Pub. Library/ Metal Toilet Section 10160 '
Mun. Office Expansion Partitions Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
PART 3 - EXECUTION '
3 .1 Installation .1 Ensure supplementary anchorage is in place. '
.2 Do work in accordance with CAN/CSA-B651. '
3 .2 Erection .1 Partition erection. '
.1 Install partitions secure, plumb and
square.
.2 Leave 12 mm space between wall and '
panel or end pilaster.
.3 Anchor mounting brackets to
masonry/concrete surfaces using screws and '
shields: to hollow walls using bolts and
toggle type anchors.
.4 Attach panel and pilaster to brackets
with through type sleeve bolt and nut. '
.5 Equip each door with hinges, latch
set, and each stall with coat hook mounted
on door, mounting heights 1200 mm. Adjust '
and align hardware for easy, proper
function
. 6 Equip outswinging doors with door
pulls on inside and outside of door in ,
accordance with CAN/CSA-B651.
.7 Install hardware.
.2 Screens erection.
.1 Provide urinal stall screens
consisting of panel, pilaster as specified
for toilet compartments and as indicated. '
.2 Anchor screen panels to walls with 3
panel brackets.
' Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
t1.1 Related Sections .1 Section 16062 Grounding-Secondary: Grounding.
1.2 References .1 CAN/CGSB-1.81-M90, Air Drying and Baking Alkyd
Primer for Vehicles and Equipment.
.2 CAN/CGSB-1.88-92, Gloss Alkyd Enamel Air Drying
' and Baking.
.3 CAN/CGSB-1 .104-M91, Semi-gloss Alkyd Air Drying
and Baking Enamel.
.4 Aluminum Association Designation System for
Aluminum Finishes 1980 .
1.3 Design .1 Pedestals:
' Requirements .1 Pedestal assembly to support a
concentrated load of 22kN without going
out of alignment .
.2 Pedestals, when secured to subfloor, to
resist a 0 .09kN force applied
horizontally at top of pedestal.
.3 Ultimate load carrying capacity: not less
than twice design strength.
.2 Floor Panels:
.1 Uniformly distributed load of 12kPa:
' Maximum deflection of 1 mm.
.2 Concentrated load of 4.4kN applied over an
area of 25 x 25 mm at any location:
maximum deflection of 2 mm.
' .3 Permanent deflection: maximum 0 .5 mm at
design load.
.4 Ultimate strength of the panel shall
' provide a safety factor of 3 .0 times its
design load without failure.
.3 Allowable Tolerances:
' .1 Flatness of floor panels: plus or minus
0.5 mm in any direction.
.2 Surface Dimension: plus or minus 0.5 mm of
' all panels.
.3 Finished floor level tolerance: plus or
minus 3 mm for overall floor, and plus or
minus 1 mm in 2000 mm in any direction.
' .4 Squareness: plus or minus 0.5 mm in
surface dimension and 0.25 mm measured
diagonally.
Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
.4 Fire Resistance: '
.1 Floor Panels, less finished flooring:
flame spread rating of 5; fuel '
contribution of 10 and smoke development
of 15.
.5 Electrical Resistance: ,
.1 From surface of floor covering through to
understructure shall not exceed
2x10" hms nor be less than 5x10' hms.
1
1 .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements . '
.2 Take measurements from finished area at site.
Indicate where applicable following
information:
.1 Layout of work.
.2 Sizes and details of components.
.3 Anchorage methods. '
.4 Edge and fascia details.
.5 Elevation differences.
.6 Stair, handrail and ramp framing and
details. '
.7 Lateral bracing.
.8 Typical cutout details.
.9 Gasketting, return air details, supply air
registers and perforated panels. Include
air transfer capacity of grilles,
registers and panels.
.10 Floor finishes. ,
. 11 Location of connection to building
grounding electrode.
1 .5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 '
- General Requirements.
.2 Submit one (1) of each of following components. '
.1 Full size floor panel .
.2 Pedestal.
.3 High pressure laminate. '
.4 Fasteners .
.5 Cove base 300 mm long.
.6 All accessories . ,
. 7 Handrail .
. 8 Perforated Ventilation Tile.
.4 Submit duplicate samples of floor covering. ,
.1 Colour chips from manufacturer's standard
range of colours for specified floor
covering material. '
' Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
' 1. 6 Certificates .1 Submit certification, to demonstrate compliance
of the access flooring system to specification
' and specified standards by submitting:
.1 CSA or ULC certification.
.2 Government or independent testing agency
t test reports certifying that the product
meets the standard.
.3 Method for testing access flooring in
accordance with Ceilings and Interior
' Systems Construction Association (CISCA)
standard test procedures . Have tests
performed by an independent testing
' laboratory regularly engaged in testing
of access floor components.
1.7 Closeout .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for
Submittals access flooring system for incorporation into
manual specified in Section 01001 - General
Requirements.
1.8 Extra Materials .1 Provide ten (10) spare floor panels complete
' with specified floor covering, eight (8) spare
pedestals with associated components for
maintenance use. Store where directed. Identify
each box.
f .2 Provide one (1) floor panel lifting device,
standard with access floor manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 Materials .1 Access flooring:
' .1 Acceptable material: A.S.P. Access
Floors, tel . 905-847-0138, fax 905-847-
0141, or Nap Access Floor Systems by
Camino, tel . 416-675-2400, fax 416-675-
' 2424 .
.2 System 1000, medium duty stringerless
computer room access floor system by NAP
' or Panel 250 Stringerless Computer Room
System by A.S.P.
.2 Pedestals: steel assembly with minimum
' 10, 000 mm base plate. Pedestal head formed
steel . Threaded supporting rod and vibration-
proof lock nut to permit 38 mm adjustment.
Galvanized finish.
1
1
Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4 '
0006 April 2001
.3 Panels '
.1 Composite steel floor panels: particle
board core encased with galvanized sheet '
steel, structurally bonded with
thermosetting adhesive to both faces to
form 600 mm x 600 mm size panel .
.4 Melamine phenolic laminate: factory applied, '
1 .5 mm thick, designed for computer room floor
panel use, colour selected by Consultant. ,
.5 Finish panel edges with vinyl trim, colour
selected by Consultant.
.6 Fascia panels: ,
.1 Closure panels made up of:
.1 1.6 mm extruded aluminum.
.2 Include corner pieces, trim,
reinforcing and fixing angles
required.
.3 Finish with anodized finish.
. 7 Ramps and support system: of same materials,
structural strength, and construction as floor
panels. Cover open joints with flush aluminum '
cover plates. Provide rubber flooring on ramp
portion. Terminate ramp with ramp shoe and
threshold transition plate; include
fascia/closure plate.
.8 Railings: posts and rails of extruded aluminum
assembled with sleeved connections . Include '
cast metal end caps, floor sockets and collars,
brackets and fittings . Finish with anodized
finish.
2 .2 Accessories .1 Base: 100 mm high coved rubber base.
.2 Panel lifting device: two (2) per enclosed '
area, manufacturer' s standard equipment, type
recommended for each panel type.
.3 Perforated floor panels: same size, materials, '
and construction as floor panels with 25% free
area, quantity 32 .
.4 Grounding connectors: solid copper. '
.5 Adhesives: type as recommended by manufacturer '
of material to be bonded.
.6 Cable cutout protection: self-extinguishing '
and non-burning.
Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
i
.7 Access grommets: textured plastic, sized to
suit power and communication outlets.
.8 Plenum divider: galvanized steel sheet minimum
0.46 mm thick.
' .9 Plenum seal: closed cell neoprene, self-
extinguishing and non-burning, designed to seal
between panel and plenum divider.
.10 Polyethylene sheet: to CAN/CGSB-51.34.
' .11 Pedestal stringer pad: resilient, electrically
conductive.
2 .3 Finishes . 1 Aluminum finishes.
. 1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum
components in accordance with Aluminum
Association Designation System for
Aluminum Finishes.
.2 Appearance and properties of anodized finishes
designated by the Aluminum Association as
Architectural Classl, Architectural Class2, and
Protective and Decorative.
1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Install components to system manufacturer' s
instructions.
.2 Pedestals:
.1 Arrange pedestal assemblies to meet grid
spacing required.
.2 Bond pedestals base plate to structural
floor with adhesive. [Secure base plate
to concrete floor with power activated
fasteners after adhesive has cured] .
.3 When adhesive is cured no bond impairment
acceptable when 178N horizontal force is
applied to 300 mm high pedestals . Install
additional pedestal assemblies where grid
pattern is disturbed by columns, walls,
ramps, openings, and steps, and at cut-
outs that impair floor load capacity.
Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
.3 Floor panels:
.1 Install floor panels and floor finish
solidly on pedestals, level to maximum
variation over entire floor of 1:2000.
.2 Install perforated panels where indicated.
.3 Install ramp panels similar to floor
panels, securely fixed. Include shoe at
top and bottom of ramp.
.4 Seal field cuts with plastic angles or
channels. No exposed cut edges permitted.
.5 Allow for cutting holes in floor panels
for installation of computer equipment
and air conditioning units. Include cable
protection edging or sheet .
.1 Number: 40.
.2 Size: 50 mm x 100 mm.
.3 Shape: rectangular.
.4 Location: to be confirmed at shop
drawing stage.
.6 Provide floor, and ramp complete with
necessary edge trims, end closures and
lateral bracing at step edges and other
locations where pedestal is not braced
four ways.
.4 Fascia panels:
.1 Install fascia panels at exposed sides and
ramp sides .
.2 Secure panels to continuous angles
mechanically secured to structural floor
and to edge of floor panels.
.3 Install metal trim at intersection of
fascia panels and access floor and at
abuttina walls and columns.
.5 Railings:
. 1 Extend railing posts through floor panels
to structural floor below, set into and
secure to flanged fittings bolted to
structural floor.
.2 Bolt posts in position at floor panels
with retaining floor collar.
.3 Install railings at walls set into flanged
fittings bolted to walls.
.4 Electrically insulate railings from, or
directly ground to, access flooring
system.
. 6 Provide electrical grounding connectors.
Clarington Public Library/ Access Flooring Section 10270
t Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
. 7 Install plenum dividers where indicated to
provide positive air seal between sub-floor and
elevated floor. Include purpose made sponge
1 rubber cut-out panels to ensure air-tight seal
where holes are cut in elevated floor for
wires.
1 .8 Adhere base to wall at intersection of walls
and access floor panels.
. 9 Adjust floor panel system for smooth, quiet
operation.
i
1
1
T
1
M
1
1
�Clarington Public Library/ Metal Lockers Section 10505
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 References .1 CAN/CGSB-44 .40-92, Steel Clothing Locker.
1.2 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section
01340 - shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples
and Mock-ups.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Manufactured .1 Lockers: to CAN/CGHSB-44.40, Type 4-Four tiers
Unit high locker Class 2 - A bank of two or more
lockers, freestanding:
.1 Size: 12" wide x 18" deep x 6' -0" high.
4 x 2 = 8, ?4 lockers.
.2 Top: sloped.
.3 Vein textured finish.
.2 Hadrian emperor locker system or approved
equal .
.3 16 gauge outer door panels.
.4 Handles: Recessed door pulls to take padlocks
supplied by Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Assemble and install lockers in accordance with
manufacturer' s written instructions.
.2 Securely fasten lockers to grounds and nailing
strips.
.3 Install filler panels (false fronts) where
indicated and where obstructions occur.
t
�O' Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800
Mun, Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
applicable.
1.2 Related .1 Section 05500 : Miscellaneous Metals,
Sections Fabricated Metal Rough-in Components.
.2 Section 06101 Rough Carpentry: Wood Framing
.3 Section 08800 Glazing: Mirrors.
.4 Section 10160: Toilet partitions.
.5 Division 16 : Electrical connection.
' 1.3 References .1 ASTM A167-91, Specification for Stainless
and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel
Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
.2 ASTM A525M-91b, Specification for General
Requirements for Steel sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process Metric.
.3 ASTM A526M-90, Specification for Steel
Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-
Dip Process, Commercial Quality.
.4 ASTM B456-91a, Specification for
Electrodeposited Coating of Copper Plus
Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus
Chromium.
.5 CAN/CGSB-1.81-M90, Air Drying and Baking
Alkyd Primer for vehicles and Equipment.
.6 CAN/CGSB-1.88-92, Gloss Alkyd Enamel, Air
Drying and Baking.
.7 CAN/CGSB-12 .5-M86, Mirrors, Silvered.
.8 CGSB 31-GP-107Ma-90, Non-inhibited
Phosphoric Acid Base Metal Conditioner and
Rust Remover.
.9 CAN/CSA-B651-M90, Barrier-Free Design.
.10 CAN/CSA-G164-M92, Hot Dip Galvanizing of
Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800
Mun. Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
Irregularly Shaped Articles.
1 .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Indicate size and description of
components, base material, surface finish
inside and out, hardware and locks,
attachment devices, description of rough-
in-frame, building-in details of anchors
for grab bars.
1.5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section
01001 - General Requirements.
.2 One sample of each type of accessory.
.3 Samples to be returned for inclusion into
work.
1. 6 Closeout .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for
Submittals toilet and bath accessories for '
incorporation into manual specified in
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
1.7 Extra .1 Provide special tools required for
Materials accessing, assembly/disassembly or removal
for toilet and bath accessories in
accordance with requirements specified in
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Deliver special tools to Consultant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Materials .1 Sheet steel: commercial quality to ASTM
A526M with ZF001 designation zinc coating.
.2 Stainless steel sheet metal: to ASTM A167,
Type 304, with polished finish.
Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800
Mun. Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.3 Stainless steel tubing: Type 304,
commercial grade, seamless welded, 1.2 mm
wall thickness.
.4 Fasteners: concealed screws and bolts hot
dip galvanized, exposed fasteners to match
face of unit. Expansion shields fibre, lead
or rubber as recommended by accessory
manufacturer for component and its intended
use.
.5 Models below are by Bobrick. Other
manufacturers will be considered if
material is received 7 days before
closing. If accepted an addendum will be
issued. If no addenda is issued bid on
basis of named manufacturer.
2 .2 Components .1 Toilet tissue dispenser: supplied by
Owner.
.2 Combination towel dispenser/waste
receptacle:
.3 Soap dispenser: supplied by Owner.
.4 Feminine napkin disposal bin: Model B-270
by Bobrick, with disposable liners (#270-
12) .
.5 Folding utility shelf B-287 by Bobrick.
.6 Hand dryer: listed under re-examination
' service of ULC and CSA approved.
.1 Mounting: Surface.
.2 Model B-7017 by Bobrick. Surface
mounted, hand' s free operation. Cast
aluminum with platinum painted cover.
.3 208 Volts, 1900 Watts, single phase.
.7 Grab bars: 32 mm diameter concealed
mountings peened non-slip gripping surface,
polished flange and end of bar. B550
series, 900 mm long. Grab bar material
and anchorage to withstand downward pull of
2.2 kN.
�. .8 Mirrors:
. 1 Supplied by Section 08800.
.2 Installed by this section as
detailed.
AI
Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800
Mun. Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.9 Coat hook: B-2116 by Bobrick.
.10 Fold Down Baby Change Table: Koala Bear
Kare Baby Changing Station.
.11 Fold Down Nursing Seat: B5191 by Bobrick.
.12 Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser:
2 .3 Fabrication . 1 Weld and grind joints of fabricated
components flush and smooth. Use mechanical
fasteners only where approved.
.2 Wherever possible form exposed surfaces
from one sheet of stock, free of joints.
.3 Brake form sheet metal work with 1.5 mm
radius bends.
.4 Form surfaces flat without distortion.
Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or
dents.
.5 Back paint components where contact is made
with building finishes to prevent
electrolysis.
.6 Hot dip galvanize concealed ferrous metal
anchors and fastening devices to CSA G164.
.7 Shop assemble components and package
complete with anchors and fittings.
.8 Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to job
site at appropriate time for building-in.
Provide templates, details and instructions
for building in anchors and inserts.
.9 Provide steel anchor plates and components
for installation on studding and building
framing.
2 .4 Finishes .1 Chrome and nickel plating: to ASTM B456,
polished finish.
.2 Baked enamel: condition metal by applying
one coat of metal conditioner to CGSB 31-
GP-107Ma, apply one coat Type 2 primer to
CAN/CGSB-1.81 and bake, apply two coats
Type 2 enamel to CAN/CGSB-1.88 and bake to
Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800
Mun. Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
' hard, durable finish. Sand between final
coats. Colour selected from standard range
by Consultant.
.3 Manufacturer's or brand names on face of
units not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3 .1 Installation .1 Install and secure accessories rigidly in
place as follows:
.1 Stud walls: install steel back-plate
to stud prior to plaster or drywall finish.
Provide plate with threaded studs or plugs.
.2 Hollow masonry units or existing
' plaster/drywall : use toggle bolts drilled
into cell/wall cavity.
.3 Solid masonry, marble, stone or
concrete: use bolt with lead expansion
sleeve set into drilled hole.
.4 Toilet/shower compartments: use
male/female through bolts.
' .2 Install grab bars on built-in anchors
provided by bar manufacturer.
.3 Use tamper proof screws/bolts for
fasteners.
.4 Install mirrors in accordance with Section
08800 - Glazing in accordance to
manufacturer's printed instructions and in
accordance with good industry practice.
3.2 Schedule .1 Locate and install accessories where
indicated and as follows. Exact locations
determined by Consultant.
.2 Toilet tissue dispenser: one (1) in each
toilet compartment.
.3 Waste receptacles: one (1) each in each
public washroom.
.4 Soap dispenser: one (1) at each wash basin.
.5 Feminine napkin disposal bin: one (1) in
Clarington Pub. Library/ Washroom Accessories Section 10800 '
Mun. Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001
each female toilet compartment. ,
.6 Folding Utility Shelf: one (1) in each
barrier free stall .
. 7 Hand dryers: one (1) in each washroom,
369, 373, 183 and 184.
.8 Grab bar: two (2) in each handicapped
toilet compartment.
.9 Coat Hooks: Children' s Department, 50 coat
hooks installed at 2 levels, see
elevations.
.10 Fold down change tables: One (1) per
washroom, Rooms 167, 168, 183 and 184 .
.11 Fold down nursing seat: one (1) in
washroom 183 .
.12 Recessed paper towel dispenser: one (1) in
Rooms 120, 342 and 406 .
' �Clarington Public Library/ Window Blinds Section 12510
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .1 General .1 Comply with Instructions to Bidders, and the
Requirements General Conditions of the Contract.
1 .2 Samples .1 Submit duplicate samples of each finish
specified.
1. 3 Shop Drawings . 1 Submit shop drawings for work of this Section,
after taking site measurements. Indicate
location of chain on each blind. Chain to be
right or left as required to suit room layouts.
1.4 Maintenance Data .l Provide operation and maintenance data for
incorporation into maintenance manual .
1 .5 Delivery, .1 Package or crate and brace products to prevent
Storage and Handling damage during shipment and handling. Label
packages and crates, and protect finish
surfaces from environmental conditions where
required.
1 .6 Related Sections .1 Electrical Connections and Control Wiring -
Division 16 .
1 . 7 Scope of Work .1 Supply and install a complete system of
motorized or manual (as shown) : Sun filtering
blinds and black out blinds with all required
components and accessories, complete with
internal unit switches, brake, CSA approved
A.C. motor, gear box and controls. This
section supplies switches for installation by
Division 16.
.2 Refer to the complete set of drawings for
locations and further details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 Window Blinds .1 Incorporate reinforcing, fastenings and
anchorage required for installation as
required.
.2 Do not attach plates, or imprint or label
products with manufacturer' s name or trademark
unless approved.
Clarington Public Library/ Window Blinds Section 12510 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
. 3 Specified materials are minimum acceptable '
quality. Manufacturer' s standards exceeding
specified quality will be accepted.
.4 Blinds to be chain operated or motor operated
roller shades and black-out blinds (as shown) ,
complete with totally enclosed cassette as
supplied by SunProject, Solarfective or
approved alternate.
.5 Side channels are to be provided on black-out
blinds. Black-out blinds where shown.
.6 Size and configuration as indicated.
.7 Model Type: F by SunProjects, or equivalent by ,
Solarfective.
.1 Motor operated SPI EC.
.2 Chain operated SPI PC by SunProjects.
.3 Black-out Blinds by SP 4 PC.
. 8 Colour of aluminum parts: Dark Bronze. '
.9 Cassette size to suit size of blind.
.10 Different amounts of light transmission will be
selected at the shop drawing and sample stage
for different parts of the building.
Selections will be made from manufacturer' s
standard fabrics.
2.2 Horizontal .1 2 required in Room 174 at roof.
Blinds Beneath
Skylights
.2 SP4 - Skylight System by Sun Project or
equivalent by Solarfective.
.3 Motorized, controlled from Desk #171.
.4 Thermoveil Shade Cloth colour and % of visible
light transmittance to later selection.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 Installation .1 Provide manufacturer' s information required for
installation of Work of this Section.
.2 Install furniture to meet manufacturer' s
recommended specifications, true, tightly
fitted, plumb and level . Install furniture as
indicated by Schedule and Drawings.
i
VWClarington Public Library/ Window Blinds Section 12510
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
' 3 .2 Adjustments and .1 Refinish damaged or defective work so that no
Cleaning variation in surface appearance is discernible.
Refinish Work at site only if approved.
' +Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1 as
Requirements applicable.
1.2 Scope .1 To furnish all labor, materials and equipment
necessary or required to fully complete the
installation of the lift as indicated on the
Drawings and in this Specification.
1.3 System .1 The lift assembly shall consist of a platform
Description guide system, panels and gates, self-
contained drive unit, control system, signals
and alarms, electrical wiring, and parts and
accessories necessary to provide required
performance, operation, code and safety
requirements. The doors shall be operable
using a barrier free operator, push button
power door operator.
1.4 Quality . 1 .1 The lift shall meet or exceed
Assurance applicable regulations of all governing
agencies and be in conformance with the
Canadian Standards Associations, CSA-
B355M94, "Lifts for Persons with
Physical Disabilities, Public Safety" .
Furthermore, materials and construction
shall comply with the current edition
of the following codes, standards, and
guidelines .
.1 Ontario Building Code.
.2 National Electrical Code.
.3 Applicable Local Building Code.
.2 Fabricate and install Work in
compliance with all applicable
jurisdictional authorities.
.3 File shop drawings and submissions to
local authorities as the information is
made available. Company pre-inspection
and jurisdictional authority
inspections and permits are to be made
on a timely basis as required. Work
will include all inspections and re-
inspections that are required to ensure
licenses are issued.
.2 Substitutions
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 1400
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
. 1 No substitutions will be considered
unless written request for approval has
been submitted by the bidder and
received by the architect at least 10
days before the date of receipt of
bids. Each such request shall include a
complete description of the proposed
substitute including drawings, test
data, photographs, and any other
information needed for consideration.
If accepted additional companies will
be added by addenda. Unless added by
addenda only the named companies may
bid.
.2 Approved Supplier, Installers:
Concord Elevators or Thyssen Dover
Elevators (Federal Elevator) .
PART 2 - PREPARATORY WORK BY OTHERS
2 .1 System .1 The following preparatory work to ,
Description accommodate/receive the lift will be done by
others:
.1 Permanent power to operate the lift to
be provided to a Lockable
Fused/Cartridge Type Disconnect switch
with auxiliary contact/switch for
emergency battery lowering. Provide 115
volt lighting supply and Disconnect .
Refer to project drawings for permanent
power specifications and location of
disconnect. Division 16.
.2 Finish Grouting: Division 2, 3 or 4 .
.3 Rough openings as per lift contractors'
shop drawings: Division 2 .
.4 Substantially level pit floor slab to
support loads indicated on the lift
contractors' shop drawings. Division
3 . Size as indicated on shop drawings.
.5 Support for guide rail fastenings.
Division 3 and 4.
.6 Light, receptacle and switch in pit.
Division 16 .
. 7 Finish painting of landing entrances.
Division 9.
. 8 Floor Finish: Division 9 .
PART 3 - SUBMITTALS
Ah
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
3 .1 Shop Drawings .1 The shop drawings shall show a complete
layout of the lift equipment detailing
dimensions, clearances and location of
machinery. Including, but not limited to, the
following:
.1 Drawings showing the dimensions
including plans, elevations, and
sections to show equipment locations
and their relationship to surroundings.
Load and reaction drawings shall be
provided by the lift manufacturer and
detailed on drawings.
.2 Show anchorage and clear area requirements .
3 .2 Samples .1 Provide a sample chart of cab color interior
finishes.
PART 4 - PRODUCT DATA
' 4 . 1 Manufacturer/ .1 Lift shall be the CONCORD P.A.L. -EN(P) with
Product non-fire-rated aluminum entrances,
manufactured by Concord Elevator Inc.
U.S. Toll Free Tel. 800-661-5112 and 905-791-
5555, Fax 905-791-2222 or equivalent by Dover
Thyssen elevators (Federal Elevators) (with
the same car dimensions) are also permitted:
Rated Load: 750 lbs. (341 kg. )
Rated Speed: 15 feet per minute
(0.08 m/s)
Car Dimensions: 36" Wide x 54" Long
Operation: Constant pressure
floor
' selection push button
Power Supply: as required
Travel Distance: 1010 mm
Levels Served: 2
Number of Openings: 2
Lighting Supply: 110 Volt, I Phase, 60
Cycle, 15 Amps
Door Opening: 35" x 6 ' -8" (890 mm x
2030 mm)
Nominal Jack Type: 1:2 Cable Hydraulic
Door Opener Type: Pro-Auto Door Opener
Leveling Device Type: Optical Sensor
Paint Bakor Electrostatic
Polyester
4.2 Signage .1 The lift shall have all necessary signs,
capacity plates, and data signs as per the
Local Provincial and National Codes and
Standards.
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 1400
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001
.2 A capacity plate indicating the rated load in
pounds and kilograms and operating
instructions shall be furnished by the
manufacturer and fastened in a conspicuous
place at each landing and in the cab. The
capacity plate and operating instructions
will be engraved on non-glare, micro-surface,
white letters on a blue background, self-
adhesive, flexible plastic material . The
letters and figures stating the capacity
shall not be less than 1/4" in height.
4.3 Lift Platform .1 Frame and Side Guard Panels: Aluminum
platform frame 42 �/" high (1073 mm) with
steel insert.
.2 Floor: Formed steel with finish floor by '
Division 9.
.3 Handrail : A single handrail with both ends
returned to the wall shall be located on the ,
control wall of the carriage.
.4 Emergency Operation: The car shall be
equipped with a battery back up system which
will provide emergency raising and lowering
of the lift, and power an alarm in the event
of a main power failure.
.5 Emergency Light: The car shall be equipped
with an integral emergency light that will
illuminate automatically in the event of a
main power failure.
.6 Car Operating Panel: The car operating panel
shall consist of constant pressure
illuminated buttons, an emergency stop and
alarm button, and an ON/OFF key switch
mounted on a removable stainless steel panel
(type 304 #4 stainless steel finish) .
4.4 Enclosure with .1 The Vertical Platform Lift will be enclosed
Top Landing Gate in an extruded aluminum frame enclosure with
plexiglass inserts and the enclosure will
serve as the hoistway.
.2 The enclosure will extend to at 42 '/," above
the upper landing.
.3 Top Gate: will be 42 /," (1073 mm) high x 35"
(890 mm) clear open width and manufactured ,
from aluminum with a baked polyester finish
with a plexiglass insert . The gate section
will be complete with hydraulic closer and ,
r
WClarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
0006 April 2001
interlock.
.4 Lower Door: shall be 84" (2134 mm) high x
35" (890 mm) clear open width. Height of
door frame to be 90 '4" (2292 mm) . The door
section to be an aluminum frame with baked
polyester finish with a bronze colour
plexiglass insert to provide clear
unobstructed view of the car while in
operation. Complete with hydraulic closer
' and interlock.
.5 Doors complete with automatic gate/door
openers.
4 .5 Pump Unit and .1 The drive unit and controller shall be
Controls enclosed in the mast. The controller and
1 pump unit shall be pre-wired and tested
before shipment. Control circuitry is to be
PCB mounted as an integral unit . The pump
unit shall include the following features:
. 1 Smooth stops at each landing shall be
an inherent feature.
.2 Adjustable pressure relief valve.
.3 Manually operated DOWN valve to lower
the lift in an emergency.
.4 Pressure gauge with quick connect
fitting.
.5 Pressure gauge isolating valve (shut
off valve) manually operated.
.6 Gate valve to isolate cylinder from the
pump unit.
. 7 Fixed pressure compensator flow control
valve to set maximum DOWN direction
speed regardless of load.
. 8 Electrical solenoid for DOWN direction
control.
.9 Emergency power raising and lowering by
battery power.
.10 Negative Pressure Switch. Provide
negative pressure switch between the
cylinder and the valve to prevent the
operation of the lowering valve unless
there is positive pressure at the top
of the cylinder.
' 4.6 Cylinder and .1 The cylinder shall be constructed of steel
Plunger pipe of a sufficient thickness and suitable
safety margin. The top of the cylinder shall
be equipped with a cylinder head with an
internal guide ring and self-adjusting
packing.
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
.2 The plunger shall be constructed of a steel ,
shaft of a proper diameter machined true and
smooth. The plunger shall be provided with a
stop electrically welded to the bottom to
prevent the plunger from leaving the
cylinder.
1
4 .7 Leveling Device .1 The lift shall be provided with an anti-creep
device which will maintain the carriage level
within %" 913 mm) of the top landing.
.2 All limit switches and leveling device
switches shall be located in a position to be
inaccessible to unauthorized persons.
4 .8 Pit Switch . 1 Switch to be located at the base of the mast
that when tripped will interrupt the power to
the control circuit and stop the car.
4.9 Platform Toe .1 A platform toe guard shall be provided at ,
Guard each car entrance opening to extend below car
entrance opening for safety.
4.10 Cable .1 Minimum two (2) 3/8" (10 mm) IWRC Galvanized ,
Aircraft Cables with a minimum breaking
strength of 14,300 lbs. each.
4 .11 Safety Device .1 A slack/broken cable safety device shall be
supplied that will stop and sustain the lift
and its rated load, if either of the two (2)
hoisting cables become slack or fail . The
safety device shall be resettable by the '
operating of the lift in the UP position. A
switch shall be mounted in such a position to
sense the operation of the safety device and
will open the safety circuit to the
controller to prevent operation of the lift
in either direction.
4 .12 Guide Yolk . 1 A 1:2 guide yolk/sheave arrangement shall be
supplied with a sheave, guide shoes, roller
bearings and adjustable cable guards. The
sheave shall be furnished with rounded
grooves to fit the cables.
Ak
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
0006 April 2001
4 .13 Normal Terminal .1 Normal terminal stopping devices shall be
Stopping Devices mechanically sensed at the top and bottom of
runway to stop the car automatically.
4 .14 Final . 1 Provide a mechanical stopping device to stop
Mechanical Stopping the UP travel of the lift in the event that
Device the Normal UP Terminal Stopping Device fails.
4.15 Guide Rails and .1 Steel "T" guide rails and brackets shall be
Brackets used to guide the platform and sling.
.2 Guide rail shall form part of the structural
integrity of the unit and be integral to the
mast enclosure, ensuring stability and
minimum platform deflection when loaded.
4.16 Car Sling .1 Car sling shall be fabricated from steel
members with adequate bracing to support the
platform and car.
.2 Guide shores shall be mounted on the top and
bottom of the car sling to engage the guide
t
rails.
.3 Guide shoes to be solid slipper type.
.4 The car sling arms shall be detachable.
I
4.17 Wiring . 1 All wiring and electrical connections shall
'.. ,. comply with applicable Codes, insulating
wiring shall have flame retardant and
moisture proof outer covering and shall be
run in conduit or electrical wireways.
4 .18 Finish . 1 Electrostatically applied baked polyester
powder coating paint finish. Optional colour
as selected by Architect.
4 .19 Automatic Power .1 Supply and install power door operator of
Door Operator type recommended by manufacturer of lift for
this application.
.2 The door closer shall be concealed type with
variable speed adjustment.
.3 Lock shall be time delayed electrically
e
As
Clarington Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift Section 1400 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001
controlled for vandal resistant security. '
4.20 Wiring .1 All wiring and electrical connections shall
comply with applicable Codes, insulated
wiring shall have flame retardant and
moisture proof outer covering and shall be ,
run in conduit or electrical wire ways.
Traveling cables shall be flexible and
suitably suspended to relieve strain.
i
PART 5 - EXECUTION
5 .1 Examination .1 All site dimensions shall be taken to ensure
that tolerances and clearances have been
maintained and meet local regulations .
5 .2 Preparation .2 Pre-inspect the construction and service
requirements for "Work by Others. " These ,
requirements will be included in drawings,
diagrams, engineering data sheets and special
instructions before the work commences.
PART 6 - WARRANTY .1 The lift contractor shall provide three (3) '
months free service from date of approval by
local authorities. The entire lift and all
component parts shall carry a Warranty. The
warranty shall be for the replacement at no ,
cost of defective parts but shall not include
the labour costs required to replace the
defective part or parts.
PART 7 - OWNER' S INSTRUCTION AND MANUAL
.1 After the installation is completed, the
contractor shall instruct the Owner in the
proper use, operation and maintenance
requirements of the lift. Instructions to
also include emergency procedures and safety
rules and precautions. The contractor should
also supply the owner with an Owner' s Manual
detailing the operating, safety, and
WClarin ton Public Library/ Barrier Free Lift
Section 14000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
' 0006 April 2001
maintenance procedures of the lift .
i
t
F
s
h
v
I
i
. -Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 April 2001
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 1 Section .l One (1) hydraulic freight elevator and one (1)
Includes hydraulic passenger elevator: Microprocessor
control c/w all required parts and
accessories.
' .2 Passenger cabs with doors and frames:
hoistway entrance doors and frames.
' .3 Machines, controllers, hoistway equipment, and
accessories.
.4 Related work from the elevator controller to
the finish installation.
.5 Telephone for passenger elevator only.
1.2 Related .1 Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete:
Sections Concrete for elevator foundation, enclosed pit
and grouting thresholds.
.2 Section 04200 - Unit Masonry: Building-in and
grouting hoistway door frames.
.3 Section 05100 - Structural Steel: Overhead
hoist beams.
I .4 Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Pit
ladders.
.5 Section 07100 - Sheet Membrane Waterproofing:
Waterproofing of elevator pit.
.6 Section 09330 - Stone Tile Flooring for cab of
' passenger elevator.
.7 Section 14000 - Barrier Free Lift .
' .8 Section 14010 - Dock Leveller.
.9 Division 16 - Conduit : Empty conduit to
elevator equipment devices remote from
elevator machine rooms or hoistways.
.10 Division 16 - Communications: Fire and smoke
detectors in hoistways.
' .11 Division 16 - Service and Distribution:
Electrical service and lighting for machine
rooms, machine room convenience outlets,
' including electrical power for elevator
installation and testing.
.12 Division 16 - Telephone Systems: Conduit and
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001 '
service to machine room for elevator cabs.
.13 Division 16 - Alarm and Detection Systems:
Fire alarm signal lines to elevator controller ,
cabinets.
.14 Division 16 - Pit Lights.
1. 3 References .1 CAN/CSA-B44-94: Safety Code for Elevators .
.2 CSA W47 .1-1983 : Certification of Companies for '
Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.
.3 CSA W55 .3-1965 : Resistance Welding
Qualification Code for Fabricators of
Structural Members Used in Buildings.
.4 CSA W59-M1989: Welded Steel Construction
(Metal Arc Welding) .
.5 CAN4-S104-M80 : Fire tests of Door Assemblies.
1.4 System .1 Hydraulic Freight Elevator System (Elevator
Description #2) : Marquis 25 by Dover or equivalent, twin
post above ground hydraulic piston technology. ,
Pre-engineered Oildraulic - microprocessor
based simplex operation.
.1 Characteristics of freight elevator are ,
as follows:
.1 Rated Net Capacity: 2500 lbs.
.2 Rated Net Speed: 95 feet per
minute.
.3 Travel Distance: 3000 mm.
.4 Platform Size: 1310 mm x 2032 mm
.5 Clear Cab Height: Standard ±2200
mm. ,
.6 Hoistway Entrances: 1066 mm wide.
. 7 No. of Stops: Two (2) ; one (1)
front, and one (1) rear.
•2 Hydraulic Passenger Elevator System (Elevator
#3) : Marquis 25 by Dover, Conventional In-
Ground Hydraulic Piston Application, Pre-
engineered Oildraulic - microprocessor based
simplex operation. Machine Room on top floor.
.1 Characteristics of passenger elevator
are as follows:
.1 Rated Net Capacity: 2500 lbs.
.2 Rated Net Speed: 125 feet per
minute.
.3 Travel Distance: 12520 mm
.4 Platform Size: 1310 mm x 2032 mm.
.5 Clear Cab Height : Standard ±2200
mm.
.6 Hoistway Entrances: 1066 mm.
.7 No of Stops: Five (5) front .
�Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.3 N.B. Elevator 41 is existing elevator with no
charge.
1.5 System Power .1 Elevator Motor Power: 600 volt/3-phase/60
Requirements cycle.
.2 Lighting Power: 120 volt/single-phase/60
cycle.
' 1.6 Submittals .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with
Section 01001 - General Requirements.
.2 Include on shop drawings:
.1 Hoisting dimensions;
.2 Cab dimensions;
' .3 Fixture location heights;
.4 Door type;
.5 Machine room locations;
.6 Controls locations.
.3 Provide manufacturer' s product data for:
.1 Signal and operating fixtures,
operating panels, indicators;
.2 Cab design and components;
.3 Doors and frame details.
1. 7 Operation and .1 Submit operation and maintenance data under
Maintenance Manuals provisions of Section 01700.
.2 Include description of elevator system's
method of operation and control including
motor control
System, door operation, signals, and special
or non-standard features provided.
.3
Provide parts catalogues with complete list of
equipment replacement parts with equipment
description and identifying numbers.
.4
Provide legible schematic wiring diagrams.
.5
Provide one copy of master schematic and
lubrication chart.
1 .8 Quality .1 Manufacturer: company specialising in
Assurance manufacturing elevator equipment with ten
years minimum documented experience.
.2 Installer: Elevator manufacturer with
employees and supervisor on payroll.
t
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 April 2001 ,
.3 Perform Work to CAN/CSA-B44-94, and as '
supplemented in this Section.
.4 Welding: conform to CSA W47.1 and CSA W55.3 .
.5 Door and Frame Assemblies: Conform to
CAN/ULC-S104M.
1.9 Regulatory .1 Conform to Appendix E of CAN/CSA-B44-94,
Requirements provisions for the physically handicapped. '
1 . 10 Tests by .1 Provide inspection and testing of elevator
Regulatory Agents system. ,
.2 Obtain required permits to perform tests.
.3 Perform tests required by regulatory agencies.
Schedule tests with authority having
.4 jurisdiction and Consultant, Owner, and
Contractor.
Owner is responsible for payment of the
.5 ownership license.
1 .11 Warranty . 1 Provide one-year manufacturer' s warranty from ,
date of project substantial completion.
.2 Warranty: Include coverage for elevator ,
operating equipment and devices.
.3 Warranty does not extend to repairs or
replacements made necessary by reason misuse
or vandalism.
1.12 Maintenance .1 Furnish complete service and maintenance of
Service elevator system and components during the
elevator contract warranty period (12 months ,
from date of substantial completion) .
.2 Comply with section 12 of CAN/CSA-B44-94.
.3 Provide emergency call back service 24 hours a
day for this maintenance period.
.4 Perform maintenance work using competent
personnel, under supervision and in direct
employ of elevator manufacturer.
.5 This service CANNOT be subcontracted out to
any company other than the original
manufacturer.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 5
' 0006 April 2001
i
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
t2 .1 Acceptable .1 Dover Corporation (Canada) Limited.
Manufacturers
' .2 Montgomery Kone.
. 3 Northern Elevators.
.4 Otis Elevators.
' .5 Schindler Elevators.
i
2 .2 Pump and Sack .1 POWER UNIT (Oil Pumping and Control
Unit Mechanism) : Compactly and neatly designed with
all of the following components, combined in a
self-contained unit: oil reservoir with tank
cover and controller compartment with cover; a
1 submerged oil-hydraulic pump; an electric
motor; an oil control unit with the following
components built into a single housing: a high
pressure relief valve; a check valve; an
automatic unloading up start valve; a lowering
and levelling valve; and a magnetic
controller.
' .1 Pump: Especially designed and
manufactured for oil-hydraulic elevator
service, of the positive displacement
type, inherently designed for steady
discharge with minimum pull stations to
give smooth and quiet operation. Output
of pump not to vary more than 10%
between no load and full load on the
' elevator car.
.2 Drive: By direct coupling.
.3 Motor: Especially designed for oil-
hydraulic elevator service, of standard
manufacture, and of duty rating to
comply with herein specified speeds
and loads.
.4 Oil Control Unit: To consist of the
following components, all built into a
single housing. Welded manifolds with
separate valves to accomplish each
function will not be acceptable under
this specification. Make all
adjustments accessible without removing
the assembly from the oil line:
.5 Relief Valve: Externally adjustable,
and capable of bypassing the total oil
flow without increasing back pressure
more than 50% above working pressure.
' .6 Up Start and Stop Valve: Externally
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 1424- - '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 6
0006 April 2001 '
adjustable, and designed to bypass oil '
flow during start and stop of motor
pump assembly. Valve to close slowly,
gradually diverting oil to or from the '
Jack Unit, insuring smooth up starts and
up stops.
. 7 Check Valve: Designed to close quietly ,
without permitting any perceptible
reverse flow. '
. S Lowering Valve and Levelling Valve:
Externally adjustable for drop-away
speed, lowering speed, levelling speed
and stopping speed to insure smooth '
"Down" starts and stops. Design the
levelling valve to level the car to the
floor in the direction the car is
travelling when slowdown is initiated.
.9 Power Controller: To contain all
necessary electrical contactors,
electro-mechanical switches and thermal
overload relays. Mount all components ,
in a NEMA I enclosure. Logic control
system to be microprocessor based or
electro-mechanical . If microprocessor
based system is used it must be '
protected from environmental extremes
and excessive vibrations.
.2 JACK UNIT: Of sufficient size to lift the ,
gross load the height specified and factory
tested to insure adequate strength and freedom
from leakage. Do not use brittle material,
such as grey cast iron, in the jack
construction.
.1 Jack Unit : To consist of the following
parts: Two (2) plungers of heavy ,
seamless steel tubing accurately turned
and polished; stop rings electrically
welded to the plungers to positively
prevent plunger leaving the cylinder; an '
internal guide bearing; packing or seal
of suitable design and quality; a drip
ring around cylinder top; a cylinder
made of steel pipe and provided with a
pipe connection and air bleeder. Weld
brackets to the jack cylinder for
supporting the elevator on pit channels .
.3 Wiring, Piping and Oil: Provide and install ,
all necessary wiring in the hoistway in
accordance with the National Electrical Code.
.4 Failure Protection: Design the electrical
control circuit so that if a malfunction ,
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 7
' 0006 April 2001
' should occur, due to motor starter failure,
oil becoming low in the system, or the car
failing to reach a landing in the up direction
' within a pre-determined time, the elevator car
will automatically descend to the lowest
terminal landing. The power-operated doors
will automatically open when the car reaches
' that landing to allow passengers to exit . The
doors will then automatically close and all
control buttons, except the "door open" button
' in the car station, will be made inoperative.
. 5 SOUND INSULATING PANELS: Manufactured of
reinforced 16 gauge steel with a 1" thick 1
1/2# core of fibreglass affixed to interior,
mounted on all four open sides of the power
unit frame.
.1 Sound Isolating Couplings: Install a
minimum of two (2) , in the oil line in
the machine room between pump and jack.
.2 Oil-hydraulic Silencer: Installed at
the power unit location. Rubber hose
' without blow-out proof features will not
be acceptable.
.3 Vibration Pads: Mounted under the power
unit assembly to isolate the unit from
' the building structure.
.6 EMERGENCY TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE: Provide
an emergency terminal stopping device which
operates independently of the normal terminal
stopping device should it fail to slow down
the car at the terminal as intended. Design
and install so that a single short circuit
caused by a combination of grounds, or by
other conditions, does not prevent their
functioning.
' .1 Do not control the normal and emergency
terminal stopping devices with the same
controller switches unless two (2) or
more separate and independent switches
' are provided, two (2) of which to be
closed in either direction of travel to
complete the circuit to the control
valve solenoids in the down direction
and to complete the circuit to the pump
motor for the up direction of travel .
.7 SOLID STATE STARTING: Provide solid state
starting to limit the starting current to 300°%
of the full load running current.
. 8 BATTERY EMERGENCY LOWERING KIT: In the event
of a power outage, the elevator will lower to
' the lowest level, cycle the doors open, then
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 1424 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 8
0006 April 2001 '
shut the doors and the door open button shall
P '
remain operative.
2 .3 Hoistway .1 PLATFORM AND SLING: Fabricate the platform ,
Equipment with frame of formed or structural steel
shapes, gusseted and rigidly welded. Provide '
a wood subfloor. Fireproof the underside of
the platform.
.1 Sling: Heavy steel stiles properly
affixed to a steel crosshead and ,
bolster, with adequate bracing members,
to remove all strain from the car
enclosure.
.2 Steel bumper plates: Affixed to bottom '
of bolster channels. Provide a platen
plate with clamps and cap screws for
fastening sling to plunger.
.3 Car Doors: Provide the car entrance ,
with horizontal sliding doors (single
slide) . Panel rigidity to be
obtained by suitable steel
reinforcements. Hang doors on sheave '
type hangers with polyurethane tires
that roll on a polished steel track,
and guide at the bottom by non-metallic
shoes sliding in a smooth threshold '
groove. Felt type door gibs are
unacceptable.
.4 Alarm Bell: Connect an emergency alarm
bell to a plainly marked push button in ,
the car.
.5 Guides and Guide Shoes: Provide guides
of formed steel guide rails, properly ,
fastened to the building structure with
steel brackets. Fit the car at top and
bottom with guide shoes of the rigid
type, with metal body and removable non- '
metallic liners.
.6 Automatic Guide Rail Lubricators:
Provide Lubricators and mounted on
top of upper guide shoes. Provide ,
wool felt wiper to apply an even,
uniform flow of oil to thoroughly lubri-
cate faces of guide rail from a leak
proof oil reservoir. ,
.2 AUTOMATIC TERMINAL LIMITS: Place electric
limit switches in the hoistway near the
terminal landings and design to cut off the
electric current and stop the car should it
run beyond either terminal landing.
.1 Automatic Self-Levelling: Provide the
elevator with a self-levelling feature
that will automatically bring the car
iClarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 9
0006 April 2001
' to the floor landings. This self-
levelling to be, within its zone, en-
tirely automatic and independent of the
' operating device and correct for
overtravel or undertravel . The car is
also to be maintained approximately
level with the landing irrespective of
' the load.
.2 Buffers: Provide substantial buffers in
the elevator pit. Mount on continuous
channels fastened to the elevator guide
rail or securely anchored to the pit
floor and substantial extensions will be
provided, if required.
' .3 Car Top Inspection Station: A car top
inspection station with an "emergency
stop" switch and with constant pressure
"up-down" direction buttons to make
the normal operating devices inoperative
and give the inspector complete control
h of the elevator.
.4 Interlocks: Equip each hoistway
entrance with an approved type
interlock tested as required by Code.
Design the interlock to prevent
operation of the car away from the
' landing until the doors are locked in
the closed position as defined by Code
r and prevent opening the doors at any
landing from the corridor side unless
' the car is at rest at that landing or is
in the levelling zone and stopping at
that landing. Interlocks to bear
Underwriters' Laboratories "B" label of
approval .
.5 Hoistway Door Unlocking Device: Provide
hoistway door unlocking devices as
' specified by the CAN/CSA B44-94 Code to
permit authorised persons to gain access
to the hoistway when the elevator car is
away from the landing.
.6 Door Operation:
. 1 Provide and install a direct
u current motor driven heavy duty
operator, designed to operate the
car and hoistway doors
simultaneously.
.2 Electrically cushion door
movements at both limits of travel
and arrange door operating
mechanism for manual operation in
- event of power failure.
' .3 Provide multiple beam detector
edges (40 minimum) on the car door
arranged to automatically return
' car and hoistway doors to the open
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 142400 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 10
0006 April 2001 '
position in event the doors are '
obstructed during closing cycle.
Doors will then resume closing
cycle. Doors to automatically ,
open when the car arrives at the
landing and automatically close
after an adjustable time interval
or when the car is dispatched to '
another landing.
.4 Direct drive geared operators, AC
controlled units with oil checks,
or other deviations from the above
are not acceptable. The door
operator microprocessor resides in
the door operator and controls all '
functions of the door.
.5 Link the microprocessor door
operator and the microprocessor
selector to the main processor '
through a serial communications
link.
. 7 Nudging: The doors remain open as long
as the electronic detector senses the '
presence of a passenger or object in the
door opening. If door movement is
obstructed for a field programmable time
value, a buzzer will sound and the doors ,
will close at reduced speed. If the
reversing edge contacts a person or
object while closing, the doors will
stop and resume closing after the ,
obstruction has been removed.
.8 When the doors have failed to fully
close and are in the recycle mode, the '
door drive motor to have increased
torque applied. This may possibly
overcome any mechanical resistance or
differential air pressure and allow the '
door to close.
.3 DOOR HANGERS AND TRACKS: Provide and install
for each hoistway sliding door, sheave type
two point suspension hangers and tracks
complete. Provide sheaves with polyurethane
tires with ball bearings properly sealed to
retain grease. Provide hangers with an
adjustable slide to take the up-thrust of the
doors. Tracks are to be drawn steel shapes,
smooth surface and shaped to conform to the
hanger sheaves. ,
WClarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 11
0006 April 2001
.1 Hoistway Entrances: Provide and install
hollow metal, horizontal sliding type
hoistway entrances complete at each of
' the hoistway openings.
.2 Entrances: manufacturer's standard
design bearing Underwriters '
Laboratories "B" labels . They are to
' consist of frames, doors, hangers,
hanger supports, hanger covers, fascia
plates, sight guards, and all necessary
hardware.
.3 The entire front wall of the hoistway is
to be left open or a rough opening
provided which is 12" greater in width
' and 6" greater in height than the
finished opening, until after entrances
are installed. After guide rails are
set and lined, install the entrance
' frames in perfect alignment with the
guide rails. Others will then complete
finished walls.
.4 The interface of the elevator wall with
the hoistway entrance assembly is to be
in strict compliance with the Elevator
Contractor' s requirements.
' 2 .4 Controls .1 SELECTIVE COLLECTIVE AUTOMATIC PUSH BUTTON
OPERATION: The elevator control shall be a
distributed control system, microprocessor
based and software oriented. The main
microprocessor and car controller shall be
located behind the elevator swing return
panel. The microprocessor selector, situated
on the car top and the microprocessor door
operator, residing in the door operator shall
be linked together with the main processor by
' a serial communications link. Control of the
elevator shall be automatic in operation by
means of push buttons in the car numbered to
correspond to floors served, for registering
' car stops by "up-down" push buttons at each
intermediate landing and "call" push buttons
at terminal landings .
.1 The momentary pressing of one or more
buttons to dispatch the car to the
designated landings in the order in
which the landings are reached by the
car, irrespective of the sequence in
which the buttons are pressed. Each
landing call to be cancelled when
' answered.
.2 When the car is travelling in the up
direction, it shall stop at all floors
for which car buttons or "up" hall
Clarington'"Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 1424 ,
Munielpal Office Expansion Page 12
0606 April 2001
buttons have been pressed; it shall not ,
stop at floors when "down" buttons only
have been pressed, unless the stop for
that floor has been registered by a car '
button, or unless the down call is at
the highest floor for which any buttons
have been pressed. Likewise, the
pressing of an "up" button when the car '
is travelling in the down direction
shall not intercept the travel unless
the stop for that floor has been ,
registered by a car button, or unless
the up call is the lowest for which any
button has been pressed.
. 3 When the car has responded to its '
highest or lowest stop, and stops are
registered for the opposite direction,
its direction of travel to reverse
automatically and then answer the calls ,
registered for that direction.
.4 Should both up and down calls be
registered at an intermediate floor,
only the call corresponding to the '
direction in which the car is travelling
is cancelled upon the stopping of the
car at the landing.
.5 Provide an adjustable time delay so that '
after the car has stopped in response to
a hall button, the entering passenger
may register his car button before the
car will reverse to answer calls in the ,
opposite direction.
.6 Independent Service: Provide a key
operated switch for the elevator for '
selecting Independent Service operation.
1
2 .5 Car and Hall .1 CAR OPERATING STATION: Provide a main car ,
Fixtures control panel in each car that contains the
devices required for the specified operations .
The panel to consist of a series of modules
all inclined 20 degrees from vertical for �-
optimum viewing and accessibility. The lowest
module to contain the "door open" , "door
close" , "emergency stop key switch" . and
alarm button. Intermediate modules to contain '
illuminated floor buttons, which will
illuminate when a call is registered and will
remain illuminated until the call is answered. ,
' lanarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 13
0006 April 2001
The top module to contain the required
switches. All raised floor indications and
handicap symbols to be located immediately
' adjacent to the floor buttons and fully
integrated in the module design. No applied
symbols to be allowed. There are to be no
floor indications or symbols on the buttons.
' .1 Landing Buttons: Provide Impulse landing
push button stations. Each intermediate
station to consist of two illuminated
' pushbuttons with raised direction arrow,
one for the up direction and the other
for the down direction. Each terminal
station to contain an illuminated push
' button with raised direction arrow. The
buttons to be illuminated to indicate
that a call has been registered at that
floor for the indicated direction.
' .2 Car Position Indicator: Provide an
electronic Dot Matrix position
indicator. The position indicator to be
inclined 20 degrees from vertical and
mounted in a module matching the
control panel for optimum viewing. As
the car travels, its' position in the
Yi hoistway to be indicated by the
illumination of the Alpha/Numeric
character corresponding to the landing
i
which the elevator is stopped or
` passing.
.3 Autodialer phone: provide a speaker
phone integral with the car station.
' .2 CAR RIDING LANTERN: Install the car riding
lantern in the column of the elevator cab
adjacent to the main car station. The
lantern, when illuminated, will indicate the
direction of travel for which the car is set .
The lantern will illuminate and the signal
will sound when the car arrives at a floor
where it will stop. The lantern to remain
' illuminated until the doors start to close.
.1 Mount the white translucent lens in
black lens holder for increased contrast
and visibility, and project for side
viewing.
' . 3 HALL POSITION INDICATOR: Provide an
electronic Dot Matrix position indicator.
Incline the position indicator 20 degrees from
vertical and mount in a module matching the
4 control panel for optimum viewing. As the car
travels, indicate its ' position in the
hoistway by the illumination of the
Alpha/Numeric character corresponding to the
S
a
go
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 24240'W ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 14
0006 April 2001 '
landing which the elevator is stopped or '
passing.
2 .6 Passenger Cab .1 WALLS: Steel wall shell with raised plastic '
Finishes #3 laminate panels and black baked enamel
reveals. '
.2 CANOPY: Unitized steel construction; includes
emergency exit .
.3 FRONT AND TRANSOM: Stainless steel fronts and '
transom with integral swing return car
operating devices.
.4 CAR DOORS: Hollow metal, horizontal sliding ,
type with #4 stainless steel cladding.
.5 CEILING: Suspended ceiling with white plastic ,
light diffuser in a baked enamel frame and
fluorescent lights.
.6 SILL: Extruded aluminium. '
. 7 HANDRAILS:
.1 Continuous 38 mm (134") cylindrical Blend
"S" stainless steel on all non-opening ,
sides.
.2 Two (2) rails per wall .
.8 ACCESSORIES: '
.1 Emergency lighting system.
.2 AutoDial speakerphone, integrated into
the car operating station. ,
.3 Two-speed exhaust fan including key
switch.
2 . 7 Cab Finishes .1 WALLS: baked enamel .
Hydraulic Freight
Elevator #2
.2 CANOPY: Unitized steel construction; includes '
emergency exit .
. 3 FRONT AND TRANSOM: Stainless control panel,
baked enamel fronts.
.4 CAR DOORS: baked enamel .
.5 CEILING: Suspended ceiling with white plastic ,
light diffuser in a baked enamel frame and
fluorescent lights.
.6 SILL: Extruded aluminium. ,
.7 HANDRAILS:
.1 Continuous 38 mm (134") cylindrical Blend ,
•Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 14240
Municipal Office Expansion Page 15
' 0006 April 2001
"S" stainless steel on all non-opening
sides.
.2 Two (2) rails per wall .
' .8 ACCESSORIES:
.1 Emergency lighting system.
� i .2 AutoDial speakerphone, integrated into
r ' the car operating station.
. 3 Two-speed exhaust fan including key
switch.
' .9 FLOOR: Checkerplate floor.
' 2 . 8 Hoistway .1 Passenger Hoistway Doors: #4 Stainless steel
Entrances at all floors.
.2 Passenger Hoistway Door Frames: #4 Stainless
psi steel at all floors.
' . 3 Freight Doors and Frames: Painted steel .
' 2 .9 Shop Finishes .1 Aluminium: Mill finish.
v
.2 Baked Enamel on Steel: Clean and degrease
metal surface; apply one coat of primer
sprayed and baked; two coats of enamel
sprayed and baked; black colour unless
s ,
otherwise stated.
' .3 Stainless Steel: #4 finish.
.4 Plastic Laminate: Fire rated; selected by
Consultant from manufacturers recommended
range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
i
' 3 .1 Examination .1 verify that hoistwa
y, pit and machine room are
ready for equipment .
.2 Verify shaft and openings are of correct size
and within tolerances .
.3 Confirm electrical power is available and have
correct characteristics.
.4 Report defects in writing to Consultant.
Clarington Public Library/ Hydraulic Elevators Section 1424 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Page 16
0006 April 2001 '
3 .2 Examination . 1 Install in accordance with CAN/CSA-B44-94 . '
.2 Connect equipment to building utilities.
.3 Provide conduit, boxes, wiring, and '
accessories.
.4 Co-ordinate installation of hoistway wall ,
construction.
.5 Install hoistway door sills, frames, and ,
headers in hoistway.
3 .3 Tolerances .1 Cab movement on Guide Rails: Smooth movement, ,
with no perceptible lateral or oscillating
movement or vibration.
.2 Guide Rail Alignment: Plumb and parallel to ,
each other in accordance with CAN/CSA-B44-94 .
3 .4 Field Quality .1 Field inspection and testing will be '
Control completed.
.2 Perform and meet tests required by CAN/CSA- '
B44-94 .
.3 Supply instruments and execute required tests . '
3 .5 Adjustments .1 Adjust for smooth acceleration and ,
deceleration of car.
.2 Adjust automatic floor levelling feature at
each floor to be within 6 mm from flush. '
3 .6 Clean Up .1 Remove protective coverings from finished '
surfaces.
.2 Clean surfaces and components ready for
inspection. '
3 .7 Protection of . 1 Protect finished work under provisions of
Finished Work section 01500 . ,
.2 Do not permit construction traffic within cab
after cleaning. '
Clarington Public Library/
Municipal Office Expansion
' Bowmanville, Ontario
TENDER CL2001-1
(S & Z Project No. 0006)
i ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION
t SPECIFICATION
VOLUME 2 DIVISIONS 15 and 16
1
a
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. AUGUST 2001
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206
Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7
Tel.: 613-541-0776 Fax: 613-541-0804
' ' e-mail: mail @szarch.com
Clarington Public Library/ List of Contents - Mechanical &
Municipal Office Expansion Electrical Divisions Page 1
0006 April 2001
Section No. Title No. of Pages
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
15010 Mechanical General Requirements 22
15300 Sprinklers 14
15400 Plumbing and Drainage 24
15500 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning 82
15950 Temperature Controls 22
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16010 Electrical General Requirements 28
16050 Basic Materials & Methods 22
16500 Lighting Systems 8
16700 Fire Alarm System 32
' 16750 Empty Conduit Systems 4
16900 Emergency Generator 16
1
r
r
r
Page 1 of 6
SUPPLEMENTARY SUBCONTRACT TENDER FORM
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION(AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' CLARINGTON, ONTARIO
' NAME OF SUBCONTRACT BIDDER
Mechanical Division Bidders shall complete this supplementary form and submit with Tender. Also fax
copy to Jain&Associates Limited,(905)5074107 same day as tender closing.
L SUBCONTRACTORS
List all Subcontractors proposed to use to complete Mechanical Division.
Insulation:
' Sheet Metal Work:
Electrical Work:
' Excavation&Backfill&Exterior Work:
' Sprinkler Contractor:
Temperature Controls Section 15950:
Other(Identify):
i
1
' Initials of Signing Officer
1
Page 2 of 6 t
2. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE r
List Alternate Material or Equipment in Alternate Equipment Schedule below. Complete all spaces '
and required information.
Base Alternates on equivalent sizes, dimensions, capacities and performance to equipment
specified, and ensure that they will fit into spaces allocated,with proper relationships to work of all
other Sections.
Material Approved Mfgr. Selected Mfgr. ,
Plumbing Valves Crane, Jenkins,
-Bronze Toyo
-I.B. and Crane,Jenkins, '
Butterfly Toyo
Plumbing Zum,
Specialties Ancon
IIVAC Valves Crane,Jenkins,
-Bronze Toyo
-I.B. and Crane,Jenkins, ,
Butterfly Toyo
Pipe Labels Mystic,Westfine, ,
Brady
Described Specified Acceptable Bidder's '
Equipment Mfr. Alternate Tender Choice
Access Stelpm Nailor Hart, '
Doors Acudor, Can-Aqua,
S.M.S.,
LeHage,Mifab
Initials of Signing Officer ,
' Page 3 of 6
' 2. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (Cont'd)
' Described Specified Acceptable Bidder's
Equipment Mfr. Alternate Tender Choice
Motor C.G.E. Klockner-Moeller,
Starters Fumas, Square D,
Cutler Hammer,
Allan Bradley,
Telemecanique,
' Commander
Westinghouse
Fixtures American Crane,Eljer
Standard Kohler
Faucets Cambridge Chicago
Brass
Fittings& Cambridge Powers Crane
Trim
H.W.Mining Rada Symmons
' Valve
Sump/Sewage Barnes Hydromatic,
' Pump Myers
Dom.H.W. Armstrong Grundfoss
' Recite. Pump
Water Dearborn Drew,
Treatment Finnan
' Flush Cambridge Sloan
Valve Brass
Gas Water Ruud John Wood,
' Heater A.O. Smith,
Bradford White
' Initials of Signing Officer
Page 4 of 6 '
2. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (Cont'd)
Described Specified Acceptable Bidder's '
Equipment Mfr. Alternate Tender Choice
Fire National Wilson& '
Equipment Cousin
Hot Water Htg. Raypak RBI,
Boilers Laars
Cabinet Trane Rosemex ,
Heaters Engineered Air,
Sterling
Convectors& Trane Rosemex,
Walls Fin Slant Fin,
Engineered Air
H.W. Unit Trane Rosemex,
Heaters Engineered Air,
Sterling '
Fan Coil Carrier Trane,
Units York '
Radiation Dahl Crane, Sarco
Valves Trane
Strainers Sarco Trane,Dunham,
Hayward, '
Lunkenheimer
Thermometers Trerice Baker,Taylor
&Gauges Winters,Weksler
Ashcroft
Pumps Armstrong B&G,Taco '
(Base mounted) Paco
Initials of Signing Officer '
' Page 5 of 6
2. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (Cont'd)
Described Specified Acceptable Bidder's
Equipment Mfr. Alternate Tender Choice
Chiller Trane, Carrier,
' York
Flow Armstrong Taco
Measurement Tour&Anderson
Sound Vibro Vibron
Attenuators Acoustics
Grilles, E.H. Price Titus,
Registers& Nailor Hart
Diffusers
Supply Air Trane Engineered Air,
' Units Carrier
Heat Recovery Engineered Temprite,
Unit Air Haacon,
ICE(Applied Energy
Systems)
' Cooling Tower BAC Evapco
Fans Penn Jenn Air, Carnes,
Loren Cook,
Exitaire,
Greenheck,
Ammerman
Computer Room Liebert Hi Ross
Unit
Temperature Johnson Honeywell,
Controls Controls Siemens
' Initials of Signing Officer
,, 1
Page 6 of 6 '
3. SIGNATURES ,
Tenderer's '
Signature
Company ,
Name
Date
Phone: '
Fax:
Initials of Signing Officer ,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' CONTENTS
' SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General Conditions
1.2 Intent
1.3 Tenders
1.4 Alternates& Substitutions
1.5 By-Laws&Permits
1.6 Workmanship
1.7 Co-operation&Co-ordination
' 1.8 Job Site Work Shop and Storage
1.9 Shop Drawings
1.10 Protection
' 1.11 Temporary or Trial Usage
1.12 Examine Site& Conditions
1.13 Drawings
1.14 Record Drawings
1.15 Liability
1.16 Cutting&Patching
1.17 Excavating
1.18 Backfilling
1.19 Supports
1.20 Hangers
1.21 Sleeves
1.22 Access Doors
1.23 Flashings
1.24 Floor&Wall Plates
1.25 Wiring&Motors
1.26 Levels&Dimensions
1.27 Painting
1.28 Equipment Markers&Nameplates
' 1.29 Cleanup
1.30 Valve Tags&Chart
1.31 Instructions to Operator
1.32 Cold Weather Work
' 1.33 Cash Allowance Work
1.34 High Efficiency Motors
1.35 Installation,Interference& Setting Drawings
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
' .1 Conform to all applicable Sections of Division 1 and Instructions to Bidders.
' .2 Unless specified otherwise,this Section shall apply to all Sections of Division 15.
' 1.2 INTENT
.1 Mention herein or indication on Drawings of articles, materials, operations or methods
' requires: supply of each item mentioned or indicated, of quality, or subject to qualifications
noted, installation according to conditions stated: and, performance of each operation
prescribed with furnishing of necessary labour, equipment, and incidentals for mechanical
' work,Division#15, Sections 415A, 15B, 15C and 15D.
.2 Where used, words "Section' and "Division" shall also include other Subcontractors
engaged on site to perform work to make building and site complete in all respects.
.3 Where used, word "supply" shall mean furnishing to site in location required or directed
complete with accessory parts.
.4 Where used, word "install' shall mean secured in place and connected up for operation as
noted or directed.
.5 Where used,word"provide" shall mean supply and install as each is described above.
' .6 Where used, wordings such as "approved, to approval, as directed, permitted, permission,
accepted, acceptance, report to", shall mean "approved, directed, permitted, accepted,
report to",by Architect.
1.3 TENDERS
' 1 Submit tender based on specified described equipment or Alternates listed.
' .2 Sprinklers, Section 15300, shall be bid as a separate Section to General Contractor and not
form part of work of Sections 15400 or 15500.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 2 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.4 ALTERNATES& SUBSTITUTIONS
.1 Throughout Division 15 are lists of "Alternate Equipment" manufacturers acceptable to '
Architect if their product meets characteristics of specified described equipment.
.2 Each Bidder may elect to use "Alternate Equipment" from lists of Alternates where listed. '
Include for any additional costs to suit Alternates used. Prices are not required in Tender
for Alternates listed except where specifically noted as"Separate Price". ,
.3 It is responsibility of this Division to ensure "Alternate Equipment" fits space allotted and
gives performance specified. If an "Alternate Equipment" unit is proposed and does not fit '
space allotted nor equal specified product in Architect's opinion, supply of specified
described equipment will be required without change in Contract amount. Only
manufacturers listed will be accepted for their product listing. All other manufacturers shall ,
be quoted as substitution stating conditions and credit amount.
.4 If item of material specified is unobtainable, state in Tender proposed substitute and
amount added or deducted for its use. Extra monies will not be paid for substitutions after '
Contract has been awarded.
.5 If pipe or item, of size or weight indicated, is unobtainable, supply next larger size or ,
heavier weight without additional charge.
1.5 BY-LAWS&PERMITS '
.1 Obey Government,Municipal and Underwriters Standards and perform work in accordance ,
with requirements of By-Laws and Regulations in force where building is located.
.2 Apply for, obtain, and pay for permits and inspections required by authorities having '
jurisdiction. Furnish necessary certificates as evidence that work installed conforms with
laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Make minor changes required by
By-Laws and Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction without extra payment. ,
.3 Where Codes, Standards and Regulations are stated to be complied with, such Codes,
Standard and Regulations shall be of latest date or amendment prior to tender call. ,
.4 Comply with Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WIIMIS) in
accordance with Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act(OHSA)requirements. '
0
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 WORKMANSHIP
' 1 Workmanship and method of installation shall conform to best standards and practice and
be performed to approval. Work shall be done by tradesmen skilled in work to be
' performed. Where required by local or other By-Laws and Regulations, tradesmen shall be
licensed in their trade.Install all work and equipment to manufacturer's printed directions.
' 1.7 CO-OPERATION& CO-ORDINATION
I Each Section and Trade shall:
1. Confer with other Sections and arrange work so it will be carried on in best
' interests of all concerned bearing in mind building construction and finish
required.
2. Furnish "built-in" items in ample time and give necessary information and
assistance in connection with building-in of same. Notify Section concerned in
writing of size and location of recesses, openings and chases at least 48 hours
before walls are erected,floors poured and similar work.
3. Proceed as quickly as practical so that construction may be completed in shortest
' possible time.
' 1.8 JOB SITE WORK SHOP AND STORAGE
1 Supply job site office, workshop, tools, scaffolds and material storage as required to
' complete the work of this Division.Location of temporary buildings,use of space on site or
within building shall be to later direction.
' .2 Storage space within existing building is limited and may not be available.
' 1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit for review within 30 days of Contract award, 8 copies of Shop Drawings and Room
Equipment Schedules covering material to be supplied.
.2 Each Shop Drawing must be certified correct by submitting trade before submission. Shop
' Drawings not so certified will be rejected.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 4 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS (Cont'd)
.3 Submit Shop Drawings for review in accordance with Division 1. Make printed
submissions of more than two pages in booklet form. Failure to conform may cause undue
delay in approvals. '
1.10 PROTECTION ,
.1 Protect work from damage. Securely plug or cap open ends of conduits, pipes, ducts or
equipment to prevent entry of dirt, dust, debris, water, snow or ice. Clean all piping, '
ducting, conduits and equipment inside and outside before testing.
.2 Material stored on site shall be protected from weather and kept dry and clean at all times. '
Take care to avoid corrosion of metal parts. Protect all bearings and motors from damage
due to moisture and dust. Equipment not yet in operation shall be turned over at least at
monthly intervals to prevent bearing deterioration. ,
1.11 TEMPORARY OR TRIAL USAGE
1 Temporary or trial usage of any mechanical device, machinery, apparatus, equipment or ,
materials shall not be construed as evidence of acceptance of same and no claim for
damage shall be made for injury to or breaking of any part of such work which may be so '
used.
1.12 EXAMINE SITE & CONDITIONS
.1 Examine site and local conditions. Examine carefully all Drawings and complete ,
Specifications to ensure that work can be satisfactorily carried out as shown. Before
commencing work, examine the work of other Sections and report at once any defect or
interference affecting the work, its completion or warranty. No allowance will be made ,
later for any expense incurred through failure to make these examinations or to report any
such discrepancies in writing.
1 to
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.13 DRAWINGS
' .1 Mechanical Drawings do not show structural and related details. Take information
involving accurate measurement of building from building drawings, or at building. Make,
' without additional charge, any necessary changes or additions to runs of piping, conduits
and ducts to accommodate existing and structural conditions. Location of pipes, ducts,
conduits and other equipment may be altered by Architect without extra charge provided
' change is made before installation and does not necessitate major additional material.
.2 As work progresses and before installing heating units, registers, diffusers, fixtures and
' other fittings and equipment which may interfere with interior treatment and use of
building, obtain detail drawings or directions for exact location of such equipment and
fittments.
' .3 Mechanical Drawings indicate general location and route of pipes, ducts and conduits
which are to be installed. Where required work is not shown or only shown
diagramatically, install same to conserve head room (minimum 2200 mm clear) and
' interfere as little as possible with free use of space through which they pass. Conceal
piping, conduits and ducts in furred spaces, ceilings and walls unless specifically shown
otherwise.Install work close to structure so furring will be small as practical.
.4 Install piping and ductwork to clear structural members and any fireproofing. Locate
mechanical work to permit installation of specified insulation. Do not remove or damage
' structural fireproofing. Leave space to permit fireproofing and insulation to be inspected
and repaired.
' .5 Before commencing work,check and verify all sizes, locations, grade and invert elevations,
levels and dimensions to ensure proper and correct installation. Verify existing exterior and
municipal services.
' .6 Locate all mechanical and electrical equipment in such a manner as to facilitate easy and
safe access to and maintenance and replacement of any part.
.7 In every place where there is indicated space reserved for future or other equipment, leave
such space clear, and install piping and other work so that necessary installation and
connections can be made for any such apparatus. Obtain instructions whenever necessary
for this purpose.
.8 Relocate equipment and/or material installed but not co-ordinated with work of other
Sections as directed,without extra charge.
r
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 6 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.14 RECORD DRAWINGS
.1 Obtain and pay for at least 2 sets of blackline whiteprints and clearly mark on same as job '
progresses, changes and deviations from piping, ducts and equipment shown so that on
completion Owner and Engineer will have records of exact location of piping, ducts and ,
equipment. Locate exterior buried work by dimension from building including final top and
invert elevations.
.2 After Record Drawings have been reviewed, revised if necessary until acceptable, deliver '
drawings in reproduceable mylars and on 3-1/2" disk.
1.15 LIABILITY '
I Each Section and Trade shall: '
1. Assume full responsibility for laying out his work and for any damage caused to '
other Sections or Owner by improper location or carrying out of same.
2. Be responsible for prompt installation of work in advance of concrete pouring,
ceiling installation or similar work. ,
3. Protect finished and unfinished work of this Division and work of other Sections
from damage due to work of this Division. ,
4. Be responsible for condition of material and equipment supplied. Be responsible
for protection and maintenance of work completed until termination and ,
acceptance.
1.16 CUTTING&PATCHING ,
.1 Perform all cutting and patching required for work of this Division. '
.2 Core drill holes in concrete walls and floors for piping where not previously sleeved. Do
not use mechanical hammers or drills without prior approval in writing. Neatly patch holes '
to approval and where located in exterior walls above grade, make watertight. Make holes
in walls below grade with due provision for pipe movement (min. 50 mm clear all around),
fill with 50 mm thick fibreglass blanket insulation and seal watertight with mastic. ,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.16 CUTTING&PATCHING (Cont'd)
.3 Lay out cutting and patching for approval before starting and obtain approval of finished
work.
' .4 See 15010-19 Supports, 15010-20 Hangers and 15010-21 Sleeves, and coordinate this work
to other Sections to prevent unnecessary cutting and patching.
' 1.17 EXCAVATING
1 Perform necessary excavating for work of this Division. Ensure bottoms of trenches are
excavated so that full length of each pipe will be supported on solid bed of undisturbed
' earth. Build approved concrete pad, solid block or concrete piers properly reinforced under
piping below grade where solid undisturbed earth bed is not obtainable to meet Plumbing
Code.
.2 Remove excavated materials not used as backfill from site unless otherwise directed.
.3 See Soil Test Report re existing soil conditions. Support all piping on approved earth or
' other foundation or hangers. Earth support must be minimum 90% density Modified
Proctor (ASTM #D-1527) compaction and proven such conditions exist. Include for
necessary soil tests to verify earth foundation will support drains as required at
approximately 2400 mm centres.Provide supports to meeting Plumbing Code, Section 3.4.
.4 Provide necessary shoring and support for trenching. Do all work in conformity to Ontario
Trench Excavator's Protection Act and Occupational Health and Safety Act, each as
amended to date. Trench widths shall be kept to minimum dimension as directed and
approved.
.5 Perform necessary pumping to maintain excavations free of water for work of this Division
until backfill is completed.
' .6 Provide 100 mm bed of 12 mm crusher run limestone compacted to 90% Modified Proctor
under all piping not laid in sandy ground or other approved bedding. For copper and plastic
piping,bedding shall be clean sand.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 8 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 BACKFILLING
I Backfill at least first 150 mm above top of piping with clean coarse sand hand placed in 75 '
mm layers and compacted to 95% density Proctor Modified (ASTM 4D1527). Note
conditions and Details and conform thereto. '
.2 Backfill inside building with M.T.C. granular 'B' or clean coarse sand in 150 mm layers
mechanically compacted to give minimum of 95% density Modified Proctor (ASTM t
413-1527 STD)compaction.
.3 Backfill outside building with approved clean earth in 300 mm layers watered and '
compacted to 90% Modified Proctor. Do not use clay, rock, frozen earth, rubbish or other
unapproved materials. Remove same from site and bring in approved earth or sand for use
in this event. '
.4 Backfill under all existing, new and future concreted, paved or gravelled areas with M.T.0
granular 'B'placed in 150 mm layers and compacted to 95%Modified Proctor Compaction ,
to level of sub-base of paving or gravel.
.5 Other Sections will provide exterior finish work such as sod, trees, walks and paving.
Co-operate with these Sections to complete exterior mechanical work as soon as practical '
leaving surfaces in approved condition so other work may proceed.
.6 Compaction rates noted shall be maximum dry density value. ,
.7 Where excavating is necessary close to and parallel with and below any footing bearing
backfill with concrete to top of highest adjacent footing with concrete of strength ,
designated by Architect who will determine when condition exists.
.8 Where piping or drains pass below footings, sleeve same to give minimum of 50 mm clear '
all-around and backfill with concrete of same strength as footing up to underside of footing.
1.19 SUPPORTS '
1 Provide supports, stands and platforms necessary for proper installation of equipment and '
components, of concrete, steel or wood as may be required and as approved or elsewhere
shown or specified. Provide necessary anchor bolts and other fastenings. Secure work to
concrete with Phillips"Red Head" concrete anchors. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 9
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 SUPPORTS (Cont'd)
' .2 Construct concrete bases at least 100 nun high (or as otherwise noted), of 20 MPa concrete
with trowel finish in compliance with applicable articles of Concrete Section for support of
' equipment noted, size 50 mm larger than base of apparatus with outside corners chamfered
40 mm.
1.20 HANGERS
.1 Provide hangers to support unburied piping and ducts.Adjust hangers so that piping will be
true in respect of alignment and grade. Obtain approval of methods of hanging to building
before proceeding. Ensure that load on building structure does not exceed maximum
' mechanical loading per square metre shown on Structural Drawings or as directed by
Architect. Take special care to avoid introduction of undue reaction forces into structure of
building,to equipment,to expansion joints and to piping.
.2 Do not hang from steel or tectum decking. Provide structural framing where necessary to
support work in these areas.
' .3 Support unburied horizontal cast iron piping at each hub length (max. 1500 mm) with
Grinnell #260 or Myatt 4124 clevis hangers. Where groups of fittings occur,not more than
900 mm shall be between hangers.
' .4 Support other horizontal piping with Grinnell 4260 or Myatt 4124 clevis hangers as
follows:
' Up to 32 mm size- 1800 mm maximum spacing
38 to 75 mm size- 3000 mm maximum spacing
' 88 mm and larger- 4300 mm maximum spacing
.5 Support plumbing piping in accordance with more stringent requirements of Plumbing
' Code or otherwise specified.
.6 Where hangers are grouped, locate spacing by smallest size pipe. Do not use trapeze type
' hangers unless specifically shown. Where trapeze hangers are used, fit insulated piping
with Grinnell 4167 or Myatt 4251 insulation shields taped to insulation.
' .7 Support through vertical piping with Grinnell#261 or Myatt#182 riser clamps at each floor
level or maximum of 3000 mm whichever is shorter. Secure vertical RWL, soil and vent
risers at 1500 mm intervals to approval. Secure small vertical piping with long ring stays.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 10 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.20 HANGERS (Cont'd)
.8 On copper piping, provide approved separation to ensure no contact between copper and ,
ferrous hanger or other work. Provide barrier to prevent copper pipe being in contact with
ferrous or cinder materials. '
.9 Support hangers with threaded mild steel hanger rods sized in accordance with hanger
manufacturer's tables. Affix to building structure by coach screw threads into wood ,
construction, by Grinnell #281 or equal inserts into concrete, by beam clamps on to
structural steel work, or by bolts or welding. Where inserts are incorrectly placed, Phillips
"Red Head" concrete anchors may be used. Secure hanger rods to top chord of steel joists '
at joist panel points only.
.10 Support piping on walls with Myatt #157 offset wall hooks fastened to wall with toggle ,
bolts or Phillips"Red Head" concrete anchors.
.11 Where structural bearings do not exist,provide angle or channel iron of sufficient size from '
other structural bearings to support hangers or equipment.
.12 Do not use wire,chain, strap or extension bar hangers under any circumstance.
.13 Hangers shall be arranged so as to load structural steel in a concentric manner. Loads to be '
imparted either on joist panel points or within 150 mm of panel joint.
.14 Do NOT use percussion type fastenings of any kind without prior approval in writing.
.15 Install all piping supported from hangers or supports in a manner to ensure that building '
construction is not weakened or over-stressed, that pipes are secure, vibration free, free to
expand and contract and properly graded, and that vertical adjustment of horizontal piping
is possible after erection. '
.16 Support all hangers directly from building structure only. Do not support pipes, ducts or
other equipment from other pipes, ducts, equipment, suspended ceilings or their suspension ,
systems.
.17 Hang piping for at least 2 support points from isolated equipment with Burgess-Vibro '
Acoustics or equal "SH" isolators with steel spring having 25 mm minimum static
deflection and series connected elastomer element having static deflection of 6 nun
underload. '
.18 Rawl drill anchors and Rawleys may be used to attach to existing structure only sized to
suit load with a 5 to 1 safety factor. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.21 SLEEVES
' 1 Where pipes pass through interior masonry walls, provide metallic pipe sleeves of
equivalent weight and material. Where ducts pass through interior masonry walls, provide
' suitable 18 gauge galvanized steel sleeves. Size sleeves on insulated piping or ducts to
permit insulation to continue through sleeves.
.2 Where piping or ducts pass through interior concrete or frame construction,provide 1.2 mm
thick galvanized iron sleeves. On copper pipe,provide copper pipe sleeves.
.3 Sleeves on buried piping shall be 50 mm larger all round than pipe and be filled with 50
mm thick fiberglass blanket insulation and sealed with mastic.
' .4 Seal all holes and openings through floors water tight.
.5 In rooms with mechanical equipment, sleeves through floors shall be welded water stop
flange steel pipe sleeves poured in place and extending at least 100 mm above floor or
pipes shall have Corrosion Services Co. Ltd. "Link Seals" installed to manufacturers
directions. Where ducts pass through floors, provide 100 mm high by 100 mm concrete
curb around ducts sealed to floor. Locate openings in field to be snug around ducts & be
' responsible for correct size&location.
.6 Firestopping of all mechanical penetrations of fire rated walls/roofs/floors will be provided
by Section 7E, except fire dampers and fire stop flaps are provided by Section 15.
1.22 ACCESS DOORS
1 Supply as required, 2.8 mm thick hinged metal access doors with frames for installation by
' other Sections in walls or ceilings to permit access to built-in or unaccessible controls,
dampers, valves, cleanouts and components. Where lift-out acoustic board ceilings are
used, access doors are not required but boards shall be secured with accessible hold-down
' clips and marked with Bildemup #6RH brass paper fasteners inserted through boards and
bent over.Paint heads with red enamel before installation.
' .2 Access doors shall be Stelpro Ltd. 4722 flush type of size to suit controls,valves, cleanouts,
dampers or components serviced, minimum size 300 nun x 300 mm 'Reach-in", 300 x 600
mm "Crawl-in",with prime coat finish, concealed hinges, screwdriver lock and plaster key.
Access doors in finished masonry or drywall construction shall be #722 less plaster key.
Access doors shall be 9726 in acoustic file ceilings and#704 in drywall ceilings.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 12 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.22 ACCESS DOORS (Cont'd)
.3 Access doors in roof overhangs, insulated ceilings and similar places shall have 38 mm
rigid coated glass fibre insulation secured to back of gasketted screwdriver locked door
equal to Acudor 4DSC-214P with frame to suit mounting surface. '
.4 Access doors in fire rated ceiling assemblies, all fire rated walls, duct shafts or in corridor
walls shall be UL, ULC or WHI listed 1-1/2 hour fire rated access doors equal to LeHage
#L1010,Nailor Hart 40900 or Acudor#150B with screwdriver lock.
.5 Alternate Equipment:
1. Smille, McAdams& Summerline Ltd.
2. Mifab(Modular Equipment Mfg. hic.)
3. Can-Aqua Inc. '
4. Acudor Products Ltd.
5. LeHage(Anon Industries Ltd.)
6. Nailor Hart Industries Inc.
1.23 FLASHINGS
1 Where plumbing vents and stacks, or other pipes pass through roof, another Section will '
provide suitable flashing.
.2 Where ducts pass through roof, another Section will provide suitable curb and flashing. '
Provide approved counterflashing of same material as flashing.
.3 Where equipment is roof mounted, another Section will provide suitable approved curbs
and bases properly flashed and sealed to roof unless otherwise noted.
1.24 FLOOR&WALL PLATES
I Provide one piece nickel plated flanges of stamped brass in finished areas at points where '
exposed uncovered pipes pass through walls, floors or ceilings. Secure plates at ceiling
with integral brass set screw. ,
.2 Split plates will not be accepted.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 WIRING&MOTORS
' .1 Electric connections and wiring for equipment supplied under this Division will be by
Electrical Division except for Temperature Control System, Mechanical Firing Equipment
and other equipment noted elsewhere. See Starter Schedule. Provide electric wiring to
complete all systems. All electrical work must conform to conditions noted in Electrical
Division and be concealed except in service areas. All wiring MUST be in conduit or EMT
using#18 wire for 24 volt or less, 414 wire for 120 volt control and 912 wire for 120 volt
power wiring. Use wiremold where exposed in finished areas.
.2 Electrically operated equipment shall be C.S.A. approved and bear approval label. Special
Inspection Label of Provincial Authority having jurisdiction will be accepted in lieu of
C.S.A. approval.Each motor shall have an approved starter.
' .3 Supply motor starters, controls and accessories required to operate equipment installed.
Supply necessary wiring diagrams and instructions to Electrical Division. Starters and
controls shall be for surface or flush mounting as required. Arrange equipment, piping and
' ductwork to permit access to and mounting of starters and controls. Co-operate with
Electrical Division to ensure electrical equipment can be installed and serviced. See
Electrical Drawings.
.4 Electrically operated equipment, starters and controls shall be rated for satisfactory
operation on following nominal system voltages unless otherwise noted:
' Up to and including 250 W - 60/1/120 V
370 W and larger 60/3/208 V or 575/3/60 or as noted.
SEE STARTER SCHEDULE
Verify above with Electrical Division BEFORE ordering equipment.
' .5 Magnetic starters shall be combination type with disconnect feature unless starter is built
into unit control panel. Similar magnetic contactors shall be used for non-motor
applications.
' .6 Equip starter apparatus for prime plumbing, heating, air conditioning and ventilating
equipment so that these units will automatically restart on resumption of power after power
' outage. Starters for these units shall have "On/Off' selector switch in cover if not fitted
with H.O.A. selector feature or manual starter or otherwise noted.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 14 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 WIRING& MOTORS (Cont'd)
.7 Supply pilot light,necessary fuses and overload heater coils for each starter. Fit each single ,
phase starter with neon lamp pilot light and three phase starters with transformer type
incandescent with amber lens cap. Fit each three phase starter with at least two auxiliary
contacts. Fit each three phase starter with three overload heaters. Size overload heaters at
maximum 115%of actual unit name plate rating.
.8 Where equipment is noted to be electrically interlocked, supply necessary interlocks via i
double voltage relays (Mylar shroud accepted) to ensure specified operation. Magnetic
starters shall be fused except where power is taken from separate protected circuit or is
otherwise protected. Electrical interlocks and control devices shall operate on 120 volts
A.C.maximum. Provide necessary fused and grounded control transformers to suit.
.9 Unless otherwise noted motors shall be dripproof, shielded ball bearing, EEMAC '
Specification MGl, Design B, 1.15 service factor, Class 130 insulation, of Canadian
manufacture with local service available, be rated for satisfactory operation on noted
nominal system voltages and bear proper nameplate. Electric motor operated equipment '
shall have motor sized to bring unit to full operating RPM in ten seconds unless unit is
equipped with integral thermal device to prevent motor burnout.Motors shall be 1800 RPM
unless otherwise noted. ,
.10 Starters shall be General Electric Co. or Alternate.All exposed mounted starters shall be of
ONE manufacture. Fit fuse gaps in fusible equipment for motors with complete set of '
proper size Gould Shawmut "FES" blade type, time delay current limiting fuses (HRC1-J).
Ensure fusible equipment supplied will reject standard NEC fuses. Co-ordinate fuses for
motors to give maximum protection, and of one manufacture throughout. '
.11 Starters which are started automatically by remote pilot device (or interlock) such as timer,
E.M.S., level controller, pressure switch, thermostat or flow switch shall include '
"Hand-Off-Auto" (H.O.A.) selector switch. "Hand" position shall permit shunting of pilot
device or interlock. Where such units also have protective pilot device (eg: firestat) such
device shall be wired into both"Hand' and"Auto'position and shall not be shunted. '
.12 For motors 14.9 Kw and larger, supply field mounted Cutler Hammer or equal Series 515,
"Soft Start" solid state motor controller with reduced voltage starting, motor over-voltage '
protection and energy saving feature. Field adjust each controller to give proper efficient
performance.
.13 Supply to Owner at least three fuses of each size suitably labelled. Obtain duplicate receipt '
for same. Submit for review complete list of all starters showing make, size, accessories,
labels and fusing. ,
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 WIRING& MOTORS (Cont'd)
' .14 Alternate Starters:
1. Klockner Moeller Limited
' 2. Fumas Electric Canada Limited
3. Westinghouse Canada Ltd.
4. Commander Electrical Equipment Inc.
' 5. Square 'D'Company of Canada Limited
6. Allen-Bradley Canada Limited
7. Cutler Hammer Industries Controls
8. Telemecanique Canada Ltd.
1.26 LEVELS&DIMENSIONS
1 General Contractor, on request, will supply this Division with necessary levels and
dimensions which are required to relate work of this Division to other Sections. Maintain
' all lines and levels so given.
' 1.27 PAINTING
.1 Supply all equipment and materials fabricated from iron or steel (except piping and
ductwork materials) prune painted at factory before shipment. If damaged, touch up with
suitable pruner and leave ready for painting. All auxiliary support steel supplied by this
Division shall be prime painted with one coat of red oxide primer.
' .2 All metal parts, miscellaneous metal items and work installed exterior to building must be
degreased and prime painted unless otherwise noted.
' .3 Painting of bare piping, ductwork, insulation and finish painting of equipment will be done
by another Section unless otherwise noted.Leave all work in clean,paintable condition.
' .4 Exposed piping will be painted in Owners standard colours. Co-operate with Painting
Section to identify piping to ensure colour code is followed.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 16 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.28 EQUIPMENT MARKERS&NAMEPLATES
1 Attach to each item of equipment (including electric motors), proper manufacturer's
nameplate showing size, model number, serial number, and all information usually
provided including voltage, cycle, phase and horsepower of motors and name and address ,
of unit manufacturer.
.2 Ensure stamped, etched or engraved lettering on plates is legible. Nameplates shall not be '
painted over and where apparatus is insulated, provide adequate openings in insulation for
viewing purposes.
.3 Provide on each item of equipment, starters, timers and controls suitable nameplates, e.g.
"Heating Pump#1,Toilet Exhaust Fan Timer".Before nameplates are made, submit sample
and list of names for approval. Make nameplates of 1.6 mm thick weather resistant rigid '
laminated plastic with engraved letters on black background. Secure nameplates with drive
screws. Make letters on starters, timers and small items at least 5 mm high and at least 10
mm high on larger units such as pumps, fans, boilers, A.C. and S.A. Units and condensers. '
Generally,unit nameplates shall conform to those noted in their Schedules.
1.29 CLEANUP
1 On completion, remove from premises surplus materials and debris resulting from work of
this Division. Keep work areas clean and in a workmanlike manner at all times to approval. ,
.2 Fill in, compact and level off exterior excavations after fmal settlement of backfill to
approval.
1.30 VALVE TAGS&CHART '
1 Provide on each valve, 25 nun diameter or larger brass tag with punched and embossed
numbers. Valves immediately adjacent to plumbing fixtures or radiation need not be '
tagged.
.2 Provide where later directed, a neat, glass fronted, framed chart stating number, location, ,
service and function of each valve and lines controlled. Mount 1800 nun above floor to
bottom.
.3 Frame each pressure vessel, H.W. tank and Boiler Certificate under glass and hang where
directed in room where unit is located. Mount 1800 mm above floor to bottom.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1.30 VALVE TAGS& CHART (Cont'd)
' .4 Identify exposed service piping at 6 m intervals and at each valve behind access panel with
service name marked on piping using "Mystic" labels (H.A. Scarlett Industries), Westline
' or Brady"Perna-Code" labels, each applied with 43M clear adhesive. Replace loose or lost
labels at end of one year guarantee period without charge. Painted stencil markings are
acceptable. Provide similar direction of flow arrow at each service label.
1.31 INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR
1 Instruct Building Operators in repair, maintenance and operation of Mechanical Systems
and associated equipment.
' .2 Supply full Operation and Maintenance Instructions in triplicate, each in stiff cover,
three-ring binder suitably indexed, separated and labelled. Operate each item of equipment
in presence of Operators to ensure understanding of working parts and function of each
' item of equipment. Supply one complete set of "Reviewed" Shop Drawings in separate
hard cover binder suitably separated and labelled for Owner's use.
' .3 Operating and Maintenance Instruction shall include all pressure tests.
1.32 COLD WEATHER WORK
1 Wherever work is performed in surrounding air temperatures below 4.0°C special approved
' precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to mortar, concrete or materials. All such
materials used at such times shall be heated. Right is reserved to suspend work at any time
should climatic conditions be deemed unsuitable for proper execution of work.
1.33 CASH ALLOWANCE WORK
1 The following items of work shall be performed by cash allowances carried by the General
Contractor under Section 1 C Allowances.
1. Storm pipe connection from street main to property line.
2. Local utility charges related to two gas services and meter.
3. Water service connection from street main to property line.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 18 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.34 HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS
.1 Provide high efficiency motors, all to meet Ontario Hydro EnerMark Motor Efficiency ,
Level as shown on the attached schedule of July 1, 1992. This applies to all three phase
motors I HP and above. '
.2 Hydro will provide rebate to owners. Division 15 shall make the application for same
when all the actual motor horsepowers are finalized. '
1.35 INSTALLATION,INTERFERENCE& SETTING DRAWINGS '
1 Installation, interference and setting drawings dimensioned and to scale, shall be submitted
for review by the consultant, as may be required or requested by the Consultant to make '
clear the work intended or to show its relation to adjacent work or to the work of other
trades. When an alternative piece of equipment is to be substituted for equipment shown,
drawings of the area involved shall be prepared by this division. Three copies of such '
drawings shall be submitted for review,of which one will be retained by the Consultant.
.2 Installation working drawings to ''/4" equals 1 foot (1:50) scale for mechanical room
showing plan and sections of the plant, services,bases, curbs, drains,motor terminals, shall '
be prepared by this division.
.3 Interference drawings area required for shafts,ceiling spaces, basement areas,typical floors
and whenever there is possible conflict in the positioning of mechanical equipment, piping,
ductwork sub-trades or architectural features.
.4 The design of the structural framing of the mechanical rooms and pipe spaces and major '
pipe run supports has been based on assumed loadings supplied during the design phase.
Well ahead of the construction of the affected areas, prepare and submit drawings for
review by the Consultant showing the layout and weights of all finally selected mechanical
equipment including details of concrete pads, concentrated pipe loads and point reactions
of the equipment onto the structure. '
.5 This division shall prepare sleeving drawings indicating the size and locations of openings
required in concrete floor slabs, roof slabs/decks and walls for piping, ductwork and '
equipment. In case of failure to provide information in time (i.e. before the concrete is
poured)any extras incurred shall be at the expense of this division./
.6 Submit drawings to all trades for review.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE MECHANICAL GENERAL SECTION 15010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 19
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
135 INSTALLATION,INTERFERENCE& SETTING DRAWINGS(Cont'd)
.7 Work shall not proceed in areas involved until after final review of such drawings has been
obtained.
' END OF SECTION
1
Is
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
1 EXPANSION(AND NEW CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1 CONTENTS
1 SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General Conditions
1 1.2 Intent
1.3 Tender
1.4 Qualifications
1 1.5 System Design
1.6 Drawings
1.7 Co-operation
1 1.8 Piping Tests
1.9 Joints
1.10 Materials
1.11 Sprinkler Heads
1 1.12 Pipe&Fittings
1.13 Valves
1.14 Water Services&Exterior Piping
1 1.15 Alarms
1.16 Hangers
1.17 Siamese Connections
1 1.18 Fire Equipment
1.19 Pressure Gauges
1.20 Valve Tags&Charts
1 1.21 Excess Pressure Pump
1.22 Instructions to Operator
1.23 Final Inspections
1 1.24 Fire Equipment
1.25 Warranty
1.26 Provision For Future
' 1.27 Special Instructions
1.28 Sprinkler System Backflow Preventer
1
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
.1 Mechanical General Requirements, Section 15A, form integral part of this Section.
' 1.2 INTENT
.1 Provide articles, materials, equipment, labour and incidentals shown, noted, specified or
required to complete work of this Section.
' l3 TENDER
1 This Section shall be tendered as a separate Section to General Contractor and not form
part of work of Sections 15B or 15C.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
1 Work of this Section shall be done by a duly licensed and qualified Fire Protection
Sprinkler Contractor and a member of Canadian Automatic Sprinkler Association regularly
' engaged in installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems and other fire protection
equipment.
' 2 Subcontractor for this Section must have at least 5 years experience in type and class of
work shown and be able to give resume of at least 2 similar projects completed within
previous 12 months.
1.5 SYSTEM DESIGN
' l A standard or fixed temperature system of automatic spray sprinklers throughout based
upon requirements of local Fire Department in accordance with latest requirements of
National Fire Protection Association (N.F.P.A.) Standard #13 and Ontario Building Code
based on Ordinary Hazard, except in Corridors and Classrooms can be Light Hazard.
' .2 System shall be"Constant Pressure Wet Pipe" with alarm/check valves, shut-off valves and
accessories.
.3 Sprinkler system shall be for hazard indicated. Sizing shall be based on hydraulic basis
' using areas of application and density noted both as outlined in applicable Fire Protection
standards using service and header sizes shown.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 2 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.5 SYSTEM DESIGN (Cont'd)
.4 Arrange and pay for suitable flow test witnessed by Insurance Underwriter and local Fire 1
Department as basis of design. Submit copies of test to Underwriter, local Fire Department
and Engineer.
1.6 DRAWINGS 1
1 Accompanying Drawings indicate areas to be sprinkler protected and generally system to 1
be installed and is not limited to exact number of heads required to give necessary
protection to approval of authorities having jurisidiction and Insurance Underwriter. 1
Prepare and submit for Architect's/Engineer's approval for review at least 6 copies of
minimum 1:100 scale Drawings approved by Insurance Underwriter and local Fire and
Building Departments showing actual system being installed including required hydraulic 1
calculations if used. Pay all fees required. See 15A-5.
.2 Drawings shall be coordinated with all trades concerned and shall show sleeves, openings,
passage of piping through building structure, type and location of heads and similar 1
information. Piping shall not pass through ducts nor interfere with service spaces for
equipment,controls or operating devices.
.3 After review, revise Drawings as necessary and supply 10 sets and a reproduceable for 1
distribution to trades concerned through Architect.
1.7 CO-OPERATION 1
.1 Co-operate with all other Sections so that each Sprinkler System may be installed so that it 1
will not conflict with architectural, electrical, structural or other mechanical work.
1.8 PIPING TESTS 1
.1 In addition to any tests required by local authorities,test piping in presence of Architect as 1
hereinafter described.
.2 Notify Architect in writing at least 48 hours prior to start of tests. Failure to do so may 1
require test to be redone.Test buried work before backfill is placed.
.3 Fill each piping system with cold water and pressure test at 1400 kPa minimum for not less '
than four hours without decrease in pressure. Protect equipment and parts not capable of
withstanding test pressure during test.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
t1.8 PIPING TESTS (Cont'd)
' .4 Test on buried piping may be made after piping has been partially backfilled to hold in
position but all joints shall be exposed to inspection.
' .5 Test concealed piping before concealing in structure. Test insulated piping before
insulating.
' .6 Make leaks tight while systems are still under test. If this is impossible, remove and refit
defective parts. Caulking of threaded joints or welds will not be permitted.
' .7 After leaks have been repaired, repeat tests as often as necessary to ensure tightness of
system.
1.9 JOINTS
1 Joints in buried pipe shall be of mechanical type as recommended by pipe manufacturer,
' ULI or ULC approved,conforming to local regulations and NFPA.
.2 Make joints in threaded pipe with lead-free joint compound. Use of lampwick or hemp will
' not be permitted.
.3 Make joints in grooved piping systems in accordance to coupling manufacturer's printed
' directions.
1.10 MATERIALS
.1 Materials shall be new, of Canadian manufacture where available; of best quality of their
respective kinds and of uniform pattern throughout.
.2 Material to include flanged alarm/check valves, necessary shut-off valves, check valves,
' draw-off connections, inspectors test valves and any necessary auxiliary connections as
shown or required by Ontario Building Code, local Fire Department and Insurance
Underwriters' Inspector.
f �
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 4 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.11 SPRINKLER HEADS '
.1 Provide where shown, Gem Sprinkler Company or approved equal solder type sprinkler '
heads approved by ULI, ULC or FM. Exact locations of heads shall be co-ordinated with
lights, diffusers, etc. to approval. Supply Shop Drawings and sample of each type of head
proposed for use before starting work. ,
.2 Areas which contain finished ceilings shall have concealed piping with brushed chrome
pendent semi-recessed sprinkler heads and shallow type ceiling escutcheon plates. '
.3 Areas without finished ceilings shall have exposed piping and standard pendent or upright
brass sprinkler heads. ,
.4 Where required, provide sidewall sprinkler heads to match adjacent heads complete with
escutcheons at wall. '
.5 Provide high temperature heads at heaters to conform to N.F.P.A. #13. Arrange for service
access to concealed heads.
.6 Wherever possible, sprinkler heads and piping shall not be installed where there is not '
sufficient room to service same.
.7 Each system shall include one sprinkler cabinet suitably located with at least 12 spare
sprinklers of each type and sprinkler wrench for emergency use.
.8 Provide approved wire guard on each sprinkler head mounted less than 2.4 in above floor, '
in G.P. Room, Gymnasium, Stage, under Stage Storage or other locations subject to
damage in normal building usage. '
.9 Provide sprinkler protection under all ducts over 1200 mm completed duct width.
.10 Areas subject to freeze shall have dry sprinklers or antifreeze with reduced pressure type ,
backflow preventer.
.11 Locate sprinkler heads with respect to surface light fixtures and other obstructions maintain '
minimum clearance required by NFPA 413 to avoid any obstruction to spray pattern of
sprinkler heads. '
.12 All sprinklers in light hazard shall be quick response type.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 1.12 PIPE& FITTINGS
.1 Provide new pipe and fittings free from rust and scale of full weight, standard size and
thickness,true and round with full cut threads. Cut pipes true with clean sharp pipe cutters.
Ream and file ends of pipe and remove burrs from interior. Use reducing fittings instead of
' bushings wherever reductions in piping occur.
.2 Unburied mains and sprinkler piping: standard black steel Schedule 940 (ASTM #A53)
' with black cast iron 1207 kPa WWP screwed or flanged fittings, U.L.C. approved.
Victaulic or Couplox couplings and fittings with Butyl gaskets conforming to CSA 413242
may be used where approved by Insurance Underwriter and local authority.
' .3 Where approved by Architect/Engineer and local authority and Underwriter, Schedule 10
pipe and factory fabricated welded assemblies using ANSI #1316.9 factory made fittings
may be used.
.4 Pipe drains for main sprinkler risers, alarm valves, equipment, and Fire Department
connection to Funnel Drain/within 150 mm of floor/through exterior wall to spill on grade
' to approval.
.5 Pipe hispect&s test valves to suitable approved drains. Co-ordinate with Plumbing
' Section. Outlets shall not be piped to exterior except on grade floor.
' 1.13 VALVES
1 Valves shall be gate valve pattern of Crane or approved equal manufacture all-brass up to
' and including 50 mm size. Larger sizes shall be iron body brass trimmed and of flanged
O.S. &Y.type.Valves shall be 1380 kPa water pattern,U.L. or F.M. approved.
' .2 U.L.C. listed Victaulic valves may be used where grooved piping system is approved by
Insurance Underwriter and loccal Fire Department.
' .3 Check valves shall be of same materials and pressures as specified for gate valves above, of
swing check type and have regrinding feature, U.L. or F.M. approved.
' .4 Underwriters Approved butterfly valves and wafer check valves may be used in lieu of gate
and swing check valves. Such valves shall be lug body style rated for 1207 kPa WWP
suitable for dead end service with one flange disconnected.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 6 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.14 WATER SERVICES& EXTERIOR PIPING t
1 Obtain signatures required, arrange for and pay Municipal connection charge for 200 mm '
and 100 mm size Sprinkler Service to inside of building where shown complete with
shut-off valve.
.2 Connect each water service to street main with tapping valve and sleeve. Terminate 100 '
mm domestic service inside building 150 mm above floor with flanged connection to suite
Section 15400. '
.3 Water service and fire service piping shall be DR18 Class 150 P.V.C. with iron pipe O.D.,
made to AWWA 4C900 rated for 1035 kPa at 23oC with #12 gauge copper tracing wire. '
Fittings shall be PVC or cement lined ductile iron Class 150 water main fittings to match
pipe joint. Join tracer wires to approval.
.4 Anchor each bend, tee, cap, valve and branch with 15 MPa cast in place concrete to Utility '
Standard Details. Provide polyethylene encasement to ANSI#A21.5.
.5 Buried portions of hydrants, valves and water main fittings shall have total covering of ,
metal surface by Denso System treatment (paste, mastic and tape) complete with zinc
sacrificial washers anodes and Protecto Caps to Municipality approval. Provide cathodic
protection as required by Municipality including anodes. ,
.6 Buried water main valves: McAvity #20075-0 or approved equal, cast iron body, bronze
fitted with non-rising spindle, 50 mm square operating nut fitted with Emco 44 or approved '
equal valve box with guide plate for minimum 1700 mm depth of bury. Valve shall open
anti-clockwise.
.7 Set buried valves on minimum 150 mm thickness of 15 MPa concrete of full excavation '
size and secure in position.
.8 Fill piping with cold water, bleed off air and pressure test at 1380 kPa for at least 4 hours '
without decrease in pressure. If necessary, arrange and pay local authority to witness and
approve test. '
.9 Co-operate with Utility to clean, disinfect and test sprinkler and domestic water main
providing necessary test outlets and drains to Utility direction. Give 48 hour advance notice ,
to Utility before commencing work.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 1.15 ALARMS
' .1 Provide on each alarm check/valve, ULC approved, 24 volt pressure switch to close alarm
contacts on water flow.
' .2 Provide on fire mains where shown, ULC approved DPST 24 volt, Water Flow Alarm
Switches each with adjustable(60 second minimum)retard.
' .3 Provide where shown at least 3 m above grade, a water motor alarm gong complete with
piping to each zone alarm/check valve. Pipe 32 mm drain pipe to Funnel Drain/exterior to
approval.
' A Provide on each shutoff valve, a Potter Electric Signal&Mfg. Co. or approved equal,ULC
approved monitor switch (N.O. contact) set to initiate alarm if valve is closed more than
15%.
' .5 Provide above each alarm/check valve, a ULC approved, 24 volt D.P. pressure switch to
signal alarm system on pressure below 550 kPa(80 psig).
.6 Provide terminal panel to suit standpipe and sprinkler system conforming to O.B.C. and
Underwriters Standards. Install on wall beside building fire alarm panel and wire to each
monitor switch, flow switch, pressure switch and alarm/check valve. Electrical Division
will extend wiring to fire alarm panel. Wiring shall be 4#16 AWG and conform to 15A-25.
Panel shall match fire alarm panel in type, style and finish.
' .7 To ensure co-ordination at Shop Drawing stage, provide short descriptive wording of
sprinkler valves, switches,controls,etc.to suit Electrical Fire Alarm System.
' .8 Supply list of shut-off valve numbers and flow switch numbers to Electrical Subcontractor
for co-ordination. Each number shall indicate area served.
' 1.16 HANGERS
' 1 See 15010-20 and conform thereto, except that hanger spacing may conform to spacing
requirements stated in NFPA 413. Branch mains and cross mains may be hung with Myatt
' #120, Hanger Supply Co.#300N, or equal ring hangers.
.2 All hangers shall be U.L. or F.M. approved and comply with U.S. Federal Specification
#W W-H-171 c and UL#203.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 8 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 SIAMESE CONNECTIONS '
.1 Provide where shown, flush type Siamese connection with two 63 mm connections for t
local Fire Department thread with C.P. caps and chains. Siamese shall be complete with
escutcheon plate and connected to sprinkler header with check valve and 19 mm automatic
drip valve piped to Funnel Drain as shown. Siamese shall be National Fire Equipment Ltd. '
9229 or equal, chrome plated, with cast-in nameplate (Fire Department approved) stating
"SPRINKLER".Install to O.B.C.#3.2.9.5.
1.18 FIRE EQUIPMENT '
.1 Provide National Fire Equipment Ltd. fire protection equipment which shall comply with '
O.B.C. and be approved by local Fire and Building Departments.Each cabinet shall be set
maximum 736 mm floor to inside bottom of cabinet as masonry coursing permits by
another Section.
.2 Each hose cabinet shall be Model#100-2 recessed 1.6 mm prime coated steel cabinet with '
2.8 mm door and trim,4.8 mm thick Lexan viewing panel,recessed piano hinges and
Corbin latch. Provide surface mounted cabinets where shown or required to suit actual site ,
conditions. Provide surface type cabinet where shown on Architectural Drawings.
.3 Each hose cabinet shall contain 30 m of ULC/FM approved"polyflex"38 mm polyurethane ,
lined 100%synthetic fire hose with approved C.P. 38 mm angle hose valve with Hydrolator
feature,C.P. shut-off/straight stream and fog nozzle; C.P.couplings hung from U.L.C.
listed C.P. swing hose rack with water stop feature.All chrome plated parts shall be ,
polished C.P.
.4 Provide 4A-156 approved pressure restricting hose valves where flowing discharge '
pressure exceeds 450 kPa.
.5 Provide where shown,Model HR-100 semi-automatic hose rack each complete with 30 m ,
of ULC/FM approved"Polyflex" 38 nun size,polyurathane lined 100%synthetic fire hose
complete with approved C.P. 38 mm angle hose valve with Hydrolator feature, C.P.
shut-off/straight stream and fog nozzle,C.P. couplings hung from chrome plated swing ,
hose rack with water stop.All chrome plated parts shall be polished.
.6 Supply in each Fire Hose cabinet and with each fire hose rack and where shown/later '
directed,U.L.C. 42A-IOBC rated,type fire extinguisher complete with C.P. or stainless
steel casing,pressure gauge and locking pins.
.7 Fire pump shall be 9.45 1/s @ 276 kPa(150 GPM @ 40 psi)capacity,Model 251L-7 PLAD '
or equal with FPL,LTG tomatech transfer switch.
1.19 PRESSURE GAUGES '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 9
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1 Provide U.L.C. approved pressure gauges, range 0 to 1050 kPa(0-150 psig)Metric or dual
' scale with at least 114 mm dial face and complete with 6.4 brass petcock and snubber.
.2 Install pressure gauge on outlet of each alarm/check valve, and on main header showing
' incoming pressure.
1.20 VALVE TAGS& CHARTS
.I Supply and attach to each valve,Underwriter approved sign of service.
' .2 Provide where directed beside alarm valve station, neat glass fronted framed chart stating
location, service and function of each valve and lines controlled. See 15A-30, for further
detail.
' .3 Provide at alarm/check valve, a hydraulic design placard showing design criteria as
approved by Authority in accordance with NFPA#13,Article 7-1.2.
1.21 EXCESS PRESSURE PUMP
.1 Provide on approved bracket, ULC approved excess pressure pump piped into each
zone/system complete with shut-off and check valves. Motor shall be 249 Watts 60/1/115
' volt. Supply magnetic supply with thermal overload motor and pilot light for wiring by
Electrical Division. See 15A.25 for motor and starter details. See Starter Schedule.
Provide and wire pressure switch to operate pump.
1.22 INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR
' .1 Instruct Building Operator in care, maintenance and operation of Sprinkler System and
associated equipment. See 15A-31 for further detail.
' 1.23 FINAL INSPECTIONS
' .1 Arrange for completed installation to be inspected by Owners Insurance Underwriter and
present to Architect 4 copies of Certificate or Letter of Approval stating entire installation
meets with their requirements.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 10 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.23 FINAL INSPECTIONS (Cont'd) ,
.2 Arrange for similar inspection and letter of approval from local Fire Department and '
Building Department.
1.24 FIRE EQUIPMENT '
1 Provide National Fire Equipment Ltd. fire protection equipment which shall comply with '
O.B.C. and be approved by local Fire and Building Departments.Each cabinet shall be set
maximum 736 mm floor to inside bottom of cabinet as masonry coursing permits by
another Section. ,
.2 Each hose cabinet shall be Model#100-2 recessed 1.6 mm prime coated steel cabinet with
2.8 mm door and trim,4.8 nun thick Lexan viewing panel,recessed piano hinges and '
Corbin latch.Provide surface mounted cabinets where shown or required to suit actual site
conditions. Provide surface type cabinet where shown on Architectural Drawings.
.3 Each hose cabinet shall contain 30 m of ULC/FM approved "polyflex" 38 mm polyurethane '
lined 100%synthetic fire hose with approved C.P. 38 mm angle hose valve with Hydrolator
feature, C.P. shut-off/straight stream and fog nozzle; C.P.couplings hung from U.L.C.
listed C.P. swing hose rack with water stop feature.All chrome plated parts shall be ,
polished C.P.
.4 Provide#A-156 approved pressure restricting hose valves where flowing discharge '
pressure exceeds 450 kPa.
.5 Provide where shown, Model HR-100 semi-automatic hose rack each complete with 30 m '
of ULC/FM approved "Polyflex" 38 mm size,polyurathane lined 100%synthetic fire hose
complete with approved C.P. 38 mm angle hose valve with Hydrolator feature,C.P.
shut-off/straight stream and fog nozzle,C.P. couplings hung from chrome plated swing ,
hose rack with water stop. All chrome plated parts shall be polished.
.6 Supply in each Fire Hose cabinet and with each fire hose rack and where shown later ,
directed,U.L.C.#2A-10BC rated,type fire extinguisher complete with C.P.or stainless
steel casing,pressure gauge and locking pins.
.7 Fire pump shall be 9.45 1/s @ 276 kPa(150 GPM @ 40 psi)capacity, Model 251L-7 PLAD ,
or equal with FPL, LTG tornatech transfer switch.
.8 Each hose cabinet shall be large enough to contain specified Fire Extinguisher, install to
OBC requirements.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.24 FIRE EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
' .9 Fire pump shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-13 and NFPA-20.
' 1.25 WARRANTY
.1 Furnish to Owner through General Contractor and Architect, written warranty covering
' materials and workmanship and free service for one year from date of start of lien period.
.2 Warranty shall entail repair and replacement of materials without charge to Owners except
' where, in opinion of Architect, such repair or replacement was caused by improper use or
lack of maintenance.
t1.26 PROVISION FOR FUTURE
.1 Provide valves and piping as shown or required to extend sprinkler system in future.
' Valves and piping shall be arranged so extensions can be made with mimimum interruption
of existing systems.
1.27 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
' .1 Provide 25 mm drain line with lie size shut off valve downstream of each flow switch,pipe
same to nearest funnel floor drian at approved location.
' .2 Sprinkler subcontractor shall NOT install his piping and sprinkler heads with disregard to
lights, skylights, building design, etc. Failure to comply will ensure he changes all such
interfering piping at his own expense.
' .3 Properly locate all sprinkler lien and sprinkler heads with regard to allother trades to
prevent conflict.
' .4 Prior to installation, lay out all exposed lines for Architect's aproval, and also concealed
lines whenever condlict can occur.
' .5 Piping and heads in skylights must be co-ordinated with mullions, lights, etc. and approved
by Architect before installing.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE SPRINKLERS SECTION 15300
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 12 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.28 SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACKFLOW PREVENTER
.1 Provide on water supply to Sprinkler System, 200 mm size Watts #909 LF or approved
equal double check valve type assembly certified to CSA #1364.5-1976 with U.L. listed
inlet and outlet shutoff vavles.
END OF SECTION
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
' EXPANSION(AND NEW CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' CONTENTS
SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General Conditions
1.2 Material
1.3 Tests
1.4 Venting
1.5 Connections to Fixtures
1.6 Joints
1.7 Pipe&Fittings
1.8 Valves
1.9 Drips&Drains
1.10 Expansion Provisions
1.11 Cleanoms
' 1.12 Air Chambers
1.13 Roof Drainage
1.14 Floor Drains
1.15 Insulation
1.16 Pipe Grading
1.17 Fixtures&Fittings
1.18 H.W. Mixing Valves
1.19 Fire Equipment
1.20 Sanitary Drainage System
1.21 Storm Drainage System
1.22 Water Service
1.23 Temporary Water
' 1.24 Water Meter
1.25 Hose Bibbs
1.26 Gas Water Storage Heater
1.27 Recirculation Pump
1.28 Electric Pipe Tracing
1.29 Electric H.W.Heaters
1.30 Submersible Sewage Pumps
1.31 Sump Pump
1.32 Diesel Fuel System
1.33 Connections For Other Sections
' 1.34 Operate&Adjust Systems
1.35 Warranty
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
.1 Mechanical General Requirements, Section 415A, local Bylaws form integral part of this
Section.
' 1.2 MATERIAL
.1 Materials shall be new, of Canadian manufacture where available, of best quality of their
respective kinds and of uniform pattern throughout.
.2 Traps and fittings shall be of same material and equal in quality and thickness to soil,vent,
waste and drain piping to which attached.
.3 All pipe fittings, valves, expansion joints, strainers, measuring devices, safety devices and
similar pressure retaining components shall comply with Boiler & Pressure Vessels Act of
Ontario and C.S.A. #B.51 in compliance with M.C.C.R. Technical Standards Division
Directive of December 9, 1985 and Appendix'A'thereto.
1.3 TESTS
1 .1 In addition to tests required by local authorities, test new piping and drains in presence of
Architect as hereinafter described.
.2 Notify Architect in writing at least 48 hours prior to start of tests. Failure to do so may
require test to be redone.
.3 Ball test drains to OWRC Regulation#815/84,Ontario Building Code as amended to date.
.4 Water test drains, storm, waste and vent piping to top of piping for not less than two hours
without dropping in level.
.5 Final air test drains,waste and vent piping to Plumbing Code.
.6 Pressure test water piping with 1000 kPa cold water for not less than four hours without
' decrease in pressure. Test on buried water piping may be made after piping has been
partially backfilled to hold in position but all joints shall be exposed to inspection.
.7 Perform tests before application of pipe covering. Test buried and concealed piping before
backfilling or concealing. Protect equipment and parts not capable of withstanding test
pressure during test.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 2 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.3 TESTS(Cont'd)
.8 Make leaks tight while systems are still under test. If this is impossible, remove and refit
defective parts. Caulking of threaded joints or welds will not be permitted.
.9 After leaks have been repaired,repeat tests as often as necessary to ensure tightness of each ,
system.
1.4 VENTING
1 Vent fixtures and traps according to Building Code and local regulations. Increase vents '
smaller than 75 mm diameter to 75 mm before same pass through roof.
.2 Connect vent lines into soil and vent stacks above highest fixture or separately carry '
through roof. End soil stacks and vent piping 400 mm above roof.
.3 Fit each soil & vent pipe through roof with Thaler Roofing Specialties Products Ltd.
4SJ-33 stainless steel vandal proof vent cap.
1.5 CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES
.1 Trap each fixture and floor drain same size as outlet according to Building Code. Vent
each trap as outlined above where required by Building Code.
.2 Provide each fixture with waste and trap, vent and water as shown or required and in
accordance with following schedule:
Fixture Trap Vent Cold Hot
Lavatory 32 min 32 nun 13 mm 13 mm
Water Closet 75 38 FV-25 FT-13 -
Urinal 50 38 FV-19 FT-13 -
Slop Sink or M.S.B. 75 38 13 13
Sink(Single or Double) 38 32 13 13
Floor Drains 75 Min. 38 10 -
Drinking Fountain 32 32 13
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 JOINTS
.1 Make all joints in piping to conform to Building Code and to approval.
.2 Make joints in copper waste, vent and water piping with certified lead free solder with
1 non-corrosive soldering flux. Clean and ream each joint and remove excess solder and
flux. Other lead free solders giving equivalent strength joints may be used.
.3 Make joints in buried copper water pipe with corporation couplings unless otherwise
approved by local Utility.
.4 Make joints in threaded pipe with lead free joint compound. Use of lampwick or hemp will
not be permitted.
.5 Do not use union type connections in buried water, soil,waste or vent piping.
.6 Make joints in plastic drainage piping with suitable solvent after cleaning surfaces. Ensure
each pipe bottoms in fitting and joint is held securely until solvent sets.
1.7 PIPE&FITTINGS
1 Provide all necessary piping including fittings, unions, etc., to complete systems shown.
Cut pipes true and square, ream or file ends to smooth surface, all to pipe manufacturer's
and accepted trade standards. Fittings shall be of equivalent bore as pipe, of equal strength
and weight. Install piping to manufacture's specifications and published directions. All
piping shall conform to Plumbing Code.
t .2 Buried wastes and drains inside building and to points 1.5 metres outside building:
1. 38 nun size and smaller: Type'L'copper pipe with DW V solder fittings.
2. 50 nun size: 27.6 MPa class tarred cast iron Soil Pipe (CSA 41370) or Type 'L'
copper.
3. 75 mm size and larger: 27.6 MPa class tarred cast iron Soil Pipe.
I
.3 Buried interior drains laid on approved solid bedding may be P.V.C. gravity sewer pipe
' (CSA 413182.1) SDR-28 to 150 nun size and SDR-35 for larger sizes. C.S.A. approved
PVC or ABS solvent weld DWV pipe and fittings may be used on buried waste less than
100 mm size.
.4 Unburied waste and storm water piping: 27.6 MPa class cast iron Soil Pipe CSA#B70 tar
coated or DWV copper drainage pipe with solder fittings.
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 4
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.7 PIPE & FITTINGS (Cont'd)
.5 Interior Water Piping: Type 'L' hard copper with solder pressure fittings for unburied;
Type 'K' soft copper bent to suit and without joints below ground for buried. NO ferrous
piping, fittings, bushings or plugs shall be used. Provide Dielectric bushings at connections
to ferrous materials. i
.6 All copper water piping shall be certified for compliance with the ASTM B88-83 Standard,
with certification markings on same. i
.7 Vent Piping: galvanized steel pipe schedule #40 (ASTM #A53) with 1035 kPa steam WP
galvanized malleable fittings, copper 'DWV pipe with solder fittings or 27.6 MPa class ,
cast iron Soil Pipe. Buried vent lines shall be Type 'L'copper or cast iron Soil Pipe. C.S.A.
approved A.B.S. solvent weld DWV pipe and fittings may be used for unburied vents only
to approval of local Building and Plumbing Departments. i
.8 Chrome plate all exposed uninsulated pipes, fittings and valves in washrooms and other
occupied areas unless otherwise directed.
.9 Provide flanges, unions or compression fittings on equipment side of shut-off valves in
piping connections to equipment, tanks and fixtures so same can be disconnected for
service. Flanges and unions shall be of same material as piping.
1.8 VALVES
1 Provide valves of types noted where shown or directed. Water valves shall be of Crane,
Jenkins or Toyo(Industrial Class)manufacture(unless otherwise noted),all-bronze joint up
to and including 75 mm size and IBBM flanged over 75 mm size. Valves to meet M.S.S.
standards.
.2 Shut-off valves up to and including 75 mm size: gate valves of 1380 kPa water pattern, i
rising stem,wedge disc type.
.3 Shut-off valves on branch lines to room fixtures and equipment up to and including 50 mm ,
size may be brass ball valves rated for 4137 kPa WWP.
.4 Shutoff valves over 75 mm size: Crane, Jenkins, Demco, Toyo, DeZurik, or Keystone lug i
wafer butterfly valves rated at 1035 kPa WP, 135°C tight shut-off with EPT liner, manual
lockable lever operator, 3 bearings, bronze or alum bronze disk, 18-8 S.S.shaft &
conforming to MSS Standard SP-67 for dead end service with one flange disconnected.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.8 VALVES (Cont'd)
.5 Throttling or by-pass valves: globe type, rising stem with renewable disc, 1380 kPa water
pattern or butterfly valve as for shut-off valves but fitted with manual gear operator.
.6 Check valves: swing check type with regrind feature, 1380 kPa water pattern, install in
horizontal position only.
.7 Provide shut-off valves on water piping leading to each battery or group of 2 or more
fixtures whether or not shown. Each wash room shall be considered as a group and be
valved as a unit unless valved in two or more groups. Locate for easy operation through
suspended ceilings and access doors.
.8 Provide shut-off valve on connection to each tank or item of equipment, on system side of
union or compression fittings.
.9 Provide compression type shut-off valves under each fixture in addition to above, and
where exposed to view, of chrome plated screw-driver type.
.10 Provide check valve on each circulation riser or branch. Provide Dole (Hamlet & Garneau
hie.)or equal Flow Control fittings where shown of sizes noted.
1.9 DRIPS& DRAINS
.1 Provide 13 mm lock-shield brass hose cocks at base of each water riser, on branch mains
and runouts and at low points, set on riser or fixture side of shut-off valves. Provide
sufficient valves to ensure complete draining of all water piping.
110. EXPANSION PROVISIONS
.1 Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction complete with swing joints, expansion
loops,guides and anchors as necessary.
.2 Anchor and guide piping where necessary or shown.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 6
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.11 CLEANOUTS
1 Provide cleanouts to conform to Building Code. Grease cleanout plugs and covers ,
BEFORE installation. Open and clean each cleanout after floors are finished to ensure easy
access for cleaning.
.2 Make each cleanout full size of drain up to and including 100 mm, and 100 mm size for
drains over 100 mm. Extend buried cleanouts up to floor with 'Y', 1/8th bend and recessed
brass plug.
.3 Make each cleanout accessible and wherever necessary, extend branch connections to
finished surfaces of walls and floors and fit with cleanout cover and access door.
.4 Provide cleanout incompliance with Ontario Building Code. Cleanout shall be in concrete
floor Zum 41602SP, Ancon 4CO-100-1-31 with nickle bronze cover; terrazzo floor Zum
1607-SP, Ancon CO-100-U-34; tiled area Zum 1608-X-SP, Ancon CO-100-T; carpeted
area Zuni 1602-R6SP, Ancon CO-100-RC. Cleanouts in seamless floors shall be Ancon
CO-200FC or Zum 415R6. In ceramic or quarry tile areas, cleanouts shall be as for
terrazzo except with square top. All cleanouts must have inside gasketted C.I.plug.
.5 Extend cleanouts on drains outside building in grassed areas up to grade with 100 mm size
'Y' and'1/8th bend' in 27.6 MPa class Soil Pipe and fit with solid brass recess plug in top.
Provide necessary support for soil pipe and finish cleanout flush with grade in approved
manner set in 300 x 300 x 150 mm deep concrete pad.
.6 Make cleanouts in paved,concrete or gravelled areas similar except concrete pad shall have
separate 200 x 200 x 9.5 mm thick brass frame with matching screwed-on cover and be free
of cleanout and piping.
.7 Provide 'Barrett" type cleanout in base of each soil and vent stack and each rain water
leader.
.8 Provide 'Y' type line cleanout on each waste pipe and stack 50 mm size and smaller
extending vertically above grade floor immediately before same becomes buried.
.9 Provide cleanout at each wall hung urinal complete with C.P. access door and frame.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.12 AIR CHAMBERS
1 Provide air chambers on each branch supply for each fixture, battery or group of fixtures;
of same size and material as attached piping; at least 25 diameters long and concealed.
Install air chambers between first fixture and branch valves.
1.13 ROOF DRAINAGE
.1 Provide Roof Hoppers of types noted, where shown or directed, complete with strainer and
accessories noted or required to complete installation. Set each hopper to required level to
approval. Verify roof hopper types are compatible with roof construction.
.2 Control Flow Roof Drains: Ancon 4RD-220-ABED, or Zum ZCF-130EBC "Control-Flo'
roof drain of sizes noted. Hopper shall have cast iron body, bottom or side outlet as
required, multi-weir barrier with integral clamping device and gravel guard, large protected
sump, waterproofing flange, bearing pan, clamping bolts, underdeck clamp, extension
frame and metal dome strainer. Dome shall have minimum free area of 594 cmZ. Roof
hopper shall be of Aqua-Weir design (max. 100 mm overflow height) with proven weir
flow characteristics of 0.379 L/s per 25.4 mm of head to suit design. Weir shall be
removable type and maximum of 100 mm height.
.3 Provide in parapet wall for each roof drain one (1) Ancon RD640-13 galvanized or equal
parapet sleeve at 100 mm above bottom of roof drain. Secure sleeve to approval. In
addition to above also provide parapet sleeve as shown on Drawing.
.4 Gutter Roof Hoppers: Ancon #230, or Zum #180 cast iron roof drain with 45 degree or
straight threaded side outlet,rough bronze dome strainer and flashing clamp.
.5 Spill exterior rain water leaders through wall 300 mm above grade using Zurn 199 or
Ancon RD-940 bronze downspout nozzle, wall flange secured to wall with 6 nun brass
bolts.
.6 Verify each roof hopper with roof or gutter construction type before proceeding with any
work.
1.14 FLOOR DRAINS
1 Provide Floor Drains of types noted, where shown or directed, complete with strainer and
accessories noted or required to complete installation. Set each drain to required level to
approval.
�i► 1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 8
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.14 FLOOR DRAINS (Cont'd)
.2 Finished floor Floor Drains: Ancon #FD-100-C-A5, Enpoco E-1000-R5, or Zurn 4401-B
lacquered cast iron floor drain with double drainage flange, weep holes, combined two
piece body and reversible clamping device with adjustable 125 mm diameter,nickel bronze
strainer with narrow slots with free area of 40.5 cm minimum.
.3 Unfinished or concrete floor Floor Drains: Ancon #FD-320-M-4, Enpoco E-1300-LT or
Zurn #556 lacquered cast iron floor drain with deep sump, seepage flange and integral
clamping device, adjustable collar and galvanized or epoxy coated cast iron locking grate
with minimum free area of 75 cm'and load capacity of 17.2 MPa(failure 31.7 MPa).
.4 Funnel Floor Drains (FFD): Ancon #FD-100-C-EG-1, Enpoco E-1000-X511 or Zurn ,
#401-BF finished floor Drain fitted with 75 x 225 x 100 mm high nickel bronze oval
funnel/strainer in lieu of round strainer.
.5 Floor Drains in Electric Rooms: Ancon #FD-1030-F-8, Enpoco FD-103-AF-BV or Zurn
4730V with integral trap,backwater valve and cleanout.
.6 Floor Drains in ceramic or quarry tile areas shall have square or rectangular tops.
.7 Floor Drains in Pits: Finished Floor Floor Drain set in pit side wall with grate slots set '
vertically.
.8 Seamless Floor Drain: Ancon#FD-100-FC, Enpoco E-1000 FC or Zurn #401-R for sheet
vinyl floors or seamless floors.
.9 Trap and vent each Floor Drain as required by Code. Trap seal each with 10 nun copper '
water line from nearest sanitary fixture. Provide urinal flush tank with 13 mm valved water
line. If approved by Inspector provide Zurn #1022, Enpoco or Ancon automatic trap seal
primer and strainer on cold water line. Where more than one floor drain unit is fed from '
common water supply,provide equalizing header.
1.15 INSULATION
1 Provide insulation of new piping and tanks as described or noted. Insulation, jackets
adhesives and materials shall be incombustible, in compliance with Ontario Building Code:
installed to manufacturer's standards, and to approval. NO Wheat pastes or asbestos
materials shall be used. Provide suitable approved openings in insulation for inspection
outlets, equipment nameplates and other fittments.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 9
CLARTNGTON LIBRARY)
1.15 INSULATION (Cont'd)
' .2 Insulation shall continue through sleeves and openings except at "Required Fire
Separations" where sleeves and openings shall be "Fire Stopped". See 15010-21, Sleeves.
Insulation shall be butted tight to fire stopping and vapour sealed.
.3 Insulate Cold Water piping,both exposed and concealed,with 25 mm thick glass fibre pipe
covering (maximum 0.033 conductivity at 10°C mean), with factory applied fire resistive
vapour barrier of not more than 1.15 perm rating with sealed lapped joints. Buried piping
need not be insulated.Insulate urinal flush piping in walk-in pipe spaces.
.4 Insulate Hot Water and Circulation Water piping both exposed and concealed with 25 mm
thick glass fibre pipe covering with maximum 0.043 conductivity at 93°C mean, with
factory applied fire resistive vapour barrier jacket of not more than 11.5 perm rating.
.5 Insulate unburied Rain Water Leaders and storm drains both exposed and concealed with
25 nun thick fiberglass pipe covering with factory applied aluminum fire resistant vapour
barrier and sealed lapped joints. Insulate underside of roof hoppers. Note that some
hoppers and pipes are electrically traced, see drawings.
.6 Insulate horizontal runs of sanitary drainage as for storm drains above. Also insulate
horizontal wastes from urinals,toilets and drinking fountains concealed in ceiling spaces to
vertical stack.
.7 Insulate water piping in cupboards and closets as for exposed piping.
.8 Insulate valves, fittings, flanges, and unions with 25 mm glass fibre blanket conforming to
CGSB#51-FP 11 compressed to same thickness as adjoining insulation and secure with jute
twine. Over this apply smooth coat of insulating cement and recover with 135.6 g/mz
canvas neatly pasted on with fireproof adhesive. Where exposed, apply second coat of
' adhesive over 203.4 g/m2 canvas or Foster"Sealfas" PVC fitting covers.
.9 On cold water piping, wrap blanket with vinyl friction tape overlapped to form vapour
barrier before applying insulating cement. Seal vapour barrier to approval where pipes pass
through sleeves after sleeves are packed. Heavy density preformed fitting sections may be
used less insulating cement.
.10 Insulate water and waste piping and trap below each handicapped lavatory with 12 nun
Armaflex II or Acwil "Therma-Cel" flexible foamed elastomeric insulation. Paint insulation
with 2 coats of"White Finish".
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 10
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.15 INSULATION (Cont'd)
.11 Work which is inaccessible for application of insulation after installation shall be insulated
and finished before being placed in position.
.12 Repair or replace existing insulation where damaged or broken during construction to '
approval.
.13 Recover exposed insulation including fittings,water meter and valves with 203 g/m2 canvas '
duck pasted on over entire surface of insulation with approved incombustible lagging
adhesive and finished with 1 coat of undiluted lagging adhesive.
.14 Sizing and painting of insulation will be done by another Section unless otherwise noted. i
1.16 PIPE GRADING
.1 Unless otherwise noted, drains and waste piping shall grade DOWN in direction of flow as
follows:
Up to and including 75 mm size- 1:50
100 mm size and larger- 1:100
.2 Grade Hot and Cold Water piping UP in direction of flow 1:240. Grade circulation piping '
DOWN in direction of flow at 1:240.
.3 Grade Vent piping UP from fixtures so it is self-draining. Minimum grade shall conform to
Plumbing Code.
1.17 FIXTURES& FITTINGS
1 Provide plumbing fixtures shown or noted complete with necessary fittings and '
escutcheons of Crane Canada Limited manufacture or of make noted. Set bolt caps and
escutcheons in plaster of pans. Hang each fixture to manufacturer's standards using all bolt ,
holes and secure to wall to approval. Provide anchor bolts into wall to approval for all wall
hung lavatories and urinals. Fixtures and fittings shall conform to C.S.A. B45.1, 1345.4 and
B125 amended to date. '
.2 ALL plumbing fixtures shall be of one manufacture except where specifically noted as a
special manufacture. ALL plumbing brass and trim shall be of one manufacture except
where specifically noted as a special manufacture.
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 FIXTURES& FITTINGS (Cont'd)
.3 Architectural drawings to govern in determination of number and location of fixtures.
Supply and install complete with all services every fixture shown on any Contract Drawing.
Adjust all flush valves to provide adequate flush with minimum amount of water. Verify
each fixture with millwork provided by another Section. Fixture must be compatible type.
No extra will be allowed if any revision required due to millwork.
.4 Alternate Equipment:
Fixtures
I 1. Crane(Pressure assisted unit).
2. Kohler
3. Eljer
' Faucets
1. Chicago.
' H.W. Mixing Valve
1. Symmons
' Fittings&Trims
1. Powers-Crane
Sinks
1. AMI(Round Comers)
.5 Water Closet(W-1)-Wall Mounted- Standard
American Standard AFWALL AF2256.194F vitreous china,wall hung unit elongated bowl
1-1/2"trap spuds,bolt caps. Cambridge Brass 81T201-5 flush valve c/wchrome plated,
1 quiet action diaphragm type, vacuum breaker. Seat shall be open front,white Centoco
500CCSS or Bemis,Olsonite. Mount each unit with floor supported chair carrier.
I .6 Water Closet(W-2)-Wall Mounted-Handicap
American Standard AF2257.103F. All other accessories as described for W-3, except seat
with cover.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 12
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 FIXTURES&FITTINGS (Cont'd)
.7 Water Closet(W-3) ,
American Standard 'Cadet' elongated AF-2292.700F pressure assist syphon jet vitreous
china W.C. bowl complete with brass and rubber floor flanges, bolts, nuts and china bolt
caps; vitreous china flush tank with flush fittings, tank liner and float valve; 10 mm C.P. ,
rigid angle supply with screwdriver stop; Centoco 4500CC, Olsonite 410CC or Bemis
01055 black open front seat less cover with check hinge.
.8 Water Closet(W4)(Handicapped)
American Standard 'Cadet' AF2168.70017 elongated W.C. bowl complete with brass and
rubber floor flanges, bolts, nuts and china bolt caps; vitreous china flush tank with flush
fittings, tank liner and float valve; 10 mm C.P. rigid angle supply with screwdriver stop;
Centoco #820ST, Olsonite 436 or Bemis 41850TT black open front seat with cover with
check hinge.
.9 Urinal (UR)
AF6506.001F Washbrook,vitreous china wall hung urinal with integral flushing rim,
shields,trap, 1/2"top inlet and 2"back outlet; Cambridge Brass 81T231 VB C.P. flush
valve with 1/2"C.P. lock-shield stop and flush connection. Support with Zurn#Z-1222,
Wade, Smith or equal cast iron Urinal chair Carrier for rigid support concealed behind
finished wall. Thrust bolts on lower top plate to absorb horizontal thrust of fixture; '
uprights to be mounted in dual cantilever,elliptical no-twist cast iron feet bolted to floor.
.10 Lavatory(L-1)
Luceme AF-0355.012F vitreous china wall hung lavatory with integral back and concealed
steel wall brackets; Teck 21T151 combination supply fitting; Teck 33T311 adjustable C.P.
32 mm 'P' trap with escutcheon; 10 mm C.P. Teck 47T312 rigid angle supplies with ,
screwdriver stops and escutcheons. Provide Smith 700 or equal floor supported chair
carrier.
.11 Lavatory(1.-2)
American Standard Murro AF-0954.0000 vitreous china wall mounted lavatory with
extended front and low shelf back: 21T113 combination supply fitting with aerator, 32 mm
33T26P C.P. offset waste assembly with perforated open strainer; 33T311 CP 32 mm 'P'
trap with escutcheon; pair 471`912 CP 10 mm angle supplies with screwdriver stops,
reducers and escutcheons,with Smith 700-M31.
.12 Lavatory(L-3)
American Standard Cadet Universal Access AF9494.0010, with all other accessories as
described for L-2.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 FIXTURES&FITTINGS (Cont'd)
.13 Mop Service Basin(MSB)
Fiat#MSB-2424 moulded stone mop basin,610 x 610 x 254 mm deep,complete with
stainless steel dome strainer and lint basket; brass drain outlet for 75 mm inside caulk;
rough C.P. 9830-AA combination wall mounted faucet with hose outlet and integral
vacuum breaker mounted 900 mm above floor; 75 mm'P'trap under floor. Caulk and seal
floor basin to rear wall and floor to approval. Supply 762 mm length of 13 mm rubber hose
on faucet outlet. Include E-77-AA rim guard. Provide 13 mm cold water line w th Watts
#909 or equal backflow preventer to chemical feeder supplied by Owner.
.14 Drinking Fountain(D.F.)
Haws #1109B wall mounted drinking fountain with stainless steel bowl and backplate,
pushbutton valve operator, screwdriver stop, automatic stream regulator, brass trap and
' piping to wall. Support 850 mm above floor with steel support frame and 46700 anchor
plate built into wall. Verify mounting height with Architect BEFORE rough-in.
.15 Counter Sink(S-1)
Aristaline LBS6808 421 gauge, type 302, grade 18-8, size 521 x 508 x 178 mm outside,
stainless steel,undercoated,ledge back, self-rimming, single compartment sink with 89 mm
stainless steel crumb cup strainer; 26T2133 deck type swing spout faucet with aerator; 38
1 mm copper'P'trap with cleanout.
.16 Two Compartment Sink(S-2)
Aristaline LBD6408 420 gauge, type 302, grade #18-8 ledge back stainless steel
two-compartment, self-rimming sink, undercoated, 790 x 520 mm outside with 38 mm tail
pieces and 38 mm stainless steel centre crumb cup strainers and stoppers; 26T2133 C.P.
swing-spout faucet with aerator and spray attachment; 38 mm copper trap with cleanout.
.17 Dish Washer(DW-A)
' Rough-in and connect up domestic dish washer supplied by Owner where shown. Provide
38 mm trapped waste, 32 mm vent, 13 mm stops, and W-5 Shockstop on each supply.
.18 Dish Washer(DW-B)
1.18 H.W.MIXING VALVES
1 Provide Rada 25 19 mm size thermostatic mixing valves on H.W. supply to lavatories noted
each complete with shut-off and check valves on hot and cold supplies. See Detail. Mixing
valves shall be factory set at 43°C and have capacity of 0.25 L/s for 13 mm size and 0.56
L/s for 19 mm size.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 14
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 H.W.MIXING VALVES (Cont'd)
.2 Alternate Manufacturers: ,
1. Symmons
1.19 FIRE EQUIPMENT
.1 Provide National Fire Equipment Ltd. fire protection equipment which shall comply with '
O.B.C. and be approved by local Fire and Building Departments. Each cabinet shall be set
maximum 736 mm floor to inside bottom of cabinet as masonry coursing permits by
another Section.
.2 Each Fire Extinguisher cabinet shall be Model #CE-950-2 recessed 1.6 mm prime coated
steel cabinet with 12 gauge door and trim, 4.8 mm thick Lexan viewing panel and Corbin '
latch. Provide cabinets as shown.
.3 Supply in each F.E. cabinet and where shown, U.L.C. 42A/I013C (2.27 kg) rated pressure ,
powder multi-purpose fire extinguisher complete with enamel steel jacket, pressure gauge,
locking pin, hose and nozzle, hanger bracket. (Provide an additional ten for hanging on
walls where later directed).
.4 Provide additional ten (10) 3A-1 OBC fire extinguishers and install as later directed to suit '
Fire Department approval.
.5 Alternate Equimment:
1. Wilson&Cousin
1
1.20 SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM
1 Provide sanitary drainage system complete to fixtures, floor drains, manholes and ,
equipments run new line outside building to street main as shown on Drawings.
.2 Extend sanitary line outside building maintaining invert elevation and size required and 1
connect to existing sanitary line in street.
1.21 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 1
1 Provide storm drainage system complete to rain water leaders, catchbasins, manholes, roof
drains and gutter drains to complete the project.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.21 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM (Cont'd)
' .2 Extend storm drainage system outside building maintaining the invert elevation and size
required and connect to existing storm line to street main.
' 1.22 WATER SERVICE
' 1 Section 15300 will provide water service inside building at 150 mm above floor.
Cooperate with Section 15300.
' 1.23 TEMPORARY WATER
' 1 Provide off water service, temporary water connection at point agreeable to General
Contractor and Architect where construction water may be obtained by trades engaged.
Water charges and meters required by Municipality Contractor. Maintain service in
working condition until water is available from building services.
1.24 WATER METER
1 Provide 38 mm size cold water meter approved by local Utility. Provide 150 mm high
concrete base and secure meter in place to approval.
' .2 Provide line size shut-off valves on both sides of meter, meter size valved by-pass, test
valve and 19 mm size drain valve piped to Funnel Floor Drain. Maintain clearances
required by Utility.
.3 Provide sleeves in wall and make provisions for future installation of remote meter reader
' unit by Utility.
1.25 HOSE HIBBS
.1 Provide hose bibbs where shown and as noted. Each exterior hose bibb shall be complete
' with shut-off valve inside wall mounted not less than 460 mm above grade to approval.
Mount interior hose bibbs as noted.Enpoco products are acceptable.
.2 Exterior hose bibbs: Wade 48620(US), Zurn 4ZN1310, Smith 4RS5604 or Ancon
4HY420, 19 mm size wall hydrant with sleeve and nickle bronze face, loose key stop and
integral backflow preventer.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 16 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 HOSE BIBBS (Cont'd)
.3 Interior hose bibbs: Crane #C-5046 or Waltec 427W813 C.P. brass 13 mm hose cock with ,
handle and Watts#8A-C vacuum breaker except where noted. Mount 1070 mm above floor
with wing back elbow unless otherwise noted. Provide cold water hose bibb in
Boiler/Mechanical Room. '
1.26 GAS WATER STORAGE HEATER ,
.1 Provide one (1) Ruud RFD-82-156C gas water heaters each with capacity of 572 L/hour,
56°C rise and minimum gas input of 156 CFH and storage of 310 litres. Each unit shall be
C.G.A. approved as Automatic Storage Water Unit and be complete with glass lined steel
tank, non-ferrous water passages, 50 mm mineral wool insulation, enamelled steel jacket,
A.S.M.E. rated T&P relief valve, Celsius scale thermostat to control both pilot and main ,
bumers, gas pressure regulator, main gas and pilot gas stops and E.C.O. Unit shall be
ASHRAE approved type.
.2 Unit shall be twinned together with "Equaflow" pre-fabricated manifolds complete with '
valves to shut off any unit without affecting other in battery. Locate headers and piping to
permit removal of any heater without disconnecting other heaters.
.3 Provide drain-off on unit. Pipe each relief valve to Funnel Floor Drain. Provide 13 mm '
Watts 436A vacuum relief valve on each tank inlet after shut-off valve above top of tank.
.4 Gas supply,breeching and stack for water heaters will be provided by Section 15500.
.5 Before installing heaters, arrange with manufacturer for supervised installation and entire ,
work shall be as recommended and approved by manufacturer and Architect. Heater
manufacturer shall submit written report to Architect.
.6 Alternate Equipment:
1. John Wood
2. A.O. Smith International Ltd.
3. Bradford White
1.27 RECIRCULATION PUMP '
.1 Provide on domestic hot water recirculation line at H.W. tank, S.A. Armstrong
"All-Bronze" circulator size#H-51 with 186 watt motor. See 15010-25, Wiring and Motors
and Starter Schedule.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.27 RECIRCULATION PUMP (Cont'd)
.2 Mount pump approximately 1 m above floor. Provide line size gate valve and brass strainer
ahead of and gate valve after each pump. Provide line size swing check valve on pump
discharge between pump and gate valve.
.3 Pump shall be interlocked to Temperature Control System via a P.E. switch and pump
starter so pump is off when central timer of Building Control System is on Night
' (Unoccupied)cycle. Wiring of each pump, starter and P.E. switch by Electrical Division.
.4 Alternate Eqyipment:
' 1. B&G(ITT Industries of Canada Ltd.)
' 1.28 ELECTRIC PIPE TRACING
.1 Electrically trace ALL storm water piping where shown.
' .2 Electrical tracings shall be done with Raychem "Auto Trace" XL-Trace or equal
self-regulating cable sized by manufacturer to maintain 4°C pipe temperature at -18°C with
25 mm thick insulation on piping.
.3 Cables shall be in sections to suit pipe traced, be suitable for 60/1/120 volt power supply.
Each section shall have one AMC-F5 monitoring thermostat and contactor to control the
entire system with sensing element extended to maximum length under pipe insulation.
.4 Each heating cable installation shall be inspected by factory representative before
' insulation is applied with letter of approval supplied to Architect.
.5 Electrical Division will provide 20 amp, 60/1/120 volt supply to each thermostat only.
' Provide all other wiring and work to compelte each system. See 15A-25.
1.29 ELECTRIC H.W.HEATERS
1 Provide where shown,John Wood#JWC145, 55 litre glass lined hot water storage tank
' heaters pre-wired and built for 1254 ASME Code working pressure complete with insulated
metal jacket, standard warranty, C.S.A. approval label and 13 mm drain cock. Each tank
shall have electric immersion heater with capacity of 1500 watts at 120 volts, single phase
with integral thermostat set 600C. Install on suitable steel wall brackets at high level.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 18
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.29 ELECTRIC H.W.HEATERS (Cont'd) ,
.2 Alternate Equipment: ,
1. A.O. Smith International Ltd.
2. Rheem Canada Limited
1.30 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS
.l Provide in floor pit in basement, one(1)Barnes(Plad) Series 2SE414A submersible pumps ,
with capacity of 2.52 L/s at 4.6 m head with 300 watt., motor, level controller, vented
power cord and 50 mm discharge.Each pump shall pass 38 mm diameter solid. ,
.2 Provide separate high water alarm supplied by Pump Manufacturer.
.3 Provide heavy plastic conduit in floor for power cord. Conduit must be of size to permit
cord plug to pass through same and end at least 50 mm above floor. Provide all wiring to
complete the system from outlet provided by Division 16.
.4 Provide 63 mm copper discharge pipe from each pump complete with gate and check
valves above floor and connect to each pump with union for easy removal without
disturbing other pump. '
.5 Supply steel curb ring with trim bar and 2 piece removable gas tight cover plate with 75
mm vent to suit sump to approval.Extend vent to plumbing system to conform to Code. '
Seal all holes in cover plate gas tight to approval. Pit 600 mm x 600 mm x 1200 mm deep
(or as noted on drawings),built by another Section.
.6 Provide heavy plastic conduit in floor for power cord. Conduit must be of size to permit '
cord plug to pass through same and end at least 50 mm above floor.
.7 Provide 38 mm copper discharge pipe from pump complete with gate and check valves ,
above floor and connect to pump with union for easy removal.
.8 Provide separate high water alarm supplied by Pump Manufacturer.
.9 Alternate Equipment: '
1. Hydromatic
2. F.E.Myers(Canada)Ltd.
1 �►
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
1 EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 19
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 131 SUMP PUMP
1 .1 Pump shall be Bamess BP27A submersible pump with capacity of 2.2 L/s at 3 m head with
250 watt motor,level controller,vented power cord and 32 mm discharge. Each pump
shall pass 15 mm diameter solid. Provide gate and check valve at discharge above Ground
' Level and connect to buried sewer.
.2 Provide high liquid level alarm.
.3 Sump pit of 600 x 6000 x 1200 mm deep size will be provided by Another Section.
' .4 Provide separate high water alarm supplied by Pump Manufacturer and install high on wall.
.5 Provide all wiring to complete the system from outlet provided by Division 16.
1 .6 Provide heavy plastic conduit in floor for power cord. Conduit must be of size to permit
cord plug to pass through same and end at least 50 mm above floor.
.7 Provide 38 mm copper discharge pipe from pump complete with gate and check valves
above floor and connect to pump with union for easy removal.
' .8 Provide separate high water alarm supplied by Pump Manufacturer.
.9 Alternate Equipment:
' 1. Hydromatic
2. F.E. Myers(Canada)Ltd.
' 1.32 DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM
1 System materials and installation shall comply with CSA 413-139 and appropriate
Provincial and local Regulations amended to date.
.2 Above ground piping shall be black seamless steel pipe, Schedule 40, CSA 913-63,with
1509 SWP black malleable iron fittings. Valves shall be Emco#12630 or equal all-brass
gave valves rated for diesel service at pressure noted. Unions shall have brass to brass
seating. Provide all supply and return piping between pumps and tanks, also all vent and
fill lines.
I
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 2 0 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.32 DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.3 Underground piping shall be double wall ULC approved type. Piping by OPW #SP-20 '
fully retractable fully bonded, multi-layered, 75 prig, compatible to diesel fuel oil in
accordance with TSSA Standards. Fittings attached shall be internally expanding
couplings Pisces — PFC2000 and CS-300 water tight. Secondary pipe Pisces by OPW, ,
#AP-30 crush resistant, bonded double wall in compliance to TSSA Standards. Provide
transition sumps where required.
.4 Generator"Day" storage tank shall be double wall 50 Imperial gallons ULC listed tank with I
two saddles. Provide concrete blocks for support of same,mortar all joints. Locate tank at
height sufficient to ensure gravity flow to generator. Electrical Division will pipe day tank ,
to generator.
.5 Day Tank shall have tank level gauge and McDonnell and Miller DCF-3A-G-AC liquid ,
level controller to give pump "On" and "Off' "Lag Pump On" and "Low Level" alarm
signals.
.6 Provide above ground double wall fuel oil storage tank ULC listed. The tank shall have a '
capacity of 500 Imperial gallons, with suitable outlets, including vent, fill, supply,
circulating and gauge lines and remote fill spill container.
.7 Provide RGVLM-2 and RLLM-3 remote fill monitors, ULC listed overfill protection
device in accordance with ULC/ORD-C58.15, to give visual vent whistle, and audio signal
when tank is full, galvanic action of materials,pipe leaks and tank leak. Locate remote fill ,
monitor in weatherproof box near fill station.
.8 Provide in tank ULC listed float switch to close contact when oil reaches to its level, low '
levels. Provide all wiring between tank and control panel.
.9 Fuel oil pump shall be Albany Pump Co. Ltd. duplex 03GC61312 and 03GC614/2 helical
gear oil pump with mechanical seal and integral relief valve with capacity of 2.5 US gpm at
65 psig discharge pressure with 0 suction when direct driven by 1/3 14P, 60/1/120 volt,
1800 rpm electric motor with dual Metric/Imperial pressure gauge reading 0 to 700 kPa ,
(0-100 9) on pump discharge complete with snubber and brass petcock and General
92A-710G oil filter on inlet. Pump shall have NEMA-2 control panel c/w H/O/A switch,
pump 1 running light, Pump 2 running fight, overload protection, low level alarm with '
auxiliary contacts. Provide flow switch in discharge pipe in accordance with CSA-13139.
.10 Provide fill and vent pipe to buried tank. Terminate vent pipe with gooseneck and insect '
screen at 600 mm above grade at approved location. Provide overfill OPW 6150 to fill line.
Provide level controls required.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING&DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 21
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 1.32 DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
' .11 Day tank shall be painted 2 coats of approved epoxy paint at factory and be touched up
after installation.
.12 Pipe up tanks and pump as shown on Schematic Diagram. Pipe vents to exterior to
approval ending in an approved vent cap. histall union at each connection to pump or tank
located so each can be removed for service or replacement.
' .13 Provide five level controls,pump on,pump off,high and low level. Also provide high level
audible alarm filter system. Electrical Division will wire to control panel and level control.
' Provide all other wiring required to complete the system.
.14 Supplier and each system must supervise installation. Pump Manufacturer shall confirm
the size to suit actual installation at site.
1.33 CONNECTIONS FOR OTHER SECTIONS
I Provide water and waste connections required for equipment of Owner or other Sections.
Examine drawings and specifications and co-operate with Owner and other Sections to
extent of properly locating connections required.
.2 Special valves and controls shall be supplied by Owner or other Sections concerned and
wastes shall be made to F.F.D. or other drains left by this Section in accordance with
Plumbing Code. Provide globe valve on each water supply, check valve and Watts 4909S
reduced principal type backflow preventer and strainer to meet Plumbing Code. Pipe drain
port of B.F.P.to nearest FFD as required.
' 1.34 OPERATE AND ADJUST SYSTEMS
1 Operate all systems to full capacity and verify proper, safe efficient operation of all parts
and of each complete system.
.2 Adjust flush valves, flush tanks, controls and valves to give proper performance and to
' required settings. Oil motors and grease bearings before operating equipment.
.3 Tom over to Owner,necessary keys,handles and operating devices for each system.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE PLUMBING& DRAINAGE SECTION 15400
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 22 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
135 WARRANTY
.1 Furnish to Owner through General Contractor and Architect, written warranty covering '
materials and workmanship and free service for one year from date of start of lien period.
.2 Warranty shall entail repair and replacement of materials without charge to Owner except ,
where, in opinion of Architect, such repair or replacement was caused by improper use or
lack of maintenance.
END OF SECTION
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' CONTENTS
SUBSECTION TITLE
i
1.1 General Conditions
1.2 Materials
1.3 Piping Tests
1.4 Pipe&Fittings
' 1.5 Welding
1.6 Valves
1.7 Expansion Provisions
1.8 Pipe Grading
' 1.9 System Venting
1.10 Drain Valves
1.11 Water Feed Pressure Regulator
I ' 1.12 Differential Pressure Valves
1.13 Expansion Tanks
1.14 H.W. Heating Boilers
1.15 Boiler Water Controls
1.16 Gas Piping&Service
1.17 Refrigerant Monitoring System
1.18 Cooling Tower
1.19 Chiller
1.20 Water Treatment Equipment
1.21 Cleaning Systems
1.22 Treatment Feeders
1.23 Breechings& Stacks
1.24 Convectors&Wall Fin Units
1.25 Cabinet Heaters
1.26 H.W.Unit Heaters
1.27 Roof Penthouse
1.28 Strainers
1.29 Thermometers&Gauges
' 1.30 Heating&Cooling Pumps
1.31 Insulation
' .......Continued
II ,
1 �►
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
1 EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
CONTENTS
SUBSECTION ITLE
1 1.32 Self-Contained Thermostatic Controls
1.33 Standard Ductwork
1 1.34 Fire Dampers
1.35 Sound Absorbers
1.36 Grilles,Registers&Diffusers
1 1.37 Fixed Louvres
1.38 Heat Recovery Unit
1.39 Supply Air Unit
1.40 Fan Equipment
1 1.41 Roof Hood
1.42 Fan Coil Units
1.43 Computer Room Environment Control System
1 1.44 Refrigerant Piping&Controls
1.45 Flow Measuring Equipment
1.46 Existing Systems&Materials
1 1.47 Operate&Adjust Systems
1.49 Quiet Operation
1.50 Warranty
� i
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
' .1 Mechanical General Requirements, Section 415010,form integral part of this Section.
r1.2 MATERIALS
' 1 Materials shall be new, of Canadian manufacture where available, of best quality of their
respective kinds and of uniform pattern throughout.
' .2 All pipe fittings, valves, expansion joints, strainers, steam traps, measuring devices, safety
devices and similar pressure retaining components shall comply with Boiler & Pressure
Vessels Act of Ontario and C.S.A. #B.51 in compliance with M.C.C.R. Technical
' Standards Division Directive of December 9, 1985 and Appendix'A'thereto.
1.3 PIPING TESTS
1 In addition to any tests required by local authorities, or elsewhere stated, test piping in
presence of Architect as hereinafter described.
.2 Notify Architect in writing at least 48 hours prior to start of tests. Failure to do so may
require test to be redone.
' .3 Test refrigeration piping as noted under that particular system Sub-Section.
' .4 Fill each chilled, condenser & hot water heating piping system with cold water and
pressure test at 700 kPa for not less than four hours without decrease in pressure.
' .5 Fill each steam supply and return piping system with cold water and pressure test at 700
kPa for not less than four hours without decrease in pressure.
' .6 Perform tests before application of pipe covering or back-filling. Test concealed piping
before concealing in structure. Protect equipment and materials not capable of
withstanding test pressure during tests.
' .7 Make leaks tight while systems are still under test. If this is impossible, remove and refit
defective parts. Caulking of threaded joints or welds will not be permitted.
' .8 After leaks have been repaired,repeat tests as often as necessary to ensure tightness of each
system.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 2 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.4 PIPE & FITTINGS
.1 Provide new pipe and fittings free from rust and scale of full weight, standard size and '
thickness, true and round with full cut threads. Ream and file ends of pipe and remove
burrs from interior. Make screwed joints iron to iron or with filler of graphite, lead& oil. '
Hemp or paste shall not be used. Use reducing fittings instead of bushings wherever
reductions in piping occur. Bullhead tees will not be permitted.
? Make reductions in each chilled, condenser and hot water system piping so that air cannot '
collect in piping except at air vents.
.3 Unburied heating hot water supply and return piping: standard black welded steel pipe,
Schedule 440,ASTM#A53.
.4 Unburied chilled and condenser water piping: standard black welded steel pipe, Schedule '
440,ASTM 4A53.
.5 Buried piping(All Systems): Extra Heavy black steel pipe, Schedule 480 ASTM#A53. '
.6 Weld all piping 63 mm size and larger throughout except where vichaulic type joints,
unions or flanges are used. Weld all buried piping without exception. '
.7 Fittings on unburied piping up to and including 50 mm size: 862 kPa steam WP black cast
iron ANSI 91316.4. Fittings on 63 mm size and larger: 41316.9 butt-welding type with '
bends and reducing couplings manufactured welding fittings with branches welded directly
into mains where 2 sizes or more smaller than main. Fittings on chilled and condenser
water piping may be Victaulic or Couplox standard weight couplings and fittings with '
'EPDM gaskets,all to conform to CSA#B-242 amended to date.
.8 Fittings on buried piping: forged steel 13.8 MPa steam WP socket welding type ANSI ,
413-16.11 up to and 32 mm size. Fittings 38 mm size and larger, 2070 kPa steam WP, ANSI
#13 16.9 butt welding type.
.9 Domestic water feed systems and wall-fin piping inside cabinets on copper/aluminum '
elements: type 'M' hard copper piping (CSA #HC.7.6) with solder joint pressure class
fittings. Joints shall be made with 95/5 solder and non-corrosive soldering flux. Provide '
dielectric fittings at connections to ferrous materials on cold water supply.
.10 Equipment drain and condensate piping: type 'M'or'DW V' copper piping with solder joint '
drainage fittings, 95/5 solder.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.4 PIPE& FITTINGS(Cont'd)
' .11 Provide flanges or unions at connections to equipment, radiation and coils so same can be
disconnected for service or replacement.
.12 Flanges shall be 1035 kPa steam WP welding type, ANSI #16e, either slip-on or welding
neck.Unions shall be ground joint, 1035 kPa steam WP brass to iron face.
' .13 Support piping independently of equipment to permit disconnection and removal without
disruption of piping system. Locate valves, unions and flanges to permit easy removal of
coils and equipment with minimum removal of piping.
.14 Where air handling units have multiple water coil sections, coils shall be reverse return
piped to act as single balanced flow unit.
.15 Piping, valves, strainers, unions, flanges, etc. on connections to equipment such as pumps,
coils,control valves, etc., shall be full line size using reducer couplings at inlet and outlet to
unit size.
.16 Victaulic couplings are acceptable in lieu of welded joints.
t
1.5 WELDING
' 1 Welding shall conform to CSA 4W-47 and amendments to date. Welders shall be licensed
and certified for type of welding used. Either gas or electric welding may be used but in
' both cases, suitable fire protection shall be readily available.
' 1.6 VALVES
1 Valves shall be Crane, Jenkins, McAvity or Toyo (Industrial Class) manufacture, all-brass
' up to and including 50 mm size. Larger sizes shall be iron body, bronze mounted. Valves
shall be for 862 kPa steam working pressure or equivalent. Valves 100 mm size and larger
shall be flanged.
.2 Shut-off valves, up to and including 50 mm size: gate valves of wedge disc rising stem
type, Crane#428 or Alternate.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 4 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 VALVES (Cont'd)
.3 Shut-off valves 63 mm size and larger: Crane, McAvity, DeZurik, Jenkins, Demco, or t
Keystone lug wafer butterfly valves rated for 1509 W.P., 135°C with bronze or alum/bronze
disk, 18-8 S.S. shaft, EPT liner, 3 bearings, manual lockable lever operator, positive seal, ,
conforming to MSS Standard SP-67 for dead end service with one flange disconnection.
Valves 200 mm size and larger shall have manual screw operators.
.4 Steam and condensate shut-off valves 63 mm and larger: gate valves of wedge disc type, '
iron body bronze mounted, Crane 4460 or 4461 or Alternate.
.5 Check valves: of same materials and pressures as specified for gate valves above, of swing '
check type with regrinding feature.Install check valves in horizontal position only. Mission
(Ontor Ltd.) "Duo-Check" #15SMF, Proquip Valve hic. or Rite Mfgr. Ltd. check valves '
may be used in vertical position.
.6 Throttling, control or by-pass valves: globe type, Crane#14-1/2P or Alternate, all-brass up
to and including 50 mm size with stainless steel seats and discs. Larger size valves shall be
butterfly valves as for shut-off valves but with manual gear operator.
.7 Pump discharge valves for base mounted pumps: Bell & Gossett #31), S.A. Armstrong or t
Taco flanged, iron body combination lift check/balance/shut-off valve with calibration
adjustment.
.8 Provide on piping to and from each item of equipment (boiler, coil, pump, chiller, P.R.V.
Station) necessary shut-off valves full size of line for isolating same on system side of
unions or flanges. ,
.9 Victaulic valves meeting above criteria may be used in grooved piping systems.
1.7 EXPANSION PROVISIONS
1 Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction to approval. Provide swing joints and '
spring pieces at connections to mains,risers,radiation,coils and equipment.
.2 Provide anchors, pipe guides, expansion loops and joints where shown or required to ,
approval.Fittings for expansion loops shall be welded.
.3 Provide where shown or required on runs of wall-fin,Flexonics type'HB'expansion joints. ,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
t
1.7 EXPANSION PROVISIONS (Cont'd)
' .4 Provide on piping connections to each base mounted circulating pump, line size Flexonics
'BSF' stainless steel braided flexible connectors for 1035 kPa WP with ANSI flanged ends.
' Provide base elbow on neoprene pad at each pump suction.
.5 Provide on piping connections to each Supply Air Unit Water Coil, line size Flexonics
' 'BSF' stainless steel braided flexible connectors for 1035 kPa WP with ANSI flanged ends.
' .6 Provide on piping connections to Water Chiller and to Cooling Tower, line size Flexonics
'BSF'stainless steel braided flexible connectors for 1035 kPa WP with ANSI flanged ends.
' .7 Alternate Equipment:
1. United Flexible Metallic Tubing(Can)Ltd.
2. Anaconda(Hydro-Flex Hose Ltd.)
3. Vibra-Flow hie.
1.8 PIPE GRADING
.1 Grade H.W. heating piping 'UP' in 1:480 to air vents. Arrange piping to ensure minimum
number of vents.
t .2 Grade Chilled Water Piping 'UP' 1:480 from Chiller Unit to air vents. Grade condensor
water piping'UP'to Cooling Tower 1:480.
' .3 Grade equipment drain and waste piping DOWN' 1:480 minimum to waste receptacle.
1.9 SYSTEM VENTING
.1 Provide coin type air vent at each high point in piping of hot water heating system, at each
fan coil unit and supply air unit and each upfeed heating unit. Vents shall have 500 mm
minimum flexible metal tubing and be brought out flush with panel front, end, wall or
' ceiling.
.2 Provide Braukman #EA-122 or equal automatic air vent with integral shut-off in each
' cabinet heater and on inlet of each H.W.unit heater S.A.Unit water coil.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 6 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.9 SYSTEM VENTING(Cont'd)
.3 Provide 19 mm x 100 mm long air pocket for each vent. Point drain outlet of vents down. ,
Provide access panels for concealed vents. Note: Do not install vents in removable access
panels. Install vents in lift out ceilings secured to T-bar frame so lift out panels may be ,
removed without disturbing vent. Pipe drain outlet of automatic air vents to safe disposal
point.
.4 Provide vents on chilled and condenser water systems similarly to approval. Provide '
manual vent cocks on chiller water boxes.
1.10 DRAIN VALVES '
1 Provide 19 mm lockshield 1004 steam W.P. hose cock at main low points to drain each '
water type system. Provide 13 mm lockshield hose cock on each water type downfed unit.
.2 Provide 19 mm lockshield hose cock on system side of each zone shut-off and balancing
valves.Locate as directed on site to permit each zone to be drained.
.3 Pipe outlets of relief valves, boiler and equipment drains and valves full size to end
approximately 50 mm above Funnel Floor Drains left by Plumbing Section #15.2. Pipe
each outlet individually.
.4 Provide drain piping with water seal trap from ventilation equipment and ducts. See
Ductwork.
1.11 WATER FEED PRESSURE REGULATOR
1 Provide on cold water supply to each hot water heating system a Braukman Controls Co. '
Ltd. 4VF126 feed water pressure regulator complete with brass body, integral shut-off
valve, strainer and check valve and kPa scale gauge. Regulator shall be of balanced single
seated type,built for 862 kPa W.P.with 140 kPa(20#)outlet pressure.
.2 Provide as part of each system water feed regulator, a 19 mm manual water feed '
independent of pressure regulator for quick filling. Install pressure regulator in valved
by-pass around manual feed valve.
.3 Provide 19 nun size Watts #9095 backflow preventer and integral strainer, suitable for ,
102°C water operation on each system water supply to meet Plumbing Regulations with
upstream shut-off valve. '
1
MUNICH'AL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.11 WATER FEED PRESSURE REGULATOR(Cont'd)
' .4 Provide water feed pressure regulator, 19 mm manual by-pass valve and Watts 4909S
backflow preventer and shut-off valve on water supply to chiller as for H.W. heating
' system.
t1.12 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE VALVES
.1 Provide in bypass line across H.W. heating supply and return, two Honeywell Braukman
'
4D-146A differential pressure overflow valves each 32 mm size. Adjust on site to suit
system conditions.
1.13 EXPANSION TANKS
.1 Provide two (2) Amtrol (Lenpar Corp.) Model 4SX-90V and SX-60 vertical intemal
diaphragm type expansion tank precharged to system fill pressure(approximately 140 kPa),
built of steel construction, ASME approved for at least 690 kPa working pressure and
complete with line size lockshield inlet valve and air charging valve. Provide lockshield
valve on piping connection to each system.
.2 Set each tank on 100 mm high concrete base.
' .3 Alternate Equipment:
1. Taco(Canada)Ltd.
' 2. Expanflex(Terval Sales& Services hic.)
' 1.14 H.W.HEATING BOILERS
1 Provide two fully automatic BoilerBumer Units each capable of burning 30.0 MJ/m3 Gas
Propane. Obtain and pay for Smoke Pollution permit. Set each unit on 100 mm high
concrete pad at least 100 mm larger all around, see 15010-1.20. Boilers shall be
convertible to natural gas.
' .2 Each unit shall be RAYPAK Model WTD-824 two equal stage gas fired, coppertube hot
water boiler built in accordance with ASME and Province of Ontario Codes for working
t pressure of 1100 kPa. Each boiler shall have input rating of 241.8 W (824 CFH) Propane
and certified output of 201.9 KW(689 MBH) at 85% efficiency. Each unit shall have high
limit aquastat set at 104°C mounted and wired complete with Power Or/Off switch and
indicating light.All controls shall read in Celsius.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 8
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1.14 H.W.HEATING BOILERS (Cont'd)
.3 Each gas train shall be CGA approved and including pilot regulating valve, pilot and main ,
gas pressure regulating valves, firing valve,two stage electric gas valve and lubricated plug
cock with greasing nipple. Pipe outlets of gas regulators not fitted with leak limiting device ,
to exterior.
.4 Each unit shall have solid state electronic ignition and flame safeguard controls with 0.8 '
second safety shutdown and electric spark ignition. Provide bleed line to outside from each
gas train assembly.
.5 Each writ shall have: '
1. Heat exchanger consisting of 25 mm integral finned copper tubes rolled into heavy
duty steel headers tested at minimum of 3447 kPa and stamped with ASME rating
of 1100 kPa complete with baffles to ensure full efficiency and approved draft
divertor outlet. Complete heat exchanger shall be guaranteed for 5 years. '
2. Combustion chamber constructed of castable refractory interlocked and designed
for continuous rating of 760°C and maximum rating of 1200°C.
3. Burners of stainless steel titanium stabilized type with large high efficiency ports,
mounted in an easily removable burner drawer.
4. Outer casing of baked enamel finished steel air cooled internally complete with
heavy steel base.
.6 Each boiler shall have Metric scale temperature and pressure gauges, ASME rated safety
valve (set 300 kPa) with try lever and piped to Floor Drain, McDonnel-Miller FS-4 flow
switch interlocked with ignition system to prevent operation of boiler in event of"no-flow" '
condition.
.7 Boiler control system shall be complete with Raypak RTS-1000 four stage solid state '
indoor/outdoor sequencing control system to maintain system water temperature suitable to
outdoor temperatures based on 93°C water temperature at -23°C outdoor and 50°C water at
+16°C outdoor. Outdoor bulb shall be located on north exposure at least 3 in above roof to
approval rigidly secured with sunshield. Indoor bulb shall be in trunk return and have brass
separable well,grease packed.
System shall be wired to fire fast boiler first stage and then second stage in sequence then '
the second boiler first and second stages in sequence and include following:
Dual Sensor Signal Centre with Main Scale range 16/50°C for auxiliary range '
16/38°C.
Immersion Temperature Sensor with Thermstor range 16/50°C.
Outdoor Temperature Sensor with Thermistor range 16/38°C. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 9
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.14 H.W.HEATING BOILERS (Cont'd)
.7 (Cont'd)
' Four Stage Sequencer Control.
Hinged cover lockable control cabinet with exposed set point adjuster-range 30 to
55°C factory calibrated, set 49°C.
1 Transformer 50VA, 120/24 volts.
.8 hi addition, control panel shall have terminals and adjustable controller for resetting of
system water temperature down approximately 10°C during night and weekend via time
signal from temperature control system (EMS). See 15950 for control requirements.
Provide dry contacts to suit.
.9 Provide necessary wiring for each unit including controls and low water cut-off from
service supplied by Electrical Division terminating at disconnect switch at
Boiler/Mechanical Room door. Wiring shall be to Hydro Regulations and to conditions
' stated in 15A-25. Arrange wiring so that each boiler may be shut down from its power
On/Off switch and flow switch independently of other boilers.
t1.15 BOILER WATER CONTROLS
1 Provide on supply header for each boiler system, McDonnell-Miller#64 low water cut-off
piped in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations complete with #TC-U and
#TC-L "Test-N-Check" valves. Provide 25 mm valved blow-down line to Funnel Floor
Drain with valve accessible from floor and float type automatic air vent at top of piping
where same is not self-vented. Note that a total of two units are required.
' 1.16 GAS PIPING& SERVICE
' 1 Provide gas piping and connections as shown to gas equipment noted. Piping shall conform
to CGA #B149 and Ontario Gas Code, Regulation 9244/89 as amended to date. Obtain
local Gas Company approval of system,valving and sizing before starting piping. Install all
work in compliance with CGA Natural Gas Appliance Installation Manual of latest date.
.2 Arrange and pay charges for removal of existing and provision of new gas services from
street, each with gas meter/regulator assembly by local Gas Company to approval.
Meter/regulator assembly shall be sized to provide gas at 1875 Pa for building services
after metering and regulating. Load on meter is 6000 cfh.
1
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 10
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.16 GAS PIPING& SERVICE(Cont'd)
.3 Gas Piping: black steel pipe, Schedule 940, CSA #13-63 (ASTM-4A53), with 1034 kPa
black malleable iron fittings. Install piping to conform to CGA #B149 and Provincial Gas
Utilization Code both amended to date. Weld piping 63 mm and larger and all concealed '
piping using ANSI 9B16.9 butt-welding or 41316.11 socket welding fittings and test to
Code Regulations.
.4 Gas Valves: CGA or ULC approved self-lubricated ball valve or lubricated plug with
greasing nipple, each with manual lever handle. Provide valve at each unit connection
including equipment supplied by Owner or another Section.
.5 Pressure test gas piping with not less than 345 kPa air for at least 24 hours without decrease
in pressure. Check each joint with soap and water solution during test. Disconnect system
during tests.Do not use oxygen for testing.Do not purge during school hours.
.6 Paint exposed and concealed gas piping with 2 coats of high visibility yellow/orange alkyd
paint after cleaning and priming.
.7 Provide gas piping necessary and connect up each Domestic H.W. Heater provided by
Section 15B.Provide shut-off valve on each connection. '
.8 Support piping on roof on minimum 200 x 200 x 600 mm long pressure treated blocks set
on 50 x 300 x 750 mm long pressure treated boards secured to 450 x 900 x 13 mm thick '
W.R.Meadows 'Roof Tread"hot mopped set after removal of gravel at each block. Secure
pipe to blocks with Myatt 161 pipe clamps or equal to allow pipe and block movement.
See Detail.
.9 Provide Flexonics or equal #FLT, 200 series C.G.A. approved stainless steel braided hose
connector on each exterior unit connection between each unit and its shut-off valve,
minimum length 450 mm.
.10 Arrange with and pay gas company to relocate existing gas meter to front of building ,
until the service is provided in the new location. Connect existing gas pipe in basement
to meter in temporary location.
t �
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
1 EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 REFRIGERANT MONITORING SYSTEM
1 Provide Trane Canada refrigerant monitoring system consisting of t20 (2) refrigerant leak
detection and alarm panels. One panel shall be mounted inside the Mechanical Room
L (MR)and the other panel shall be mounted directly outside the MR adjacent to the entrance
doors.
.2 Each panel shall contain an audible alarm, a visual alarm, a manual switch to activate the
emergency mode of the mechanical ventilation system for the MR and an emergency chiller
shut off switch. Enclosures are wall mount NEMA 1. Sensor is MOS Technology
(minimum 3 year life).
.3 The master panel located inside the MR also contains a system OFF-AUTO switch, a
system enabled green pilot light, a refrigerant leak detector test push button, a chiller alarm
test push button, a system reset button, a 24 volt control power transformer, a numbered
terminal strip, one set of dry contacts for input to the EMS to indicate a refrigerant leak
condition and one set of dry contacts for input to the EMS to indicate a chiller alarm
condition.
.4 The master panel is powered from a 120 volt circuit provided by Division 16. The remote
' panel and refrigerant sensor are powered through this master panel.
.5 The refrigerant sensor shall be field mounted in close proximity to the chiller and wired to
the master panel. The refrigerant sensor is calibrated to detect refrigerant equal to or less
than the TLV-TWA for the refrigerant used. The alarm system will be activated when the
refrigerant concentration in the MR equals the TLV-TWA for the refrigerant used.
.6 The Trane Refrigerant monitoring system shall satisfy CSA-1352-1992 and
ASHRAE-15-1992 Mechanical Refrigeration Safety Codes.
If.
� .7 When the alarm sysem is activated, the mechancial ventilation system shall start up and the
chiller shall be shut down. The mechanical ventilation system includes the chiller room
roof exhaust fan and the outside air intake motorized damper.
.8 Provide all necessary wiring from the master control panel to comply with the above.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 12
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 REFRIGERANT MONITORING SYSTEM(Cont'd)
.9 Postin¢of Signs
Signs must be posted in the machinery rooms. Same shall be framed under glass and wall '
hung, and include the following:
1. Name and address of installer '
2. Referigrant identification
3. Weight of refrigerant charge
4. Field test pressure applied
5. Refrigerating capacity in kilowatts
6. Prime move(r)s rating in kilowatts or full load current and voltage
.10 Alternate Equipment:
Alternate equipment will be considered provided all requirements of plans and
specifications are met.
1. Carrier
2. York
3. McQuay
1.18 COOLING TOWER '
.1 The Cooling Tower shall be one (1) Baltimore Aircoil Model VTL-092-L factory-
assembled, counterflow, low profile, blow-through design with single side air entry. Unit
shall be of a one-piece design with all moving parts factory mounted and aligned, with no
joints which require field sealing. All structural elements and steel panels shall be ,
constructed of Z-700 hot-dip galvanized steel.
.2 Quality Assurance
The equipment manufacturer shall have a Management System certified by an accredited
registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO 9001 to ensure consistent quality of its
products and services.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 COOLING TOWER(Cont'd)
' .3 Ca aci
The Cooling Tower shall have the capacity to cool 300 USgpm of water from 957 to 85°F
with 76°F entering air wet bulb temperature. Cooling Tower model line shall be certified
by the Cooling Tower Institute in accordance with CTI Certification Standard STD-201
or, lacking such certification, a field acceptance test shall be conducted within the
warranty period in accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC-105 by the Cooling
Tower Institute or other qualified independent agency such as certified agency of the
Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). When a field acceptance test is required,the
Cooling Tower submittal shall include performance curves in accordance with Section II
of ATC-105. A Manufacturer's guarantee performance bond or test by the Manufacturer
will not be accepted as an alternative to CTI Certification or an independent field test.
Should the field performance test prove the Tower's performance deficient,the Cooling
Tower Manufacturer shall bear all costs necessary to correct the deficiency and shall
' reimburse the purchaser for any power increase required to meet the performance
specification. The Tower shall be re-tested and certified after all deficiencies are
corrected.
.4 PanTan Section
The pan section shall be constructed of heavy gauge Z-700 galvanized steel panels
utilizing double brake flanges for maximum strength,rigidity and reliable sealing at
watertight joints. Standard pan accessories shall include large circular access doors,
large area lift-out strainer of anti-vortexing design and solid brass make-up valve with
large diameter,unsinkable,polystyrene-filled plastic float arranged for easy adjustment.
1 The fan shall be located in the dry entering air stream to provide greater reliability and
ease of maintenance. Fan wheels are to be forwardly curved centrifugal squirrel-cage
type and shall be statically and dynamically balanced and shall be mounted on a steel fan
shaft supported by heavy-duty, self-aligning,relubricatable bearings with cast iron
housings. Intermediate sleeve bearings will not be acceptable. Fan housings shall have
curved inlet rings for efficient air entry. Fan wheels and housings shall be constructed of
heavy gauge galvanized steel. The fan housings shall be of split design to facilitate fan
wheel and shaft removal. Towers not having split housing design must co-ordinate
layout with the architect to allow space for fan shaft removal.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 14 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 COOLING TOWER(Cont'd)
.5 Fan Motor&Drive '
Motor shall be one (1) 15 HP., 1800/900 RPM,two speed, single winding, T.E.F.C.,
ball bearing type with 1.15 service factor and shall be located at the base of the unit. The
motor shall be mounted on a heavy-duty motor base, adjustable by means of a single
threaded bolt-and-nut arrangement. The motor shall be suitable for outdoor service on
575 volt, 60 hertz, 3 phase electrical service.
V-belt fan drive shall be sized for not less than 150% of motor nameplate horsepower.
Drive and all moving
.6 Surface Section '
The heat transfer section shall include serpentine, PVC wet deck surface below a spray-
type water distribution system, all encased by Z-700 hot-dip galvanized steel panels. The
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) sheets shall be impervious to rot, decay, fungus or biological
attack and have a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM Standard E84-77a. The surface
shall be manufactured and performance tested by the Cooling Tower Manufacturer to
ensure single source responsibility and control of the final product. ,
.7 Water Distribution
Water shall be distributed evenly over the heat transfer section. The system shall consist
of Schedule 40 PVC header and spray branches with large diameter,non-clog,plastic
spray nozzles. The branches and spray nozzles shall be held in place by snap-in rubber
grommets,providing quick removal of individual spray nozzles or complete branches for
cleaning or flushing. Screw-in nozzles will not be acceptable.
.8 Eliminators r
Primary eliminators shall be constructed of specially formulated PVC and be removable
in easily handled sections. They shall have a minimum of three changes in air direction
with an air deceleration zone to direct discharge air away from the fans and limit drift
loss to less than 0.002% of the total water circulated.
.9 Unit Size
Overall unit dimensions shall not exceed approximately 15 ' feet x 4 'feet with an overall
height not exceeding approximately 6 1/2 ' feet. The operating weight shall not exceed
3,940 lbs.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 COOLING TOWER (Cont'd)
.10 Extended Warrantv
In addition to the Warranty on the entire Unit the Cooling Tower Manufacturer shall
provide a five (5)year Warranty on materials and workmanship on the drive components,
including fans, fan shaft, shaft bearings, sheaves and fan motors.
.11 Electrical Panel Specifications
The Cooling Tower Manufacturer shall provide a factory mounted and wired electrical
Power and Control Panel.
The Panel enclosure shall be EEMAC 12 for indoor mounting and be complete with the
following:
- Fused magnetic contactors for fan motor and electric pan heater.
- Contactors shall be NEMA rated.
Non-fused main disconnect switch.
- Fused primary and secondary control circuit(120V)
- Control circuits for fan motor and electric pan heater.
All control circuits to be provided with Hand-off-Auto selector switches, off-amo-
slow-fast for fan motor. See 15950 for control requirements.
- An adjustable, 0-15 second time-delay relay shall be provided when switching
from high to low speed.
- Pilot lights for system on, fan motor (Fast and slow speeds)on, electric pan heater
on.
Panel shall be for 575/60/3 supply. MCA-60 amps
- Overload resets shall be door mounted.
- All wiring shall be numbered.
.12 Alternate
1. Evapco
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 16 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER
I General ,
1. Warranty
1. Provide a full parts warranty for one year from start-up or 18 months
from shipment, whichever occurs first.
2. Provide five year warranty for replacement compressors including
material only.
2. Maintenance Service
1. Furnish service and maintenance of complete assembly for one year '
from Date of Substantial Completion.
.2 Products
1. Summary
1. The contractor shall furnish and install water-cooled water chillers as
shown as scheduled on the contract documents. The chillers shall be
installed in accordance with this specification and perform at the
specified conditions as scheduled.
2. Water-cooled water chiller(s) shall be a RTWA100 manufactured by
Trane.
2. General Unit Description
1. Provide factory assembled and tested water-cooled liquid chillers
consisting of helical rotary compressors, condenser, evaporator,
electronic expansion valve, refrigeration accessories, starter, non-fused
power disconnect switch and control panel. Construction and ratings
shall be in accordance with ARI Standard 550/590-98.
3. Compressors
1. Construct semihermetic helical rotary screw compressors with rotors of
high grade steel or cast iron alloy. Screw compressor shall be of
horizontal design and shall have both a male and a female rotor.
2. Statically and dynamically balanced rotating parts.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER(Cont'd)
.2 Products(Cont'd)
3. Compressors (Cont'd)
3. Provide oil lubrication system with oil charging valve and oil filter to
ensure adequate lubrication during starting, stopping, and normal
operation.
4. Provide compressor with automatic capacity reduction equipment
consisting of capacity control slide valve (rotary) or suction valve
unloaders (reciprocating). Compressor must start unloaded for soft start
on motors.
' S. Provide constant speed 1800 or 3600 rpm compressor motors, suction
gas cooled with solid state sensor and electronic winding overheating
protection, designed for across-the-line or Wye delta starting. Furnish
with starter. Compressor motor power factor shall be .87 or greater. If
the compressor motor power factor is less than .87, power factor
correction capacitors must be installed.
6. Provide factory installed sound attenuators to encompass the
compressors, all suction lines,the discharge lines and the oil separators.
4. Evaporator
1. Provide shell and tube type evaporator, seamless or welded steel
construction with cast iron or fabricated steel heads, seamless internally
finned copper tubes, roller expanded into tube sheets.
2. Design, test, and stamp evaporator refrigerant side for 300 psig (2068
kPa) working pressure in accordance with ANSFASME SEC 8, and
evaporator water side for 215 psig(1482 kPa)working pressure.
3. Insulate with 0.75 inch (20 mm) minimum thick flexible elastometric
rubber closed cell insulation with maximum K value of 0.26. Insulated
areas to include evaporator, refrigerant heads, and suction lines.
4. Provide water drain connection, vent and fittings for factory installed
leaving water temperature control and low temperature cutout sensors.
5. Water connections shall be grooved pipe victaulic. Evaporator shall
have only one entering and one leaving connection. If manufacturer
provides separate evaporators, contractor shall provide manifold and
pressure gauges to ensure equal flow is provided to each evaporator.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 18 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER(Cont'd)
.2 Products(Cont'd)
5. Water-Cooled Condenser ,
1. Provide shell and tube type condenser, seamless or welded steel
construction with cast iron or fabricated steel heads, seamless
internally/externally finned copper tubes, roller expanded into tubes
sheets.
2. Design, test and stamp condenser refrigerant side for 450 psig working
pressure and condenser water side for 150 psig working pressure.
3. Water connections shall be grooved pipe.
4. Provide condenser water temperature sensors '
6. Refrigerant Circuit
1. All units shall have 2 independent refrigeration circuits, each with a
separate single compressor for standby operation. If manifolded
compressors are provided on a circuit, then individual compressor
warranties must be provided for each compressor on the circuit.
2. Provide for each refrigerant circuit
1. Liquid line shutoff valve.
2. Liquid line sight glass and moisture indicator.
3. Electronic or thermal expansion valve sized for maximum
operating pressure.
4. Charging valve.
5. Discharge and oil line check valves.
6. Compressor suction and discharge service valves.
7. Low side pressure relief valve.
8. Full operating charge of R-22 and oil.
9. Unit factory leak and proof tested to support [450 psi high side
and] 300 psi low side rated pressures. ,
10. Filter dryer(replaceable core type).
3. Capacity Modulation: Provide capacity modulation by either slide valve
or unloader valves. Unit shall be capable of operation down to 15%. In
the event a manufacturer can not provide unit with modulation down to
15%Hot Gas Bypass must be provided.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 19
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER(Cont'd)
.2 Products(Cont'd)
7. Controls
1. On chiller, mount control panel containing starters, power and control
wiring, molded case disconnect switch (UL approved) with external
operator handle. Provide primary and secondary fused control power
transformer.
2. Provide Wye-delta starter on 575V applications.
3. Provide the following safety controls with indicating lights or diagnostic
readouts.
1. Low chilled water temperature protection.
2. High refrigerant pressure.
3. Low oil flow protection.
4. Loss of chilled water flow.
5. Contact for remote emergency shut-down.
6. Contact for remote alarm.
7. Motor current overload.
8. Phase reversal/unbalance/single phasing.
9. Over/under voltage.
10. Failure of water temperature sensor used by controller.
11. Compressor status(on or off).
12. Cycle counter and hour meter
13. Remote alarm contacts
4. Provide the following operating controls:
1. Eight (8) or more step leaving chilled water temperature
controller which cycles compressors and activates cylinder
unloaders or slide valve based on PI algorithms. If manufacturer
is unable to provide at least 8 steps of unloading, providing hot
gas bypass shall be required.
2. Five minute start-to-start solid state anti-recycle timer to prevent
compressor from short cycling. If a greater than 5 minute solid
state anti recycle timer is provided, hot gas bypass shall be
provided to insure accurate temperature control in light load
1 applications.
3. Load limit microprocessor logic to limit compressor loading on
high return water temperature to prevent nuisance tripouts.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 20 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER(Cont'd)
.2 Products(Cont'd)
7. Controls(Cont'd)
4. (Cont'd)
4. High head pressure unloading algorithms in the microprocessor ,
that unload the compressors to keep head pressure under control
and help prevent high pressure nuisance tripouts.
5. Compressor current sensing unloader unit that unloads
compressors to help prevent current overload nuisance tripouts.
6. Auto lead-lag functions that constantly evens out running hours
and compressor starts automatically. If contractor can not
provide this function then cycle counter and hour meter shall be
provided for each compressor so owner can be instructed by the
contractor on how to manually change lead-lag on compressors
and even out compressor starts and running hours.
5. Provide pre-piped gauge board with pressure gauges for suction and
discharge refrigerant pressures or digital display of pressures on
microprocessor.
6. The chiller control panel shall utilize the following components to
automatically take action to prevent unit shutdown due to abnormal
operating conditions which will perform as follows:
1. High pressure switch that is set 20 psig lower than the factory
pressure switch which will automatically unload the compressor
to help prevent a high pressure condenser control trip. An on
switch is required for each compressor and indicating light shall
also be provided.
2. Motor surge protector that is set at 95% of compressor RLA that
will automatically unload the compressor to help prevent an
overcurrent trip. One protector is required for each compressor
and indicating light shall also be provided.
3. Low pressure switch that is set at 5 psig above the factory low
pressure switch that will automatically unload the compressor to
help prevent a low evaporator temperature trip. One switch is
required for each compressor and indicating light shall also be
provided.
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 21
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER (Cont'd)
I .2 Products (Cont'd)
7. Controls (Cont'd)
7. Provide ammeters for each compressor or digital display of% RLA on
microprocessor.
8. Provide factory installed contact closure input for initiation of ice
building. Ice building termination shall be based on an adjustable
entering water temperature setpoint. All compressors shall run at full
load during ice building.
9. See 15950 for control requirements.
.3 Execution
1. Installation
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Align chiller package on steel or concrete foundations.
' 3. Install units on neoprene vibration isolators.
4. Connect to electrical service.
5. Connect to chilled water and condenser water piping.
6. Arrange piping for easy dismantling to permit condenser tube cleaning.]
2. Schedule
Performance Data
Tags RTWA-1
1 Capacity(tons) 112.95
Design kW(kW) 90.64
Evap.Entering Temp. (F) 55.00
Evap.Leaving Temp.(F) 45.00
Evap.Pressure Drop(ft H20) 262.43
Evap.Fouling Factor(hr-sq ft-deg FBtu) 0.000100
Cond.Entering Temp.(F) 85.00
Cond.Leaving Temp. (F) 95.00
Cond.Flow Rate(gpm) 328.39
Cond.Pressure Drop(ft H20) 14.88
Cond.Fouling Factor(hr-sq ft-deg FBtu) 0.000100
RLA of Compressor A(A) 57.00
MCA(A) 129.00
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 22 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 CHILLER (Cont'd)
.3 Execution (Cont'd)
2. Schedule(Cont'd)
LRA of Compressor A(A) 328.00
Refrigerant Charge Lbs(CirI/Cir 2) 72/72 ,
Cond water Relief
Percent Full-Load
Octave Band 100% 50% Min Load
63 72 72 73
Performance Data '
125 69.5 72.5 70
250 74.5 73 72
500 77 73 74
1000 72.5 69 69
2000 69 66.5 62
4000 63.5 60 58
8000 58 53.5 52 '
"A"WT Level(dBA) 77 74.5 72
Sound Pressure Levels @ 1 meter—db,re 20 micro Pa '
Measured in Accordance with ARI Standard 575-94.
.4 Alternates
1. Carrier
2. York
3. McQuay
1.20 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT ,
I Supply equipment, chemicals and components to give complete system of water treatment '
for Cooling Tower system and various piping circuits as detailed hereinafter based on
Dearborn Chemical Co.Ltd. equipment and materials.
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 23
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.20 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT(Cont'd)
.2 For Cooling Tower System,provide the following:
1. Provide and install in the Open Recirculating Cooling Water System, an automatic
chemical feed and bleed-off system based upon make-up water volume to the
system.
' 2. Provide and install a Dearborn MODULAMATIC 1 automatic chemical fee and
bleed system. The system shall consist of:
Wall mounting backboard, Jesco water meter, sized to suit the make-up
requirement, pulse counter/timer, 3/4" normally closed solenoid valve, Magdos
MK2 simplex electronic pump,c/w all interconnecting piping and wiring to make a
complete operating unit from inlet to outlet.
3. Provide and install in the Open Recirculating Cooling Water System, a
MODULAMATIC VI biocide feed system consisting of wall mounting board, two
(2)Blue White Simplex pumps,receptable box and programmable 2-channel timer,
c/w all interconnecting piping and wiring.
4. Provide sufficient scale and corrosion inhibitor for 2000 hours full load operation
and 22 litre container.
5. Provide sufficient biocides for 2000 hours full load operation and two 22 litre
containers.
' 6. Provide test cabinet c/w lock and fluorescent light.
7. Provide test kits for"P", "CI",Organic.
' 8. Provide Operating Manual and testing instructions.
9. Provide Material Safety Data Sheet for each chemical and test reagent.
.3 By-Pass Feeders:
1. Supply Dearborn By-Pass Feeders for each of following systems:
H.T. Heating System-Type"HV" (7.5 Litre Capacity)
L.T. System-Type"AV" (19 Litre Capacity)
Chilled System-Type "AV"
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 24
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.20 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT(Cont'd)
.3 By-Pass Feeders: (Cont'd)
2. Bypass feeders shall have steel bodies complete with vent, check, isolating and
drain valves.
.4 By-Pass Filters '
1. Provide Dearborn Model 3 CMC (3 Cartridge Type) in L.T. and H.T. and chilled
Systems.
2. Filters shall be steel bodied, contain three 10" filter cartridges,be suitable for 150#
service and flow rates of 20 to 115 litres per minute. Supply carton of 30 Filter
Cartridges, Type R50A1OT.
.5 Supply following chemicals in addition to those used for cleaning systems: ,
1 Cleaner - for each Recirculating Water System, two 23 Litre Pails DEARSOL 11
(total of 4 pails).
.2 Chemical for EWC System
Two 20 litre pails DEARBORN 920 scale and corrosion inhibitor.
Two 20 litre DEARCIDE 747 liquid chlorine. ,
.3 Chemical for Closed Systems
- Five 20 litre pails DEARBORN 545 Molybdate corrosion control. ,
- Dearborn Type'S'Test Cabinet with light and lock.
- Nitrite Test Kit(42508)
- Organic Test Kig(#920)
- "P", "M" and"C1" Test Kit(#2551)
.6 Provide necessary pipe and fittings to complete the E.W.C. treatment system. Piping shall
be P.V.C. Schedule 80 with solvent weld fittings. Install feed system and extend piping as
shown. Equipment must be located for easy access and service. Provide 19 mm bleed line
to adjacent Funnel Drain complete with solenoid valve, strainer and globe valve. Adjust '
pump to give proper feed rates. Locate valves approximately 1 in above floor. See Detail.
Electrical Division will mount control panel and wire to same. Provide all other wiring to
complete system. See Starter Schedule and 15A-25. '
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 25
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.20 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
r .7 Service
' 1. Treatment supplier shall include for supervision of system cleaning, one day
start-up, and four additional calls. A written report to Owner and Engineer
covering system operation and control will be required following each call.
' 2. Four complete sets of instructions, control charts and record books shall be
supplied to Owner by water treatment supplier.
3. Supplier will instruct building's operating personnel before acceptance of
installation by Architect. See 15A-31.
' .8 Alternate Equipment
1. Finnan Eng. Products Ltd.
2. Mogul Canada
3. Neptune
' 1.21 CLEANING SYSTEMS
.1 After work is completed and before system has been put in operation, clean steam boiler
with Dearborn #1617 or equal alkaline cleaner for at least eight hours to procure clean
water,free from dirt, grease and oil. Open and clean strainers and dirt pockets and flush out
each low water cut-off.
' 2. On completion,clean complete heating and condenser systems using Dearborn 411 or equal
cleaner for at least 48 hours at 21°C (70 0F). Flush out each system, opening and cleaning
each scale pocket and strainer. System must be flushed out before filling with clean water
and Dearborn#545 molybdate corrosion inhibitor at 90 ppm.
.3 Clean and flush each chilled and condenser water system as described for Heating System.
.4 Install cooling tower treatment system as described providing piping, valve, supports and
r accessories not supplied by manufacturer. Arrange for start-up, instruction period and put
system in proper,safe efficient operating condition
.5 Provide written report to Architect when cleaning is completed. Advise Architect,
Engineer and Owner at least 48 hours prior to cleanout so same can be witnessed.
.6 Clean and flush steam piping to remove oil,grease and scale.
r
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 26 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.21 CLEANING SYSTEMS(Cont'd)
.7 The supplier of the chemical treatment equipment and chemicals will supervise the entire
cleaning and flushing operation of all the systems.
.8 The supplier shall ensure the following: e
1. All systems are flushed of all sand,gravel and fillings before cleaner is added. ,
2. The proper strength of cleaner is added and circulated for the prescribed time.
3. Each system is thoroughly flushed again before chemicals are added. I
4. The proper dosage of chemicals is added. ,
5. Cartridge filters are replaced at the proper intervals.
.9 Provide written report to Engineer when cleaning is completed. Advise Engineer and
Owner at least 48 hours prior to cleanout so same can be witnessed.
1.22 TREATMENT FEEDERS
.1 Provide on suction of H.W. Heating Pumps, Dearborn Chemical Company Ltd. Type 'HV' ,
feeder complete with gate valves and unions on inlet and outlet, globe and check valve and
13 mm drain cock. Mount feeder in by-pass around both pumps in accordance with
manufacturer's detail#E-154,fig. 3. ,
.2 Provide similar feeder for each chilled and condenser water system complete with valves
and piping.
.3 Provide on inlet to each treatment feeder, Dearborn Chemical Co. Ltd. #LMO-20S
"Filterite"bypass filter with six 20 micron capacity filter cartridges.
.4 Alternate Equipment:
1. Finnan Eng.Products Ltd. ,
2. Mogul Canada
3. Neptune Chemical Pinup Co. Dundas
1
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 27
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.23 BREECHINGS& STACKS
1 Provide for each H.W. heating boilers, and domestic water boilers, prepainted Type 'B'
galvanized steel gas vent of Metalbestos or equal manufacture to conform to CGA#13149.1
from unit outlet to end of sizes shown.
.2 Provide for heat recovery unit and humidifier, sealed, pressurized flue vent of Metalbestos
' Type PS' or equal manufacture to minimum 6 feet above Boiler room roof. Stack shall be
fully insulated with stainless steel liner and outer jacket. Connection to boiler shall be
made of 10 gauge black steel, all welded, bolted and short as possible with flanged
' connection for easy disconnection.
.3 Each stack shall be free standing type with necessary supports, firestop spacers, roof
flashing, locking bands, roof braces and outlet cap to complete installation. Provide
necessary counter-flashings to suit. Connect each to heating boiler with separable joint and
bolted adjustable length to approval.
' .4 Each stack installation shall be carved out by a competent installing Subcontractor.
Prepare and submit detailed working drawings of installation for approved before work is
started. See painting of exterior metal parts.
r .5 Each gas vent system shall develop positive flow adequate to exhaust all flue gases to
outside atmosphere without condensation within vent or spillage at any appliance draft
hood.
r1.24 CONVECTORS& WALL FIN UNITS
I Provide convectors and wall-fm units of Trane Co. of Canada Ltd.manufacture of sizes and
types noted. Convectors and wall-fm shall have 1.6 mm thick steel fronts and enclosures.
H.W. Unit ratings shall be based on 82°C average water temperature with 18.3°C entering
air and I IT temperature drop through unit. Liner boxes on recessed units may be 1.0 mm
thick steel. Mount wall hung units minimum 150 mm clear from floor to bottom of
enclosure unless otherwise noted.
r .2 Provide W.F. elements of types noted to give outputs in KW/hour per metre of finned
length to give heat outputs shown. Pipe wall-fin elements serpentine unless otherwise
specifically noted. Stagger elements to give maximum coverage of outlet grille at
1 windows.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 28 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.24 CONVECTORS& WALL FIN UNITS(Cont'd)
.3 Extend wallfm enclosures wall to wall unless otherwise noted. Provide 600 nun removable ,
or hinged panels on valve ends of wall-fm fronts or enclosures for access to valves and
vents. Install wall-fm units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Butt ,
panels together with inside lap plate to give smooth face to room. Brace lower edge of
panels and units to wall at not over 900 mm centres. Provide slide cradle type hangers for
wall-fm elements. Overlapping filler pieces will not be accepted. ,
.4 Provide convectors over 1250 mm long with lower auxiliary centre brace secured to wall
and front panel. ,
.5 Provide bare element lengths where shown in ceiling spaces. Hang low as practical at
maximum 1200 m centres.
.6 Provide damper on each unit not directly thermostatically controlled except in Pupil's
Washrooms, entries, stairwells and corridors, constructed of continuous screw and hinged
nut style throughout. ,
.7 Alternate ui ment:
1. Dunham Bush(Canada)Ltd.
2. Rosemex Inc.
3. Trane
1.25 CABINET HEATERS
1 Provide Trane Cabinet Heaters of sizes and types shown. Heating capacities shown are at
unit speed noted based on 88°C entering water, I IT temperature drop and 15.6°C entering
air temperature. ,
.2 Each recessed unit shall be complete with prewired Honeywell Celsius scale T-675A1516
remote bulb thermostat, CR-1061 thermal overload switch and three speed controller.
Mount thermostat, starter and speed controller inside cabinet behind hinged lockable access
door in panel front with thermostat bulb behind inlet grille to approval. Set thermostat at
20°C.
.3 Each ceiling unit shall be mounted flush in ceiling and have Honeywell #T4051A Celsius
wall thermostat with guard, integral 3 speed controller and key operated CR-1061 switch
for remote flush mounting. Each unit shall have standard gauge cabinet with continuous
piano hinge dividing front in two halves. Provide N.C. electric solenoid valve internally
wired to open on fan start. ,
1
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 29
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1.25 CABINET HEATERS(Cont'd)
' .4 Each unit cabinet shall be of type noted, of 1.6 nun thick furniture steel, die formed with
louvred grilles and 1 mm thick liner box. Each cabinet shall be de-greased and finished
' with two coats of baked-on prime paint. Each front shall be channel braced and secured
with captive screws.
' .5 Alternate Equipment:
1. Dunham Bush(Canada)Ltd.
2. Rosemex hie.
3. Engineered Air
1.26 H.W.UNIT HEATERS
1 Provide Trane unit heaters of sizes and types shown complete with wire propreller guard.
Heating capacities shown are at speeds noted based on 88°C entering water, 11°C
rtemperature drop and 15.6°C entering air.
.2 Supply with each unit, thermal overload CR-1061 PL type flush mounted switch and
' Honeywell #T4051 Celsius scale thermostat for mounting and wiring by Electrical
Division. Set thermostats at 22°C except for Unit Heaters in Shops which shall be set at
18°C. Remove control knob on room thermostats and turn over to Owners Operator.
Provide guard on each thermostat not in a Mechanical type room. Provide N.C. electric
solenoid valve internally wired to open on fan start.
' .3 Supply for each Shop unit, a CR1061 PL starter with HOA feature wired to override room
thermostat and operate heater in Hand position.
' .4 Mount each unit as high as possible in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
as shown or noted to approval. Provide louvre fm diffuser on outlet of each unit.
.5 Alternate Equipment:
1. Dunham Bush(Canada)Ltd
2. Rosemex Inc.
' 3. Engineered Air
r
r
r
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 30
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.27 ROOF PENTHOUSE
1 Provide approved Penthouse type roof hood on ducts passing through roof each complete r
with birdscreen,backdraft damper, etc., except where otherwise noted. Each hood shall be
of aluminum construction, stainless steel fitted, degreased and prime painted and ready for ,
painting by Another Section.
.2 Each hood shall be sized to handle air volume noted at not more than 50 Pa maximum r
exhaust and 31 Pa intake pressure drop.
.3 Alternate Equipment
1. Penn
2. Exitaire Co.(Lawson Taylor&Co. Ltd.) r
3. Jenn Air(Davie Environmental Equip.Ltd.)
4. Irving Fan
1.28 STRAINERS r
1 Provide'Y'type strainer ahead of each steam trap,pump, duct coil and temperature control r
valve, full line size of piping, of Sarco manufacture with cast iron or semi-steel body for
862 kPa W.P.with stainless steel or monel basket screen with 4.8 mm holes.
.2 Strainers are not required ahead of radiation control valves. 1
.3 Install strainers so that screen outlet is pointed down and retained debris will fall out by r
gravity into a container. Provide 19 mm gate valve on each pump strainer outlet for
blowdown with 150 mm long nipple extension with hose end.
.4 Provide on inlet to each base mounted pump, a Bell & Gosset, Taco or S.A. Armstrong '
"Suction Diffuser" to suit pump capacity and type of system as recommended by
manufacturer. Each diffuser shall be flanged, have adjustable foot support and
strainer/diffuser/orifice. Each diffuser shall have start-up strainer which shall be removed
after 30 days of pump operation.
.5 Alternate Equipment: r
1. Trane Co.of(Canada)Ltd.
2. Dunham Bush(Canada)Ltd.
3. Lunkenheimer Canada Ltd. r
4. Hayward(Orator Ltd.)
r
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 31
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.29 THERMOMETERS& GAUGES
' .1 In addition to any thermometers shown or specified elsewhere, provide thermometers in
supply and return of EACH H.W. heating chilled and condenser water zone piping circuit
adjacent to zone shut-off and balancing valves. Install supply thermometers downstream of
three-way control valves on zone piping. Provide thermometer in trunk supply ahead of
H.W.heating pumps.
' .2 Provide thermometers in supply and return of EACH Supply Air Unit water type coil
adjacent to each coil connection.
.3 Thermometers shall be Trerice #BX93403-1/2 red reading mercury, 228 mm stem type
with cast aluminum case and forged brass separable window, range 0 to 115°C for H.W.
' heating and -20 to +70°C for chilled and condenser water systems, with combined C/F
scale.
.4 Provide thermometers in supply and outlet of cooling tower piping circuit located as
directed on site.
.5 Provide pressure gauge on inlet and outlet of each water circulating pump and each chiller
' water circuit. Pressure gauges shall be Trerice #600/C, 114 mm dial with cast aluminum
case, phosphor bronze bushed rotary type movement and bourdon tube, black finish case
and figures, white face with dampening insert and plexiglass window, range 0 to twice
' working pressure complete with 6.4 mm brass cock, snubber fitting and combined
Metric/English scale.
.6 Alternate Equipment:
1. Baker Instrument Ltd.
2. Winters Thermogauges Ltd
3. Weksler Instruments Corp.
4. Taylor Instruments Ltd.
5. Ashcroft(Dresser Industries Canada Ltd.)
' 1.30 HEATING& COOLING PUMPS
' .1 Provide S.A.Armstrong Ltd.water circulating pumps of sizes,types and capacities noted in
Pump Schedule with impeller statically and dynamically balanced at factory. Each pump
shall be factory tested and guaranteed to give required performance on proposed service.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 32 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.30 HEATING& COOLING PUMPS(Cont'd)
.2 Select motors to operate equipment at proper efficiency without overloading, see 15A-25 '
Wiring& Motors, for further details such as start-up times. Each motor shall operate at 30
r/s maximum unless otherwise specifically noted and be of Canadian manufacture.
.3 Each vertical inline pump shall be single suction, Style #4300, bronze fitted, single stage,
single end suction centrifugal type of radially split case design for removal of impeller, ,
bearings, seals, etc., without disconnecting piping or motor. Entire bearing bracket
assembly shall be removable and interchangeable. Bearings shall be grease lubricated
anti-friction ball or roller. Impeller shall be bronze with steel lock washer and cadmium '
plated lock screw. Seal assembly shall be of spring loaded, mechanical rotating type with
carbon seal ring, synthetic rubber bellows and brass or plated steel shell. Shaft shall be
carbon steel with copper/stainless sleeve. Volute shall be cast iron with steel cap screws, '
cast iron cover plate and cadmium plated steel drain plug. Pump and motor shall be set on
steel drain plug. Pump and motor shall be set on steel base with flexible coupling between
motor and pump shaft. Pump shall be suitable for not less that 862 kPa W.P. and have ,
coupling guard. Each pump shall be sized so that maximum impellor size shall not exceed
85% of cut water point. Mechanical seal shall have integral flushing line w th filter and
valve.
.4 Arrange piping to give at least five pipe diameters of straight pipe on inlet and outlet of '
each base mounted pump.
.5 Provide line size shut-off valve and strainer ahead of each pipe mounted pump and check
valve and shut-off valve on each discharge.
.6 Provide line size shut-off and suction diffuser ahead of each base mounted pump and line '
size multi-duty valve on each discharge.
.7 Pump manufacturer shall include for pre-start-up alignment of each base mounted pump
giving written report to Architect of satisfactory installation.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 33
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.30 HEATING&COOLING PUMPS(Cont'd)
' .8 Alternate Equipment:
Pipe Mounted Pumps
1. B&G(ITT Industries of Canada Ltd.)
' 2. Taco Heaters of Canada Ltd.
Base Mounted Pumps
1. B&G(ITT Industries of Canada Ltd.)
2. Darling Bros. of Canada Ltd.
' 3. Aurora Pumps Ltd.
4. Paco Pumps
5. Taco Heaters of Canada Ltd.
1.31 INSULATION
' 1 Provide insulation of equipment, piping and ductwork as described or noted. Insulation,
jackets and adhesives shall be incombustible, in compliance with Ontario Building Code;
installed to manufacturer's standards, and to approval. Wheat pastes shall NOT be used.
' Make suitable approved openings in insulation for inspection outlets and equipment
nameplates.
' .2 Insulation shall continue through sleeves and openings except at "Required Fire
Separations" where sleeves and openings shall be "Fire Stopped". See 15.1.21, Sleeves.
Insulation shall be butted tight to fire stopping and vapour sealed.
.3 Insulate hot water heating supply and return piping with 38 mm thick glass fiber pipe
insulation (maximum 0.30 conductivity at 93"C mean) with fire resistive vapour barrier
ASJ jacket factory attached with approved flame-resistant adhesive. Insulate pipe 200 mm
size and larger with 38 mm thick pipe insulation.
' .4 Insulate cold water piping as noted in 15B,Insulation.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500 '
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 34
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.31 INSULATION (Cont1d)
.5 Insulate all chilled water piping and only condenser water piping exposed to weather with ,
25 mm standard thickness glass fibre pipe insulation(maximum 0.034 conductivity at 24°C
mean) complete with factory applied fire resistive vapour barrier ASJ jacket with lapped
and sealed joints. Weatherproof and electrically trace insulation exposed to weather.
MOST IMPORTANT: Vapour barrier (maximum 1.15 perms) must be maintained
throughout piping and sealed at all ends. NOTE: On piping 75 mm size and larger provide ,
450 mm length of Foam Glass at each hanger.
.6 Insulate valves, fittings, unions and flanges with 25 mm glass fibre blanket conforming to '
CGSB #51-FPI l compressed to same thickness as adjoining insulation and secured with
jute twine. Over this apply smooth coat of insulating cement and recover with 135.6 g/m2
canvas jacket neatly pasted on with fireproof adhesive. Where exposed, apply second coat '
of adhesive over 203.4 g/m2 canvas or Foster "Sealfas" PVC Fitting covers. On chilled and
condenser water piping, wrap blanket with vinyl friction tape overlapped to form vapour
barrier before applying insulating cement. Heavy density preformed fitting sections may be
used without insulating cement.
.7 Insulate coil headers and piping to suit service where same are exposed outside ductwork or
unit cabinet. ,
.8 Insulate DX refrigerant suction piping with 19 mm Armaflex 11 or Acwil "Therma-Cel"
flexible foamed elastomeric insulation with fittings and valves insulated to match. '
Weatherproof exterior insulation with two coats of Armaflex White Finish thoroughly
sealed. Interior insulation shall be left ready for painting by another Section. Insulate hot
gas piping less than 2 in above floor. Also insulate hot gas control piping exterior to
equipment.
.9 Work which is inaccessible for application of insulation after installation shall be insulated ,
and Finished before being placed in position.
.10 Insulate Refrigeration Chiller as follows: ,
1. Complete surface of evaporator including economizer with attached piping, suction
connection between evaporator and first stage of compression, motor housing and ,
auxiliary piping shall be insulated. Insulation shall be 19 nun thick Armstrong, or
equal #A-22 Annaflex installed with #520 cold adhesive to manufacturer's
directions. Finish with two coats of Armaflex"Finish" in approved colours applied '
directly to A-22 sheet.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 35
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.31 INSULATION (Cont'd)
.10 (Cont'd)
' 2. Water boxes shall be enclosed by 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal cover lined with
38 nun thick Styrofoam SM insulation secured with adhesive and welding pins and
clips, split in two sections to accommodate pipe nozzles. Bolt to machine
' waterbox covers on threaded studs welded to waterbox cover plates.
.11 Insulate chilled water expansion tank with 25 mm thick A-22 Armaflex glued on. Seal all
joints and exposed surfaces with an incombustible waterproof cement and paint with
Armaflex Finish to approval.
.12 Insulate each chilled water pump with 1.6 nun thick galvanized sheet metal, horizontally
' split enclosure lined with 38 mm thick Styrofoam SM insulation secured with adhesive and
welding clips and pins with bolted and gasketted angle flange connection.
' .13 Seal duct insulation with mastic at all joints and pins. Tape all joints with approved
self-adhesive foil faced glass fibre reinforced 50 mm wide vapour barrier tape. Where ducts
are sound lined or fire proofed thermal insulation is not required but shall overlap liner at
' least 150 mm except where noted.
.14 Externally insulate fresh air ducts including fresh air and mixed air ducts; and relief air and
exhaust air ducts from motorized or gravity backdraft dampers to exterior outlets with 25
mm thick, 72 kg/m3 density glass fibreboard with foil vapour barrier pinned on with joints
glass cloth taped and sealed with incombustible adhesive. Insulate all above ducts whether
' or not sound lined. Insulate fresh air intake and exhaust air plenums 50 mm thick in 2
layers with staggered joints. The same applies to heat recovery unit fresh air and exhaust
air ducts.
' .15 Exposed combustion air ducts inside Boiler Room does not need to be insulated.
.16 Externally insulate all exposed supply air ducts carrying cooled conditioned air in
non-conditioned spaces with 72 kg/m density, 25 mm thick glass fiber foil faced flexible
vapour seal duct insulation (1.72 perm rating maximum) mechanically fastened with all
joints glass cloth taped and sealed. Insulate heat recovery unit supply air duct in the same
fashion.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 36 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.31 INSULATION (Cont'd)
.17 Externally insulate all concealed supply air ducts carrying cooled conditioned air with 25 ,
mm thick, 12 kg/m3 density glass fibre reinforced foil faced flexible vapour seal duct
insulation(not more than 1.72 perm) glued and copper wired on and secured to approval. '
Mechanically secure insulation on ducts over 750 mm wide. A.C. supply air ducts in return
air ceiling plenums from air conditioned spaces MUST be insulated as above. Insulate heat
recovery unit supply air duct in the same fashion. '
.18 Provide sound jacketting on ducts and silencers where shown. Externally acoustically
encase ducts and silencers with 25 mm thick 72 kg/m3 density rigid acoustic glass fiber '
board mechanically fastened. Overlap jacketting at least 300 mm onto silencers except
where shown fully jacketted.
.19 Recover exposed interior insulation including fittings with 203.4 g.m2 canvas duck pasted ,
on over entire surface of insulation with approved incombustible lagging adhesive and
finished with 1 coat of lagging adhesive.
.20 Sizing and painting of insulation will be done by another Section unless otherwise noted. '
1.32 SELF-CONTAINED THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS ,
.1 Supply on each section of radiation noted as SCV, a Braukman #VT-110 self-contained ,
remote bulb thermostatic radiator valve with TO194F controller and G-IIIB103 sensor
guard.
.2 Each valve shall have brass or bronze body with union tailpiece and rated for at least 690 ,
kPa working pressure, 104°(220°F)hot water and 10.7 in differential load.
.3 Thermostatic system shall be of filled type, operable from 10 to 32°C, field replaceable '
without draining system of fail safe(open)type,with lockable adjustment knob.
.4 Install S.C. valve on inlet piping to each heating unit noted instead of radiator valve. '
Mount remote sensor on wall below heating element and secure guard over to approval.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 37
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.32 SELF-CONTAINED THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS (Cont'd)
.5 Alternate Equipment:
' 1. Taco Canada Ltd.
2. Danfoss Mfg.Co. Ltd.
' 1.33 STANDARD DUCTWORK
.1 Provide ducts and sheet metal shown and required to complete duct systems and put each in
operating condition. Sheet Metal Trade is responsible for laying out this work. Drawings
showing ducts must not be used for obtaining dimensions for layout except where
dimensioned. Mechanical Drawings indicate general location and route of ductwork to be
installed. General layout of ducts may be taken from Drawings but this Section is
responsible for avoiding interferences with other Sections not specifically shown on
Mechanical Drawings. Actual measurements shall be taken at building before ductwork is
' fabricated.
.2 Make without additional charge, any necessary changes or additions to layout of ductwork
' to accommodate structural, duct, piping, ceilings, electrical or equipment conditions, etc.
Where openings in walls for ductwork have been provided by others,make full use of such
openings by fabricating ductwork to fit them or if necessary,provide offsets and transitions
' to suit. Location of ducts may be altered if change is made before installation, is submitted
in writing, is approved by Architect and does not cause Owner or other Sections any extra
expense.
' .3 Construct ductwork (unless otherwise noted) of first quality smooth finished, cold rolled
galvanized steel guaranteed to double seam without fracturing of following thickness:
' Longest Side Steel
mm-USG
' Up to 300 mm 0.5-26
301 to 750 mm 0.6-24
751 to 1375 mm 0.8-22
1376 to 2150 1.0-20
2151 &Over 1.3-18
' .4 Make ductwork exposed to weather of soldered construction, prime painted and finished in
two coats of alkyd paint in approved colours unless protected or noted.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 38 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.33 STANDARD DUCTWORK (Cont'd)
.5 Seal and weatherproof ducts passing through roof. Solder all joints and seams. Degrease '
and prime paint any ferrous counterflashings.
.6 Form ducts with thickness(gauge)markings on exterior of ductwork visible from floor. '
.7 Make joints suitably air tight with laps in direction of air flow. Wherever possible, sizes of '
ducts shall conform to those indicated. Where building conditions require shape be
modified, ducts must have same cross-sectional area indicated and width of duct shall not
exceed six times depth except with special approval. Ductwork shall be in accordance with '
ASHRAE Guide of latest publication. Duct leakage shall not exceed 3% of air volume at
500 Pa S.P.
.8 Construct ducts up to 600 mm with reinforced ribs formed by pocket slip spaced not more ,
than 2400 nun apart. Make ducts 600 mm and over in either dimension with reinforcing rib
formed by pocket slip spaced not more than 1200 nun apart. Provide supplemental
stiffening, etc. to prevent drumming and make a structurally sound assembly. Cross-break
all duct faces except those to which rigid board type insulation is to be applied.
.9 Install in ductwork where shown or required, controls, thermometers, motorized dampers, ,
coils, filters, smoke, fire and freeze detectors, etc., in accordance with setting instructions
supplied by equipment supplier.
.10 Round ducts exposed to view shall be Alpha Industries Limited(Mississauga) "Multi-Rib"
26 gauge satin coat galvanized steel spiral lock seam duct with "ASM" preformed fittings.
Hang ducts with 25 x 3.2 mm single strap and all round duct band. Obtain approval of '
method and material before commencing work. Where fittings are not available factory
made, they shall be five piece formed fittings to give equivalent air flow performance to
approval. '
.11 Exposed round ducts shown acoustically lined shall be acoustic lined with 22 gauge
perforated metal liner. Fittings shall match ductwork construction, acoustic lined. '
.12 Make downstream end of each section of concealed round ducts small and beaded.
Assembly by inserting small end into upstream end of adjoining section. Fasten joints in ,
place by sheet metal screws spaced not over 75 mm apart and joint tape seal to approval
with Arno 9C-520 or Duro Dyno G.S. duct tape.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 39
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.33 STANDARD DUCTWORK (Cont'd)
' .13 Assemble various duct sections with Snap-Lock or Pittsburgh lock and grooved
longitudinal seams carefully closed for tightness and appearance. Join duct sections with
pocket slip sized to conform to following requirements:
Maximum Duct Slip Slip Slip
t Side Duct mm-USG mm-USG Size Reinforced
Up to 300 mm 0.5-26 0.5-26 25 mm No
301 to 750 0.6-24 0.6-24 25 No
' 751 to 1375 0.8-22 0.8-22 25 4 x 35 mm
1376 to 2150 1.0-20 1.0-20 38 4 x 35 nun
2151 &Over 1.2-18 1.2-18 38 4 x 35 mm
.14 Support duct assemblies and components from building structure with 25 mm x 1.3 m
thick galvanized steel'Z'band hanger secured under ducts. Support ducts over 900 mm
size with 6.4 mm steel rods and 32 x 32 x 6.4 mm angle iron up to 1800 mm and 50 x 38
x 9.5 mm angles and 9.5 mm rods for larger sizes. Space hangers at not over 1800 nun
centers. See 15010-20 and 21.
' .15 Make radius of turns at least one duct width. Where space prevents such radius,make
turns square and fit with turning vanes of double faced hollow type with Duro Dyne
vane-rails secured with sheet metal screws.
' .16 Provide splitter damper in each supply take-off. Provide manual balancing damper in
each return or exhaust takeoff set as close as possible to trunk duct. Make turning vanes,
dampers, deflectors, splitters of same material and thickness as for equal size ductwork
with formed edges, cross-broken and stiffened. Fit balancing dampers with lockable
quadrant operator Duro Dyne#KS-195L. Fit splitter dampers with Duro Dyne
' #SRP24/SRP40 rod-operators spaced at maximum 600 mm centers. Splitters shall be full
depth of branch duct and 1-1/2 times branch width.
' .17 Seal all duct joints during construction with Duro Dyne S-3 Standard Duct Sealer. Apply
to faces of joints before cleats are installed.
' .18 Install grilles,registers and diffusers to manufacturer's direction. Supply and install
baffles in diffusers to suit air pattern.Adjust grilles and registers to give required air
throw and pattern.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 40 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.33 STANDARD DUCTWORK (Cont'd)
.19 Provide access doors of suitable size (min. 300 x 400 mm)for access to installed ,
equipment in ducts and where necessary for access to balancing and Fire Dampers.
Make doors of 0.8 mm galvanized steel hinged to 0.8 mm galvanized mounting frame '
with approved quick opening fastening devices to give tight closure on fire resistant
gasket. Provide access in ceilings where necessary for splitter and balancing dampers.
Provide Duro Dyne#SRC concealed operators for each splitter or balancing damper '
above fixed ceiling complete with extension rod, coupling and dial operators.
.20 Provide extension collars for outlets, sound absorbers, air guide vanes and other special '
features as indicated or required including connections to equipment provided by Owner
or other Sections. Transition ducts at not more than 30 degree slope to full size of each
grille,register, louvre, coil or equipment.
.21 Paint inside of duct connections behind each grille and register with two coats of black
non-reflective paint to visually conceal duct interior to approval.
.22 At floor line and at other points where ducts join louvres, concrete or masonry
construction or where ducts pass through floors,rivet ducts on approximately 150 mm
centres to 38 x 38 x 3 in galvanized steel angles secured with expansion shields and bolts ,
on approximately 300 mm centres and caulk air and water tight. At louvres, drill blades
for drainage.
.23 Install ductwork to clear structural members and any fireproofing. Locate ducts to
permit their proper insulation where required. Do not remove or damage structural
fireproofing. Leave space to permit insulation and fireproofing to be inspected and '
repaired.
?4 Seal all ducts entering ceiling plenums air and noise tight with fibreglass packed snug ,
around all four sides and sealed with approved incombustible caulking/sealing compound
to approval. If openings are larger than 25 mm, cement grout opening and then seal to
approval. Report all other openings left unsealed in writing. ,
.25 Provide 12 x 12 mm mesh galvanized steel birdscreen over intake of each fresh and open
air duct. Hinge birdscreen on upstream end of ducts for easy opening and secure with '
catches at not more than 600 mm centers.
.26 Ducts passing through roof shall have suitable approved minimum 300 mm high curb '
built and flashed over by another Section. Counter flashing of ducts by this Section, of
same material and finish as flashing. See 15A-23, Flashings.
1 �
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
i EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 41
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
i
1.33 STANDARD DUCTWORK (Cont'd)
' .27 Inside paint and seal all fresh air intakes, all fresh and mixed air ducts to supply fans,
Supply Air Units; and relief or exhaust ducts from motorized or gravity backdraft
i dampers to exterior outlets with two coats of C.I.L. 4979 Houseguard or other approved
anti-corrosion paint.
' .28 Arrange ducts to drain to exterior at louvres. Pipe low points of fresh air and exhaust
ducts at fixed louvres and roof outlets to Hub Drain in 32 mm DWV copper pipe.
Provide 6 x 6 mm mesh heavy copper screen over each inlet with trap on run. Provide
access door to each drain screen.
.29 Provide flexible connections of 813.7 g/m2 yard Durolon coated glass fabric between
i equipment and duct work and where shown. Provide suitable sheet metal rain guard for
exterior fabric connections secured to fan only.
.30 Provide 13 mm thick Fibreglass Flexible Duct Liner acoustic liner with Neoprene facing
' in duct work where shown. Secure liner with welded pins and push on caps. Mastic seal
all joints. Where ducts are acoustic lined, sizes shown shall be inside liner.
i .31 Also provide Duct Liner acoustic liner in duct work at each exhaust fan inlet connection
for not less than 3 in back from inlet including branches except for Shop hood,Kitchen
Hood, Shower and Dishwasher exhaust ducts. Acoustic line supply and return ducts for
S.A. Systems for minimum of 6 m from each unit.
.32 In Mechanical Rooms, acoustic line ductwork to Mechanical Room interior walls or
i floors on supply,return and exhaust inlet ducts or 6 in whichever is greater from outlet of
S.A. Units and inlet of each return and exhaust fan. Where a sound attenuator is
installed in Mechanical Room wall, floor or ceiling, sound liner is not required in that
duct in Fan Room unless specifically noted. Fresh air and mixed air ducts to each S.A
i Unit and exhaust ducts from R.A. and E.A. fans need not be acoustic lined unless
specially noted or shown.
' .33 Blank off unused portions of exterior louvres with 50 mm thick 72 g/m3 density rigid
fibreglass board sandwiched between two I mm aluminum sheets secured in place to
iapproval. Paint surface next to louvre two coats of matte black over suitable primer.
.34 Provide at least three 1.2 mm thick galvanized steel adjustable baffles with
i SRP24/SRP40 rod operators in mixed air duct to each Supply Air Unit. Baffles shall be
full depth of duct approximately 1/3 width. See Sections on Drawings and locate to
approval. Adjust dampers to give proper mixing into each Unit.
' i
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 42 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
133 STANDARD DUCTWORK (Cont'd)
.35 Provide access door to each balancing baffle in mixed air of each Supply Air Unit.
Mount access doors to give easy access to baffles.
.36 At floor line, and at other points where sound attenuators join concrete or masonry '
construction,rivet attenuators on approximately 150 mm centres to 38 x 38 x 6.4 mm
galvanized steel angles secured to masonry with expansion shields and bolts on '
approximately 600 mm centres and caulk air tight. Make joints with gaskets and sealing
compound between angles and surfaces. See Carrier Design Manual, Part 2, Page 15,
Fig. 15. Balance of openings shall be concrete grouted.
.37 Provide where shown, Trans-Continental Equipment Ltd. type'S"AI-U-Flex' aluminum
or Flexmaster aluminum flexible air duct hoses each U.L.C. listed for service. Secure '
hose to metal ducts with Duro Dyne S-3 duct sealant and tape seal with Permascreen
fiberglass duct tape. Minimum length 25%longer than measured distance. Maximum
length 50%more than measured length(max. 4.25 mm). On air conditioning ducts, t
provide type P.I.pre-insulated 'Al-U-Flex'PI or Thermoflex M.KC. Provide manual
balancing damper in truck duct at connection to each flexible duct.
.38 Provide 100 mm diameter aluminum vent from each clothes dryer ending in E.H. Price '
#BBL sizes 4A1 brick vent less screen with automatic damper unless otherwise noted.
Provide 300 mm long plasticized wire molded flexible connector at each dryer
connection. Provide cleanouts on ducts at 2 m centres to approval. ,
.39 Provide pitot tube opening enclosures with cap and chain equal to Dial#1000 or 2000
(Air Power Equipment, Mississauga)in ductwork for each supply,return and exhaust '
system. Provide openings at all supply fan discharges, at return fan inlets and exhaust
fan inlets,before and after silencers and heating coils in ductwork, and at main branch
duct take-offs. Locate openings in straight duct runs. Provide a minimum of three holes ,
per duct at each of above locations, and at not more than 450 mm centers.
.40 After final adjustments are made for air handling systems, lock each control device in '
position and visually indicate required setting. For splitter and balancing dampers,
provide additional locking screw or bolt to approval.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 43
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.34 FIRE DAMPERS
' 1 Provide Fire Dampers and Fire Stop Flaps where shown or required by Ontario Building
Code, local Fire Ordinances and Provincial Fire Marshal. Fire Dampers in ducts through
' floors and walls shall conform to Ontario Building Code, Subsection 3.1.6. Fire Stop
Flaps in ceiling diffusers,registers and grilles shall conform to Ontario Building Code,
Subsection 3.1.6 and must be built to U.L.C. Standards and be approved by local
' Building Department. Submit Shop Drawings for review.No asbestos shall be used.
.2 Fire Dampers shall have 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance with NFPA 9252,
' bear U.L.C. label and be tested in accordance with U.L.C. Standard#S-112. Hinged
blade Fire Dampers shall close in direction of air flow. Fire Dampers in Fire Walls or
fire separations of more than 2 hour rating shall conform to U.L.C. #S-104 for 3 hour
' rating.
.3 Fire Dampers behind grilles or in standard ductwork shall not decrease duct free area
' more than 10%in open position. Enlarge ducts or use Type B (recessed shutter)as
necessary to meet this condition.Also where shown,provide Type'B'(recessed shutter)
Fire Damper to give 100%free area for noise and turbulence control.
.4 Fire Dampers in round ductwork shall not decrease duct free area under any
circumstance. Provide Type 'C' (100% free area recessed shutter)Fire Damper to meet
this condition.
.5 Secure each Fire Damper in place in steel sleeve conforming to ULC#S-112 fitted with
steel angle frame secured to sleeve to approval. Clean and prime paint all metal parts.
.6 Fire Stop Flaps shall be made to suit U.L.C. rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling
assemblies specified and be installed to manufacturer's printed instructions.
.7 Fire Stop Flaps shall be Controlled Air Mfg. Ltd.#CFS or Nailor Hart Fire Stop Flap
with ceramic fabric built to suit U.L.C. rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies
specified. Fire Stop Flaps shall be U.L.C. labelled and be installed to manufacturer's
printed instructions including ceramic fabric over diffuser or register to complete fire
rating to ULC approval.
' .8 Fire Dampers in drywall or at ceilings(not F.S.F.) shall be Controlled Air Manufacturing
Ltd. #CFS or CFSR or equal ceiling damper secured in place independent of ductwork
complete with steel channels and wire to manufacturers printed directions.
I
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 44 t
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
t
135 SOUND ABSORBERS
.1 Provide Burgess Vibro-Acoustics Ltd. duct silencers of sizes and types shown and noted
in Silencer Schedule. Silencers shall meet operating conditions and dimensions
scheduled. '
.2 Sound absorber supplier shall check and verify that silencers supplied will physically fit
spaces allotted before fabrication of silencers and attached ductwork. Silencers shall be ,
made to fit spaces and give performances shown.
.3 Attenuations in decibels shall be "net insertion attenuation. Catalogued attenuations of '
alternate equipment shall NOT be less than two decibels below catalogued attenuations
of specified silencers in all eight octave bands.Attenuations shall be certified by
approved independent Testing Laboratory. When special units must be made to suit '
application,provide certification on actual units.
.4 Noise reduction(NR)values specified shall be met or exceeded in each octave band '
noted.All NR values must be results of tests made in such manner to eliminate end
reflections,beaming or directivity flanking standing waves and room absorptions.
.5 Airflow Pressure drop values specified shall be met and pressure drop shall not be
exceeded at specified airflows. Pressure drop ratings shall be based on results of tests
made in manner to provide reliable data.
.6 Materials of outer casings shall be not less than 0.8 mm thick galvanized steel and
interior partitions or splitters shall be not less than 0.6 mm thick galvanized perforated
steel. ,
.7 Acoustical fill shall be inorganic glass or metal fiber of not less than 40 kgim3 density
which shall be packed behind partitions or splitters under not less than 10%compression '
to provide "spring" and avoid settling. Material shall be inert,vermin and moisture proof.
.8 Airtight construction shall be used and shall be leak-proof when subjected to differential '
air pressure of 200 mm of water gauge between outside and inside of noise reduction
unit. Lock joints or seams shall be welded or filled with mastic as manufacturer elects.
.9 Air passages should be "Straight thru" and of relatively narrow unit dimensions. '
.10 Acoustic turning vanes shall be aluminum airfoil shaped fiberglass filled Acoustitums ,
with perforated face, aluminum extruded leading and trailing edges with noise reduction
of 10-15 decibels at 600-1200 CPS. Acoustitums shall be installed, at 90 mm centres on
0.6 mm thick galvanized steel rails and secured in place with drive screws. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 45
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.35 SOUND ABSORBERS (Cont'd)
.11 Alternate Equipment:
1. Vibron Ltd.
2. Korfund-Sampson Ltd.
3. United McGill Corp.
�r
1.36 GRILLES,REGISTERS &DIFFUSERS
l Provide E.H. Price Ltd.grilles,registers and diffusers of sizes and types shown
conforming to and Certified Test Rated in accordance with Air Diffusion Council
Equipment Test Code No. 1062R2 of latest date.
.2 Grilles and registers shall be of steel construction(except where noted)with baked white
enamel finish, except in walls where prime coat finish shall be supplied.Aluminum
frames and bars shall be extruded from hard stock, free from pits and spots. Joints shall
be'hairline'. Attachment shall be with stainless steel or C.P. screws with 6.4 mm thick
urethane sponge gasket set under flange.
.3 Diffusers shall have white baked-on enamel finish. Diffusers shall be sized within limits
of sound pressure level NC-32 curve in typical room having average attenuation of 8 DB.
Each supply air diffuser shall be complete with flow equalizer and separate volume
' control operable from ceiling level. Supply diffusers shall be sized so that neck velocities
do not exceed 4.5 m/s. Return diffusers shall have DOB volume damper.
.4 Exhaust or return air registers, except where otherwise noted, shall be#510-FSS-3, with
removable key operated volume damper.
.5 Exhaust or return air grilles in lay-in ceilings in sizes 300 x 300 mm and larger shall be
#R80BFD-0 steel frame return air grille with aluminum eggcrate face plate, 16 mm
wide margin to fit 610 mm O.C. lay-in inverted T-bar ceiling, less/with volume damper.
Where located in ducted system,register shall have volume damper.
.6 Ceiling space gas pipe vent grilles shall be 300 x 300 mm size, #STG-1 grilles in lay-in
ceilings and#STG-IBC elsewhere.
.7 Supply air registers(except where noted) shall be#C-22-S-3 with removable key
operated volume damper and shall have throw and deflection noted or required to suit
room.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500 ,
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 46
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.37 GRILLES,REGISTERS& DIFFUSERS (Cont'd) ,
.8 Air volume extractor shall be 4AE-1 set in each 90 degree supply take-off where shown
or where required to give efficient branch air duct performance. ,
.9 Exhaust or return air grilles into ceiling spaces shall be#510FSS set on transfer duct in
ceiling. Where grille size is 300 x 300 mm or larger in ceiling,provide#R80BFD grille.
.10 Type A diffusers shall be#SCD-3, of steel construction and fit 610 trim O.C. T-bar
suspended lay-in ceilings. Inner assembly shall be easily removable.Diffuser face shall
be 610 x 610 mm size unless otherwise noted.
.11 Type B diffusers shall be#SCD-1, of steel construction for surface or flush mounting to
ceiling. Inner assembly shall be easily removable. ,
.12 Type C diffusers shall be LV2 one way, 108 mm as shown of extruded aluminum
continuous louvres with opposed blade damper,border mounting frame. Finishes shall
be baked enamel off-white.
.13 Type D diffusers shall be LVI one way, 108 min as shown of extruded aluminum '
continuous louvres with opposed blade damper,border mounting frame. Finishes shall
be baked enamel off-white.
.14 Type E linear bar grille shall be Model LBP15B extruded aluminum continuous in acid ,
etched and lacquered finish complete with opposed blade volume controller, type 271
grille frame with Type C fastening. Return grille shall be similar but less volume '
control. Provide dummy sections to give continuous appearance as shown on drawing.
.15 Alternate Equipment: '
1. Barber Colman (Kavair Air Products Ltd.)
2. Airvector
3. Carnes Corp. (Airex)
4. Nailor Hart Ind. Ltd.
5. Titus
6. Lloydaire
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 47
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.37 FIXED LOUVRES
1 Fixed louvres in outside walls for fan discharges or fresh air inlets shall be Airolite(E.H.
Price)4K666, of steel construction with 100 x 2.8 mm extruded storm proof blades
complete with 12 x 12 mm mesh aluminum birdscreen and extended steel sill supplied
installed by this Section. Louvres shall be AMCA rated and pass required air volume at
maximum 3.6 m/s at 25 Pa SP, be degreased and prime painted and have Duracron
enamel finish in colour selected by Architect to match existing.
.2 Connect ducts to louvres so that maximum free area of louvre is used and any moisture
in ducts will drain out through louvre. Caulking by this Section.
.3 Alternate Eqmipment:
1. Construction Specialities Ltd.
2. Penn Ventilator Canada Ltd.
3. Barber Colman of Canada Ltd.
4. Ruskin (Ken Hunt &Assoc. Ltd.)
5. Nailor Hart Industries Inc.
6. M.W.McGill &Associates Ltd.
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
.1 General
Air Handling Units shall be built to the level of quality as herein specified and to the
description of the Air Handling Unit Schedule.
Substitution of any product other than that specified, must assure no deviation below the
stated capacities, air flow rate, heat transfer rate, filtration efficiency and air mixing
quality. Power requirements must not be exceeded, and where specifically defined,
sound power levels must not be exceeded. Applications for "equal' or "alternate" must
address these factors.
The Air Handling Units shall be the product of a Canadian owned firm, built in Canada,
with all components made in Canada, where possible. The air handling units and major
components shall be products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of
such equipment and with a minimum of fifteen continuous years of proven production
experience.
Air Handling Units shall be manufactured by Engineered Air (905-602-4430). Alternate
products must show all areas where they do not meet specified product.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 48
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
1 General (Cont'd)
Indoor unit shall consist of filter section, return air fan section, supply air fan section,
heat wheel recovery section, frost control section, indirect gas heating section, Dx
cooling section, humidifier section, motorized damper, control panel, temperature
sensors, and all other components required for a complete packaged installation.
.2 Casine
Unit casing shall be of minimum 18 (1.4mm) gauge satin coat galvanized sheet metal.
Surfaces shall be cleaned with a degreasing solvent to remove oil and metal oxides and
primed with a two part acid based etching primer. Finish coat shall be an
electrostatically applied enamel, to all exposed surfaces. All unprotected metal and
welds shall be factory coated.
All walls, roofs and floors shall be of formed construction, with at least two breaks at
each joint. Joints shall be secured by sheet metal screws or pop rivets. Wall and floor
joints shall be broken in and roof joints broken out(exposed) for rigidity. All joints shall
be caulked with a water resistant sealant.
The following components shall be provided with a 22 gauge (.85mm) solid, or 24 gauge
(.70mm) (40% free area)perforated galvanized metal liner over insulated areas:
Solid Liner Per£ Liner
-Fan Sections X
-Coil Sections X
-Filter Sections X
-Access Sections X
-Humidifier Sections X
Casings shall be supported on 150mm (6") minimum structural channel supports,
designed and welded for low deflections. Integral lifting lugs shall be provided for
hoisting.
Unit casing floors in walk in sections shall be fabricated with 14 pa checker plate steel I'I
with iron grip polyurethane coating. Provide reinforcing channels under floor to
minimize deflection.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 49
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.2 Casine (Cont'd)
In air-to-air heat reclaim units, the exhaust section drain pans shall be an integral part of
the floor panelling, a minimum of 2" (50 mm) deep, with welded corners and coated with
an asphaltic water-proofing compound. Drain pans shall extend under the condenser coil
and be connected with a 1-1/2" (38 nun) M.P.T. drain connection.
.3 Access Doors
Units shall be provided with access doors to the following components:
-Fans and Motors
' -Filters
-Dampers and Operators
-Access Plenums
- Cooling Section
- Humidifier
Access Doors shall be large enough for easy access. Removal of screwed wall panels
1 will not be acceptable. Provide hinged access doors, with zinc plated piano hinges and
brass pins, in welded steel frames. Doors shall be fully lined with closed cell, automotive
bulb gasket and lever lock handles, operable from both sides.
' Access doors shall incorporate 12" x 12" (305 mm x 305 mm) single pane tempered glass
viewing window,wire reinforced tempered sealed type.
Whenever possible,hinged access doors to areas of negative pressure shall open out, and
to areas of positive pressure shall open in. Where space constrictions require the use of
outward opening doors to an area of positive pressure, a clear warning label must be
affixed.
.4 Insulation
All units shall be internally insulated with 2" (50mm)thick 1 1/2 lb./cu.ft. (24 kg./cu.m.)
density, neoprene coated fibre glass thermal insulation
Secured to metal panels with a fire retardant adhesive and welded steel pins at 16"
(400mm)o/c. All longitudinal insulation joints and butt ends shall be covered by a sheet
metal break to prevent erosion of exposed edges. Drain pans and all floor areas shall be
insulated on the underside.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 50
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cout'd)
.5 Filters
Filter sections shall be provided with adequately sized access doors to allow easy
removal of filters.
The filters shall be lift out, from an access plenum upstream of the filters. Lift out 4" '
(100 mm) filters shall fit into a horizontal track from which they are lifted up and out.
4" (1.00 mm) Pleated Panel Disposable Filters: Non-woven cotton fabric media with a
metal support grid and heavy duty beverage board enclosing frame. Permanent re-usable
metal enclosing frame. The filter media shall have an average efficiency of 30% on
ASHRAE Standard 52-76.
Provide a differential pressure switch across the filter bank to signal a dirty filter light on
the remote panel.
.6 Heat Recovery Wheel
General: The Total Energy Wheel shall be the sole responsibility of the Air Handling ,
Unit manufacturer. The manufacturer shall guarantee the performance of the wheel as to
its total heat transfer capability and its operation. Alternate reclaim devices shall meet or
exceed the performance noted in the schedules, without exceeding the fan power
requirements specified.
Wheel Media: The wheel shall be constructed of sheet aluminum, with alternate layers
corrugated,with adjacent layers glued to each other for stability. Wheels shall be tension
wound on to a central hub. All aluminum surfaces shall be coated with a AZeolite@
aluminosilicate coating to provide water vapour transfer from one air stream to the other.
Latent heat transfer shall be equal to the sensible heat transfer, "6%, throughout the
complete range of operation. The wheel shall be cleanable with compressed air, or warm
water without damage to the aluminum or desiccant.
Wheel Structure: Wheels are held securely together with extruded aluminum spokes
extending radially from the hub to the peripheral aluminum banding. Spokes are flush
mounted in the rotor media. Wheels of 1800 nun diameter and smaller are provided in
one piece construction. Larger wheels are provided in 4 or 8 piece construction.
Alternatively,the smaller wheels can also be provided in 4 piece construction.
6
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 51
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.6 Heat Recovery Wheel (Cont'd)
Wheel Seals: Wheels shall be provided with non-contact labyrinth seals around the
perimeter of the wheel, and across the face, at the division between the supply and
exhaust sectors. Adjustable seals shall be spaced not more than 1 mm off the rotor
surface.
Wheel Support: The wheel shall be supported by two pillow block bearings which in
turn are supported by a tubular steel support. The bearings shall be located in the shadow
of the bearing support member and the division between air streams, to maximize the
free area of the rotor as much as possible. The bearings shall be replaceable without
removing the wheel from the air handling unit.
Purge System: The unit shall be provided with a purge system to allow a percentage of
outdoor air to be swept through the exhaust air sector, to eliminate the possibility of
bypassing exhaust air to the supply air stream, for two reasons:
-to reduce as much as possible,the potential for contamination from the exhaust air.
-to eliminate the possibility of loss of efficiency when exhaust air bypasses to the supply
air stream.
The manufacturer shall ensure that the ambient pressure at the entering air side of the
exhaust sector of the wheel, is lower than the pressure at the leaving air side of the
supply air sector. In the case of draw through fans, this will necessitate a field
adjustable damper in the exhaust system, upstream of the total energy wheel. The
manufacturer shall select the exhaust fan to provide the additional air for purge.
Wheel Drive System: The wheel shall be driven by a continuous V-belt around the outer
perimeter of the wheel, and connected to an AC motor fitted with a gear reducer and V-
belt pulley. Access to the motor and drive shall be from the side of the unit to maximize
serviceability.
.7 Fan Sections
Centrifugal fans shall be rated in accordance with AMCA Standard Test Code, Bulletin
210. Fan manufacturer shall be a member of AMCA. All fans and fan assemblies shall
be dynamically balanced during factory test run. Fan shafts shall be selected for stable
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 52
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
operation at least 20% below the first critical RPM. Fan shafts shall be provided with a
rust inhibiting coating.
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.7 Fan Sections (Cont'd)
Airfoil fans shall be equipped with greaseable, self aligning ball type pillow block
bearings. The ratio of blast area to nominal outlet area for forward curved fans shall be
75%or greater.
Return fan shall be airfoil plenum type configuration where noted in schedules. Thrust
restraint isolators shall be provided at shaft centreline when required to minimize axial
movement and bending movements of the blower assembly(s). Drive side bearings on
Plenum fans shall be adapter style to ensure even clamping of the bearing sleeve to the
shaft.
Drives shall be adjustable on fans with motors 5 HP (3.73 kw) or smaller. On fans with
larger motors, fixed drives shall be provided. All drives shall be provided with a rust
inhibiting coating. The air balancer shall provide for drive changes (if required) during
the air balance procedure.
Motor, fan bearings and drive assembly shall be located inside the fan plenum to
minimize bearing wear and to allow for internal vibration isolation of the fan-motor
assembly, where required. Motor mounting shall be adjustable to allow for variations in
belt tension.
Fan-motor assemblies shall be provided with vibration isolators. Isolators shall be bolted
to steel channel welded to unit floor which is welded to the structural frame of the unit.
The isolators shall be vertical spring type isolators with levelling bolts, bridge bearing
waffled pads with minimum V (25mm) static deflection designed to achieve high
isolation efficiency. Fans shall be attached to the discharge panel by a heavy glass
fabric,neoprene impregnated,with a double locking fabric to metal connection.
Fan motors shall be rated for fan duty, open drip proof, high efficient(equal to CSA 390
M 1985)T-frame, and 575 Volt, 3 Phase, 60 Cycle
1
MUNICH'AL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 53
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.8 Dampers
Provide insulated dampers equal to "T.A. Morrison series 9000". Dampers are
engineered for less than 0.6% leakage 10" WG. Dampers not meeting specifications will
not be acceptable. Parallel blades are 6" wide and made of aluminum extrusion and
internal hollows insulated with 7/8" thick Polyurethane foam and are thermally broken.
Frames are a minimum 12 Ga extruded Polystyrene foam which has an R factor of 5.0.
Double Sealed bearings, where a Celcon inner bearing fixed on a hexagon rod rotates
within a frame. All blade linkages must be installed out of air stream in frame with steel
plated hardware.
Unit shall be complete with heavy duty, automatic shut-off dampers on exhaust and fresh
air side. Damper actuators to be complete with integral End Switch to prevent main fans
from running until the damper has reached a sufficiently open position. Provide shut-off
dampers as required to prevent cold air infiltrating building.
.9 Cooling Section
Coils shall be manufactured by Engineered Air, constructed of copper tube, aluminium
fm, copper headers with sweat connections.
Fins constructed of aluminum or copper shall be rippled for maximum heat transfer and
shall be mechanically bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion of the tubes. The
coils shall have a galvanized steel casing. All coils shall be factory tested with air at 300
psig(2070 kPa)while immersed in an illuminated water tank.
Refrigerant evaporator type coils shall be equipped with distributors connected to the
1 coil by copper tubes. Where a hot gas bypass is required, the inlet shall be at the
refrigerant distributor. Solenoid valves, expansion valves, and related accessories are to
be provided by the unit manufacturer.
Refrigerant coils with multiple compressors shall be alternate tube circuited in order to
distribute the cooling effect over the entire coil face at reduced load conditions.
Provision for use of thermal expansion valves must be included for make-up air
applications.
r
r !,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION (AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 54
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.9 Cooling Section (Cont'd)
General
Compressors shall be hermetic type, 3600 RPM, set on resilient neoprene mounts and
complete with line voltage break internal overload protection, internal pressure relief
valve and crankcase heater.
Condenser coils mounted in exhaut air stream and shall be copper tube type,
mechanically expanded into aluminum fns. Coils shall be factory tested with air at 300
prig (2070 kPa) while immersed in an illuminated water tank. Coils shall be C.S.A.
certified.
Packaged Cooling Units
Packaged units shall operate down to 50E F (10E C) as standard. Multiple refrigeration
circuits shall be separate from each other. Refrigeration circuits shall be complete with
liquid line filter-driers, combination sight glass moisture indicators and service ports
fitted with Schraeder fittings. Units with 9, 10 and 12 Ton hermetic compressors shall
also incorporate load compensated thermal expansion valves with external equalizers.
The complete piping system shall be purged and pressure tested with dry nitrogen, then
tested again under vacuum. Each system shall be factory run and adjusted prior to
shipment. ,
Controls for hermetic compressor units shall include compressor contactors, supply fan
contacts and overload protection control circuit transformer, cooling relays, ambient
compressor lockout,high pressure controls and automatic reset low pressure controls.
-Provide five minute anti-cycle timers. '
-Provide inter stage time delay timers.
Provide hot gas bypass on the lead compressor to maintain adequate suction pressure in
the event of low loads. This feature shall be provided on Make-Up Air applications with
less than four stages of cooling control.
.10 Indirect Gas Fired Auxiliary Heat
Heating units shall have an indirect natural gas heating section that is C-ETL, approved
for both sea level and high altitude areas. The entire assembly shall be approved and
labelled by a nationally recognized certification agency.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 55
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.10 Indirect Gas Fired Auxiliary Heat (Cont'd)
Operating natural gas pressure at unit(s)manifold shall be T' (1750 Pa)w.c.
Gas fired units shall be approved for operation in -40°F (-40"C) locations.
Heat exchanger shall be a primary drum and multi-tube secondary assembly constructed
of titanium stainless steel with multi-plane metal tubulators, and shall be of a floating
stress relieved design. Heat exchanger shall be provided with condensate drain
connection. The heat exchanger casing shall have 1" (25mm) of insulation between the
outer cabinet and inner liner. Blower assemblies close coupled to duct furnace type heat
exchangers are not acceptable.
Units with optional high efficiency heat exchangers shall be tested and certified to ANSI
standards to provide a minimum of 80% efficiency throughout the entire operating range
as required by ASHRAE 90.1. The manufacturer shall be routinely engaged in the
manufacture of this type of high efficiency equipment.
The burner assembly shall be a blow through positive pressure type with an intermittent
pilot ignition system to provide a high seasonal efficiency. Flame surveillance shall be
with a solid state programmed flame relay c/w flame rod. The burner and gas train shall
be in a cabinet enclosure. Insulation in the burner section shall be covered by a heat
reflective galvanized steel liner. Atmospheric burners, or burners requiring power
assisted venting are not acceptable.
Unit discharge air control shall include 15:1 turndown (HT burner). The high turndown
burner minimum input shall be capable of controlling at 6.7% of its rated input without
on-off cycling.
Refer to DG Controls section for heat exchanger/burner assembly operating efficiencies.
Installation and venting provisions must be in accordance with C.G.A. Standard B149.1,
ANSI Z223.1-NFPA54, and local authorities having jurisdiction. Type A, C, and/or PS
venting is required on indoor units.
.11 Humidifier
Gas fired humidifier to be Engineered Air SH - 120 gas-fired steam generating system
using regular type potable water supply shall be mounted in each unit.
I
t
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 56
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.11 Humidifier(Cont'd)
The generator shall be unit mounted integral packaged with steam distributors mounted
in the unit discharge with a sufficient number of tubes to ensure full absorption of steam
in the supply plenum.
The unit shall be completed with the following features:
Cabinet of powder painted steel construction.
stainless steel insulated humidifier tank with tight seal removable lid.
Stainless steel combustion chambers and heat exchanger, with a flue collar for
the field attachment of a flue vent pipe (note: this is separate from the flue for
the gas fired heating section of the unit; each unit has two (2) flues which must
be extended through the roof of the building).
Gas system with combination gas valve, combustion air blower, safety air
proving switch, micro processor controlled ignition, flame sensing and fault ,
indicator light, 100% premix burner hot surface igniter and heat transfer
efficiency maintained over all operating ranges.
- Water level control system mounted externally to the tank for automatic refill
through factory mounted solenoid valve.
- Automatic water shut down and blow down controls adjustable for varying water r
conditions.
- Water trap to prevent steam leakage to drain. '
- Top vented, forced draft high turndown modulating gas fired system.
- A complete set of fully modulating controls for the unit including return air
humidity control and supply air high limit humidistat, and an air proving switch.
.12 Controls Panel
Air handling units shall be factory wired and tested, and shall be certified by ETL, with
C.S.A. approved components.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 57
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.12 Control Panels (Cont'd)
Wiring shall be in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, and pertinent
sections of Part 2 of the Code pertaining to specific equipment type and purpose.
All electrical circuits shall undergo a dielectric strength test(CSA C22.2-0), and shall be
factory tested and checked as to proper function.
Pre-wired air handling units shall bear an approved bilingual label with all the necessary
identification marks, electrical data, and any cautions as required by the Canadian
Electrical Code,Part 2.
I
L Provide a system of motor control, including all necessary terminal blocks, motor
contactors, motor overload protection, grounding lugs, control transformers, auxiliary
contactors and terminals for the connection of external control devices or relays.
Automatic controls shall be housed in a control panel mounted in or on the air handling
unit,which will meet the C.S.A. standard of the specific installation.
Provide marine lights with Lexan bulb covers in each section provided with an access
door. Lights shall be wired in EMT conduit to a switch with pilot light. (120 volt power
supply by others)
i
.13 Control Sequence
MHeat Wheel Speed Control System:
Ambient temperature actuates ON-OFF control to facilitate a Summer-Winter
changeover cycle. Unwanted heat pickup in the make-up air stream in the 55EF to 75EF
ambient temperature range will be eliminated. Below the low end of the control range,
auxiliary heating is enabled, above the low end of the range, auxiliary cooling is enabled.
A microprocessor based variable speed control system to provide:
-proportional temperature control of supply air
-summer-winter changeover
-frost control
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 58 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.13 Control Sequence (Cont'd)
The variable speed control system shall consist of an AC Inverter (3 phase) c/w keypad
and LED readout for programming and alarm annunciation, 16 bit microprocessor
control logic, controlled speed range of 40:1, electronic motor overload protection, and
ground fault protection.
All inlet and outlet dampers shall close on unit shut-down. When unit is started by
E.M.S., fresh air and exhaust air dampers shall fully open and damper end-switches will
then energize controls and start fans approx.10 seconds apart.
Electronic temperature control system with the capability of providing 4 stages of ,
cooling control to maintain discharge temperature and full modulating humidifier return
am control. The minimum run and off time for compressors shall be 4 minutes at full
load startup, and may range up to 8 minutes under part load conditions. The controller
shall incorporate a PI (proportional/integral) control scheme that reduces temperature
droop by resetting to the set point after each stage is cycled on. Controller shall include:
In heating range, the controller will provide a signal to one of the following second level
device,model DJM controller for Series DJ heater as specified.
Unit control panel shall have unpowered contact terminals for unit start/stop from
building E.M.S., unit shutdown from fire alarm system. See 15950 for control
requirements.
All inlet and outlet dampers shall close on unit shut-down. When unit is started by
E.M.S., fresh air and exhaust air dampers shall fully open and damper end-switches will
then energize controls and start fans approx.10 seconds apart.
Provide a discharge air low limit equipped with an automatic by-pass time delay to allow
for cold weather start-up. On a heating system failure this device will shut down the fan
and close the outdoor air damper. This device shall require resetting by interrupting the
electrical circuit.
I
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 59
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.38 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT (Cont'd)
.13 Control Sequence (Cont'd)
Unit Performance(Tag HRU 11
Model No. FWA173 DJE 100 HRW SH
Exhaust Air Quantity 4719 US
Exhaust Air Temperature (Winter) 22EC @ 30%R.H.
(Summer) 24° C @ 50%RH
Fresh Air Quantity 4719 US
Fresh Air Temperature (Winter) -23EC
(Summer) 30.5°C DB/22.7°C WB
Enthalpy Wheel Recovery (Winter) 188 KW(Summer) 92 KW
Reheat Capacity-Indirect Gas 293 KW in/231 KW out
Supply Fan Motor 11.2 KW
Exhaust Fan Motor 7.46 KW
Supply Air E.S.P. 250 pa
Exhaust Air E.S.P. 250 pa
Voltage 575v/3/60
Cooling Section-Dx Coil 55.7 KW T/41.6 KW S
Condenser Air Cooled in E/A
S.A.Entering Design Cool Conditions 25.6EC DB/18.6°C WB
M.C.A. 61 A
Final S.A. Temperature 22°C(727)DB
.14 Alternate Equipment
Alternate manufacturers must ensure dimensions of their unit is no greater than the
Engineered Air's unit size or weight shown on drawings, BEFORE BIDDING.
Contractor will be fully responsible on any changes to the base bid equipment.
i
1. Temprite Ind.
2. Haacon
3. ICE(Applied Energy Systems)
4. Airwise
r
r
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 60
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT
1 Reference Standards
1 Supply and install where shown inside building, Carrier package Air Handling
Units as described in this specification and as scheduled on the plans, factory
assembled,pre-wired and tested. Units shall be complete with the following
components:
1. Supply Air Fan sections
2. Heating coil (SAI)
3. Cooling coil (SA I)
4. Filter section
5. Mixing section
6. Motors and drives
7. Vibration Isolators
.2 Unit Casing
1. Unit casing shall be of minimum 18 (1.3mm) gauge satin coat galvanized sheet
metal. Surfaces shall be cleaned with a degreasing solvent to remove oil and
metal oxides and primed with a two part acid based etching primer. Finish coat ,
shall be an electrostatically applied enamel,to all exposed surfaces. All
unprotected metal and welds shall be factory coated.
All walls, roofs and floors shall be of formed construction,with at least two
breaks at each joint. Joints shall be secured by sheet metal screws or pop rivets.
Wall and floor joints shall be broken in and roof joints broken out(exposed)for
rigidity. All joints shall be caulked with a water resistant sealant.
1" (25mm)thick 1 1/21b./cu.ft. (24 kg./cu.m.)density,neoprene coated fibre
glass thermal insulation
2. Provide hinged access doors, fully lined,with zinc plated piano hinges and brass ,
pins, Ventlock 310 handles, operable from both sides.All units over 48 in.
(1220mm)high have min.two handles. Fans and coil sections shall have doors
providing internal access. Coils shall be removable through access panels.
3. Casings shall be supported on formed galvanized steel channel or structural
channel supports, designed and welded for low deflections. Integral lifting lugs
shall be provided for hoisting.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 61
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.3 Fans
1. General
1. Plenum fan sections shall have one single width single inlet(SWSI)
airfoil fan wheel. Airfoil blades shall be double thickness design.
Wheels shall be painted with zinc chromate primer and enamel paint.
They shall be designed for continuous operation at the maximum rated
fan speed and motor horsepower. Fans shall have a minimum AMCA
Class II rating.
2. Fan wheels shall be keyed to the shaft and shall be designed for
continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor
' horsepower. Fan wheels and shafts shall be selected with a maximum
operating speed 25%below the first critical, and shall be statically and
dynamically balanced as an assembly.
3. Fan shafts shall be solid steel,turned, ground,polished and coated with
rust preventative oil.
4. Fan motor shall be mounted within the fan section casing on slide rails
equipped with 2 adjusting screws. Motor shall be high efficiency, open
drip-proof or totally enclosed fan cooled NEMA Design B with size and
electrical characteristics as shown on the equipment schedule. Premium
efficiency motors shall be available. Motor shall be mounted on a
horizontal flat surface and shall not be supported by the fan or its
structural members.All motors shall have a t10%voltage utilization
range and a 1.15 minimum service factor. Motor shall be compliant with
EPACT where applicable.
2. Performance Ratings:
Fan performance shall be rated and certified in accordance with ARI Standard
430.
3. Sound Ratings:
Manufacturer shall publish first through eighth octave sound power for fan
discharge and casing radiated sound.
4. Mounting:
Fan scroll, wheel, shaft, bearings, drives, and motor shall be mounted on a
common base assembly which shall be isolated from the outer casing with
factory-installed 2-in. deflection spring isolators and vibration absorbent fan
discharge seal. The isolation system shall be designed to conform to seismic
zone 4 requirements.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 62 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.4 Heating and Cooling Coil Section
1. Heating coil sections shall be provided as indicated on the schedule. Coil
module casing shall completely surround the coil. Construction shall be as the
fan and coil section. Headers and U-bends shall not be exposed.
2. Coil module shall have complete internal insulation with 25mm (1")neoprene
coated insulation.
3. Coils shall be ARI rated.
4. Heating and Cooling coils shall be 5/8 copper tube with aluminum ripple
corrugated fins and extra heavy seamless copper headers. Coils shall have a
max.pressure rating of 250 PSIG(1724 Kpa)and temperature of 149°C.
(300"F.).
5. Coils shall be factory installed with the headers inside the air stream and the
connections extended to the outside and sealed. Label the connections inlet and
outlet. ,
6. Coils shall be drainable,with threaded pipe connections on the headers.
7. Coil flow control and balancing valves are to be supplied and installed by the
controls contractor.
.5 Filter Section ,
1. Flat filter boxes shall have access doors. Channels for 50mm(2")filters shall be
provided.
2. Filter sections shall have 25mm(P)internal insulation of the neoprene coated ,
type.
.6 Filters
1. Filters shall be 50mm(2")thick, 30% efficient,replaceable media,permanent
frame type.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 63
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.7 Mixing Section
1. Mixing Dampers
Damper frames shall be u-shaped galvanized metal sections securely screwed or
welded to the air handling unit chassis. Pivot rods of 1/2" (13mm)aluminum,
shall turn in bronze bushings, fabricated from self- oiling bronze. Rods shall be
secured to the blade by means of straps and set screws.
Blades shall be 18 gauge (1.3mm)galvanized metal with two breaks on each
edge and three breaks on centreline for rigidity. The pivot rod shall "nest" in the
centreline break. Damper edges shall 'interlock. Maximum length of damper
between supports shall be 42 inches(1070mm). Damper linkage brackets shall
be constructed of galvanized metal.
Dampers shall be:
Low leak dampers shall include blade ends sealed with an adhesive backed
' foamed polyurethane gasketting. Interlocking blade edges shall include an all
weather PVC seal, fastened with a positive lock grip and pliable overlap edges
on both the entering and leaving air sides. Pivot rods extend the full length of
damper blades and are interlocked on the side through crank arms.
Mixing dampers shall be parallel blade type.
.8 Motors and Drives
1. Drives shall be adjustable on fans with motors 5 HP(3.73 kw)or smaller. On
fans with larger motors, fixed drives shall be provided. All drives shall be
provided with a rust inhibiting coating. The air balancer shall provide for drive
changes(if required) during the air balance procedure.
Motor, fan bearings and drive assembly shall be located inside the fan plenum to
minimize bearing wear and to allow for internal vibration isolation of the fan-
motor assembly, where required. Motor mounting shall be adjustable to allow
for variations in belt tension.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 64
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.8 Motors and Drives(Cont'd)
1. (Cont'd)
Fan-motor assemblies shall be provided with vibration isolators. Isolators shall
be bolted to steel channel welded to unit floor which is welded to the structural
frame of the unit. All fans shall incorporate vertical spring type isolators with
levelling bolts, bridge bearing waffled pads with minimum 1" (25mm) static
deflection designed to achieve high isolation efficiency. Fans shall he attached
to the discharge panel by a polyvinyl chloride coated polyester woven fabric,
with a sealed double locking fabric to metal connection.
Fan motors shall be ODP high efficiency. Open drip proof motors shall be '
mounted on adjustable belt tightening T-frame on the discharge face of the fan
cabinet.
.9 Pre-wired Equipment and Factory Installed Controls
Air handling units shall be factory wired and tested, and shall be certified by C-ETL.
All electrical circuits shall undergo a dielectric strength test, and shall be factory tested
and checked as to proper function.
Prewired air handling units shall bear an approved label with all the necessary
identification marks, electrical data, and any necessary cautions as required by the
National Electrical Code, Part 2.
Provide a system of motor control, including all necessary terminal blocks, motor
contactors, motor overload protection, grounding lugs, control transformers, auxiliary
contactors and terminals for the connection of external control devices or relays.
Provide marine lights with Lexan bulb covers in each section provided with an access 1
door. Lights shall be wired in EMT conduit to a switch with pilot light. 120 volt power
supply by others.
.10 Alternate Equipment:
1. Engineered Air
, r
MUNICH'AL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 65
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.11 Equipment Schedule:
i
Air Handler Unit: 39T
Unit Size 17
Fan Type Plenum Draw-Thm(Std. Wheel)
Class Class II
Casing Type 2 in. Double-Wall Solid
Inlet Guide Vanes No
Actual Airflow, L/s 3681
Site Altitude, to 0
Standard Airflow, L/s 3681
Upstream Ext. Static, kPa 0.000
Downstream Ext. Static, kPa 0.311
Cooling Coil Static, kPa 0.000
Heating Coil Static,kPa 0.049
Other Losses,kPa 0.000
Total Accessory Static,kPa 0.147
Total Static Pressure, kPa 0.507
Fan RPM(Calculated/Actual) 1813 / 1864
Fan kW/Motor kW 2.8 /3.7
Cooling: Fluid Temp Rise Heating: Fluid Temp Drop
' Coil Model NC-F NH-F
Row/FPI/Circ. 4/ 11/FL 2 / 8 /HF
Face Area Type Large Medium
Coil Face Area 1.51 sqm 1.51 sqm
Face Velocity 2.4 m/s 2.4 m/s
Fin/Tube Material At/CU Al/CU
Tube Wall Thickness 0.406 mm 0.406 mm
Total Cooling Capacity 67.21 kW
Heating Capacity 127.42 kW
Sensible Cooling Capacity 51.56 kW
Fluid Flow Rate 2.9 L/s 2.7 L/s
Fluid Pressure Drop 9.6 kPa 30.9 kPa
Fluid Velocity 0.8 m/s 1.6 m/s
Entering Fluid Temperature 7.22°C 87.78°C
Entering Air Temperature 15.56°C
j Leaving Fluid Temperature 12.78°C 76.67°C
Leaving Air Temperature 0.049 kPa
Fluid Temperature Rise 5.6°K 11.1°K
Cv Rating 20.5 19.5
r
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 66
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.39 SUPPLY AIR UNIT (Cont'd)
.11 Equipment Schedule: (Cont'd)
Cooling: Fluid Temp Rise Heating: Fluid Temp Drop ,
Entering Air Dry Bulb 26.67°C
Entering Air Wet Bulb 19.44°C
Entering Air Enthalpy 55.24 kJ/kg
Leaving Air Dry Bulb 15.21°C
Leaving Air Wet Bulb 14.31°C
Leaving Air Enthalpy 40.0 kJ/kg
Bypass Factor 0.1366
Air Friction 0.135 kPa
Brine FW FW ,
Brine Concentration 0% 0%
1.40 FAN EQUIPMENT
I Provide Delhi and Penn fans of sizes,types and characteristics shown in Fan Schedule.
Each fan shall be dynamically and statically balanced at factory and clearly indicate ,
direction of rotation. Fans with forward curved wheels shall have adjustable outlet
volume control. Each fan shall be A.M.C.A. rated and conform to standards of C.F.M.A.
and A.S.H.R.A.E.
.2 Each fan shall have Canadian made motor for heavy duty continuous operation selected
to operate equipment at maximum efficiency of KW at least equal to brake KW.Each
belt drive shall be adjustable at least 20%up and down from performance shown and
have 1.5 service factor. Motors shall be drip-proof ball bearing type, grease lubricated
unless otherwise noted. See 15A-25 Wiring and Motors, for further details such as
integral overheat devices and start-up times. See Starter Schedule for phase and voltage
conditions.
.3 Set each floor mounted fan on 100 mm high concrete housekeeping pad, see 15A-19 for
details.
.4 Each fan on roof shall have suitable base for mounting on roof curb and platform built by '
another Section,have weather tight fastenings and integral C.S.A. approved HP rated
disconnected switch mounted inside cover.
.5 Degrease and prime paint each fan at factory and leave ready for painting by another
Section.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 67
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.40 FAN EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
.6 Each roof exhauster shall be Penn "Domex" with'V' belt or direct drive as noted; of
aluminum construction with parts exposed to weather of aluminum or stainless steel.
Fan wheels shall be backward curved,non-overloading centrifugal design with
permanently lubricated ball bearings. Tip speed velocity shall NOT exceed that
scheduled. Motor H.P. shall be NOT less than scheduled and mounted out of air stream.
Motor and fan assembly shall be on vibration isolation mounts and be quiet operating.
Hood shall be 360 degree circular style easily removable to permit access to backdraft
damper. Discharge outlet shall have 12 X 12 mm mesh aluminum or vinyl coated steel
birdscreen rigidly secured. Each unit shall be in paintable prime coat finish as
previously noted.
.7 Each concealed ceiling cabinet type exhaust fan shall be Penn Zephyr exhaust fan
complete with acoustically lined fan housing, gravity backdraft damper,rubber mounted
direct driven centrifugal fan with cord,plug and receptacle box, duct collars, C.P. inlet
grille and roof cap or wall cap as scheduled.
.8 Provide gravity backdraft damper on each exhaust fan and where noted. Backdraft
damper shall be of multi-bladed type with aluminum blades,neoprene edged and
secured. Bearings shall be corrosion resistant located inside rigidly constructed frame of
heavy gauge painted steel. Blades shall be interconnected with tie rod on inside of frame
which shall be weather-stripped all round and have counter-balanced arrangement to
hold blades fully open when fan is on and tightly closed when fan is off.
.9 Manufacturer to provide motorized dampers on fans where shown.
.10 Utility fan shall be Delhi #BI Packaged S.W.S.I. centrifugal fan arrangement 410
with fan and motor mounted on common base. Fan wheel shall have backward
curved blading with stable pressure curve and true self-limiting horsepower
characteristics. Motor base shall be adjustable. Fan bearings shall be self-
aligning, grease lubricated ball type. Fan shall have extended leg or base to
provide support under fan inlet. Provide weatherhood and upblast discharge
cowl with 13 mm x 13 mm mesh aluminum birdscreen on outlet.
1
1 '
!! 1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 68 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.40 FAN EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
.11 Alternate Equipment:
For Exposed Cabinet Fans 1
1. N.Y. Blower
2. McQuay(Remington Indusco Inc.)
3. Keeprite Products Ltd,
4. Sheldon's Engineering Ltd.
5. Canadian Blower&Forge Co. Ltd,
6. Trane Canada
7. Carrier Corp.
For Concealed Cabinet Fans
1. Carnes Corp. (Airex)
2. Jenn Air
3. Loren Cook(Thermal Technics Inc.) '
4. Penn Zephyr
5. Broan Limited
For Roof Exhausters ,
1. Jenn Air(Davie Environmental Equipment Ltd).
2. Carnes Corp. (Airex)
3. Loren Cook(Thermal Technics Inc.) '
4. Exitaire(Lawson Taylor&Co. Ltd.)
5. Greenheck(E.H. Price Sales Ltd.)
6. Irving Fan ,
7. Ammerman
1.41 ROOF HOOD ,
1 Provide approved mushroom type roof hood, Penn 'DR'on air intakes,relief vents or ,
ducts passing through roof each complete with birdscreen, backdraft damper, etc., except
where otherwise cooed. Each hood shall be of aluminum construction, stainless steel
fitted, degreased and prime painted and ready for painting by another Section.
1
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 69
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.41 ROOF HOOD (Cont'd)
.2 Alternate Equipment:
1. Carnes Corp.
2. Loren Cook(Thermal Technics Inc.)
3. Exitaire Co. (Lawson Taylor& Co. Ltd.)
4. Greenheck(E.H. Price Sales Ltd.)
5. Jenn Air(Davie Environmental Equip. Ltd.)
6. Irvin Fan
1.42 FAN COIL UNITS
1 Provide Carrier fan-coil units of sizes and types as shown on Drawings.
.2 Each unit shall be certified to deliver published heating and cooling capacities when
tested in accordance with current ARI Standard 441. Each unit, options and accessories
' shall be wired and assembled in accordance with NEC. Each unit(without options and
accessories) shall be UL listed.
.3 Fans shall be centrifugal, forward-curved, double width type and shall be both statically
and dynamically balanced. Fan wheels and housing shall be of galvanized steel.
.4 Units shall be complete with chilled water coils, centrifugal fan and motor, insulated
condensate pan, 3-speed fan switch and 18 gauge galvanized steel casing panels. Each
unit shall have factory installed internally lined plenum.
' .5 Each cabinet shall be constructed of cold-rolled steel,bonderized and coated with baked
enamel finish. Access panels shall have positive locking quarter turn fasteners for easy
' removal. Fasteners shall be slotted head type. Each unit shall be complete with
sound-lined return air plenum.
1 .6 Interior surfaces of casing panels shall be insulated with 13 mm thick glass fiber meeting
NFPA-90A requirements. Condensate pan shall be lined with 13 mm thick fire retardant
closed cell foam insulation.
' .7 Fan motors shall be 3-speed, tap-wound type with integral motor protection. Motors
shall be shaded-pole type.
.8 Motor bearings shall be of sleeve type with oil tubes and oversized oil reservoir to ensure
positive lubrication.
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 70 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.42 FAN COIL UNITS (Cont'd)
.9 Each coil shall give capacity shown with staggered 13 mm OF copper tubes and
mechanically bonded aluminum fns. Coils shall be leak tested at 2413 kPa minimum air
pressure, and shall be suitable for up to 1724 kPa working pressure. Each coil shall have
a manual air vent. Coil sweat connections shall be 16 mm OD copper.
.10 Filters shall be 25 mm thick throwaway type. Provide one set of spare filters for all
units. Filters must be easily accessible after installation of unit and shall be removeable
from below.
.11 Primary drain pans shall be of 18 gauge galvanized steel. Pans shall be pitched for ,
positive drainage and shall project under full length of coil, including return bends and
headers.
.12 Auxiliary drain pan with 19 mm MPT drain connection shall be P rovided on all vertical
units.
.13 Provide rubber isolating pads for vertical fan coil units. Mount units on pads to prevent
vibration. Provide spring isolators for suspended units.
.14 Alternate Equipment: (Contractor shall ensure that fan coil units physical ,
.1 Trane dimensions are not more than specified units).
.2 York ,
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM
1
.1 The computer room environmental control system shall be a Liebert Challenger/3
Self-Contained System, Model CF67A as supplied by JO-AD Industries Ltd, or approved '
equal. The unit shall be arranged for downflow air delivery and shall have the following
net capacity data at 22°C, 50%R.H.:
- 17.3 KW Total Cooling '
- 15 KW Sensible Cooling
- 1416 L/s @ 75 Pa Air Volume
- l0 KW Reheat
- 5 kgs/HR Humidification
- 1.5 HP 3/60/600 Volt Fan Motor
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 71
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.2 Cabinet and Frame Construction
' The frame shall be constucted of heliarc welded tubular steel. The exterior
panels shall be insulated with a minimum 25 mm, 0.68 kgs. density fiber
insulation. All panels shall have concealed fasteners and shall be removable for
service access. The exterior panels shall be painted to match the computer
equipment.
.3 Fan Section
The fan shall be the centrifugal type, double width, double inlet and shall be
statically and dynamically balanced as a complete assembly to a maximum
vibration level of two mils in any plane. The wheel shall be supported on a
heavy duty steel shaft having self-aligning ball bearings with a minimum life
span of 100,000 hours. It shall be driven by 1750 RPM fan motor. The drive
package shall be variable speed, sized for 200% of the fan motor horsepower.
the fans shall be located to draw air over the coil to ensure even air distribution
and maximum coil performance.
.4 Refrigeration System
The refrigeration system shall consist of a hermetic compressor high and low
pressure safety switches,refrigerant sight glass,moisture indicator and an
externally equalized expansion valve.
t .5 Two-Step D.X. Coil
The cooling coil shall be of a two step design for enhanced temperature and
dehumidification control with a minimum of 0.54 m2 face area, 4 rows deep. It
shall be constructed of copper tubes and aluminum fins and have a maximum
face veocity of 2.54 m/s per minute at 1416 L/s to provide maximum sensible
cooling.
i
. 1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 72 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.6 Infra-Red Humidifier r
The humidifier shall be of the infra-red type consisting of high intensity quartz '
lamps mounted above and out of the water supply. the evaporator pan shall be
stainless steel and arranged to be serviceable for cleaning without disconnecting
water supply lines, or electrical connections. The complete humidifier section
shall include liquid level control, and shall be prepiped ready for final
connection. The infra-red humidification system shall use bypass air to prevent
over-humidification of the computer room. The autoflush system shall ,
automatically flush deposits from the humidifier pan. The system shall be field
adjustable to change the cycle time to suit local water conditions.
.7 Electric Reheat ,
The electric reheat coils shall be capable of maintaining room dry bulb
conditions when the system is calling for dehumidification. The reheat section
shall include U.L. approved safety switches to protect the system from
overheating.
.8 Filters
The filters shall be serviceable without shutting down the system. They shall be '
rated not less than 20% efficiency based on ASHRAE 52-76.
.9 Microprocessor Control System (Level Ol ,
1. The control system shall be microproccessor-based. The control system shall be
provided with two, 0.43"high, seven segment LED numerical displays to allow '
observation of room temperature and humidity, and the following user
programmable functions:
Temperature Setpoint
Temperature Sensitivity
Humidity Setpoing ,
Humidify Sensitivity
Humidifier Flush Rate
High Temperature Alarm Setpoint ,
Low Temperature Alarm Setpoint
High Humidity Alarm Setpoint
Low Humidity Alarm Setpoint
i
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 73
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.9 Microprocessor Control System (Level O) (Cont'd)
' 2. A coloured LED display panel mounted on the front of the unit shall indicate the
following normal operating modes and alarm conditions:
Operating Modes
Heating
Cooling
' Dehumidification
Humidification
Alarms
High Temperature
Low Temperature
Loss of Air Flow
' High Humidity
Low Humidity
Change Air Filters
Local Alarm
3. The alarm conditions shall activate an audible and visual indicator. The visual
indicator shall remain lit until the problem is corrected. The common alarm
shall also indicate high head pressure or water under floor.
' 4. The microprocessor control system shall be capable of providing a humidifier
autoflush program and a compressor positive start program.
' 5. The microprocessor control system shall be interfaceable with the Liebert
Sitemaster/200 Monitoring System and Liebert Sitescan Monitoring System
enabling control and alarm functions to be remotely monitored and programmed
at a central location.
6. Remote Alarm at EMS System and locally at room door, Form C contacts shall
' be provided for the following alarms:
-high temperature
-low temperature
-loss of air flow
-high humidity
-low humidity
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 74 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.9 Microprocessor Control System (Level O) (Cont'd)
6. (Cont'd)
-change air filters
-water under floor
Form C contacts are to change state when the corresponding alarm is activated
on the Lieber[Microprocessor control. See 15950 for other control
requirements.
.10 Air Cooled Condenser with Fan Speed Winter Control Svstem ,
1. The air cooled condenser shall be the low profile, slow speed multiple direct
drive propeller fan type. The condenser shall be constructed of aluminum and
contain a copper tube, aluminum fm coil arranged for vertical air discharge and
shall be designed for 35°C ambient.
2. The winter control system for the air cooled condenser shall be Liebert Fan '
Speed Control. The variable speed motors shall operate from 0 to 575 volts,
single phase, 10 to 1,050 RPM. It shall be designed with permanently- lubricated
ball bearings, internal overload protection, 58.3°C rise at full speed, 65.6°C at 10 '
RPM with a minimum 10 year life. The control system shall be complete with
transducers,thermostats and electrical control circuit, factory pre-packaged in
the integral condenser control box. ,
3. The transducer shall automatically sense the head pressure of the compressor and
control the variable speed fan on the air cooled condenser to properly maintain ,
the head pressure. The Fan Speed Control System shall provide positive start-up
and operation in ambient temperature as low as-29°C. The air cooled condenser
shall have a 600 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hz power supply. ,
.I1 Floorstand
The floorstand shall be constructed of a welded steel frame. The floorstand shall have '
adjustable legs with vibration isolation pads. The floorstand shall be 200 mm high.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 75
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.43 COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (Cont'd)
.12 Liqui-Tect Sensors
Provide two solid-state water sensors under the raised floor. The field installed sensors
shall activate an audible and visual alarm.
.13 Disconnect Switch(Non-locking Type)
The non-automatic molded case circuit breaker shall be mounted in the high voltage
section of the electrical panel. The switch shall be accessible with the accent panel
closed.
.14 Air Cooled Condenser Disconnect Switch
' Provide a weatherproof disconnect switch factory mounted and wired to the condenser
control panel,accessible from the exterior.
.15 Alternate Equipment
I. Hi Ross
1.44 REFRIGERANT PIPING& CONTROLS
1 Provide all refrigerant piping complete with accessories to best engineering practice and
to approval. Piping shall be 'ACR'hard copper with wrought copper fittings, thoroughly
' cleaned before installation,properly mounted by oversize isolation hangers and
insulation protection shields, Myatt#251, see 15A-20 Hangers. Joints shall be made with
silver solder. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction. Provide Vibro-Sorber
on each pipe to each coil and condenser unit to approval for vibration isolation where not
internally isolated.
.2 Refrigerant shall be#R-32 or latest approved type of which full initial charge shall be
supplied and installed in each system. Replace as necessary during one year warranty
period.
' .3 After completion of refrigeration piping installation,test each piping system under air
pressure for leaks. Repair any leaks detected. Evacuate each system by vacuum pump to
508 mm Hg. Each system shall hold same for 24 hours without decrease in vacuum.
Upon completion of testing and dehydration process, each system shall be charged with
refrigerant.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION (AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 76 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.44 REFRIGERANT PIPING & CONTROLS (Cont'd)
.4 Each refrigerant circuit shall be complete with thermal expansion valve and solenoid '
valve to operate in sequence and provide effective system operation to approval. See
Temperature Controls and following paragraphs. Provide hot gas by-pass control '
assembly on unit noted to manufacturer's directions including wiring. Provide all wiring
necessary to complete each system including controls and inter-wiring to condenser units
and DX coil solenoid valves and hot gas by-pass controls. ,
.5 Provide complete start-up service and instruct Building Operators in care and
maintenance of D.X.type Air Conditioning System. See 15010—Mechanical General '
Requirements-Instructions to Operator.
.6 Provide approved pressure gauge connection on inlet to each compressor, condenser and '
evaporative coil connection. Provide approved sight glass in piping at inlet to each
expansion valve. Provide removable core filter/drier in three valve bypass on inlet to
each expansion and/or solenoid valve. ,
.7 Provide drain piping from unit in type 'M'hard copper with solder joint fittings. Provide
trapped, broken joint connections to approval.
.8 Mechanical Trade Insulator will insulate refrigerant piping. See Insulation. '
1.45 FLOW MEASURING EQUIPMENT
1 Provide in discharge of each pump, 3 way valve, chilled and hot water coils in ducts and '
units, and on chilled and hot coils in fan coil units, an S.A. Armstrong circuit balancing
valve to suit pipe size.
.2 Fittings up to 50 mm size shall be Model CBVI screwed end circuit balancing fitting '
with shutoff/balancing valve, drain connection and meter connections. Fittings over 50
mm size shall be Model CBV-11 flanged end circuit balancing fitting with valved meter ,
connection and shutoff/balancing valve. Fittings shall be rated for 862 kPa working
pressure.
.3 Supply one Armstrong "Compuflow" digital meter complete with temperature probe, '
carrying case,hoses and operating instructions. Turn over to Owner on completion of
system balancing.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
' EXPANSION(AND NEW &AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 77
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.45 FLOW MEASURING EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
.4 Alternate Equipment:
1. Taco(Canada)Ltd.
2. Tour&Andersson
' 1.46 EXISTING SYSTEMS& MATERIALS
.1 Disconnect, relocate and/or remove existing heating units, fans, controls, equipment,
' ducts,piping, valves and other extraneous materials as noted or required. Remove entire
existing air handling system and associated ductwork,piping and controls unless a
portion of the system is serving another sections of the building.
' .2 Removed materials shall not be used unless otherwise directed.
' 1.48 OPERATE AND ADJUST SYSTEMS
1 Operate all systems to full capacity and verify proper, safe efficient operation of all parts
' and each complete system. Oil motors and grease bearings before operating equipment.
I
.2 When work is complete and systems are in operation, adjust valves, belt drives, controls,
' dampers and thermostats so that there is even distribution of cooling,heating and air
throughout. Turn over to Owner,necessary keys,handles and operating devices for each
system.
r .3 Each air handling system shall be balanced and air quantities per outlet listed and
forwarded to Engineer for checking and approval. Balancing Report shall be suitably
! ' bound, 8-1/2" x 11" size, six copies required, Clean or replace filters and leave systems
in clean operating condition.
.4 Test and balance each air system such that air quantities at each outlet, diffuser, grille
and register are within 5% of design figures. Fan speeds, splitter and balancing dampers
shall be adjusted to achieve these results. Prepare and submit a final balancing report for
1 checking and approval.
.5 Testing and balancing of air handling and hydronic systems shall be under supervision of
qualified personnel. Balancing and testing shall be performed by trained personnel with
' records kept of each trial balance for supervision and approval.
i
III
MUNICIPAL OFFICE HEATING,VENTILATION SECTION 15500
EXPANSION(AND NEW & AIR CONDITIONING PAGE 78 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.48 OPERATE AND ADJUST SYSTEMS (Cont'd)
.6 Balance all water systems to obtain flows specified. Provide test/balance reports on all '
items.
.7 If spot checking systems reveals actual air quantities do not agree with air balance report, '
this Section will be called upon to completely rebalance systems until satisfactory.
without extra remuneration. ,
.8 Clean all water systems BEFORE commencing testing.
.9 Clean filters, etc. BEFORE commencing testing. Clean or replace filters as necessary to '
leave system in clean operating condition.
1.49 QUIET OPERATION '
1 Each air handling system has bee designed to be quiet in operation,N.C. 35 maximum. ,
It is responsibility of this Section to supply equipment and install systems to ensure noise
levels will be maintained satisfactory to Architect.
1.50 WARRANTY
1 Furnish to Owner through General Contractor and Architect,written warranty covering
materials and workmanship and free service for one year from date of start of lien period.
.2 Warrant apparatus installed to properly cool,heat and ventilate without undue noise '
through every item of equipment and system and to maintain reassured room conditions.
.3 Warranty shall entail repair or replacement of materials installed without change to ,
Owner except where, in opinion of Architect, such repair or replacement was caused by
improper use or lack of proper maintenance. '
END OF SECTION ,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
' EXPANSION(AND NEW CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CONTENTS
' SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General Conditions
1.2 General Requirements
1.3 Work Included
1.4 Equipment Standards&Approvals
1.5 Acceptance Procedure
1.6 Operator Instruction
1.7 Operating Maintenance Data
1.8 Identification of Equipment
1.9 Warranty
1.10 Network System Controller(NSC)
1.11 Electronic Temperature Sensors
1.12 Electronic Humidity Transmitters
1.13 Start/Stop Motor Control Relays
1.14 Binary Input Sensors
' 1.15 Operator's Console
1.16 System Software Features
1.17 Dial-Up Remote Operators Terminals +
1.18 Application Specific Controllers
1.19 Control Valves
1.20 Damper Operators
' 1.21 Motorized Dampers
1.22 Installation
1.23 Heat Recovery Unit Control
1.24 Mechanical Room&Chiller Room Ventilation
1.25 Fan Coil Units
1.26 Exhaust Fan Control
1.27 Domestic H.W. Recirculation Pump Control
1.28 H.W. Radiation Control-Typical
1.29 Exterior Lighting Control
' 1.30 Humidification Control
1.31 Supply Air Unit
' .......Continued
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
iCONTENTS
' SUBSECTION TITLE
1.32 Computer Room A/C Unit
1.33 Chiller Plant Control(Winter/Summer)
1.34 Sensors
1.35 Smoke Control In Atriums(Existing&New)
1.36 Emergency Generator Ventilator
1.37 Other Control Hardware
1.38 Adjustments, Service and Warranty
1.39 Alternate Equipment
1.40 E.M.S.Point Schedule
1
' ' I
I'
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
' 1 Comply with requirements of Section 15010.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
' .1 Control system shall be a proven modular system using standard hardware, standard
off-the-shelf software, and employing distributed digital control. System shall be totally
solid state using computer oriented digital technology to insure reliability, long life and low
' maintenance cost. Tender shall be based on Siemens Ltd.
.2 Control Subcontractor must have local 24 hour service available from office within 60 km
of building site.
13 WORK INCLUDED
.1 Supply, install and commission a centralized automated computer based Energy
Management System (EMS) to meet functional performance requirements of system as
' herein specified. E.M.S. shall integrate multiple building functions, including equipment
supervision and control,alarm management,energy management, &trend data collection.
' .2 Include all computer hardware and software, operator input/output communication devices,
remote field processing units, communication interface to digital system controllers, and
field sensors and controls required to meet specified performance.
.3 Include all wiring, conduit, piping, installation, materials, supervision and labour, including
calibration, commissioning, software programming and data base generation, and
additional work necessary to provide a complete and fully operating system to approval of
Owner's representative. Provide dial in/out modem for remote communication to future
central computer.
1.4 EQUIPMENT STANDARDS&APPROVALS
' 1 All materials and equipment shall be standard components regularly manufactured by
Supplier and guaranteed to be available as regular inventory as replacement parts for a
minimum period of 10 years.
.2 All electrical and electronic equipment shall be CSA, ULC, or Ontario Hydro approved
where such approvals are required by regulatory authorities.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 4
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.4 EQUIPMENT STANDARDS &APPROVALS (Cont'd)
.3 All input/output devices shall be ASCII (American Standard for Communication and '
Information Interchange) coded with standard EIA (Electronic Industry Association)
interface. ,
.4 Field processing units shall have capability for accommodating inputs and outputs meeting
ISA(Instrument Society of American) standards. ,
.5 Automation System to modem interfacing shall conform to EIA RS232C and RS363
standards. This Section shall supply phone line modems of 2025 type or as approved by ,
Bell Canada.
1.5 ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE '
I After installation, submit data relevant to point index, functions, limits, sequences,
interlocks, software routines and associated parameters, and other pertinent information for
operating system and data base shall be reviewed and given to Owners authorized
representative. Software shall be entered into central computer and debugged.
.2 Prior to online operation, a complete demonstration and readout of computer real time
responsibilities of surveillance and command shall be performed in presence of Owners
authorized representative. '
.3 Make adjustments to each device and component to ensure that operations are performed
correctly and that all analog values are displayed to accuracy specified. All alarms, '
start/stop and status conditions shall be checked to ensure proper operation.
.4 Upon successful completion of online operation, controls manufacturer shall send request '
in writing to the Engineer to inspect and approve satisfactory operation of building
automation system.
.5 Complete all outstanding deficiencies as determined by Engineer in his inspection report, '
after which a resubmission of formal acceptance shall be made. This procedure shall be
repeated if necessary until acceptable performance has been established. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 OPERATOR INSTRUCTION
' 1 Upon completion of project, Owners operating and maintenance personnel shall be given
no less than eight working days of instructions on operation and maintenance of complete
system. Working days shall mean Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, during
normal working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
.2 The eight days of instructions will be split into several periods as scheduled by the Owner.
.3 Operating manuals shall be given by factory trained technicians completely familiar with
' installation and system application.
1.7 OPERATING MAINTENANCE DATA
1 Upon completion of project, submit to Owner, four copies of Operation and Maintenance
Instruction Book as follows:
1. Bind data in 215 mm x 280 mm (8-1/2" x 11") hard cover, three ring looseleaf
binder.
2. Enclose title sheet complete with project name,data, and list of contents.
.2 Operating data shall include detailed instructions describing all components of system, and
' all functions of system, and related to actual controlled equipment installed in field.
Manuals shall describe all 7 functions which may be performed with details of adjustments
which may he made to all devices and components.
' .3 Maintenance instructions shall include instructions and schedules for inspection, cleaning,
calibration,etc.
.4 Additionally, provide complete and reviewed "as-built" shop drawings detailing equipment,
installation, etc.
' 1.8 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
' 1 Identify each piece of equipment with nameplate identifying equipment and functions with
letter and number designation.
' .2 Nameplates shall be minimum size, 75 x 25 x 3.2 mm thick laminated plastic with black
face and white centre and 6.4 mm high engraved lettering. Nameplates shall be
mechanically secured and listed in Operating and Maintenance Data Book.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 6 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.9 WARRANTY
1 All components, parts and assemblies shall be guaranteed against defects in material and '
workmanship for period of three years after acceptance.
.2 If equipment or installation becomes defective during warranty period, it shall be repaired '
or replaced without charge during normal working hours.
1.10 NETWORK SYSTEM CONTROLLER(NSC) ,
1 Network System Controller (NSC) shall be microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, with '
multi-user digital control processors which will supervise and control the local network.
.2 NSC shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and data bases
including:
- control processes
- energy management applications '
- alarm management
- trend data
- maintenance support applications '
- operator input/output
- dial-up communications
- manual override monitoring '
.3 NSC shall provide at least two RS232C serial data communication ports for simultaneous
operation of multiple operator 1/0 devices such as laptop computers,personal computers or
video display terminals. '
.4 NSC shall monitor status of all overrides and include this information in logs and '
summaries to inform operator that automatic control has been inhibited.
.5 NSC shall continuously perform self- diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis '
of all subsidiary equipment and provide both local and remote annunciation of any
component failures.
.6 NSC shall activate an orderly shutdown of its operation in event of loss of normal electrical '
power to prevent loss of data base or operating system software. Non- volatile memory
shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery backup shall '
be provided to support real-time clock and all volatile memory for minimum of 72 hours.
NSC shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. In event of
loss of programs, NSC shall have capability of being reloaded via local RS23C port or
telephone line dial-in. '
1
1
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.10 NETWORK SYSTEM CONTROLLER(NSC) (Cont'd)
' .7 NSC shall include following system software features:
1 Energy Management:
Provide at minimum the following energy management features:
- Time of Day Scheduling
1 - Calendar Based Scheduling
Holiday Scheduling
- Optimal Start
- Optimal Stop
Demand Limiting
Heating/Cooling Interlock
- Heavy Equipment Delays
.2 Alarm Management:
Alarm Management shall be provided to monitor, buffer and direct alarm
' reports to operator devices and memory files. NSC shall perform alarm
analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non-critical
alarms,minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost.
' - All alarm or point change reports shall include points English language
description and time and date of occurrence.
- User shall be able to define specific reaction for each point, priority level
(3 total)and ability to inhibit alarm reporting for each point.
User shall be able to define conditions under which point changes need to
be acknowledged by an operator and/or logged for analysis at later date.
- User shall be able to print, display or store a unique 60 character alarm
message (minimum 100 message library) to more fully describe alarm
condition or direct operator response.
- In dial-up applications only, critical alarms shall initiate a call to a remote
operator device, otherwise call activity shall be minimized by
time-stamping and saving reports until a manual request is received or
' until buffer space (minimum 50 alarms)is full.
.3 Trend Analysis:
I ' Measured and calculated analog and binary data shall be assignable to user
defineable trends for purpose of collecting operator-specified performance data
over extended periods of time. Sample intervals shall be from 1 min. to 24 hours
with samples at 1 min. or 1 hour intervals. NSC shall store trend data for display
or uploading to floppy disk of up to 16 trend logs.Each trend log can accommodate
4 points with 48 data samples.
' 1.10 NETWORK SYSTEM CONTROLLER(NSC) (Cont'd)
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE S '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
.7 (Cont'd)
.4 Runtime Totalization:
NSC shall automatically accumulate and store runtime hours for binary points with
sampling resolution of 1 min.
User shall have ability to define a warning limit to trigger a maintenance or user
defined message. '
.5 Energy Totalization:
NSC shall automatically sample calculate and store energy consumption totals on a
daily, weekly or monthly basis for user-selected analog and binary pulse type
points. Information provided shall include:
- peak demand with date and time stamp
- 24 hour demand log
- accumulated KWH for day
- demand KW annual history for past 12 periods
- KWH annual history for past 12 periods '
.6 Event Totalization:
NSC shall have ability to count events (such as on/off) and store up to 10 million
events before reset with a user-defined limit used to trigger a user-defined message.
.7 Custom Programming:
NSC shall permit user defined custom control processes based on:
- any system measured data or status
- any calculated data '
- any results from other processes
- boolean logic
The custom processes may be triggered by: '
- time of day
- calendar date '
- other processes
- events (point alarm etc.)
11.1 ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSORS ,
I Electronic temperature sensors shall have following minimum specifications: '
1. Sensors shall be precision nickel wire or platinum wire with linear characteristics
over complete sensor range.
t
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 9
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2. One thousand OHM reference resistance of 21°C nickel wire element with
temperature coefficient of 3 OHMS/ F.OR ALTERNATELY.
3. One hundred OHM reference resistance at 32°F platinum wire element with
temperature coefficient of 0.00392 OHM/OHM/°F.
4. Temperature range of-40°F to 250T(-40°C to 121°C).
.2 Sensing probe length shall be 150 mm for duct or well insertion type and either 2.5 or 5 in
averaging element for sensing duct temperatures in ducts over 900 mm in width and mixing
plenums,or 75 nun element for space temperature sensing under room thermostat cover.
1.12 ELECTRONIC HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS
1 Electronic humidity transmitters shall have following minimum specifications:
1. Sensing range- 10%to 100%RH
2. Operating range-20% to 75%RH
3. Accuracy - ±4% RH over operating range including non- linearity, hysteresis and
repeatability.
4. Drift-maximum 1% of full scale per year.
1.13 START/STOP MOTOR CONTROL RELAYS
' 1 Field interchangeable to either momentary or maintained latching switching action as
required by application.
.2 Relays shall be plug-in interchangeable mounted on circuit board with field wiring
connecting to screw terminals or mass termination assembly.
1 .3 Contact ratings shall be 5 amperes at 208V AC.
1.14 BINARY INPUT SENSORS
1 Status inputs for motors shall use auxiliary contacts from motor starters where available or
from auxiliary relays wired into motor starter circuit.
1.15 OPERATOR'S CONSOLE
.1 Provide menu driven CRT based operators console and printer for dynamic display and
hard copy recording of system point data, alarm data and trend logging of system variables.
' .2 The Computer shall be a IBM or Dell machine, Penium 11450 MHz., 64 meg RAM, 1.1 g
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 10
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
Hard drive, 1-3-1/2" floppy, 1-serial port, 1 parallel port, complete with keyboard, VGA
display, and Ethernet Lan/Wan card. The printer shall be equal to Epson Model 810.
.3 CRT and printer shall be located where shown or as later directed by Owner at site.
16. SYSTEMS SOFTWARE FEATURES
1 Provide following system software features: '
- Menu driven prompting a
- English language based input/output format
- Direct digital control
- Alarm reporting and summaries '
- Trend logging
- Change of state reporting
- Time of day scheduling including holidays
- Optimal start/stop
- Password controlled access
- Hardware self supervision and fault report
- On-line programming of start/stop times, setpoints, loop constants, etc.
- Energy totalization
- Maintenance scheduling using runtime totalization
- Night temperature setback and control
- Dial-up communications
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.17 DIAL-UP REMOTE OPERATORS TERMINALS
1 Operators at dial-up remote operator terminals shall be able to perform all control
functions, all report functions, and all data base generation and modification functions as
described for local operator terminals connected via Board's Lan/Wan. Routines shall be
provided to automatically answer calls, and display information sent from remote NSC.
Fact that communication is taking place with remote control systems over telephone lines
shall be completely transparent to operator.
1. An operator shall be able to access remote buildings by selecting any facility by its
logical name or associated telephone numbers.
2 Alarm and data file transfers handled via dial-up transactions shall not interfere
with local network activity, nor shall local network activity keep the remote
operator's terminal from handling incoming calls.
3. Both local and remote operators shall be able to access and perform functions with
NSC simultaneously.
.2 Regenerate and re-program the operators terminal at the Board Office to accept the new
building as an integral part of the existing Johnson System.
.3 The NSC shall communicate with the Control Contractors Service Department by
telephone link for the full duration of the warranty period with weekly report generation to
the Board's Maintenance Department.
1.18 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS
' 1 NSC shall be able to extend its monitoring and control through the use of standalone
Application Specific Controllers (ASC)communicating on a 9600 baud RS485 bus.
.2 Each ASC shall operate as a standalone controller capable of performing its specified
control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC shall
be a microprocessor-based,multi-tasking,real-time digital control processor.
.3 Each ASC shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and data bases
including:
Control Processes
' Energy Management Applications
Operator 1/0(Portable Service Terminal)
.4 Operator interface to any ASC point data or programs shall be through NSC or portable
operator's terminal connected to any ASC on network.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 12
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.18 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS (Cont'd)
.5 ASCs shall directly support temporary use of a portable service terminal that can he ,
connected to ASC via zone temperature sensor or directly at controller. Capabilities of
portable service terminal shall include,but not be limited to,following: '
1. Display temperatures
2. Display status
3. Display setpoints
4. Display control parameters
5. Override binary output control
6. Override analog setpoints
7. Modification of gain and offset constants
.6 Provide 1 portable service terminal. All system setpoints, proportional bands, control
algorithms, and any other programmable parameters shall be stored in E" PROM
non-volatile memory such that a power failure of any duration does not necessitate
reprogramming the ASC.
1.19 CONTROL VALVES
1 H.P. control valves shall be brass body globe style electronic/ electrically operated,
modulating control, built for 862 kPa working pressure, two way 0.25 Us and threeway for
larger flows. Pressure drop not to exceed 6 kPa up to 0.63 Us and 18 kPa for larger flows.
Valves shall be suitable for operation on water system.
1.20 DAMPER OPERATORS
1 Damper Operators shall be spring return modulating or two position as required,
electrically operated, die cast aluminum housing with solid state drive and travel limits.
Select size and quantity of operators to ensure a smooth operation of dampers at all
positions such that connected load shall not exceed 80% of operator torque rating.
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.21 MOTORIZED DAMPERS
1 Motorized dampers shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel, parallel blade type unless otherwise
noted, with glued and rivetted neoprene edges. On mixed applications, dampers shall be
' arranged for best possible mixing. Dampers shall have oilite bearings. Fresh, relief and
exhaust air dampers shall close weathertight. Damper operators shall be piston type, of
sufficient size to operate dampers and located outside air stream. Dampers shall be
40-1300 Proportion/Aire low leakage type rated at 1/2% leakage at I kPa and 10.2 m/s
velocity.
1.22 INSTALLATION
.1 Installation shall include computer programming, drawings, supervision, adjusting,
f ' validating and checkout, cable, field wiring, etc., necessary for complete operational
system.
.2 Supply and install building power wiring from electrical panels to central hardware and
remote field processing units and other equipment requiring power.
' .3 Supply and install all wiring necessary for system operating including tie-ins from system
control relays into motor starting circuits. Wiring and conduit shall be installed in neat and
workmanlike manner, concealed where possible, and meet standards of Division 16. See
15010-1.25. FT-6 plenum cable is acceptable for low voltage wiring in ceiling plenums.
.4 In event of power failure, equipment shall fail safe, and dampers and valves shall return to
their normal positions, i.e., heating on, FA and EA dampers closed, cooling off and electric
steam humidifiers off.
.5 Operators for control dampers in air handling systems shall be supplied and installed as
work under this Section. Take appropriate steps for coordination of these installations.
.6 Supply control valves to Piping Trade for mounting. Supply installation diagrams and
instructions.
1.23 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT CONTROL
1 System shall start/stop according to programmable time of day(TOD) or optimal start/stop
(OSS) schedule or manually. EMS shall start integral exhaust fan which shall be
interlocked with integral supply fan and energize controls.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 14
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1.23 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT CONTROL (Cont'd)
Return air humidity sensor shall operate integral steam humidifiers through EMS to !
maintain 30% RH. Interlock humidifiers to be off when exhaust fan is off via D.P. air
proving switch. Provide high limit discharge sensor to limit discharge humidity to 90%
RH. Provide humidistat in return air duct to operate humidifiers via their electric
modulating valves, including necessary relays, etc. Provide and wire air proving switch to
prevent humidifier operation if not air flow. 1
.3 Discharge temperature sensor shall operate through EMS to maintain 74°F supply air
temperature by modulating 3-way valves on the heating and cooling coils in sequence. ,
.4 During unoccupied hours, unit shall be off, FA and EA damper fully closed and humidity
off. Provide electrically operated motorized outside air and exhaust dampers to open ON 1
fan start.
.5 EMS shall indicate alarm status from unit terminal panel to show dirty filters, freeze
condition,heat failure,cooling failure, start/stop/status.
.6 Provide EMS indication using differential pressure switches across following for status:
Air filter bank
Heat reclaim mechanism
Fan status (2)
.7 Provide point indication at EMS terminal for following: !
- Outside Air Temperature
- Supply Air Temperature !
- Exhaust Air Inlet Temperature
- Humidity
- Freeze alarm shutdown status.
1.24 MECHANICAL ROOM&CHILLER ROOM VENTILATION '
1 Provide on electric heating/cooling thermostat to start exhaust fan and open outside air
motorized intake and exhaust damper on a call for cooling. On a call for heating cycle the
unit heater fan.
2 For Chiller Room only the Ventilation System will be activated by Chiller Gas Detection ,
System in addition to thermostatic control.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 FAN COIL UNITS
1 On electronic space temperature sensor operating through digital controller interfaced to
the EMS shall control space temperature by modulating electric valves on the heating duct
' coil in sequence with cooling coil valve.
.2 A control relay shall be wired to the fan coil unit to stop the supply fan during the
' unoccupied period.
.3 Provide an occupant override pushbutton on the sensor cover to operate through the digital
controller to permit restoration of an 'occupied" day temperature setting for an adjustable
program interval during the unoccupied night period during the heating season only.
' 1.26 EXHAUST FAN CONTROL
I E.M.S. to control any exhaust fan greater than 220 watts (1/3 HP)by Time of Day program
as long as following conditions are met:
Not on local timer
' Not on light switch
Not interlocked with other systems
Not specified as part of separate controls.
.2 E.M.S. shall control by interconnection to an H/O/A/switch for each applicable fan.
.3 Provide relays where necessary to achieve stated sequence.
1.27 DOMESTIC H.W.RECIRCULATION PUMP CONTROL
1 Domestic H.W. recirculation pump shall operate on T.O.D. as set by EMS.
1.28 H.W.RADIATION CONTROL-TYPICAL
1 An electronic space temperature sensor operating through digital controller interfaced to
the EMS shall control space temperature by modulating and electric modulating valve on
the radiation.
.2 Provide an occupant override pushbutton on the sensor cover to operate through the digital
controller to permit restoration of an 'occupied" day temperature setting for an adjustable
. ' program interval during the "unoccupied" night period during the heating sensor.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 16
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.29 EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL
1 E.M.S. and photo-switch shall control lights such that exterior lights are turned "ON" ,
during building occupied days in evenings on low ambient light level. E.M.S. shall turn off
lights at predetermined time at night in 2 group each with override H/O/A control. See
Electrical Drawings, minimum 4 circuits. Supply photocell and relays for mounting and
wiring by Electrical Division.
1.30 HUMIDIFICATION CONTROL
1 Humidification gas fired humidifier shall be enabled/disabled on a TOD program and as ,
required by operation of Heat Recovery Unit, return air humidity and outside air
temperature. Alarm abnormal operation. ,
131 SUPPLY AIR UNIT '
.1 The system shall operate on a TOD or OSS schedule from the EMS.
.2 When the return fan is off, the supply fan and interlocked exhaust fan shall be off, outside '
air and exhaust air dampers closed, return damper open and heating valve open. This
system provides heating and ventilation only with provision for future cooling coil.
.3 On occupied cycle control the supply air temperature in accordance with space temperature
requirements by modulating a 3-way valve on the heating valve and chilled water valve in
sequence with mixing damper beyond a minimum position. On unoccupied cycle system
shall operate on full return air during the heating season until OSS program permits damper
controls to operate after morning warm-up period. The minimum supply air temperature
setpoint shall be 55°F. ,
.4 Freeze protection shall be provided by a manual reset electric low limit thermostat after the
heating coil wired to shut down the system on sensing a temperature below 40°F.
.5 Provide EMS point indication for MA, RA and SA temperatures and status/start stop the
supply and return fan.
1.32 COMPUTER ROOM A/C UNIT
1 The Computer Room shall have integral controls, space temperature and unit functions will
be monitored by the EMS.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
' EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
133 CHILLER PLANT CONTROL (Winter/Summer)
1 The chiller plant shall operate under TOD schedule from the EMS. The chiller shall
operate as required during Day mode only during Spring/Fall/Summer. Condenser heat
' shall be used in low temperature reheat coil circuit during chiller operation. Chiller shall be
shut down at Night and Weekends unless commanded on through override program.
During Winter the chiller and the Cooling Tower shall be off. At night during the winter
' heating season the heat source shall be from the Boiler Circuit.
.2 During summer mode the heat rejection to the Cooling Tower will be controlled from
condenser head pressure and/or condenser return water temperature (95• F). When the
heat rejection cycle is required the Cooling Tower 2 speed fan shall be cycled.
.3 Provide the following monitoring and control points at the EMS.
- Condenser supply and return temperatures.
- Chilled water supply and return temperatures.
- Pump status/start/stop c/w automatic alarm and start-up of standby pump if lead
pump fails. (PI to P8)
- Chiller status/start/stop
' - Cooling Tower status/start/stop(2 speed fan)
Chiller gas detection system alarm
1.34 SENSORS
1 Sensors which are shown wall mounted shall have wiring concealed in wall construction.
.2 Where practical, sensors mounted on columns or poured concrete construction shall have
' wiring or tubing concealed up to ceiling above.
.3 Sensors shall be mounted 5 feet from floor to centre unless shown otherwise.
1.35 SMOKE CONTROL IN ATRIUMS(Existing&New)
1 Smoke detectors in ceiling of Atriums shall control exhaust air fans and vestibule door
motor actuator.
I '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950 ,
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 18
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
136 EMERGENCY GENERATOR VENTILATOR
1 When the emergency generator is off the outside air and exhaust damper shall be closed
and return damper open.
.2 When the generator starts the control system shall open the outside air damper to a ,
minimum position (20%). Operator adjustable via a manual positioning switch.
.3 On a call for cooling a modulating electric room thermostat shall control the space ,
temperature 70°F by modulating the damper actuators on the outside air, return air and
exhaust air dampers.
137 OTHER CONTROL HARDWARE '
1 Duct mounted devices shall be mounted on panels with bases plumb and level. Duct panels
shall be dampened to eliminate detrimental vibration.
.2 Operators shall be mounted on shop fabricated brackets built to transmit torque or forces to
ductwork panels or supports which can absorb these forces without distortion or fatigue.
.3 Local control panels shall be mounted in accessible convenient wall locations within
Mechanical Room. See Drawings.
.4 Where sensors are specified to be in outside air, they shall be installed so as not to be
affected by exhaust air or reverse warm air flow through air supply units.
.5 Provide guards for each room thermostat and room sensor. '
138 ADJUSTMENTS SERVICE AND WARRANTY ,
1 Adjust and set thermostats, valves, damper operators, relays and other components to ,
proper settings to give required performance. Co-operate with other sections during testing
and balancing of each mechanical system to ensure each total system operates to approval.
2 Temperature control system shown and specified herein shall he warranted free from
defects in materials and workmanship and shall be serviced without charge (except for
damage from lack of maintenance of other causes) for three years after date of start of lien
period. If, within this period, any equipment herein described is proved to be defective in
workmanship or materials,it shall be replaced or repaired without charge.
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 15950
EXPANSION(AND NEW PAGE 19
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
139 ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT
1 .1 Johnson Controls-Branch Only.
.2 Honeywell -Branch Office Only.
.3 TAC
1 1.40 E.M.S.POINT SCHEDULE
1 See attached E.M.S.Point Schedule 0 page).
1 END OF SECTION
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
Page 1 of 3
SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM
DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION(AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CLARINGTON,ONTARIO
NAME OF SUBCONTRACT BIDDER
' Electrical Division Bidders shall complete this supplementary form and submit with Tender. Also fax copy
to Jain&Associates Limited,(905)5074107 same day as tender closing.
1. SUBCONTRACTORS
"We propose to use the following Subcontractors, the portion to be performed by each being as
indicated". No more than one Subcontractor being proposed for any such portion.
Subtrade Subcontractor Supervisor
' 2. SEPARATE PRICES
' 1 ADD
.2 DEDUCT
3. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
List Alternate Material or Equipment in Alternate Equipment Schedule below. Complete all spaces
' Initials of Signing Officer
Page 2 of 3 ,
and required information. '
Base Alternates on equivalent sizes, dimensions, capacities and performance to equipment '
specified, and ensure that they will fit into spaces allocated,with proper relationships to work of all
other Sections.
Material Approved Mfgz. Selected Mfgr.
Panelboards Westinghouse, Siemens, ,
& Switchboards Commander,FPE,
Square D
Diesel Total Power,
Generator Caterpillar,Kohler,
Onan-Cummins,
Fire Alarm EST,
System Simplex, ,
Notifier
LIGHTING FIXTURES
Types A.A2,B, Peerless, '
B 1,B2,H,L,M, Thomas Industries,
M2,N CFI,Columbia
Type C SPI,Beta-Calco ,
Types P,P2,PP, Juno, Capri,
Q,Q2,R,T Prescolite
Exit Lights Lumacell, Uniglo,
Emergi-Lite
Note: All other fixtures described in specifications Fixture Schedule and not noted above, must be '
manufacturer specified.
4. SIGNATURES
Tenderer's
Initials of Signing Officer '
iPage 3 of 3
iSignature
Company
i Name
i Date
iTelephone Facsimile
1
i
' 1
i
i
i
1
Initials of Signing Officer
i
i
i I
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CONTENTS
SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General Conditions
1.2 Intent
1.3 Standards&References
' 1.4 Materials
1.5 Material Acceptance
1.6 Alternate Equipment Schedule
1.7 Alternates& Substitutions
' 1.8 Examination of Site&Conditions
1.9 Workmanship
1.10 Co-Operation&Responsibility
1.11 Temporary&Trial Usage
1.12 Protection
1.13 By-Laws&Regulations
1.14 Permits&Fees
1.15 Certificates
1.16 Guarantee-Warranty
1.17 Construction Facilities
1.18 Contract Drawings
1.19 Shop Drawing Material&Lists
' 1.20 Record Drawings& Specification
1.21 Instructions to Operator
1.22 Maintenance Data
1.23 Cleaning, Lubrication and Adjustment
1.24 Inspection and Testing
1.25 Certification of Tests
1.26 Completion
1.27 Cutting&Patching
1.28 Detail Drawings
1.29 Co-operation& Co-ordination
1.30 Alterations to Existing Building&Equipment
1.31 Cash Allowances
1.32 Separate Prices
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
' .1 General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Instructions to Bidders,
form an integral part of this Division of the specification.
' .2 Unless specified otherwise,the following instructions shall apply to all Sections of
Division 16.
' 1.2 INTENT
' .1 Mention herein or indication on drawings of articles,materials, operations or methods
requires: supply of each item mentioned or indicated, of quality, or subject to
qualifications noted; installation according to conditions stated and;performance of each
' operation prescribed with furnishing of necessary labour, equipment and incidentals for
Electrical Trades, Division 16.
' .2 Supplementary to definitions established are:
'Supply' shall mean furnishing to site in location required or directed complete with
' accessory parts.
'Install' shall mean set in place and secured or affixed to building structure as noted or
I ' directed.
'Provide' shall mean supply and install as each is described above.
' .3 Where used,wordings such as "approved,to approval, as directed, permitted,permission,
accepted, acceptance", shall mean: approved, directed,permitted, accepted, by
' authorized representative of the Owner.
1.3 STANDARDS& REFERENCES
1 Equipment provided under this Division shall conform to applicable standards&
regulations of following organizations:
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
Underwriters'Laboratories of Canada(ULC)
Canadian Electrical Code(CEC)
Electrical Safety Authority
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 2 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.3 STANDARDS& REFERENCES (Cont`d)
1 (Cont'd)
Electrical Safety Code (ESC)
Canadian Underwriters Association(CUA)
National Building Code(NBC)
Ontario Building Code(OBC)
1.4 MATERIALS ,
1 Materials shall be new, of Canadian manufacture where available, first quality and
uniform throughout. Submit tender based on the use of materials and equipment ,
specified, or on the listed acceptable alternate equipment as further detailed.
.2 Electrical materials shall be C.S.A. approved and be so labelled. Material not C.S.A.
approved shall receive acceptance for installation by Ontario Hydro Special Inspections '
Branch before delivery, and modifications and charges required for such acceptance shall
be included in work of this Section. Material shall not be installed or connected to the
source of electrical power until approval is obtained. '
.3 Confirm capacity,ratings and characteristics of equipment items being provided to
supply power to equipment provided under other Divisions of the work. Resolve
discrepancies before such items are purchased.
1.5 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE '
.1 Acceptance of materials installed presumes that materials have not been damaged or ,
exposed to conditions that would be considered to adversely affect performance and life
expectancy.
.2 If in the opinion of the Engineers,materials have sustained damage, or have been ,
exposed to abnormal conditions it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have
such tests performed as deemed necessary by the Engineers to establish condition and
therefore, acceptability of installed materials. '
.3 Tests shall be conducted by independent testing specialists acceptable to the Engineers, ,
who shall provide written report of tests directly to the Engineer.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
' EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
' 1 Throughout Electrical Trade Sections there are lists of acceptable "Alternate Equipment"
manufacturers provided their product meets the characteristics of the specified and
described equipment.
.2 The Bidder may elect to carry in his Tender one of the 'Alternate Equipment'
' manufacturers, and may do so by submitting a separate schedule with his Tender, (or
completing tender form when these are provided), indicating which manufacturers of the
options he proposes to furnish and on which his Tender is based. Prices are not required
in Tender for Alternates listed except where specifically noted as "Separate or Itemized
Prices".
.3 hr the case of Bid Depository Tenders,the schedule may be typed in appropriate space
' on the Tender Forms.
.4 Only equipment listed in the separate "Alternate Equipment Schedule" will be accepted
' for approval by the Engineer.
.5 The specified product shall be provided,without change to the Contract amount,if:
! ' 1. "Alternate Equipment Schedule" is not submitted with tender, or
' 2. In the opinion of the Engineer the submitted equipment does not equal the
specified products.
' .6 Alternate equipment or material shall not exceed the space requirements allocated.
Include for any additional costs resulting from the use of alternative equipment.
! ' .7 The Bidder shall also submit to the Engineer, a copy of the 'Equipment Schedule' as
submitted with Tenders. These schedules shall be faxed to Jain &Associates Limited
(905)507-4107 same day as Tender closing.
' .8 Tenders must be based only on specified equipment and Supplier/Installers Alternates
Listed.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 4 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.7 ALTERNATES& SUBSTITUTIONS
1 Substitutions for materials may be proposed by submitting details with Tender together '
with price difference to Stipulated Sum Tender amount under the following conditions:
.1 Product name shall be stated together with price difference,if any,to stipulated '
sum for each substitution proposed.
.2 Material or equipment substituted shall not exceed space requirements allocated. '
Extra charges will not be allowed for any additional installation cost resulting
from acceptance of proposed substitutions.
.3 If an item of material specified is unobtainable or unavailable to meet proposed '
completion, state in tender the proposed substitute and amount to be added or
deducted for its use. Extra charges will not be allowed for substitutions after the
Contract has been awarded. '
1.8 EXAMINATION OF SITE& CONDITIONS '
1 Examine the site and local conditions affecting the work.Examine carefully all Tender
Documents and ensure the work can be satisfactorily carried out as shown. Before
commencing work, examine the work of other Sections and report at once any defect or '
interference affecting the work of this Section. No allowance will be made later for any
expense incurred through failure to make this examination or to report any discrepancies
in writing. ,
1.9 WORKMANSHIP ,
1 Workmanship and method of installation shall conform to best standards and practice
and shall be performed to approval. Work shall be performed by licensed tradesmen ,
skilled in work to be performed.
1.10 CO-OPERATION & RESPONSIBILITY ,
I Work of this Division shall include full responsibility for laying out of work; and for any '
damage caused to other Sections of work by reason of improper location or installation;
prompt installation of work in advance of concrete pouring or similar work; and
responsibility for condition of all material and equipment supplied under this Section and ,
responsibility for protection&maintenance of work completed and accepted until
termination of Contract.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.10 CO-OPERATION& RESPONSIBILITY (Cont'd)
.2 Co-operate with other Trades engaged on the work to ensure that items installed under
this Section are located in proper relation to other equipment, with building construction
and Architectural finish.
' 1.11 TEMPORARY& TRIAL USAGE
1 Temporary or trial usage of materials shall not be construed as evidence of acceptance of
same.
.2 Permanent building electrical services and equipment may not be used for construction
purposes except as otherwise directed in writing by Architect.
' .3 When permitted,permanent lighting fixtures intended for temporary lighting purposes
shall be used only with temporary lamps which if fluorescent, shall be a different colour
' from the permanent lamps.All temporary lamps shall be removed before permanent
lamps are installed. Fixtures other than two- 32 watt rapid start fluorescent shall remain
de-energized.
1.12 PROTECTION
' 1 Protect work from damage that would impair its efficiency or mar its appearance.
.2 Securely plug or cap open ends of raceways to prevent obstruction,using approved
manufactured devices.
.3 Protect factory-finished equipment from damage. Damaged finishes shall be restored to
original condition. Return equipment to manufacturer for refinishing, if so directed.
' 1.13 BY-LAWS®ULATIONS
' 1 Work shall conform with latest rules,regulations and definitions of Canadian Electrical
Code and applicable Municipal and Provincial Codes and Regulations, and with
requirements of other authorities having jurisdiction in the area where work is to be
' performed. Minor changes required by an authority having jurisdiction shall be carried
out without change to the Contract amount. Standards established by drawings and
specifications shall not be reduced by applicable codes or regulations.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION(AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 6 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
1.14 PERMITS& FEES
1 File Contract Drawings with proper authorities and obtain their approval of installation
and permits for same before proceeding with work. Prepare and submit necessary
detailed shop drawings as required by Authorities. ,
.2 Pay all fees in connection with examination of drawings,permits, inspections and final
certificate of approval. '
1.15 CERTIFICATES ,
I Furnish necessary certificates as evidence that work installed conforms with laws and
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. ,
1.16 GUARANTEE-WARRANTY
1 Guarantee and warranty requirements of the Contract shall apply except for incandescent '
lamps which shall be guaranteed for a period of ninety days after acceptance by the
Owners.
1.17 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ,
1 Provide job site office,workshop, tools, scaffolds,material storage, and the like, as
required to complete work. ,
1.18 CONTRACT DRAWINGS ,
1 Drawings are intended to serve as a guide showing quantities, and general arrangements,
and are not necessarily Working Drawings from which measurements can be taken, ,
except where dimension figures are specifically shown. Information involving accurate
measurements of building shall be taken from the building drawings, or at the building.
1.19 SHOP DRAWING MATERIAL & LISTS ,
1 Prepare and submit a minimum of eight(8) shop drawings(with one sepia print)and lists t
of materials for review. Refer to the General conditions of the Contract. Make
submittals of more than two pages in booklet form. '
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
' EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1
t
ELECTRICAL GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 16010
PAGE 7
1.19 SHOP DRAWING MATERIAL & LISTS (Cont'd)
.2 Prior to equipment fabrication, delivery or installation, submit complete lists of materials
proposed, indicating manufacturer, catalogue numbers and complete performance data.
.3 Review of Shop Drawings by Consultant is for sole purpose of ascertaining conformance
with general design concept. This review shall not mean that Consultant approves detail
design inherent in Shop Drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with Contractor
and such review shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions
in Shop Drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of Contract
Documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at
site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of
construction and installation and for co-ordination of work with all trades.
.4 Shop Drawings transmitted via FacsimIle (FAX) machines, or copies of same, will not be
accepted for review.
1.20 RECORD DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATION
1 Maintain record of revisions and funush record drawings for work of this Division.
Obtain for this purpose at least two sets of white prints.
.2 Obtain two sets of drawings of existing electrical systems and record any modifications
made to the existing systems to incorporate work of this contract.
' .3 Show on record drawings, all deviations in the work; exact locations for all electrical
services buried below floors and pavement and lawns; concealed junction or pull boxes;
access panels. Locate exterior buried work by dimension from building.
' .4 Obtain approval for all provisions for future extension, and establish verification before
these are concealed.
Provide "As Built" Record Drawings together with other documents required upon
completion of the work. Record Drawings shall be on mylars and shall also be submitted
with updated computer discs.
.6 Submit "Record Drawings" indicating all modifications made to existing electrical
systems for Owners record.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
ELECTRICAL GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 16010
PAGE 8 '
1.21 INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR
Instruct Building Operators in care, maintenance and operation of Electrical Systems and
associated equipment.
.2 Supply full Operating and Maintenance Instructions in triplicate, each in stiff cover,
three-ring binder suitably separated and labelled. Operate each item of equipment in
presence of Operators to ensure understanding of working parts and function of each
item of equipment. Supply two complete sets of "Approved" Shop Drawings in separate
hard cover binder suitably separated and labelled for Owner's use.
1.22 MAINTENANCE DATA
Compile information and prepare 3 Maintenance Data manuals which shall include:
.1 Manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance instructions, replacement
parts and names and addresses of suppliers, for all moveable apparatus and
mechanically and electrically operated items, appliances and equipment.
.2 Detailed instructions and recommended materials for cleaning, lubricating and
maintenance.
.3 Chart showing any necessary seasonal adjustments to electrical apparatus and
recommended minimum and maximum time intervals for inspection of all items.
.4 Lists of lamps (incandescent, fluorescent and H.LD.) used throughout the project
indicating: wattage, voltage, ordering abbreviation and/or catalogue number.
.5 List of fuses, overcurrent, overload, protective relays, etc., indicating type; size;
quantity; and name of machine, motor, feeder or device protected.
1.23 CLEANING, LUBRICATION AND ADJUSTMENT
Immediately prior to completion of work:
.1 Remove all dust, dirt and other foreign matter from internal surfaces of enclosed
electrical apparatus and equipment.
.2 Remove all temporary protective coverings and coatings, temporary labels.
.3 Clean, repair, lubricate and adjust all mechanism and moveable parts of
apparatus and equipment leaving it in new condition and operating properly.
.4 Balance demand loads for service and distribution feeders within 5 percent upon
completion of work and after the building is in full operation.
~J
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
' EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
ELECTRICAL GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 16010
PAGE9
1.24
' 1.25
1.26
INSPECTION AND TESTING
Systems, equipment, and all major items of material shall be tested to the satisfaction of
the Architect, and as required to establish compliance with plans and specifications, and
with requirements for the Supply and Inspection Authorities.
.2 Faulty and defective equipment shall be replaced with new materials. Conductors which
are found to be shorted or grounded, or to have less than proper insulation resistance,
shall be replaced with new conductors.
.3 Tests shall include but are not limited to the following:
.1 Test of secondary voltage cables shall include megger tests to establish proper
insulation resistance, and phase-to-ground resistance of cables.
.2 Proper functioning of all systems.
.3 Polarity tests - to establish proper polarity connections to all sockets and
receptacles.
.4 Test of system neutral to establish proper insulation resistance and isolation of
neutral from ground except for required ground connection at Service.
CERTIFICATION OF TESTS
.I When work is complete submit three copies of test results and a signed statement listing
all tests that have been performed as required by specifications and manufacturer's
instructions.
COMPLETION
.1 Provide receipts from designated representative of Owner for portable and loose
materials (e.g. spare fuses, microphones, breaker clips, and the like).
.2 Provide copy of final inspection certificate from Electrical Safety Authority.
.3 Perform tests and provide documentation as further described herein.
.4 Provide Record Drawings as mylars with discs to approval.
.5 Provide manufacturers conected "as built" shop drawings for all major electrical items
and systems, including all shop drawings returned for modifications.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL
EXPANSION (AND NEW REQUIREMENTS
CLARINGTON LIBRARl~
1.27 CUTTING & PATCHING
SECTION 16010
PAGE 10 '
Provide openings and sleeves in walls and floors, as required for work of this Section.
.2 Pay for cutting and patching and making good in new building as required for work of
this Division by reason of faulty or late work. Employ appropriate trades already
engaged on the site to perform such cutting, patching and making good existing walls,
floor, ceiling, etc. Before commencing, obtain Architect's approval for extent and nature
of cutting. Make good, disturbed surfaces to the Architect's approval.
1.28 DETAIL DRAWINGS
The following Electrical Detail Drawings, attached hereto, form part of and illustrate
work included in Division 16:
No. Description
ED1614.1 Mounting Detail Surface Fixtures (2 Hr. Fire Rated and
Non-Removable Ceilings)
ED1614.7 Mounting Detail -Surface Fixtures (1 Hr. Fire Rated T-grid
Ceilings)
MED1622.1 Duct Bank Details
MED1632.1 Typical Mounting Details
MED1632.2 Typical Outlet Box Installation For Exposed Masonry
ED 1632.3 Typical Mounting -Electrical Devices
ED 1692.101 Typical Fire Alarm System -Schematic Detail
.2 Conform to requirements of the Typical Details, except where particular details are
shown on the drawings in which case the latter shall govern.
1.29 CO-OPERATION & CO-ORDINATION
Confer with other Divisions and arrange work so it will be carried on in best interests of
all concerned bearing in mind building construcfion schedule and completion date
required.
.2 Furnish "built-in" items in ample time and give necessary information and assistance in
connection with building-in of same. Notify Division concerned in writing of size and
location of recesses, openings and chases at least 48 hours before walls are erected,
floors poured and similar work.
u
LJ
u
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION (AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.29 CO-OPERATION & CO-ORDINATION (Cont'd)
' .3 Proceed as quickly as practical so that construction may be completed in shortest
possible time.
' 130 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING BUILDING & EQUIPMENT
' .1 Note that certain alterations and structural changes aze to be made to existing building.
Architectural drawings and site are to be examined to determine extent of alterations
' affecting existing electrical systems. Where existing conduits and wires run through areas
to be altered, to feed other parts of existing building, they shall be re-routed and
reconnected to maintain their original function. Drawings do not necessarily indicate
outlets, switches, receptacles, and the like, and other electrical equipment which are
required to be relocated or abandoned. Provide decorative blanking coverplates for obsolete
outlet boxes remaining.
.2 Provide for all electrical works in existing Comdors and Rooms where ceiling tiles and
grids have to be removed, stored and reinstalled.
' .3 Electrical services and auxiliary services shall be maintained continuously without
interruption. Interruptions to services shall be confined to periods of 6me as designated by
Architect, and/or Owner's designated representative. Include in tender for temporary
connections, overtime labour chazges, and such related allowances in order to conform with
these conditions. Refer to construction phasing schedule and provide allowances
accordingly.
1.31 CASH ALLOWANCES
' .1 Include in Tender Amount the following Cash Allowances to be expended as directed:
.1 Include for Hydro Service charges for work by Veridian Connections to provide
new service to the site, the sum of Forty Thousand Dollars, ($40,000.00).
.2 Include for the supply and installation of a complete, operating Security System
including burglary devices, card access readers, CCTV cameras and monitors,
etc. the sum of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00).
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16010
EXPANSION (AND NEW REQUIREMENTS PAGE 12
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.32 SEPARATE PRICES
.1 Provide the following Separate Prices to be carried as Extra to the Tender Amount:
.1 For the supply and installation of the Electric Slab Heating System in Children's
Story Area 169.
.2 Provide the following Separate Prices to be carried in the Tender Amount:
.1 For the supply and installation of all work exterior to the building for incoming
power supply.
END OF SECTION
CHANNEL BAR SUPPORTED FROIA
STRUCTURAL (EMBERS A
1/4" DIA ROD SUSPENDED E SUSPE SIGN EMBER
HANGd25 CdLING 2' OR 4' ON CENTRE
MOUNTING DETAIL
CHANNEL SUPPORT TO BE MIN.
N
~
~ VANIZED)
0 0~ ~
40
OTO
C~EL
- X,
-
gq
~
ST
EEL
~ SUPORTED FROIA
BUILDING ,$TRUCTURAL
STEEL E RS
-
JOISTS. BEAMS, ETC..
BUT NOT FETAL PAN OR GRIP NUTS. 'UNISTRUT'
ROOF DECKING P6013-1420
STEEL WASHER
dAM NUT
STEEL HANGERS
1/4" INI UM
SUSPENDED CEWNG
L WASHERS-
1" DIA. 0.18 THK:K EL
NUTS ON DETER1~AL TOOTH
LOCK WASHER
EQUAL TO 'IASCAL
CAT No.10076
`~
LIGHTING FlXTURE BODY SUSP SIO
M BER 2' OR 4 ON
SECTION A-A oENTRE
MOUNTING DETAIL SURFACE FIXTURES ON
NON-REM OVABLE & 2 HR. FIRE RATED CEILINGS
N.r.s.
S REQUIRED FOR FLUORESCENT
I
N
E
S
S OLlOHfS
FI
X
TURES AR
A
J
~~ ~ 1 FT. x 4FT. » iW0 ROD HANGERS
1FT. x SFT. » THREE ROD HANGERS
2FT. x 4FT. » FOUR ROD HANGERS (ONE AT EACH CORNER)
~ Road 4FT. x 4FT. » SIX ROD HANGERS DATE 0 No.
~
DLPAII. DRAVID(d NDAFH~R
FOR USE ON ONE HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLIES ONLY
TO BUILDING STRUCTURE PROVICE ADDRIONAL
SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED AND SPECIFlED TO
ULC APPROVAL
CADDY TYPE I.D.S. SUPPORT CUP
FlXfURE SUPPORT TO BE MIN.
No.12 S.w.G. cGALVANIZED)
GRID CEILING SUPPORT
CEILING SUPPORT TEE
_~
'~ I - -- ~//~ '
i
i~ ~ ice'
~ / ' I
i ~
/ / I
- ~i~/
~~~~--
~~--- ~ -~
~ i SURFACE J i ~
i Lei FlKTURE
~ ~ , r ouruNE I ~ ~'
CADDY i.o.s. WING Nur ~ ~
' I (TABS REMOVED) ~ /
/~ I
i
U V i~
I 1-1/2` FLAT WASHER
LACK MASTER
STANDARD CAST WING NUT
(ACCEPTABLE) TYPE NOT
MOUNTING DETAIL FOR SURFACE FIXTURE
ON T GRID CEILING
N.T.S.
AIN
Associates Lld.
3runel Raed
zzo
esauga. Ont
1X9
,. GIIMMuM OF 2 CADDY I.D.S. SUPPORT CIJP FOR
EACH 1'x4' FlXRIRE.
2. I.D.S. CUP TO SUPPORT NOT MORE THAN 8185.
ED.i6i4.7
DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER
NOTE 1
SEE NOTE
..
SEE
NOTE 3
SEE
NOTE a
SEE _
NOTE s ~„ 3.
a-1/2' MIN
L(,40
MIN WHERE
mm
SECTION A-A
z'
NOTE ~
"6• MIN
D
4'
n a-T/2 MIN
~ pa
4-31/2 MIN
3' 3"
L ~.
-T/z` MIN
SECTION B-B
SIX DUCT BANK. SIMILAR EXCEPT
DUCT BANK DETAILS (s oucT sI~MQTMC pr~~c ~RAnoN)
N.T.s. NOTES:
1. 3000 PSI CONCRETE ENVELOPE
2. No.4 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS
3. No.3 DEFORMED REINFORCING BAR nES SPACED ON
24~'S ENTREE ALONG ENTIRE LENGTH OF LANGfNDINAL
4. 4' I.D. MINIMUM DUCTS
N 5. MOULDED PLASTIC INTERLOCKING DUCT SPACERS AT 6 FT
~~ ue. INTERVALS ALONC ENTIRE LENGTH OF DUCT HANK.
6. PRECAST CONC. BLOCKS SPACED AT 3 Fi CENTRES
~I Roed ALONC ENTIRE LENGTH OF LONGITUDINAL BARS fOR SUPPORT. DAIS
~~ ~; 7. ALL LONGRUDINAL REINFORCING BARS TO BE WIRED TOGETHER. Cr
TO No.3 nE BARS AND TO PLASTIC SPACERS. LONGfTUDI~gL =`
REINFORCING BARS SHALL OVERLAP 40 BAR DIAMETERS MIN. DEDAI
E
~`
MIN ~°
SEE
NO7E 2
SEE
NOTE 3
MW
e
SEE
NOTE
sEE
NOTE 6
3'
a-t/2' MIN
TYPICAL LOCATION TYPICAL LO nON OF
OF PA SPEAKER CLOCK OUTLET BOX
j ~ TYPICAL LOCAnoN of
CLOCK HANGER O
UTLET
TYPICAL LOCATION FOR OUTLET
80X FOR 'EXIT" FlXTUR£
TYPICAL LO TK)N FOR FlRE ALARM STATION
do SWRCHES WHERE THESE OCCUR TOGETHER
-SEE OTE 6
TYPICAL TYPICAL LOCATION FOR
LOCATI LIGHT S
RCHES do
FOR
LIGHT _
THER U
THESE OCCUR SIDE
'e
~L TYPICAL LO nON
SWRCH
BY SIDE S FOR I LATE
NOTE 3 THER STAT
TYPICAL LOCATON FOR RECEPTACLE OUTLETS
48' ABOVE FLOOR
FlR
A
A
A
IA
,
E
L
R
ST
TIONS
do PILOT LIGHT
LOCATION OF
& TELEPHONE ALTERNATE LOCATIONS IF FIRST
OUTLETS BLOCK COURSE IS HALF HEIGHT
~ L
OC
A
TI~ RF RO RF RO ECE
BELOW ~
N
E
do TELEP
----- ----
--- BAS
-- ----- ----- ----- - FLOOR
TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS N.T.S.
1. BOTTOM OR TOP EDGES OF ALL COVER PLATES FOR RECEPTACLE, TELEPFK)1yE, PILOT LIGHT
do LIGFIT SWITCH OUTLEB, SHALL BE EXACTLY LEVEL WfrH BLOCK COURSE IMMEDIATELY
ABOVE OR BELOW OUIIFTS, AS SHOWN.
2 REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEIGHTS OF RECEPTACLE do TELEPHONE OU11.ET'S.
3. TOPS OF PAf~EL TRIMS TO BE APPROX. 6 FT. ABOVE FLOOR 1UBS TO BE CENTERED WffH
RESPECT TO MORTAR JOINTS.
4. OUTLETS FOR PA SPEAKERS, FlRE ALARM HORNS dt WALL MID. EXR SIGNS IN CORRIDORS
ARE TO BE CENTERED IN BULKHEAD OVER LOCKERS.
5. MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ABOVE ARE GENERAL ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ROOM
ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS.
6. MOUNT FlRE ALARM STATIONS BETWEEN 4'-6' AND 5'-0~.
JAIN
and Aesaeintee Ltd.
5763 Coapere Ave.
Miseieseuge, ant.
IAZ 149
ED.is32.1
DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER
FACE PLATE TO BE
LEVEL WITH TOP OR
BOTTOM OF BLOCK
EAREST TO
OUNTING HEIGHT &
TO BE CENTERED ON
VERTICAL JOINTS
I
I
I
>f l
p 1
N
irI
r
ADJACENT OUTLETS
WHERE REQUIRED
MASONRY OUTLET BOXES
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 'A'-'A'
~~ CATION
FOR EXPOSED ASONRY
N.T.S.
NOTES:
1 -REFER TO TYPICAL DETAIL DRAWING No. ED-1632.1 FOR GENERAL APPLICATION
OF OUTLETS IN EXPOSED MASONRY.
2 -OUTLETS INSTALLED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE:
A) CENTERED AND LOCATED SYMMETRICALLY IN EXPOSED OR VISIBLE PART OF
THE STRUCTURE.
B) WHERE SURFACE OF CONCRETE IS PATTERNED, BE LOCATED TO SUIT, AND
i RELATED TO PATTERN.
I 3 - A RANDOM APPLICATION OF OUTLETS, DEVICES, OR EQUIPMENT IS UNACCEPTABLE.
~ IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC DETAIL ON THE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL &
ELECTRICAL), DETAILED DRAWINGS WILL BE PROVIDED ON REQUEST.
JAIN
end Associates Ltd. JU 9 1989
DATE
R
EVISION No.
R ~/y /
/R
5753 Coopers Ave. ED.iBS2.2
Mississauga, Ont.
L42 1R9
DETAIL DRAWINd NUMBER
CLOCK R~~E((BELL
UNLESS NOTED~mO'ME~ISE
4 Ff. u.M.O(1200mm) 4 F~f. I,~H, (1400mn)
RECEPTACLE
18' ~LH. (467mm)
RECEPTACLES k
TEIFTH NE BV BASE
ARTTTpNS~~ ~~E k RECEPTACLES
TYPICAL MOUNTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES
N.T.S.
OURETS INSTALLED IN BE -
h)) CE1r1ERED AND LCCA ETR~MLY IN E%POSED OR NS~LE PARE OF THE STRUCTURE
B) ~TIERE SURFACE IS PATTERNED, BE LOGIED TO SUR, AND RELATED TO PATTERN.
h RAND0~) APPUCATpN OF OUTLETS, DEVK~ES, OR EOUIP~1ENf IS U EPTABLE IN THE ABSENCE
OF SPECIFlC DETAIL ON THE DRA(I'B~f,S (ARCHRECTURAL @ ELE ), DETAIL WILL BE PRUyIDED
ON REOUESf.
CQCRDII{ATE 1~RH~ OF OTHER TRADE SECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT ELECTRIGL DEVICES;
CHES RECEPf LDUDSPEAKERS, CIAG(S, hlAR~l SIGN4S. ETC., ARE NOT IN CONFLC'f
~yrni CHALKBOARDS, TACKBOARDS, ST~LwNc. ETC.
JAIN
.~ "~•~ ~.
1~8 ~ Road DATE IO a
°`°~ °°° ED.1fi32.3
DE4AD. DRAWING MA~~2
r
~ ~
Z
C _
O ~ °
K=0
U~
.- N
I
N
0
z
N
°
Z ~Z
U
p~ZW
~~~~
FO
S
U
O ~Z
w~
~' v
Z
m
O
U~=
as
N U U
~UU
H
Z
W=
°OC SOW
~~~~ W
~~
~N~'3°tn~ Jo
5`"ZZ°~ ~ ~
=~O p~W°~ V N
wN?~~pZZN Y N
~~UO~~~ Z Z
aZ~N=U~ N N
W
a
o~
io
Jd
W
~
N
8~~--
U
Z ° N~Z
•O
~~~
~
O
N ~~ Zz
~~
W
W W U
~
N~ Ol i;~
~Oyf
W
CC U K..~
W
~m=
rc
~~~
\v'
~
N
~~
a
a~
z ~,
d
W
t
I~
o~
~~~
y
z~o
r
yam
AIN
Annocinten Ltd.
~~5753 Coopeta Ave.
Misaiesauga, Ont.
IAZ 1R9
' J ~
W 1~ O
a oa~°
b~ U~
~zp~~~
OZ~ LL W
~ ~~~' o~
c~
~ Z
~ ~
O C^
wrcZ~
aY~Z
cz~°
~vai>~
J
O j ~ t
c~Z
~~~~
WOW
~~~
~
~
a
U p~
~
W
Z m
~
~r~ ~
/'~
V/
vua
~
g
Q
O ~ ~j
~~ WZ
~aaoa~z~
G ~~ °
i JUO~~~
wa~~aa~~
O~ O W 0 7 2
fnOOK1-tn vi~
~N
04.~
~~
~°
Z
Sao
R'
~Z~
~~a
ED.i892.1a1
DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER
~_
LI_
U
F-
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
' EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' CONTENTS
SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1
1.2 General
Branch Circuit Wiring & Feeder Cables
1.3 Flashings Through Roof
' 1.4
1.5 Holes & Drilling
Fireproofmg & Sealing
1.6 Cable Transits
1.7 Installation, Interference and Setting Drawings
' 1.8 Access Doors & Access Mazkers
1.9 Hangers & Inserts
1.10 Painting
1.11 Nameplates & Schedules
1.12 Equipment Locations
1.13 Mounting Heights
1.14 Excavation & Backfill
1.15 Support for Underground Services
1.16 Concrete Work
1.17 Conduit, Raceways and Wireways
' 1.18 Wiring & Cable
1.19 Outlet, Junction & Pull Boxes
1.20 Switches
' 1.21 Fuses
1.22 Devices
1.23 Device Cover Plates
1 1.2A Low Voltage Lighting Control
1.25 Panelboards
' 1.26
1.27 Dry-Type Transformers
Electric Work for Other Divisions
1.28 Primary Duct Bank
' 1.29
1
30 Electrical Service
Service Entrance Switchboard
.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL
.l Conform to Section 16010 -Electrical General Requirements.
1.2 BRANCH CHtCUIT WIRING & FEEDER CABLES
.1 Provide branch circuit wiring, conduits and feeders as required for Lighting, Power and
Auxiliary Systems. Separate conduit systems shall be provided for feeder, lighting and
power systems, for exit light system and auxiliary communication systems. (e.g.: Fire
Alarm, Telephone, Sound Systems and the like). For the supply of Exit Signs in building,
provide separate wiring and conduit to special circuits as designated.
1.3 FLASHING5 THROUGH ROOF
.1 Frovide factory fabricated seamless copper protection sleeves Telmark "Stack-Jack" or
approved equal Co-operate with work of Roofmg Section to ensure weathertight
installation.
1.4 HOLES & DRILLING
.1 Pneumatic hammers and percussion drills are prohibited.
.2 Where not sleeved, make holes through concrete walls and floors by core-drill only.
.3 Seal holes and sleeves through floors to serve as water dam.
.4 Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No.A23.3 Paragraph 5-17.
1.5 FIREPROOFING & SEALING
.1 Make watertight seal at sleeves at other openings through floors above grade. Sleeves to
extend minimum 25 mm (1 inch) above fmished floors.
.2 Fireproofmg protection of all openings through floors and fire rated walls will be provided
by Division 7.
.3 Cap unused sleeves through floors and walls.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE 2 ,
1.6 CABLE TRANSITS
Provide Electrovert Type MCT Multi-cable transits to provide fire and smoke bamers, and
water seals, where conduits and cables pass through foundation walls, roofs, and floors.
1.7 INSTALLATION, INTERFERENCE AND SETTING DRAWINGS
Provide insert location drawings (sleeving) drawings showing all openings in the structure
with all requued dimensions. Provide all changes necessitated by the submission of
incorrect or late information.
.2 Provide installation drawings of all work with dimensions drawn to scale of 1:100, and
coordinate with all trades and divisions. These drawings shall show the actual equipment
installed.Completely dimension all openings, recessed and sleeves. Maintain layout
drawings during the performance of the work for periodic inspection of the Consultant and
submit completed drawings to indicate as-built conditions at the completion of the
Contract.
.3 Submit all drawings prior to commencement of the work well in advance of construction of
work incorporating built-in work. Submit copies of drawings to all divisions.
.4 Provide structural loads with all details necessary for the installation of inserts. Coordinate
and distribute the loads to suit structural capacities.
1.8 ACCESS DOORS & ACCESS MARKERS
Supply access doors for installation under the work of other Divisions where electrical
equipment requiring maintenance or adjustment or inspection is located above ceilings,
within walls or behind furring; excepting ceilings of lay-in removable panel type.
.2 Access doors shall be 12 gauge hinged metal Stelpro Ltd. or equal #722 flush type,
minimum size 300 mm x 300 mm (12" x 12") "Reach-in" 300 mm x 600 mm (12" x 24")
"Crawl-in", with prime coat fmish, concealed hinges, screwdriver lock and plaster key.
Access doors in fmished masonry or drywall construction shall be #722 less plaster key.
Access doors shall be #726 in acoustic the ceilings; #704 in drywall ceilings and #726E in
plaster ceilings.
1
~JI
1
.3 Access doors in fue rated ceiling assemblies, all fire rated walls, duct shafts or in corridor ,
walls shall be UL, ULC or WIiI listed 1-1/2 hour fire rated access doors equal to LeHage
#L1010 or Acudor #150B with screwdriver lock.
~i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.8 ACCESS DOORS & ACCESS MARKERS (Cont'd)
' .4 Where lay-in removable panel ceilings requiring hold-down clips aze used, access doors aze
not required but panels shall be secured with accessible hold-down clips and marked with
' Buildemup #6RH brass paper fasteners inserted through acoustic panel and bent over.
Paint heads with blue enamel before installation.
.5 Obtain approval for sizes and locations.
' 1.9 HANGERS & INSERTS
.1 Provide necessary hangers and inserts for work of this Division.
.2 Erect hangers free of kinks and plumb; where plumb hangers are not possible install slanted
hangers in pairs in a manner to balance the load. Secure to building structure by suitable
means in a manner to develop full strength of hanger.
.3 Fasten to cast-in place concrete by suitable drilled or cast-in inserts.
.4 Fasten to structural steel using bolts or welded fasteners.
.5 Use trapeze hangers consisting of rods and Unistrut where several conduits run together.
.6 Do not use wood, chain, wire lashings, strap or grappler bar hangers except where noted or
detailed. Percussion type fastenings (fastenings set by an explosive charge) may be used
' only with written permission of Architect.
.7 Support fixtures independently of ceiling suspension systems. Provide additional supports
' as required, which shall be fastened to building structure steel members, joists, beams, etc.,
but not metal pan or roof decking. Material for additional supports and their installation
shall comply with requirements of U.L.C. Refer to "List of Equipment and Materials" Vol.
' 2 and "Supplement" for application to rated assemblies.
.8 Support outlet and jtmction boxes independently of the conduits running to them where
' required by electrical code and where deemed necessary by the Architect. Use steel angle
brackets or steel rods to support outlets for fixtures, which due to weight, require
attachment to the building structure.
0
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE4 '
1.9
1.10
HANGERS & INSERTS (Confd)
.9 Surface mounted or stem suspended fixtures fastened to non-removable ceilings, 2 hr. fire
rated ceiling assemblies, or mounted between metal suspension of exposed T-grid ceilings,
shall be provided with minimum of two points of attachment for each 300 mm x 1200 mm
(I' x 4') luminaire, using metal 'channel-bar' fastened to building structure. Attach
luminaires to 'channel-bar' by means of threaded steel rods. Channel-bar shall be
adequately supported and of a construction to prevent deflection under load, as selected
from manufacturer's published data, and to Architect's approval. 'Channel-bar shall be
Unistrut, Bumdy, Flexibaz, Cantrough or Canadian Strut Products or approved equal.
Refer to Drawing Number ED-1614.1 attached hereto for typical installation detail.
10 Use support clips (e.g. Caddy Type IDS) for suspension of fixtures attached to exposed
T-grid ceilings. Clips shall be supported directly from building structure and not from
suspended ceiling system. Refer to Drawing No. ED-1614.7 attached hereto for typical
installation detail, for surface fixtures on 1 hr. rated ceiling assemblies.
~~
1
.11 Provide recessed fluorescent fixtures with support frames, and plastering frames where ,
applicable.
.12 Drilled fastenings to concrete shall be self-drilling concrete anchors, Phillips 'Red-Head' or '
approved equal. The maximum weight per fastening shall not exceed 25% of
manufacturer's 'pull-out' load data.
.13 Chain where permitted and specified far the installation of fluorescent lighting fixtures 1
shall be No. 4, 2 mm (.080") Tenso Pattern coil steel chain, plated with a strength of 82 kg
(180 lbs.) as manufactured by Dominion Chain Co. Ltd or approved equal. Where 'S' '
hooks are used with chain, they shall be No. 6 type with open strength of 82 kg (180 lbs.)
minimum. Attachment of chain at both ends of support shall develop full strength of chain.
.14 Support outlet boxes, junction boxes, conduit and the like, mounted on exposed steel deck '
roofmg by means of self-tapping minimum #10 gauge screws, secured through bottom
member of deck corrugation. Do not pierce top of steel deck. ,
PAINTING ,
.1 Hangers, support framing and all equipment fabricated from ferrous metals which aze not
protected with zinc or other suitable corrosion-resistant fmish shall have at least one coat of '
a corrosion-resistant paint applied before shipment or immediately on arrival at the site.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
' EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.10 PAINTING (Cont'd)
' .2 After installation, touch up all scratches, chips, other damage and defects in paint, using
zinc chromate primer or paint or special enamels as necessary to match the original.
' .3 Finish and colour of all equipment shall be co-ordinated to provide uniform appearance.
.4 Painting of conduits and supports and other exposed surface work will be done under
Painting Section except as noted. Install materials in time to be painted together with
mounting surfaces.
' .5 Do not paint over nameplates.
.6 Refer to other Sections for special paint fetishes of equipment.
1.11 NAMEPLATES & SCHEDULES
"
.1 Identify electrical equipment supplied under this Division with ]/8
(3 mm) thick black
laminated plastic nameplate to indicate equipment controlled to provide instruction or
' warning. Fasten each plate with two chrome plated screws. Lettering shall be 1/4" (6 mm)
high for small devices such as control stations and at least 1/2" (13 mm) high for all other
equipment. Submit a list of proposed nameplates for approval before manufacture.
' 2 P
id
lb
d
i
h
i
h
l
. rov
e pane
oaz
s w
t
typewr
tten sc
edu
es identifying outlets and equipment
controlled by each branch circuit. Protect schedules with non-inflammable clear plastic.
.3 Identify Junction Boxes, pull boxes, cover plates, conduits and the like, provided for future
extension, indicating their function; (e.g. power, fire alarm, communication).
.4 Verify room names and numbers prior to listing on nameplates and schedules.
' 1.12 EQUD?MENT LOCATIONS
.1 Approximate locations of electrical equipment, fixtures, switches, outlets, and the like, aze
given on the drawings. Refer to the Architectural drawings and room elevations for
application. In absence of definite detail exact location of outlet shall be determined on site
as work progresses. Switches for lighting shall generally be installed on the lock side of
' doors. Verify switch locations on the site.
.2 Refer to Detail Drawing ED1632.3 attached.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE 6 '
1.12 EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS (Confd)
.3 Device plates shall cover opening left for outlet box, and plates shall be attached to boxes
in an approved manner. Outlets and fixtures are to be located symmetrically (i.e. centred in
wall panels, ceiling panels or tiles, columns, between and above doors, and the like).
.4 The right is reserved to alter the location of equipment and outlets a distance of up to 3
metres (10 feet) without involving a change to the Contract amount, providing notice is
given prior to installation.
5 Electrical equipment and outlets shall present a balanced and symmetrical relationship to
the visible surrounding of the building to which it pertains. A random application of
outlets, devices, or equipment is unacceptable. In the absence of specific detail on the
azchitectural and electrical drawings, detailed information will be provided on request.
.6 Coordinate with the work of other trade sections to ensure that electrical devices, switches,
receptacles, loudspeakers, clocks, alarm signals, etc. are not in conflict with chalkboards,
tackboazds, cupboards, shelving, heating units, or other obstructions unless provision is
made for mounting in face of furniture and fitments.
1.13 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
Mounting heights of outlets, centre line of outlet to fmished floor, except for exposed
masonry construction, shall generally be as follows:
Lighting Switches - 1200 mm (3'-11")
Receptacles - 500 mm (1'-6") above fmished floor or 250 mm (9") above counter tops.
Television Outlets - 500 mm (1'-6")
Data/Telephone Outlets - 500 mm (1'-6")
Manual Fire Alarm Stations - 1200 mm (3'-11 ")
(Automatic Fire Alann Stations -ceiling
Fire Signals - 2400 mm (8'-0") or 300 mm (1'-0") below ceiling.
Panelboazds - 2000 mm (6'-6") to top of trim for standazd panels.
Clocks - 2400 mm (8'-0") or 300 mm (1'-0") below ceiling. (Refer to Architectural Room
Elevations).
Thermostats - 1700 mm (5'-6")
P.A. Speakers - Ceiling.
lJ
.2 Refer to Detail Drawings MED-1632.1 and MED-1632.2 attached hereto "Typical Outlet '
Box Installation for Exposed Masonry".
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERLALS SECTION 16050
' EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.14 EXCAVATION & BACKFILL
' .1 Excavation and backfill shall be carried out under Another Division; coordinate
accordingly.
' 1.15 SUPPORT FOR UNDERGROUND SERVICES
.1 Provide suitable solid support to comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction, where solid undisturbed earth stratum is not available for support of
' underground services. Minimum requirements where services pass through backfill or
exterior foundation walls shall be 20 MPa concrete fill, full depth to undisturbed earth.
.2 Reinforced concrete duct banks shall be keyed into sides of foundation walls. Extend and
' connect reinforcing steel of duct banks to reinforcing steel of foundation wall construction
to prevent failure at the junction of the pipe support and wall.
1.16 CONCRETE WORK
' .1 Concrete work shall be carried out under Another Division; coordinate duct bank and
equipment bases accordingly.
' 1.17 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND WIItEWAYS
.1 Wire and cable shall be installed in conduit (or tubing) as follows:
Rigid galvanized steel conduit with threaded IPS fittings to be used:
- Where noted and required by regulations.
- Surface mounted within 1200 mm (4 feet) of floor and where subject to mechanical
damage.
Where embedded in poured-in-place concrete.
- Where installed in concrete which is in contact with earth or grade.
.2 Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be used concealed in place of rigid conduit in dry
locations subject to governing regulations. Connectors shall be provided with
factory-installed insulated throats. EMT may be used at Contractor's option, installed in
' concrete, subject to use of concrete-tight fittings. Connectors and couplings to be forged
steel.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE 8 '
1.17 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS (Confd)
.3 Use flexible metallic conduit only for connections to chain suspended and recessed fixture
drops, motors, and similar equipment to prevent transmission of vibration. Acode-gauge
green grounding conductor shall be provided for all such connections. Use "Sealtite"
conduit with Hubbell-Kellum Sealtite conduit strain relief grips for all such connections at
motors.
.4 Conduit installed below grade and below concrete grade slabs shall be rigid PVC type,
CSA approved as Electrical Raceway.
.5 Conduit and cables for electrical work in demountable type and drywall type partitions
shall enter from above, from a junction box concealed in the ceiling above and shall
comprise a flexible conduit connection.
.6 Provide a sepazate code gauge supplementary grounding conductor run in each
non-metallic conduit of duct, terminating at ground block at panelboazds.
7 Conceal conduits and wiring except where noted. Run exposed conduits pazallel to building
lines and to other conduits. Provide every empty conduit with a fish wire (3 mm (1/8")
polypropylene rope) and identify to designate its function (Power, P.A., Telephone, Fire
Alarm and the like).
~1
f _J
u
.8 Fasten every conduit to structural members by means of approved conduit clamps or clips. '
Wire lashing is not acceptable.
.9 Where conduit is installed in concrete slabs, obtain general approval, prior to commencing '
the work, on both maximum dimension and cross-0vers which may be used therein.
Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No. A23.3 Paragraph 5.17.
.10 Install conduits in such a manner as to conserve head room and interfere as little as possible ,
with free use of space through which they pass. Obtain approval for routing of same. Keep
conduits at least 150 mm (6") clear of heating pipes, flues and other high temperature work. '
11 Run conduit exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, electrical rooms, fan rooms, and the
like, and installed after mechanical and other equipment is completed. Install fixtures, ,
outlets, starters, etc., to clear and to suit application.
.12 Conduit installed at the roof level of exposed structures, shall be run tight to roof deck, '
above purlins and beams.
1
CI
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
t EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
fl
t
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE9
1.17 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS (Confd)
13 Conduit and cables for electrical wiring to fixtures and equipment surface mounted on the
structural ceiling core slabs shall enter the core cells to the outlet from the flush junction
box in the wall or finished dropped ceilings, from the recessed wall switch, and be
concealed in the core slab cells where possible. Ceiling outlets shall be installed and
supported within the slab cells to feed the fixtures and equipment. All openings for wiring
and outlets in the Core Slabs will be cut by the Structural Division.
14 Surface wall-mounted raceways shall be Wiremold No. 5400 non-metallic type complete
with two channels and all necessary fittings, closers, device modules, etc.
1.18 WIRING & CABLE
1 Wire and cable shall comprise copper conductors, sized as noted, rated 90°C, 600 volt
minimum and CSA approved for applications.
.2 Wire and cable unless noted, may be terhmoplastic-insulated Type T9Q, which cable shall
not be installed at temperatures below 20°C unless "minus 40" type is used. Wiring to
heating and cooking equipment shall be rated 90°C minimum, the ampacity of which shall
be limited to 75°C value.
.3 Conductors used for all auxiliary systems (e.g. Fire Alarm, etc.) shall be tagged and/or
colour-coded, and where applicable shall agree with manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
Conductors in cable duct systems shall be stranded type. Use Electrovert "Z-Type" code
markers for control conductors.
.4 Minimum wire size for power wiring shall be No. 12 AWG gauge unless specified
otherwise. Control wiring shall be #14 AWG red insulation. Maximum voltage drop
between furthest outlet of any circuit, when fully energized, and panel to which it is
connected shall not exceed two percent except for electric heating circuits which shall not
exceed one percent.
.5 Number of wires indicated for lighting and power, motor and motor control, alarm, signal,
communication, and auxiliary systems is intended to show general scheme only. The
required number and types of wires shall be installed in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's diagams and requirements, and with requirements of the installation, except
that specification standards shall not be reduced.
.6 Solderless connectors nylon jacketted "Vibration-Proof' screw-on wire connectors
"Ideal-Wing Nuts" rated 600 volts shall be used for joints in Branch Wiring.
MUNICH'AL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARI~
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE 10 '
1.18 WIRING & CABLE (Cont'd)
Use compression joints and terminals for all control wiring; for all aluminum conductors;
and all conductors #4 AWG and larger. Mechanical connections are acceptable at
panelboards and circuit breakers where these are part of factory-assembly, except that for
aluminum conductors Alcan "Coppertail" connectors shall be employed for all such
connections.
.8 Wires or cables in feeders, sub-feeders and branch circuits shall be colour-coded in
accordance with Ontario Safety Code. Each end of feeder terminations (e.g. in
Switchboard, Panelboazds, switches, sputters and the like) Code Phase A -Red, Phase B -
Black, Phase C -Blue, Neutral -White.
.9 Armoured or sheathed cables may be used only for wiring within demountable and dry wall
type partitions and if additionally specified or detailed; however it shall not be directly
buried in or below concrete slabs.
.10 The use of exposed plasticyacketted cables shall be subject to approval of local inspection
Authorities, but shall not be installed in ceiling spaces used as return air plenums for
mechanical air-handling systems.
[III
LJ
1.19 OUTLET, JUNCTION & PULL BOXES
.1 Use suitable electrical boxes for terminations and junctions on conduit work. Install pull
boxes where necessary to permit installation of conductors. Support pull boxes, outlet
boxes, panels and other cabinets independently of conduit.
.2 Provide each light switch, wall receptacle and other device with an outlet box of suitable
dimensions and a faceplate. Outlet boxes shall be adapted to their respective locations. Use
"Masonry Type" outlet boxes for flush installation in masonry walls as detailed on standazd
Detail Drawings attached hereto. (Standard sectional boxes, 1004, 1104 and the like, shall
not be used).
.3 "Thruwall" and "Utility" type boxes shall not be used.
4 Install surface mounted devices, in cast conduit fittings, with threaded hubs and galvanized
steel faceplates.
.5 Electrical boxes and panels shall be CSA approved, code-gauge sheet metal, galvanized or
with suitable protective treatment. Secure covers with screws or bolts.
1
L_ i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
' EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.19 OUTLET, JUNCTION & PULL BOXES (Cont'd)
' .6 Use multi-gang boxes with barriers between each gang, where devices served by dissimilar
voltages utilize a common faceplate.
f .7 Main pull and junction boxes including obvious outlet boxes shall be clearly idenfified by
painting the outside of the cover in accordance with the following schedule:
' - lighting yellow
' - power blue
- emergency power orange
fire alarm red
- telephone cream
- control brown
' - intercom & sound green
.8 In additicn, each box shall be identified with a system and service designator of logic
' reference to the service.
' 1.20 SWITCHES
.l Provide fusible and non-fusible switches of one manufacture NEMA Type 'HD' with
'' quick-make, quick-break contacts, horsepower-rated where required, to match the motor
protected. Provide holders to accept specified fuses. Switches to include mechanical cover
interlocks and line side bamers.
' .2 Where applicable and available, switches shall be CSA "Approved For High Service
Factor".
' .3 Provide safety disconnect switches adjacent to motors and other equipment when required
by regulations. Use switches of one manufacture throughout.
.4 Acceptable manufacturers are:
Cutler-Hammer
' ,j Federal Pioneer Limited
^ Siemens
Square 'D'
i
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 12 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARI~
1.21 FUSES
.1 Fuse holders in fusible equipment generally shall be provided with a complete set of proper '
size Form 1, HRC Nema J or L current limiting fuses, except as noted. Fusible equipment
so provided shall be adapted to reject CSA Standard C22.2 No. 59 fuses. Fuses shall be one
manufacture throughout.
.2 Fuses for motor circuits shall be Class J time delay, HRC, (eg: Gould Type AJT). '
.3 Select fuses for motor protection as recommended by manufacturer.
.4 Provide one complete set of spare fuses for each rating and type used, unless otherwise
scheduled.
.5 Apply Thomas & Betts "Kopr/Shield" conductive anti-seize compound to all fuse ferrules '
and holders.
.6 Acceptable manufacturers are: '
Aero Flex
Busman Limiffon '
Cefco
English Electric
Federal Pioneer Limited - "Econolim" '
Gould - Shawmut
1.22 DEVICES ,
.1 Wiring devices unless otherwise specified herein, or noted, shall be as manufactured by '
Arrow-Hart, Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, P & S, Slater, Smith & Stone.
.2 Switches for 120 volt branch lighting circuits, generally shall be A.C. "Quiet-Type" rated '
20 amp. 120 volt, totally enclosed phenolic housing ivory toggle handle. (eg: Hubbell 1221,
1222, 1223, 1224; single pole, double pole, 3-way and 4-way respectively).
.3 Double Pole lighting switches shall be connected to 2 pole circuit breakers. ,
.4 Key operated switches shall be of the type listed above, except key-operated, and all such
switches shall be keyed-alike.
i
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.22 DEVICES (Cont'd)
I .5 Standard 15 amp., 125 volt duplex receptacles generally shall be Specification grade, ivory
(eg: Hubbell No. 5262).
.6 Isolated ground duplex receptacles shall be Hubbell No. IG-5262-S with integral surge-
protection.
.7 Standard Duplex receptacles indicated to have 'split-feed' shall be two-circuit type wired
and connected to a 2 pole common trip circuit breaker in associated panelboard. Orientation
of common circuit shall be similar throughout project.
.8 Special purpose receptacles as noted on the drawings shall conform to CSA configuration
1 (Table 46 and Table 47 of Canadian Electrical Code) for non-locking and locking
receptacles. Acceptable Manufacturers are: Arrow-Hart, Bryant, Pass & Seymour, Hubbell
or approved equal. Provide attachment caps for each special purpose receptacle.
.9 Clocks shall be 305 mm (12") diameter, semi-flush, battery-powered black 12 hour dial and
grey case. Simplex No. 6310-4017 with symmetry hands.
.10 Ground Fault protected receptacles shall be 15 amp. 125 volt duplex as specified with trip
and reset operator, equal to Hubbell #GF5252-I with matching phenolic coverplate.
.11 "Double Voltage Relays" shall be CGE CR-120L with general purpose enclosure, number
of contacts noted & Model CR120LXMC "Mylar" covers, for enclosures for each set of
contacts.
.12 Flush floor boxes shall be Hubbell Cat. No. 3SFB-SSC 3-service box complete with
devices shown on drawings.
1.23 DEVICE COVER PLATES
.1 Switch and receptacle and other device faceplates generally shall be single or multi-gang as
required, matching ivory phenolic.
.2 Weatherproof enclosures for outdoor receptacles shall be P & S #4600 with 4600-26
Mounting Plate, Duplex Ground Fault Receptacle and two #4609 Keys.
' .3 Cover plates for other devices such as projector jacks, telephone, etc., shall be phenolic to
match above.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 14
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.24 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL
1 Furnish and install complete remote control wiring system for control of lighting equipment ,
as indicated on drawings, diagrams and schedules. System shall be complete with
transformer, switches, pilot lights, electronic controls, wall plates and wiring. All remote
control wiring components shall be of same manufacture and installed in accordance with ~_
recommendations of the manufacturer. Remote-control equipment shall be as
manufactured by Douglas Power Equipment Ltd., C.G.E. or approved equal. Except where '
otherwise indicated, all such remote-wntrol wiring shall be Class 2.
1.25 PANELBOARDS
.1 Provide panelboards as scheduled, which shall include the following features:
.1 Flush or surface trim as noted.
.2 Self-closing springs where located in public azeas.
.3 Concealed hinges.
.4 Combination catch and lock semi flush tumbler type -all keyed alike.
.5 Adjustable self-positioning trims.
.6 Sufficient wiring space for specified cables and conduits. Except as noted, '
panelboazd depths shall not be less than 4-1/4", for panelboards with feeder
conduits up to 2" ips. Depths shall be increased accordingly for larger feeders.
.7 Plain trims not displaying any names or Symbols. "Vault" type handles shall not be
used except in unfinished azeas.
.8 Typed schedules of circuits indicating equipment and area controlled on the backs
of panel doors, in a steel trim pocket, covered with transparent non-inflammable
plastic.
.9 Insulated neutral block.
.10 Copper bus bazs.
.11 Sprinklerproof Enclosure
.2 "Branch" panelboazds shall be fixed bolted connection thermal- magnetic, quick-make,
quick-break, 40°C, calibrated ULC rated 'SWD' switching duty, molded-case circuit
breaker branches, except as noted. "Plug-in" breakers are not acceptable. Multi-pole
breakers shall be common trip type. ,,,,
3 Power and Distribution type panelboazds shall be fusible Q.M. - Q.B. (quick-make, quick- ~
break) switch type or breaker as scheduled on the drawings.
.4 Fusible switch type panelboazds shall be complete with suitable fuses as specified under
"Fuses".
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.25 PANELBOARDS (Confd)
.5 Frovide handle locking devices on circuit breakers feeding Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating
equipment and controls and all auxiliary systems, time switches, and others as noted. Paint
handles white, to permanently identify location and function. Provide 30 spare handle
locking devices for future use.
' .6 Provide empty conduits from flush panelboazds, and others as noted, terminating in
accessible ceiling spaces, sized to accommodate spare and space breaker provisions. One
25 mm (1 ") conduit for each three spare breakers or spaces.
.7 Circuit numbers on drawings do not necessarily correspond to the numbers on the lighting
panels. Circuits sharing a common neutral shall not be connected to the same main. Panel
circuit breakers which are used directly for the switching of lighting fixtures shall be
1 grouped in consecutive numbers commencing at breaker number one.
.8 Use "Panduit" lok strap cable ties for panelboazd branch wiring.
.9 Panelboazds of the types scheduled shall comprise the following:
Type 1
Branch panelboazd circuit breaker type, 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains, minimum
interrupting rating of 10,000 amps.ltM5 asymmetrical at 120 volts.
2
Type
Branch panelboazd circuit breaker type 347/600 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains minimum
interrupting rating of 18,000A. RMS symmetrical at 600 volts for 3 pole, and 1Q000A
RMS symmetrical at 347 volts for single pole circuit breakers.
r
Power distribution panelboazd QM, QB type and equipped with Nema `J' HRC current
limiting fuses, 120/208 volt and 347/600 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains as noted.
.9 Acceptable manufacturers are:
Cutler-Hammer
Federal Pioneer Limited
Siemens
Squaze'D'
MUNICIPAL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 16
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.26 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
.1 Dry-type transformers shall bethree-phase indoor dry-type, 60 cycle type ANS, natural ,
draft, air-cooled, manufactured in accordance with CEMA Specification L2, CSA C22.2
No. 47, CSA C9-1966, ASA C57.12, NEMA TRI, and latest revision thereof. They shall
be metal enclosed in sprinkler-proof, ventilated, code gauge steel enclosares, finished ASA
No. 61. Overall dimensions of transformers shall not exceed those noted on the drawings.
.2 Windings for three phase transformers shall be 1.2 KV class, 10 KV B.LL., high voltage ,
winding delta-connected 600 volt; low voltage winding 208/120 volt wye connected.
Primary winding shall include four 2-1/2 percent taps arranged two above and two below,
normal voltage. Insulation to be rated Class B - 80 deg. C. or Class 'H' 150 deg. C. Unit
design shall incorporate a vibration isolation system.
.3 Transformers shall be manufactured by:
1. ACME Transformer
2. Federal -Pioneer Electric
3. Polygon Industries
4. Marcus Transformer
1.27 ELECTRIC WORK FOR OTHER DIVISIONS
.1 Examine architectural and Mechanical (Plumbing Heating Ventilating and Air
Conditioning) plans and specifications to determine extent of electrical work in connection
with these Divisions which is to be done under the work of the Electrical Division.
.2 In general, all motor starters and associated controls for mechanical equipment will be
supplied under that Division of the work which supplies the equipment, for installation and
connection under the work of the Electrical Division 16. Refer to the Mechanical Division
15 Specifications, drawings, and schedules for the exact intent and extent of the work to be
included in the Electrical Division.
.3 Electrical work related to Temperature Controls provided under Division 15 of the work
will be performed under that Section of the work, except as otherwise noted on the
Electrical Drawings. '
.4 Co-ordinate the exact location and verify characteristics of electrical provisions for the
work of the Mechanical Division.
MUNICH'AL OFFICE BASIC MATERIALS SECTION 16050
I EXPANSION (AND NEW & METHODS PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.27 ELECTRIC WORK FOR OTHER DIVISIONS (Cont'd)
' .5 The locations of starters, motors and associated equipment indicated on the drawings aze
approximate and diagramatic only. Co-ordinate with the work of the Division 15
Mechanical Trade Sections to ensure proper location of equipment. The exact locations of
conduit terminations at mechanical units shall be determined from equipment
manufacturer's approved shop drawings. Conduits must be installed to enter only in the
locations designated by equipment manufacturers.
.6 Frovide safety switches required for disconnection of remotely controlled motors, and
where required at motors by C.E.C. regulations whether shown on the drawings or not.
Where required at fan motors, they shall be concealed in the fan housing if possible.
.7 Provide for the 120 volt mechanical equipment where noted, all necessary wiring and
connections including wiring and installation of starters, thermostats, aquastats, speed
controllers and time switches controlling equipment.
.8 Where motor starters, switches and the like, aze grouped together, a suitable 19 mm (3/4")
thick plywood panelboazd shall be provided to which all such equipment shall be secured.
Provide all necessary angle iron supports for support of panelboazd and paint entire
assembly with two coats of an approved flame retardant enamel suitable to Building
Inspection Department
.9 Provide weatherproof unfused safety disconnect switches, fastened to exterior of roof
mounted units, to approval.
1.28 PRIMARY DUCT BANK
.1 Provide an underground primary duct bank as detailed, from the street to the building to
provide for installation of primary cables by Veridian Connec$ons and Division 16.
Construction details and exact locations of terminations shall be verified on the site prior to
installation commencing.
.2 Provide a duct bank comprising PVC Class II CSA approved ducts to Supply Authority's
approval with minimum internal diameter of 100 mm buried to a depth to provide 770 mm
minimmn cover over the duct run. Ducts shall be laid pazallel, spaced 152 mm on centre
horizontally and vertically, encased throughout their length in concrete, with a minimum
cover of 76 mm on all sides. The duct shall be on even grade, sloped not less than 76 mm
in 30 m, and drained in accordance with Hydro regulations. All ducts shall be sealed with
pipe caps during construction. The dud bank enclosure shall be steel reinforced as detailed.
Provide bell ends for all duds.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
SECTION 16050
PAGE 18
1.28 PRIMARY DUCT BANK (Cont'd)
.3 Provide in each duct a 5/16" (8 mm) polypropylene Draw Rope, to facilitate the cable
installation.
.4 The ducts shall be encased in a concrete envelope which shall be worked below and
between ducts to provide a homogenous mass. Duct spacers shall be plastic to provide
required spacing both horizontally and vertically. Minimum of two spacers per 3050 (10
ft.) length of duct shall be used. Ducts shall terminate to approval of Supply Authority at
street.
.5 The following inspections of the primary ducts shall be witnessed by the Inspection
Authority and Supply Authority.
1. The complete run shall be inspected before the concrete encasement is poured. ,
2. The duct run shall be proved cleaz by pulling a 95 mm (3 3/4") mandrel wire brush
and cleaning swabs through their complete length. '
1.29 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
1 Provide complete electrical service as shown on the drawings and as further described here.
.2 The Supply Authority will supply electrical service at 347/600 volt, three phase, 4 wire, 60
cycles, from aroof-mounted transformer.
.3 Grounding service, equipment, feeders, and the like shall be performed in accordance with
Hydro regulations and the Supply Authority's details and requirements.
.4 The neutral conductor of the wiring system together with the conduit system and service ,
equipment shall be bonded to the water service as near as practical to the service entrance.
Provide "ground system" as required by O.H.E.P.C. regulations, where water service is
installed in non-metallic pipes, as confirmed on site.
.5 Provide a metering cabinet where noted with dimensions of 915 x 915 x 305 mm (36" x 36"
x 12") deep and provide with removable sub-base and locking provisions, all to approval of
Supply Authority.
t
MUNICII'AL OFFICE
I EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCHBOARD
SECTION 16050
PAGE 19
1.30
~ .1
.2
I~I I
L~
.3
i
The "Service Entrance Switchboazd" shall be multi-section, front- access, free-standing
sheet metal distribution board, with approximate dimensions of 2540 mm wide, 960 mm
deep, 2290 mm high, (100" wide, 38" deep, 90" high).
Switchboazd shall contain the following:
.1 Main Section -one 1200 amp., three pole bolted pressure lock switch with NEMA
L, HRC current limiting fuses, and current transformer compartment with hinged
door complete with sealing and padlock provisions for Supply Authority's metering
transformers. Provide a removable mounting pan within compartment for mounting
of transformers. These provisions and details shall be submitted to and approved
by the Supply Authority before manufacture.
.2 Distribution Section -having 1200 ampere main bus and full capacity neutral and
fusible type "QM-QB" branch units of sizes scheduled on drawings, adapted for
HRC Form 1, Nema J fuses as scheduled.
.3 Auxiliary Customer Metering Compartment which shall include:
- Power Measurements Ltd.
BASIC MATERIALS
& METHODS
Model 3710 ACM Digital Metering system capable of displaying voltage,
current, KVA, KVAR, KW, PF HZ, and the accumulated MWHR, and
KW demand.
It shall be capable of continuously monitoring and storing minimum values
of volts and PF and maximum values of Amps - KW-KVA-KVAR-KWD.
All ininimum/maximum values shall be displayed. System shall provide
three set point relays for load shedding duty rated ] 0 amp.
All necessary sensors, instrument current (four) and potential transformers
and control protection devices.
Capable of being interfaced with Building Management System.
.4 All access to unrnetered bus to be provided with bolted panels and provisions for
sealing and padlocking.
Acceptable Manufacturers are:
.1 Cutler Hammer
.2 Federal Pioneer Limited
.3 Siemens
.4 Square 'D'
END OF SECTION
r
i
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1
1.2
13
1.4
1.5
1.6
1J
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
TITLE
General
Materials
Shop Drawings
Lamps
Lamp and Ballast Conditioning
Installation
Fixture Schedule
SECTION 16500
CONTENTS PAGE
MUNICIPAL OFFICE LIGHTING SYSTEMS SECTION 16500
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
r
1.1 GENERAL
t .1 Conform to Section 16010 -Electrical General Requirements.
.2 Provide electrical lighting fixtures and systems scheduled, complete with lamps, ballasts
and necessary accessories required for their installation and performance.
' 1.2 MATERIALS
.1 Catalogue reference numbers given for individual facture types are intended as a guide
when read with the description and the fixture as finally applied. Verify catalogue
references with description and co-ordinate with installation conditions, with particulaz
regard to ceiling construction details, type and finish before ordering fixtures.
.2 Fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be energy saving type by Denki Corp., or equal 120 volt
Electronic Ballast for 265 ma T8 Octron lamps and shall comply with ASA Spec. C82-1
and meet current CSA Standard C22.2 No.74. Two lamp 32 watt rapid start ballasts shall
have an average noise level not exceeding 30 dB when tested in a 24 dB weighted network.
Light output to be minimum of 95% of rated lamp lumens. Power factor to be 95%
minimum. Ballasts for compact fluorescent fixtures shall be H.P.F. (high power factor)
type, electronic.
.3 H.LD. lamp ballasts (Metal Halide, H.P.S., etc.) shall comply with CSA Spec. C22-2 No.66
including amendments for indoor operation where applicable, and shall be compatible with
fixture and lamp assembly which they serve.
I .4 Plastic lenses in lighting fixtures shall be acrylic with minimum thickness of 3 mm (.125
inches) providing flame spread and smoke density ratings, complying with applicable
Federal and Provincial Codes; Ontario Fire Marshal's Fire Safety Design Standard; and the
Ontario Buildmg Code, Paragraph 3.1.13.4 (1).
.5 Removable components of fixtures (louvres, lenses, wire guards, and the like) to be limited
to maximum 1220 mm (48") in length.
.6 Acceptable ballast manufacturers are:
Denki Corp.
Canadian General Electric
1 Ultrasave
Philips-Advance Transformer Co.
Magneteck
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
SECTION 16500
PAGE 2
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
1 Conform with requirements of Section 16010.
.2 Submit for review a bound brochure containing illustrations of each fixture. Illustrations to '
be complete showing dimensions light distribution and mounting requirements. Illustrations
to be noted to indicate special features and finishes. A copy is to be retained by the
Contractor on the site, to ensure co-ordination of installation requirements. '
1.4 LAMPS
.1 Frovide lighting fixtures with a full complement of lamps.
.2 Incandescent lamps shall be'Extended-Life' rated approximately 2500 hour, 125 volt.
.3 Fluorescent lamps shall be Osram-Sylvania Octron Type T8 #F032/35K - or approved
equal rated 2900 lumens and have a CRI of not less than 80, and compatible with ballast
installed. Fluorescent lamps in relocated lighting fixtures shall be T-12, 34 watt, C.W. or
to match existing.
.4 Fluorescent lamp sockets shall be specific for T8 lamps positioning lamp within 1/2" of
reflector.
.5 H.LD. lamps shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of the fixture in which they
aze to be installed, and compatible with ballasts installed.
.6 All fluorescent fixtures with exposed lamps shall be provided with a polycarbonate lamp
sleeve, American Louvre of Canada Ltd., Series 'EG' for each lamp.
.7 Compact fluorescent lamps shall be 3500°x. I
.8 Acceptable lamp manufacturers are:
Osram-Sylvania
Canadian General Electric
Philips
1.5 LAMP AND BALLAST CONDITIONING
.1 Upon first energizing all fluorescent and H.LD. fixtures shall remain energized for a
stabilizing period of 100 hours.
w
I ~-
f
MUNICIPAL OFFICE LIGHTING SYSTEMS SECTION 16500
I EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 3
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.6 INSTALLATION
.1 Do not install or energize lamps until directed by Architect which generally shall be just
prior to occupancy of the building by the Owner. Read 'Temporary and Trial Usage'
Section 16010.
.2 Provide plaster and/or framing rings for recessed fixtures, (except for 'Lay-in Tee-Bar
' types) the installation of which shall be the responsibility of this Section.
.3 Recessed incandescent and fluorescent Fixtures shall conform with requirements of latest
bulletin of the Electrical Safety Authority. Thermal insulation and combustible materials
shall be kept clear of recessed fixtures unless approved for such installation.
.4 Position and aim adjustable lighting equipment as directed on the site. Position outdoor
units after daylight hours as directed. Provide labour and materials necessary to accomplish
this.
.5 Fixtures shall be clean at the time of fmal acceptance.
1.7 FIXTURE SCHEDULE
.1 Lighting factures shall be as scheduled on enclosed pages.
END OF SECTION
J
! i m m m= m= w m w m m m m r m t m
ARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PROJECT NO. 00 -138
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
LAMPS PER FIXTURE
MTG
MANUFACTURER
NO.
WATT
TYPE
COLOUR
A
1'x 4' FLUORESCENT, HINGED & FRAMED K-
12 ACRYLIC LENS, T -GRID CEILING.
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -14G- 232 -12- 120 -EL.
2'X 4' FLUORESCENT, INTEGRAL SILVER
A2
REFLECTOR, HINGED & FRAMED K -12
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -24G- 232 -12- 120 -EL -HT
ACRYLIC LENS, T-GRID CEILING.
B
2'X 2' FLUORESCENT, HINGED & FRAMED K-
112 ACRYLIC LENS, T -GRID CEILING.
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -22G- 231 -12- 120 -EL
B1
2'X 2' FLUORESCENT, SIMILAR TO TYPE'B',
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. TL -22F- 231 -12- 120 -EL
DRYWALL CEILING.
B2
2' X 2' FLUORESCENT, SIMILAR TO TYPE'Bl',
DRYWALL CEILING, DIMMING BALLAST.
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. TL -22F- 231 -12- 120 -EL -DIM
B3
2'X 2' FLUORESCENT SIMILAR TO TYPE 'B',
T -GRID CEILING, DIMMING BALLAST.
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -22G- 231 -12- 120 -EL -DIM
C
29" DIA. INDIRECT FLUORESCENT, GREEN
DISK SHIELD, COLOUR BY ARCHITECT.
120
6
55
BIAX
3500 K
SUSP.
BETA -CALCO NO. LPU36- 773606- TS- OT- I -DC -DS
D
FLUORESCENT CHANDLIER INCLUDE CASH
ALLOWANCE OF $2,000.00 PER FIXTURE.
120
-
-
-
-
SUSP.
-
DIRECT /INDIRECT FLUORESCENT,
F
PERFORATED BODY, AIRCRAFT CABLE,
120
3
32
T8
3500 K
SUSP.
METALUMEN NO. 05GC- C- C- P -4 -W-4 -120
WHITE POWER CORD.
12" WDE FLUORESCENT, PARABOLIC BLADE
G
LOUVRE, DRYWALL CEILING, VARYING
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REC.
METALUMEN NO, R12X -BL- 120 -EL
LENGTHS TO SUIT SPACES.
H
4' LONG FLUORESCENT, WRAP- AROUND
ACRYLIC LENS.
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. KOPA -11- 232 - 120 -EL
MONO -POINT LOW - VOLTAGE
J
INCANDESCENT WITH SHORT 6"
120/12
1
35
MR -16
3700 K
SUSP.
JUNO NO. TLP305, NO. T538 & NO. T58.
SUSPENSION ROD TO FIXTURE.
NARROW
K
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT, GRAPHITE FINISH
BAFFLE.
120
2
26
TT
3500 K
SURF.
LIGHTOLIER NO. 8038LATG- CS8232LG -120
24" LONG SINGLE -LAMP FLUORESCENT
L
STRIP.
120
1
17
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. LS- 2- 117- 120-EL
M
48" LONG SINGLE -LAMP FLUORESCENT
STRIP, SIDE - MOUNTED LAMP.
120
1
32
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. SMS-4- 132 - 120 -EL
PAGE 1 OF 2
0
ARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PROJECT NO. 00 -138
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
LAMPS PER FIXTURE
MTG
MANUFACTURER
NO.
WATT
TYPE
COLOUR
48" LONG INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT,
M2
APERTURED REFLECTOR.
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
SUSP.
PEERLESS NO. NIRA -4- 232 - 120 -EL
48 LONG INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT,
M3
121
3
33
T9
3501 K
SUSP.
PEERLESS NO. NIRA -4- 232 - 120 -EL
APERTURED REFLECTOR.
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT POTLIGHT, CLEAR
P
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO NO. CH6- 218Q -650C -WH
ALZAK REFLECTOR, HORIZONTAL LAMPS.
SIMILAR TO TYPE'P' WITH DIMMING
P2
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218Q- 650C -WH -DIM
BALLAST.
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT POTLIGHT, CLEAR
PP
120
1
42
TT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO NO. CV8- 142T- 820C -WH
ALZAK REFLECTOR VERTICAL LAMP.
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT WALL -WASH
Q
POTLIGHT, CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR,
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218"60C- VWUG -WH
HORIZONTAL LAMPS.
SIMILAR TO TYPE'Q' WITH DIMMING
Q2
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC,
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218Q -650C- WWS -WH -DIM
BALLAST.
LOW - VOLTAGE POTLIGHT, BLACK ALZAK
MR -16
R
120112
1
35
3700 K
REC.
JUNO NO. TC914 -4428
REFLECTOR TRANSFORMER.
NARROW
WALL SCONCE, PERFORATED MESH
S
120
2
13
PL -C
3500 K
SURF.
BETA -CALCO NO. 61- 1101 -BZ -1
SCREEN SATIN BRONZE FINISH,
EXTERIOR VAPOURTIGHT H.I.D. POTLIGHT,
ED -17
T
120
1
100
4100 K
REC.
JUNO NO. M8- 100 -FR
GASKETTED FRESNEL LENS.
M.H.
SUSPENDED LOW-VOLTAGE TRACK
U
LIGHTING WITH SUSPENDED FIXTURES &
120112
1
35
MR -16
3700 K
SUSP.
TRACK- JUNO'FLEX 12' ON 10 FT. SUSP'N.
NARROW
FIXTURES - NO. TLP305NA.
REMOTE TRANSFORMER FEEDING TRACK.
LOW- VOLTAGE POTLIGHT, ADJUSTABLE
MR -16
V
120/12
1
50
3700 K
REC.
JUNO NO. TC944 -650
PULL -DOWN CYLINDER.
NARROW
EXTERIOR WALL -WASH H.I.D. WITH BRONZE
W
120
1
70
M.H.
4100 K
SURF.
RUUD NO. E8407- D -BS -V
SHROUD POLYCARBONATE LENS.
X
EXTERIOR INCANDESCENT
120
1
100
I.F.
2900K
SURF.
STONCO NO. P61181
Y
GUARD
120
1
100
I.F.
2900 K
SURF.
-
YY
INCANDESCENT WITH CAST GUARD.
120
1
100
I.F.
2900 K
SURF.
RAS. NO. VAK 200 PG
LED MODULE, SINGLE OR DOUBLE -FACED
EXIT
WITH ARROWS AS SHOWN, THIN PROFILE,
LED
RED
LIGHTS
RED STENCIL LETTERS, BRUSHED
120
1
2
MODULE
LETTERS
SURF.
EMERGI- LITE'100' SERIES
ALUMINUM FACEPLATE.
PAGE 2 OF 2
w m s= w r m m r w m m m m m" r m m
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
CONTENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
TITLE
1.1 Related Work
1.2 Scope
1.3 Acceptable Manufacturers
1.4 Standards
1.5 Shop Drawing
1.6 Operation and Maintenance Data
1.7 Verification
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 Control Panel Operation
2.2 Components
2.3 Fire Alarm Signaling Appliances
PART 3 -EXECUTION
SECTION 16700
CONTENTS PAGE
3.1 Installation per CAN/ULC 5524
3.2 Testing and Verification
3.3 Owner Training
3.4 Transfer from Existing to New Fire alarm System
i
1
1
MUMCIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED WORK
.1 Wiring methods: Section 16100.
.2 Electrical general provisions: Section 16010.
.3 Operating maintenance: Section. 16010
1.2 SCOPE
1 Division 16 shall supply and install all equipment and accessories in order to
provide a complete electrically supervised non coded, zoned, fully addressable
single stage Fire Alarm System based on Edwards EST-3 alarm system as described
herein and as shown on the drawings.
.2 The existing control panel, remote annunciator, devices and wiring shall be removed.
Reuse existing conduit and outlet boxes where possible; lower existing manual station
boxes to 1200 mm height above floor.
.3 On completion of the installation, the manufacturer's representative shall check the
system for proper operation and issue an inspection certificate.
1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
.1 The system specified herein is based on equipment and design of Edwards of
Canada (EST).
.2 Simplex and Notifier shall be considered as approved equals provided all functions and
operations are provided as specified.
1.4 STANDARDS
1 Design, manufacture, install and test the fire alarm system in accordance with good
industry practice and in accordance with the latest standazds and codes:
1 The Ontario Building Code.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 2
1.4 STANDARDS (Conf d)
.1 (Cont'd)
.2 The Canadian Electrical Code -Part 1 and the Electrical Safety Authority
Supplements and Bulletins.
.3 Standard CAN/iJLC S524-M: Standard for the installation of the fire alarm
.4 system.
Standard ULC S525-Standazd for audible signal appliances for fire alarm '
systems.
.5 Standard ULC 5527-Standard for control units for fire alarm systems.
.6 Standard ULC S528- Standard for manually actuated signalling boxes for fire
alarm systems.
.7 Standard ULC 5529-Standard for smoke detectors for fire alarm systems.
.8
Standard ULC 5530-Standard for heat actuated fire detectors for fire alarm ,
systems.
.9 Standard CAN/ULC S537-M: Standard for verification of the fire alarm system
installations.
1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS ,
.l Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010 Electrical general
provisions. ,
.2 Include the following details:
.1 A complete description of the system operation. '
.2 A complete description of each component.
'
1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
.1 Provide data to be incorporated into the maintenance manual specified in Section 16010 ,
and include the following:
.2 Operation and maintenance instructions for the complete fire alarm system
to permit its effective operation and maintenance.
.3 Technical data and illustrated parts lists with part numbers. ,
.4 A copy of the fmal reviewed shop drawings.
,
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
' EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
C''
1.7 VERIFICATION
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE3
At the completion of the installation provide 2 letters of certification, one from the
electrical sub-contractor and one from the system manufacturer, each on company
letterhead and signed by an authorised officer of the company. Each letter shall
indicate the following:
.1 The name of the system.
.2 The name of the facility.
.3 The correct address of the facility.
.4 A statement that the system has been installed and that it operates in accordance
with the drawings and specifications and that the system was found to be in
proper operating condition. Data must be included indicating successful sound
pressure testing results.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION
The system shall be designed as supervised, microprocessor, non-coded, annunciated
single stage fire alarm system.
.2 Operation of an addressable initiating device shall:
.1 Cause an alarm to lock into the system.
.2 Turn on the respective red alarm L.E.D. at the control panel and remote
annunciator.
.3 Display the activated device on the L.C.D. display at the control panel and
remote annunciators.
.4 Alert the central monitoring station.
.5 Activate an alarm signal via the horns at a temporal rate of 3-3-3 in the building.
.6 Activate all strobes.
.3 The horns shall be automatically silenced after they have sounded for 20 minutes.
.4 Signals shall be capable of being manually silenced only at the common control panel
after the signals have sounded for at least (1) minute after the initial alarm. When
signals are manually silenced, a fire alarm "signals silenced" indicator shall illuminate,
the trouble signal shall pulse and the trouble indicator shall flash.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FII2E ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 4
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.5 When all initiating and supervisory devices have been restored to their normal condition,
the fire alarm system shall be reset by pressing a reset button in the control panel.
.6 Control Panel Requirements
The Life Safety System shall be aMulti-Processor Based Network System
designed specifically for Fire application. The Life Safety System shall be a
Model EST3, and shall be ULC listed under standard CAN/ULC-S527.
.2 The Life Safety System shall include all required hardwaze and system
programming to provide a complete and operational system, capable of providing
the protected premises with the following functions and operations:
.1 Modular systems design, with a layered application design concept,
including an "Operational Layer" and a "Human Interface Layer", to
allow maximum flexibility of the system with a minimum physical size
requirement.
.2 All System operational software is to be stored in FLASH memory.
Control Panel disassembly, and replacement of electronic components of
any kind shall not be required in order to upgrade the operations of the
installed system to conform to future application code and operating
system changes.
.3 Up to 128 Service Groups must be defmable within the system program
to allow the testing of the installed system based on the physical layout
of the system, not on the wiring of the field circuits wnnected to the Fire
Alarm Control Panel.
.4 Advanced Windows-based System Definition Utility with Program
Version Reporting to document any and all changes made during system
start-up or system commissioning. Time and Date Stamps of all
modifications made to the program must be included to allow full
retention of all previous program version data.
.5 System response to any alarm condition must occur within 3 seconds,
regardless of the size and the complexity of the installed system.
.6 System Common Control Functions shall be automatically routed to any
node of the system as a function of the time of day and date.
~i
L_]
~J
CJ
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.7 Life Safety System Mechanical and Overall Feature Summary
The Life Safety System shall include the following features and shall support the
' following operations in each installed cabinet or node of the system:
- Up to 10 Signature Series Intelligent Device loops.
' - Up to 125 Intelligent Smoke Detectors and 125 Intelligent Modules per Signature
Data Circuit.
- Up to 144 Hardwired input/output Circuits.
i - Up to 228 Manual Control (Input) Switches
- Up to 456 LED Annunciation Points
' - Up to 63 Remote Display Units.
- Peer-to-peer network connection of up to 64 system nodes wired as Class A
(Style 7)
- Ground fault detection by panel, by Signature Data Circuit and by device
' module.
Ability to download all system applications programs and "firmware" from a
computer through a single point in the system.
' - True Distributed Intelligence,including microprocessor-based Detectors and
Modules.
' - A.C. Power Trouble Delay adjustable from 4 Hours to ] 0 Hours.
Removable, Interlocked terminal blocks for the connection of the field wiring to
the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
' - Electronic Addressing of Field Devices.
- Advanced Power Management
' - Dead Front Construction.
.8 Life Safety System Human Interface
' System Common Controls and Emergency User Interface
The Fire Alarm /Life Safety System shall include an Emergency Operators' Interface
Panel which shall include the following system annunciation and control functions:
J
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 6 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.8 (Cont'd)
System Annunciation and Control Functions:
- Hands free Emergency Operation. The first and last highest priority event on the '
system shall be displayed automatically and simultaneously.
- Control Panel Internal Audible Signal shall have four programmable signal
patterns to allow for the easy differentiation between Alann, Supervisory, '
Trouble and Monitor conditions within the installed system.
Five Discreet "System Status" LED's:
- Power Status LED -Green LED shall illuminate when AC power is present.
- Test Status LED -Yellow LED shall illuminate when any portion of the system ,
is in the test mode. A
- programmable timer shall cause the system to automatically exit the test mode
after a period of system inactivity. ,
- Alarm operation in the rest of the building will not be affected by the test azea.
This Test LED shall function in a local or in a group mode. '
- CPU Fail Status LED -Yellow LED shall illuminate when the panel controller
has an internal failure. '
- Ground Fault Status LED -Yellow LED shall illuminate when un-grounded
wiring connected to the cabinets' power supply has continuity to ground. This
feature shall function in either a local or group mode. ,
- Disable Status LED -Yellow LED shall illuminate whenever any point or zone
in the installed system is manually disabled. '
Four Discreet Common Control Switches with associated Status LED's:
Reset: Depression of the Reset Switch starts the system reset operation. The ,
associated Yellow LED shall have three flash rates during this operation to
inform the user of the progress status of the reset cycle. The LED shall flash fast
during the smoke detector power down sequence, then it shall flash slowly ,
during the restart phase, and shall illuminate steadily for the restoral phase. The
LED shall go out completely when the system is back to normal mode. Each
phase, as well the overall reset cycle shall be programmable to perform other ,
functions.
V
~~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cout'd)
I .8 (Cont'd)
Four Discreet Common Control Switches with associated Status LED's: (Cont'd)
- Alarm Silence: Depression of the Alarm Silence Switch shall turn off all
(audible and/or visible) Notification Appliance Circuits. The associated yellow
LED illuminates when the Alarm Silence function is active, whether by the
Alarm Silence Switch, or by an integral software timer. Subsequent activation of
the Alarm Silence Switch shall resound the signals. Activation of the Alarm
Silence switch shall be programmable to perform other functions.
' - Panel Silence: Depression of the Panel Silence Switch shall turn off the systems'
intemal audible signal when configured as a'local' system. The associated
yellow LED illuminates when the panel silence feature is activated.
Drill Switch /LED: Depressing the DRILL switch activates the fire drill
function. Yellow LED indicate that the fire drill function is active. The Drill
Switch shall also be programmable to perform system functions other than the
Drill Function.
' Other Operator Control Switches:
i
h
h
ll
ll
h
scro
t
e
Previous Message Switch: Pressing the Prev
ous Message Switc
s
a
display to show the preceding message in the selected queue. Holding the
Previous Message Switch and pressing any queue select switch moves to the top
' of the respective queue event list. Scrolling through event messages may be
done by the operator at any time.
' - Next Message Switch: Pressing the Next Message Switch shall scroll the display
to show the following message in the selected queue. Holdmg the Previous
Message Switch and pressing any queue select switch moves to the bottom of the
' respective queue event list. Scrolling through event messages may be done by
the operator at any time.
- More Details Switch: Pressing the More Details Switch shall show the address
and 42 character location message of the active device on display. If a zone is
active, pressing the switch displays the address and message of active devices
within the zone. When multiple devices are active, the "Previous/Next" message
switch may be used to scroll through the messages.
i
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIItE ALARM SYSTEM
2.1
.9
CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
The System Main Liquid Crystal Display:
SECTION 16700
PAGE8
The Liquid Crystal display shall provide the means to inform the System Operator with
detailed information about the off-normal status of the installed Fire Alarm /Life Safety
System. The Main Display shall automatically respond to the status of the system, and
shall display that status on an 8 line by 21 character backlit alpha-numeric Graphic
Liquid Crystal Display.
Automatic Functions:
The following status functions shall be annunciated by the Main Liquid Crystal
Display:
When the Fire Alarm /Life Safety System is in the "Normal" Mode, the LCD
displays:
The current Date and Time.
A Custom System Title (2 lines X 21 characters).
A summary total of the Alarm History of the system.
With the Fire Alarm Life Safety System in the Alarm Mode, the LCD shall
automatically reconfigure into four logical windows:
System Status Window
The LCD shall show the system time, and the number of active points
and disabled points in the system in this section of the LCD Display.
Current Event Window
The LCD shall show the first active event of the highest priority in
reverse text to highlight the condition to the Emergency Operator. The
top line of the reversed text shall show the sequence number in which
the displayed event was received, as well as its event type. The second
and third lines of reversed text shall display an identification message
related to the displayed event.
Last Event Window
The LCD shall show the most recent, highest priority event received by
the system.
L~
LJ
Ll
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
i
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.9 (Cont'd)
.1 (Cont'd)
Type Status Window
SECTION 16700
PAGE9
The LCD shall show the total number of active events in the system, by
event type. There shall be four different System Event Types which
shall be displayed, "Alarm Events", "Supervisory Events", "Active
Trouble Events", and "Active Monitor Events".
.2 System Message Processing:
In order to simplify, and to clarify the System Status information which is given
to the Emergency Operator, the Main LCD shall include queues for each of the
System Event Types. The Main LCD shall allow the Emergency operator access
to the System Status information contained within those queues by pressing an
associated queue select switch. Whenever there is an unacknowledged event in
any of the System Event queues, the associated Status LED shall flash. Viewing
each event listed in a queue shall acknowledge all events in that queue, and shall
cause the associated LED to illuminate steady.
All messages contained in any of the System Event queues shall be accessible for
review by the Emergency Operator using the "Previous/Next" message switch. It
shall be possible to route additional event information to a printer.
.3 Maintenance Menu:
The Main LCD shall also allow the System Operator to access system
maintenance functions through a four level password system. The authorized
System Operator shall be able to access the following functions:
System Status
Enable
The system shall allow the operator to determine the status of individual
system components, including active points, disabled points, and active
points by panel.
The system shall allow the operator to restore a disabled point (device)
in the system, allowing that point (device) to operate as originally
intended by the application program of the system.
~~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIItE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 10 ,
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.9 (Cont'd)
3 (Cont'd)
Enable (Cont'd)
- Additionally, the system shall allow the operator to restore any group
function, guard patrol function, Panel, system module, "software - ,
defined zone", operator control, or time control function.
Disable ,
- The system shall allow the operator to disable any point (device) in the
system, inhibiting that point (device) from operating as originally
intended by the application program of the system. '
- Additionally, the system shall allow the operator to disable any goup
function, guard patrol function, Panel, system module, "software -
defined zone", operator control, or time control function within the
system.
Activate '
- The system shall allow the operator to manually turn on any system
output point, or system function. Alternate Smoke Detector sensitivity, '
message routing within the system, guard patrol timing and check-in
group timings shall be modifiable with this simple command from the
control panel. '
Restore
- The system shall allow the operator to restore the primary (application ,
program defined) operation to the Smoke Detector sensitivity and the
message routing functions with this simple command from the control
panel.
Control Output
The system shall allow the operator to manually command and control ,
relays and LED's. Relays shall be able to be commanded to "Latch", to
energize as a "High Priority", or as a "Low Priority", to "Energize", or to
"De-Energize". LED's shall be able to be commanded to "Latch", to ,
energize as a "High Priority", or as a "Low Priority", to tum "On", to
turn "Off', to "Slow Blink", or to "Fast Blink".
u
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.9 (Cont'd)
3 (Cont'd)
Reports
- The system shall provide the operator with system reports which give
' detailed description of the status of certain system parameters for
corrective action, or for preventative maintenance programs. The system
shall provide these reports via the Main LCD, and shall be capable of
being printed on any of the connected system printers.
The system shall provide a report which gives a sensitivity listing of all
detectors which have less than 75% environmental compensation
' remaining.
- The system shall provide a report which provides a sensitivity listing of
any particular detector.
' - The system shall provide a report which gives a listing of the sensitivity
of all of the detectors any given panel in the system, or any given SDC
loop within any given panel.
The system shall provide a report which gives a chronological listing of
up to the last 1740 system events.
- The system shall provide a listing of all of the firmware revision listings
for all of the installed network components in the system.
' Program
- The system shall allow the authorized operator to perform all of the
' following system functions:
Set the System Time
' - Set the System Date
S
Ch
h
S
P
et (
ange) t
e
ystem
asswords.
- Restar[ the System.
S
t th
D
t
f
th
S
t
H
lid
S
h
d
l
e
e
a
es
or
e
ys
em
o
ay
c
e
u
e.
- Clear the Chronological System History File.
l_~
?~ ,
1
t
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 12 ,
2.l CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.9 (Cont'd)
3 (Cont'd)
Test
The system shall allow the authorized operator to perform test functions
within the installed system. Test functions shall be defined by the
authorized operator to be performed on a per cabinet, circuit, or service
group basis.
10 Local Control and Display Annunciators
Each panel in the installed system shall include local Control and Display Annunciators.
These annunciators shall have integral membrane style, tactile push-button control
switches, for the control of system functions, and LED's with programmable (software-
controlled) flash rates and slide-in labels for annunciation of system events.
- The Local Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
individual zone and / or device annunciation.
- The Local Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
individual zone and / or device annunciation with zone and / or device disable.
- The Local Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
individual alarm and trouble annunciation per zone and / or device with zone and
/ or device disable.
- The Local Control and Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
groups of three switches which have a software controlled interlock to allow only
one of the switches to be active at any time. The switch triads shall be used for
all of the fan and damper controls in the protected premises.
11 Remote System Point Annunciators
Each remote panel in the installed system shall include remote Control and Display
Annunciators. These annunciators shall have integral membrane style, tactile push-button
control switches for the control of system functions, and LED's with programmable
(software-controlled) flash rates and slide-in labels for annunciation of system events.
The Remote Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
individual zone and / or device annunciation.
The Remote Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
individual zone and / or device annunciaton with zone and / or device disable.
t
L~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIItE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.11 (ConYd)
- The Remote Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with
' individual alarm and trouble annunciation per zone and / or device with zone and
/ or device disable.
- The Remote Control Display Annunciators shall provide the system with groups
' of three switches which have a software controlled interlock to allow only one of
the switches to be active at any time. The switch triads shall be used for all of the
manual zone/floor paging operations in the protected premises.
- The Remote Control and Display Annunciators shall be provided to provide the
system with groups of three switches which have a software controlled interlock
to allow only one of the switches to be active at any time. The switch triads shall
' be used for all of the fan and damper controls in the protected premises.
- Each remote annunciator shall be fully recessed. Provide all cutting and patching
' to incorporate installation.
12. Graphic Annunciators
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, two (2) E5T
Graphic Annunciators model ENVOY. The Graphic Annunciators shall be ULC listed.
The Annunciators shall be backed-lighted using high intensity LEDs. Incandescent lights
' are not acceptable. This unit shall be flush mounted. The assembly shall be of Deadfront
construction with no exposed screws or hinges. Artwork to be protected by a sheet of
Lexan with a minimum thickness of 3 mm and a minimum flame rating of 94V-O.
' Annunciators shall be able to operate from 24 Vdc supplied by the Main Fire Alarm
Panel. The Annunciators shall utilize the Fire Alarm Panels standby batteries during loss
' of normal power. The LEDs shall be current limited to 12mA maximum. Field updates
to the graphics must be possible using factory-supplied transfer modification kits. More
extensive changes (major modifications of graphic elements, adding or deleting LEDs,
' etc.) must be possible without requiring full replacement of the original panels. The
addition of LEDs in the field must be possible without affecting the agency approval of
the Graphic Annunciators. It must be possible to add LEDs without having to drill,
solder, or wire wrap. The main graphic doors will be tamper resistant through the use of
' a lock and key. Common control features shall be located behind the main locked graphic
doors. Opening of the main graphic doors will not expose the operator to any driver
boards or field wiring. Field wiring will be located behind piano hinged deadfront
assemblies.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 14 ,
2.1
CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
13. System Printers '
The event and status printer shall be a 9 pin, impact, dot-matrix printer with a minimum
print speed of 200 characters per second at 10 characters per inch. Printer parameters '
shall be set up with a menu drive program in the printer. The serial cable connecting the
Fire Alarm Control Panel to the Printer shall be supervised. The serial printer shall
support short haul modems or Fiber-Optics modules. The printers shall list the time, ,
date, type, and user defined message for each event printed. It shall be possible to
support multiple printers per CPU. It shall be possible to define which event types are
sent to the printer(s) including alarm, supervisory, trouble, monitor, and service groups. '
The printer shall be powered from 115 VAC, and shall use standard 91/2" x 11" fan fold
paper. Battery backup if required shall use an emergency power unit or uninterrupted
power supply. ,
14. Life Safety System Operations Interface:
.1 SDC Card
The Signature Device Card (SDC) shall be the interface between the Fire Alarm
Control panel and the Signature Series Detectors and Modules. '
The communications format between the SDC and the Signature Series Devices
shall be 100% digital. Communications to devices must incorporate
BROADCAST POLLING and DIRECT ADDRESS SEARCH to ensure the ,
fastest reporting of off-normal conditions to the system human interface layer.
It shall be possible to wire the SDC as Class A (Style 6 or Style 7) or Class B
(Style 4) without twisted or shielded wire. It must be possible to wire branch '
circuits (T-Taps) from Class B Circuits.
The associated controller (3-SSDC), through the SDC, shall provide the ability to ,
set the sensitivity and alarm verification of each of the individual intelligent
detectors on the circuit. It shall be possible to automatically set the sensitivity of
individual intelligent detectors during day and night periods. '
It shall be possible for the SDC to address al] intelligent devices connected to it
without having to set switches at the individual devices.
'
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 15
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.14 (Cont'd)
.1 (Cont'd)
' It shall be possible to obtain a mapping report of all devices connected to the
circuit for confirmation of "as-built" wiring. The map shall show physical
wiring of T-Taps, device types, and the panel addresses of devices connected to
the circuit. The SDC shall be capable of reporting unexpected additional device
addresses and changes to the wiring in the data circuit. A specific trouble shall
be reported for any off- normal non-alarm condition.
The SDC shall be able to report the following information on a per intelligent
device basis:
1. Device Serial Number
2. Device Address
' 3. Device Type
4. Date of Manufacture
5. Hours of Operation
6. Date of last Maintenance
1. Current Detector Sensitivity Values and the Extent of Environmental
Compensation.
8. Original Detector Sensitivity Values at the Date of Manufacture
' 9. Number of Recorded Alarms and Troubles
10. Analog Signal Patterns of Detection at the time of Last Alarm
' 11. Any of 32 possible trouble codes to specifically diagnose faults Should a
Signature Driver Controller CPU fail to communicate, the Signature
circuit shall go into the stand alone mode. The circuit shall be capable of
' producing a loop alarm if an alarm type device becomes active during
stand alone mode.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 16 '
2.1
CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
15 Life Safety System Programmable Operations:
.1 System Message Processing and Display Operations: The Fire Alarm /Life
Safety system shall allow Network Routing to be configured to any or all nodes ,
(cabinets) in the network. All of the system Printer ports can be configured to
display any or all of the following functions:
- Alarm ,
- Supervisory
- Trouble '
- Monitor
- Service Group '
.2 Each LCD Display on each node (cabinet) in the system shall be configurable to
show the status of any or all of the following functions anywhere in the system:
- Alarm
- Supervisory
- T
bl
'
rou
e
- Monitor
.3 The system shall provide the capability to label each of the system points with up '
to 256 characters of location message. The first 42 characters shall be directed
to the LCD while the entire message shall be sent to the printer. It shall also be
possible to direct messages to a pocket pager system with an integral interface ,
capable of decoding messages and sending this information to a radio paging or
PCS Messaging service. '
.4 The system shall have the capability to provide up to 128 logical Counting AND
Groups. Each group shall have a programmable activation' number. Whenever
the number of active devices in an AND Group reaches the activation number, '
the AND Groups' rules will execute. It shall be possible to 'overlap' AND groups
by having devices appear in more than one group.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIItE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 17
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.15 (Conf d)
.5 The system shall provide a means to monitor the well being of any or all of the
' occupants of the protected premises by means of a Check-In Group feature. The
Check-In Group shall display an emergency alarm whenever any member of a
check-in group fails to check-in during the programmable check-in period.
Subsequent check-in activation's during the check-in period, or activation's
outside of the check-in period shall also activate an emergency response. It shall
be possible to have a minimum of 128 check-in groups. All event messages far
the Check-In feature shall be directable to any system monitor or printer.
.6 The system shall have the ability to define a minimum of 64 Guazd Patrols with
up to 10 different tours each. For each tour it shall be possible to program a
' minimum-maximum time period between patrol stations. Each guard patrol can
have up to 50 stations. Guard patrol can be started from the control panel or by
operation of the first station in a tour. Guard patrol delinquencies occur when a
guard is early to a station, late to a station and out of sequence. Delinquencies
shall display at the control panel perform programmable system responses, and
may be directed to any printer.
.7 The system shall have the ability to define a minimum of 128 Matrix Groups
with up to 250 paints each. For each matrix, it shall be possible to define a
' 'radius' and an 'activation' number. The radius number defines the proximity
between detector locations. When two detectors activate at or within the value
of the 'radius' or whenever the number of active devices reaches the activation
' number the Matrix Group activates. It shall be possible to 'overlap' Matrix
groups by having devices appeaz in more than one group.
.8 The system shall include the ability to define an alternate set of device
' commands which may be used in combination with the system test command for
the testing of the connected Signature Series Smoke Detectors. This function
shall disable the normal alarm command for each of the members of the group,
' so that the testing process will not result in an activation of the building
evacuation signals, auxiliary relays or central station connections.
' .9 The system shall include Time Control functions which will have the ability to
control any system output or function, or initiate any system operational
sequence as a function of the Month, Day of Week, Date, Hour, Minute, or
Holiday.
MiINICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 18
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
'
2.1 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION (Cont'd)
.IS (Cont'd)
.10 The system shall include up to 600 software defined Logical Zone Groups which
may group any input from any Signature Data Circuit, or other Initiating Device
Circuit, in order to control a system output or function, or initiate any system ,
operational sequence. A device or IDC may be a member of one Logical Zone
Group. Each of these zones shall have an associated message. '
.11 The system shall provide the ability to download data using a direct connection
on a dial-up modem from the Signature Series Detectors to a Personal Computer
while the system is on-line and operational in the protected premises. The '
downloaded data may then be analyzed in a diagnostic program supplied by the
system manufacturer. The Remote Diagnostic Unit shall be capable of
generating sensitivity, system status, and trend analysis reports from the t
downloaded data in a Windows based software environment and shall be capable
of receiving data from multiple installed systems. The system shall be capable
of generating the reports off-line to minimize phone line charges.
2.2 COMPONENTS '
.1 Intelligent Detectors -General Operation
.1 The System Intelligent Detectors shall be capable of full digital communications '
using both broadcast and polling protocol. Each detector shall be capable of
performing independent fn•e detection algorithms. The fue detection algorithm
shall measure sensor signal dimensions, time patterns and combine different fire ,
parameters to increase reliability and distinguish real fire conditions from
unwanted deceptive nuisance alarms. Signal patterns that are not typical of fires
shall be eliminated by digital filters. Devices not capable of combining different ,
fire parameters or employing digital filters shall not be acceptable.
.2 Each detector shall have an integral microprocessor capable of making alarm '
decisions based on fire parameter information stored in the detector head.
Distributed intelligence shall improve response time by decreasing the data flow
between detector and Analog loop controller. Detectors not capable of making '
independent alarm decisions shall not be acceptable. Maximum total
Analog loop response time for detectors changing state shall be 0.5 seconds.
LJ
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 19
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 2.2 COMPONENTS (Confd)
.1 (Confd)
' .3 Each detector shall have a separate means of displaying communication and
alarm status. A green LED shall flash to confum communication with the
Analog loop controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status. Both
' LED's on steady shall indicate alarm-standalone mode status. Both LED's shall
be visible through a full 360 degree viewing angle.
' .4 The detector shall be capable of identifying up to 32 diagnostic codes. This
information shall be available for system maintenance. The diagnostic code
shall be stored at the detector.
' .5 Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals
in addition to the normal, trouble and need cleaning information. It shall be
possible to program control panel activity to each level. Each smoke detector
' may be individually programmed to operate at any one of five (5) sensitivity
settings
.6 Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation
algorithm which identifies and sets ambient "Environmental Thresholds"
approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor shall continually monitor
the environmental impact of temperature, humidity, and other contaminates as
well as detector aging. The process shall employ digital compensation to adapt
the detector to both 24 hour long term and 4 hour short term environmental
changes. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental compensation
value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 80% and 100%
of the allowable environmental compensation value. Differential sensing
algorithms shall maintain a constant differential between selected detector
' sensitivity and the "learned" base line sensitivity. The base line sensitivity
information shall be updated and permanently stored at the detector
approximately once every hour. The intelligent Analog device and the Analog
loop controller shall provide increased reliability and inherent survivability
through intelligent Analog standalone operation. The device shall automatically
change to standalone conventional device operation in the event of a loop
' controller polling communications failure.
C~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 20 '
2.2
.1
COMPONENTS (Cont'd)
(Cont'd)
.6 (Confd)
u
In the Analog standalone detector mode, the Analog detector shall continue to
operate using sensitivity and environmental compensation information stored in
its microprocessor at the time of communications failure. The Analog loop
controller shall monitor the loop and activate a loop alarm if any detector reaches
its alarm sensitivity threshold.
Each Signature Series device shall be capable of automatic electronic addressing
and/or custom addressing without the use of DIP or rotary switches. Devices
using DIP or rotary switches for addressing, either in the base or on the detector
shall not be acceptable.
.2
.8 The intelligent Analog detectors shall be suitable for mounting on any Signature '
Series detector mounting base.
Fixed Temperature/Rate of Rise Heat Detector, SIGA-HRS
Provide intelligent combination fixed temperature/rate-of--rise heat detectors
SIGA-HRS. The heat detector shall have a low mass thermistor heat sensor and
operate at a fixed temperature and at a temperature rate-of--rise. It shall
continually monitor the temperature of the air in its surroundings to minimize
thermal lag to the time required to process an alarm. The integral microprocessor
shall determine if an alarm condition exists and initiate an alarm based on the
analysis of the data. Systems using central intelligence for alarm decisions shall
not be acceptable. The intelligent heat detector shall have a nominal fixed
temperature alarm point rating of 135°F (57°C) and arate-of--rise alarm point of
15°F (9°C) per minute. The heat detector shall be rated for ceiling installafion at
a minimum of 70 ft (21.3m) centers and be suitable for wall mount applications.
~~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 21
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
' 2.2 COMPONENTS (Cont'd)
.3 Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SIGA-PS
.1 Provide intelligent photoelectric smoke detectors, SIGA-PS. The analog
photoelectric detector shall utilize a light scattering type photoelectric smoke
sensor to sense changes in air samples from its surroundings. The integral
microprocessor shall dynamically examine values from the sensor and initiate an
alarm based on the analysis of data. Systems using central intelligence for alarm
decisions shall not be acceptable. The detector shall continually monitor any
' changes in sensitivity due to the environmental affects of dirt, smoke,
temperature, aging and humidity. The information shall be stored in the integral
processor and transfen•ed to the analog loop controller for retrieval using a
laptop PC or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The photo
detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at a minimum of 30 ft (9.1m)
centers and be suitable for wall mount applications. The photoelectric smoke
detector shall be suitable for direct insertion into air ducts up to 3 ft (0.91m) high
' and 3 ft (0.91m) wide with air velocities up to 5,000 ft/min. (0-25.39 rn/sec)
without requiring specific duct detector housings or supply tubes.
' .2 The detector shall be protected by a ULC Listed protective guard in areas where
subjected to mechanical damage or abuse. The guard shall be suitable for flush
or surface mounted detector installation.
.3 The percent smoke obscuration per foot alarm set point shall be field selectable
to any of five sensitivity settings ranging from 1.0% to 3.5%. The photo detector
shall be suitable for operation in the following environment:
- Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)
- Humidity: 0-93% RH, non-condensing
- Elevation: no limit
C
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 22
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.2 COMPONENTS (Confd)
.4 4D Multisensor Detector, SIGA-IPHS
.1 Provide intelligent 4D multisensor smoke detectors, SIGA-IPHS. The
multisensor analog detector shall use a light scattering type photoelectric smoke '
sensor, a unipolar ionization smoke sensor and an ambient temperature sensor to
sense changes in air samples from its surroundings. The integral microprocessor
shall employ time based algorithms to dynamically examine values from the '
three sensors simultaneously and initiate an alarm based on that data. The 4D
Multisensor shall be capable of adapting to ambient environmental conditions.
The temperature sensor shall self-adjust to the ambient temperature of the '
surrounding air and input an alarm when there is a change of 65°F (35°C) in
ambient temperature. Systems using central intelligence for alarm decisions
shall not be acceptable. The detector shall continually monitor any changes in '
sensitivity due to the environmental affects of dirt, smoke, temperature, age and
humidity. The information shall be stored in the integral processor and
transferred to the analog loop controller for retrieval using a laptop PC or the '
SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. Separately mounted photoelectric
detectors, ionization detectors and heat detectors in the same location are not
acceptable alternatives. The 4D Multisensor smoke detector shall be rated for
ceiling installation at a minimum of 30 ft (9.1m) centers and suitable for wall '
mount applications. The 4D Multisensor shall be suitable for direct insertion
into air ducts up to 3 ft (0.91m) high and 3 ft (0.91m) wide and air velocities up
to 500 ft/min. (0-2.54 m/sec) without requiring specific duct detector housings or
supply tubes.
.2 The detector shall be protected by a ULC Listed protective guard in areas where
subjected to mechanical damage or abuse. The guard shall be suitable for flush
or surface mounted detector installation.
.3 The percent smoke obscura5on per foot alarm set point shall be field selectable '
to any of five sensitivity settings ranging from 1.0% to 3.5%. The integral heat
sensor shall cause an alarm when it senses a change in ambient temperature of
°
°
65
F (35
C) or reaches it fixed temperature alarm set point of 135°F (57°C)
nominal. The 4D Multisensor detector shall be suitable for operation in the
following environment:
T
t
32°F
100°F
0°C
38°C ,
-
empera
ure:
to
(
to
)
- Humidity: 0-93% RH, non condensing
- Elevation : Up to 6,000 ft (1828 m)
1
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 23
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.2 COMPONENTS (Cont'd)
.5 Standazd Detector Mounting Bases, SIGA-SB /SIGA-SB4
.l Frovide standard detector mounting bases SIGA-SB suitable for mounting on
North American 1-gang, 31 /2" or 4" octagon box and 4" square box. The base
shall, contain no electronics, support all Signature Series detector types and have
the following minimum requirements:
- Removal of the respective detector shall not affect communications with
other detectors.
- Tenninal connections shall be made on the room side of the base. Bases
which must be removed to gain
Access to the temilnals shall not be acceptable.
- The base shall be capable of supporting one (1) Signature Series SIGA-
' LED Remote Alarm LED Indicator.
- Provide remote LED alarm indicators where shown on the plans.
' .6 Detector Mounting Plate, SIGA-DMP
.1 Provide detector mounting plate assemblies, SIGA-DMP, to facilitate mounting a
Signature Series detector for direct insertion into a low velocity duct 3 ft (0.91m)
high and 3 fr (0.91m) wide, ceiling plenum, or raised floor. Mounting plate shall
be code gauge steel with corrosion resistant red enamel finish. The detector
mounting plate shall support an intelligent analog photoelectric detector, SIGA-
' PS, or 3D Multisensor detector, SIGA-PHS, or 4D Multisensor detector, SIGA-
IPHS along with a standard, relay or isolator detector mounting base.
t
~'
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIItE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 24 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.2 COMPONENTS (Confd)
.7 Duct Detector Housing, SIGA-DH
Provide smoke detector duct housing assemblies, SIGA-DH, to facilitate
mounting an intelligent analog photoelectric detector, SIGA-PS, or 3D
multisensor detector, SIGA-PHS, or 4D multisensor detector, SIGA-IPHS along
with a standard, relay or isolator detector mounting base. Provide for variations
in duct air velocity between 300 and 4000 feet per minute (300 to 1000 feet per
minute for ion- photo-heat detector). Protect the measuring chamber from
damage and insects. Provide an air exhaust tube and an air sampling inlet tube
which extends into the duct air stream up to ten feet. Provide drilling templates
and gaskets to facilitate locating and mounting the housing. Provide five one
gang knockouts for mounting optional Signature Series modules. Finish the
housing in baked red enamel. Provide remote alarm LED's, SIGA-LED, and
Remote Test Stations, SIGA-DTS, as shown on the plans.
.8 Detector Sounder Base, SIGA-AB4
.1 Frovide SIGA-AB4, audible detector mounting bases, suitable far mounting on
North American 4" square 2-1/8" deep box, mud box (concrete ring), or
European 100mm2. The audible base shall support all Signature Series detector
types and have the following minimum requirements:
- The audible base shall be capable of sounding a temporal or steady tone.
- The audible base shall have the capability of being activated by its
respective base or by a supervised control circuit.
- The detector processor upon power shall exercise the audible operation
of the base up. t
- Its respective detector processor shall control the operation of the
audible base. Detectors operating in standalone mode shall operate the
base upon changing to alarm state. Audible bases not controlled by the
detector microprocessor shall not be acceptable.
- Removal of the respective detector shall not affect communications with ,
other detectors.
- Terminal connections shall be made on the room side of the base. Bases
that must be removed to gain access to the terminals shall not be
acceptable.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIItE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 25
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.2 COMPONENTS (Cont'd)
.9 Single Input Module, SIGA-CTl
.1 Provide intelligent single input modules, SIGA-CTl. The Single Input Module
shall provide one (1) supervised Class B input circuit capable of a minimum of 4
personalities, each with a distinct operation. The module shall be suitable for
' mounting on North American 2 1/2" (64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 1/2"
(38mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers. The single input module shall
support the following circuit types:
- Normally-Open Alarm Latching (Manual Stafions, Heat Detectors, etc.)
- Normally-Open Alarm Delayed Latching (Waterflow Switches)
Normally-Open Active Non-Latching (Monitor, Fans, Dampers, Doors,
etc.)
- Normally-Open Active Latching (Supervisory, Tamper Switches)
' .10 Dual Input Module, SIGA-CT2
.1 Provide intelligent dual input modules, SIGA-CT2 where shown on the plans.
The Dual Input Module shall provide two (2) supervised Class B (Style 4) input
circuits, each capable of a minimum of 4 personalities, each with a distinct
operation. The module shall be suitable for mounting on North American 2 1/2"
(64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 1/2" (38mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang
covers or maybe panel mounted. The dual input module shall support the
following circuit types:
- Normally-Open Alarm Latching (Manual Stations, Heat Detectors, etc.)
ll
O
Al
D
l
d L
t
hi
W
N
t
fl
S
it
h
orma
y-
pen
ann
e
aye
ng (
a
c
a
er
ow
w
c
es)
- Normally-Open Active Non-Latching (Monitor, Fans, Dampers, Doors,
etc.)
- Normally-Open Active Latching (Supervisory, Tamper Switches)
i
MUNICD'AL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16'700
PAGE 26
2.2 COMPONENTS (Confd)
.11 Control Relay Module, SIGA-CR
.I Provide intelligent control relay modules, SIGA-CR or intelligent polazity
reversing control relay modules, SIGA-CRR where shown on the plans. The
Control Relay Module shall provide one form "C" dry relay contact rated at 2
amps @ 24 Vdc to control external appliances or equipment shutdown. The
control relay shall be rated for pilot duty and releasing systems. The position of
the relay contact shall be confirmed by the system firmware. The Polarity
Reversing Relay Module will be used to power an activate groups of detectors
sounder bases installed on the system. The control relay and polazity reversing
modules shall be suitable for mounting on North American 2 1/2" (64mm) deep
1-gang boxes and 1 I/2" (38mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers or
may be panel mounted.
12 Intelligent Manual Pull Stations -General Operation
It shall be possible to address each Signature Series fire alarm pull station
without the use of DIP or rotary switches. Devices using DIP switches for
addressing shall not be acceptable. The manual stations shall have a minimum
of 2 diagnostic LED's mounted on their integral, factory assembled single or two
stage input module. A green LED shall flash to confirm communication with the
loop controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status. The station shall
be capable of storing up to 24 diagnostic codes which can be retrieved for
troubleshooting assistance. Input circuit wiring shall be supervised for open and
ground faults. The fire alarm pull station shall be suitable for operation in the
following environment:
- Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)
- Humidity: 0-93% RH, non-condensing
13 Manual Pull Station, SIGA-270, SIGC-270F, SIGC-270B
.l Provide intelligent single action, single stage fire alarm stations. The fire alarm
stafion shall be of metal construction with an internal push button switch.
Provide a locked test feature. Finish the station in red with silver "PUL.L IN
CASE OF FIRE" lettering. The manual station shall be suitable for mounting on
North American 2 1/2" (64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 1/2" (38mm) deep 4"
square boxes with 1-gang covers.
L
n
~~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NER' PAGE 27
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.3 FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES
.1 General
.I All appliances shall be ULC Listed for Fire Protective Service.
.2 All strobe appliances or combination appliances with strobes shall be capable of
L providing the "Equivalent Facilitation" which is allowed under the Americans
with Disabilities Act Accessabilities Guidelines (ADA(AG)), and shall be UL
1971, and ULC 5526 Listed.
.3 All appliances shall be of the same manufacturer as the Fire Alarm Control Panel
specified to insure absolute compatibility between the appliances and the control
panels, and to insure that the application of the appliances are done in
' accordance with the single manufacturers' instmctions.
.4 Any appliances which do not meet the above requirements, and are submitted for
use must show written proof of their compatibility for the purposes intended.
Such proof shall be in the form of documentation from all manufacturers which
clearly states that their equipment (as submitted) are 100% compatible with each
other for the purposes intended.
.2 Self-Synchronized Strobes
.3 Temporal Horns, 757 Series
.1 Provide electronic horns manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 757 Series. In -Out
screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. The horn shall have a red plastic
housing. Horns shall be selectable for high or low dBA output. Selection of low
or high output shall be reversible. Horns shall be selectable for steady or
temporal output. Selection of steady or temporal output shall be reversible. A
synchronized temporal pattern sound output level of 100 dBA shall be provided.
Horn shall mount to a North American 4" electrical box (2-1/8" deep) using the 2
screws provided with box or to a 2-gang (2-3/4" deep) electric box.
.4 Temporal Horn/Strobes, 757 Series
.1 Provide electronic horn/strobes manufactured by EST, Cat. No. 757 Series. hi -
Out screw terminals shall be provided for wiring. The horn strobe shall have a
red plastic housing. Horn/strobes shall be selectable for high or low dBA
output. Selection of low or high output shall be reversible. Horns shall be
' selectable for steady or temporal output. Selection of steady or temporal output
shall be reversible. A synchronized temporal pattern sound output level of 97
dBA average shall be provided and controlled separately from strobes.
r
0
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SECTION 16700
PAGE 28
2.3
FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES
.4 (Cont'd)
.2 The strobe shall provide 15 cd synchronized flash outputs. The strobe shall have
lens markings oriented for wall or ceiling mounting. It shall be possible to
replace the lens markings with LKW series or LKC series lens marking kits.
Ceiling mounted strobes shall have lens markings with correctly oriented
lettering. Removal of a installed Horn/Strobe to change the lens markings shall
not be acceptable.
.3 Horn/strobe shall mount to a North American 4" electrical box (2-1/8" deep)
using the 2 screws provided with box or to a 2-gang (2-3/4" deep) electric box.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION PER CAN/ULC 5524
.1 Install manual pull stations as indicated and connect to alarm circuit wiring.
Coordinate mounting height with other devices, equipment and finishes. Install
at height of 1200 mm in existing building.
.2 Install product of combustion of automatic alarm initiating devices as indicated
and connect to alarm circuit wiring. Co-ordinate mounting and locations with '
other devices, equipment and finishes.
.3 Install duct mounted products of combustion detectors as indicated and as
follows:
.1 mounted at a suitable location in the supply air stream downstream of
the filters, and also downstream of the fan motor if the motor is enclosed
in the air stream;
.2 readily accessible for maintenance.
.3 each duct detector mounted near bends in the duct shall be located at
least twice the duct width away from the bend;
.4 co-ordinate with Division 15.
.4 Install audible signal devices as indicated and connect to signal circuit wiring. D.C.
signal circuit wiring shall be suitable for up to #12 AWG for Class II. AC Circuits must
be Class 1. '
~I
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 29
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
3.1 INSTALLATION PER CAN/UC 5524 (Cont'd)
' .5 Connect from the fire alarm system to the designated doors so that the operation of the
fire alarm system shall release all doors equipped with electric hold-open or door-
opening functions. Size the wiring for a maximum 5% voltage drop.
.6 Locate and install the audible signal devices as indicated and connect them to the
signalling circuits.
.7 Provide all wiring to fan starters for fire alarm shutdown. Use SIGA-CR module off of
the addressable loop.
.8 All wiring to be in conduit. The contractor shall be responsible for the supply and
installation of the conduit, wire, wire pulling, junction boxes, electrical boxes, and
terminal cabinets in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
.9 The manufacturer shall allow for the necessary amount of on site assistance for the
contractor during the construction period.
3.2 TESTING AND VERIFICATION
.1 Perform system verification in accordance with CAN/UC Standard 5537. Due to phasing
of construction and partial occupancy, include for initial testing of area to be occupied and
also for later testing of the complete installation.
.2 Test each device and alarm circuit to ensure that the manual stations, thermal and smoke
detectors, sprinkler system, etc. transmit an alarm to the fire alarm control panel and
actuates a first stage alarm, second stage alarm and ancillary devices.
.3 Check annunciator panel to ensure that the zones are shown correctly.
.4 Simulate open, ground and short circuit faults on the alarm and signalling circuits to
ensure the proper operation of the trouble signals
.
.5 Check all signalling devices for connect operation.
.6 Check all supervised circuits for correct operation.
.7 Check installation for acceptable levels of sound pressure and provide report.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 30
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
3.3 OWNER TRAINING
.1 Allow eight (8) hours for training of the Owner in the operation of the system
3.4 TRANSFER FROM EXISTING TO NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
.1 Maintain Fire Alarm System in the entire Building at all times.
.2 Upon completion of the installation, testing and verification of the new fire alarm
system, disconnect and remove existing fire alarm system, including but not limited to all
equipment, devices, wiring and conduits etc. and dispose of unless requested otherwise
by the Owner's Representative. Provide blank coverplates for the existing fire alarm
device boxes which are not being reused. Abandon existing wiring and conduits etc.
located in inaccessible locations.
.3 Arrange for and pay (if required) for the inspections by the Buildmg or Fire Departments
as required.
END OF SECTION
i
i
r
r
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMPTY CONDUTT SYSTEMS SECTION 16750
EXPANSION (AND NEW CONTENTS PAGE
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CONTENTS
SUBSECTION TITLE
1.1 General
1.2 Telephone Conduit System
1.3 Intrusion Alarm Raceway System
1.4 Computer Conduit System
J
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS SECTION 16750
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.1 GENERAL
' .1 Conform to Section 16010 -Electrical -General Requirements.
.2 Conform with applicable Section 16050 requirements governing installation, electrical
connections, raceways, conductors and the like.
1.2 TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEM
.1 Provide a complete interconnecting system of empty conduits, pull boxes, other raceways
as noted, and outlets for the enclosure of telephone wiring and as hereinafter specified
.2 Conduit shall be cleared and free from water. Provide pull wires installed continuously
from outlet to outlet and fastened at each box.
.3 Conduits shall have not more than 90 deg. or equivalent bends and 30 metres (100 ft.)
' between outlets or pull boxes, and bending radius shall not be less than 10 times the
conduit diameter. Conduit ends to be identified with grey paint.
.4 Distribution conduits for telephone wall outlets shall be 13 mm (1/2") minimum size for
one outlet and 19 mm (3/4") minimum size from two outlets to accessible ceiling space.
.5 Telephone outlets shall be as specified under "Outlet Boxes." Cover plates shall be blank
plates only, material and fmish as specified under "Device Cover Plates".
1.3 INTRUSION ALARM RACEWAY SYSTEM
' .1 Provide a complete interconnecting system of empty conduits, pull boxes, other raceways
as noted, and outlets for the enclosure of Intrusion Alarm System and CCTV System wiring
and as hereinafter specified.
' .2 Conduit shall be cleared and fi-ee from water. Provide pull wires installed continuously
from outlet to outlet and fastened at each box.
.3 Conduits shall have not more than 90 deg. or equivalent bends and 30 metres (100 ft.)
between outlets or pull boxes, and bending radius shall not be less than 10 times the
conduit diameter. Conduit ends to be identified with grey paint.
' .4 Distribution conduits for Intrusion Alarm System and CCTV System outlets shall be
minimum 19 mm (3/4").
r
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMPTY CONDUTT SYSTEMS SECTION 16750
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 2
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
1.3 INTRUSION ALARM RACEWAY SYSTEM (Confd)
.5 Intrusion Alarm System and CCTV System outlets shall be as specified under "Outlet
Boxes."
1.4 COMPUTER CONDUIT SYSTEM
.1 Provide a complete interconnecting system of conduits, pull boxes and other raceways as
noted further herein and as shown on drawings, for data communications cabling system
supplied and installed by Owner.
.2 Computer outlets where shown on drawings shall consist of a single gang deep outlet box
flush mounted in wall. Provide blanking plate for each outlet.
.3 Conduits
.1 Conduits from each outlet to Lan Room shall be 25 mm (1") trade size minhnum.
.2 Provide pull wires installed from outlet to Lan Room to facilitate fixture cable
installation. Fasten at each box with minimum 6" coil.
.3 Conduit shall have not more than 90 degree or equivalent bends and 30 metres
(100 ft.) between outlets and Lan Room and bending radius shall not be less than
10 times the conduit diameter.
END OF SECTION
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 1.6900
CONTENTS PAGE
CONTENTS
TITLE
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 References
1.2 Alternate Equipment
1.3 Rating
1.4 Submittal
1.5 Testing
1.6 Warranty
1.7 Maintenance
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 Emergency Generator Set
2.2 Engine
2.3 Generator
2.4 Controller
2.5 Instrument Panel
2.6 Accessories
2.7 Automatic Transfer Switch
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 Installation
3.2 Site Tests
3.3 Acceptance
3.4 Fuel System
3.5 Vibration Isolation
3.6 Engine Exhaust System
3.7 Acceptable Alternate Equipment Manufacturers
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 1
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
.1 Conform to Section 16010 -Electrical General Requirements.
.2 It is the intent of this specification to secure an emergency generator system that has
' been prototype tested, factory built, production tested, site tested, of the latest
commercial design, together with all accessories necessary for a complete installation as
shown on the plans and drawings and specified herein. The equipment supplied and
installed shall meet the latest CSA Standard CAN/CSA-C282-M89, and all applicable
local codes and regulations. All equipment shall be new, of current production by a
national firm which manufacturers the generator and controls, transfer switch, and
assembles the standby generator set as a matched unit so that there is one-source
responsibility for warranty, parts, and service through a local representative with
factory-trained staff.
1.2 ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT
' .1 The rating ofthe specified equipment is based on the characteristics of Generac Systems
(Total Power) products. The submission for approval of alternate equipment shall
provide documentation to prove equivalent performance based on the following:
t .1 Maximum of 20% voltage dip on starting of scheduled load.
' .2 Maximwn of 80% use of generator's available derated running KW rating.
(Elevation: 1000 ft; ambient 90°F).
' .3 Operation of scheduled loads.
1.3 RATING
.1 The net brake horsepower of the prime mover shall correspond to generator kilowatts as
described by the formula: Brake HP = kw/746 x generator efficiency. Prime mover net
horsepower requirements shall be selected after derating for site conditions and
accessory losses in accordance with manufacturer's base rating standard, without
' exceeding the allowable tolerances for B.M.E.P. (Brake Mean Effective Pressure) &
other parameters as substantiated by the engine manufacturer's published data for
standby operation.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 16900
PAGE 2
1.4 SUBMTTTAL
.1 Submittal shall include specification sheets showing all standard and optional ,
accessories to be supplied, schematic wiring diagrams, dimension drawings, and
interconnection diagrams identifying by terminal number each required interconnection '
between the generator set, the transfer switch, and the remote annunciator panel if it is
included elsewhere in these specifications.
.2 First submission shall include: ,
Generator decrement and damage curves for specific equipment on ampere basis ,
and generator output circuit breaker protection curve plotted with above.
Motor starting and kVA/voltage dip curves, specific for genset. Documentation
as required to establish compliance with or differences from specification.
Radiator core dimensions and ventilation air volume required for proper cooling
of the set.
1.5 TESTING ,
To assure that the equipment has been designed and built to the highest reliability and ,
quality standards, the manufacturer shall be responsible for design prototype tests as
described herein: Components of the emergency system, such as the engine/generator set,
transfer switch, and accessories shall not be subjected to prototype tests since the tests
are potentially damaging. Rather, similar design prototypes and reliability preproduction
models, which will not be sold, shall be used for these tests. Upon request, the following
certified test records shall be made available: '
.1 Maximum power (kw).
.2 Maximum starting (kva) at 30% instantaneous voltage dip. ,
.3 Alternator temperature rise by embedded thermocouple and by resistance method
per NEMA MGl-22.40 and 16.40.
.4 Governor speed regulation under steady-state and transient conditions. '
.5 Voltage regulation and generator transient response.
.6 Fuel consumption at no load, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full load. ,
.7 Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation, and telephone influence factor.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
,' EXPANSION (AND NEW
j CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 16900
PAGE3
1.5 TESTING (Cont'd)
1 (Cont'd)
.8 Three-phase line-to-line short circuit test.
.9 Alternator cooling air flow
.10 Torsional analysis testing to verify that the generator set is free of harmful
torsional stresses.
.11 Endurance testing.
1.6 WARRANTY
1 The emergency generator system shall be wan•anted by the manufacturer for two years or
1,500 hours, which ever occurs first, from the date of the site start-up, and shall include
100% parts and labour coverage.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
.l Furnish two copies of operating and maintenance instructions and illustrated parts books
covering the engine-generator and auxiliary equipment which will require operating
instructions & periodic maintenance.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SET
1 The standby generator set shall be a Generac Power Systems Model SD500, rated
continuous standby (defined as continuous for the duration of any power outage)
347/600 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 0.8 power factor, 500 kw, 625 kva, 602 ampere at 500
feet altitude, 85°F. Vibration isolators shall be provided between the engine-generator
and welded steel base or between the base and the floor.
.2 Final Production Tests: Each generator set shall be tested under varying loads with
guards and exhaust system in place. Tests shall include:
.1 Single-step load pickup.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 16900
PAGE 4
2.1 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SET (Cont'd)
.2 (Confd)
.2 Transient and steady-state governing.
.3 Safety shutdown device testing.
.4 Voltage regulation.
.5 Rated Power.
.6 Maximum Power.
.3 Upon request, arrangements to witness this test will be made or a certified test record
will be sent prior to shipment.
2.2 ENGINE
.1 The 1132 cubic inch displacement engine shall deliver a minimum of 750 hp at a
governed speed of 1800 rpm. The engine shall be equipped with the following:
.1 An electric solenoid fuel shut-off valve.
.2 Electronic driven governor capable of regulating the no-load to full-load
frequency to a 1 % maximum and capable of 0.66% Steady State frequency
regulation.
.3 24 volt positive engagement solenoid shift-starting motor.
.4 35-ampere minimum automatic battery chazging alternator with solid-state
voltage regulation.
.5 Positive displacement, full pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oi] filters,
dipstick, and oil drain.
.6 Dry-type replaceable air cleaner elements.
.7 Antifreeze -engine cooling system shall be filled with a minimum concentration
of 33% ethylene glycol.
~~
~~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 5
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.2 ENGINE (Cont'd)
.2 The turbocharged/after-cooled engine shall be diesel-fueled, six (6) cylinders, 4 stroke,
& liquid cooled. Aunit-mounted radiator, blower fan, water pump, thermostat, and
' radiator duct flange shall properly cool the engine with up to 0.5 inches H2O static
pressure on the fan.
' 2.3 GENERATOR
' .1 The alternator shall be four-pole, 12-lead reconnectable, self-ventilated of drip-proof
construction with amortisseur rotor windings and skewed stator for smooth voltage
waveform. The insulation shall meet the NEMA standard (MGI-22.40 and 16.40) for
Class H and be vacuum impregnated with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant per MIL
' E-4970A. The excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a
solid-state voltage regulator capable of maintaining voltage within + or - 2% at any
constant load from 0 to 100% of rating. The regulator must be protected from the
' environment by conformal coating.
.2 On application of any load up to the rated load, the instantaneous voltage dip shall not
' exceed 20% and shall recover to + or - 2% of rated voltage within one second.
.3 The generator shall be capable of sustaining at least 250% of rated cunent for at least 10
seconds under a 3 phase symmetrical short by inherent design or by the addition of an
' optional current boost system.
' .4 A resettable line current sensing circuit breaker with inverse time versus current response
(Westinghouse Seltronic or approved equal), shall be famished which shall not
automatically reset preventing restoration of voltage if maintenance is being performed.
This breaker shall protect the generator from damage due to its own high current
capability and shall not trip within 10 seconds specified above to allow selective tripping
of down-stream fuses or circuit breakers under a fault condition.
.5 The generator, having a single maintenance free bearing, shall be directly connected to
the flywheel housing with a semiflexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel.
' 2.4 CONTROLLER
' .1 Set-mounted controller shall be vibration isolated on the generator enclosure. The
microprocessor control board shall be conformal coated. Relays will only be acceptable
in high current circuits.
~~
LJ
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 16900
PAGE 6 ,
2.4
CONTROLLER (Cont'd)
.2 Circuitry shall be of plug-in design for quick replacement. Controller shall be equipped '
to accept aplug-in device capable of allowing maintenance personnel to test controller
performance without operating the engine. The controller shall include: ,
.1 Fused DC circuits.
.2 Complete two-wire start/stop control which shall operate on closure of a remote '
contact.
.3 Speed sensing and a second independent starter motor disengagement systems '
shall protect against the starter engaging with a moving flywheel. Battery
charging alternator voltage will not be acceptable for this purpose. '
.4 The starting system shall be designed for restarting in the event of a false engine
start, by permitting the engine to completely stop and then reengage the starter.
.5 Cranking cycler with ten-second ON and OFF cranking periods. ,
.6 Overcrank protection designed to open the cranking circuit after 60 seconds if ,
the engine fails to start.
7 Circuitry to shut down the engine when signal for high coolant temperature, low '
oil pressure, or overspeed are received.
.8 Engine cool down timer factory set at five minutes to permit unloaded running of ,
the standby set after transfer of the load to normal.
.9 Three-position (Automatic -OFF -TEST) selector switch. In the test position,
the engine shall start and run regardless of the position of the remote starting ,
contacts. hi the automatic position, the engine shall start when contacts in the
remote control circuit close and stop five minutes after those contacts open. In
the off position, the engine shall not start even though the remote start contacts '
close. This position shall also provide for immediate shutdown in case of an
emergency. Reset of any fault lamp shall also be accomplished by putting the
switch to the off
osition
p
.
.10 Indicating lights to signal:
(Switch 'OFF' (flashing red))
(Overcrank (red))
(Emergency stop (red))
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 7
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.4 CONTROLLER (Confd)
.2 (Confd)
.10 (Cont'd)
(High engine temperature (red))
(Overspeed (red))
(Low oi] pressure (red))
(High battery voltage (red))
(Low battery voltage (red))
(System ready (green))
(Anticipatory high water temp.(yellow)) (Anticipatory low oil pressure (yellow)
(Low coolant temp. (red))
.11 Test button for indicating lights.
.12 Alarm horn with silencer switch.
.13 Unpowered contacts to close whenever the set is conning (to actuate ventilating
systems and signal shut-down of selected equipment).
.14 Two unpowered N.O. contacts to provide signal for common alarm and "Diesel
Genset Running".
.15 Two (2) unpowered N.O. contacts to provide signal for "Diesel Genset Trouble"
to fire alarm panel.
.16 Two (2) unpowered N.O. contacts to provide signal for "Diesel Genset Not
Operating" to fire alarm panel.
2.5 INSTRUMENT PANEL
.1 A set mounted instrument panel shall include:
1 Dua] range voltmeter + or - 2% accuracy.
.2 Dual range ammeter + or - 2% accuracy.
.3 Voltmeter-ammeter phase selector switch.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSTON (AND NEW PAGE 8
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.5 INSTRUMENT PANEL (Cont'd)
.1 (Confd)
.4 Lights to indicate high or low meter scale.
.5 Direct reading pointer-type frequency meter + or - 5% accwacy, 45 to 65 Hz
scale.
.6 Panel illuminating lights.
.7 Battery charging meter.
.8 Coolant temperature gauge.
.9 Oil pressure gauge.
.10 Running time meter
.11 Voltage adjust rheostat
2.6 ACCESSORIES
. ] Block heater, 2500W., 208V. 1 Phase, thermostatically controlled to maintain engine
coolant at proper temperatwe to meet star[-up requirement of NFPA-99 Regulation.
.2 Overvoltage protection will shut down the unit after one second of 15% or more
overvoltage.
.3 Battery rack, battery cables, 12-volt battery(ies) capable of delivering the minimum
cold-cranking amps required at zero degrees Fahrenheit per SAE Standard I-537 shall be
supplied dry, along with separate electrolyte, which will be added just prior to start-up.
.4 10-ampere automatic float battery charger Vulcan model FA with constant voltage
regulation, current limiting capability, cranking disconnect relay, temperatwe
compensated for ambients from 20°F, voltmeter and ammeter.
.5 Gasproof, seamless, stainless steel, flexible exhaust connection, and engine exhaust
silencer rated for critical application. Exhaust noise shall be limited to 85 dba as
measwed at 10 feet in a free-field environment.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 9
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.6 ACCESSORIES (Cont'd)
' .6 16-light remote annunciator shall monitor all controller functions described in Article ] 0
of the controller section plus line power and generator power monitoring. An integral
lamp test and horn silence switch shall be included.
.7 Fuel connections.
' .8 Syringe type testing devices for testing of engine coolant, and battery electrolyte,
complete with wall rack.
.9 Manufacturer's maintenance and test schedule, wall mounted in protected frame.
2.7 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
.1 The automatic transfer switch shall be 4-pole, rated to withstand therms symmetrical
' short circuit current available at the automatic transfer switch terminals, with type of
over current protection, voltage as shown on the plans.
.2 The automatic transfer switch shall consist of a power transfer module and a control
module, interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. Automatic transfer
switch shall be mechanically held and electrically operated by asingle-solenoid
mechanism energized from source to which the load is to be transferred. Switch shall be
rated for continuous duty and be inherently double-throw. Switch shall be mechanically
held and interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions-normal or emergency.
' .3 Automatic transfer switch shall be suitable for use with emergency sources such as an
engine or turbine generator source or another utility source. Control module shall be
supplied with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch for
' ease of maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be solid-state and mounted on
plug-in printed circuit boards. Printed circuit boazds shall be keyed to prevent incorrect
' installation. Interfacing relays shall be industrial-control- grade, plug-in type with dust
covers and locking clips
The following shall also be
rovided for the control module:
.
p
' .1 For three-phase switches all phases of the nonna] shall be monitored line-to-line.
Close differential voltage sensing shall be provided. Pickup voltage shall be
adjustable from 72% to 100% of nominal and dropout voltage shall be adnumber
of contacts noted and Model CRI2DLXMC "Mylaz" covers, for enclosures for
each set of contacts
.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 10 '
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.7 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (Cont'd)
.3 (Cont'd)
.2 Neutral conductor terminal lugs as requved for the system and a test switch to ,
momentarily simulate normal source failure shall be included.
.3 Harnessing between transfer switches and control panel shall have abuilt-in ,
disconnect for routine maintenance.
.4 All movable parts of operating mechanism shall remain in positive mechanical '
contact with the main contacts during the transfer operation without use of
separate mechanical interlocks. Automatic operation of the switch shall not
require power from any source other than the line-to-line voltage of the source to '
which the switch is transferring.
.4 The following accessories shall be included: ,
.1 (TDNE) Time delay on transfer from Normal to Emergency (adjustable 0 to 60
seconds).
.2 (TDES) Time delay on Engine Starting (factory set at 3 seconds). '
.3 (TDEN) Time delay on transfer from Emergency to Normal adjustable 0-30 '
minutes).
.4 Frequency/voltage relay for emergency source (non-adjustable). ,
.5 Test pushbutton to simulate a power failure on normal.
.6 Disconnect plug to prevent automatic operation. t
.7 Green lamp to indicate switch in normal position & normal power is supplying
loads. '
.8 Red lamp to indicate switch in emergency position and emergency power is
supplying loads. '
.9 Main shaft auxiliary contact rated 10 ampere at 600V (one closed on normal and
one closed on emergency) ,
.
.10 Relay auxiliary contact (normal source 2 NO and 2 NC).
'~
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 11
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
2.7 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (Cont'd)
.4 (Confd)
' .11 Relay auxiliary contact (emergency source 2 NO and 2 NC).
.12 Solid state battery charger, 3 ampere charge rate.
.13 Inphase monitor. Monitors normal and emergency sources and permits transfer
when phase voltages are plus/minus 15 degrees and plus/minus 2 cycles. If the
' source supplying the load fails or drops below 70 percent, the monitor will
permit immediate transfer.
.14 Load shedding contacts (2 NO and 2 NC) that operate from an adjustable 0.6-60
' seconds prior to transfer in either direction and resets immediately after transfer.
' PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.l The equipment shall be installed as shown on the plans, in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and all applicable codes
' .2 The installation of the emergency standby diesel generator set including engine exhaust
system, ventilation and fuel connections, shall be performed by a company specializing
' in such services.
3.2 SITE TESTS
.1 Retain the services of Biernacki Diesel Services Ltd., Pickering, Ont., to perform an
' installation check, start-up, and building load test. The engineer, regular operators, and
the maintenance staff shall agree as to the time and date of the site test.
' .2 The tests shall shall be conducted in accordance with CSA Standard CAN/CSA
C282-M89 and Item 3.2.6. of the Ontario Building Code, and shall include:
.1 Fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze shall be checked for conformity to the
' manufacturer's recommendatons under the environmental condi$ons present
and expected.
MUNICIPAL OFFICE
EXPANSION (AND NEW
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
SECTION 16900
PAGE 12 ,
3.2 SITE TESTS (Cont'd)
.2 (Confd)
.2 Accessories that normally function while the set is standing by shall be checked '
prior to cranking the engine. This shall include: engine heaters, battery charger,
generator strip heaters, remote annunciator, etc.
.3 Start-up under test mode to check for exhaust leaks, path of exhaust gases '
outside the building, cooling air flow, movement during starting and stopping,
vibration during running, normal and emergency line-to-line voltage and phase ,
rotation.
.4 Automatic start-up by means of simulated power outage to test remote-automatic '
starting, transfer of the load, and automatic shutdown. Prior to this test, all
transfer switch timers shall be adjusted for proper systems coordination. Engine
temperature, oil pressure and battery charge level along with generator voltage,
amperes, & frequency shall be monitored throughout the test. '
5. Prior to acceptance of the installation, the equipment shall be subjected to an on
site test at full load with resistive load banks for a minimum of 4 hours followed '
by a 1 hour test at 110% of full load. All consumables necessary for this test
operation shall be furnished by the bidder. Any defects which become evident
during this test shall be corrected by the bidder at his own expense. '
3.3 ACCEPTANCE ,
.1 Manufacturer's representative and Installation Specialist, shall provide documentation to
evidence that tests and Owners instructions have been performed to their satisfaction, t
and additionally to indicate that:
System complies with manufacturer's installation recommendations. '
Installation is acceptable for Warranty.
Installation complies with requirements of Ministry of Labour and Energy
Resources. '
3.4 FUEL SYSTEM '
.1 Provide 50 gallon "Day Tank" adjacent to generator.
1
MUNICB?AL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
' EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 13
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
3.4 FUEL SYSTEM (Confd)
.2 Provide diesel-fuel system topped-up and full at time of "Substantial Completion" of
project.
3.5 VIBRATION ISOLATION
.1 Provide six Vibro Acoustics Model CMS spring type isolators complete with housing
with adjustable snubbing of equipment motion, providing a minimum of one inch
' deflection, & an efficiency rating of 98 to 99 percent. Retain the services of Vibro
Acoustics Ltd., to perform calculations and selection data and submit as shop drawing.
3.6 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
.1 Provide and install the Exhaust piping to suit muffler connection where indicated on
' drawings.
.2 Provide all items which form a part of the assembly, including straight sections, tee
' sections, elbows, end caps, hanger bands, drains, expansion joints, increasers, flashing,
counter flashing and insulated thimble as required, for connection to flexible section and
muffler.
'
.3 Installation shall be made in accordance with NFPA 37.
.4 Provide condensate trap with drain cock below the level of exhaust muffler, and provide
chamfered tailpiece on end of exhaust system.
.5 The exhaust system shall include a suitable length of gasproof, seamless, stainless
' bellows type extra flexible section minimum 610 mm and a Vibron "Critical"
turbocharged muffler.
.6 Provide an insulating steel ventilated thimble/sleeve where exhaust pipe passes through
roof. Thimble shall be 300 mm larger than exhaust piping, extend 300 mm above roof,
' and be provided with weatherproofmg drip shield. The exhaust system shall extend 6 feet
above roof
terminated with a low loss weather ca
id
,
p; prov
e support as necesary.
1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EMERGENCY GENERATOR SECTION 16900
EXPANSION (AND NEW PAGE 14
CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
3.7 ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS:
.I Caterpillar
.2 Kohler
.3 Onan -Cummins
END OF SECTION
Clarington Public Library/
Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
TENDER CL2001-1
(S & Z Project No. 0006)
ADDENDUM NO. 1, 2, 3 & 4
POST*TENDER ADDENDUM NO. 1
POST-TEIWDER ADDENDUM NO. 1, REV. 1
_____
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 2Q6
Kingston, Ontario K7K 1x7
Tel.: 613-541-0776 Fax: t"n13-541-0804
e-mail: mailQszarch.com
August 1, 2001
' ~hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
' May 17, 2001
1
1
1
1
1
1
Clarington Public LibrarylMunicipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: 0006
Re: Addendum #1
The foliowing items are part of the contract documents and are to be included in the base bid.
DRAWINGS
ITEM #1 ADD th e following Architectural Drawings to Tender Documents (enclosed):
A-002 Site Plan Details
A-310 Section Details
A-311 Section Details
A-312 Section Details
A-313. Section Details
A-314 Section Details
A-602 Millwork Details
A-605 Millwork Details
ADD the following Structural Drawings to Tender Documents (enclosed):
5-208 Concrete Beam Schedule 8 Details
S-209 Sections 8 Details
S-210 Concrete Beam Schedule
REPLACE all Mechanical Drawings with the following (enclosed):
M-101 to 108 (8 drawings)
M-201 to 204 (4 drawings)
SP-1 to SP-7 (7 drawings)
Note: These Mechanical drawings are unchanged in content. They are reprinted to
correct a plotting error at the printer, which used a heavy pen for the
Architectural backgrounds.
ITEM #2 Reference: Drawing A-9, Roof Plan, REVISE Roof Type 'R2' as follows:
R2 -Roof Tvoe 2
Gravel Ballast
Filter Fabric
100 mm rigid insulation
4 ply roofing membrane
Tapered fibreboard
Insulation at 2% to roof drain (minimum 13 mm) on concrete structural slab.
Refer to Structural Drawings.
Note: Add 13 mm Densdeck on steel deck'tf R2 on steel structure.
SPECIFICATION
ITEM #3 Reference: Section 14000, Barrier Free Lift:
4.1 Manufacturer/Product
.1 CHANGE Car Dimensions to: °36" Wide x 54" Long"
4.19 Automatic Power Door Operator
.1 DELETE WORDING AND REPLACE WITH: "Supply and install power door
operator of type recommended by manufacturer of lift for this application".
ITEM #4 Reference: Section 07250, Sprayed Fireproofing and Insulation: DELETE THIS SECTION.
END OF ADDENDUM
t 4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mailed szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
.'
1
1
'~
~1
1
1
~1
1
'1
1
'1
~~1
1
1
1
Clarington Public Library/
Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
TENDER CL2001-1
(S & Z Project No. 0006)
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Shoalts and 2aback Architects Ltd.
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206
Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7
Tel.: 613-541-0776 Fax: 613-541-0804
e-mail: mailoQszarch.com
....... ........................ .............
May 29, 2001
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paoe 1 of 16
May 29, 2001
Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project No.: 0006
Re: Addendum #2
The following items are part of the contract documents and are to be included in the base bid.
SPECIFICATION
ITEM #1 Reference: Section 00100, Instruction to Bidders, TENDER CLOSING DATE AND
TIME REVISED TO READ:
1.1 Invitation 1 Bid Call
.1 Offers signed under seal.. "on or before 3:00 p.m.,
Monday, June 11, 2001".
ITEM #2 Delete Sections 02222, Demolition of Existing Structures and 07250, Spray
Fireproof Insulation.
ITEM #3 Include the attached revisions to Specification Sections in the Bid Documents as
follows: Sections 03100, 03200, 03300, 04050, 04100, 04160, 04220, 05120 and
05311. Refer to Structural Addendum.
ITEM #4 Reference: Section 00410, Separate Price Supplementary Bid Form, Appendix S3:
.1 Note to all Subtrades: Carefully review forms, particularly Separate Price
Forms.
2 Delete Appendix S3 and replace with attached revised S3. Note the fire pump
which was Separate Price #4 is now part of the base bid for the project.
.3 Submit with the Supplementary Bid Forms the following:
1 Supplementary Subcontract Bid Form Division 15 Mechanical, and
.2 Supplementary Subcontract Bid Form Division 16 Electrical (added by this
Addendum #2).
.3 Replace Appendix S2 with the attached S2.
.4 Replace Supplementary Bid Form S2 with the attached S2.
ITEM #5 Reference: Section 01001, General Requirements, Add:
1.20 Construction Sequence
.1 Substantially Complete the addition. After Deficiency List is corrected,
turn over addition to Owner.
.2 Owner will move existing furniture and equipment from the existing
building to the addition. This move will occur over a weekend.
.3 The General Contractor then takes over the existing building and
completes all the renovations in one phase.
.4 During the transition period, the General Contractor may assume that
work can be continuous (with some disruptions).
.5 Service to the public must be maintained in either the new or existing
building throughout the construction period. Meet with and cooperate
with the Owner to provide this.
ITEM #6 Reference: Section 01535, Temporary Facilities:
Add: 1.21 Space within Existing Building for Contractor's Use
1 The following area of the existing building may be used by the
Contractor throughout construction. Refer to Dwg. No. A-100:
From Grid EF to Grid EG Between Grid E4 and Grid E2A
2 Construct a WD stud and plywood partition to separate this area
from the remainder of the building sealed at perimeter. There are
to be no openings in this partition. Maintain Owner's access to
4 Cataraqui Slreet Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 e-mail: mailQszarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
Stair #2.
.3 Access the basement area from the construction site only. Install
a weatherproof partition at the exterior is required.
Add: 1.22 Church Street
.1 The existing parking spaces adjacent to the site of the new
construction on Church Street may be taken over by the
Contractor for site trailers. However, the sidewalk must remain
open except for scheduled minimal closures.
Add: 1.23 Additional Contractor's Yard
.1 The Municipality is the in the process of purchasing a property
approximately 1 block away, approximately the size of 2 houses
which will be available for the Contractor's use for material and
equipment storage, etc., throughout the construction period.
The Contractor is responsible for erecting a perimeter security
fence (chain link 1.8 m high) and removal of this at completion of
the contract plus restoration of the lot to condition it was received
in.
Add to 1.12:.2 Dewatering is to be directed to silt control rock check dam which
is detailed elsewhere in this Addendum (No. 2).
.3 All major dewatering or construction storm water must be directed
here, not to street or other storm water systems or onto
neighbouring properties.
ITEM #7 Reference: Section 02060, Selective Demolition:
Add 2.1.4 and 2.1.5:
4 Retain original bricks as required for patching holes in existing walls.
5 Turn aver fire shutters and guides to Owner which are removed by this
Contract.
.6 Turn over perforated aluminum panels removed where required by new work of
this Contract.
1
u
ITEM #8 Reference: Section 02233, Site Services: ,
Revise this Section consistent with Item #35, this Addendum (No. 2).
2 Payment of Utility charges is by the Owner. It is not part of the Stipulated Sum.
ITEM #9 Reference: Section 02515, Concrete Unit Pavers:
Revise 2.1.1 materials to the following:
Manufacturer: Unilock Limited
287 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown, Ontario
L7G 4X6
Tel. 905-453-1438
Fax 905-874-3034
or approved equal. Alternate supplier must be able to supply each of 4 types listed
below:
Type 1 Concrete Unit Paver: Holland Stone 100 x 200 x 60 selected from
manufacturer's standard colour range.
Type 2 Series 3000 Architectural paver, Large Square: 30 cm x 30 cm x 8 cm.
Type 3 Unigranite Large Square, 15 cm x 15 cm x 7 cm.
Type 4 Retaining Wall and Step System.
Steps are added at south terrace on Addendum No. 2 Drawing No. AD2-43
Siena Stone by Unilock
Coping Unit: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 100 cm
Corner Unit: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 92.5 cm
Standard Units: 18.5 cm x 50 cm x 100 cm
4 Calaraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 127 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
1
1
u
i
1
i
t
1
ITEM #17
1
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paae 3 of 16
Add:
3.6 Installation of Steps
Install as shown to manufacturer's printed instructions.
ITEM #10 Reference: Section 02516, Asphalt Concrete Paving,
3.2.2 Wear Course
Change to 25 mm installed by Municipality of Clarington at the completion
of work within the road allowance.
ITEM #11 Reference: Section 02525:
This Section is deleted from the project as patterned concrete is deleted from the
project by this Addendum (No. 2).
ITEM #12 Reference: Section 03345:
Add:
2.3 Latex Modified Concrete Topping
.1 Albitol Concentrate by Sternson equivalent applied to manufacturer's
printed instructions.
ITEM #13 Reference: Section 04050, Masonry Procedures:.
2.1.23 Delete this Section. Replace with the following:
Dowels
.1 Horizontal between each cut stone piece 12 mm x 100 mm type 316 stainless
steel
.2 Vertical at first stone course at base of wall and below stone bands: 12 mm x
100 mm, Type 316 stainless steel, 2 per stone.
.3 At bottom of block back up walls and partitions 12 mm x 300 mm hot dip
galvanized.
ITEM #14 Reference: Section 04210, Brick Masonry,
2.1.1 Delete "Ironspot Antique Copper' change to "Base Bid Brick Williamsburgh
by Canada Brick, etc.".
2.1.2 Delete this section.
2.1.3 Change "Alternate #2" to "Separate price #6".
2.1.4 Delete this section. Replace with Base Bid is based on the use of the
Canada Brick. For Separate Price #6 change brick to the Endicott brick
supplied by Thames Valley Brick.
ITEM #15 Reference: Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry:
Delete 2.1.2 There are no Ashlar blocks in the project.
3.1.4 Delete "where exposed Ashlar is shown on interiol".
3.4
ITEM #16 Refer
2.1.2
2.1.2
2.1.3
Delete first sentence. Replace with "where indicated block walls will be
finished wall on the interior".
ence: Section 04420, Cut Stone Masonry:
Change colour to Deer Brown
Change "Nordic Red" to Deer Brown
Add 2.3 Stair Nosing, Stair #4
• Colour Deer Brown flamed finish
• 75 mm wide x 9 mm (3!8") thick x 1250 mm long divided into 3 equal
lengths
• Front face to have eased corner of 6 mm.
• Supply to Section 04330 for installation.
• Refer to Drawing No. A-401 {including revisions by this Addenda (No.
2) for Details.
Reference: Section 05411, Wind Load Bearing Steel Stud Systems:
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (6'13) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Pa e 4 of
2.1.4 Change 152 stud to 152 deep studs or 92 deep studs as shown.
Add to 1.2.1.3 to Scope Section: This Section is responsible for installing all '
plywood on all exterior steel studs except the wood cap to the parapet walls. This
wood cap is by Section 06100.
ITEM #18 Reference: Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metals: '
2.4.12 Change "at end of row or unsupported drywall partitions' to "at ends of all
low drywall partitions".
Add 2.4.14 H.S.S. post at corner windows: '
• Sizes and locations as shown on Drawings and as detailed
elsewhere in this Addendum (No. 2) and on 300 Series Drawings.
Add 2.4.15 Trim angle at Mezzanine slab edge (refer to Detail 12 on 402 for an '
example). 100 mm x 100 mm x 9 mm c/w anchors for casting into
slab edge.
ITEM #19 Reference: Section 05501, Ornamental Metals: '
.1 2.3 Schedule: Delete 2.3.2.
.2 2.3.3 Alter scope of decorate cornice to suit revisions elsewhere in this
Addendum (No. 2) AD2-34. '
.3 Add 2.3.11 - Pertorated Metal Panels: As shown on Details on A-502.
4 Delete 2.3.3. There are no barrier-free pedestals.
.5 2.1.8 -Change "Type 304 stainless steel of 7 gauge thickness to "clear
anodized aluminum, thickness 4 mm". '
.6 Add Section 2.5 -Weathering Steel
.1 All components of the exterior steel security fence as shown on A002
including additions 34 this Addendum (No. 2) are to be fabricated from
weathering steel.
.2 Steel plate and steel sections: Weathering Steel by Stelco or equivalent.
.3 To G40.21-M81 Type R, Atmosphere Corrosion Resistant Steel.
.4 Welding Materials: Use compatible welding rods, including suitable filler
metals to ensure colour of weathering weld metal matches colour of
weathered panel steel colour.
.5 Any exposed fasteners are to be weathered steel.
ITEM #20 Reference: Section 06125, Wood Decking: Delete this Section.
ITEM #21 Reference: Section 06400, Architectural Woodwork:
1 2.1.7 Delete ".8 mm thick for vertical surfaces" all Plam is 1.3 mm thick.
Delete "Type 16".
.2 2.1.21 Granite Tops: Add "supplied by Section 04420 by installation by this i
Section'.
.3 Add:
2.1.22 Solid Surfacing: Surell Solid Surfacing by Formica, Colour Starry Night,
thickness as shown.
.4 There are no window stools required in 421 Unassigned Space. '
ITEM #22 Reference: Section 07410, Steel Cladding:
Add: 2.1.11 Steel Cladding and Roofing at Exterior to Existing Penthouse:
1 Profiles and colours to match existing siding. '
2 Gauge to match existing.
.3 Provide all trims and closures required to connect existing and
adjacent new construction. '
ITEM #23 Reference: Section 07550, Modified Bituminous Roofing: Delete 3.4
ITEM #24 Reference: Section 07800, Skylights: '
.1 Add 2.1.5
4 Cataraqui Slreel Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
' oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paoe 5 of 16
Alternate Supplier: Slimlight Skylights 380 Tapscott Road Units 11 - 13,
' Scarborough, Ontario, tel. 416-293-8200, fax 416-293-6721.
.2 Change 2.1.1.4.3 to Inner Layer: Polycarbonate, clear.
3 Add 2.1.6:
Circular Replacement Skylights: size approximately as shown, must be
' confirmed by site measurements.
- Outer Layer: Bronze #2412
- Inner Layer: Clear, polycarbonate
' - 2 required
.4 Add to 2.1.2: 2 required at roof of new Atrium, Room 174.
.5 Clarification: Each of the 4 new skylights required is to be supplied with
' insulated curb.
ITEM #25 Reference: Section 08120, Aluminum Doors and Frames and Aluminum Interior
' Screens:
.1 Delete 2.3.5 and replace with the following 2.5.3:
.1 Hinges
Doors 150a, 150 and 172: top intermediate and bottom offset pivot hinges.
' Doors 164a and 172a: butt hinges.
Docrs 162a: continuous Poton hinges.
.2 Locks and Latches
' Doors 150a and 162a and 172: mortised lockset Yale 8460-2 Series.
Doors 164a and 172a: mortised locksets no exterior trim.
.3 Push Pulls
Doors 150a, 150, 162a, 172: Architects Classic Tubular Section Push
Pulls, one set per door.
4 Exit Devices
Doors 164a and 172a: Rim device Doromatic 1590.
' Doors 150a and 172: Doromatic 1990 Concealed Rod Panic.
.5 Door Closers
Doors 164a and 172a: Exposed Overhead Norton 1605 BC or equivalent.
Doors 150, 150a and 172: Concealed Overhead Closers.
.6 Door Stops to suit each situation.
' .7 Exterior Doors Weatherstripping and Thresholds to suit each situation.
.8 Install hardware supplied by 08700 such as cylinders.
.9 All miscellaneous items as required to provide complete hardware package
of standard compatible with items above.
.10 Hardware to be compatible with security devices supplied and installed by
others. Investigate and confirm during Shop Drawing stage. Issue
statement of compatibility at that time.
' .11 Prep doors and frames for the hardware including security devices and
hardware supplied by others.
ITEM #26 Reference: Section 08520, Aluminum Windows and Curtainwall:
.1 Delete 1.2.4.
.2 Add 2.1.23:
Sills: Brake form to profile shown from 2 mm Aluminum Sheet. Light Bronze
Anodized #26, Anodized after brake forming.
.3 Add:
2.1.24 Thresholds:
.1 Supply and install bronze anodized thresholds DS 1200 as
manufactured by Draft Seal by A. K. Draft Seal Ltd., tel. 604-520-
1080, fax 604-520-3594, or equivalent.
Refer to Drawings for locations as clarified by this Addendum (No.
' 2). Thresholds installed over foundation wall at base of
curtainwall. Install air barrier membrane below thresholds. Slope
threshold to provide positive drainage away from the building.
.4 Add:
' 2.1.22 Where alterations are made to existing windows, new Sections to
4 Calaraqui SUeet Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 e-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613)541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
Pace 6 of ~ ,
match existing window. Profiles to match existing. Duracron Finish,
colour to match existing.
.5 Add 3.7 Alterations to Existing Windows:
1 Carry out all work required to complete the alterations shown.
2 Supply and install all required trims and closures.
ITEM #27 Reference: Section 08800, Glazing:
.1 Add 1.5.3
Supply two (2) samples of sandblasted glass:
- one (1) with protective coating added by this Addendum (No. 2), and
- one (1) without.
.2 Add to 2.2.6: Protective coating for all interior sandblasted glass. Invisible
shield as distributed by Joseph Taylor Inc.
ITEM #28 Reference: Section 09111, Metal Stud Systems:
Add:
2.1.10 Plywood and Wood Blocking: same material specified in 06100.
Douglas Fir plywood size as shown.
SPF Blocking size as shown.
Add:
2.40 Wood Blocking
Install all wood blocking which occurs on metal studs above drywall ceilings
or behind drywall on walls. Carefully review architectural Details for extent.
ITEM #29 Reference: Section 09250, Gypsum Board:
.1 Delete 3.6 Cement Board.
ITEM #30 Reference: Section 09310, Mosaic Ceramic Tile:
2.1 .1 Change "Wall Tile" to `Wall, Floor and Base Tile".
2 Change Price Group 2 to Price Group 4.
N.B. Price Group 4 applies to both suppliers.
Add: 2.1.3 Mosaic Tiles to be unglazed on floor and base.
ITEM #31 Reference: Section 09511, Acoustical Panels and Tiles:
Add 1.2.2 Perforated Metal Panels for Curvatura System: Specified in
Section 09130.
ITEM #32 Reference: Section 09666, Resilient Sheet Flooring (Linoleum):
2.1 Supplier of Linoleum is Forro Industries, Concord.
2.2 Distributor of Linoleum is Phoenix Floor and Wall Products, tel. 416-745-
4200,fax 416-745-4211..
ITEM #33 Reference: Section 10000, Manufactured Specialties:
2.1.8 Add two (2) additional fire-rated access doors. Location and size as shown
on Item #42 this Addendum (No. 2).
2.1.12 Sliding Security Grill
Clarification of Operation: the operation of the grill is as follows:
The length is one half of the slope shown.
In Position 1 the cafe counter is open to Lobby 151 and closed to Room
#154.
In Position 2 the cafe counter is open to Room #154 and closed to Room
#151.
2.1.11 Change Grill at Door #309 as follows:
.1 Paravent c!w emergency egress door c/w paddle device egress
hardware.
.2 Finish clear anodized aluminum.
.3 Track surtace mounted on u/s of exposed slab above.
.4 Fixed wall channels at each end.
.5 Two (2) intermediate posts with top and bottom locking and help
t
1
1
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 127 e-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
1
L.1
L1
l:
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Pape 7 of 16
protection.
ITEM #34 Reference: Section 12510, Window Blinds,:
Add 2.2 Horizontal Blinds Beneath Skylights
.1 2 required in Room 174 at roof.
.2 SP4 -Skylight System by Sun Project or equivalent by Solartective.
.3 Motorized, controlled from Desk #171.
.4 Thermoveil Shade Cloth colour and % of visible light transmittance to
later selection.
DRAWINGS
ITEM #35 Reference: Drawing No. A-001, Site Plan, dated April 26, 2001:
.1 The electrical duct bank shown is to conform to the attached Detail and
Veridian Standards and requirements.
.2 Revise brick paving, concrete sidewalks, etc. on north side of building as shown
on attached Sketch AD2-41 and AD2-44. Delete three trees and tree grates on
north face of building. Change species of remaining trees as shown.
.3 Add catchbasin at junction of storm line and sanitary street main.
.4 Revise fence and paving, etc. on west side of building. Add fence section in
front of gas meter and oil fill pipe.
.5 Revise fence, landscape, etc. on south side of building, as shown on attached
Sketch, AD2-42 and AD2-43.
.1 Add Note to pin oak; c!w tree grate.
.2 Delete steel and wood trellis, raised brick terrace and benches.
.3 Add applied wood fencing where shown.
.4 Refer to Details added to Dwg. No. A-002 by this Addenda (No. 2) for
Details of applied wood fencing -Sketch AD2-45.
.6 .1 All dewatering, side drainage, etc. during construction must be directed to
the area drain in the south east corner of the site in accordance with the
attached Silt Control Details. Notes on Silt Control:
.1 Contractor to inspect daily and reinstate straw bales and rock check
dam when necessary.
.2 Do not allow dewatering trap to overflow onto neighbouring properties.
.3 Do not allow water to overflow rock check dam.
.4 Rock check dam equal to OPSD 219.211.
.2 N.A. This is a condition of the local Conservation Authority which must be
followed as a condition of the issuance of the Building Permit.
.7 Deciduous Tree Planting
.1 Delete reference to native soil. On this site, native soil will only be found at
the bearing depths defined by the Soils Report.
.2 At all new trees provide min. 5'-0"diameter cylinder of soil mixture centred
on new tree down to native soil.
.8 .1 Water and sanitary services from the street mains to the property line are
by the Region of Durham.
.2 Electrical ductbank from pole on north side of Church Street to the building
is not part of the Base Bid Contract: It is to be shown as a separate price
added to the Base Bid. (See revised Separate Price Supplementary Bid
Form, this Addendum No. 2.)
1 Excavation and concrete ductbank by General Contractor.
.2 Conduit supplied by Division 16.
.3 Backfill and restoration of road to Municipal Standards by General
Contractor including base layer of asphalt.
4 Excavation is to be an open cut done in two sections to allow road to
remain in use.
.5 Arrange cut-permit and coordinate schedule with Municipality and
Region.
.6 Cables are installed by the Utility.
.3 Gas Service from street main to property line by Utility. Excavation and
4 Calaraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston,Onfario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 547 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
backfill by this Contract. '
4 Storm Sewer:
.1 Supply and installation from street main including new manhole is by
Division 2.
.2 Reinstatement to Municipal Standards including base coat of asphalt ,
by Division 2.
.5 New topcoat of asphalt to the street after completion of all work is by
Municipality of Clarington. '
6 Reinstatement by Division 2 includes brick pavers, concrete curbs and
gutters and sidewalks.
ITEM #36 Reference: DE 101: Change scale to 1:100. ,
ITEM #37 Reference: Drawing No. A-100, Floor Plan - ExistinglNew Building:
1 At Grid 1 between N + P:
1 Remove existing access door at grade for cable television. '
.2 Infill opening using salvaged brick.
3 Cut for new location of cable television access doors
.4 Refer also to Electrical Drawings No. 108 and E-1 t8. '
2 Add additional weeping file as shown on attached Sketch AD2-33. Note this
Sketch identifies the symbol for weeping file shown throughout Dwg. No. A-100,
which has not been labeled.
.3
Maintain integrity of existing weeping file at Grid Line E4. Splice in new '
sections as required. Connect new and existing weeping file using purpose
made fittings.
4 Revise pier sizes on Grid 2 in accordance with Structural Drawings coordinated '
with Architectural Plans on Floor above.
.5 Precast sanitary pit and storm sump pit is to be supplied and installed by
General Contractor. Coordinate with Divisions 15 and 16.
6
Add oil fill and vent pipes. Refer to Division 15, this Addendum. '
7 Add transformer oil pump out outlet. Refer to Division 15, this Addendum.
8 Add new room and door for fire pump as shown on attached Sketch AD2-33.
Doors to be 2 - 900 mm x 2150 mm, 1.5 hour rated, painted.
Hollow metal doors c/w hollow metal frame Type F4 and paint finish. '
.9 At Grid Line 1: After relocation of gas service, infill opening using salvaged
bricks. Cut out bricks as required to splice in whole bricks.
/N
ew
ITEM #38 Reference: Drawing No. A-101, Ground Floor Plan, Basement -Existing
Bu ilding:
1 At area of new slate tile, remove concrete topping down to base slab. Carefully
saw cut at edges to preserve integrity of finishes to remain. '
t
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mailQszarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613)541 0804 '
' ~Iroalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paae 9 of 16
L~
u
1
u
t- J
1
G
ITEM #39 Reference: Drawing No. A-101, Floor Plan, Ground Floor -Existing/New Building:
.1 Revise Puppet Area 169 and Children's Storage Area 169 as shown on
attached Sketch AD2-29, AD2-30 and AD2-46.
.2 Install the 2 specified colours of stone file in the pattern shown on the attached
Sketch AD2-55.
.3 Add central guard rail c/w 2 wood handrails to Stair #7 similar to rails currently
shown on this Stair.
4 At Vestibule #117 cut and patch for new electrical door openers and remote
smoke detectors services from above roof of atrium. Remove doors,
disassemble frames as required to conceal wiring. All wiring is concealed.
Alter frame to accept new electrical strikes. Refer to Dwg. No. E-109 and E-
112.
.5 Conceal wiring at Door 172 for new electronic door openers. Refer to Dwg. No.
E-109 and E-112
.6 Work Room 155: The 2 circular exposed steel columns are tc be protected
with intumescent fireproofing.
.7 Add window seat in Room 166 in accordance with attached Details AD2-31 and
AD2-32.
.8 At Lobby 1196 furr out wall adjacent to Stair #2 to accommodate relocated fire
hose cabinet in accordance with attached Sketch AD2-38.
9 Cut and patch as required to connect new WR exhaust in Room 132 to existing
in Rooms 141 and 143. Refer to Mechanical Dwg. No. M-202.
.10 In Rooms 119 and 1996: Add concrete topping to base slab as required to
install stone file flush with existing terrazzo. Use latex modified concrete.
ITEM #40 Re ference: Drawing No. A-101, Floor Plan -Ground Floor (Part 1):
.1 Detail for hardwood rail for 50 coat hooks in Play Area Room #169, see
attached Sketch AD2-46 and AD2-29.
.2 Washroom Vanities in Rooms 369 and 373 are similar to Details 2 and 3 on 603
but different lengths.
ITEM #41 Reference: Drawing No. A-101, Floor Plan -Ground Floor (Part 1) -Existing/New
Building, to A-106, Fifth Floor Plan (Mechanical Penthouse) -New Building:
.1 Firehose cabinet locations are to follow these Drawings not where shown SPO1
to SPO7.
ITEM #42 Reference: Drawing No. A-102, Floor Plan -Mezzanine Floor -New Building:
.1 Add 2 firerated access doors on Grid N between 3 and 4 to provide access to
fan coil units in ceiling of Room 156 and 157 from Room 193. Access panels to
be 800 mm x 800 mm.
.2 Change Vestibule Room #150 to Vestibule Room #15OA. This is a separate
space from Room 150 below.
ITEM #43 Reference: Drawing No. A-103, Floor Plan -Second Floor (Part 1) -Existing/New
Building:
1 Add Details of fireplace surround, etc. in Room 267. See attached Details AD2-
47 and AD2-47A.
ITEM #44 Reference: Drawing No. A-103, Floor Plan.- Second Floor (Part 1) -Existing/New
Building:
1 Copy Room 244 is similar to Details 4, 5 and 6, but different length.
ITEM #45 Reference: Drawing No. A-104, Floor Plan -Third Floor (Part 1) -Existing/New
Building:
.1 Room 374, add book shelving shown on 1 on A6O5.
ITEM #46 Reference: Drawing No. A-104, Floor Plan -Third Floor (Part 1) -Existing/New
Building:
.1 Add half walls in Rooms 331 and 330 as shown on attached Sketch AD2-13.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.wm Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
2 Add typical details at paired doors. See attached Details AD2-26, AD2-27 and '
AD2-28. This refers to the following pairs:
378 - 379 360 - 361
375 - 376 358a - 359
362 - 363 358a - 357 '
as well as single doors 374a and 364a.
ITEM #47 Reference: Drawing No. A-104: Refer to attached Drawing No. AD2-13 for location
of additional wall type "W10b". '
ITEM #48 Reference: Drawing No. A-109, Level 3, Roof Plan:
.1 The 2 counters behind reception 335 in Room 372 are similar to Details 2 - 9 '
an 604 but different lengths.
.2 The counter for building clerk 331 is similar to Details 2 - 9 on 604 but different
length.
ITEM #49
Reference: Drawing No. A-106, Fifth Floor Plan (Mechanical Penthouse) -New ,
Building:
.1 The abbreviation SL refers to Steel Ladder. Refer to Drawings No. 314 for
details. '
ITEM #50 Reference: Drawing No. A-107, Floor Plan -Basement and Ground Floor (Part 2) -
Existing Building:
.1 Add half walls between Rooms 107 and 108 and 107 and 108a in accordance '
with W10-B.
ITEM #51 Reference: Drawing No. A-109, Roof Plan: '
1 Revise at Grid N between 1 + 2 as shown.
.2 Add additional roof drain. Revise sloped insulation as shown.
.3 Rework existing concrete topping north and south of new line corridor (between
L + M) to retain positive drainage (min. 2% slope) to existing roof drains. '
.4 Re-roof using hot asphalt as required.
.5 Add cricket on to side of new louvered penthouse. Cricket made from pressure
treated wood blocking and prefinished metal.
ITEM #52 Reference: Drawings No. A-152/A156, Reflected Ceiling Plans:
.1 Revise 8 on 152 and 14 on 152 as shown on attached Sketch AD2-30.
.2 Add anodized aluminum canopy soffits as shown on attached Sketches, AD2- '
30.
3 Add new Detail 4 on 156 and 15a 156.
4 Revise ceilings in Rooms 173 in accordance with attached Sketches, AD2-30. '
ITEM #53 Reference: Drawing No. A-154, Reflected Ceiling Plan -Third Floor (Part 1):
.1 Add motorized sun control shades below the 2 skylights. Type is added to
Specification by this Addendum, Item #34. '
ITEM #54 Reference: Drawing No. A-155, Reflected Ceiling Plan -Fourth Floor (Part 1):
1 On exterior soffits change anodized aluminum to prefinished metal. Direction of
seams in prefinished metal to match pattern shown including mitering of '
corners.
ITEM #55 Reference: Drawing No. A-157, Reflected Ceiling Plan -Existing Basement and '
Ground (Part 2):
.1 Cut and patch in Basement 0056, 005A, 006 and 006A as required to install
new structural supports for high density storage above.
2 Enclose all new steel in painted gypsumboard fireproofing c/w coved rubber '
base.
ITEM #56 Reference: Drawing No. A-2001A201, North Elevation, South ElevationlVllest '
Elevation, Window Schedule:
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613)541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 D804 '
' ~rloalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paoe 11 of 16
1 Add Medium Bronze anodized exhaust louvers where shown on attached
' Sketches, AD2-11 and AD2-12.
2 Louvers are to be supplied and installed by Division 8. Size to suit mullion
spacing. Blank off any portions of louvers not required by Mechanical.
3 South Elevation Plan A-200: For window Type 12A change two (2) shade
blinds to motorized shade blinds. Controls are collated at Service Desk, Room
171. Refer to AD2-11.
.4 Add Ventron Ventilation Unit to W13:
' .5 1 on 200: Add Detail at Level 3 roof level as shown on attached Sketch, AD2-
49, 50, 51 and 52.
.6 Clarify sandblasted glass locations: Refer to AD2-11 and AD2-12.
7 Hot dip galvanized ladder, refer to Details on Drawing No. A-314.
6 Delete steel cornice as shown on attached Sketch, AD2-34. Revise prefinished
metal cap flashing where cornice is deleted.
9 On South Elevation: Roof overhang at Fourth Floor to be extended to the East
to the control joint just West of Grid Line 2.
.10 All louvers in Penthouse to be painted to match metal siding colour.
.11 Change anodized aluminum overhang to prefinished metal overhang.
Canopies at Rooms 150A and 162a and 164a only remain as anodized
aluminum.
.12 Windows #W11a, W11b and W11c revised as shown on attached Sketch AD2-
'
.13 50.
Detail 4 on 201: The profiles shown are custom cap sections on window
framing so that exterior profile matches the profile of curtainwall.
.14 Windows #W7, W8, W6a and W6b: The spandrel panels have aluminum back
' panels as these are exposed to view inside.
ITEM #57 Reference: Drawing No. A-210, Building Sections:
.1
.2 Add new references and associated Details as shown on AD2-5.
3 on 210: Screen W22 and W23 have anodized aluminum back panels at the
spandrel panels as these are exposed finishes in the adjacent rooms.
ITEM #58 Reference: Drawing No. A-211, Building Sections:
' .1 Deleted Intumescent paint at the roof (skylight) level. Intumescent paint is still
required at Level 1 and 2 below.
.2 Add Penthouse Details and Reference Details to this sheet, see attached Detail
' AD2-6.
.3 Steel cornice is deleted from this Section at Grid 11 only.
.4 Hardwood Panel A272 is widened to match Panel on floor below typical all
openings on Level 2. Walls between openings to be furred out in drywall to
' suit.
ITEM #59 Reference: Drawing No. A-212, Building Sections:
1 Add attached Section Detail at louvers. Louvers to be painted to match
aluminum window sections.
2 Add control joints to match pattern on exterior elevations.
' .3 Add Detail references and Details at 340 and 261, AD2-7.
4 Delete intumescent paint at roof level only at exposed steel.
.5 Room 150: Change polished plaster to stucco finish.
ITEM #60 Reference: Drawing No. A-213, Building Sections:
.1 Scrape, repair and repaint existing wood cornice and brackets where exposed
to view in finished construction.
.2 Remove caulking from existing control joints, clean install new foam rope and
' caulking.
.3 Vestibule 150: Change "polished plaster' to "stucco finish".
.4 Add new centre rail to Stair #7 at Library Entrance 153.
' .5 Delete intumescent steel fireproofing at roof level.
.6 Add Detail References and Details attached Detail AD2-t3.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 D804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 12 of ~ '
.7 Add continuous stone band in the Atrium Room and where exposed brick ,
occurs in Room 273 174 just above second floor level at same location as
exterior stone band at this location.
ITEM #61 Reference: Drawing No. A-214, Building Sections: '
.1 Add Note: Raised Computer floor to Rooms 426 and 425.
2 Add new Reference #'s and Detail AD2-g.
4 Cataraqui Streel Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Faz: (613)541 0804
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1 hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Paae 13 of 16
' ITEM #62 Refer to the attached reduced Drawings: Drawings No.AD2-1 through AD2-10 (10
total) for updated Detail reference bubbles.
ITEM #63 Refer to the attached Sketches: Drawings No. AD2-14 through AD2.25 (11 total)
for additional Section Details.
ITEM #64 Reference: Drawing No. 700: Revise throat dimension to131 mm on the following
' doors: Door 358 and 358a, Door 357, Door 359, 364, 374a.
ITEM #65 Reference: Drawing No. A-200/A-201, North Elevation, South ElevationlWest
Elevation Window Schedule: Refer to attached reduced Drawings A-200 and A-
201. AD2-11 and AD2-12 revisions as follows:
' 1 Drawing Legend revised.
.2 Aluminum anodized louvers added per AD2-11. Also refer to Mechanical.
' .3 Window W12a -Revise shade blind 'SB' to motorized shade blind "MSB".
ITEM #66 Reference: Drawing No. A-300, Wall Section Details:
.1 The shelf angle shown is continuous around the entire building including inside
the building in Atrium area where brick and stone are exposed finishes: Refer
' to this Addendum (No. 2), Structural Section for the size and Details.
.2 Notch bottom of stone units to fit around shelf angle so that the joint is same
width as the typical mortarjoints (10 mm).
.3 Joint below shelf angle to be similar to vertical control joints specified control
joint filler and sealant.
.4 Revise stone anchors to the following:
1 Each stone unit to have 1 horizontal dowel at each end connecting stone to
' adjacent units. Dowels to be 9 mm diameter by 100 mm long, Type 316
stainless steel.
.2 Each stone unit to have two (2) pureled cramp anchors (lwo (2) above and
two (2) below). Anchors to be 4 mm thick by 25 mm wide x length to suit c!w 6
mm pin, 100 mm long, Type 316 stainless steel.
Detail 5 on Dwg. No. 300: Start with cut block at floor slab so that block coursing
aligns with brick coursing. Typical all floor levels.
' Detail 5 on Dwg. No. 300: Change "Anodized Aluminum" to "Prefinished Steel".
Detail A on Dwg. No. 300: The steel plates connection the angle at the block back
up to exposed steel cornice is 13 mm x 74 mm x 325 mm. This plate is
continuously welded to the angles. It is bolted to the vertical element of the cornice
with countersunk machine screws.
ITEM #67 Reference: Drawing No. A-301, Wall Section Details:
' Detail 14 and 15 on Dwg. No. 301:
.1 Aluminum Threshold is supplied and installed by Division 08520, Aluminum
Windows and Curtainwall.
' 2 The type and details are added to that Section by this Addendum (No. 2).
Detail 4 and 5:
.1 Add Note: Steel Cornice Refer to A on 300 (including modification of this
' by this Addendum (No. 2) for details.
ITEM #68 Reference: Drawing No. 302, Wall Section Details:
.1 1 on A-302, Steel Cornice is deleted in this location by this Addendum (No. 2).
See AD2-34.
.2 Detail 7 on Dwg. Nc. 302: Cut top brick and add sloped wood blocking below
sill as required to achieve min. 2% slope. Typical all window sill locations.
' .3 Detail 6 on Dwg. No. 302: Change "Foam Rope and Sealant" at floor slab
Curtainwall junction to "Firestopping, typical "./
.4 Detail 5 on Dwg. No. 302: Add to Note: on Steel Post Intumescent fireproofing
plus paint topcoat.
S
i
D
ITEM #69 Reference: Drawing No. A-303, Wall
ect
on
etails:
1
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613j 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
1 Detail 1 on Dwg. No. 303: Delete Intumescent fireproofing to exposed steel at
roof level.
N.B. It is still required at the ceiling level of Roam 261.
.2 Detail 6 on Dwg. No. 303: The steel beams and angles and the metal deck
support the floor slab of Corridor 261 require 1-hour fire protection. Change the
plywood shown on this Detail to 2 layers Type X, 16 mm dens gold. Extend fire
protection vertically up the face of the beams behind the curtainwall.
ITEM #70 Reference: Drawing No. A-304, Wall Section Details:
.1 Detail 1 on Dwg. No. 304: Delete Intumescent Fireproofing to Steel at the roof
2 on 303.
.2 At Exterior: Change plywood sheeting to 2 layers, 518", type X Dens Gold to
provide 1-hour fire protection to steel deck on steel beams. Refer also to Item
#69 this Addendum (No. 2).
ITEM #71 Reference: Drawing No. A-310, Penthouse Section Details:
Reference 4: Change overhang width from 780 to 1200.
Reference 2 and .2: Change width of overhang from 780 to 1200.
Reference 13: Change width of overhang to 1200 from 856.
Soffit of all overhangs: The seams in the siding are to run parallel to the adjacent
building face.
ITEM #72 Reference: Drawing No. A-311, Section Details:
Reference 4, Curb and Skylight: Revise to Insulated Curb supplied by skylight
supplier.
Reference 5: Notch stone around steel shelf angle. Shelf angle is painted.
Reference 6, Prefinished Aluminum Flashing is 2 mm brake form aluminum sill,
same construction on exterior sills.
ITEM #73 Reference: Drawing No. A-313, Section Details:
Reference 11: Add stone file to floor and stone file base. Increase size of wood
blocking behind wood paneling to retain same revised base condition as shown on
the Detail
Reference 8: Change rain hood to stainless steel supplied by Section 10000 with
book drop.
ITEM #74 Reference: Drawing No. A-314, Section Details:
Reference 2: At base of louver. Install 2 mm aluminum sill.
Reference 8: Round steel column has Intumescent Fireproofing.
Reference 17: Cut back existing concrete by ±25 mm finish level with adjacent
finishes with latex modified concrete.
ITEM #75 Reference: Drawing No. A-320, Ground Floor Plan Details:
.1 Details 6 on 320, 3 on 320, 12 on 320: Steel Column is 102 x 102 x 8
connected to floor slab and underside of floor slab above. It is to be supplied
and installed by Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metals.
2 Detail 6 on 320: Add Intumescent fireproofing to circular steel columns.
.3 Detail 2 on 320: This Detail is revised per AD2-29, this Addendum (No. 2).
.4 Detail 7 on 320: Extend furred area at RWL up the page to the joint of the
window.
ITEM #76 Reference: Drawing No. A-321, Ground Floor/Mezzanine Floor Plan Details:
.1 Plan Details 2, 3 and 4 on 321: Change "Concrete Block" to "Poured
Concrete".
2 Detail 6 on 321: Exterior Wall Notes: Add "Air Barrier Membrane" below
pressure treated plywood.
3 Detail 8 on 321: Change "Vapour Barrier" to "Air Barrier Membrane ".
4 Detail 12 on 321, 13 on 321 and 14 on 321:
.1 Steel Column is 102 mm x 102 mm x 8 mm HSS connected to floor slab
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
~~
~J
CJ
hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 15 of 16
' above and below, supplied and installed by Section 05500.
2 Add Steel Column, same as above, at Corner P and E4.
.5 Detail 11 on 321, 6 on 321: Change width of wood panel at Cafe 152 jam and
head to 795. Adjust drywall furring to suit width wood panel. The wood panels
' are to be the same width as the wood panels at typical ground floor openings.
That is the same as shown on Detail 14 on 320.
ITEM #77 Reference: Drawing No. A-322, Second/Third Floor Plan Details:
.1 Detail 4 on 322: Change width of wood panel at jamb and need to 795. Adjust
drywall furring to suit. See Notes on Item #321 above.
2 Detail 5 on 322: Steel Column is 102 x 102 x 8 mm HSS fastened to slab
' above and below. Supplied and installed by Section 05500.
.3 Detail 13 on 322: Extend furring at RWL west to face of adjacent window.
ITEM #78 Reference: Drawing No. A-324, Fourth/Fifth Floor Plan Details:
1 Detail 9 on A-324: Where existing wall is removed at new opening, cut
concrete min. 50 mm below these finish elevations. Fill with latex modified
concrete to provide new finish. Paint.
' ITEM #79 Reference: Drawing No. A-401, Stair No. 4 Plans, Sections and Details:
1 Detail 8 on 401: Change "12 mm Laminated Glass" to "12 mm Tempered
' Glass°.
.2 Detail 5 on 401: Change "Granet" to "Granite, flamed finish" supplied by
Section 04420 and installed by Section 0933D.
ITEM #80 Reference: Drawing No. A-402, Stair Details, Guard and Guard Details:
.1 9 on 402: Guard Type B and C add hardwood cap to profile shown. See
attached Sketch AD2-48..
' .2 8 on 402: Waterproof Membrane is continuous to provide waterproof elevator
pit. This eliminates the need for a drain and an oil interceptor.
.3 13 on 403: Slab below dock level in 356 below the main floor slab level to allow
deck of leveler to be flush with floor at lowered position. See Drawing No. A-
' 213, Building Sections.
.4 Detail 9 on 403: Add centre coil consisting of centre flat bar guard with
attached hardwood handrails on end deck of bar (2 total) following typical railing
details for Stair #4. Refer to A-401.
ITEM #81 Reference: Drawing No. A-502, Interior Elevations -Third Floor/Plan Details:
.1 Detail 4 on 502, 5 on 502, 9 on 502:
' .1 The pertorated metal panels are supplied and installed by Section 05502.
.1 Detail 6 on 502, 7 on 502 and 8 on 502:
.1 Change "Fire Shutter" to "Security Grill".
.2 Change "Stainless Steel" to "Clear Anodized Aluminum".
' .3 The existing fire shutter and guides are to be removed and turned over to
the Owner.
ITEM #82 Reference: Drawing No. A-503/A-504, Interior Elevations -Third Floor:
.1 Detail 1 on 503: The 1070 dimension is changed to 1300 typically. The
1430 dimension is changed to 1200 typically. This is typical of all glazed
screens on Levels 3 and 4.
' 2 Detail 4 on 504: Delete Millwork items shown.
ITEM #83 Reference: Drawing No. A-505, Interior Elevations, Ground Floor Level, Mezzanine
' Level:
1 Detail 3 on 505: The wood veneer panel on the right side of this drawing is
increased in width to the same width as the panel and the ceiling in this
location.
' ITEM #84 Reference: Drawing No. A-506, Interior Washroom Elevations, Ground Floor and
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Pa a 16 of
cts Ltd
hit
k A
b '
Shoalts and Za .
rc
e
ac
Mezzanine Floor:
.1 Washrooms 184 and 183: Mosaic Ceramic Tile is full height on all walls of '
these washrooms.
ITEM #85 Reference: Drawing No. A-601, Millwork Details -Work Room, Puppet Stage - '
Misc. Details, Plans, Sections and Details:
1 Detail 11 on 601: The Plan of the Puppet Area is revised in accordance with
Item #40 of this Addendum (No. 2).
2 Detail 8 on 601: Change plan dimensions from 82, 400, 82 to 50, 464, 50. ,
ITEM #86 Reference: Drawing No. A-605, Millwork Details:
Reference 5: Change height of sandblasting from 200 to 150. '
ITEM #87 Reference: Drawing No. A-606:
1 Detail 5 and 6 on 606: Wood Privacy Screen changed to Plam on plywood.
Finish edge of plywood with Plam. All hardwood shown here is Plam finish. '
ITEM #88 Reference: Drawing No. A-607, Millwork, Shared Public Service Desk, Misc.
Millwork Items, Plans, Sections and Details: '
.1 Details 2 and 3 on 607: Change hardwood veneer paneling to Plam on
plywood on wood framing.
ITEM #89 Reference: Drawing No. A-700, Door Schedule/Door Types/Frame Types: '
.1 Add new Door 170a, same as Door 170.
ITEM #90 Reference: Drawing No. A-701, Frame Elevations/Glazed Screen Elevations: '
.1 Frame Type F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F26, F25, F24,
F27, F28, F29 and F30: Change 1070 to 1300. Adjust other dimensions to
suit.
.2 Glazed Screen 189.1 and 189.2: Revise, see attached Sketch AD2-53. '
ITEM #91 Reference: Drawing A-002: Change all references to hot dip anodized steel
painted to weathering steel as specified by Section 05501 (this Addendum No. 2). t
ITEM #92 Reference: Structural Sketches and Details:
1 Add the attached Sketches and Details to the Tender Documents:
SA1-1 Foundation Wall Detail
SA1-2 Joist Schedule
SA2-1 Foundation Schedule
SA2-2 Column Schedule '
SA2-3 Column Schedule
END OF ADDENDUM '
4 Cata2qui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804 '
Clarington Public Library/ List of Subcontractors Section 00910
Municipal. Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
t 1.1 General
1
1
1.2 List of
Subcontractors
Demolition
Masonry
Structural Steel
Shoring
1 Document 00930, List of Subcontractors Appendix
shall form an integral part of the Bid Form.
.2 Bidder shall make an entry against each
possible subcontractor or by stating "own
forces" (meaning under the direct employ of
contractor). Please add to list all other
subcontractors as required.
.3 Upon request by Owner, submit qualification
forms for listed subcontzactors.
4 Once accepted, the listing must not be changed
unless agreed upon in writing by the Owner.
5 All work of the trades listed below must be
carried out by a sub-contractor who must be
listed below. The trades listed below may not
be done by the contractor's own forces.
6 The Bidder declares that it has ascertained to
its complete satisfaction that the
subcontractors listed are fully acquainted with
the extent and nature of the Work involvedand
of the proposed construction schedule.
7 The Owner reserves the right to accept or
reject any proposed sub-contractors in
accordance with the procedures set out in G.C.
3.8.3 and 3.8.9 (CCDC#2).
Excavating and Backfilling
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Forming
Concrete Supply
Concrete Finishing
Foundation Drainage
Cut Stone Supply
~~,`~ ' Ornamental Metal
Clarington Public Library/ List of Subcontractors Section 0041 ,
Municipal Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
entr
h C '
y
arp
Rovg
Finish Carpentry
tural Woodwork
hit
,
ec
Arc
Roofing
l Sidin
t '
g
ee
S
Wood Doors - Supply
Aluminum Windows ,
Gypsum Board
Tile Systems '
Carpet
Painting '
Elevators
Plumbing '
sprinklers
HVAC '
Electrical
1.3 Signature of '
Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
,
name of Bidder '
(apply seal above signature) t
signature
in
i ,
g
gn
name and title of person s
witness signature '
name and title of person signing '
Date: This day of , 2001.
1
1
' ~arington Public Library/
Municipal Office Expansion
' 0006
' 1. UNIT PRICES
Unit Prices Section 00410
Supplementary Bid Form Page 1
Appendix S2 April 2001
ADDENDUM NO. 2
' In submitting this bid, we agree that additional costs will be paid at
the following rates:
Units Extra Credit
Mass Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth $/m'
' Trench Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth $/m'
Trench Backfill
' Earth
Granular
Granular
' Building Backf
Granular
.Granular
$/m'
"A" (pipe bedding) $/m'
•• B" $ /m'
ill
..A.. S /m3
' Clear Stone $/m'
Formwork $/mZ
Reinforcing Steel $/K
g
Earth Fill ~
$/m
' Granular `A' Fill (compacted) $/m3
Granular `B' Fill (compacted) $/m3
Asphalt Paving $/m3
' Standard concrete (with forms) $/m3
Sod and top soil $/m2
Brick pavers and granular $/mZ
Carpet $/mZ
Painting of Gypsumboard:
- Walls $/mZ
' - Ceilings $/mZ
' NB. 1. Credits must be a minimum of 85$ of extras.
2. All unit costs include overhead and profit.
3. We shall supply whatever additional articles, materials, or
' equipment that may be necessary and perform any additional work
that may be required at the unit prices or adju sted unit prices
(set out above) in strict conformity with all terms and
'
9. requirements of this contract.
We agree that deductions from the said contract
shall be made at
the unit price or adjusted unit prices (set out above) in strict
conformity with all terms and requirements of this contract.
Section 00410^_
Clarington Public Library/ Unit Prices pa e 2
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form April 2001
0006 Appendix 52
ADDENDUM NO. 2
2. SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED fox and on behalf of:
name of Bidder
(apply seal above signature)
signature
name and title of person signing
witness signature
name and title of person signing
da of 2001.
Date: This Y
' +~
' arington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 1
' 0006 Appendix 53 - April 2001
ADDENDUM NO. 2
' 1.1 Separate Prices .1 The following is the list of Separate Prices
. which are an integral part of the Bid Form:
' .1 All separate prices are added to or
subtracted from the base bid. They do
not include the G. S..T.
' .2 All separate prices include all other
applicable taxes and Contractor's
overhead and profit.
~ .3 Separate items may or may not form part
_ of the contract award. Owner reserves
. ' the right to reject any or all,
whichever is in their best interest.
' Separate Price # 1 Delete Mineral Wool Insulation and associated air
' barrier on all exterior masonry cavity walls.
Substitute Spray Foam Insulation/Air Barrier System
as specified in Section 07210. Division 4 is to
prepare masonry back up wall to requirements of
Section 07210.
''
I
~ Delete dollars
I ($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
,
Separate Price # 2 Delete all work of Section 12510, that is, delete
I the supply and installation of the black-out blinds
~ , and sun control blinds.
The electrical connections shown by Division 16 for
the motorized blinds remain in the Stipulated Sum.
Delete dollars
' ($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
' Separate Price # 3 The underfloor heating system, Room 169, as shown
~~ on Drawing E9 and the Division 16 Specification is
not part of the Base Bid.
' ' To add this system to the Contract, add
dollars
($ ) to the Stipulated Sum.
Included in this, additional price is the following
~'~,' general contractor's work:
' .l Coordination and layout
~ .2 A 50 mm topping to the slab in this area.
The main slab is depressed by 50 mm
''~, , .3 50 mm rigid SM below the slab in this area.
~:. Separate Price # 9 The installation of the underground electrical
1 ductbank included excavation, road cut
reinstatement from the source pole to the property
line as shown on E-100 is not part of the Base Bid.
L'' To add this work to the Base Bid, add
dollars
($ ) to the Base Bid. N.S. The
installation o£ the ductbank from the property line to
I' ' the transformer on the roof is part of the Base Bid.
0
Clarington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 0041
pa e 2
9
Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form April 2001
0006
Appendix S3 t
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Separate Price # 5 Delete the alterations to the Customer Service
k is
d
Desk, Room 116 Reception and es
Lobby. (This
shown in all of the details o
n Drawing A605 except '
1, 2 and 3 on A605. (Note Dr awing A605 was issued
in Addendum No. 1.) dollars
Delete
($ ) from
the Stipulated Sum. ,
Separate Price # 6 To use Alternate Brick #1 instead of Base Bidollars '
brick. Add
($ ) to the Stipulated Sum.
(N.B. Alternate Brick is defined by this Addendum '
No. 2.)
1 2 Signature of Bidder ,
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of: '
name of Bidder
(apply seal above signature) ,
signature
name and title of person signing '
witness signature '
name and title of person signing
da of 2001.
Date: This Y
~I
1
l
1
I�
1
1
—
Mai
t'
6RA
II
/
■� � f I
�C ■ , -
■
I'll Cc <. J � I•��W��.Wr���r,�� °: -
_ � �hnunnn�\�crrrrnum:.
1 MIN
��\�M 111, �7� JA•_
O
(-d
ro,9r� :mrorJ
M rMe/Y %Qwn9(m
.roper. Slrvsf
Mu kV✓/RY al Gdvifl/m
�bv Mwi
em sffl� : a ; <mfa
y
Nun�plmeL� mtl
gipb O //rc Erymsrcn
Munk ®gIIY o/ ww
�xar�mCSfeefw
Nunk®Mify of Clwmglm
IN 3.
!!!! ILEA i ii ■ ■.■r■ i�E _ �� . 1�1 �■ ���1��
MAIN
Inn
lam
■
9
I
�v
U., I
c> —
50] 1er Pwm
a.r-
I
Smlar
}wg m
oiea °'
IGIA 101
Tj
wpnaow- [i °.are
s —, ne 2ueeox
gy�ry_[nyN.�rin° m
l9 tl: �w xr..m
w.w rmrorr owe
�Kww;ir er awm °ra,
eu., S—.,
1
� —
M1
_
io e°nein\t
-1
i
V�
J
� �
U., I
c> —
50] 1er Pwm
a.r-
I
Smlar
}wg m
oiea °'
IGIA 101
Tj
wpnaow- [i °.are
s —, ne 2ueeox
gy�ry_[nyN.�rin° m
l9 tl: �w xr..m
w.w rmrorr owe
�Kww;ir er awm °ra,
eu., S—.,
6d y >>
wa
Carr. Stom9e
d22 626
Senior Planner I I Carr.
34, 343
Are.
I II Imo-
Computer R.onn Carr.
432 420
Men'aIW.QI \A 311ry�e Print
3526
Q
Me ing
aun A. iconB
L"�
nii
a
V3
ad RC dIp n
IXw L/ ~ 1!K Arwy me
a /E�ymaien
164
u�.amw /rr �/ owu�yro,
�-
axe:,y Arlan,
mon
nod Space
Corr. 5eni r planner i ^"m'
3dC 36] �i
II
/
Me ing
aun A. iconB
L"�
nii
a
V3
ad RC dIp n
IXw L/ ~ 1!K Arwy me
a /E�ymaien
164
IXw L/ ~ 1!K Arwy me
a /E�ymaien
y�Wnia'pd�fYr
Munreg�dlfY u/ SVwiee %w
u�.amw /rr �/ owu�yro,
�-
axe:,y Arlan,
386m COFieor
ID xueuu m.,a
i i E�lel Sla�
273
1
Llbmry
Lobby
153
fii 151
—_— _ osl aor
s
T.
� le9en0'
tiew nwm fm GMwy me
Vealibule � �'�� SNkn Fq'°„r°,
150
°A Krowttr ar aon,mr..,
e�awq rno,:
I
I
I
I
�
I
I
q ®}I
q
T
I�I. �1ILSE
3.iN i
III
I
I
I
I
�
I
I
liel Building
Library
Entrance
153
Exam
3�6
I
I
I
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
Nv Lplmn Im rcr and
� M S(rkr �Frpm xim
xxnmiQr
Municpe/ //Y o/ C /gin9(cn
�Ydmfl M� �
n
�°.r
_w
+•un w. ew.
�
I
J.
1•L
rr
_
I lit
602 e
5 -
Llbrory
admin,
406
CornEar
410
Janlfor
415
InfarmOfon anU
Technology trmnin
12
417
Sloroge
636
I Campuler
Lab Area
Wark floo�
43l
nv
GIS A f
A2B y I •w�
w ew
625
n
reen•aa
i
1 Idl edor Publ CarrlO�
'.
^�•
W rNS }40
I
7'
✓Ax
m
369'
l
0
"h>al
___
.nl
___—
y A req
x°.°
W rk ROOm
6
..•
2J3
{
p
iv .m
-
M°w
ReaUing Areal
"O
1nm
195 1
I
.ux
I
I
Grcolclio.. peck
ew
I
1)3
iT-
1
1
Beek
m
a
tl
/L �
vI�nfc—.fi
2
�!
r°•O'
°nol
123
Ca0 rr ltlor
Storage R
s�
m n°♦s°u`ny/'
1 I
04
046
I
I
/ rvronmysm
wtQ
MMu
aw
J
�
/ �� \
\
/
\
I
I
I
a-
un
/ v
i
\
i
•nnsx
Mun crpg4Yr o/ OvN9lun
r�♦
e
mmnem W.
zrs
rm�Mw
rym
_
i
�eNg Secfrcns
_
I}
u EZ I A—
No 6
R, m
N—o"
I, No
=d
'—I— —d
"I' . -10 11.
2
,d
Nol
..N
�Vil
No 7 S�.fi-
tvl-",T
1— MAL
-N-
H
E
9 1
N.1-
WTT LLLLLL
3
5ectill
Throu h S1.1r. �..7d No 8
Axl�_
41a
12,a�_
"
—ME
stail No. 5 s"Non
=d
'—I— —d
"I' . -10 11.
111 ®iiE•_���_..._._
all M1
i
1@1
S.— uu
AMgg+�Ryny wy.,i��i�uecec
O
I
0 E F
1
't ■I
: f /Cb 9Iw
®4Px..aa
c�-,
S.— uu
AMgg+�Ryny wy.,i��i�uecec
O
I
0 E F
W yTi •n
RAI
nr w w Nex m fon
1
't ■I
: f /Cb 9Iw
®4Px..aa
�0
Owm.mr
Nu ,ie�d�o /pvM9fm
W yTi •n
RAI
nr w w Nex m fon
JEDR
Om
1
Oam mn ®uw
: f /Cb 9Iw
®4Px..aa
Owm.mr
Nu ,ie�d�o /pvM9fm
�sl EIeS[^mi
dox etlule
JEDR
Om
1
w C/arington
aaLlan
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario
Client
Municipality of C/arington
Drawing
Addendum #2
A 104 -Knee Walls Added
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Sufte 208, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: azarchOkos.net tel(813)541-0776 faX(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
/.R. I Moy 24, 2001
File Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A 104
Cllent Protect # ~ Drawing Number
Revlalon ~ ~,q D2 - ~ 3
L
Mechanical Rm.
MECHANICAL DUCT SHAFT,
SOZ REFER TO MECHANICAL DWG.
62mm CONC. SLAB
38mm STRUSTURAL STEEL DECK
ON STRUCTURAL STEEL O. W.S.J. MECHANICAL DUCT C/W
REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. FIRE DAMPER. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS
FIRE STOP MATERIAL BETWEEN SLAB
100x100 REINFORCED CONC. CURB AND DUCT. CARRY ROC
REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. THE TOP 0
PRESSURE
62mm CONC. SLAB
38mm STRUCTURAL STEEL DECK 100 AS REQUIRI
FOR PARAF
ON STRUCTURAL STEEL O.W.S,J. ~
REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. PRE-FINISH
°o
29
30
STEEL CHAT
. POST TO P
-
- Top of 5th Floor Slob PARAPET. f
~ 152mm STF
®400mm
13mm PRE;
102mmx102mm STEEL BOTH SIDE'.
PERIMETER ANGLE. REFER
TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ~ BATT INSUL
2 LAYERS 16mm TYPE 'X'
GYPSUM BOARD
METAL FRAMING TO u/s OF
NOTE: CARRY WALL TO U/S PRE-FNISH
75mm EXTI
STEEL STRUCTURE (1 Hr. OF STEEL DECK. FILL GAPS
W/ COMPRESSABLE FIRE STOP
CONTINUOU'
FIRE RATING) MATERIAL TO MAINTAIN iHr.FRR. 13mm PRE;
152mm STF
® 400mm
16mm TYPE 'X' GYPSU BD. PRE-FINISH
'H' METAL SHAFT WALL c/W ROOF MEME
Store 418 GATT INSULATION 13mm PT.
g 19mm GYPSUM SHAFT LINER 75mm SEM
38X75 PT.
® 400mm
1 $@CtlOn ~@tal~ ~ AIR/VAPOU
311 1:10 E4 NEW CANT
PROVIDE NI
. ON 75mm
~ NEW E (STING SLAB. AS f
REMOVE EXISTING WOOD CONSTRUCTION CO TRUCTION CONSTRUCT
EAVE TO ALLOW FOR NEW
CONSTRUCTION ~ PRE-FINISHED
ROOF TYPE 2 EXPANSION JC
FLASHING
(INVERTED) ~ ~_I
ton
Street
y of Clarington
'endum 2
tion De ail 1 on A311
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Stroet, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: szarch6kos.net tel(613)G41-0776 faz(61~641-0804
Drawn by Data
S CrosWe// I tiloy 1$ 2001
Flle Name I Supersedes I Superseded 8y
0006-A311
Redsfon , ,q D2 ~ 4
REMOVE EXISTING WOOD
EAVE TO ALLOW FOR NEW
CONSTRUCTION
II (IV Iv
LAW \IA I
]STING SLAB. AS F
iRUCTION CONSTRUCT
PRE - FINISHED
EXPANSION JOI
FLASHING
PROVIDE NEW
ON NEW ROOF
ON EXISTING C
AS REQUIRED I
CONSTRUCTION
�
� D
FLEXIBLE VAPO
FILL VOID W/ C
BATT INSULATI(
v
\
55mm EXPASIC
II
\\
GYPSUM BOARD
ICI
PROVIDE METAL
I13mm
ON SUSPENDED
METAL
\ I I
I
TO SUIT. FASTEN
STUD FRAMING
TO SUIT
\ III
SIDE ONLY.
\
of =l
\ICI
'H uo
Z /io a0 uoiPaS
°
1
V runpuappV
`
O
u
a 6uIMO�
-
190
I
•1) }o /ji/odioiunpy
o
1
uau�
.
111oJu0 s /pAlJDW 0g
Corr. 384
I
EXISTING GYPSUM BD. CEILING
311aduia
1 OP'
U011030-1 P'
-
I I
NEW 13mm GYPSUM BD.
'�� MaN�d
T
o
2
ON 92mm STEEL STUDS
2 Section
2 "
D @tall
°
NEW GLAZED SPANDREL PANEL
IN EXISTING WINDOW FRAME
'
...
.., I I NEW 13mm GYPSUM BD.
- D N I .ON 92mm STEEL STUDS
~ 0 25 _ __. __.- .. I I
'
$@CtIOF1 Detail ~ •" ° __ ._ _
I I
I NEW GLAZED SPANDREL
IN EXISTNG WINDOW FRA
1:10
t 1 E4
NEW Exl snNc
^ coNsTRUCnoN coNSrRUCnoN
<- _ s,•T 3
~ ~ "~
`
1
~
_
~ ExlsnNc coNsTRUCnoN
REMOVE EXISTING BRICK ~ `~~`~;rv~ TO REMAIN
AS REQUIRED DUE TO -` ~-
NEW CONCRETE STRUCTURE ~ ~~ ~_=r ,-
'
NEW CONCRETE SLAB, '
REFER TO STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS. ~ '` .. -
_ ~,~ ~, w
4 =_ To of 21.73
3rd Floor SIa6
o
0 D .. ~ . ~ D I ~ n D
~
- ~ ~'- -~ ~,~- .
:.;~.._ =~.
-
~~ ~ _ ..„ate ~~~.
' ~ ~ . t~ ~~
~
'
D o
~ ~
<_~
~
. ~,
~ ~ ~ ~. ~ ~ _ ~ rk ~~ ~t ~t,~ ~
~
Q.
~ ~ D
o
~
~
~ ~ a-
w ~
~x ~-z
~°-
~~
EXPANSION JOINT
'~
p.~ ~ ~ 4 D b =~
'~
POT LIGHT
~ _
- ~
~ _~
*€ ~~ `~
REFER TO ELECTRICAL.
~,{
- z~
x fig=
' g
~
X ~~
~
~~
ExlsnNC coNSTRUCnoN
~ ~
~ TO REMAIN
o ~ '
~ ~
~
13mm GYPSUM BOARD ~ ~~`~
ON SUSPENDED METAL ° ` p +~„
' STUD FRAMING TO SHAFT o r ;
a ~ r
m
East Stacks :mow
- L EXISTING CEILING
TO REMAIN
Z
273 - EXISl1NG WINDOW
_ - TO REMAIN
~~ - -
1:10
pro Mel
L
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Catarapui Street, Sulte 206, Kingaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-maA: azarch6kos.net tel(613)641-0776 faz(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
/.R./S. C. I A/oy 18, 2001
File Name Superoedea
Superoeded By
0006-A311 I
I
Client Protect /I Drawing Number
P
c
~/ ReVtaton ~ I q 02 - ~ 6
~O
~
I ,
Location
40 Temperonce Street
BoWmonville, Ontorio
~liyunicipa/ity of C/arington
OraWing
Addendum ##2
Section De~Oil 3 on A311
r
1
Wall Types:
EXTERIOR WALL TYPE °E2"
90mm BRICK VENEER
35mm AIR SPACE
75mm SEMI-RIGID INSULATION
CONTINUOUS AIR VAPOR BARRIER
190mm STRUC RAL CONCRETE WALL
Legend:
_..- 1 HOUR FIRE SEPARATION. FIRE STOP
ALL PENETRATIONS
EXTERIOR WALL TYPE "E3a"
90mm BRICK VENEER
35mm AIR SPACE
75mm SEMI-RIGID INSULATION
CONTINUOUS AIR VAPOR BARRIER
140mm CONCRE BLOCK
41mm STEEL STUD ®600 o/c.
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
Roof Types
ROOF TYPE 2 (INVERTED)
GRAVEL BALLAST
FILTER FABRIC
100mm RIGID INSULATION
4 PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
TAPERED FlBREBOARD
INSULATION AT 2~ TO ROOF
DRAIN. (MINIMUM 13mm) ON
CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SLAB
REFER TO STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS.
NOTE: ADD 13mm DENSDECK
ON STEEL DECK IF R2 ON
STEEL STRUCTURE.
TYPICAL OVERHANG
ANODIZED ALUMINUM SOFFlT (ALUMI-CLAD 1000
SERIES FACING SYSTEM)
13mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
25mm 'Z' GIRTS
25mm RIGID INSULATION
AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER MEMBRANE
13mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
STEEL STRUCTURE (REFER TO STRUCTURAL)
GATT INSULATION
16mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER MEMBRANE
38mm RIGID INSULATION
38mm AND 25mm 'Z' GIRTS AS REQUIRED TO
PROVIDE SLOPE TO SIDES OF CANOPY
13mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
ROOFING MEMBRANE
ANODIZED ALUMINUM FOLDED SEAM ROOF.
ton
' Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowmonvi//e, Oratorio
1
cllMunicipality of C/arington
DrAlddendum #2
A313 Title Block /n formation
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 208, Kingaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: szarch®ICOa.net tel(613)541-0776 fax(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
J.R. I Moy f6, 2001
File Name I Supersedes I Supereeded By
0006-A313
Client Protect ~ Drawing Number
Project // Revision # I,q D2
ooos ~
1
to^~ D~~ ~
>~ oZ3 oZm ~o
3 x~A Am
m o ~+
I" N ~~~ i~° o~ w
0
~zc v~pm wcZi
~ mr
V) -Di J m z n n m (/)
O o A o ~N n
O 3 m umi ~ c1 O
~ pr ~ ~ ~
~ m
v P ... v
Q '~ fl
.,
a
._ .
~I A _i ~ ~
Q ~ ~ ..
•: x \.
t\ s`
\ :. ~
V> > ~ .~ ~ ~ P ~ ~ ~
',
Q e-
N - ;. P N
~7 _ A ~ ' ' iP•'
O A. s ..
i V ~ j. ~. ~ ~ A. _.
.~ ' ~ . ~ \ \
~~~ .. ~" `
~\.~ O~O O~O . • ~ ~
~.
y~~
1 L
~! ~.
O> 2 2 fnN m 10 m NVI Vl mNG{7N ~a1 S
N D D ."S'1iC~ x o x ~~ ~ A~"0 mN D
3 ~ ~ m~pr z 3 z pr r Duo{~{ r3 ~
O p p ~~= p ~ p A N ~ ~~mN rn m 0 p
Z p p pmt N n m DC m =gyp ~~ t'7Z O
() ~ ~ to .Z_1 m ~ x ~ u p to ~ Z D ~ ~ n V
r~* m m c~Z r ~ ~ A ~ -!iDpm p rn mm Z
~ r r ~>m c=i m z m z mpZ3 ~~ r
m ~ p A
~ m m yz~ m A m m ~ N°o~ ~v m
~ m r'* ~ r'~* p r A m ~ 3 3~ o~ r'1
~ ~ ~ o z ~ D33m w~ ~
Z ~ p ~ 0 ~ONX 0
W O1 ~ ~ Zp~ p W ~
3 z w~ z ~ A3 z w~
n D
~ D D '}i}~ ,'~ v 3 D
N ~~ j F N
o ~ {{ o O
Pro)ect Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
NeW Clarington Library 4 Cataraqui Street, Suite sob, Kingaton, Ontario. K7K 1Z7
' Location a-matl: azorchQkoanet tel(613)Cv11-0776 fox(613)641-0804
40 Temperance Street DraWn~ ~ °~oy fe, 2001
BoWmonNlle, Onforlo /.R. C.
Cllent File Nama I Supersedes I Supereeded By
' Municipality of C/arington 0006-A313
Cllent Pro)ect Draping Number
DrAlddendum ~2 Pramat ~ ,q D2 - ~ 8
Section De oi/ 2 on A313 0006
>: fo
~~
1
1
>z~z cA oDm m
m°OO ~v zm '~
~
NNm-
mzm O
cN 2NA
mm~ ~r
*1
o
DD o
pDC 3m
~ app
~~ ~
p0
D
:0 ~-
Z r?~ ~
Npm NZ
N
c
I p m m ~ C)
rpZZ cD Zn nm
ND~ mp ~O ~fn
O
~ ~
m
~
~r~ rlJrl p .
..
imnm~ O Nr p
pD~ Z
m~~ c1 m
2~r ~
D~ :
.~ .
o m r.
• e
e'' a '
e ' d
e
P ~ a ..
.
a
• . a . ` ~
~
~. a
s
~ ..
a
N
X X DDZmD~WOZNmOXNOO~o! ~f~* mN D
~ ~ z~om~jr33c>a~~D3°3c 3 c~ >3 0
czi czi " I mn~o~3 ~~D~or~p33 acv, ~N z pp o
N A {r?Om~cN^!ZpZ~~o~~mmm a~ ~ ~ xZ o
(~ D D
~ for Nc~
~ ~ z r ~ c~ in ~ p -o
r T. 30~ D .1C7~ O DmW ~ ~N ~ n W a7 r~rl Z
min 3 ~ o m
p ~ m ~ m
~~ ~ ~ A o~3 z o~ ~ ° ~a ~
m A AN D p ~N~ z ~~ m r p~ r'a
z vi~ v o ism ~ r~+o ~ ins ~
-{ ~ m
~ X ~ r3 ~ CZ 0
p
w ~ :l 3 ~c ~ p
y3 z
r3 D
.' n
o ~ = 1. ~i
o ~D
A
rt
v
rt
~•
a
~_
w
O
2 ~ N ~
`i .lmlp r
A
N
O p m
v Nam
Z ~ ~ D
m c z
r n^O
>m
m ~z
m ~ r~* p
~ "o
0
rn
°z
w
N
" '°°' Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
IVeW C/arington Library 4 Cataraqul Street, Sulte 2C6, Kingston. Ontario, K7K 127
' Location a-map: szarch•kos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by°rawn ~ DMa~rs. 2oolzoo~
BoWmonvll/e, Ontario /.R./SC.
Cllent File Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
Municipality of Clarington 0006-A313
Cllent Protect Drawing Number
Drawing A
Addendum #2 Protect ~ DL ~ ~ ~J
Section Detail 3 on A313 0006 •••„JJJ
>.• /o
1
1
1
1
Pro)oct
NeW C/arin
~occuon
40 Temperance Street
BoWmontn7/e, Oratorio
CIIe'nS
Municipality of C/arington
' DroWing
Addendum #2
Section De ~il 5 on A313
>~fa
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mc0: azarchOkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
',. Drapn by Date
J.R./S. C. I ,boy 18, 2001
file Name
Supersedes Superseded By
I
0006-A313 I
Chant Protect DraWing Number
P 4 02 - 2D
oops ,
' ~ x X DDZmD ~IWOZ ~~mpXN ~Np NOS NV1 mN SD xD ~~N
in In ~~0~~{3o~r~y ro3~n3 ~~ ~3. ~ ~ mgr-{.
3 rDD AD 3 c 3 c m r'}* ~
' z z ai~nl~ap 3 Dr~*A°-r~* 3 p~ ~ r3 f ~ ~~
p G7 to ()OZp ~~ p'D-m~~0~~~~ ~~ m m0 O O -i~x
~ NDDm~ rmi1N ZOZ~p nz>mmm D~ `r ~ C'~Z ° ° pmm
r x ~oC m °~ ~ _DOO O mw v~ n W Am Z Z ~7CD
' "off D mv~i 3
z r~' °oc ~ 3 xp3 2 vo m z m~ ,rm- ~ n=or?
c~ z ~ m ~ p~3 D ~~ ° Ao ~ ~ ~Drn
m m m A m ~ ~ In ~ z ~D m 'i ~ m m z -I
r ~ mp ~ ° m~~ r N~ m r OZ ~ ~ v°O
Z N'!1 ° A m In ~~ '~ N O
~ ~ m x ~ r^3 0 ~ ~Z o 0
c
n
w~ :E 3 n3 z u~ z
_ r3 D D
~I ~ N N
om -I. o~
1 ,N ~~
0 ~ ~ d
-:-
~ `~ .~ ~Y~
j ~ .mom .-yw..'. ~ ~~~
_ ~ -
~ _ ~ p -,~
~ _
' ~ °~ s. ~2 -ail`' Vim. V {~ ~-: 1 ~ A ~ \\ t,
~ ..~:_ ~ . ( J ~ ~ ~ '.
~ ~-r
~ ~' ~ i _
0 ~~
'~"-.' ~ ~ -:~ ~ x B ~ rt ~~
~,~ °ODm zm
' O vx-i ~ ~ ~ ~ -~ ~ ~o~n~~~ r''I
c- ~
r~ Z ~ . s ~ ~ y AmD
3 c zn z m pA,DV ~cDiDmz3 p
~ c~~ ~ r~* jnm NOp0o3 m
p r ?~~ m O -c A
Z ~n ~ ~ ?~ p~m O-pOpT.
° mr_I o c =m pc°~acnz`
O fnr Z (~ m~ .'C~FCAf+1
f z ~ oA ;mz
O m Z O~~mO~rm*I
m ~^pmam~
~~~°c°~c~-i-i
A~OD7C0 <<
' Dm0 N N-~~~N N-~NO pD ~Im~~fn f*1
~~~y COp ~m C~~ m0 ZOD ~ ~ C
~DX~ O~~m nnO O~ SD~ r =
. ~n Ar ern ~~ O Zp yr
xG) DDmD Dmp D° D
~ Project Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
NeW Clarington Library 4 CataroQul Street, Suite 208, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
' Location a-mag: azarchOkoanat tel(613)641-0778 fox(813)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by oats
BaWmonw7/e, Oratorio J.R./S:C. I ,boy 1~, 2001
Client Flle Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
11-lunicipolity of Clarington 0006-A313
Cltent Project Drawing Number
Drawing ~q ~ ,q D2 -2 ~
Addendum L Project ~
Section De ail 6 on A313 0006
f.• /o
' ~ m
~ ~°
~p
~ N r
z
p
DON ~O Cr~*
~ A m D c 0~ ~
~ D ~ A A p
' ~X A ~ N-Ai O7
xoN nDm>
O~ O r m X~
~Nm ~NNr
cm ~~z
' ~~3 ~czir~
mo3 ~DVri
o p°~
' z
j m
t~ ~
w
o' "'''
D
~ - F - -
Z
o - -
' ~
~ oozo°n
Q tnp°cmf
O ~~~DVX-ice
7 o azozD
~U)ZZL)~
' Z
O rfA*7 .f)DOA
H ~~ ;
O
' X oX~~r~*
V1 ~ ~ 5 O
-~. m z ° A
~ c1 m ~
~ A $
T^D W ~N O' NNWdf
ADO 3 0~ r3 ~m~mri
' ~~~°I°-,l 3 ~~ czi3 cci~33
Im cN p ~D
f// O ° N ~ ~p
r O ~ 'v~ AO m0
~DD O ~c DN vZDCZj
~°~ ~ A~ zc ^rA
' Protect
NeW C/arington Library
' Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonyi//e, Onlorio
' cliyunicipa/ity of C/arington
~ DraWtng
Addendum #2
Section Defoil 9 on A313
1,.,~
O
Z
N
p
A
m
NN'o ~x
O O D
CC,~Cj rnp
° zo
~~m °~
A A O O
D m O D
r z W~
N D
vmm ~ z
m
A~ ~
~I A
o T
z°" rAn v
mz Avzi
0
r~+~ oz
~7 O
rc ~~
A
m-
°AO ~~
C1 A
D
m ~
A
0 ocz
3 NAo
3 D N
O Z m
o ''~ _ o
v
0
~m°~o~
oD z
pT. xr-C~
~mz
O ~ ~ O ~ ~
zACmi~m'
~o~ooA
A °DZo
mADN_
~~A N ,
m
=n~ ~
m ~-
O
Z
D
D
N
x
z
c~
A11 q . , .....
;. :.
,_ ~ .
°
... ~
e.. .. ~~ ~ •:,,.
774.70
y C Z X
Z-Dy _~
Cr2 p W
amp p w
n° c
z
Aim °
m~D r
~~ ~
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Sulte 206, Kingeton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchQkoa.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(813)641-0804
Drawn by Dote
/.R. I d~oy 1Q 2001
FOe Nama I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A313
~ D2 -22
' 7ovE
' m
x
A W
' O v
c ~+
Z
O
r
' O
~7
s.
e ,
' ~~0
1
e~:.
I'
~ ..°i..
n I '.
1
1 a t't ~
J'
e
~z3
z~3
n x
DF ~
~Wf
,~ 3 °o
m3 °
oN~
z
Dom
Q=om
maw
~~r
v
? O O
_°°°°
,Y'
zm~y~~
ocmNn°~vDi
z ~'
i?°~mZC~
A ~ O v C
mp31D~
° 3oA°
N
or-I*~oW~
nFc~~In~
AD~czm m
ry*~DC~o
ammN{°
Fm~o n
mD3 ~
~~3 ~
o N
m
n
m
N^GOON
Dmr~
cZ~m
...I r
C p Dm
~~ OD
r.Z7N~
1
v ~
~~O
N
O~~
m~
ti
° D ~~&jry°
CZ~J ~
~~py
D -Dim m
z~Do
°mz
m~° o
r-~ w O
~ m ~c
z r~*
A
~ a D
3 ~ m w
A ~
mr u
i
!^3 r
3
r3 A3
D
~< ~~ o
~
~m
rO
°c ~
No
~ ~3 m~ ~o
o~ 03 °m
~ o c °
~
o
xZ r-~ ZD -
I
CZ
pm O= 00 yN
o~ 4N r
v Ao D ~.F
o
Z 2 z N
N ~ ~ C
p Z .ZI
J
~ s
e
i~
s ',
F ~
w~
3 ~
3n
oz
D
o~
=O
Dz
a,
03
003
_~ ~
Z m
~ O
D
0
3
tD
A
_~
O
Z
jlrI-
'aON
DOS W
A ~DmD
DZ.'DZ ZC)m-`
Crc++ ~DtDD
DZ.'l7Z m
~
zDD
J ~ooo
I ~~03 ~voo 0
oZm ~ Dazm ~zz~ v'mzm <<x
o r Z o D C v O r
Z' Z ~ O° m
N o v m Z~ ~ r
D D~ v Z A D m
C .l7 Vl~-{C rN0 fny-Ir .'fml
r m rOZ mO rOZZ ~
~D
Z C
O C
~ D D
~ f
*1
\
~~ ~ ~~ O D~ O
v o~
-- mom InF z
~
~n Nom ~ F-Ir~
of ~~Im
o~
oDS ~ D
~~ mOj ~~ =~
m
0
z
NeW C/arington Library Shoalts and Za back Architects Ltd
4 C
t
l St
Location
40 T
St
t a
araqu
reet, Sulte 206, Ktngaton, Ontarlo, K7K 127
a-ma-: szarchCltoa.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
emperance
ree Drawn by Dote
BoWmonvi//~ Ontario J.R./SC. I tiloy 1B, 2001
Client
Municipality of
C/arington File, Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A313
Drawing Cltent ProJact Drawing Number
Addendum #2 praJeat ,~
~ D~ -~~
Section Detail 12 on A313 0006
1: 10
1
~
~ ~
D °
~ n~
N r 11
~ ,' ' ~'
1
' ~ m Z D
~~OpD ~
~
n II%
'' 7
11
VLJ /
v
~`i1
~
d°~°
In
m-z m 3
r~~mm
D ~°~
zm c
r?~°cmo
O
mmmr
t v
o
j
~
m~3
~
v r~* 3 z
m
V ° N
znD
m
V n
' N
v -IZ
D• v ~
oZm z
zO~ m
m
>vrr*I m
~D m
~
z~ z
' go 0
~D
m -n
~m
' A
~
~r
z
-,
mvw
oD3
xz3
z~
°v~
z°c
~DmD ~
~ooo
mN rn m °-
D D Z m
0
°Z~D
N 1 ~ ~
~ D~
rmz-
O Z
C
v
Nr~
O D ~
~ ~r
om
t D m (~ -`
0 313
N
m 3r3
N~= 6
y ~ o 0 248
c rr~
~^
D
o ~
~z
~
Z r
i
~ ° O ~ N O
' c °m
~r~* s
r =°
zm
c D
~
Im ° z
f vv
-
' Z 3 r
3 O D
Z N ~_
N ~_ ~
Z ~
~
Z
O Ut to
D
~ O
O
(1 p ~ V
O Vt ; N
~ N
W
0 ~
' r
Project
ycmrw nz~z
c~o3 ~ooo
r --l°3
DDr, m zo
vllnmN
~zzv
= Dnzm
yD~ oncD
ENO ~~-A+c
xmov ~mD~
D
O A O Zz
~
~ y ~
m
?IV In Nr
pr~
F
m Nm
o o~
~ ~~
Ctn D
O {
D O
~~ D ~
om
m
n
z
m
m
m
m
m
0
z
v
~~
m~
m~
Am
v
op
rn z
°
cm
n~
~~
a
~c
.Z7
m
0
a
~:
NeW C/arington Library Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 208, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 127
t Location a-mail: ezarchOkos.net tel(813)641-0776 fox(673)641-0804
40 Temperonce Street Drown by Date
BoWmonv~7/~ Ontario /.R./S.C. I Moy 1Q 2001
' Cllent File Nome I Superaedes ~ Superseded By
Municipa/ity of C/arington 0006-A313
Client Protect Drawing Number
Drawing
Addendum #2 Protect x
Section De ~il 12 on A313 0006 ^ D~ -~~
INTO POURED CONCRETE WALL
13mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
PANEL c/W 13mm SOLID HARDWOOD
EDGING. CATALYZED LACQUER FINISH
EX. GROUND FLOOR -° d
FINISHED METAL PANEL °• .� POURED CONCRETE STRUCTURE.—'
SUPPLIED BY LIFT
MANUFACTURE (REFER TO STRUCTURAL) a
•.'
13 Stair
No. 7 Detail
14
313 1:10
313
ANODIZED ALUMINUM, THERMALLY
BROKEN
CURTAIN WALL FOAM ROPE AND
SEALANT BOTH
SIDES OF HEAD, JAMBS AND SILL
E—�
190mm CONCRETE BLOCK GROUTED SOLID
VD FLOOR
' -
115.62
FIN. FLOOR ,�
�!�d�:� ,� ,
"A oOo
d
62mm CONCRETE TOPPING ON
STROV uO 91 #1 j2G uO1100 S'
38mm METAL DECK. 1 HOUR FIRE
STEEL STRUCTURE (REFER
. •4 - - SIDES Z u/npuopp y
SEPARATION (REFER TO
TO STRUCTURAL)
BRICK V� 6u1Mo+a
STRUCTURAL)
° •'
'• 10/0 Jo .ffflDdl0lundy
' 90mm BRICK VEi ff ° °II°
2T10N
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
"• . - 35mm AIR SPACE o 1.Io #up a111nuow4108
CEILING (PAINTED)
g
o�0 75mm SEMI -RIGID IMUDJ9ddu o_[ ok
)E
VG
STEEL STRUCTURE (REFER
13mm PL YWOOD
AIR /VAPOUR BARRIER M. U011000-1
;.'. �. 190mm POURED CONCRET—
:FER
TO STRUCTURAL)
-ANODIZED ALUMINUM
° ''' 13mm GYPSUM BOARD c /WUDIq Maw
38mm 'Z' GIRTS
FLASHING
d
. •;
Ph q_
ANODIZED ALUMINUM SOFFIT
n
15 Detail Throu .I
(ALUM[ -CLAD 1000 SERIES
d' ',•- - 313 1:10
_ACING
g TEfrU� i i
13m�YW0� 1
r �
19 75 90 � mi
1
1
1
1
GL358.1
OCCURS AT DOOR NUMBERS:
357, 356, 356a, 359, AND
364, 374a.
Director
Public Works
357
M
357
1 Recessed Wood Panel
606 1:10
,:
PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
AT CORNER RETURN
13mm WOOD VENEER
PANEL c/w HARDWOOD
EDGING. ON W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL. REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE.
LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE.
HARDWOOD PANEL TO BE
FLUSH WITH DOOR FRAME
13mm WOOD VENEER
PANEL c/w HARDWOOD
EDGING ON W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL REFER TO
i DOOR SCHEDULE.
~- LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE
13mm W000 VENEER
PANEL c/w HARDWOOD
EDGING ON W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION
PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
AT CORNER RETURN
GL357.1
Project
New C/arington Library
' Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowman w7/e, Ontario
' Glent
Municipality of Clarington
Drawing
Addendum #2
A608 -Recessed Wood Panel
r2o
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Sulta 208, Kingaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: ezarchOkoe.net tel(813)541-0778 fax(813)541-0804
Drawn by Date
P. Kent I May 24, 2001
File Name Supersedes
Superseded By
0006'-A608 I
I
Client Project * Drawing Number
Project / Revision ~ I ~ D2 - 2 6
0006
Mayor's Sec. ~~~~
358a 131
1
2 Elevation Wood Panel
608 1:50
1
1
1
1
I 6 8 tn9
1
i
1
Director
Public Wor
357
WOOD BASE REFER
TO ROOM SCHEDULE
Panel Section at Base
Corr.
340
13mm WOOD VENEER
PANEL c/w HARDWOOD
EDGING ON W90 WALL
CONSTRUCTION.
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
CONTINUOUS TO FLOOR
TYPICAL REVEAL
TYPICAL RECESSED WOOD
BASEBOARD TO BE FLUSH
WITH WOOD PANEL
~r°'°" Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
IV@W C/orington Librory 4 Cataraqui Street, Sulte 206, Kingston, Ont°rio, K7K 1Z7
Location a-mail: azarchOkos.nat tel(613)541-0778 fax(613)541-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Date
Bowmonvi/le, Oratorio P. Kent I Moy 24, 2001
Client File Nama I Supersedes I Superaeded By
Municipality of C/orington ooos-,asoe
Client Project ~ Drawing Number
Drawing
Addendum #2 Pro)ect // Revision g
A608 -Recessed Wood Pane/ 0006
1: 20
3
13mm WOOD VENEER PANEL
c/w HARDWOOD EDGING
WOOD DOOR AND FRAME.
REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE
TYPICAL 13mm REVEAL
RECESSED WOOD BASE
REFER TO DRAWING A703.
1
1
OCCURS AT DOOR NUMBERS:
360, 361, 362, 363, 375,
376, 376 and 379.
Planner
361
„s
LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE
1
L~
CI
Planner
360
360 11 1
' 4 G sum Board with Reveal
608 1:10
Prajeci
New C/orington Library
Lwatlon
40 Temperance Street
Bowman w7/e, Oratorio
Client
Municipality of Clarington
Drawing
Addendum ,#2
A608 -Recessed Wood Panel
GL361.1
~~C PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF
„~ 13mm GYPSUM BOARD
\ AT CORNER RETURN
~ \~IL-. TYPICAL 13mm REVEAL
TYPICAL W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION, PAINTED
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL. REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE.
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL. REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE.
TYPICAL W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION, PAINTED
TYPICAL DOOR FRAME
AND REVEAL. REFER TO
DOOR SCHEDULE.
LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE
TYPICAL W9a WALL
CONSTRUCTION, PAINTED
PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
AT CORNER RETURN
GL360.1
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchOkoa.net tel(613)541-0776 faz(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
P. Kent I Moy 24, 2001
Flle Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A608
:cent rro~ect ~ urawing numoer
~ooos ( Revision ~ I,q D2 -28
~: 20
~~ i
2 I
320
Eta
k ~~ .~ V'
I ~1 F'~ I - 17 a - - -
tai
t rea _ ~ _ _
~ ~ 34 CO T HOOKS ON CONTINUOUS
- -rte - ;' HAR 00 RAI -REFER TO MILLWORK
~~ 0 SERIES.
~~
~~ PUPPET STMgGE
' '~ ~~' 600 SER ES IDRAWINGSRAWIN S
i.i
;~~~~ I II I
~'~ I II I
LI ~~~
~ I II I
70 Childr n's I II I
I I Story rea ~~~
' I II I
I 1 69 I II I
' I I ~~~
I I I I I II I
I II I
L~LJ
18 COAT HOOKS oN CONTINUOUS
' HA ~yypOD RAIL -REFER TO ~11LLWORK
7 Z ~ DR WINGS ®600 SERIES.
320
4
f O WL ~--T--~-~I~---T--~
L--~- ~--~---t
4 ~ f
Protect
NeW Clarington Library Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston. Ontario, K7K 1Z7
' Location a-ma0: szorchOkos.net tel(813)641-0776 fax(673)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by ~ °~oyza 2oa/
BoWmonyJlle, Ontorlo £.R.
Client Fie Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
Municipolity of C/orington ooos-A~o~
Client Protect Drawing Number
Dragfng ~ -~ ,q 02 -29
' Addendum 2 prateat r
Portion of /on A 101 0006
1.• 50
1
1
1
New
Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowmonville, Ontario
Client
Municipo/ity of C/orington
Drawing
Addendum
A 101 -Upl
1: 50
Ceiling P/an
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchOkos.net tel(613)541-0776 tax(613)541-0604
Drawn by Date
S. Croswell I Moy 24, 2001
File Name I Supersedes
Superseded By
0006-A1O1 I
Client Protect ~ Drawing Number
P Revision ~ I ~ D2 - 7
~
0006 I )
V
L~
1
Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Oratorio
Giant
Municipa/ity of Clarington
Drawing
Addendum ,#2
A101 -Wood Bench Added
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: azarchQkos.net tel(613)541-0776 fax(813)541-0804
Drawn by Date
S. Croswe/l I May 25, 2001
File Name Supersedes
Superseded By
ooos-sos I
I
Client Protect ~ Drawing Number
P
c RaNafon ~ I
q D2 - 31
~O
~~ I ,
1
1
ANODIZED ALUMINUM
THERMALLY BROKEN WINDOW BEYOND
' CURTAIN WALL. TIE
AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER
IN TO CURTAIN WALL.
FOAM ROPE AND 172 40
' SEALANT AT HEAD,
SILL AND JAMBS, BOTH
SIDES. - -- ~-
13mm MDF c/w
PLASTIC LAMINATE
ON ALL EXPOSED
FACES. LAP P. LAM.
OVER 13mm SOLID
HARDWOOD EDGING.
REFER TO 600
SERIES DRAWINGS.
SOLID HARDWOOD
REVEAL
19 SOLID HARDWOOD
2mm BREAK ~ .~- BOARDS GLUED &
FORM ALUM - - -" BISCUIT TOGETHER
. ~
-
SILL. (POST _- CREWED TO 19mm
' ANODIZED) _
..- ~ WOQp BACK I ~ MDF BOARD FROM
U/5 EVERY 150mm.
~
-, BEYOND r + SCREW HOLES
°~O
~
l TO BE
_ ~ m SLIGHTLY OVERSIZED
50 13 '~
`' - - ~ "~ TO ALLOW FOR DIFF
- _
~ r „ - .
-
~ MOVEMENT OF
"
" ~ `
'
- ~
WALL TYPE
E1 c - - - MATERIALS. (TYP.
SIMILAR W/ - _
_ - FOR BOTH SEAT &
92
METAL - ~ BACK CONSTRUCTION
mm _ ,,~
STUD ON _"
INTERIOR WITH 6
13 PLYWOOD
13mm GYPSUM Et _
c -
-" VENEER c/w
BOARD. HARDWOOD
' SIM. o ~ EDGING
°
WOOD BLKING
TO SUIT
'
0
- rn
112.72
15 ~ NEW GROUND Fl
~ ° •
' a
e
a
a ,
e
n '
W > ~
~ TYPICAL SOLID
> . HARDWOOD BASE
~
5
FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES
GRADE REFER TO DETAILS ON
' DRAWING A-302.
9 •
,
DAMP-PROOFING
' MEMBRANE -
' Pro' Jett
New
Wood Bench Detail
spa 1:1a
' Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowmonvil/e, ~to~io
' ollMunicipolity of C/orington
DrAddendum #2
~ A101 -Bench Detai/ in L.
z~zo
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 208, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: azarchOkos.net tel(613)541-0776 fax(813)541-0804
Drawn by i Date
S. Croswe//
2001
ree name I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A60B
Cllent Protect ~ Drawing Number
Pooo6 I Revision ,« I,q D2 - 32
1
Project
New c,.
Location
r=
1
40 Temper
w
19
BoWmonville, Ontot,
Clien (
z
Municipolity of r -- -I - - -, " r
•1I I•
Drawing 1
1 L J 1
Addendum #2 -- - -
g- --
Partin/ Basement Pia,.
,o o
1:100
0 _J
I
F,
w
19
naa
0
fo
19
F_
i
N
a
1
I
a
I
f of
I
I
J I
I
a
U
I
a
I
F,
.p) ( O) 1 1 1 1
F_
II
u,
o
e
.p) ( O) 1 1 1 1
1
DELETE STEEL CORNICE
' U
Z
K
' U
V1
O
1
1
DELETE STEEL CORNICE
Protect
NeW C/orington Library
' Lacotton
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonvl//e, Ontario
Cltent
' l~unicipo/ity of C/orington
DraWtng
Addendum #2
~ Steel Cornice De%tion
1.• 300
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Su ite 206, Ktngaton, Ontarto, K7K 1Z7
e-mog: azarchOkoa.ne t tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
J. Rlckord I ,boy 28, 2001
Flle Nome I Supareedea I Superseded By
Cllent Project ~ Drawing Number
Project ~ q D2 - 34
nuns ,
1
1
' -
Location
40 T
S 4 Cataraqui Street. Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
a-mall: smrchOkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
emperance
treet
BoWmonvl//e, Oratorio Drawn by Date
,q C. I boy 28, 2001
' Clien
unicipo/ity of C/arington File Nome Supereedee Superoeded By
ooos-Afo4 ~
Drawing Client Projeet Drawing Number
' Addendum #2
Partio/ 3rd Floor P/an - Revised Pr°~°t ~ ,q D2 - 35
0006
f• Z5
1
1
L l
1
1
wOCDfnC
c
~ ~n~
m
A . .
~00~0
.:. ,~,~,. ,~ Dmm~~m
~
l ; / +~~cDiDO
Z ~
D O
/
i
Z
\ ~ m
T. C7 D
j
'
7~
4
~~ D oD
\ \
`~ j~
r cn ;
z
\
O~ o . \ ~ m
fn fn ~ { N p
m~ ~
.
z~
~ ~ V
i
,. o
{ i; `_ ~ ~
;,
v °o j ~ o
o , ~ _,~,
~,
~ 1
^
`
'
_= :~
_
~
_
~ .
•
- c~
= 1
9~ ~ : ~ ~ t
16 ~~~~
o N q~'
i. ~
~~~
- om Om Gmio~ t '
- ~ m~0€
_ ~
~, N roz ~mm33
z~ A~ to -~
~ _
- ~ ~
mo
l
=
m ~ m m~ y 3 ~ i
-~_,_~i .~ x
~-
~1
0
m °
~ :
O
rt ~O yOp ~Np
W .ZI O Z
r~i ~7 __
~... _ _ `
< ~
p
Z'
A~ ~ ~ O ~.
..,.,
i ~
,n ~ m m = =
~ ~
~ x o me ..~ .
_ c ~
m m m~
z~
v ~~
m 104 ~
r -+
p
i/
i yX
r y
Z
0 O L1
,
.:
y rmt ~ t
~
Z O ::
~ ~ ~ ~~-,
J •,
. ~
0 l--'~--_% (: i
- -"` ,~ ~
~
s -- ~ :
-- - - ` _.._....J
Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonyi/le Ontario
Cllant
Municipality of Clarington
,.~ m ~y
Addendum ~2
Section Defail 5 on A501
Shoolts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqut Street, Suita 206, Ktngaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: azarchOkoanet tel(613)641-0778 fax(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
,S C. I Aloy 2$ 2001
Flle Nome
Supersedes Supereeded By
I
0006-A501 I
Cllant Projeet Drawing Number
Protect ~ q 02 - 36
0006 ,
1
1
1
BELOWNG CONCRETE CURB
4 Secu
501 1:5
\ \ CENTRE LINE 0
SLID NG SHUTTER
LINE OF SLIDING
\ ` S~UTTER TRACK
AA CH OR TRACK '
U S OF EXISTING
ABYMINUM
WOOD BLOCKING TO SUIT
- PROVIDE NEW ALUMINUM CLOSURE
TO MATCH EXISTING FRAMES -
CARRY FROM CONCRETE CURB
TO U/S OF EXISTING CONCRETE BEAM
EXISTING THRESHOLD
EXISTING ALUMINUM DOOR AND
WINDOW FRAME TO REMAIN
- Room 309
' ' I
Protect ~
NeW C/arington Library Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street
Sulte 206
Kin
sto
O
t
i
K7K iZ7
t location ,
,
g
n,
n
ar
o,
a-ma0: azarchdkos.net tel(61~641-0778 fax(81~641-0804
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonyYle, Oratorio Drawn Dy Date
SC. I May 78, 2001
' Client
Municipality of C/arington Flle Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
ooos-,a5o/
Drawing
Add
d
Z Client Project Drawing Number
' um ##
en
Section Defoil 4on A501 project ,~
0006
•4
D2 - 37
-DraWinq 'y '~°"'°°'
Addendum 2 Project B
Portion of ~/an A 10> 0006 ^ D~ - ~CJ
'" 4 Catoraqul Street, Suite 206, Ktngaton, Ontario, K7K 127
'Location e-matl: azarcAgcos.net tel(613)641-0778 fax(613)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Date
Botymonvil/e, Oratorio E.R. I May 28, 2001
Client Flle Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
Municipality of C/arington coos-a1o1
1
1
~~
364, 374D.
Recessed Wood Panel
606 1:10
I 630
I I ~.; GROMMET
1
50 1 0
.°o . 1
0
11
IL
COMPUTER STORAGE UNIT
`~-~-" 1 c/W LOCKABLE DOOR
(HINGES AND CYLINDER
LOCK, ~ WIRE PULL)
CUT VENT SLOTS IN SIDE
o SOLID SURFACE
o COUNTERTOP
N
KNEE SPACE
'~ .. '. OPEN SHELVES BENEATH
~:.. ,' ~C
` COUNTER
:}.-.
50 ° '`. ~~ 1
0
~'. ^: ~~
rn -~ ~. -~..: ..-...-
360
6 Tax Roll Information Counter
608 1:20
SERVICE COUTTER TOP:
19mm SOLID SURFACE COUNTER GLUED TO
o' 19mm PLYWOOD ON WOOD FRAMING
~`---- VENT SLOTS IN SIDE OF STORAGE
lbeW C/arington
ICOLIOn
40 Temperance Street
BoWmanvi//e, Onto~lo
o Municipality of C/arington
Drawing
' Addendum #2
Detai/ 6 on A608
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Sutte 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: ezarehOkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)64t-0804
Drawn by Date
£.R. I A/oy 28, 2001
Flle Nome I Supersedes Superseded By
0006-A608 I
Client Project Drawing Number
Poops ,4 D2 - 39
t
1
1
1 I
360
~6~ Tax Roll Information Counter
soe 1:20
SERVICE COUTNER TOP:
19mm SOLID SURFACE COUNTER GLUED TO
m 19mm PLYWOOD ON WOOD FRAMING
- VENT SLOTS IN SIDE OF STORAGE
~
~
' ~ CUPBOARD
i„
m
~ 19mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
~
_ FlXED SHELF
;~
' --_
-~- 12mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
_
°o - _ BACK PANEL ON FURRING
-~-_ 19mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
NOSING, INSTALL ON SITE
7 Tax Roll Information Counter
soe 1:20
SERVICE COUTNER TOP:
19mm SOLID SURFACE COUNTER GLUED TO
~ 19m m PLYWOOD ON WOOD FRAMING
19mm HARDWOOD NOSING
19mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD DOOR
DWOOD NOSING ON ALL
X
~o ~ E
POSED EDGES
o~
12mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
BACK PANEL ON FURRING
19mm HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD
NOSING, INSTALL ON SITE
( 8~ Tax Roll Information Counter
soe 1:20
Project
NeW C/arington Library
Lacotton
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonvllle, Ontario
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontarlo, K7K iZ7
e-mall: szarchOkos.net tel(613)641-0778 faz(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
E.R. I Moy 28, 2001
File Nama I Supersedes I Supereeded By
0006-A608
' Client
Municipality of Clorington
DraWfng
' Addendum #2
Details 7 and 8 on A608
,4 D2 -40
•~n
1
1
1
1
' Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonvi//e, Ontorlo
' Dllillunicipa/ity of C/arington
DraWing
Addendum 2
Site P/an (A001)
' 1: 125
4 Cataraqut StreeQ Sulte 206,
e-mail: szarchOkos.net tel(61;
eton, Ontario, K7K 127
-0778 faz(61~641-0804
vrewn oy Uate
/. Rickord I May 2Q 2001
File Noma I Supersedes
Superseded By
0006-A001 I
Cllant Project /~ DraWing Number
Project ~' ReWeion ~ I q D2 - 4 ~
0006 ~ - ,
1
1
1
1
1
.. _.
NeW C/arington Library
Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmon yule, On torto
Chant
Municipality of C/arington
Drawing
Addendum 2
Site P/on 001)
' 1. f 9R
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-moll: azarchOkos.net tel(813)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
~ Rlekord I May 2$ 1001
Flle Name I Superaedea
Superaedad By
0006-A001 I
Client Protect $ Dr
a
ping Num
be
r
I /
~
/
~
Project ~ I ReNsion ft / ~ DL // /
nnn~ rl ~~11"
1
1
1
1
1
NeW C/orington Library Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
Location 4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Oratorio, K7K 1Z7
40 Temperance Street a-mall: azarehOkoanat tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
D
b
BoWmanN//e, Orator/o rawn
y
_J. Rickord Dote
I ,(Iay2Q 2001
Client
Municipality of C/orington Flle Nome
ooas-goof I Supersedea I Superseded By
DraWin
9 Client Project / Drawing Number
Addendum
L
~
~
Site P/an A001 pOOOS I I
Reviafon * ,q D2 - 44
f.• f26
' I ni~< avL/ oVLIGU l,VryryLl:ll
Aoo2 1:10 200
nip
t
1
1
16mm BY 38mm CEDAR
SLATS WITH EASED CORNS
AND FINISHED ENDS, CLE?
EXTERIOR SEALER FINISH i
ALL 4 SIDES AND ENDS
STAINLESS STEEL ~1ACHINE
SCREWS COUNTER SUNK F
TO WOOD SLATS. 2 AT EA
coNNECnoN POINT
Lansdca
Wood SI
1: 5
Lansdcape Fence
apical Bav w/ 1
A002 1:10
REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON THIS SHEET FOR
TYPICAL coNSrRUCnoN.
' 40 Temperance Street
BO{{'mOny//P„ OnlOr/O
of C/arington
Site Detai/s~ (A
9mm DIA. BY 3mm
THICK STAINLESS
STEEL BARREL
WASHERS. i AT
EACH SCREW
TYPICAL STEEL
STRUCTURE REFER
TO DETAIL 2 ON THIS
SHEET.
s Fence
S
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mau: azarchOkoe.net tel(sta)sa1-on6 ra><(613)541-oaoa
Drawn by I Date
/. Rickard .uoy 28, 2001
File Name I Superaedm I Superseded By
0006-A002
Client Project N DraWing Number ~A[ `~'
Project ~ ReNaion ~ I.4 D2 - T .J
0006 I -
0
' ° o
' N
(]I !
=
a
CD o
v 8
'
~ o
_
m
i
1
z~ w
m= ~
ma
~ A
' ~g
~~
° O
o
v
0
' o
0
t
I
P rotect
' NeW Clarington Librory
,., Location
' 40 Temperance Street
BoWmonyi//e, OntOf%O
of C/arington
rowing
Addendum #2
Detai/s 9 and 10 on A608
O
0
O O
~F
m
x
o°
x
0
U
0
m
0
m
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 2D6, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchOkoe.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0604
Drawn by -
Date
E.R. I
May 2B, 2001
FOe Name I Supereadee Supereeded By
0006-A608 I
Client Project DraWtng Number
Poo~~ A D2 - 46
' ~ 608 1:2.6
UNTER GLUED TO
' D FRAMING
' STORAGE
/ /
' PLYWOOD ~ ~
PLYWOOD ~
'
i
PLYWOOD z /
o
' w
U
a
w
' ~ ~
UNTER GLUED TO w
D FRAMING z
' U
~Fi
o
' PLYWOOD DOOR n
oslNc oN ALL
' PLYWOOD
1
PLYWOOD
38mm X 13mm REVEAL WITH
EXPOSED HARDWOOD
19mm HARDWOOD VENEER
PLYWOOD PANELLING c/W
19mm SOLID HARDWOOD EDGING
ON ALL EXPOSED EDGED
FIREPLACE
19mm X 13mm REVEAL WITH
EXPOSED HARDWOOD
19mm X 13mm REVEAL WITH
EXPOSED HARDWOOD
13mm HARDWOOD VENEER
PLYWOOD PANELLING c/W
13mm SOLID HARDWOOD EDGING
11 Fire Place - Plan
' sas 1:20
' Project
NeW C/arington Library
' Location
40 Temperance Street
BopmonHlle, Ontorlo
Client
Municipality of C/arington
~ Drawing
' Addendum #2
Detail 11 on A 608
~. on
soe i 1:
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cotaraqul Street, Suite 208, Kingston, Ontario, K7K iZ7
e-mail: azarchQkoa.net tel(813)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
E.R. I d~oy 28, ?001
File Nome I Supenadea I Superseded By
0006-A608
Client Project Drawing Number
P 4 D2 - 47
oops ,
1
1
1
13mm REVEAL WITH
HARDWOOD AT CEILING
\RDWOOD VENEER
PANELLING c/W
)LID HARDWOOD EDGING
XPOSED EDGED
3EYOND-
13mm REVEAL WITH
HARDWOOD
FIREPLACE
13mm REVEAL WITH
HARDWOOD
OOD BASE
Project Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
NeW C/orington Library 4 Cataraqut Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K iZ7
Location a-matl: szarchOkos.net tel(61~641-0776 fox(613)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Date
BoWmonvllle, Oratorio £.R. I A/oy 28, 2001
of C/orington
DroWing
Addendum #2
Detail 11 on A608
File Nome Superoaded By
Superoedea
0006-A808 I
I
Client Project Drawing Number
Project B q D2 - 47a
0006 ,
12 Fire Place - Elevation
soa 1:2a
' ~PE r~SEALANT
1
,I1
5 Third Floor Guards
402 1:60
SOLID HARDWOOD HANDRAIL S"" """
GUARD FROM THE UNDERSIDE
TOP RAIL. CATALYZED LACOUE
102mmx16mm THICK
CONTINUOUS FLAT BAR
GUARD TOP RAIL WELDED TO
120mmx16mm THICK FLAT
BAR POSTS. GRIND ALL WELD
SMOOTH. PRIME AND PAINT.
PRE-DRILLED HOLE TO
ALLOW FASTENING OF DOWEL
TO RAILING. FILL HOLE WITH
HARDWOOD PLUG (TYPICAL
THREE PER PICKET).
50mm DIA. BY 1246 LONG
SOLID HARDWOOD PICKET.
CATALYZED LACQUER FINISH
' 102mmx16mm THICK
CONTINUOUS FLAT BAR GUAR[
BOTTOM RAIL WELDED TO
120mmx16mm THICK FLAT BA
POSTS AND TO STEEL PLATE
FLOOR. (REFER TO DETAILS OI
THIS SHEET) GRIND ALL WELD
SMOOTH. PRIME AND PAINT.
1
LJ
PRE-DRILLED HOLE TO ALLOW
FASTENING OF DOWEL TO
RAILING. FILL HOLE WITH
HARDWOOD PLUG (TYPICAL
THREE PER PICKET).
'A'
Picket)
Guard Section
Guard 'B'
(Glass)
402 1:5
ALL GUARDS, LAMINATED GLASS, WOOD PANELS,
WOOD PICKETS, ETC. ARE TO MEET ALL O.B.C.
REQUIREMENTS FOR LOADS, SIZES, OPENINGS.
ETC.
ton Libror
' Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonw7/e, Ontario
1
Client
Municipality of C/arington
DroWing
Addendum #2
Guard Details (A
to
6 Second Floo
402 1:60
102mmx16mm THICK
CONTINUOUS FLAT BAR GUARD
TOP RAIL WELDED TO
120mmx16mm THICK FLAT BAR
POSTS. GRIND ALL WELD
SMOOTH. PRIME AND PAINT.
WOOD PICKET BEYOND
tOmm x 10mm CONTINUOUS-
PAINTED STEEL STOPS. TAP
AND COUNTER SINK MACHINE
SCREWS AT 300mm o.c. ALL
FOUR SIDES (TYPICAL)
13mm LAMINATED GLAZING
NEOPRENE SPACER AT STEEL
POST AND GLAZING TAPE AT
STEEL STOPS.
13mm AND 10mm HARDWOOD-
VENEER PLYWOOD c/W 6mm
SOLID HARDWOOD EDGE
(CATALYZED LACQUER FINISH)
NEOPRENE SPACER AND
GLAZING TAPE TO PREVENT
RATTLING. WDOD PANEL TO BE
FLUSH WITH STOPS.
tOmm x tOmm CONTINUOUS
PAINTED STEEL STOPS. TAP
AND COUNTER SINK MACHINE
SCREWS AT 300mm o.c. ALL
FOUR SIDES (TYPICAL)
102mmx16mm THICK
CONTINUOUS FLAT BAR GUARD
BOTTOM RAIL WELDED TO
120mmx16mm THICK FLAT BAR
POSTS AND TO STEEL PLATE IN
FLOOR. (REFER TO DETAILS ON
THIS SHEET) GRIND ALL WELD
SMOOTH. PRIME AND PAINT.
Guard
(Wood
~~^GUARD. MINIMUM 1C
~ ( II REFER TO DETAIL 9
d SHEET.
Shoal?s and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Catoraqut Str eet, Sulte 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchOkoe.net tel(813)541-0776 fax(613)547-O6D4
Drawn by Date
,~ R/ckard ( Moy 28, 2001
File Nome Superoedee
Superseded By
0006-A402 I
I
Client Protect // DroWing Number
I
Protect ~ Revision ~ q 02 - 48
0006 ~ - ,
II
f I .~~,-~
.Y~, ;i ;;..
~ . ,
.:. ~
'
a,
' ~^ ...
'
'' "
•
'
:
`
r'i.
t ,
+
'
:'' . ~ ~rl.~.
' ~~
.,.. x ,
_ _ _ _ -
' I
,
,,.'1 ''::'.':,
~
, NEyy PRE-FINISHED
'~`.`
~ `~ '
D= I PREFORMED METAL
`. i ~ CAP FLASHING
.
~ > ,
'.
' 4
•
r.
,
'
' ' .. '.
•. H
P
` 1 1
_ ~~~,
~ I . .
.
`., .".
.. .:
~.
.::
.~.~
~RD
1 ~ ±
.
1 I '„'''.
Pc~•
I _~ I
I
~
I
~ i
i ''
' Protect
NeW C/arington Librory
' Location
40 Temperance
Street
BoWmonvil/e, Ontario
Client
lyunicipolity of
Clarington
~ Drawing
Addendum ~2
t Portion of /an A 109
F-
111
--IY~~-~_-"7 1
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Street. Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K iZ7
e-moll: ucrehOkoanet tel(613)641-0778 fax(613)641-0804
)ratan by Date
E.R. I ,uoy 26t 2001
'lie Name I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A 109
:Itent Protest Drawing Number
~robat ~ ,4 D2 - 49
0006
7: 75
N ~
N
A
27
D
Z
' C O
t- W t
O ~
OD
' ~~~
~Z`~
m A A
1 m Ind
N DZo
O D`<
' ZmD
m Im -+ _
V
~C)m
CIA
D <
~~~
wpm
_r Z
n~~
I
n ~
moZ
o~m
zm
v
t
wt
of
c7 y ~l I
C W ~
~ D~ D ~^
' Project
NeW C/arington Library
Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonH/le, Onto~io
Client
Municipality of Clarington
' Drawing
Addendum #2
Portion of braWing A201
W
l J
BRICK
W
_
7224 R.O. ~
~~
I 30
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Catoroqui Street, Suite 206, Ktngeton, OntaNo, K7K 127
e-mail: ezarch Okoa.nat tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
Drapn by Date
E.R. I A/ay 2Q 2001
Flle Name Supersedes
Superseded By
0006-A201 I
I
A02-50
r.• /oo
N IW IA
ID I~ I~
' IZED uM. NANDOW
E. R TO WINDOW
UL
FINISHED METAL FLASHING
PT. WOOD STUD
FINISHED VERTICAL
' SIDING ROOF
BANE 13mm PT.
OD 75mm SEMI-RIGID
. AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER
' m CONC. BLOCK
LJ
' I a
Q ~
1
1
1
CARRY ROOFlNG MEMBRANE OVER
THE TOP OF THE PARAPET
PRE-FINISHED METAL CAP FLASHING
PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING
AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SLOPE
FOR PARAPET CAP.
PRE-FINISHED METAL FLASHING
ROOF MEMBRANE
13mm PT. PLYWOOD
38mm BY 75mm
P.T WOOD STUDS AT 400mm O.C.
75mm SEMI-RIGID INSUL AIR/VAPOUR
BARRIER 140mm CONC. BLOCK SPANDREL
PANEL c/W BATT INSUL & ANODIZED
ALUM. BACK PAN
SPANDREL PANEL c/W BATT INSUL.
AND GALVANIZED BACK PAN
ANODIZED ALUM. CURTAIN WALL
WITH SILICONE JOINT. REFER TO
WINDOW SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS.
140mm CONC. BLOCK DOWELED
TO FLOOR ®600 o.c. WITH
300mm LONG DOWEL GROUT
BLOCK SOLID.
CONTINUOUS CAULKING
AND FOAM ROPE AT TOP
AND BOTTOM OF SLAB
SPANDREL PANEL c/W BATT INSUL.
AND GALVANIZED BACK PAN
41mm STEEL STUD
FURRING CHANNEL
13mm GYPSUM BOARD (PAINTED)
NeW C/orington Library Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
location 4 Cotaraqui Street, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
a-mail: azarehOkos.nat tel(613)541-0776 fax(813)541-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Date
BoWmanvi//e, Oratorio J.R./SC. I ,{/oy29, 2001
Client
Municipa/ity of C/arington Flle Name I Superaedea I Superseded By
0006-A3f2
Drawing Client Protect Drawing Number
Addendum ,¢~2
Section Der£'oil 6 on A312 Protect ~
nnna
H D~ - 5
s• fo
STRUC RAL CONCRETE
COLUM BEYOND.-
10 Sec
312 1:10
Addendum #2 I Probct ~ ,q D2 - 52
Section Detail 6 on A312 0006
>~ fn
- a uctaraqul street, suite LDb, Kingeton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
' Loeotton a-mall: ezarchOkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(813)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drown by Date
BoWmonr!//e, Ontario J.R./S C. I ~oy29, 2Oa1
Client Flle Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
Municipa/ity of C/arington a~os-A3~2
Client ProJeet ~ DroWing Number
n....,.n...
' 0 450 to suit 900 900 900 450
v
D05 .~ y ~ L.1 ~~ 0.t ~ at
ai 0.i r a
351r M 0., ~ 353r 352a
0
0
u7 0
D13 N `n
N
0
~F25'~ (HM~ ~F24'~ (HM~
6mm Clear to Bred 6mm Gle
glazing
glazing
Hollow metal 6mm Clear tempered Hollow me
rams (paint d) glazing ame {pa
1530 1470
32 Hardwood frame
to 900 w/ stain & varnish gOp 32 q5
uit finish
D1 to sui 3245045 ai as
0 D15
n 0
379r 0. 424r a,
N D7 0
o '~ 0 n
O_ N
01 N D13
M D
a~
•h
Finished Floor v
rn rn
~F32'~ (HM~ GLAZED SCREEN ~RAA~,~ TYP
189.1/189.2 (WD) F38 (HM~
Pra lect
New C/a~ington Lib~o~y Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
Location 4 Cataraqui Strset, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
40 Temperance Street a-mall: azarchOkos.net tel(813)541-0776 faz(613)541-0804
D
b
Bowmanvil/e, Onto~io rawn
y
P.K./S C. Dat,
I Mo
29 2001
Client
Municipality of C/arington File Name
coos-.a~ol I Superaedea I Superseded By
Drawing
Client Projeet
Drawing Number
Addendum #2
Ch Project , q p2 -, 53
ange to MezzSc~een 189.1 & 189.2 0006 ,
7: 50
' TRANSFORMER
PRE-FINISHED
' METAL FLASHI
1
13mm PRESSURE -
' TREATED PLYyyOOD
coNnNuous -
FlBREBOARD CANT
' STRIP
1
1
1
1
TYPE
STEEL STRUCTURE
(REFER TO
STRUCTURAL)
2700
~
~ •
•
f
ce'
~
4
~
~ e i
{
.
.
.:' .~~;
~~ •.r
i,; ~ ,1 ~
~' i ~
1~ •..t ~
19Omm POURED CONCRETE
CURB
CONTINUOUS FlBREBOARD
CANT STRIP
38mm METAL DECK
62mm CONCRETE TOPPING
AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER
MEMBRANE
tOOmm RIGID INSULAnON
13mm FlBREBOARD
ROOF MEMBRANE
lV eW C/arinQ ton L
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonN//e, Ontorlo
Client
~unicipa/ity of Clarington
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Sutte 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: szarchOkos.net tel(813)Ev}1-0776 fax(813)641-0804
Drawn by Date
/. Rickard I ,~/oy 2B, 2001
Ftle Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
Client Project * Drawing Number
Drawing ~J
Addendum #2 project ~` ~ ,q D2 - J~~t
Transformer Pod 0006
f.• fo
CARRY AIR/VAPOUR
BARRIER MEMBRANE AND
ROOF MEMBRANE UP, OVER
AND INTO TRANSFORMER
PAD
CARRY AIR/VAPOUR
BARRIER MEMBRANE AND
ROOF MEMBRANES UP
CURB AND FINISH WITH A
TERMINATION STRIP
OF CONCRETE SLAB
EXPOSED
13mm GYPSUM BOARD
ON METAL STUD FRAMING
EXPOSED CONCRETE
60mm 'COMPASO' EDGE TRIM
REFER TO SPECIFICATION
SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC
CEILING TILE AT 2700 A.F.F.
—REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR TYPE
8 Ceiling Detail
152 1:10
9L .7
� l/8 #Dj,90 6uili00
Z,¢' ujnpuappV
Bulmwa
.f; 1DdioiunpV
wouo
.7 19ILMUOWIA017
"bal Ot,
uo�y000�
ataN
18fwd
M i m m m m = m M = M
1
1
1
1
OF CONCRETE SLAB
EXPOSED CONCRETE
60mm "COMPASO" EDGE TRIM
REFER TO SPECIFICATION.-
EXPOSED CONCRETE CAPITAL
13mm GYPSUM BOARD ON
SUSPENDED METAL STUD
FRAMING ®2800 A.F.F.
EXPOSED CONCRETE COLUMN
14 Ceilin Detail
152 1:10
' aProject
New C/arington Library
' Location
40 Temperance Street
Bowmonviile, Ontario
Municipality of C/arington
Drawing
Addendum #2
Cei/ing Detail
1: 75
14/152
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 CataraQui Street, Suite 206, Kfngaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: azarchOkos.nat tel(813)541-0778 fa><(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
P.K. I May 28, 2001
Flle Name I Supersadea I Superseded By
0006-A 101
Client Project Drawing Number
Project ~ ,q D2 - 57
0006
dflaY•zz• Zuul_ 3;39F'M.~JU55tLYN tNGINttHING 1N
Nn.dQdd p, 3
~ .4.os,1
Co}sp~ot~
AM ~5
wuM ~}-2
~ #35
SEC170N A-A
50 Spillway
`ececd 1'A! of rock~~,. ~-- Geotextile
Rock
-~-~--••••••••••••200mm~
SECTION B-B zoomm
NOTE:
A Ali dimensions aro in millimetres or
metres unless otherwise shown.
Direction of tlow
~___,
Fir} Ifft of rock
Trench to be
' beckfilled eryd
.~ eempacted
`-300mm min
of yeotextile
in trench
1996 C2 O1~Rav
TEMPORARY ROCK FLOW CHECK owe _ _ _ _ _ -
~~aT 13orroM Drrcli o~ cwwNE~
OPSD -- 219.
,d,YJ'L. ~~,
{
iA
11.
� • a
n
v �
A
s
i
i
I.,YY7YSt¢YGitva v�!iruwh._,ILI��4�iyi{'; NINA _
� t�l 71 i t t
'Mop t 11! SEE
-1�1llItt
IYr ktl {� � t1Yt.l.t,1� + h 't ,1
0114;
Mlip Y .
y^ tir iS!iYl�j� Yl�4 ij►t�i"' , j�
Y Y
l�. ANEiYlYHfrlYYl�tY4�,.
�� it flt
tIl
f ,� _ tN!I MYi•
.ry Y Or��.Lr ra MGL■yL■yM1[+7J�
-
.[
k ii w - u, .� � �, r S ,�y �• Irt-
75
5 5 ~•:.. ... ,.~,..,
75 ~ 75
••• ~ r~. 0 10 ..
~e e ~ e. 2 0 v •s _ ~.. •• .~,~•.
2 DUCTS 3 DUCTS 4 DUCTS
7s r-
6 DUCTS
DUCT CONFIGURATION NOTES•
1 IN GENERAL, THE OWNER WILL PROVIDE A CONCRETE ENCASED STEEL RE-
INFORCED DUCT BANK WITH ROUTING APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION.
2 THE DUCT BANK SHALL CONSIST OF PARALLEL 100mm TYPE 11 PVC TERMINATED
WTH BELL FlTTINCS AT EACH END UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE NUMBER
ANO THE ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTS WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE
CORPORATION.
3 OUCi LENGTHS SHALL BE JOINED TOGETHER WITH APPROVED COUPLINGS
TO PROVIDE A SOUND WATERTIGHT JOINT. THE JOINTS IN ADJACENT OUCiS
SHALL BE STAGGERED BY AT LEAST 200mm.
' a DUCT SPACERS SHALL BE PLASTIC WITH 2 SPACERS PER 2.Om LENGTH
OF DUCT. DUCTS ARE TO BE BANDED WITH NONMETALLIC MATERIAL ONLY.
5 THE TOP SURFACE OF THE DUCT BANK SHALL BE AT LEA57 1.Om BELOW
FINISHED CRAOE ANO SHALL HAVE AN EVEN SLOPE. PREFERABLE TOWARDS THE
STREET OF NOT LESS THAN 75mm IN 30m TO PROVIDE DRAINAGE,
6~ THE DUCT BANKS ARE TO BE STEEL REINFORCED W1TM 16mm s RODS AND ENCASED
IN 20 MPc CONCRETE WITH A MINIMUM COVER OF 75mm ON ALL SIDES.
' CONCRETE SHALL BE WORKED BELOW AND BETWEEN DUCTS TO PROVIDE
a HOMOGENOUS MASS.
7 THE CORPORATION IS TO BE PROVIDED AT LEAST a8 HOURS TO PERMIT
INSPECTION OF THE DUCT STRUCTURE WHICH INCLUDES: TRENCH EXCAVATION, F
DUCT INSTALLATION, CONCRETE ENCASEMENT, DUCT TERMINATION Ai ITS ENO I
POINTS.
8 WHEN COMPLETE, DUCTS SHALL BE CLEAN, WATERPROOF AND FREE FROM
OBSTRUCTIONS ANO THE ENDS ARE TO BE PLUGGED PATH STANDARD PLASTIC
' DUCT PLUGS TO PREVENT THE INGRESS OF MOISTURE AND GIRT. THE DUCTS
SHALL BE TESTED FOR CLEARANCE WITH A 90mm (3-1/2") a MANDREL IN
THE PRESENCE OF ACORPORATION-REPRESENTATIVE. A 15mm (5/8") s D
POLYPROPYLENE PULLING ROPE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EACH DUCT. _
UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. ALL OIMENSfONS ARE IN mm.
,~'lr' ~o
7 75 75 r
1.
1
+• •~•••~•~~0•~•f
8 DUCTS
' i larington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork Section 03100
Municipal Office Expansion and Falsework Page 1
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
' Delete clause 1.3 aad replace with the followi.ag:
1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following
' Standards publications and where such reference is made
it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
t .1 CAN/CSA A23.1-94 Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CSA 5269.1-1975 Falsework for
' Construction purposes.
.3 CSA 086.1-94 Engineering Design in Wood.
.4 CSA 0121-M1978 Douglas Fir Plywood.
.5 CSA 0153-M1960 Poplar Plywood.
.6 CSA 0151-M1978 Canadian Softwood Plywood.
.7 CAN3-0188.0-M78 Mat-Formed Wood
Particleboards and Waferboard.
' .8 CAN/CSA-5269.3-M92 Concrete Formwork.
.2 Do concrete formwork in accordance with
CSA-A23.1, except where specified otherwise.
' .3 Do falsework in accordance with CSA 5269.1,
except where specified otherwise.
t Delete clause 1.5.2 and replace with the followiag:
.2 Design formwork for loads and lateral pressures
' recommended in CSA 5269.1. Wood design to
conform to CSA 086.1.
' Delete clause 1.6.2 aad replace with the following:
.2 Concrete Forms
.1 Indicate method and schedule of
t construction, materials, arrangement of
joints, ties, shores, liners, and
locations of temporary embedded parts.
' Comply with CSA 5269.1 for falsework
drawings.
Delete clauae 2.1.1 aad replace with the following:
' 2.1 Materials .1 Forms:
.1 Formwork lumber: plywood and wood
formwork materials to CSA-086.1.
' .2 Falsework materials: to CSA 5269.1.
.3 Circular column forms: Poli-Perma Form
fibre tubes, as manufactured by Perma Tubes
' Ltd. or approved equal, with a plastic inner
liner with one vertical seam.
.4 Column capital forms: Purpose-made
removable, steel or reinforced plastic, to
sizes indicated on drawings.
Section 03100 ~~ '
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Formwork
Municipal Office Expansion and Falsework Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
'
.5 Form ties: removable or snap-off metal ties, '
fixed or adjustable length, free of devices
leaving holes larger than 25 mm din. in
concrete surface.
.6
Form liner: 1
.1 Plywood: Douglas Fir to CSA 0121, Poplar
to CSA 0153, Canadian Softwood Plywood to
CSA 0151, square edge. '
.7 Form release agent: chemically active release
agents containing compounds that react with
free lime present in concrete to provide water
insoluble soaps, preventing concrete from '
sticking to forms.
Add to follocoiag c2avses to clause 3.9 Conatrnctioa: '
.7 Verify lines, levels and column centres before
proceeding with formwork and ensure dimensions
agree with drawings. '
.B Obtain Consultant's approval for use of earth
forms.
.9 Hand trim sides and bottoms and remove loose '
earth from earth forms before placing concrete.
.10 Construct falsework in accordance with CSA
5269.1.
.11
Construct forms to produce finished concrete '
conforming to shape, dimensions, locations and
levels indicated within tolerances required by
CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.12 Fabricate .and erect formwork in accordance with
CAN/ CSA-5269.3 to produce finished concrete
conforming to shape, dimension, locations and
levels indicated within tolerances required by '
CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.13 Obtain Consultant's permission before framing
openings not indicated in concrete joists,
beams or columns. '
.14 Build in anchors, sleeves, and other inserts
required to accommodate Work specified in other
sections. Assure that all anchors and inserts '
will not protrude beyond'surfaces designated to
receive applied finishes.
.15 Clean formwork in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23.1, before placing concrete. '
Add to folloviag alauaes to olanse 3.20 Stripping of Fozma and Reshoriag:
.7 Leave formwork in place for following minimum ,
periods of time after placing concrete.
.1 Three days for walls and sides of beams. '
.2 Three days for columns.
l J
1
'
tion 03100
S
larington Public Library/ ec
Concrete Formwork
Municipal Office Expansion and Falsework Page 3
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
'
' .3 Twenty-eight days for beam soffits,
slabs, decks and other structural
members, or three days when replaced
immediately with adequate shoring to
' standard specified for falsework.
.4 Three days for footings and abutments.
.8 Re-use of formwork and falsework subject to
' requirements of CAN/CSA-A23.1.
l b
.9 e
Falsework, formwork and shoring shal
designed and inspected by a qualified
professional engineer licensed in the province
' of Ontario.
1
1
1
larington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
' Delete clause 1.2 and replace with the following:
1.2 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
' Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSR A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and
' Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CAN/CSR A23.3-94, Design of Concrete
Structures.
' .3 CSA W186-M1990, Welding of Reinforcing
Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction.
.9 CSA G30.18-M92, Billet-Steel Bars fox
t Concrete Reinforcement.
.5 CSA G30.3-M1983 (R1991), Cold-Drawn Steel
Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
' .6 CSA G30.14-M1983 (R1991), Deformed Steel
Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
' .7 CSA G30.5-M1983 (R1991), Welded Steel Wire
Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
.8 CSA G30.15-M1983 (R1991), Welded Deformed
Steel Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
.9 CAN/CSA G40.21-M92, Structural Quality
Steel.
.2 Do reinforcing work in accordance with
' CAN/CSA-A23.1 and welding of reinforcing with
CSA W186, except where specified otherwise.
Add the following clauses to clause 1.6 c..i..,.;ttals:
' .6 Shop drawings for reinforcement shall be
prepared in accordance with Reinforcing Steel
Manual of Standard Practice - by Reinforcing
' Steel Institute of Ontario (RSIO).
.7 Design and detail lap lengths and bar
development lengths to CAN/CSA-A23.3, unless
' otherwise indicated. Provide type C tension lap
splices unless otherwise indicated.
t Delete clause 2.1.1.1 sad replace with the following:
.1 Reinforcing steel: billet steel, grade 400,
deformed bars to CSA G30.1B unless indicated
' otherwise.
Add the following clauses to clause 2.1 Materials:
' .6 Cold-drawn annealed steel wire ties: to CSA
G30.3.
.7 Deformed steel wire for concrete reinforcement:
to CSA G30.14.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200 ~ '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001 '
.8 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to '
CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.9 Mechanical splices: subject to approval of
Consultant. '
.10 Plain round bars: to CAN/CSA-G40.21.
Delete clause 3.6.1 sad replace vith the folloxsag:
.1 Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with '
CAN/CSA-A23.1, and the Reinforcing Steel Manual
of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steel
Institute of Ontario. '
Add the follotriag clause to clause 3.6 Fabrication:
.5 Obtain Consultant's approval for locations of '
reinforcement splices other than shown on
structural drawings.
.6 Upon approval of Consultant, weld reinforcement
in accordance with CSA W186. '
Add the followiag clauses to clause 3.7 Placing:
6 Place reinforcing steel as indicated on
structural drawings and on reviewed placing '
drawings and in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1.
7 Welded wire mesh shall be installed and securely
supported by spacers conforming to CAN/CSA A23.1
at the specified elevation prior to placement of
concrete. Placing the reinforcement at the
bottom of the concrete slab and lifting it as
the concrete is placed will not be permitted. '
t
1
1
t
1
t
f
~!
t
C
1
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
Delete clausel.3 and replace vith the following:
1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
Standards and where such reference is made, it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA A23.1-99, Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CAN/CSA A23.3-94, Design of Concrete
Structures.
.3 CAN/CSA A23.5-M06, Supplementary Cementing
Materials.
.4 CSA A5-93, Portland Cement.
.5 CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry.
.2 Do cast-in-place concrete work in accordance
with CAN/CSA-A23.1, and testing in accordance
with CAN/CSA-A23.2, except where specified
otherwise.
Add the folloving clause to clause 1.7.1 S~ittals:
1.7 Submittals .1 Submit proposed quality control procedures for
Consultant's approval, including, but not
limited to, proposed methods of concrete
protection during hot or cold weather
conditions.
Delete clause 1.5.1.6
Delete clause 2.1 and replace with the following:
Materials .1 Portland cement: to CAN/CSA-A5.
.2 Water: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.3 Aggregates: to CAN/CSA-A23.1. Coarse aggregates
to be normal density.
.4 Air entraining admixture: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.5 Chemical admixtures: to CAN/CSA-A23.5.
Consultant to approve accelerating or set
retarding admixtures during cold and hot weather
placing.
.6 Shrinkage compensating grout: premixed compound
consisting of metallic aggregate, Portland
cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents.
.1 Compressive strength: 35 MPa at 28 days.
.7 Curing compound: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.8 Premoulded joint fillers:
.1 Bituminous impregnated fibre board: to ASTM
D1751-83.
.9 Weep hole tubes: plastic.
.10 Dovetail anchor slots: to CSA Standard A370.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
,
Add the following clause: '
2.2 Concrete Mixes .1 Proportion normal density concrete in accordance
with CAN/CSA-A23.1, to give following
properties: '
.1 Concrete not exposed to freezing and
thawing or to deicing chemicals shall have
a minimum compressive strength as
indicated on the structural drawings. '
.2 Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing
but not exposed to deicing chemicals shall
conform to the exposure classification
specifications of CSA Standard A23.1 '
(classes F-1 and F-2).
.3 Concrete exposed to deicing chemicals
shall conform to the exposure
classification specifications of CSA '
Standard A23.1 (classes C-1 to C-41.
.4 Proportion normal density concrete for
slabs on grade in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23.1, to give following t
properties (unless noted otherwise on the
drawings):
.1 Minimum compressive strength: 12 MPa
at 3 days, 28 MPa at 28 days. t
.2 Minimum cement content: 320 kg/m3
of concrete.
.3 Class of exposure: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.
.9 Nominal size of coarse aggregate: 25
mm.
.5 Slump at time and point of
discharge: 75 mm
Add the following clauses to clause 3.11 Placing Coacrete:
.7 Ensure reinforcement and inserts are not
disturbed during concrete placement. ,
.S Maintain accurate records of poured concrete
items to indicate date, location of pour,
quantity, air temperature and test samples
taken. '
.9 Provide construction, isolation and control
joints in concrete slabs and walls as required.
Install joint sealers as indicated and in
accordance with manufacturer's written '
instructions.
.10 Cure concrete in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1.
Delete clause 3.13.4 '
Add the fallowiag clanae:
3.19 Inserts .1 Set sleeves, ties, pipe hangers and other '
inserts and openings as indicated or specified
elsewhere.
.2 Do not eliminate or displace reinforcement to
accommodate hardware. If inserts cannot be ,
located as specified, obtain approval of
modifications from Consultant before placing of
concrete. ,
1
1
LJ
larington Public Library/ Cast-in-place Concrete Section 03300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 ADDE2IDUM NO. 2 April 2001
.3 Check locations and sizes of sleeves and
openings shown on structural drawings with
architectural, mechanical and electrical
drawings.
.4 Anchor bolts:
.1 Place anchor bolts to templates under
supervision of trade supplying anchors
prior to placing concrete.
.2 Protect anchor bolt holes from water
accumulations.
.3 Set bolts and fill holes with shrinkage
compensating grout.
.5 Drainage holes and weep holes:
.1 Install weep hole tubes and drains as
indicated.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Masonry Procedures Section 04050
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
Delete clause 1.3.2 sad replace with the following:
.2 CSA-A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings.
Add the following clause:
1.12 Protection .1 Keep masonry dry using waterproof, non-staining
' coverings that extend over walls and down sides
sufficient to protect walls from wind driven
rain, until masonry work is completed and
protected by flashings or other permanent
construction.
.2 Pzotect masonry and other work from marking and
other damage. Protect completed work from
mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings.
' .3 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during
and after erection until permanent lateral
support is in place.
Delete clause 2.1 sad replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Masonry materials are specified elsewhere in
' these specifications or on the design drawings.
Delete clause 3.2.3.1 sad replace with the following:
.3 Concrete Block Jointing
.1 Allow joints to set just enough to remove
excess water, then tool all masonry joints
with round jointer to provide smooth,
compressed, uniformly concave joints.
' Delete clause 3.2.8 sad replace with the following:
3.2 .8 Install loose steel lintels. Centre over
opening width and ensure minimum bearing width
' as indicated on drawings. Provide a minimum
100mm bearing for loose steel lintels unless
' noted otherwise on the drawings.
1
Clarington Public Library/ Mortar and Grout Section 04100
Municipal Office Expansion for Masonry Page 1
' 0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
Delete clause 1.3 and replace with the foll.owiag:
1.3 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
' .l CSA A179-94, Mortar and Grout for Unit
Masonry.
.2 CSA-A371-99, Masonry Construction for
Buildings.
.3 CSR-A370-99, Connectors for Masonry.
.4 CSR-5309.1-94, Masonry Design for
Buildings.
' Delete clause 2.2 sad replace with the following:
2.2 Grout .1 Grout: to CSA A179.
' h
ll h
.2 a
ave a
Grout for masonry construction s
minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa at 28
' days and a slump of between 200 mm and 250 mm.
Add the following claaae:
2.3.5 Mortar for all loadbearing masonry shall be Type
' S based on Proportion specifications.
Add the following clanse:
3.1.3 Fill all cells in masonry units containing
reinforcing or anchors solid with grout.
' Add the following clause:
3.3 Placement of .1
Grout No grout space should be less than 20 mm nor
more than 150 mm in width. Where grout spaces
exceed 150 mm in width, use concrete conforming
to the requirements of Section 03300.
I
.2 Mortar projecting more than 10 mm into the grout
space shall be removed.
' .3 Grout vertical cores of masonry in lifts not to
exceed 1500 mm. Rod or vibrate in place.
' .9 Whenever grouting of vertical cores in masonry
is stopped for one hour or longer, a horizontal
construction joint shall be made by stopping the
grout pour 25 mm below the top of the masonry
' unit to form a key with the next lift.
tl
LJ
larington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 04160
Municipal Office Expansion and Connectors Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
Add this Section to Specification:
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA A23.1-94, Concrete Materials and
Methods of Concrete Construction.
.2 CSA-A370-94, Connectors for Masonry.
.3 CSA-R371-94, Masonry Construction for
Buildings:
.4 CSA G30.3-M1983, Cold-drawn Steel Wire for
Concrete Reinforcement.
.5 .CSA G30.18-M92, Billet-Steel bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
.6 CSA G40.21-M92, Structural Quality Steel.
.7 CAN3-5304-M89 (R1999), Masonry Design for
Buildings.
.8 CSA W186-M1990, Welding of Reinforcing
Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction.
.2 Do reinforcing and connecting of masonry in
accordance with CSA-A370, and CSR-A371 unless
specified otherwise.
1.2 Source .1 Upon request inform Consultant of proposed
Quality Control source of material to be supplied.
1.3 Shop .1 Submit three copies of all shop drawings to the
Drawings Consultant.
.2 Shop drawings shall consist of bar bending
details, lists and placing drawings.
.3 On placing drawings indicate sizes, spacing,
location and quantities of reinforcement and
connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials .1 Bar reinforcement: billet steel, grade 400,
deformed bars to CSA G30.18.
Clarington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 04160
Municipal Office Expansion and Connectors Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
.2 Wire reinforcement: to CSA-A371 and CSA G30.3.
.1 Horizontal joint reinforcement to be
galvanized welded truss-type, minimum rod
diameter 4.76 mm, complete with
prefabricated T and L shaped sections
3 Bolts and anchors: to ASTM A307 or CSA G40.21
Grade 300.
4 Connectors: to CSA-A370 and CAN/CSA-5304.
5 Corrosion protection: to CAN/CSA-5304,
galvanized, for metal ties and horizontal
reinforcing in exterior walls, and wet or humid
areas.
2.2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of
Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Institute
of Ontario.
.2 Fabricate connectors in accordance with CSA-
A370.
.3 Obtain Consultant's approval for locations of
reinforcement splices other than those shown on
contract drawings.
.4 Upon approval of Consultant, weld reinforcement
in accordance with CSA W186.
.5 Ship reinforcement and connectors clearly
identified in accordance with drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Horizontal .1 Install at vertical intervals 400 mm maximum,
Reinforcing continuous truss-type horizontal reinforcement
comprised of not less than two rods, placed 25
mm from each face, and lapped 150 mm at each
splice location. Installed prefabricated shapes
at wall intersections and in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Rods shall be as
specified, but not less that 4.76 mm diameter.
r
'
~ larington Public Library/ Masonry Reinforcing Section 09160
Municipal Office Expans ion and Connectors Page 3
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
'
' 3.2 Bonding and .1 Bond walls of two or more wythes using metal
Tying ties in accordance with CSR-A370 and as
indicated.
d
i
h
.2 ance w
t
Tie masonry veneer tobacking in accor
CAN3-A370.
3.3 Reinforced .1 Place and grout reinforcing in accordance with
Lintels and Bond Beams CSA-A371 and CSA-5304
.2 Reinforce masonry lintels and bond beams as
indicated. Make joints in lintels and bond
beams to match adjacent walls.
3.4 Bolts and .1 Embed bolts and anchors solidly in grout to
' Anchors develop maximum resistance to design forces.
3.5 Control Joints .l Stop reinforcing 25 mm short of each side of
control joints unless otherwise indicated.
' 3.6 Lateral Support .1 Provide lateral support and anchorage in
and Anchoraoe accordance with CAN/CSA-5304 and as indicated.
' 3.7 Reinforced .1 Reinforcement must be accurately positioned and
Masonry rigidly secured at intervals by wire ties or
spacing devices to prevent displacement of the
bars during grouting.
' .2 The distance between reinforcement and the
masonry unit face or formed surface must not be
less than 6 mm for fine grout and 12 mm for
' coarse grout.
1
' ~ larington Public Library/ Concrete Unit Masonry Section 09220
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
' Delete clause 1.2 sad replace with the following:
1.2 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
' Standards and where such reference such reference is made
it shall be to the edition listed below,
including all amendments published thereto:
' .1 CSA-A165 Series-94, Concrete Masonry
Units.
' Delete clause 2.1.1 sad replace with the following:
2.1 Materials .1 Concrete masonry units to CSA-A165.
.1 Classification: H/15/A/M for hollow
' units, S/15/A/M for solid units.
.2 Size: indicated on drawings.
.3 Special shapes: provide bull-nosed units
' for exposed corners. Provide purpose-made
shapes for lintels and bond beams. Provide
additional special shapes as indicated.
' Add the following clause:
3.1.5 Jointing in loadbearing walls: all joints in
loadbearing masonry to be concave profile.
Delete clause 3.2 sad replace with the following:
' 3.2 Concrete .1 Install reinforced concrete block lintels over
Masonry Lintels opening in masonry where steel or reinforced
concrete lintels are not indicated. Install
steel reinforcement 12 mm clear from the
' interior of block face and bottom unless noted
otherwise.
' .2 End bearing shall not be less than 200 mm or as
otherwise indicated on drawings. Steel
reinforcement to extend to at least the end of
the lintel bearing.
t
1
1
1
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 ADDSND9M NO. 2 April 2001
Delete clause 1.3 aad replace xith the following:
1.3 Reference
Standards
1 The Section refers to the following publications
and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
.1 CAN/CSA-516.1-94, Limit States Design of
Steel Structures.
.2 CSA W47.1-92, Certification of Fusion
Welding of Steel Structures.
.3 CSA W59-1989, Welded Steel Construction.
.9 CSA G40.21-M92, Structural Quality Steel.
.5 CAN/CSA G164-M92, Hot Dip Galvanizing of
Irregularly Shaped Articles.
.6 CAN3-5139-94, Cold Formed Steel Structural
Members
Add the following clause:
2 Do structural steel work in accordance with
CAN/CSA-516.1.
3 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59, by
companies certified by and welders qualified in
accordance with CSA W97.1, except where
specified otherwise.
1.7 Source Quality .1 Prior to commencing of work, if required by
Control Consultant, submit two (2) certified copies of
mill reports covering chemical and physical
properties of steel used in this work.
Delete clause 1.6.1.2 and replace nth the following:
1.6.1.2 For standard connections, select details from
CISC Handbook of Steel Construction to ensure
structural adequacy.
Add the following clanaes:
1.6.1.3 Submit Connection Design Details, in accordance
with CAN/CSA-516.1, of all non-standard and/or
special types of connections not specifically
detailed in the CISC Handbook of Steel
Construction, latest edition. Connection Design
Details shall be stamped and signed by a
qualified professional engineer licensed in the
Province of Ontario.
Clarington Public Library/ Structural Steel Section 05120 '
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001 ,
1.6.1.9 Submit Shop Details and Erection Diagrams in ,
accordance with CAN/CSA-516.1.
1.6.1.5 Indicate shop and erection details including '
cuts, copes, connections, holes, bolts and
welds. Indicate welds by welding symbols
defined in CSA W59. '
Delete claase 1.6.5
Delete clanae 2.1 aad replace vith the folloviag:
2.1 Materials .1 Rolled Wide Flange Sections: to CAN/CSA-G90.21
Grade 350W.
.2
Rolled Channels and Angles: to CAN/CSA-G40.21 '
Grade 300W.
.3 Steel Plate, Bars and Rod: to CAN/CSA-G40.21
Grade 300W, unless noted otherwise. ,
.4 HSS Sections: to CAN/CSA-G40.21 Grade 350W,
Class C or RSTM A500 Grade C.
.5 Bolts, nuts and washers: to ASTM A325.
.6
Anchor bolts: to ASTM A307 or CAN/CSA-G90.21. ,
.7 Cold formed sections: to ASTM A570 Grade 350W
.8 Welding materials: to CSA W59.
.9
Paint• '
.1 Interior steel not exposed to view:
conform to CISC/CPMA Standard 1-73a.
.2 Interior steel exposed to view: conform ,
to CISC/CPMA Standard 2-75.
.10 Hot dip galvanizing: galvanize steel, where
indicated or where exposed to the weather, to
CAN/CSA G169, minimum zinc coating of 600q/m2. '
.11 Zinc Rich Primer: Galvafroid as supplied by
W.R. Meadows or approved equal. '
Delete clavae 3.6.1 aad replace vith the folloviag:
3.6.1 Fabricate structural steel, as indicated, in
accordance with CAN/CSA-516.1. '
Delete claase 3.8.2.3
1
1
t
' ~
Clarington Public Library/ Steel Deck Section 05311
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2 April 2001
'
' Delete clsuael.2 sad replace with the following:
1.2 Reference .1 The Section refers to the following publications
' Standards and where such reference is made it shall be to
the edition listed below, including all
amendments published thereto:
' .1 CAN/CSA-516.1-99, Limit States Design of
Steel Structures.
' .2 CSA 5136-94, Cold Formed Steel Structural
Members.
.3 CSA 5136.1-95, Commentary on CSA 5136-94.
.4 CSA W59-1989, Welded Steel Construction.
'
.2 Do design, fabrication and erection in
accordance with CSA-5136 and 5136.1.
t .3 Do steel deck work in accordance with Canadian
Sheet Steel Building Institute Standards (CSSBI)
for Steel Roof Deck, lOM and Composite Steel
' Deck, 12M except where specified otherwise.
.4 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59 except
' where specified otherwise.
Delete clause 1.4.5.
' Delete clanae 1.5.4.
Delete clause 2.1.5 and replace with the following:
' 2.1 Materials .1 Steel Deck
.1 Zinc-iron Alloy (ZF) coated steel sheet:
' to CSSBI lO1M, with structural quality
ZF75 coating for interior surfaces not
exposed to weather.
2 Zinc (Z) coated steel sheet: to CSSBI
lO1M, structural quality, with 2275
coating for exterior surfaces exposed to
weather and for interior surfaces in areas
of high humidity.
Add the followi.ag clause:
2.2 Types of .1 Roof deck: 0.76 mm minimum base steel
Decking thickness, 38 mm deep profile, non-cellular,
interlocking side laps, unless otherwise noted.
Section 05311
Clarington Public Library/ Steel Deck page 2
Municipal Office Expansion April 2001 '
0006 ADDENDUM NO. 2
2 Floor deck: composite 0.76 mm minimum base steel ,
thickness, 38 mm deep profile, non-cellular,
upright flute profile (unless noted otherwise), '
interlocking side laps.
CJ
I~
r
PROVIDE DOl~LS TO MATCH
VERT. REINF. IN WALL ABOVE,
WHERE APPLICABLE
GROUND FLOOR -t
a .
<' a
38x89 SHEAR KEY ~
ISM ®250 VERT.
IOM ®250 HORIZ.~
100
FILL SPACE BETWEEN THE WYTHE
WITH RI61D INSULATION -LEAVE
NO GAPS OR VOID SPADES
rFIN. GRADE
AK
FREE DRAINING
GRANULAR BAGKFILL
® 330 E.W. /
bmm HELIFIX TIES o 600 MAX. o.c.
H d V x 245 Lg. + 50 BEND
38x38 KEY
ISM DOWELS ®500 o.c. .'
Q
BUILDING PAPER
,~-
BASEMENT FLOOR
SLAB ON GRADE • a
a
PLAIN GONG. •
FOOTING
Q <
Q.
600
FOUNDATION WALL D
1,20
30
' ®250 E.W. O.F.
DO NOT BAGKFILL WALL UNTIL
GROUND FLOOR d BASEMENT
SLABS ARE IN PLACE.
•~,.~~
nt o~ane w• auu i•smr wv oe~wwa m
M flOFF• EFtlE PIIOfIIW10 NM /f!! •DOC
PKaccT: ~:
RONEY ENGINEERING MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION FOUNDATION WALL DETAIL
U.IrdT~o (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CONSULTNO KINGSTON TION: $OgI.E: DWC N0:
6Nar~ ~a,T Qll? BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO AS SHOWN SA1-1
` MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON °A~ MAY 2001
1
MARK DEPTH
mm
J1 200
J2 460
J3 300
J4 460
JOIST SCHEDULE
LIVE LOAD DEAD LOAD
~/m kN/m
4.50 2.39
4.50 2.39
4.43
1.35
REMARKS
L.L.
DEFL.
L
240
3.42 kN
5.36 6.14 kN m REFER TO PLAN FOR
JS 4fi0 4'50 POINT LOADS FROM
2.63 ~ 1.35 kN m pgRTITION
L
360
J6 400 4.43 1.35
J7 460 4.43 1.35
J8 460 4•gp
5
40 R EFER TO PLAN FOR
. P OINT LOADS FROM
P ARTTION
J9 600 2.96 1.35
3.42 kN
5.36 6
14 kN
J10
600
4.50 . m
R
EFER TO PLAN FOR
2
42 1.35 kN m P OINT LOADS FROM
. P ARTITION
J 11 300 4.50 2.39
t0.6lkN t1.4k"
J 12 300 RT{-m- I
J13 200 I
J)
J14 } o~
Z ~~~
m
~ z'ZoZ
U~
~~~ ~ W
� � � _� � � � � � � � � � � � � � i
i
t
COLUMN SCHEDULE
MARK C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
HIGH ROOF T.O.S.
ELEV. 133.345
(HIGH POINT)
FIFTH FLOOR T.O.S.
ELEV. 124.201
FIN. FOURTH FLODR
ELEV. 126.240
~ Q Q ~ ~°
•9 ~
g~Q 8
N 8~
`r
~' gyl
V 8 6
'C~ O
-'7~
+m
Epees
~ ~
w®
e U1
~~
9
~ ~111
~®
~ H
~NN®~
6 ~
~N®~
9
p~~
QF
~~ry
~ £4!
E1f1H
v W
ENF-U
y 2 9 ~_
U
~FZ
~ W
~~I-l~
~ W_~_]
~NF'Z
ry
FIN. THIRD FLOOR
~~ a x lf
Noo 8
,~b~s ~E
,coos O
~O
N,~o~ Q
~O
~,~o~
ELEV. 121.'/35
~~
~ g
~`~
~~~ $g
~PF
e o
NN ~ ®
E
~ e~®
~ ~o~
6
~ ~®N
c
E
~
H
FF
~ ~
~ ~~ ~
~
~ E~
~
4
,DQ ~~ N~~ ~04 ~V~Q~
FIN. SEGOND FLOOR
ELEV. 118.230 ~ R R
F
E ~ ~F
E F
e
~ F
~
~
~'~~ ~ ~
`~
G
~ ~
~
~mf E ~
V
~~~z
F,~a
FIN. MEZZANINE FLOOR N ~ O ,p ,~ ,~ 0 N ,fl 0 s ~ ~
ELEV. 115.45 g ~
~ g ~ 6
~ ~ ~ w
~~
~
~U
N®1
~N® ~
~N®
~®~ ~
~~os
_
E W
F ~ W
~ m f EEE W
O m~ E~ ~ ..
(S N F~ U
Z
FIN. GROUND FLOOR in ~o ~ ~ a ~ N ~ ~ d
~ ~ 0 s
ELEV. 112.20
FIN. BASEMENT FLOOR
ELEV. 104.720
oorrnonT a mop, wer vloxmea unm
TIE LV111M61M BWL WiY NA E IFlV~[ 1011
wl oEexaoxs ra swi RDOR! aM E~IJFPlIILY ro
TIE ooml rmE Rgf4-Ip wM IM' ~on~
RONEY (~NOINEERINO
~ PRgIECi:
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
(AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY) T(fLE:
COLUMN SCHEDULE
L
CONSVLTNO KINGSTON
srRUCTURwL oNnvao LACA710N:
BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO SGLE
AS SHOWN OWG.NO:
ENGINEERS 842-38Y2
°A~` SA2-2
FOR` MUNICIPALITY OF CIARINGTON MAY 2001
1
ll
1
1
' MECHANICAL ADDENDUM #M-1 (PART OF ADDENDUM N0.2)
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
MAY 29, 2001
The following document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents.
The following revisions and/or additions shall be made to Drawings and/or specifications and the
' cost shall be included in the Tender Price.
REVISIONS TO SPECIFICATION
' SECTION 15300 -SPRINKLERS
' 1 11 Sprinkler Heads
1. All sprinklers in light hazard shall be quick response type.
SECTION 15500 -HEATING VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING
1 16 Gas Pioine and Service
I. Add Paragraph .10 as follows:
".10 Arrange with and pay gas company to relocate existing gas meter to front of
building until the service is provided in the new location. Connect existing gas
pipe in basement to meter in temporary location."
1 39 Supply Air Unit
t 1. Revise Paragraph .1 as follows:
".1 Supply and install where shown inside building, Carrier package Air Handling
Units as described in this specification and as scheduled on the plans, factory
assembled, pre-wired and tested. Units shall be complete with the following
components:
' 1. Supply Air Fan sections
2. Heating coil (SAl)
3. Cooling coil (SAl)
4. Filter section
5. Mixing section
6. Motors and drives
7. Vibration Isolators"
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION '
Page 2 ADDENDUM NO. M-I
t
SECTION 15500 -HEATING. VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Cont'd)
2. Delete Paragraph .3 in its entirety and replace with the following:
".3 Fans
'
1. General
1. Plenum fan sections shall have one single width single inlet
(SWSI) airfoil fan wheel. Airfoil blades shall be double '
thickness design. Wheels shall be painted with zinc chromate
primer and enamel paint. They shall be designed for continuous
operation at the maximum rated fan speed and motor
horsepower. Fans shall have a minimum AMCA Class II rating. '
2. Fan wheels shall be keyed to the shaft and shall be designed for
continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor
horsepower. Fan wheels and shafts shall be selected with a ,
maximum operating speed 25% below the first critical, and shall
be statically and dynamically balanced as an assembly.
3. Fan shafts shall be solid steel, turned, ground, polished and '
coated with rust preveirtative oil.
4. Fan motor shall be mounted within the fan section casing on
slide rails equipped with 2 adjusting screws. Motor shall be high '
efficiency, open drip-proof or totally enclosed fan cooled NEMA
Design B with size and electrical chazacteristics as shown on the
equipment schedule. Premium efficiency motors shall be '
available. Motor shall be mounted on a horizontal flat surface
and shall not be supported by the fan or its structural members.
All motors shall have a t10%voltage utilization range and a
1.15 minimum service factor. Motor shall be compliant with '
EPACT where applicable.
2. Performance Ratings:
Fan performance shall be rated and certified in accordance with ARI ,
Standard 430.
3. Sound Ratings:
Manufacturer shall publish first tluough eighth octave sound power for ,
fan discharge and casing radiated sound.
4. Mourrting:
Fan scroll, wheel, shaft, bearings, drives, and motor shall be mounted on '
a common base assembly which shall be isolated from the outer casing
with factory-installed 2-in. deflection spring isolators and vibration
absorbent fan discharge seal. The isolation system shall be designed to '
conform to seismic zone 4 requirements."
~~
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. M-1
Page 3
SECTION 15500 -HEATING VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Cont'd)
1 39 Sunnly Air Unit (Cont'd)
' 3. Revise Pazagraph .10 to delete Carrier and add Engineered Air.
4. Add Paragraph .11 Equipment Schedule as follows:
' ".11 F~uinment Schedule:
Air Handler Unit: 39T
Unit Size 17
Fan Type Plenum Draw-Thru (Std. Wheel)
Class Class II
Casing Type 2 in. Double-Wall Solid
' Inlet Guide Vanes No
Actual Airflow, L/s 3681
Site Altitude, m 0
' Standazd Airflow, L/s 3681
Upstream Ext. Static, kPa 0.000
Downstream Ext. Static, kPa 0.311
Cooling Coil Static, kPa 0.000
Heating Coil Static, kPa 0.049
Other Losses, kPa 0.000
1 Total Accessory Static, kPa 0.147
Total Static Presswe, kPa 0.507
Fan RPM (Calculated/Achral) 1813 / 1864
Fan kW / Motor kW 2.8 / 3.7
Cooling' Fluid Temu Rise Heating: Fluid Temo Droo
Coil Model NC-F NH-F
' Row/FPI/Girt. 4/11/FL 2/8/HF
Face Area Type Large Medium
' Coil Face Area
Velocit
F 1.51 sqm 1.51 sqm
2.4 m/s 2.4 m/s
y
ace
Fin /Tube Material AI / CU AI / CU
Tube Wall Thickness 0.406 mm 0.406 mm
Total Cooling Capacity 67.21 kW
42 kW
Heating Capacity 127.
Sensible Cooling Capacity 51.56 kW
' Fluid Flow Rate 2.9 Ls 2.7 Us
Fluid Pressure Drop 9.6 kPa 30.9 kPa
Fluid Velocity 0.8 m/s 1.6 m/s
Entering Fluid Temperature 7.22°C 87.78°C
' Entering Air Temperature 15.56°C
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 4 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
SECTION 15500 -HEATING. VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Cont'd)
1.39 Supply Air Unit (Cont'd)
4. (Cont'd) '
. i l (Coma)
Leaving Fluid Temperature 12.78°C 76.67°C '
Leaving Air Temperature 0.049 kPa
Fluid Temperature Rise 5.6°K 11.1°K
Cv Rating 20.5 19.5
Entering Air Dry Bulb 26.67°C
Entering Air Wet Bulb 19.44°C
Entering Air Enthalpy 55.24 kJ/kg
Leaving Air Dry Bulb
15.21°C '
Leaving Air Wet Bulb 14.31°C
Leaving Air Enthalpy 40.0 kJ/kg
Bypass Factor 0.1366
Air Friction 0.135 kPa
Brine
Brine Concentration FW
0% FW
0%°'
REVISIONS TO DRAWINGS
NOTE: DRAWING PLANS ARE AT 1:75 SCALE. '
DRAWING M101
1. Existing incoming domestic water service will be capped by Region at main in road.
Remove existing water meter and handover to Region. ,
2. New 200mm sprinkler main, 100mm domestic water main and 150mm sanitary main
from street main to property line will be by Region of Durham. Division 15 to apply and
arrange with Region to bring all services to property line. The Owner will pay the cost of '
services to Region including cost of water meter. Installation of water meter by this
Contractor.
3. New storm line from CB # 1 shall run within 300mm of property line.
4. Storm line bedding shall also comply with OPSD details #802.03. ,
5. All OPSD numbers shall be amended to latest numbers in effect.
1
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. M-1
Page 5
' DRAWING M101 (Cont'd)
6. Provide a manhole at street main at a connection of new 250mm storm to existing storm
d
i
ance
n accor
All work for the new storm line in road shall be done by this contractor
line
.
with the requirements of Municipality of Clarington. This include excavation, inshallation of
250mm stone line and backfill between street main and property line. Also extend storm
line from property line to building, catch basins and manholes as shown.
7. Provide valve and box to 100 mm domestic water line at property line.
DRAWING M102
1. Relocate Oil Fill and Vent lines to west wall of Stair No. 3
2. Rise 25mm Oil Fill and 32mm Return line from storage tank to Day Tank inside
Generator Room.
3 Provide one waste oil storage tank in Storage Room 046 by the sump pump. Provide
. 100mm vent and 100mm pump out line to tank and pipe to outlet at outside of building on
north side. Provide a sign by the vent and pipe outlet stating "WASTE OIL STORAGE
' TANK".
llons
500
d
4 ga
,
Waste oil tank shall be double wall, vacuum monitored, ULC 602 approve
. capacity, RGVM high water alarm with spaze contact for EMS, Level o meter, Vacuum
' gauge monitor.
5. Provide a valved SOmm drain cock at bottom of tank.
6. Suction and vent pipe shall be black seamless steel schedule 40 CSA B-63 pipe with 150#
SWP black malleable iron Sttings.
7. Provide a 75mm FFD (T'V&.~ by the tank and pipe with 75mm pipe to sewage pit located
inside Mechanical Room.
' DRAWING M103
1 Remove exterior hose bibb and all unused pipes connected to hose bibb, outside of
. Accounting # 129. Removed pipe shall be capped at main.
2. See attached sketches for new Washrooms in existing building.
' main
ct to sanita
nn
162
d
i
i
3. .
ry
co
e
an
v
ng
Provide a 75mm FD (TV&F) in ceder of Rece
' 4. Mazk Sink S-1 to sinks in Cafe 152.
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION '
Page 6 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
DRAWING M 104 '
1. Move Men's Washroom to Women and Women's Washroom to Men. See Architectural '
Drawings. Revise piping to suit.
DRAWING M 105 ,
1. See attached sketch for new Washroom #2261ayout.
2. Relocate 75mm sanitary line along col. Line G to 1500 meters southerly to run against
the Book Stack.
3. Provide a 75FD(TV&F) in Janitors Closet 273 and connect to sanitary main. ,
DRAWING M 106
1. Provide a 100mm RD. in center of Corr. 340x. Connect 100 storm line to roof drain and
connect to vertical drop at Column Line F2. ,
2. Provide one MSB with electric heater in Janitors 366. Provide all service to MSB from
neazest main. Also provide one 75FD(TV&F) in same room and connect to sanitary
main. '
3. Provide 13mm valved water lines to sink in Janitor 415 above from main in Corr. 340.
Connect sanitary line from MSB to sanitary line drop in pipe space of Female W/C #369. '
4. Add two (2) additional roof drains as shown on Detail AD2-49 this Addendum (No. 2),
Architectural Section.
DRAWING M 107
1. Provide one MSB with electric heater in Janitor 415 and one 75FD(TV&F) in center of '
same room. Provide all services to MSB and FD from main. Connect vent to main.
2. Provide on 100 RD between column line 1 & 2 in Corr. 430. Connect 100 storm line to '
roof drain and connect to vertical drop in Computer System 429. Change e~ire vertical
drop size to 100mm.
'
3. Provide one (1) 75 mm FD in Electrical #414. Connect 75 mm drain line to floor drain
and connect to 100 mm line from hub drain under transformer at roof leads to waste oil
storage tank. '
DRAWING M108
1. Provide 13mm hose bibb at south wall of Electrical Room 500 and South wall of
Generator Room. Provide 13mm cold water line from main.
1
' NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. M-1
Page 7
DRAWING M108 (Cont'd)
t 2. Provide 100 mm hub drain under the Transformer, 75mm above roof level. Connect drain
100mm drain line to hub drain and pipe to waste oil storage tank located in basement.
1 3. Provide one MSB with electric heater in Mech. Room 502 at northeast corner of the
room. Provide al] services from main.
DRAWING M-201
1. Reroute 19mm HWS and hIWR pipes (running in Electrical Pulling Room 044) through
Corridor 042.
DRAWING M-202
1. Reroute supply air ducts in Children's Story Area 169 to cleaz oval ceiling.
2. Delete wall box for exhaust fan EF-4. Provide 200x200 Louvre east of the double door
' to Receiving 163. Extend exhaust duct to Louvre.
3 Sensor located in Work Room 155 to serve FC-1.
.
4. Delete exhaust grille for EF-11 (200x150) in Janitor's Room 172a.
' S. Delete return air grilles in Room 155, 159 and 156.
6. Delete supply air grille in Room 158.
7. Revise gas load to read as 156 cubic meter per hour (CHIT).
8. Provide opening shown on this Addendum (No. 2). Blank off unused section of the
' louvre. Louvres aze painted to match Light Bronze anodizing.
DRAWING M-203
Revise to show fire dampers type `B' in all ducts penetrating the wall of Janitor Room
182C.
' 2.
Revise to show fire dampers type `B' in all ducts penetrating duct shaft at grid line 6
between grid lines H and N.
3. Revise to delete 300x200 wall box for exhaust fan EF-1. Revise to show 300x300
Louvre at south wall of women's washroom 183 at gridline A. Relocate fan and reroute
duct to connect to Louvre in new location.
4. Revise to change two squaze diffusers above Circulation Desk 154, to lineaz diffusers
similaz to the other six diffusers in the same area.
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION '
Page 8 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
DRAWING M203 (Corrt'd)
5. Revise to delete 3 linear diffusers at grid line 2 and replace with five 300x300 wall '
supply air grilles (2 at G.L.F., 2 at G.L.G. and 1 at G.L.H.)
6. Revise av quantity of lineaz diffuser LV 1 of FCU-1 to read as 161 L/S instead of 168
L/S.
7. Provide opening shown on this Addendum (No. 2). Blank off unused section of the '
louvre. Louvres aze painted to match Light Bronze anodizing.
DRAWING M-204 1
1. Revise to show fire damper at floor in 200x200 fresh air duct at G.L. F14. '
2. Revise to delete square diffuser in Reading Bay 267. Provide 900mm linear diffuser at
west wall.
3. Revise to show 200x200mm Louvre at window at G.L. B/3. Revise to show 150x150
exhaust duct connecting exhaust from EF-12 and 200x200 Louvre.
4. Revise to show fire dampers type `B' in ducts penetrating duct shaft at G.L.G. between H ,
and N.
5. Revise air quantity of linear diffuser (LV 1) for FCU-10 to read as 2AT71 L/S and length '
900mm.
6. Delete exhaust grille for EF-12 (200x150) in Janitor's Room.
7. Provide opening shown on this Addendum (No. 2). Blank off unused section of the '
louvre. Louvres are painted to match Light Bronze anodizing.
DRAWING M-205
1. Revise to relocate transfer duct at G.L. E/1 inside room 317.
2. Revise to reroute supply air duct in Meeting Room 364 around oval section of the ceiling. '
3. For duct shaft at G.L. G/3, revise to show fire dampers at floor in both main ducts.
Revise to show type `B' fire dampers in all ducts penetrating the shaft walls. ,
4. Revise to show exhaust fans EF-8 and EF-9 as shown on Architectural Drawings.
5. Revise all linear diffusers at G.L. 2 in Atrium azea to be 300x300 wall supply air grilles. '
' NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 9 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
DRAWING M-207
1. Revise to show 45° offsets in all flues in boiler room 501. Flues shall penetrate the roof
at G.L.E.
DRAWING M-208
1. Terminate 19mm condensate drain line for FCU-1 and FCU-2 to the 75mm FFD (See
Plumbing Drawing) located in Mechanical Room.
2. Terminate 25mm condensate drain line for SA-1 to the 75mm FFD (See Plumbing
Drawing) located in Mechanical Room
3. Terminate 32mm condensate drain line (running parallel to grid line `P') to the 75mm
' FFD (see Plumbing Drawing) located in Mechanical Room.
4. Terminate 19mm condensate drain line for FCU-3 and FCU-4 to FFD (see Plumbing
' Drawing) located in the Closet Space.
DRAWING M-209
1. For sensors controlling FCU #6,7 and 8, revise to show a note stating that conduits for the
sensors shall be cast in concrete.
' DRAWING M211
1. Provide sensors for fan coil unit 30 through 42 as follows. Locate sensors beside
I electrical switch near door.
FCU # LOCATION OF SENSOR
' FC-30 Office 407
FC-31 Library Administration 406
FC-32 Library Director 409
' FC-33 thorough FC-35 Unassigned Space 421
FC-36 Library Tech Services 424
FC-37 Technical Services Director 433
' FC-38 GI5 Analyst 428
FC-39 Work Room 434
FC-40 Information and Tech. Training 417
FC-41 Corridor 422
FC-42 Corridor 430
~~
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION '
Page 10 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
DRAWING SPOI ,
1. Provide sprinkler protection to space west of Electrical Room 045. ,
DRAWING SP02
1. Provide sprinkler protection to high level mezzanine in Vest. 150. ,
2. In existing building, Meeting Room 120, Kitchen 120A, Lobby 119, 1198, Taxation Office,
Accounting #124, Staff W/C 132 and Meeting Room 132 aze renovated azeas. Provide
sprinkler protection from existing system. Lobby 119 will have new perforated ceiling.
Provide sprinkler protection above and below ceiling. '
3. Tax. Collector's Gen. Office #123 has raised floor. Drop new sprinkler line from existing
main in shelf wall W10 by the Gen. Office 124, run in basement ceiling and provide '
sprinkler protection inside raised floor space. Also provide sprinkler protection inside the
platform of circular desk.
4. Elliptical outline indicates wood panel ceiling. Provide sprinkler protection above and below I
all wood panels. Typical for all floors.
5. Provide fully recessed sprinkler heads with cover plate to match to entire ground floor ,
except in Stairs and Storage Rooms.
6. Room 169 is revised by this Addendum (No. 2) Item #39, Architechual Section: Add
sidewall heads similaz to ceiling in Room 171.
DRAWING SP03
1. Provide sprinkler protection to entire Stair No. 3, Electrical Closet and Elevator Shag.
2. Provide sprinkler protection to Open Area and Stair No. 4 as shown on attached sketch '
PSK-1.
3. Provide sprinkler protection above and below all wood panels. r
4. Provide fully recessed sprinkler heads with coverplate to match in mezzanine floor except in '
Room 193, 193A, 182 A, B, C, Stair 3 &6.
DRAWING SP04
1. Provide sprinkler protection to Communication Riser Closet and FCU 266A.
2. Sprinkler line in Corr. 260 and 261 shall be run against north wall with sidewall sprinklers ,
for corridors.
3. Provide sprinkler protection above and below all wood panels. ,
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. M-1
Page 11
r
4. Councillors Office 229, 235, 237, 238 and 243 aze new offices. Provide sprinkler protection
' from existing sprinkler main.
5. Clerks Gen. Office 219 has new wall on north and west side. Provide new sprinkler as
' required to suit.
6. Provide fully recessed sprinkler heads with cover plate to match, to entire second floor
except in FCU, Jan. 273 and Stair -3.
DRAWING SPOS
' 1. Mayor's Office will have revised curved ceiling. For additional information see latest
reflected ceiling plan. Provide sprinkler head to suit.
' 2. Provide sidewal sprinklers to wood ceiling in Meeting Room 364 and Joint Library 374.
3. Provide sprinkler heads above and below ceiling in Lawyer's 317 ceiling.
4. In existing building, Office 322, 323, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, provide
new sprinklers to suit new layout.
' S. Provide fully recessed sprinkler heads with coverplate to match in Room, 340, 342, 343,
350, 356, 374, 383, 384.
6. Add sidewalk sprinklers at the bulkheads at all windows in the following rooms: 378, 379,
380, 381, 357, 358a, 358b, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362 and 363.
' DRAWING SP06
' 1. Provide sprinklers to top of Elev. 3, Vest. 431, Elect. 414 and Stair #5.
2, Provide sprinkler protection to raised floor of Computer 425 and 432 and Storage 426.
3. Provide fully recessed sprinkler heads with cover plate to match in Room 405, 410, 411.
4. Relocate sprinkler line to cleaz the elev. shaft
408
407
i
ll
5. ,
,
ng rooms:
ow
Add sidewalk sprinklers at the bullcheads at all windows in the fo
409, 424, 433, 427, 428, 429, 422 and 405.
'
DRAWING SP07
1. Relocate Fire Hose Cabinet neaz the door 502a.
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 12 ADDENDUM NO. M-1
GENERAL NOTES TO DRAWINGS SPOT TO SP07
1. Locate all fire hose cabinets as per Architectural Drawings. Revise piping to suit.
2. Entire building has to be sprinkler protected. For all details of construction, layout,
interference, bulkhead, ceiling types and any other information see Architectural Drawings
and Sections.
GENERAL NOTES TO DRAWINGS SPOI TO SP07 (Cont'd)
3.
4.
Existing building also has rooms renovated. Provide sprinkler protection to suit. For extent
of renovation see Architectural Drawings.
Following are preliminary water flow test result:
Static 49 psi
Residual 48 psi Flowing 490 gpm
Residual 47 psi Flowing 976 gpm.
5.
Sprinkler contractor shall perform own test and use for the system to be installed. NO
EXTRA will be allowed if different resuh obtained. Use street water for the system to be
The Architectural ceiling plans show wood ceiling panels on various levels. At each
location provide sprinkler head/above and below these panels.
END
1
r
Periodicals
0 180 0--,q-
Stair
No.4
STANDPIPE UP AND DOWN
0
SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD
BELOW STAIR
I
Open to �bove
I
I
of o I o
PROJECT TITLE
J A N I w
�' NeW Clarington Library and Y a
and Aypociateo limited.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL Municipal Office Expansion Sprinklers Layout Revision w o
CONSun ENGINEERS a N
111 Brunei Rd. Suite zzo Municipality of Clarington Mezzanine Floor Part Plan
igpisoauga. Ont IAZ 1X3 A,
elephone (905) 507 -4101 40 Temperance Street OOOL
Fax (906) 507 -4107 Bo*manvils. Ontario
m
M
co
O
E
O
I d-i
OFFSET UP "-OFFSET UP OFFSET UP OFF
TO CHANNELS TO CHANNELS TO CHANNELS TO
ABOVE I ABOVE ABOVE I ABC
OFFSET UP
TO ABOVE OFFSET UP
CEILING TO SKYLIGHT
ABOVE
REFER TO
SECTIONS A311
AND A312
" p
0
VEI �E
l =AN
0
9
E
UDW4404g
IL 0 k
U011DOO-1
i
-
-
i
- i
- - -
~----
Jan.
' 014
I 10o Elev. Mech.
~
- Ico
co
EXISTING SAN ~ 3 ~ ~
~ STACK TO RE AIN ~ 3 ® 19C~y,13H i
Mec
too
I ~, 025
--' Kit. ® - -- ----
01 5 0 ~ EXISTING C.ecH.Vy. I'
i CO =- TO REMAIN. I 1
jJ.,
Room - Wome Elev.
4III
012 ~ --2a
i ® 4
10
100
i
xlsnNc RIEO
sAN.DRAIN 01 1 A
i uNES To EfJAM.
I
' ~
i Corr.
020 Storage
/
~ too i Nurse's I 021
/
i
-I - 010 i
PROJECT T1T~
NeW Clarington Library and
Municipal Office Expansion PLUMBING LAYOUT REVISIONS
Municipality of Clarington. BSM'T FLOOR PART PLAN (1
40 Temperance Street
eoylrnaiivna ontmb
DATfl SCALE DRAWING NUMBER REV.No.
J A I N `~ MAY 22/01 1: 7b
find A9pociatep Idmited.
CAL & ELECTRICAL
C
~ DWN HY ,C~`}ytI-ECKED HY P S K - 3
HANI
ME
CONSULTING ENOffiEER9 D~ JX MK
111 Hrunel Rd. Suite 220 ARCH. JOB No. S.AL JOB No. REFERENCE DRAWING(S)
Miagiaeauga, Ont. ]AZ 1X3
Telephone (906) 607-4101
' a
0006
OQ-138
Mtl)2
Fax (906) 507-4107
I I
I I
I ~
13CkHW
I 0
t
19C1k13HW
s QQ ,
- ---- - - ,
I-
--
C
CO_
100 13 100 100 13 C~~II
~
_~
100 I T-- _ -- _~_ -
~L1s ~-
Storag
~
018A
I I Stair
1s
No. 2
100 C
CO I ~--~13 ~ EXISTNG C.kH.
TOR AIN.
~
~
_ ~~
I I
Electric I Vest.
21 0 4
I
- -~'IJ - -~~- - - --
PROJECT TITLE
NeW Clarington Library and
Municipal Office Expansion PLUMBING LAYOUT REVISIONS
~unicipolity of Clarington BSM~T FLOOR PART PLAN (2)
40 Temperance Street
eaylmmwla antaio
DATE SCALE DRAWING NUtdBER REV.No .
J A I N SAY ~/oi t: ~e
and A99octate6 Idmued.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL
CONSULTING ENtlINEERS
D.JAIN DWN BY
JX 1C/HECKED BY
MK P S K - 4
111 Brunel Rd. Suite 220
3 ARCH. JOB No. J. A.L JOB No. REFERENCE DRAWING(S)
Mie9iseauga, OnL L4Z 1X
Telephone (906) 607-4101
Fax (906) 507-4107 ' s ooos oo-tae I~to2
1
i
i ~
Treasury Accounting
i
Ac ounting ~
Accounti
Gen. Office Office Of ice Office
1130 ~ 127
i i
Corridor
w ~E 126
E%. ER ~ - - v_---
EX.IINe
~
II
]R
r
Printer / Copi Staf Ih; of e e __ _
i 133 ~ W/C W_4 U 1
132 L-2
100
Corr
I i
137 i
- ___
_
~ ' ~
~
ocISTINc sAN.
~ M n
s J _ ~ ac ,t3HW Ta i iColle
/ STACK TO REIAAI 1 3 ®i 1 6 9CW,13HW ~ G g J I f f I C
T usury 10D Mech. 12 l =
Offi ' 144 4
ce
~ n. ,
- r1 $ --- - -+ -
I ®
$
r
`X.,En I
I
-
Elev
1
I
\
. ~
II i snNc c.e~H.W. omen's Corr. I ~_~
II ~ ,pro Re1~aiN. 141 ® 140 '
I I ~/ ~ i~ E%. R
II
10 a
II
~o m
Meetin
~,
~
No. ~ i
2i
=l34" - - -
i i
~-
~---
II
II
III _ ~ -
~
PROJECT TITLE
NeW Clarington Library and
Municipal Office Expansion PLUMBING LAYOUT REVISIONS
fl~unicipality of Clarington GROUND FLOOR PART PLAN (1 ~
40 Temperance Street
BorymanvRla Ontmb
DATE -,SCALE DRAWING NUMBER REV.No.
J A I N ~IAY 22/01 1: 7b
and pdeociated Umited.
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL DWN HY
JX CHECKED HY
MK P S K - 5
CONSBLTINO ENGINEERS D.JAIN
111 Brunel Rd. Suite 220
Ont. L4Z 1X3
Miepieaeuga ARCH. JOB No- J.AL JOH No. REFERENCE DRAWING(S)
,
Telephone (906) 507-4101 ~
a
QQQ6
I)Q-'I3$ 1I
fvlfQ3
Fax (906) 507-4107
I II ~ S II
I" i i I
I
I ' 11
II
II II
II I
I II
Iln ~ h I
~
~ I II ~
\ I ~
~
~
I
____ ~ II
II
_J ~_ _____~~ ~
I
L by
9 ~ Meeting Room
'No. 3
~ ,
~ 120
I I
p -=~1 I I
I
I I
II
II
I Ves~ibule/Kitchen
'
u
II ii
u
II 120'4
I
I I
t
II
II II
II C==_ ------____
L
- csr--cvr---- I
I I LI O LI O
' - ----_--_ _--
-TTT_~J o S-~'
W_q `~' ~ _
~i ~ishr q ~_2 -
' __ __ '1~1 ,ecwa~+W
~ ~ C:nllpct I - -
- - - T
-
I
I~
~ I I Office
~
~~ _
I
_
'
~ _
"
Lobby„
~ ~ 122
II
,
~~ I ~ ~~ ~~ i' I 119Q"~/ II
~
~~
~ ~1
I
~ V T
' I Ex. e I Stalr I
No. 2
I
_
- I
- I
I
--
I I
1 I I I
Vest.
' PROJECT TITLE
NeW Clarington Library and
Municipal Office Expansion PLUMBING LAYOUT REVISIONS
' Municipality of Clarington GROUND FLOOR PART PLAN (2)
40 Temperance Street
BoylmmHla Ontario
' DAT- SCALE DRAWING NUMBER REV.Na .
J A I N MAY Zz/o1 1: ~6
ana Aedociatep [dmited.
IAECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL
CON5ULTINtl ENtl[NEER5
0~ DWN BY
JX C~ryy.I~~ECKED BY
MK P S K - 6
' 111 Hrune] Rd. Suite 220 ARCH. JOB No. J. A.L JOB No. REFERENCE DRAWING(S)
Mie9ieaeuga, Ont. L42 i7Q
Telephone (906) 507-4101 ~o
' a-
QOQ6
00-138
M1o3
Fax (906) 607-4107
'
~ ___ _- ___ ___ _. _ ___ I
1`
1
i'
A
1
i
Seni
r
Bylaw
Clerk Spar ~~.
Councilor's i
i
Confi ntial
~
Enfo c.
a
Officer
Office ~
i
Office .
Secretary 223 i .
224 i -~
229 ,
i
222
~ /~
/~-I \
_
i
Corri or y
22 n
i
i
L___J
f.- -
Parking
Staff ~~i i
ffee i
Enfo c
~
ement
'` W/C i
<
I
7 ``
grs
Offic ,
w-.t 226 ~ i Councilor's
225 i _
L-2 ~
i Office Ii
II
~
~ 235
r---~
~ ~
~ Wom n' 6
---
212
,saw+~+w ~.
®
L i
Mech.
~ 247
Clerks
- -
--~-
'
- ---a
Gen. Office ~ I 7 Unassigned
219
®
1
Elev 237 i
Corr. .
Men' 210
211 i
i o
Clerks
;
~ Dept.
° I
~
~~,
Reception
~
,
' ~
'-
14
I-~
i
~ _
-
i -
-
~ _- _
-
I ~
_ i-
-~
••
}
.
-
- ___
~
i
~
i
r
i
~
ridge i
,
i
PROJECT TITLE
NeW Clarington Library and
Municipal Office o.
Expansion
PLUMBING LAYOUT REVISIONS
Municipality of Clarington SECOND FLOOR PART PLAN
40 Temperance Street
ewmwavai., ontorb
DAT-
SCALE
DRAWING NUMBER
n
REV.No.
•••
J A I N fvIAY 22/01 1: 76
ana A6gociatep lumued.
CAL & ELECTRICAL ~
~
~
o Ij}yI1 BY Cr7-~~ECKED BY PSK ]
PSK - 7
b1ECHANI
CONBIILTINtl ENtlINEERB D ~ JX MK
111 Brunel Rd. Suite 22D
L4Z 1X3
O
t `~
1
ARCN. JOB No.
J.AL JOB No. .....
REFERENCE DRAWING(S)
n
.
Miegie6auga,
Telephone (906) 507-4101
~' ~ a.
4.s~ aaQ6 00-138 M105
.
Fax (906) 607-4107
' ELECTRICAL ADDENDUM #E-1 (PART OF ADDENDUM N0.2)
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
' MAY 29, 2001
' The following document is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents.
The following revisions and/or additions shall be made to Drawings and/or specifications and the
' cost shall be included in the Tender Price.
REVISIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS
' SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM
' 1. The Division 16 Supplementary Tender Form is enclosed. Complete and submit with
tender.
SECTION 16010 -CASH ALLOWANCES
1. Delete these two (2) Cash Allowances. The Owner will pay directly for these two (2)
' items.
SECTION 16500 -LIGHTING SYSTEMS
' 1. The lighting fixture schedule is enclosed.
2. Add to Item 1.4.3:
"Fluorescerrt lamps in relocated lighting fixtures shall be T-12, 34 watt, C.W. or to match
existing."
' SECTION 16700 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
1. Add to Item 3.2.1:
"Due to phasing of construction and partial occupancy, include for initial testing of azea
to be occupied and also for later testing of the complete installation."
REVISIONS TO DRAWINGS
' NOTE: DRAWING PLANS ARE AT 1:75 SCALE.
DRAWING E-101
' 1. Delete exit light in Room 046.
' DRAWING E-102
I. Delete one (1) type `W' lighting fixture at grid lines `6', `N' and add two (2) type `W'
' fixtures on piers either side of double doors.
t
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION '
Page 2 ADDENDUM NO. E-1
2. Delete one (1) type `W' lighting fixture at grid line `1-E'. '
3. Delete fluorescent lighting fixture in Washroom 161 and provide two (2) type `P'
fixtures.
4. Lighting fixture type `A1' in Room 160 shall be type `H'.
5. In Work Room 155, delete three (3) type `B' lighting fixtures on west wall and replace
with three (3) type `P' fixtures in ceiling. '
6. Provide only three (3) type `PP' lighting fixtures in Office 156, not four (4) as shown.
7. In Lobby 151, provide four (4) type `S' lighting fixtures (one on each column, facing into
center). Connect all on circuit Al-12.
8. Delete four (4) type `S' lighting fixtures shown on wall of Vault 134.
9. Delete type `M' lighting fixtures in light cove in Meeting Room 120.
'
`
`
' ,
10. Add three (3) type
P
lighting fixtures in Lobby 119, south wall and connect to type
P
fixture adjacent.
`
' '
11. In Washroom 132, delete existing lighting fixtures and provide two (2) new type
P
fixtures and one (1) new type `L' fixture on east wall.
'
12. In Meeting Room 139:
- Delete type `M' fixtures in cove.
- Provide type `P' fixtures in lieu of two (2) type `Q' fixtures on east wall.
- Retain two (2) existing wall sconce fixtures, re-power and provide new switch. ,
DRAWING E-103 '
1. Provide one (1) type `Y' lighting fixture and switch in Janitor 182C; connect to circuit
B2-40. '
2. Revise type `T' lighting fixtures to be type `S', mounted at approximately 10 feet above
floor.
3. Provide three (3) type `T' lighting fixtures in underside of Comdor 260/261 (Drawing '
No. E-104) and connect to exterior lighting circuit Al-8.
DRAWING E-104 '
1. Provide ten (10) type `P' lighting fixtures on each of grid lines `3' and `4' connected to
new circuit in Panel B2.
2. Provide one (1) type `P' lighting fixture at north wall, grid line 3.
1
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 3 ADDENDUM NO. ~1
' '
`
3. K
.
Revise four (4) type `P' lighting fixtures at south side of East Stacks 273 to be type
' 4. Revise two (2) type `T' lighting fixtures at grid lines `2-F' to be type `S'.
S Add fow (4) type `R' lighting fixtures along east wall of Room 241 and connect from
' . existing circuit; provide one (1) additional switch.
6. Delete new fluorescent fixture in Coffee 227 and substitute two (2) type `P' fixtures, one
' (1) connected to N/L circuit, one (1) to existing corridor fixture.
7. In Secretary 222, provide new switch on north wall.
1 8. Delete new switch shown in Room 216.
DRAWING E-105
1. In Stair No. 3, add one (1) type `H' lighting fixture connected to adjacent fixtures.
' 2. In Corridor 368, revise type `Q' fixture to be type `P'.
3. In Lawyer's 317, delete type `A2' fixtures and substitute six (6) type `B' fixtures
' '
4 s Office 358:
In Mayor
- Delete three (3) type `Q' fixtures and substitute three (3) type `B2'.
t - Add five (5) type `J' fixtures in center, connect to additional dimmer.
5. In Room 320, delete one (1) fixture at north wall.
6. In Files Room 316, delete south fixture and relocate three (3) remaining fixtures; locate
new switch on common wall with Room 318.
' 7. Delete new N2 4 foot fixture in Corridor 314 and substitute type `P'.
DRAWING E-106
1. Delete exit light in Room 417.
2. In Library Director 409, provide Type `B3' lighting fixtures, one (1) dimming switch and
simplify wiring.
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND Mi1NICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 4 ADDENDUM NO. E-1 ,
DRAWING E-107 ,
1. In Main Electrical Room, provide one (1) self-corrtained emergency lighting battery unit '
with two (2) heads.
DRAWING E-108 '
1. Disconnect switches in Elevator Machine Room 043 shall be located at door from
Corridor 042, with wiring to controller. '
2. Notes in Storage Room 046 shall read:
- 3x2"C. for Data Cable System
- 2x2"C. for Power System '
- Typical: 18"x18"x4" Pull Box, Type 1 Enclosure
3. Note in Storage Room 018B shall read: '
- 18"x18'k6"Pull Box, Type 1 Enclosure
- Add note adjacent, "3x3" for Telephone"
'
DRAWING E-109
1. Delete `P/B' boxes shown south of grid line `F' and associated conduits. '
2. In Work Area 157, provide two (2) sets of Typical Desk outlets over counter (i.e., two (2)
duplex receptacles, one (I) telephone outlet, one (1) data outlet). '
3. Provide 120 volt connections at top of windows in Rooms 156, 157 and 154 (north wall) for
motorized blinds, wntrolled from Circulation Desk. t
4. In Circulation Desk, locate "Raise-Lower" switches, for motorized blinds at adjacent wall, at
skylights above Information Commons 174 and at Second and Third Floors on south wall. '
5. "WEST FANN"shall be located in east wall of Vestibule 150.
6. Delete duplex receptacles shown on east wall of Information Commons 174 (grid line E4) ,
and one shown at grids `H-1'.
7. In Meeting Room No. 3, 120, relocate outlets shown on west wall to north wall. in same
room, provide 120 volt connection to motorized screen on south wall, "raise-lower" switch
adjacent.
8. The existing data terminations in existing office area, terminate in a cupboard located near
label "Washroom 121" on plan; provide junction box as required and extend conduits to new
location in northeast comer of Room 124. '
f'I
1
t~
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. E-1
Page 5
9. New outlets in General Lobby and Reception 116, shall be connected using surface-mourrted
' conduits in Basement.
10. Provide Typical Desk outlets in:
' - Accounting General Office 124 (2 sets) - west wall
Accounting General Office 125 (2 sets) -east wall
' 11. Provide empty 3/4" dia. conduits for each of data and telephone outlets (typical for all
drawings).
DRAWING E-110
' 1. Provide three (3) duct-mounted smoke detectors inducts from FCU-39T in Room 193;
Fire Alarm Zone AZ-39.
DRAWING E-111
' 1. Delete devices shown on Information Desk 263 and substitute three (3) sets of Typical
Desk outlets located in desk, fed from conduit stub-ups below.
t 2. Provide 120 volt connections at top of windows in Comdor 260 and Corridor 261,
corrtrolled from Circulation Desk (Ground Floor).
t 3. Add duplex receptacle in southeast comer of East Stacks 273; circuit B2-49.
4. Delete new devices shown in Rooms 231, 232 and 233.
' S. Provide new duplex receptacle in southwest comer of Copy 244 and new duplex
receptacle and telephone outlet above counter adjacent (two dedicated circuits).
' 6. Provide Typical Desk outlets at:
Councillor's Office 238 -north wall
- Reseazch Assistant 245 -east wall
' - Unassigned 237 -west wall
Confidential Secretary 222 -north wall
t 7. Note: most partitions are low and require connections from below.
DRAWING E-112
1. The three (3) smoke detectors in Atrium must be connected within roof stmcture and run
irrto office azea ceiling space.
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
Page 6 ADDENDUM NO. E-1 '
DRAWING E-112 (Cont'd)
2. Provide 120 volt connections to two (2) motorized blinds at skylights in Atrium, '
controlled from Circulation Desk (Ground Floor).
3. Provide 120 volt connection to motorized blinds in Corridor 340x, controlled from '
Circulation Desk (Ground Floor).
4. In Building Clerks 331: ,
- Relocate desk outlets on north wall towazds the west.
- Relocate desk outlets shown on west wall to be on east wall.
- Add one (1) duplex receptacle on west wall, circuit F-58. '
5. Tn Building Inspector Files 353 relocate the desk outlets being removed, to north and
south walls. '
6. Provide two (2) sets of Typical Desk outlets in both halves of counter in Reception 335;
feed each section from walls at either end. ,
7. Provide two (2) sets of Typical Desk outlets in Planning Clerks 323.
8. Relocate existing desk outlets in Public Works 330 to east wall. '
9. Add typical desk outlets in:
- Public Works 330 -southeast comer ,
- Engineering Tech. 329 -south wall
- Public Works Print. 327 -north and south walls
- Engineering Tech. 328 -north wall
- Comm. Files 316 -south wall
- Comm. Services 315 -floor-mounted under desk
10. In corridor south of Comm. Files 316, locate Fire Alarm Manual Station on south wall. '
11. Provide 120 volt connection to motorized shutter in Comm. Services Reception 309; '
"ralselower" switch on west wall.
12. in Comm. Service. Office 312, locate desk outlets on west wall. '
13. In Comm. Service Programs 311, locate desk outlets on west wall.
14. Delete new outlets indicated in Comm. Service Assistant Director 310. '
15. The two (2) smoke detectors in existing Atrium (grid line `E1'), must be connected using
surface-mounted rigid conduit installed on top of roof; provide sealed vapour-stop in ,
conduit and pitch-pocket in roof construction.
1
NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIONADDENDUM NO. E-1
Page 7
DRAWING E-112 (Cont'd)
' 16. Note: most partitions are low and require connections from below.
' 17. Provide 120 volt connection for mop sink heater in Janitor 366.
DRAWING E-113
' 1 Provide 1 #2/0 copper ground wire to all raised-floor supports and to main incoming
. ground in Main Electrical Room (Computer Lab. 425 and Computer Room 432).
' 2. Provide 120 volt connection for mop sink heater in Janitor 415.
DRAWING E-114
' 1. Provide 1 #250MCM copper ground wire from Electrical Room to Basement incoming
water line.
2. Provide 1#250MCM copper ground wire from transformer pad on roof to two (2) 3 metre
long ground rods below grade.
t 3. Provide 120 volt connection for mop sink heater in Mechanical Room on grid line `3',
'
`
'
`
H
.
and
G
between grids
.4 Offset generator exhaust to go through roof at grid line 3.
DRAWING E-119
1. Sketches No. ESK-101 and ESK-102, enclosed.
END
t
1
m m r m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m
RY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PROJECT NO. 00 -138
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
LAMPS PER FIXTURE
MTG
MANUFACTURER
NO.
WATT
TYPE
COLOUR
1'x 4' FLUORESCENT, HINGED & FRAMED K -12
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -14G- 232 -12- 120 -EL.
A
ACRYLIC LENS, T -GRID CEILING.
2'X 4' FLUORESCENT, INTEGRAL SILVER
A2
REFLECTOR, HINGED & FRAMED K -12
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REG.
PEERLESS NO. LACH- 24G- 232 -12- 120 -EL -HT
ACRYLIC LENS, T -GRID CEILING.
2' X 2' FLUORESCENT, HINGED & FRAMED K-
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -22G- 231 -12- 120 -EL
B
12 ACRYLIC LENS, T -GRID CEILING.
B1
2'X 2' FLUORESCENT, SIMILAR TO TYPE 'B',
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS N0, TL -22F- 231 -12- 120 -EL
DRYWALL CEILING.
T X 2' FLUORESCENT, SIMILAR TO TYPE 131',
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. TL -22F- 231 -12- 120 -EL -DIM
B2
DRYWALL CEILING, DIMMING BALLAST.
2'X 2' FLUORESCENT SIMILAR TO TYPE'B',
120
2
31
T8U
3500 K
REC.
PEERLESS NO. LACH -22G- 231 -12- 120 -EL -DIM
B3
T -GRID CEILING, DIMMING BALLAST.
29" DIA. INDIRECT FLUORESCENT, GREEN
120
6
55
BIAX
3500 K
SUSP.
SPI LIGHTING NO. 290PT- 99317 -4081- 120 - 13SA -GN
C
DISK SHIELD, COLOUR BY ARCHITECT.
FLUORESCENT CHANDLIER INCLUDE CASH
120
SUSP.
D
ALLOWANCE OF $2,000.00 PER FIXTURE.
DIRECT /INDIRECT FLUORESCENT,
F
PERFORATED BODY, AIRCRAFT CABLE,
120
2
40
T5 - H.O.
3500 K
SUSP.
METALUMEN NO. C7TB- PER - 120 -EL -HO
WHITE POWER CORD.
6" WIDE FLUORESCENT, DROPPED RADIUS
G
LENS, DRYWALL CEILING, VARYING LENGTHS
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
REC.
METALUMEN NO. R6X- 2HRP -A- 120 -EL
TO SUIT SPACES.
4' LONG FLUORESCENT, WRAP- AROUND
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. KOPA -11- 232 - 120 -EL
H
ACRYLIC LENS.
MONO -POINT LOW- VOLTAGE INCANDESCENT
MR -16
J
WITH SHORT 6" SUSPENSION ROD TO
120112
1
35
NARROW
3700 K
SUSP.
JUNG NO. TLP305, NO. T538 & NO. T58.
FIXTURE.
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT, GRAPHITE FINISH
120
2
26
TT
3500 K
SURF.
LIGHTOLIER NO. 8038LATG- CS8232LG -120
K
BAFFLE.
124" LONG SINGLE -LAMP FLUORESCENT
120
1
17
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. LS -2- 117 - 120 -EL
L
STRIP.
48" LONG SINGLE -LAMP FLUORESCENT
120
1
32
T8
3500 K
SURF.
PEERLESS NO. SMS -4 -132- 120 -EL
M
STRIP, SIDE - MOUNTED LAMP.
PAGE 1 OF 2
m m m m m m m m m = m � m m m = m i m
RY AND MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PROJECT NO. 00 -138
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
LAMPS PER FIXTURE
MTG
MANUFACTURER
NO.
WATT
TYPE
COLOUR
48" LONG INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT,
120
2
32
T8
3500 K
SUSP.
PEERLESS NO. NIRA -4- 232 - 120 -EL
M2
APERTURED REFLECTOR.
48" LONG INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT,
121
3
33
T9
3501 K
SUSP.
PEERLESS NO. NIRA -4- 232 - 120 -EL
M3
APERTURED REFLECTOR.
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT POTLIGHT, CLEAR
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO NO. CH6- 218Q- 650C -WH
P
ALZAK REFLECTOR, HORIZONTAL LAMPS.
P2
SIMILAR TO TYPE'P' WITH DIMMING BALLAST.
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218Q- 650C -WH -DIM
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT POTLIGHT, CLEAR
120
1
42
TT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO NO. CV8- 142T- 820C -WH
PP
ALZAK REFLECTOR VERTICAL LAMP
COMPACT - FLUORESCENT WALL -WASH
Q
POTLIGHT, CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR,
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218Q- 650C- WWS -WH
HORIZONTAL LAMPS.
02
SIMILAR TO TYPE'Q' WITH DIMMING BALLAST.
120
2
18
QT
3500 K
REC.
JUNO. NO. CH6- 218Q- 650C- WWS -WH -DIM
LOW- VOLTAGE POTLIGHT, BLACK ALZAK
120112
1
35
MR -16
3700 K
REC.
JUNO NO. TC914 -442B
R
REFLECTOR TRANSFORMER.
NARROW
WALL SCONCE, PERFORATED MESH SCREEN,
120
2
26
PL -C
3500 K
SURF.
BETA -CALCO NO.61- 1103 -BZ -1
S
SATIN BRONZE FINISH.
EXTERIOR VAPOURTIGH I H.I.D. POTLIGHT,
120
1
100
ED 17
4100 K
REC.
JUNO NO. M8- 100 -FR
T
GASKETTED FRESNEL LENS.
M.H.
SUSPENDED LOW- VOLTAGE TRACK LIGHTING
MR -16
TRACK- JUNO'FLEX 12' ON 10 FT. SUSP'N.
U
WITH SUSPENDED FIXTURES 8 REMOTE
120112
1
35
NARROW
3700 K
SUSP.
FIXTURES - NO. TLP305NA.
TRANSFORMER FEEDING TRACK.
LOW- VOLTAGE POTLIGHT, ADJUSTABLE PULL
120/12
1
50
MR -16
3700 K
REC.
JUNO NO. TC944 -650
V
DOWN CYLINDER.
NARROW
EXTERIOR WALL -WASH H.I.D. WITH BRONZE
120
1
70
M.H.
4100 K
SURF.
RUUD NO. EB407- D -BS -V
W
SHROUD POLYCARBONATE LENS.
X
EXTERIOR INCANDESCENT
120
1
100
I.F.
2900 K
SURF.
STONCO NO. P61181
Y
GUARD
120
1
100
I.F.
2900 K
SURF.
YY
INCANDESCENT WITH CAST GUARD.
120
1
100
I.F.
2900 K
SURF.
RAB. NO. VAK 200 PG
LED MODULE, SINGLE OR DOUBLE -FACED
EXIT
WITH ARROWS AS SHOWN, THIN PROFILE,
120
1
2
LED
RED
SURF.
EMERGI- LITE'100' SERIES
LIGHTS
RED STENCIL LETTERS, BRUSHED ALUMINUM
MODULE
LETTERS
FACEPLATE.
PAGE 2 OF 2
sk.
ROOF
~ MAIN
MAM
ELECT.
ROOM
DUCT&ANK WETNT}i ED
SECONDARY CABIJ=S
CURB AT OPI
LEAVE MMIMAL -
SLACK CABLE
BETWEEN SUPPORT
POINTS (TYPICAL)
TRANSFORMER
oN PAD
ELECT.
ROOM
414
6TH FLOOR
4TH FLOOR
(TYPICAL AS
SHOWN) 2ND FLOOR
HIGH-VOLTAGE
RISER SHAFT
FLOOR
ELECT. ELECT.
ROOM ROOM
D44 046 _.__~
POWER DISTRIBUTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
N.T.s
N~
16KV PRIMARY CABLE
SUPPLIED BY VERIDIAN
coNNECnoNs, INSTALLED BY
DN.16, TD VERIDIAN
STANDARDS do APPROVAL.
PROJECT peW dlal3ngton Library and DRAWING NUMBER
J A I N Municipal Office Ezpendion
ana peeoolaces In~rRa. BWImanVAl& Ontab
CONSULTING ENGINEERS TITLE E S K -101
Telephone (905) 507-4101 POWER DI~TRIHUTION ~dI~MATTd DIAdRAM
Fax (905) 507-4107
DWN BY CHECKED BY SCALE DATE dOB No. REFERENCE DWG
G.Z W.R. AS NOTED MAY 28/01 00-138 E-119
r---- ~
I I
I I
I TRANSFOR•~IER I
I BY VERIDL4N I
coNNECnoNs
TOP OF I I
PAD SIZE I I
! ; 6O8X1117(LONG)
SL~~
THROUGH SLAB
INFO ELECT.
ROO1~ 414
RD~F SLAB
16
DETAIL OF TRANSFORMER PAD
.T.S.
JAIN
end Ae9odete6 limited.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Telephone (905) 507-4101
Fax (805) 507-4107
PROJECT II~~ew dlarington Library and
Municipal Oflice Ezpen~ion
TITLE DETAII. OF TRAIQ~FORMER PAD
DWN BY I CHECKED BY I SCALB I DATE
G.Z W.R. AS NOTED (SAY
DRAWINtl NUMBER
only ESK-102
JOB No. (REFERENCE DWG
00-138 E-119
' '~~hoaks and Zaback Architects Ltd
' June 5, 2001
Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
' Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: 0006
' Re: Addendum #3
The follow/ng items are part of the contract documents and are to be Included Tn the base bid.
' Architectural
ARCH. SPECIFICATION
' ITEM #1 Reference: Instructions to Bidders:
.1 1.1 Bid Call:
Delete .3, add revised.3:
"Submk Supplementary Bid Forms at or before 4:00 p.m. on
' Monday, June 11, 2001 (one hour after closing for Stipulated Sum
Bid). Submit in sealed envelope marked Supplementary Bid Forms,
Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office F~cpansion Tender CL2001-01.
' The Stipulated Bid Form remains due by 3:00 p.m. on Monday, June
11, 2001."
' 1.4 .4
Delete first sentence and replace with °Offers will be opened in public
immediately after closing time for Supplementary Bid Forms.'
.2 Add new 1.6:
' Both the Bid Form and the Supplementary Bid Forms must be submitted by
the respective closing times for Bid to be valid.
ITEM #2 Reference: Section 01001, General Requirements:
' 1.2 Cash Allowances
1.2.5.4 Change wording of this Allowance from "Testing and Balancing' to
"Commissioning (Testing and Balancing is by Division 15).°
' 1.5.2 Delete "Millwork Hardware' from this Allowance. Millwork Allowance is
by Section 06400.
' ITEM #3 Reference: Section 02490, Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers:
d
1.2: Revise the quantity of trees to that shown in Addendum No. 2, Item #35 an
Details AD2-41, 42 and 43 as follows:
t 2 Pin Oaks
6 Columnar Maoles
8 Trees Total
' 2 Tree Grates are required
ITEM #4 Reference: Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metals:
.1 Delete 2.4.5.
.2 Add revised 2.4.5: °Framing for folding accordion partition as described below.
2.4.6, 2.4.7, 2.4.8 and 2.4.9:
The framing consists of:
• 2 continuous 2 x 8 wood blocking just above ceiling
' Continuous 6' x 6' x 318' angle following shape of grill or partition
• Vertical 3" x 3' xY: angles at 3=" o. c. welded to continuous angle, clw6 x
6 x'/,' top plate bolted to slab
' • 2 -1 '/' x 1 54' x 118' angle wood braces at each vertical support welded
to support, c/w top plates bolted to slab.
4 Catarequi Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 email: mail@szarch.can Tel: (673) 547 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
Shoaks and 2.aback Architects Ltd.
2.4.13: Add: ,
3 Support consists of'F' threaded rods with threaded inserts at slab block,
max. 3'-0' o.c. '
2.4.2: Shelt angle as shown on Detail s on Dwg. No. A-300 is 8" x 6' x'F,", hot
dip galvanized angle lintels c/w gusset plates at 4'-0° o.c.
ITEM #5 Reference: Section 06400, Architectural Woodwork, Millwork, Add:
2.4.11 Extent of Window Stools '
Plam window stools are required at all exterior windows in the addition except
Ground Floor:
-North Elevation All windows
-West Elevation Corner Window in 168 '
Corner Window at F-15
Corner Window 170
-South Elevation Comer Window Grid Line B between 4 and 12
2 Corner Windows Grid Line B between 3 and 4 '
Window at 171
Window in 174
Window at 172 '
- Mezzanine Corner Windows in 190 and 191
Corner Window in 189a and 189b
Corner Windows in 183 and 184
Reading Area, Room 185 '
Periodicals, Room 180
-Second Floor Room 273
Corner Windows 267, 268 and 269
Corner Windows 274 and 264
Work Raom 265
Corridors 261 and 260
- Third Floor Rooms 378, 379, 380 and 381
Rooms 358b, 358a and 357 '
Rooms 382 and 383
Corridor 340a
- Fourth Floor Unassigned Space 421
Corridor 430 '
ITEM #6 Reference: Section 06400, Architectural Woodwork:
Drawings: A-606, Details 5 and 6, ,
A-607, Details 2 and 3,
Addendum No. 2, Items #87 and #88:
The Plam changed by Addendum No. 2 on these Details is COLORCORE brand surtacing '
material by FORMICA CANADA INC. bonded to a substrate of MDF.
Edges of Plam and reveal are also finished with COLORCORE. Install COLORCORE to
manufacturer's printed instructions. '
N. B. All other Plam on the project is as specified in 06400, Architectural Woodwork,
2.1.7, including revisions by Addendum No. 2, Item #21.
ITEM #7 Reference: Section 09680, Carpet:
2.2 Carpet Types
.1 Interface Entropy is Carpet Type 1.
.2 Carpets Types 2, 3, 4 and 5 will be selected from Chinile Wrap or Talesin t
by Interface. Each of 2, 3, 4 and 5 will be a different colour and or
pattern of these.
.3 Carpet Types are shown on the A-800 Series drawings (finish schedules). '
ITEM #8 Reference: Section 10000, Manufactured Specialties:
2.1.1 Recessed Entrance Mat - Kabemat Deluxe Entrance Mat c/w Frame:
Change address to: M. W. McGill & Associates '
1734 Orangebrook Court, #5
4 Catarequi Street Suite 206 IOngston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 e-ma8: mall@szareh.eom Tel: (613) 541 0778 Fax: (613) 541 0804 '
"~hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
' Pickering, Ontario L1W 3G8
Telephone 888-624-4557
Fax 888-624-4558
' ARCH. DRAWINGS
ITEM #9 Reference: Drawing No. A-101, First Floor Plan: Repair bricks using salvaged bricks as
' required at temporary gas meter relocated by this Addendum (No. 3) Mechanical Section.
ITEM #10 Reference: Drawing No. A-105, Fourth Floor Plan, Room 414: Add 300 mm high poured
concrete curb around entire room including 300 mm high threshold at door. Install
' waterstop at junction of curb and slab. Install dowels on outside of waterstop around
curb.
ITEM #11 Reference: Architectural Drawings No. A-107, Floor Plan -Basement and Ground Floor
(Part 2) -Existing Building and No. A-157, Reflected Ceiling Plan -Existing Basement
' and Ground (Part 2):
.1 Replace linear diffuser in Rooms 102 and 104 with 2 starter diffusers.
2 Relocate diffusers in 108a as shown on Dwg. No. A-157.
ITEM #12 Reference: 1a on Drawing No. A-212, Building Sections, 4 on Drawing No. A-312, Section
Details:
.1 Lobby 151, above Vestibule 150 between grids M and N: Delete the wood veneer
' hatching and add brick veneer hatching. This area is brick as shown on Details 6
on Drawing No. A-321, Ground Floor/Meaanine Floor Plan Details.
.2 The hardwood panel remains at the head and jambs of the opening through the
brick wall.
' 3 Refer also to ADD3-2.
ITEM #13 Reference: Detail 4 on Drawing No. A-300, Wall Section Details and Addendum No. 2,
Item #66.4: Section 07410 is responsible for supply all items outside of the plywood, i.e.
' insulation, gins, Blue Skin air/vapour barrier, and prefinished metal soffits and roofing.
Note: Addendum No. 2, Item 66.4 refers to 5 on A-300 changing aluminum to prefinished
metal. This is actually Detail 4 on Dwg. No. A-300.
ITEM #14 Reference: Details 4 and 5 on Drawing Na. A-312, Section Details, Addendum No. 2,
' Details AD2-23 and 24, Section 08520, Aluminum Windows and Curtainwall:
Section 08520 is responsible and for all material outside of the plywood, that is:
• Anodized aluminum soffit and folding seam roofing
' • Blue Skin air vapour barrier
• Girts and insulation
ITEM #15 Reference: Drawing No. A-402, Stair Details, Guard and Guard Details: Change reference
' to 14 on 402 to similar to 9 on 402.
ITEM #18 Reference: Drawing No. A~03, Millwork Details, Plans, Sections and Details, 5, 6 and 7
on Dwg. No. A-603, 12, 13 and 14 on Dwg. No. A-603:
' • Exterior faces of these units is wood veneer. Interior faces, shelves, etc. are Plam.
(N. B. Melamine is not permitted on interior of millwork units. Plam is required.)
' ITEM #17 Reference: Drawing No. A~06, Millwork Details -Tax Collectors and General Office
Desk, Plan, Sections and Details:
.1 Clarification all references on this drawing to wood veneer on plywood are
changed to COLORCORE laminate on MDF.
' .2 The 2 doors at the tops of the steps on Detail 1 on 606 are 'h height doors
constructed of COLORCORE laminate on MDF by Section 06400, Architectural
Woodwork.
' ITEM #18 Reference: Detail 9 on 601: Delete this Detail. Replace with Baywall models specified in
Section 1000, Manufactured Specialties, 2.1.2 wherever coat rods are shown.
ITEM #19 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Sketch AD2-41:
' .1 At gas meter and fill pipe, add the following notes:
' 4 Cataraqui Street Suite ZO6 Kingston, Ontado K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. ~ 1
"Section of typical fence with 2 gates c!w 4 Sonotube foundations to control
access to gas meter and oil fill pipe. Fence similar to 2 and 4 on OD2. Gates ,
similar to 6 on 002.
.2 Provide 3600 mm wide curb ramp at street aligned with receiving doors.
3
1 f ,
ITEM #20 -
or
Reference: Addendum No. 2, AD2-43 and AD2-44: Refer to attached Sketch AD
concrete unit paver types.
N. B. Concrete paver types are specified in Addendum No. 2, Item #9. '
ITEM #21 Reference: Detail 9 on 402 and AD2-48 from Addendum No. 2: Change 13 Laminated
Glass to 13 Tempered Glass.
ADDENDUM NO. 2 '
ITEM #22 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #22:
1 Change "at exterior to existing penthouse' to °at addition to existing penthouse as
shown for example on Details 13 on 314, 14 on 314, 18 on 314, 20 on 314 and 21 ,
on 314'.
.2 Assume gauge of existing material is 22 gauge.
'
° '
ITEM #23 as shown on AD2-49
.
Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #51.1: Add
ITEM #24 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #52:
.1 Delete 52.3. '
.2 Change'on attached Sketches 402-30 to °as shown on 4 and 5 on Dwg. No. A-
312'.
3 52.1: Change to'as shown on AD2-55 and ADD2-56°. '
ITEM #25 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #55: Add °the structural supports consists of 4 steel
columns and 4 steel beams at the u/s of the floor above'.
ITEM #26 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #60.7: Reference ADD3-2 for location of stone band. '
ITEM #27 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #71: Delete the increase in length of overhang on
Details 4, 2 and 13 on A-310. ,
ITEM #28 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #86: Change to °Reference 5 on 605, change height of
sandblasting from 200 to 750'. t
Mechanical
MECH. DRAWINGS '
ITEM #29 Reference: Drawing No. M-101, Site Plan New Building:
1 Detail on this Drawing: Concrete cover over pipe is only required where there is
insufficient cover at paver areas. '
ITEM #30 Reference: Drawing No. M-201, Basement Floor Plans, Heating and Ventilation:
1 Relocate existing gas mater and piping temporarily to Church Street face of
existing building as required to be safe distance from new construction. ,
2 At time of conversion of permanent gas service and meter, remove the above
temporary construction.
ITEM #31 Reference: Drawing No. SPD2, Floor Plan Ground Floor Sprinkler Layout: '
.1 Relocate existing FH Cabinet in Lobby 119 as shown on Addendum No. 2 Detail
Ad2-38.
.2 Remove existing sprinkler heads at foyer coat closet in New Lobby 119. '
ITEM #32 Reference: Drawing No. SP05, Floor Plan Third Floor Sprinkler Layout:
1 Remove existing sprinkler head at existing door to Corridor 309 from 328.
2 Remove existing sprinkler head beside existing security grill between 330 and 309. '
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontado K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804 '
~J
1
1:
LJ
1
1
"~hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
MECH. SPECIFICATION
ITEM 7873 Reference: Section 15010, Mechanical General Requirements, Add:
1.35 Installation, Interference and Setting Drawings
1 Installation, interference and setting drawings dimensioned and to scale,
shall be submitted for review by the Consultant, as may be required or
requested by the Consultant to make clear the work intended or to show
its relation to adjacent work or to the work of other trades. When an
alternative piece of equipment is to be substituted for equipment shown,
drawings of the area involved shall be prepared by this division. Three
copies of such drawings shall be submitted for review, of which one will
be retained by the Consultant.
.2 Installation working drawings to %a" equals 1 foot (1:50) scale for
mechanical room showing plan and sections of the plant, services,
bases, curbs, drains, motor terminals, shall be prepared by this division.
.3 Interference drawings area required for shafts, ceiling spaces, basement
areas, typical floors and wherever there is possible conflict in the
positioning of mechanical equipment, piping, ductwork sub-trades or
architectural features.
4 The design of the structural framing of the mechanical rooms and pipe
spaces and major pipe run supports has been based on assumed
loadings supplied during the design phase. Well ahead of the
construction of the affected areas, prepare and submit drawings for
review by the Consultant showing the layout and weights of all finally
selected mechanical equipment including details of concrete pads,
concentrated pipe loads and point reactions of the equipment onto the
.5 structure.
This division shall prepare sleeving drawings indicating the size and
locations of openings required in concrete floor slabs, roof slabsJdecks
and walls far piping, ductwork and equipment. In case of failure to
provide information in time (i.e. before the concrete is poured) any extras
incurred shall be at the expense of this division.
6 Submit drawings to all trades for review.
.7 Work shall not proceed in areas involved until after final review of such
drawings has been obtained.
Electrical
ELECT. SPECIFICATION
ITEM #34 Reference: Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods, Add:
1.7 Installation, Interference and Setting Drawings
.1 Provide insert location drawings (sleeving) drawings showing all
openings in the structure with all required dimensions. Provide all
changes necessitated by the submission of incorrect or late information.
2 Provide installation drawings of all work with dimensions drawn to scale
of 1:100, and coordinate with all trades and divisions. These drawings
shall show the actual equipment installed. Completely dimension all
openings, recessed and sleeves. Maintain layout drawings during the
performance of the work for periodic inspection of the Consultant and
submit completed drawings to indicate as-built conditions at the
completion of the Contract.
.3 Submit all drawings prior to commencement of the work well in advance
of construction of work incorporating built-in work. Submit copies of
drawings to all divisions.
4 Provide structural loads with all details necessary for the installation of
inserts. Coordinate and distribute the loads to suit structural capacities.
Structural
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
' 4 Cataraqui Street Sufte ZO6 Kingston, Ordario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613)541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
I ' ~ ~ Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
ITEM #35 Change precast sump to poured concrete sump Gw waterstop. Add 1 additional poured
concrete sump for sanitary pump. Refer to Drawing No. M-102, Foundation Plan.
ITEM #36 Include the attached Structural Items in this Addendum (No. 3).
END OF ADDENDUM
4 Cataraqui Sfreet Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K iZ7 a-mail: mail~szareh.ean Tel: (613) 541 0776 Faz: (613) 541 0804
Addendum 3 p0006 I Revtalan #
Site P/an 001) ,4 D3- ~
' 4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Ktngeton, Ontorto, K7K 1Z7
ocation a-mail: szarchQkoa.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0804
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Date
BoWmonv/lle, Ontorlo /. R/ckord I June 4, 2001
Clien File Nome Supersedes Superseded By
unicipality of C/o~ington ooos-AOO/ ~
~W~~~ Cllent Pro)ect ~ ~ Drawing Number
--0
00 _~
-~-
~
~; I
- O
I ~ ~~
~ I
~
,
--. , . ~ ;
..
vn
m
,
,.
;,>. ~ _
a.
> ,I
..
~ ~
"~
x
~ .... ~~
~
~,
,i
I. ~:
~,._ j r ~.
' -
y' ~
,~_~ -
3 -
a
_
~ ~
~.
t --r
y ~~ -m"
s
~
~/
.
" -,' ~. '~
x , z ...
,. C - _
;e
v 1
^ ~~
t 1 .
1
r
i
^ ~
~~ b
~_
`' i
"~
~
~~ ~ ~ r;
~
r
1
~ J~ ~
r
~ 1.
J ... . .. .it. d
/ ~ -
F.
4i env i 4 ",
_ ....~..r ~ s-- .. ~., m S
°' r
} -
3a
P
S _
- e
~ '
\ :~.
~ l
~
/ /
~-~
~r I~ ~
~ / ~ i ~
.r{ ~4
14
Yk.~A
a ~~~tr ~ yn~
. ; `. ,,, r ~
O m o y
~ p ~r
.:. -~
F
C o y :.
w J
u6
~
~
b m
A ~ '
A
_
~ ~
e _ ~ l
_ c
'
e
e.. ~_.
^.
,._ ^
- ~
/
_
Fss •'~
~ Project
New Clarington Library
' Location
40 Temperance Street
Ba wman w7/e, On torio
' Client
Municipality of Clarington
Drawing
' Addendum #3
Building Section (A212~
>: so
5hoalts and LQIJ C]CK H(CIl1T@C75 LIU
4 Cotarapui Str eet, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: szarch®kos.net tel(613)541-0776 fax(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
Rickard I June 4, 2001
File Nome Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A212
Client Project }~ Drawing Number
p Revision //
0006
.1
' Structural Addendum #3
June 4, 2001
' Item 1 Reference Drawing S206 High Roof Framino Plan and Penthouse
Elevations
1. All girts shall be CFC254x89x3.05 unless noted otherwise.
' 2. Steel columns on grid line V at grid lines F, G & H shall be
W200x31
3. Steel columns on grid line E at grid lines 3 & 4 shall be W200x31
' 4. Steel columns on grid line L at grid lines 3 & 4 and on grid line 3
between lines H & L shall be W200x31
5. All the following beam sizes to the beam schedule:
8611: W410x39 with moment connection ea. end
' 6612: W410x39 with moment connection ea. End
6. Provide moment connections each end for beams B602 & 8604.
'
Item 2 Reference Drawing S205 Mechanical Room (5th) Floor and Low Roof
Framing Plan
' 1. Steel Columns marked C5, C6, C7, C9, C10 & C11 shall be
W250x49 and shall extend continuous from the fourth floor level to
the high roof level.
' 2. Add the following Column Schedule:
C13: HSS127x127x6.4 (above 4'h floor)
C14: HSS127x127x6.4 (above 4'h floor)
t C15: HSS127x127x6.4 (above 4'h floor)
C18: HSS127x127x4.8
C19: HSS127x127x6.4
C20: HSS127x127x6.4
C21: HSS127x127x6.4
C22: HSS127x127x4.8
C23: HSS127x127x6.4
C24: HSS127x127x6.4
C25: HSS127x127x4.8
' C26: HSS127x127x6.4
3. Add the following Post Schedule:
P1: HSS102x4.8
'
4. Add the following beam sizes to the beam schedule:
8531: W410x39 with moment connection ea. end
' 8532: W410x39 with moment connection ea. end
5. Revise the following beam sizes shown in the beam schedule:
8517: W410x39 with moment connection ea. end
' 8528: W410x39 with moment connection ea. end
6. Provide moment connections each end for beams B505, 8509 &
8534.
7. Provide a 1775x1775x200mm thick concrete slab under the '
transformer, reinforced with 15M at 150 o.c. E.W.
8. Add the framing shown on the attached sketch SA3-1. '
Item 3 Reference: Drawino S203. Third Floor Framino Plan
1. Add the following concrete beams: '
8301: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M T&B
10M stirrups @ 250 '
6302: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M top
3-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 250 '
6303: 190 x710 concrete beam
2-30M T&B
10M stirrups @ 250 '
B304: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M T&B
10M stirrups @ 250 '
B305: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M T&B
10M stirrups @ 250 '
8313: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M Top
3-25M bottom '
10M stirrups @ 250
6314: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M Top
3-25M bottom '
10M stirrups @ 250
6315: 190x710 concrete beam
2-30M T&B '
10M stirrups @ 250
8316: 400x710 concrete beam
6-15M top '
6-20M bottom
10M stirrups @ 400
B317: 400x710 concrete beam ,
6-15M top
7-20M bottom
10M stirrups @ 400 '
6318: 655x585 concrete beam
7-25M top
8-30M bottom t
10M stirrups @ 400
~'
t 2. Add the following Post Schedule:
P2: HSS141x9.5 Class H
' P3: HSS141x9.5 Class H
P4: HSS141x9.5 Class H
P5: HSS102x6.4 Class H
' 3. Provide a L89x89x6.4 to support the brick veneer at the third floor
level. The angle shall be supported on 114mm FAST brackets,
manufactured by Ferro Corporation, at 800 o.c. fastened to the
' concrete slab or spandrel beams with 16mm diameter sleeve
anchors.
' 4. Add the framing shown on the enclosed sketches SA3-2,3,4 and
5.
' Item 4 Reference• Drawing S202 Second Floor Framing Plan
' 1. Add the framing shown on the enclosed sketches SA3-6,8,9 and
10.
2. Provide a L89x89x6.4 to support the brick veneer at the second
floor level. The angle shall be supported on 114mm FAST
' brackets, manufactured by Ferro Corporation, at 800 o.c. fastened
to the concrete slab or spandrel beams with 16mm diameter
sleeve anchors.
3. Add the following concrete beams:
' 8201: 340x590 concrete beam
6-15M Top
5-25M Bottom
10M stirrups @ 200
B202: 340x590 concrete beam
6-20M top
5-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 200
' 8203: 340x590 concrete beam
6-20M top
5-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 200
' 6204: 340x590 concrete beam
430M top
4-35M bottom
' 10M stirrups @ 200
8205: 500x650 concrete beam
7-20M top
6-25M bottom
' 10M stirrups @ 175
Item 5
8206: 500x650 concrete beam '
7-20M top
6-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 175 '
8207: 655x585 concrete beam
7-25M top
8-30M bottom '
10M stirrups @ 400
6208: 500x590 concrete beam
6-20M top
6-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 300
B209: 500x590 concrete beam '
6-20M top
6-25M bottom
10M stirrups @ 300
8210:
W310x31 '
6211: W310x31
Reference: Drawing A151 A152 A153 and A154 Reflected Ceiling
Plans '
Wood ceiling panels noted on drawings shall be suspended using '
not less than 9.5mm diameter threaded steel rods anchored into
the underside of the structural slab above with Hilti HDI expansion
anchors. Each anchor shall support an area of suspended panel
no more than 2.88m2 in plan area, and each suspended panel '
shall have a minimum of 4 anchors.
Item 6
Reference: Reinforced Concrete Walls '
1. 190 concrete walls shall be reinforced with not less than 15M @
200 vert. E.F. and 10M @300 horiz. E.F.
i
1
___ _ _~ ~ ~ .... ~ a v rc v ~~ o ~ G ,Y V 1 rv G G K 1 N la
i
;~ I
1 1 ' ,
s ( ~
~ -ISxb le
--- -----
~ ~ ~ {
+e 4JISo x3° M
1
0
~L --I - 3 vg
l L J G?5
v ~ ~ ~
~ i
I
' mariaarrt o lWl. ~' Q~MEmW u~ID !
iX[ NR0.~CIM1 9WL WI~r /10 E RSrVMLB4L iW i
M1 h1F1AN~6 !NO SIYii IIFPOXf Nf! p6l'MPMILY 10
ME °WFI~ d7M YPOCF6YW 'II,IM Il4' YCNL
t ~ PRPIECT:
' RONEY ~NC3INEERINp MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
.~~p (AND NEW CLARINGTON UBR/~
°~°N~~~ Korn°~o ~~~N~ BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO j
' er+oR+eeRS °'~-3O°= vaR. MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING
f I I
' ~
P_ e 6= 1 4
1 i
f
~~
I ~
i
I
FRAMMC OV
ELEVATOR SI
AS SHOWN '•
MAY 2001 ?
1
f
1
I
i
•
. ~+I~
~
J i t ~~rvt r tnl~ 1 t4ttF2.I NG
G o I P_ 07.: I1 4
,~
~ '
~
~ I ~
~ ~ I
i
1
f
I
i I I
A B C E
I~
I I I ~ ! j f
~
'
j ~ ~__
1062 I 1220 i 800.
I
,,
~ II I I
I I I
_
:
~ I
I I I !~ t
j
i
I I
18i5 I 1 1690 1 I
j 1
~ I~ I
I 36xo ~
O0i[
' ' ~
15 ~ GI
{~{
1
~
~ __
J 1 _~~ 1
l I_ ___._ lou,. o~
- -- -
_
~
14
~
! ~zo
° - ~e303 _ ~ _ f
- -- -
' a \ -_ - ' -- f -='15MT A 300
'
----
12 ~ - -
T ~ ~~~~~~ I. !
,
1
P I
1~ 3 1 I, ® I I
~
,~+~ ~ I~ rE IR-ISMS I ~
I h
N N o I - I ~
Pb
1
- ~ , I
I M I
I
1
Q I ~
I
~ . I
_
'} ~ I ~ ~ DROP I, ' I
N
~
G i~ c x; u
~- L-.
I j .PANEL E
1 I ,
j
1
~ ::
j i
~~
I
.~~,. ROiC1 ~Rwm.lo.u1
1[n ~
' i
~W, ~m ~ f
nR QANfIA evalc rnamRO vam 11VRG I
I ~ I -
~ PROJECT:
N TRLE: J 1
PARTIAL
HIRD FLOO
Fll
O
E
E
RONEY ~NO MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSIO R
T
~
o
L
W
~ (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBR~RY) PLAN
FRAMING
I
CONSV TN ~ KINGSTON
srxuc~uRA~ oNTAKI~
[NOINEERS 34i-SOi LOCATION:
BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO SCNE: {
I AS SHOWN ; DW6.N0: 1
/~
S~~~L
MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING ON ~
I 'MAY 2001 i
! ! I 1 f ~ i i
I
1 i
I
i i
-~ . . ~.. ~. .^ • ~ ~ .~ ~ + o_ •`+ c ~ c ,V v 1 N~G t K 1 H V Y - 8 ~ I 1 4
i = 1 I
] I I ~
' I ' '
I ~
~ ~ '' f
' ~ I ~ E , i I
F ~ ,
;~
~~
j '~ _ I
- _ a5oo I I_. -tsoo -- -
~~ .' j I E
i li ~ ' `
~'
I'155 I 1755 ~ I 18'15 l 1875
~'.. , GOLUMN 5TRId GOLUMN .STRIP _ ~ ~ N
:_~-___~
EL DEG•~10VER ~ ~ _ ~~, _ ~.- L.Leexl ~ 0--
AT BAY iAAREAS _ _ I. ~~ ~j
',, 1 _ L1o2xlfl Juo4~ ! ~ 24
~~ - oo x ° Qy 1Y41 c - 520H
G3 18305 _
_ G?' X304 ~- - ~ _ -- - ~_ _ _._ _;
1 t ~~~ ~~ I11 ~ N
! I ~ m~ I
._J ,Ip I 7-15M8
I •b - ~ - 4-ISMT BAND ,
``•` •' I
_ !__J - b-ISMS .} a 6-15MT STRIP
4-20MT~BAND ! f
~~~ , b-ISMT-STRI, I j
I 10-IS 10-I5MT ~ 10-ISMB Ii
14-ISMT tyty
' I 1 I I I
j i l
I
i
r ~ i
i i i 1
I 1 i
t i I
f i I .
$ '
' w
1 ~ ~ ,
1 ; ! t ~ ,
aN~,,~~ ~
' .ili a~o~w s~u~nrs n i~+rt m
nc elu+lu eovnE 1MM +~ I '
' , ~ PROJECT: 1
' RONEY ENOINEERINO MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION ~~ PARTIAL 1TH~RD FtOOR
~.~p {AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY) FRAMINGI PV+N ,
CONSVlnNO ? KING LOGTION: SONNI-E: DWO.NO: ~!
~ Ncn,Ri.~ ~ e aN' olo BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO i I AS SHOWN ~ Y^`~~,j
' roR: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARING~'ON I `MAY 20¢1 i V
_. .,_ ~ ~. ~. y l .. ~ .~ c ~~c ~ crv ~ i rvct,c 1 rvh ~ Y - b'y -~11 4
I I
H I L M; N
{ l w ~P I
I
~I. ___ ~ 14900 1 I 2774 I 1326 . I 2165 I ~ i
i III
1
I i I I I I I ~ ; 1
I ~ ~ I III
I
I
i 1 I i _ Y
w-r5 _- -
_~-
_ ~
LUMNISTR-IP ~ _ ~_ - ~--- ~ ~ i I t l i
I ~ t I I ` I I
i
I ~,. I , ..,:..-.
Gk 1 z5r1 Yb6 ~ - ~ -
+ . i 5£~j Q X
.~'
~ ! I ~ r = ~ r bl GON RETE SLAB~WI
~ 2
~~~ ~ ~ 152x1 2 WIB."i/MWIB,'I
' I _~J I ~ ~ ry ~ ~ 3$x~'f GOMP051T~ 5
_ __ _ .. V V 1 ~ ~ I
-ISMT BAND 1 26 i I ~ I ~ ~L
..
' -ISMT STRIP l
I ~ i II O ~~~ l e i
i I Gg9 +^~°` JAN Iq
I i . ~ .. . i.... ~ 1., ` ~ ~ I I
1 ~-I5MB I Q 1 ~~ I' i I ~
l5nr eI2~ >?{ !
' I ~ I .lit I ~ l
' I Y_
i I I ~
I ~ i 1 I i
-15MT BAND ~ 12-ISMS ~ 25 .
-15MT STRIP i I
---I---~ ; i ~ l I ~ ~ f 7 j l Q5
~~~~` i I I
' M. -!_-L-~ -~----'k---- ~_ _- --~- --~L-=r .
____ _ i __
~`p~ -~ - I -- -- - - --t--------- ~- I~---~I q5 ~ ~ --- --
,, ,,
I ~ I ~
,; I i I~
---I----- _ ~ I ~ I. -. I ~ II -.
' mvnam c:mi. wz. viawmnio !
M CON1AV.10M 9WL WYiv Nm ,l ~ rM
n~ic ~m 9o~orc r~natt~mxc ~ ~cnt~ n ! i
I eRMUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION mL~ PARTIAL~THIRD FLOOR
RONEY ENI~INEE~IRITNEOo (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY) FRAMING, P N ~
CON~UL~iNO KIN03T0 LOCQION: SCALE: DWG.NO:
p~ BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO ~ s AS SHOWN I SA~ ~ 4
c OINEER3~ 6'~'O ~ MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING ON
°A~' MAY 201 1 i
1 ~ 1
1
v ..., - _..~-v ~ c o ~ R V rv C T tNLa 1 NGG K 1 N V
. 1 '
II
i
i
i
~ j ~
I I
"
i ~
425 THIRD~FLOOR
j i '
I
,
~ • ° °
~• .•a
a
'e
e ° B
°
,^ v ~
.
' ~ ° D°° °
• • •
i
1
~ bss
j
SECTI N 27
1 ~
~ ~ 120
~ 5208
1
~~ ~
i ; ~
i
1 ~ ~ ~
1
.~,.IW.E,,~
' ~~~~ m
~ ,
I
~
m~
~ vaaecr: 1
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
i i1Tl.E:
SECTION
' Nl31NEERINO
RONEY
LM17Ep. (AND NEW CLARINGTON IiBRARY)
s°a""u'c"~ua",°ti ~ a'°irw°w wc^naN: BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO ~`AS SHO'
ENOINEER9 012-30G2 Fes; MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING
i ON °~'~` MAY 20i
1 ~ ~
SAS-6
P_ 1 0 i Il 4
B
~~
I
` 11
i
7
I
i
E
_~ ,_, ~v _ ~_ G y ~ 4. ~ a~~ n K U N C Y t N G I N C t R I N G
'~ ~ + ~ I i ~
~~ ~ A B C ~
,, i ~
1062 I 1220 3600.
' , ~ I
I I I I I ~
' 1 I I I 1690
7 I I I
.1
15 ~~,~x4S ~ ~ ~ -
' ~ ~ + E
14 '~ -- ~ - - _ ~. „TCCi
~_ I I
~ ~ , _"
' , 12 ~ PA+,} 8r_ SPI - f , I ~n ~ 0
S ~ ..
3'L89x89Yb.4
+
P_ 1 1 1 4
J
I
I~ i
3+o I4~ ,
l
I ~
__ 1
J~
i _ _)
.~ -
~= - - - 1
~~n e Aso I'
I! i
' ~c,oac¢r Af Poste tv I
' 0. I 2 n$~ I I Ib-ISMB
~ ~ t I P I I I
i ~_
~ I I ~ i ~ DROP
I2-I~iM T 681 ~ 1 - PANEL
s o0o t~ +
' JI _- 19-15MB
i - ~' i
I l 95 ~I I 6-25MT 6 ISQ x~
I. CENTRED ABpUT
~ ¢: ~ ~_ !I
--t -----:-__ t~ ~I
4 ~ ~ i 2Q1 MT O 12 I5MT- I. T
QQ 14 15MT- I.
' f ~ ~: 1~ o.c. - I.
{ '~ 70
mrmnn • mop, M1+tT ~ ~
u.im I I
~ ~oxst[ m 1 Ib-15MB .1
Nei aw ~Nm~94u1 Mn ~ f
,~ Daum ovou •rtx 2 - 5M7
+ 711LE: I I
' RONEY ~ NgWEERINp aRMUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION PARTIAL SEC01
.~~o (AND NEW CURINGTON LIBRgRY) FRAMING P~At~
CONSULTING K'^MM o ~ L0CAT0N` BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO ' AS SHOWN
$TRUCTURAI. 64 -3091 PATE:
cr+mNECNS -FOR' .MUNICIPALITY OF CLARING~ON I MAY 200,7
< ' +
1
5100 Lg.
LINE G- -
FLOOR
j
' 49~
_
i
1 I
~
00
i - ~-
~
I , .I ..
- --;
t
1
~ j
1
_J ~
I
1 -
c~ c v ,c ~.!rv~ Y t N,.. 1 N~tt Kll N G
P_ 1 2~ 1 4
I ;. ~
L~ M N P
?i
i
_~I 2T14 I 1326 I ~ 2165 ~
1
I I i 1 I ~
~ - - - -~-- ~ i ~
1
__-__ .:_ .A -rk ~ - - - I ~~ I
t I r x II ~ ( ~ ~
j~~( R
f I cV ~V ~1 `~ 62 GONGREI SLAB I^71TH
{ I V V 152x1,52-MWI 'iMWlB.`I YJ1-I. ME5H ON
38x0 "I6 GO POSITE STEEL DECK I
I
' I6-IsMe
ISrI ezso I
!
' _
r
'
1Z~ ISMS
-,
8;
-
-_~_- _-==--=
'
l
nc axnNC,on avu vn6n wn rt
.u o+oac1a ,vm suu rmoxr urc xi
M v,a~E~n .vac nwcvs.w wm waa
' RONEY ENdINE
~n~
c
o
NS
s
~
„
' ENO NEER9 '
j i
1
I
___ I ~-~ 4 I I
1 G~
1 0 1 II ~ I
I ~ rJ ~ I
--- ----~. .I } I I
Zoc ~ I _ -
- --- 025 I
e 1
,
i f
I _' I q~ ~ I
------ ---4--- - f ~ , i
- - ~ ~. ~ - ~
I II ~ I 1 ~ .
` I
i
i
JNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION PARTIAL S~COND FLOOR
.ND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY) FRAMING PLAN
~ DWG.NO:
IoN: BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO ~i"~E`AS SHOWN S '
MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING ON °ATE' MAY 2001 ~ $A~ 18
I j ~
.. .r~ ~ ry~ GNLa
'~ i I I
' ~ ~ I B I
I 0.:
'~ i 1LL~~I1II 1 Q~ I 1
I ! ~I ~ I N
' i i I 1
' ----
I I 1
~ ,>_ ~ 95
~. I
4 "~--
I
{ 2QQ MT ® 12 ISMT- ND
s ; 1; ~ ISp O.c, 14 15MT-
3 _ -r
i ~ I 20-ISMT I
i ~ ~
I o
. I 1 ~ R a' v
~T i ~ I ® I
f~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
1 ' I ~ I
,~ -
~ ~~
10_15 -BAND
I ~ PI0 14_I5M STRIP
i _
-----
' Vl
r-- -T-..
' 3 -~ -~- ~ G~~ -
I ~. I
I ~ '
' I I----~-- -
~ ~f - ,I -
1 12 IS
' ~ i
I { L.
I 1 f
~.,R~ o ~,. lam, p.w.~,.~; ,.:~ i BZ ~ a ; z - 3or
u prm~wwi~iwo~ir r~)r m
nc wwm mas wn4umc wm ~wRC ! o ~y 5T
' PROJECT:
RONEY ~NGINEERINO MUN1CiPAL OFFICE EXPANSIO
unnlTEO (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBR.
s w"~cn`iwi R'o"r r~~,R°io ETON' BOMANVILIE, ONTARIO
[NOINEERS 042-~OD2 FOR:
{ MUNICIPALITY OF GLARING'
1
t K 1 N V
I6-ISMS
b ~ DROP
PANEL
P 1 3 1 1 4
I
. b-25MT O 15 ~ x 5100 Lg.
.CENTRED A f LINE G
-4----i=----
I I
I6-ISMS I~ '
-zoMT O 1501o.y
'I
i ~~
~ j
......,
~~ ICI ~:
~' '- - - -~ 4--~- - ---
~a ~ ~I
~ i
_ ~.
1z-ISMS I I
I-
~ i
S C4JG. ($EOM~ I
TS3 I
airs a 5oa I
PARTIAL S~COND FLOOR
Y) _ FRAMING PLAN
MAY
SA3-9
~~ - .1 - c. a i s o q c ~ ,c u rv t r t N V 1 N t t Id 1 N G P_ 1 4~ 1 4
~ I 1
. ~ 1 ~ I i
r
B206, I
I
i ;
______ ___ _ ___
_ __ __ _____
i q5
~ i
I F
I
I I 12 ISMT f
II-ISMS { - ~ I IOIISMT I ~ II ~ I I
'I I 1 "II ~! I
~; ~
~
' ~
I !
I I
- i
I
I I
'
m
I
' ~
;
1 I ; I ~ i i
1 I ~
I
o ~ I ~
1 ~ i I
~ I I
I
I
I I w
10-iSMB ~ 6-I MT-BAND
I
~ V' k
10-I MT-STRIP '
i I ~ ~r-----I----- ~ ~I „ o~ ;
I
I
_I3205_1 I
~---- II i ~T \2\ 1 1
_~r-J-_ .. L-_L_J_
r I ~ ~I i '
app Fl 1
~ f
' !
- -- -j 7----- ---- r-~~-
~ -~~ o j~ ~
` I
I
i ~~ i ! ~ ~
` '
1{
~ I I
IL-----~----J 1
~
II I
N p 0 „~
N1
jf
i _
I II b
~
( A N
. 1
II-ISMS • I
I
i I -ISMT ,
i
I I ~ ~I j - I
I
j
! ~
,
I
_ I
I I III
~ 33
I ~ I
I~
_
I I ~ I I
i I
I
! I II
I I
~ ~
~ j
12-ISMB ~ I 12-ISMT I .'
1 I I I 500 ~EEP I I I ~ I
I ,~I
N'1"
~
1
t I r
~~ ~ ~ 0.I I
KK
~
I 8204 ~ F
_
--
- - ---- -u- I
_
Mc ~~ ~ wa,~ ,~ x ~~ ro,
Nl dwaaa HID 9YU ¢ranr +un o~viu• m
i
I
iNE O~ wqC rAOCfEOMO wM w<i' NVkc I I
~ '~ 1 -
RONEY >cNOINEERINO~ PROJECT:
MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION TITLE:
;PARTIAL SE~C~OND FLOOR
.~~p (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBR RY) FRAMING PIAN
CONSV TINO ' KWOSTON~
sTnuc~RAl or+rwew LOCATION:
BOMANVILLE, ONTARIO SCALE: ~ !
r AS SHO N OWG.NO: I
[NOINEEI~O 0~2-JO92
f•OR: MUNICIPALITY ~OF CIARING'~ON
°A `MAY 2001 I SAS 1O
~ I
I ~ 7 ~
} ~ ~ : ~ .
,'
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
tune 7, 2001
Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: 0006
' Re: Addendum #4
' The following items are part of the contract documents and are to be included in the base bid.
ITEM #1 Reference: Specification Section 04210, Brick Masonry, and Addendum No. 2, Item #14:
All brick specified in the above noted Section to be based on Metric Modular Sizing.
' ITEM #2 Reference: Specification Section 04420, Cut Stone Masonry, Section 2.2:
Granite colour "Maple Red" to be changed to "Deer Brown" as outlined in Addendum No. 2,
Item #16.
ITEM #3 Reference: Addendum No. 2, Item #4.3.2, Electrical EI, Item #1 -find attached
SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM -DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL.
1
1
1
' 4 Cataraqui Street Suke 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K iZ7 a-mail: ma7@szarch.com Tel: (813) 541 0778 Fax: (813) 541 0804
Page 1 of 2
I ~ , SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM
DPJLSION 16 -ELECTRICAL
t MUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION (AND NEW CLARINGTON LIBRARY)
CLARINGTON, ONTARIO
NAME OF SUBCONTRACT BIDDER
t
Electrical Division Bidders shall complete this supplementary form and submit with Tender. Also fax copy to
Jain & Associates Limi[ed, (905)507107 same day as terror closing.
SUBCONTRACTORS
"We propose to ttse the following Subcontractors, the portion to be performed by each being as indicated". No
more than one Subcontractor being proposed for arty such portion.
Subtrade Subcontractor Supervisor
SEPARATE PRICES
,1 ADD
,Z DIDUCT
Initials of Signing Officer
~ ~ - `% '
Page 2 of~
3. ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
Lis[ Altemate Material or Equipment in Alternate Equipment Schedule below. Complete all spaces and
required information.
Base Alternates on equivalent sizes, dimensions, capacities and performance to equipment specified, and ensure
that they will fit into spaces allocated, with proper relationships to work of all other Sections.
Material Aooroved Mfpr. Selected Mfgr
Panelboards
8c Switchboards
Diesel Generator
Fire Alarm System
LIGHTING FIXTURES
TS'Pes A, A2, B,
Bl, B2, $ L, M,
M2, N
Type C
Types P, P2, PP,
Q, Q2, >; T
Exit Lights
Westinghouse, Siemens,
Commander, FPE, Square D
Total Power, CaterpIDaz, Kohler,
Oran-Ctimimins,
EST, Simplex, Notifier
Peerless, Thomas Industries,
CFI. Columbia
SPI, Beta-Calco
Juno, Capri,
Prescolite
Lumacell, Uniglo,
Emergi-Cite
Note: All other fixtures described in specifications Fixture Schedule and no[ noted above, must be manufacturer
specified.
4.
SIGNATURES
Telephone
Facsimile
Tenderer's Signature
Company Name
Date
Initials of Signing Officer
' Page 7 of 5
oalts and 2aback Architects Ltd.
July 23, 2001
Clarington Public LibrarylMunicipal Office Expansion
t Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: OOD6
' Re: Post Tender Addendum #1
ms are now included in the Contract Documents. Unless specifrcally amended by this
it
i
e
ng
The follow
document the Contract Documents, including al! previous addenda, are unchanged.
ITEM #1 Reference: Section 09310 -Mosaic Ceramic Tile
Drawings A800, 801 and 802 Finish Schedules
' tion 1
O .1 Use Maple Leaf wall file by Olympia Tile on the following washroom walls in lieu of specified
p wall tile:
Room 121
Room 161
Room 167 (168 is deleted by Item #2 this addendum)
Rcom 183
' Room 184
Room 369
Room 373
Option 2 .1 Retain Mosiac file in Rooms 183, 184, 369 and 373 and revised 167 (see Item #2 below)
2 Delete Mosiac wall file completely in Rooms 121 and 161. Replace with painted gypsum
' .
board. Floor file and base remains.
' ITEM #2 Reference: Drawing A101
.1 Delete Washroom 168.
.2 Install revised Washroom 167 as shown on attached sketch PTA 1-1.
.3 Delete 1 door and frame.
4 Delete 1 set of washroom accessories.
eting
Car
0968
ti
S
ITEM #3 p
-
on
ec
Reference:
Option 1 .1 Change Type 2, 3, 4 and 5 carpet to Kraus Conservatory rolled goods, 28 oz., solution dyed.
t Carpet #1, no change. (Entrophy by Interface)
Option 2 .1 Change Type 2, 3, 4 and 5 carpet to Furrows or Wind Capet Tile by Interface).
' Carpet #1, no change. (Entrophy by Interface)
ITEM #4 Reference: Drawings A200 and 201
Specification Section 08520 -Aluminum Windows and Curtain Wall
' .1 Replace with attached revised drawings A200 and 201.
2 Operable windows are changed to awning type to the following specification:.
.
1 By Kawneer or by Aiumicor, compatible with main windows or curtain wall.
' 2 Operable awing units: top hinged, open out, awning type, dual arm rotator, c/w screen.
Window to be complete with claw handle type lock.
4 Cataraqui Street Sude 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 2 of 5
ITEM #5 Reference: Drawings A102, A103, and A104 and A600 Series Drawings '
The following millwork units are deleted:
Room 102 '
Room 133
Room 244
Room 263 (shelving unit behind desk only, Information Desk remains in contract)
Room 265 '
Room 364
Room 374 (low unit on east wall of room only.
Cupboard unit and sink behind door 364b remains.)
ITEM #6 Reference: Drawing A101 -Ground Floor Plan
1 Delete Puppet area, Room 170 1
2 Delete 2 doors and frames. '
3 Delete millwork unit.
.4 Change floor finish in this area to Carpet-1. '
5 See revised reflected ceiling plan. Ceiling is changed from wood panel to painted drywall (see
attached Sketch PTA 1-2).
ITEM if7 Reference: Drawings A151, 152, 153 and 154 '
1 Delete wood ceiling panels in the following list of rooms. Replace with drywall panel to same
size and shape as wood panels. Drywall edge to detail as shown on attached Sketch PTA 1-2: ,
Level 1
Room 170
Room 171
'
Bay window, between Grids 3 and 4 at Line B
Bay window, between Grids F and G at Line 14
Mezzanine
3 panels on Grid 14 '
Level 2
5 panels total
3 panels on Grid 14
1 on Grid C, between 3 and 4 '
1 on Grid N, between 1 and 2
2 panels remain on this floor. One on Grid N, between 2 and 4 and above
Information Desk, Grid E, between 2 and 4 ,
Level 3
Delete panels in Rooms 264 and 274
ITEM #8 Reference: A101
Option 1 .1 Delete Cafe Counter 152.
2 Delete sliding wood doors, add half-height glazed screen as shown on PTA 1-3.
Option 2 .1 Add back in smaller cafe counter as shown on attached sketch, PTA 1-3. ,
ll
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 FGngslon, Ontario K7K iZ7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804 ,
' ~ Page 3 of 5
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
ITEM #9 Reference: A101
' 1 Revise sliding grill at 152 as shown on PTA 1-3. The specification for this grill remains
unchanged.
' ITEM #10 Reference: A001 and A002
.1 Delete security fence on west and south sides.
2 Retain Fence 1 gates at gas meter and oil pipes (as shown on Addendum #2, Item 35.4 an
sketch AD2-U t ).
ITEM #11 Reference: Drawings A401 and A402
.1 The circular stair is changed to a rectangular stair in accordance with the attached sketch.
' Replace with attached revised drawing.
ITEM #12 Reference: Drawings A109 -Roof Types, Drawing A300 Series Section Details and
Addendum #2, Sketch AD2-17.
1 Roof Types. Change Densdeck to Type X exterior grade gypsum board, 13 mm.
1
ITEM #13 Reference: A200 and A201 and Section 1 on A212
.1 EMerior cladding changed from brick to prefinished metal siding on 4r" Floor on:
.1 Grid E4, between E and L
2 Grid X, between M and C
' Grid D, between 4 and S
Grid M, between 4 and 8
' Typical revised cross section is shown on Sketch PTA 1-5.
ITEM #14 Reference: Specification Section 04420 -Cut Stone Masonry, Drawing A200 and A201
1 Granite base is deleted. 3 stone bands remain. This stone is Arriscraft Buff limestone, split
face finish, 190 high x 450 long, split face finish on jamb returns at windows.
.2 Refer to attached sketches PTA 1-6 for revised section details.
ITEM #15 Reference: A107 and A605
' .1 Delete all modifications to existing Main Floor Reception Counter, Room 116.
2 Delete new Reception Desk.
' .3 Delete new raised platform clw carpet finish.
.4 Delete new glazed privacy screens.
5 Delete modifications and extension to metal and glass panel behind desk.
4 Catarequi Street Suite 206 IOngston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (673) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
4
f 5 ~
P '
Shoalts and Zab age
o
ack Architects Ltd.
'
MECHANICAL
ITEM#1 Reference: Section15300-Sprinklers
'1.11 -Sprinkler Heads '
.1 Delete paragraph 9 entirely. Provide semi-recessed sprinkler heads in all rooms with ceiling
as described.
ITEM #2 Reference: Section 15500 -Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
1 1.4 -Pipe 8 Fittings
Revise to add new paragraph .16 as follows:
°.16 Victaulic couplings are acceptable in lieu of welded joints.° ,
2 1.30 -Heating & Cooling Pumps
Revise paragraph .3 to read: '
°.3 Each vertical inline pump shall be single suction style #4300 ....°
3 1.31 -Insulation
Revise paragraph .5 to read: '
".5 Insulate all chilled water piping and only condenser water piping exposed to weather
with 25 mm standard thickness glass fibre pipe insulation (maximum 0.034
conductivity at 24°C mean) complete with factory applied fire resistive vapour barrier '
ASJ jacket with lapped and sealed joints. Weatherproof and electrically trace
insulation exposed to weather. MOST IMPORTANT: vapour barrier...."
.4 1.31 -Insulation '
Revise paragraph .16 to read:
glass fiber foil faced flexible vapour ...° '
5 1.38 -Heat Recovery Unit
Revise paragraph .14 Alternate Equipment to add: .4 Airwise. '
6 1.39 -Supply Air Unit
Revise paragraph .1 to read:
°.1 Supply and install where shown inside building modular air handling ...°
.7 1.43 -Computer Room Environment Control System
Revise paragraph .1 to read: '
"The Computer Room environmental control system shall be a Siebert Challenger/3
self contained system or approved equal ..."
ITEM #2 Reference: Section 15950 -Temperature Controls
.1 Revise paragraph 1.39 -Alternate Equipment to add ".3 TAC". '
ITEM #3 Reference: Drawings SP02, M202 and M103 '
.1 Washroom 168 is deleted
2 Delete 1 sink and 1 toilet '
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontar"a K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 547 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804 '
~hoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 5 of 5
t f
h
Item 3, .3 an
aus
Delete 1 ex
confd
' .4 Delete 1 sprinkler head.
ITEM #4 Reference: Drawing M703
1 Delete 1 sink at Cafe 152.
' ITEM #5 Reference: Drawing SP02 and Addendum M1, part of Addendum #2, Pages 10, 11 and
12
1 Delete sprinklers below platform at existing reception desk over 116.
.
ITEM #8 Reference: Drawing SP02, SP03, SP04 and SPOS
t Addendum Addendum M1, part of Addendum #2, Pages 10, 11 and 12
Architectural PTA 1, Item 7
1 At each wood ceiling panel which is changed to drywall, delete sprinkler heads above panel.
ELECTRICAL
ITEM #1 Reference: Section 16500 -Lighting Systems
1 The Lighting Fixture Schedule shall be revised as follows:
.1 Fixture Type 'C' shall be changed to be BETA-CALCO No. LPU36-773606-TS-OT-1-
DC-DS with six (6) 55 watt 81-AX lamps.
.2 Fixture Type 'F' shall be changed to be METALUMEN No. OSGC-C-C-P-4-W-4-120
' with three (3) TS lamps.
3 Fixture Type 'G' shall be changed to be 12° wide with parabolic blade louver and
manufactured by LITHONIA or METALUMEN.
4 Fixture Type 'S' shall be changed to contain two (2) 13 watt PL-C lamps. BETA-
CALCO No. 61-1101-BZ-1.
ITEM #2 Reference: E702 and E109
1 Washroom 168 is deleted.
2 Delete 1 switch.
3 Delete 1 GF1
.
4 Delete 1 WR fan connection.
'
ITEM #3 Reference: E109
' .1 Revisions to existing main floor desk are deleted.
.2 Delete 2 floor mounted data outlets
' 3 Delete 2 floor mounted power outlets.
END OF ADDENDUM
' 4 Cataraqui SUeet Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 D804
' Page 1 of 5
~hoalts and Za6ack Architects Ltd.
' July 23, 2001
' Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: 0006
Post Tender Addendum #1 Bid Form:
' 1) The following are the net deletions and additions for each item from the previously submitted
Stipulated Sum.
2) The prices below are to exclude G.S.T. but include P.S.T.
' 3) The Owner may delete some of the items listed below to arrive at a final total of reductions.
4) These numbers are to remain good for days.
' ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS
Item #1, Option 1
Use Maple Leaf the in lieu of mosaic file in washrooms:
' Delete dollars ($ }from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #1, Option 2
Use less ceramic mosaic tile: from the Sti ulated Sum.
Delete dollars ($ ) P
' Item #2
Delete Washroom 168, revise Washroom 167 as shown:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #3, Option 1
Change Carpet types 2, 3, 4, and 5 to Kraus Conservatory:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #3, Option 2
Change Carpet types 2, 3, 4, and 5 to Infertace Furrows or Wind:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #4
' Revise window mullions. Change operable windows to awning type:
Delete dollars ($ ) ftom the Stipulated Sum.
Item #5
' Delete millwork items listed in the PTA document:
Delete dollars ($ ) ftom the Stipulated Sum.
' 4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (673) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 2 of 5 ~ '
Item #6 '
Delete Puppet Area:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
1
Item #7
Delete wood panels and replace with drywall panels:
Delete dollars ($
)from the Stipulated Sum. '
Item #8, Option 1 '
Delete Cafe Counter. Add'f: glazed wall:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #8, Option 2
Add back revised Cafe Counter:
Add dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #9 '
Revise sliding grill at Cafe 152:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
'
Item #10
Delete Security Fence on south and west sides.
Retain fence and gate at gas meter and oil fill pipes:
'
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #11 '
Revise circular stair to rectangular stair:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
'
Item #12
Change Densdeck in roof construction to 13 mm drywall: ,
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
'
Item #13
Change brick to siding as detailed in this addendum:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum. ,
Item #14 '
Delete granite base, change to brick. Retain 3 stone bands Arriscraft Buff Limestone, split face finish:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #75 '
Delete all revisions to existing Main Flocr Reception Counter:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
4 Cafaraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K iZ7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (813) 54f 0804 '
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
MECHANICAL ITEMS
Item #7
' Change to Alternate supplier of energy management system (T.A.C.):
Delete dollars ($
' Item #2
Delete insulation on condenser piping:
' Delete
Item #3
' Change type of insulation on ductwork:
Delete
dollars
Page 3 of 5
from the Stipulated Sum.
from the Stipulated Sum.
from the Stipulated Sum.
from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #5
' Change supplier of computer room AIC und:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #6
Change air handling unit package type to modular:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #7
' Change base mounted pumps to in-line type:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #8
Change to vitaulic pipe fittings from welded connections:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #9
' Change concealed sprinkler heads to semi-concealed type:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #10
Delete Washroom 166:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
1
Item #4
Change heat recovery unit supplier:
Delete
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1 Z7 a-mail: mail@szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
Page 4 of 5
Item #11
Delete 1 sink at Cafe Counter.
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #12
Delete sprinkler heads below platform at Reception Desk 116:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #13
Delete sprinkler heads above where wood ceiling panels are deleted (see PTA Architectural Item #7):
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
Item #1.1.1
Change Fixture Type'C':
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #1.1.2
Change Fixture Type'F':
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #1.1.3
Change Fixture Type'G':
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #1.1.4
Change FiMure Type 'S':
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #2
Delete Washroom 168:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #3
Deletions from Service Desk 116:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
1
1
1
~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
Signature of Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED FOR AN ON BEHALF OF:
(Name of Bidder)
Page 5 of 5
(apply seal above signature)
signature
name and title of person signing
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This
day of
2001.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 email: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
~i
r
' G 10
1
' 211
7500
' I 3
' 320
E1o
_ -
~ i ~;
- ~ ~.
2 SIM. (60 air space)
' S ~ " ~ 47 30 z
A \ I
C 6 J ~
0
- - o r - _ _.
_ 1 c ,~ Barrier ree
~ ~T ~- Washroom
' - CT ~ ~~
r
~~ r ~
~~~~ ~
~~~~ ~
~~~~ ~~~
~~~~
~ ~ ~ I ~~ ~ ~ ~~
l~v ~~
I~
I~ ~~ ~w
I ~ y
~~ I U I
-
y
I ~ I II
I ~~ U
~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~y
Protect Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
NeW C/arington Library
Location 4 Cotoraqul Street, Suite 208, Kingston, ontcric, K7K 1Z7
a-mall: szarchQkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)Cv}1-0804
' 40 Temperance Street Drown by Data
BoWmonyr7/e, Ontario J.R. I /u/y 23, 2001
' Client
Municipality of
C/orington Flle Nome I Superoedea I Superseded By
oaos-.aio1
Chant Protec! Drawin
Number
D
i g
raW
ng ./
PTA T /~
#/ Protects ~ / H , ,
Portion of P/an A 101 0006
1: 50
'' ~I I
~~ _
1 I - - - -
I I I
- - - -
' I I ~ I ~ WD
1 ~ U/S
' I ,', I I
O
~,
'k
'
I I
II
I
I.
L.
1
1 ~~ 1 ... `:
i
',
~
TYPICAL
GYPSUM
PANELS
21
- --
PROVIDE GY
BD. REVEAL
AT COLUMN
~
~
,_
0
J
ALLY E
ARD o
0
~ ~
x
a~
j '
~ 50 13mm GYPSUM BOARD
PAINTED
' 22mm FURRING
'
' CHANNEL SET BACK
60mm FROM EDGE
r
A FLEXIBLE EDGE MOLDING
FOR CURVED PROFlLES
1 ~
A~ Ceiling Detail
l
152 1:5
'
~t Pro
ect
_ t
NeW C/orington Librory
' Locgtlon
40 Temperance
Street
Wmonrllle, Onta~/o
Bo
t
i 33
cllMunicipality of C/orington
Drawing
PTA ~1
Port/on of P/an A 151
-- ~
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Ktngaton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mall: ezarchOkos.net tel(813)641-0778 fax(813)641-0804
Drown by Date
/.R. I July Z~ 2001
File Nome I Superoedea I Superseded By
0006-A151
Pr,~ ~ -2
i
1
1
[1
1
1
1
1
1
1
' rro~ecc
NeW
ton
~' Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmony//e, Oratorio
' Client
Municipality of C/orington
Drawing
} ' Pot/on/ of P/an A 101
I ,~
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Suite 206, Kingston. Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-ma0: ezarchOkos.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613)641-0604
Drawn by Date
~(R. I /u/y 23, 2001
Flle Nome I Supersedes I Superseded By
0006-A 101
Client Pro)ect Drawing NufmberA
Project ~ ~ /
0006
C~
D m
-I O
rn~
om
3 ~
o~
n A
D
z
O
0
A
m r~r m
mo3
r x
~O~
0~3
~N3
o~Z
z~~
r
~ N N
ool
0
~7
Zmw
?y3
r
D O
~z
~N
o°
rx
D
~~
Nix
O O ~
>03
moo
m D
~~3
m~3
m
omZ
~ O 2
m
m~D
D ~
0
An ~
Df ~
~r O
~ N
z
O
?1nxW '0U rV1x~0
z~~3 N3 no~3°z
?~~3 ~3 c~~3Z
m•
mox x Ac>°orno
0000 vt mDOOc
Da3 3 ?~~o~'
n~3 3 =<D 3
N
~~O N OZ ~
O
O ~ X
?7NNO
Z ~ O O
z
=~o~
xz
C
O
yovc,
r O co
^~03
0~3
5 x
N
A~3
A 3
:n -I G7Om
DD~m3
~mtnn3
ZEN ~~
oaf vx
m
~a~°
ZN m
~ZA
~ O
1s
D(n~N
~~r3
rrn~m3
tnmo
r x
j O W
~~'3
rn
z-0Z
~~m
rn
o I
OVf2DN
aminzcn
~~y~3
O~OVIx
D<Ni ~rw
~DNro3
mN m
N~ O~
Z ~
O
O
rxw
nA~
Dc~3
mOx
A
X000
z ~ `o
=~3
~~
D°_
D O
r
0
~ n to tT
zoo
{~{°3
l~xx
D
>03
OOI
;w~
aNo
O
m rn '~
W Z
V ~
~ O7
. m
3
S
0
D
l
A
O
Z
m
~l
D
Z
m
m
O
7
A
S
NeW C/orington Librory Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Street, Sutte 206, KMgaton, Ontari0. K7K 1Z7
' Location a-mall: azarchOkoa.net tel(613)641-0776 tax(813)641-0604
40 Temperance Street Drawn by Dote
BoWmonv!//e, Oratorio /.R. I Ju/y 2~ 2001
'. , Gie'nj F6e Nome Supersedes Superseded By
Municipality of Clarington ooos-.asoe
Drawln
g A~• ~e~~~y ivum ear
./
T
P rA#/
' Detail 13 on A608 Protect "
0006 P T,q ~ - 4
1 ~ 129.307
NEW FIFTH FL.
Y'
1
' ---- --- . ~ r
' 4 PLY BUILT-UP ROOF
TAPERED INSULATON
AT 2% TO ROOF DRAIN
1DOmm RIGID ~
INSULATION
13mm DENSDECK OR
EQUILIVENT
13mm BY 90mm SOLID -
HARDWOOD BASE, CLEAR
VARNISH
250mm POURED CONCRET
ROOF/FLOOR STRUCTURE.
REFER TO STRUCTURAL.
1 HOUR FlRE SEPARATION.
FIRE STOP ALL
PENETRATIONS.
129.307
I FIFTH FL.
•'a
75mm SEMI-RIGID .~:
WsuLAnoN
DOWEL BLOCK TO --+~°•~
POURED CONCRETE
STRUCTURE AT 600mm '. .
O.C. GROUT BOTTOM a"".
BLOCK SOLID ~ '
PRE-FINISHED METAL
CLADDING ON 100mm ~Z~
GIRTS
OVERHANG BEYOND
184mm PRESSURE TREATED
WOOD STUD FURRING
125.24
SLOPED RIGID INSULATON
ROOF STRUCTURE. REFER TO
STRUCTURAL.
PRE-FINISHED METAL
FLASHING
SHADE BLIND
ANODIZED ALUMINUM THERMALLY-
BROKEN WINDOW, nE AIR/VAPOUR
BARRIER IN TO WINDOW. FOAM ROPE
AND SEALANT AT HEAD, SILL AND
JAMBS, BOTH SIDES.
location
' 40 Temperance Street
BoWmonvi//e, motor/o
Client
Municipality of Clorington
~ Drawing
PTA #1
Port/on of P/an A302
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqui Streat, Suits 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 127
e-mall: azarohOkoe.net tel(813)541-0778 faz(613)541-0804
Drawn by Date
/.R. I fly 23. 2001
ie name
0006-A302
P1,4 ~-5
HSS STEEL OVERHANG STRUCTURE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL.
GATT INSULATON
13mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
25mm RIGID INSULATION
'Z' GIRTS AS REQUIRED TO SLOPE TOP MIN. 2~
13mm PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD
AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER MEMBRANE
ROOFING MEMBRANE
ANDDIZED ALUMINUM FOLDING SEAM ROOFING CARRIED INTO
WALL UNDER THROUGH WALL FLASHING.
L
-. .
115.476
MEZZANINE FL.
112.72
Location
40 Temperance Street
BoWmonn1/e, Ontario
Client
Municipa/ity of C/orington
PTA .~1
Portion of Drawing A300
BAND
3 Stone Detail
300 1:10
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataroqui Stroet, Suite 206, Kingston, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: ssarchOlcoanet tel(613)641-0778 fox(613)641-0804
Drawn by Date
/.R. I July 23, 2001
File Nome I Suparoedes I Superseded By
0006-A300
Client Project DmWing Number
Project ~ P T,4 ~ 6
0006
oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 1 of 5
July 23, 2001 Rev. 1. Auoust 1. 2001
' Clarington Public Library/Municipal Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario
Our Project: 0006
Post Tender Addendum #1 Bid Form:
' 1) The following are the net deletions and additions for each item from the previously submitted
Stipulated Sum.
2) The prices below are to exclude G.S.T. but include P.S.T.
3) The Owner may delete some of the items listed below to arrive at a final total of reductions.
4) These numbers are to remain good for 15 days.
5) The schedule date for Substantial Completion remains September 15, 2002 and Total Completion
October 30, 2002.
' ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS
Item #~, Option 1
' Use Maple Leaf file in lieu of mosaic file in washrooms:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #1, Option 2
Use less ceramic mosaic tile:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #2
' Delete Washroom 168, revise Washroom 167 as shown:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #3, Option 1
Change Carpet types 2, 3, 4, and 5 to Kraus Conservatory:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #3, Option 2
' Change Carpet types 2, 3, 4, and 5 tc Interface Furrows or Wind:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #4
Revise window mullions. Change operable windows to awning type:
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #5
Delete millwork items listed in the PTA document
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
,`~'
t~' 4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0604
' ~oalts and Zaback Architects Ltd.
Page 2 of 5
Rev. 1. Auaust 1. 2001
Item #8
' Delete Puppet Area:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #7
' Delete wood panels and replace with drywall panels:
'! '
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
I Item #S, Option 1
`' Delete Cafe Counter. Add'/: glazed wall:
t ,
' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
t
Item #b, Option 2
t Add back revised Cafe Counter.
} Add dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #9
'
1 Revise sliding grill at Caf8152:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
' Item #10
~ Delete Security Fence on south and west sides. Retain fence and gate at gas meter and oil fill pipes:
, Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum:
a Item #11
Revise circular stair to rectangular stair.
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #12
' Change Densdeck in roof construction to 13 mm drywall:
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
~ Item #13
' Change brick to siding as detailed in this addendum:
"+ ''' Delete dollars ($
Item #14 )from the Stipulated Sum.
Delete granite base, change to brick. Retain 3 stone bands Arriscraft Buff Limestone, spld face finish:
,, ' Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #15
'' Delete all revisions to existing Main Floor Reception Counter.
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
Item #16
i' Delete aluminum closure as shown on PTA1-7.
Delete dollars ($ )from the Stipulated Sum.
?~
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontario K7K 1 Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.eom Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
71
REFER TO WINDOW ,moo
SCHEDULE A701.
BY
ro
n GYPSUM BD.
m STEEL STUD
)0 o.c. c/W
m BATT INSULT.
n GYPSUM BD.
:HED CONCRETE WALL
RAIN WATER LEADER.
R TO STRUCTURAL
IANGC4L pD~SNATE WITH
Im POURED CONCRETE
m AIR SPACE g
n BRICK VENEER
~' > ~ G
~ d O
a
L O
G C
P . ~
d p '
e
iF~DETAIL B~C6>A[
LINE OF STONE
BELOW ®GROUND
LEVEL.
TYPICAL-REFER
TO 15/322 -
°I <
°
o
z
' i
~
a ~
~ C a: -..
~ C
GL
, . A `95
o
a
o ~
//~
P < L
LINE OF STONE f~2a)
BELOW AT ~/
GROUND FLOOR
25mm X 25mm
j CLOSURE PIECE
UITE BY
WIND UPPLIER
FOUNDATION BELOW
I EXTRUDED ANODIZED
THRESHOLD BELOW ®GRC
0 I FLOOR BY 8510.
'~~ REFER TO WINDOW
J SCHEDULE A701.
eW C/arington Library
~4On Temperance Street
BosWmonvl//e, Onfario
Nunicipa/ity of C/arington
of OroWing 4 on A322
0
n
mN
~~
TO
' FRAME BY WIRROW
/
I
SUPPLIER. ~
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Stree4 Sulte 20B, Kfngaton, Ontario, K7K 727
e-moll: ezarchOkoe.net tel(613)641-0778 fax(813)641-0804
Drawn by Dots
_J.R. I
Au . 1 2001
Flle Name I Supersedes
Superseded By
0006-A322 I
Client Protect DraWing Number
P P lq ~ - 7
oops
P
115.475
MEZZANINE FL.
BAND
C-'
112.72
.~ stone Detail
300 1:10
109.72
oe~once Street
Oratorio
dlty of Clo~ington
of D~aWing A300
1 Wall Section
~
_ _
300 1:25
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd
4 Cataraqul Stroet, Suite 206, Kingeton, Ontario, K7K 1Z7
e-mail: uarehOkoe.net tel(613)641-0776 fax(613~41-0604
Drawn by Dots
J1i' I
Aug. 1 2001
me Name
0006-A300 I Supersedes I Superseded By
Client protect Droyilnq Nu
m
be
r
~
p0006 ]
/
~
~ / /"1
~ -
Canadian Construction Documents Committee
75 Albert Street, Suite 400
~~ ~ Ottawa, Ontario.K1P 5E7
Tel: (613) 236-9455
Faz:(613) 236-9526
www.ccdc.org
BULLETIN 16 .~
I ''~
'~~: H -
.~ .~m:~
November 1998
CCDC 2 - 1994 -NEW PAGES 33R AND 34R
At the time of publication of CCDC 2 - 1994 and the accompanying guide, it was clear to the Committee
and to the large marjority of those in the construction industry dealing with this document that GC
12.2.1.3 and GC 12.2.1.4 restricted the Contractor's continuing liability to an Owner. In the first instance,
this relates to claims arising against the Contractor as a result of the Contractor having brought or
introduced toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the place of the work; and in the latter
instance, to claims arising with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the work. It is still the
view of the Committee that the proper interpretation of those clauses is to that effect.
It has been suggested to the Committee that there may be those who are attempting to interpret these
clauses differently. Out of an abundance of caution, the Committee has recommended that pages 33
and 34 of the contract form be reworded insofar as they relate to GC 12.2.1.3 and GC 12.2.1.4
Accordingly new pages marked 33R and 34R will be found in the document, and copies are attached to
this bulletin.
The document will continue to be known as CCDC 2 - 1994.
For further information, please contact the Secretary, CCDC at (613) 236-9455.
i
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
For me when a adpulated price b the 6asla of payment.
This Agreement made on the . -_.~._._...._ _t h i r d (3rd )
in the year two thousand and one (2001)_!___
by and between
- The ~Munic(pality of:Clarington
hereinafter called the "Owner"
and
Aquicon Construction Co.
day of...:......August.._...::_-...-...- -
hereinafter called the "Contractor" -
The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows:
ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK
The Contractor shall:
1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for _ C l a r i n g t o n Public Library / __
Municipal Office-Expansion
tneerf above 7hr tide of (be Work
located at .----..--_4 0-Temperance .Street ,- B o w m a n v i l l e_ (C.1 a r i n-g_ton)-,-_0 n e a r i_o-.--._--.----:-_---.----
insert above the Place of the WanE
Shoelts and Zaback Architects
which have been signed by the parties, and far which __---_,-____-_-__- _-____- _.___,__. _
' Ltd.
--'--'--'-- ---'--'-'----'---- lnsex above the rwrne ojthe Consultant
is acting as and is hereinafter called the "Consultant" and
1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement, and _
1.3 commence the Work by the -_„ ~ 3 t n _ day of _ August ______ ~ t11e y~ z 0 o t
and, subject to adjustment in Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents, attain Substantial
PerjormanceoftheWork,bythe 15th day of September ~g1ey~2002
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00502
Standud Construction Document - CCDC 2 - 1994
t
~'
ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS
2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral, relating
in any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the
Agreement -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. '
ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK:
• Agreement Between t7wner and Contractor
• Defudtions
• The General Conditions of the.Stipulated Price Conhact
•
* ' Specscation (See attached Table of Contents)
* Drawings (See attached List of Drawings)
* Addendum Na 1, dated May 17, 2001 (copy attached)
* Addendum No. 2, dated May 29, 2001 (copy attached)
* Addendum No. 3, dated June 5, 2001 (copy attached)
* Addendum No. 4, dated June 7, 2001 (copy attached)
* Post-Tender Addendum Na 1, dated July 23, 2001 (copy attached)
* -Post-Tender Addendum No. 1, Rev. 1, dated Augnat-1, 2001 (copy_attached)-:. - . ___ __ _= -_ _ _ _ _ _... _
* Aquicon Construction Ltd.•s Bid Form (copy attached) ,
* Aquicon Construction Ltd.'s Supplementary Bid Forms 1, 2, 3 and 4 (copy attached)
* Aquicon Construction Ltd.'s Post-Tender Bid Form dated August 2, 2001 (copy attached)
* Letter of Intent dated August 3, 2001 (copy attached)
• (Insert here, attaching additional pages tji•equired a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g.
Supplementary Conditions; Specifrcations, giving a list ojcontents with section numbers and titles, number of
pages, and date; Drawings, giving drawing number, title, date, revision dale or mark; Addenda, giving Nt1e,
number, date) .
CCOC 2 - 1994 Fle 00502 ~ 2
Clarington..Publi~c Library/ List of Contents
Municipal Office Expansion
0006
Section No. Title
DIVISION 0
00000 List of Contents
00010 List of Drawings
00100 Instructions to Bidders
00220 Existing Conditions Data
00300 Stipulated Price Bid Form
00410 List of Subcontractors, Appendix S1
Unit Prices Supplementary Bid Form,
Appendix S2
Separate Prices Supplementary Bid Form,
Appendix S3
Health and Safety Practice Form,
Supplementary Bid Information Form,
Appendix 54
00710 General Conditions
00810 Supplementary General Conditions
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQIIIRENENTS
Section 00000
Page 1
April 2001
No. of Paaes
3
4
6
1
3
2
2
2
4
1
3
01001 General Requirements 14
01040 Coordination 5
01060 Regulatory Requirements 1
01400 Quality Control 3
01535 Temporary Facilities 5
01545 5af ety Requirements 4
01560 Temporary Controls 3
01561 Environmental Protection 2
01700 Contract Closeout 3
DIVISION 2 SITE -vORR
02060 Selective Demolition 3
02110 Clearing and Grubbing 2
02210 Site Grading 3
02223 Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling 8
02233 Site Services 8
02260 Topsoil and Finish Grading 2
02490 Trees, Shrubs and Ground Covers g
02515 Concrete Unit Pavers 3
02516 Asphalt Concrete Paving 2
02523 Concrete Walks and Curbs 4
D2525 Patterned Concrete 3
02710 Weeping Tile Drainage 2
02905 Tree Protection 2
02938 Sodding 3
Clarington~_PUbli=c Library/ List of Contents Section 00000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
Section No. Title
DIVISION 3 CONCRHTB
No. of Paoea
03100 Concrete Formwork g
03200 Concrete Reinforcement 9
03300 Cast-in-place Concrete 15
03345 Concrete Finishing 4
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04050 Masonry Procedures g
04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 3
04150 Masonry Accessories 6
04210 Brick Masonry 3
04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 3
04420 Cut Stone Masonry 4
DIVISION 5 STEEL
05120 Structural Steel 11
05311 Metal Deck 6
05411 Wind Load Bearing Steel Stud Systems 7
05500 Miscellaneous Metals 6
05501 Ornamental Metals 5
05510 Metal, Exit and Service Stairs 4
DIVISION 6 WOOD
06101 Rough Carpentry 4
06200 Finish Carpentry 3
06400 Architectural Woodwork 10
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTDRE PROTECTION
07100 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 3
07160 Bituminous Damproofing 3
07214 Sprayed Foam Insulation/Air Barrier
(Separate Price #1) 8
07240 Exterior Insulation and Finish System,
Moisture Drainage System 12
07251 Intumescent Fireproofing 4
07270 Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals 4
07270 Fi restopping and Smoke Seals
07410 Steel Cladding 3
07510 Inverted Bituminous Roofing (IRMA) 11
07520 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing 11
07550 Modified Bituminous Roofing 6
Clarington._Publi~c Library/ List of Contents Section 00000
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
Section No. Title No. of Paaes
07620 Metal Flashing and Trim 4
07800 Skylights 2
079D0 Sealants 5
DIVISION S DOORS AND 4PINDOOPS
08111 Steel Doors, Frames and Screens 6
08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames and Aluminum
Interior Screens 8
08200 Wood Doors 3
08520 Aluminum Windows and Curtainwall 14
08710 Finish Hardware 6
08800 Glazing 7
DIVISION 9 FINISHHS
09111 Metal Stud Systems 7
09130 Acoustical Suspension Systems 4
09250 Gypsum Board 6
09310 Mosaic Ceramic Tile 3
09330 Stone Tile 4
09410 Portland Cement Terrazzo 3
09511 Acoustical Panels and Tile 3
09666 Resilient Sheet Flooring (Linoleum) 3
09680 Carpeting 4
09900 Painting 12
DIVISION 10 SPHCIALTIHS
10000 Manufactured Specialties 5
10160 Metal Toilet Partitions 4
10270 Access Flooring 7
10505 Metal Lockers 1
10800 Washroom Accessories 6
DIVISION 12 FIIRNITIIRH
12510 Window Blinds 2
DIVISION 14 HLHVATOR
14000 Barrier Free Lift 9
14240 Hydraulic Elevators 17
Clarington•-Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
Architectural
A001 Site Plan
A002 Site Details
DE001 - Demolition Plan - Site Plan
DE100 - Demolition Plan - Basement Floor/Ground Floor
DE101 - Demolition Plan - Second Floor/Third Floor
A100A Drawing Legend/Wall Type Legend
A100 Floor Plan - Basement (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A101 Floor Plan - Ground Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A102 Floor Plan - Mezzanine Floor - New Building
A103 Floor Plan - Second Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A104 Floor Plan - Third Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A105 Floor Plan - Fourth Floor (Part 1) - Existing/New Building
A106 Fifth Floor Plan (Mechanical Penthouse) - New Building
A107 Floor Plan - Basement and Ground Floor (Part 2) - Existing Building
A108 Floor Plan - Second and Third Floor (Part 2) - Existing Building
A109 Roof Plan
A150 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Basement (Part 1)
A151 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Ground Floor (Part 1)
A152 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Mezzanine Floor (Part 1)
A153 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Second Floor (Part 1)
A154 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Third Floor (Part 1)
A155 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Fourth Floor (Part 1)
A156 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Fifth Floor (Mechanical Penthouse)
A157 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Existing Basement and Ground (Part 2)
A158 Reflected Ceiling Plan - Existing Second and Third Floor (Part 2)
A200 North Elevation, South Elevation
A201 West Elevation, Window Schedule
A210 Building Sections
A211 Building Sections
A212 Building Sections
A213 Building Sections
A214 Building Sections
A300 Wall Section Details
A301 Wall Section Details
A302 Wall Section Details
A303 Wall Section Details
A304 Wall Section Details
A310 Penthouse (Fifth Floor) Section Details
A311 Section Details
A312 Section Details
A313 Section Details
A314 Section Details
A320 Ground Floor Plan Details
A321 Ground Floor/Mezzanine Floor Plan Details
A322 Second/Third Floor Plan Details
A323 Third/Fourth Floor Plan Details
A324 Fourth/Fifth Floor Plan Details
A400 Stair No. 3 Plans, Sections and Details
A401 Stair No. 4 Plans, Sections and Details
A402 Stair Details, Guard and Guard Details
A403 Stair No. 6, 7, 8 Plans, Sections and Details
A501 Interior Elevations - Second Floor
r
Clarington• Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
A502 Interior Elevations - Third Floor/Plan Details
A503 Interior Elevations - Third Floor
A503a Interior Elevations - Third Floor
A504 Interior Elevations - Fourth Floor
A505 Interior Elevations - Ground Floor Level, Mezzanine Level
A506 Interior Washroom Elevations - Ground Floor and Mezzanine Floor
A507 Interior Washroom Elevations
A600 Millwork Details - Main Circulation Desk, Children's Desk - Plans,
Sections and Details
A601 Millwork Details - Work Room, Puppet Stage - Misc. Details, Plans,
Sections and Details
A602 Millwork Details - Cafe Counter, Reserve Books Shelf - Plans,
Sections and Details
A603 Millwork Details, Plans, Sections and Details
A604 Millwork Details, Work Room and Information Desk, Chief Admin.
Officer, Misc. Details, Plans, Sections and Details
A605 Reserved
A606 Millwork Details - Tax Collector's and General Office Desk - Plan,
Sections and Details
A607 Millwork - Shared Public Service Desk, Misc. Millwork Items -
Plans, Sections and Details
A608 Millwork - Misc. Millwork Items
A700 Door Schedule/Door Types/Frame Types
A701 Frame Elevations/Glazed Screen Elevations
A702 Frame Elevations/Glazed Screen Elevations
A703 Frame Det ails/Base Details
A800 Room Fini sh Schedule
A801 Room Fini sh Schedule
A802 Room Fini sh Schedule
Structural
5100 Foundation Plan & Foundation Schedule
5101 Foundation Section & Details
5102 Foundation Section & Details
5200 Ground Floor Framing Plan
5201 Mezzanine Floor Framing Plan and Details
S202 Second Floor Framing Plan
S203 Third Floor Framing Plan & Joist Schedule
5204 Fourth Floor Framing Plan & Column Schedule
5205 Mechanical Roof (5th) Floor and Low Roof Framing Plan
5206 High Roof Framing Plan and Penthouse Elevations
5207 Commons Area Roof Framing Plan Sections & Details
5208 Concrete Beam Schedule & Details
S209 Sections & Details
5210 Concrete Beam Schedule
5211 Column Schedule and Joist Schedule & Details
5212 Plan Sections & Details
Clarington•PUbli~c Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
Mechanical
M101 Site Plan New Building
M102 Floor Plan Basement Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M103 Floor Plan Ground Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M104 Floor Plan Mezzanine Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M105 Floor Plan Second Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M106 Floor Plan Third Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M1D7 Floor Plan Fourth Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M108 Floor Plan Fifth Floor Plumbing and Drainage
M201 Basement Floor Plans Heating & Ventilation
M202 Ground Floor Part 2 HVAC Duct New Building and Existing Building
M203 Mezzanine Floor HVAC Duct Layout - New Building & Existing Building
M204 Second Floor (Part 2) HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing
Building
M205 Third Floor HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing Building
M206 Fourth Floor HVAC Duct Layout New Building & Existing Building
M207 Mechanical Room HVAC Layout New Building & Existing Building
M208 Mezzanine Floor (Part 2) HVAC Piping Layout
M209 Piping Layout Second Floor New & Existing Building
M210 Floor Plan Third Floor HVAC Piping Layout
M211 Floor Plan HVAC Piping Layout
M212 HVAC Details & Schematic Diagram
M213 Schedules HVAC
M214 Schedules HVAC
Electrical
E-100 Electrical Layout -Site Plan
E-101 Lighting Layout - Basement Floor - New & Existing Building
E-102 Lighting Layout - Ground Floor - New & Existing Building
E-103 Lighting Layout - Mezzanine Floor - New Building
E-104 Lighting Layout - Second Floor - New & Existing Building
E-105 Lighting Layout - Third Floor New & Existing Building
E-106 Lighting Layout - Fourth Floor - New & Existing Building
E-107 Lighting Layout - Fifth Floor - New & Existing Building
E-108 Power & Fire Protection Layout Basement Floor New & Existing
Building
E-109 Power & Fire Protection Layout Ground Floor New & Existing Building
E-110 Power & Fire Protection Layout Mezzanine Floor New Building
E-111 Power & Fire Protection Layout Second Floor New & Existing Building
E-112 Power & Fire Protection Layout Third Floor New & Existing Building
E-113 Power & Fire Protection Layout Fourth Floor New & Existing Building
E-114 Power & Fire Protection Layout Fifth Floor New & Existing Building
E-115 Electrical Layout Basement and Ground Floors Part Existing Building
E-116 Electrical Layout Second/Third/Fourth Floors Part Existing Building
E-117 Panel Schedules
E-118 Details & Schematic Diagrams
E-119 Notes & Schematic Diagram
Claringtorn Public Library/ List of Drawings Section 00010
Municipal Office Expansion Page 4
0006 Aoril 2001
Sprinkler Layout
S PO1 Floor Plan Basement Floor Sprinkler Layout
S P02 Floor Plan Ground Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP03 Floor Plan Mezzanine Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP04 Floor Plan Second Floor Sprinkler Layout
SPO5 Floor Plan Third Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP06 Floor Plan Fourth Floor Sprinkler Layout
SP07 Floor Plan Fifth Floor Sprinkler Layout
ti Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300
Municipal .Office Expansion Page 1
0006 April 2001
1.1 Bidder .1 Name of Bidder:
Identification
~Ut~011 lG~~ STS.).! ~Tt~t~l. L0. l"CD•
.2 Address of Bidder:
1.2 Delivery of Bid .1 We hereby deliver our Stipulated Price Bid to:
Form
The Municipality of Clarington, Office of the Clerk
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario
L1C 3A6
1.3 Bid Price .1 We, the undersigned, declare that we have carefully
examined the Contract Documents and Addenda
numbered ~, 2; ?~, 1{- and having
examined the Place of Work, and examined all
conditions affecting the Work; hereby offer to
enter into a Contract to perform the Work required
by the Contract Documents for the Bid Price of: ~'
L ~~ -E- cv.tQi ~ n. Sew a.. ~~cL o 4r{ ee~.
Dolla ($ ~ OQ ~ ) in Canadian funds,
which price i clud s all applicable taxes in force
- at this date.
.2 The Bid Price does not include Federal Goods and
Services Tax (GST).
.3 The Bid Price does include the Ontario Retail Sales
Tax.
1.4 Validity of Bid .1 Our bid will remain in good standing for 60 days
after the closing date of bids.
1.5 Allowances .1 We have included any Cash Allowances which are set
out in Section 01001 - General Requirements.
1.6 Enclosures .1 We enclose herewith the following:
.1 Letter of Consent from the~Surety Company.
.2 The Supplementary Bid Forms listed in 1.10.9.
1.7 Addenda .1 We acknowledge receipt of the following Addenda
issued during the bidding period:
Addendum No. ~ dated j'~- ~~~ ~_~ j
Addendum No. ~-dated ^~~ -~.~~
Addendum No . 3 dated CS ~;~~\ , ~ ~-~ l
Addendum No. T dated n~- ~:~C ~ ~.~
Addendum No. dated
Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300
Muricipal•Office Expansion Page 2
0006 April 2001
1.8 Performance .1 We have included $ 5 • Q ~ per $1,000.00
Bond of the Bid Price for a 1008 Performance Bond.
~
U
1.9 Labour and .1 We have included $ a '"-
' per $1,000.00
Materials Payment of the Bid Price for a 1008 Labour and Materials
Bond Payment Bond.
1.10 Declarations .1 We understand that the Owner will pay all Federal
Goods and Services Tax payable with respect to the
Contract Amount and such is not included in the Bid
Price..
.2 We agree to execute the Contract and provide to the
Owner with satisfactory Labour and Material and
Performance Bonds specified in the conditions of
the contract within seven (7) days from the date of
.notification of acceptance of the Stipulated Price
Bid.
.3 We declare that no person, firm or corporation
other than the undersigned has any interest in the
Stipulated Price Bid or in the proposed Contract
for which the Stipulated Price Bid is made.
We undertake if our Stipulate Price Bid is accepted
to commence the work at the job site, actively,
immediately upon Owner's or authorized
representative's written order to commence the
work. We undertake to be substantially complete
for the entire project by September 15, 2002, and
are to be totally complete by October 30, 2002.
.5 We declare that this Bid is irrevocable and may not
be withdrawn by the undersigned and is open for
acceptance the Owner during the Bid Acceptance
Period as per Document 00100.
.6 We acknowledge that the $200,000.00 Bid Deposit
previously submitted to the Municipality of
Clarington forms the Bid Bond required in Document
00100. This Bid Bond is valid for the length of
the Bid Acceptance Period. The spat of this bond
is included in the Stipulated-Price Bid.
.7 We hereby submit with the Bid Form an Agreement to
Bond issued by a bonding company acceptable to the
Owner, in a form acceptable to the Owner, obliging
the bonding company to issue a Performance Bond and
Labour and Materials Payment Bond as contemplated
_ . __..
in the Instructions to Bidders.~'The Agreement to
Bond shall be irrevocable during the Sid Acceptance
Period.
i ..
Clarington Public Library/ Stipulated Price Bid Form Section 00300
Municipal Office Expansion Page 3
0006 April 2001
.8 We agree to make application for all applicable
fees and permits including the building permit and
that the cost of such fees and permits (except the
cost of the Building Permit fee which is not
applicable for this Contract) has been included in
our Bid Price.
9 We will complete in full the Supplementary Bid
Information Form including the following list of
Appendices as supplied with the Bid Documents:
.1 List of Subcontractors Appendix, S1
.2 Unit Prices Appendix, S2.
.3 Separate Prices Appendix, 53.
.4 Health and Safety Practice Form, S4.
.10 We understand and agree that the Owner has no
obligation to accept this bid and may refuse it for
any reason whatsoever in its sole and absolute
discretion and without any .explanation to the
undersigned.
1.11 Signature of
Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
~G~~ICL[J Ci%(aStE'~~CCU~1 CC`-• l.{D
name of Bidder
signatur
~Sk ~ti,~n ~- ~1U ~r~ttx~T
name and title o person s gning
(apply seal above signature)
witness signature
~'] 6_ laic: ,i: 1 r n ~.1 i inn ~ i -r-
~sro~cc-
name and title of person igning
Date: This `~~ day of ~~~ , 2001.
° .
~.ONDON ~~~, GUARANTEE
77Xirsg Stmt Wert,
34`~Fkor,
SURETY'S CONSENT Roy°l Trurt Town,
P.O. Boz I84
Date: May 16.2001 Tororsm, orstsno
MSK 1K2
Number: 10003157-21
Telephone (416J 360-8783
Faz (416J360-8167
WHEREAS AQUICON CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD. (Principal) has submitted a written tender to IHE
MUNICIPALfTY OF CLARINGTON (Obligee) dated the 31ST day of MAY, 2001, concerning:
CLARINGTON PUBLIC LIBRARYlMUNICIPAL OFFICE EXPANSION
and the condition of this obligation being such that the Principal shall have the tender accepted within SIXTY (60)
days from the closing date of tender,
we LONDON GUARANTEE INSURANCE COMPANY , a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada
and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in the Province of ONTARIO as Surety, agree to issue for
the Principal if the Principal shall enter into a written contract with the Obligee, the following bond(s):
1. a contract performance bond of (100Y°) of the contract price not exceeding the maximum sum of:
ONE HUNDRED PER CENT OF AMOUNT OF TENDER .................................................................................... (100%)
2. a labour and material payment bond for (100%) of the contract price not exceeding the maximum sum of:
ONE HUNDRED PER CENT OF AMOUNT OF TENDER
(100%)
This consent shall be null and void unless an application for the said bond(s) is made within thirty (30) days following
the adjudication of the contract.
LONDON GUARANTEE INSURANCE COMPANY
~_
....
EMILY CIVICHINO, Attorney-in-Fact
Suretys Consent Letter R-21/08/95
SURCON
t.
fatY,
~.ONDON ~~~.~ GUARANTEE
BID BOND
N0.:10003157-21
77Xirsg Sheet 0.'ert,
34~FToor,
Royal Tmt Toecer,
P.O. Box 184
Toronto, Oamno .
MSK IXI
Ttkpbou(416J3668183
Fax (416J 36x8167
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT AQUICON GONSTRUGTION CO LTD as Principal, hereinafter called the
Principal, and LONDON GUARANTEE INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and existing under the laws of
Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are
held and finnty bound unto THE MUNICIPALITY OF GLeRINGTON as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount
of TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00) lawful money of Canada, far the payment of which sum, well and
truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a written tender to the Obligee dated the 31ST day of MAY, 2001 for
CLARINGTON PUBLIC LIBRARY/MUNICIPALOFFlCE EXPANSION
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the aforesaid Principal shall have the
tender accepted within SIXTY (60) days from the dosing date of tender and the said Principal will, within the time required,
enter into a formal contract and give the specified security to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of the
Contrail, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the Principal and the Surety will pay unto the Obligee the
d'rfference in money between the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount far which the Obligee legally contracts
with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former.
The Principal and the Surety shall not be liable far a greater sum than the specfied penalty of this Bond.
Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of six months from the date of this Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this bond this 4TH day of MAY,
200E
SIGNED AND SEALED in the presence of:
LTD.
Witness as to Principal
INSURANCE COMPANY
EMILY CIVICHINO, Attorney-in-Fact
Endorsed by: ACEC, CCA, CCPE, CSC, RAIC Approved by: INSURANCE BUREAU OF CANADA
__.-BldBond(L6.C.). -... - _ - - - - - .25!08!89
BICIBC CCDC220 (1979)
~.arington Public Library/, List of Subcontractors Section 00410
MSnicipal Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 1
-0006 April 2001
g v I s e.~, Per f1 N° Z,
1.1 General .1 Document 00930, List of Subcontractors Appendix
shall form an integral part of the Bid Form.
.2 Bidder shall make an entry against each
~- possible subcontractor or by stating "own
forces" (meaning under the direct employ of
contractor). Please add to list all other
subcontractors as required.
.3 Upon request by Owner, submit qualification
forms for listed subcontractors.
.4 Once accepted, the listing must not be changed
unless agreed upon in writing by the Owner.
.5 All work of the trades listed below must be
carried out by a sub-contractor who must be
listed-below. The trades listed below may not
be done by the contractor's own forces.
.6 The Bidder declares that it has ascertained to
_ its complete satisfaction that the
subcontractors listed are fully acquainted with
the extent and nature of the Work involved and
of the proposed construction schedule.
.7 The Owner reserves the right to accept or
reject any proposed sub-contractors in
accordance with the procedures set out in G.C.
3.8.3 and 3.8.9 (CCDC#2).
1.2 List of
Subcontractors
Demolition
Shoring
Excavating and Backfilling
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Forming
Concrete Supply
Concrete Finishing
Foundation Drainage
Cut Stone Supply
Masonry
Structural Steel
~Wn ~OrCC'.S
yD ~, vrf~ a
C ~-f-U r n~
S2~ ~"O
~C!5 ~Gp
W n rO r C~rj
Dw.^ I-o~C~S
V•G ~ -Ivr na
nnp ~-• KaSonr~
\'D~~ ~ ~~.SOrfY
.~.~.
'•Clarington Public Library/ - List of Subcontractors Section 00410
Municipal Office Expansion Appendix S1 Page 2 of 2
0006 March 2001
oD ^~
l S
Ud'
S DPI.~w)E
,
~ n
/~~ t ee
/
~ i{
v~ ~ ti
+~
~ ~,gH nL
y
~
f
4 ran
(.-dws ~L"(~.l.aG
Ornamental Metal ~p~ q.~~~..p ~{;~-1'~
Rough Carpentry Q:,.rn rprC.Q,S
Finish Carpentry ~~w pp_p
Architectural Woodwork ~ C~JoD~
Metal Doors and Frames 4't,u~'T {~L- Oo/L
Wood Doors -Supply C ~-l (3 ~ti+lJ 6 ~ +~ p ~ ~
Gypsum Board S `~77'.'~ `Q2~{
S"~ WAtL,
Tile Systems I _
LO h
Carpet ~2.b"~"~: r~ ~
Painting ~ L ~~ ~ pJ~d ~l
Elevators _ TH`{SSt?N ~OV~.
Plumbing w C~U.h- ~ ~ ~l SSG
xvAC ~c7 ,, .A • ~ E K ASS o ~
Electrical ~ J~/).-~-Ds
S Pry r ~(erC ~v.A ~~(/-1 Sspl-~
1.3 Signature of
Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
i~~u~ r ors ~.r~1~'~ (~~ C~- ~
?.~ .
name of Bidder .
(apply seal above signature)
.,
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This ~ `~ day of ~~1~~~ 2001.
^.Clarington Public Library/ Unit Prices Section 00410
Municipal•Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 1
0006 Appendix 52 April 2001
1. UNIT PRICES
In submitting this bid, we agree that additional costs will be paid at
the following rates:
Units
Mass Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth $/m;
Trench Excavation (includes removal from site)
Earth S/m~
Trench Backfill
Earth
Granular "A" (pipe bedding)
Granular "B"
Building Backfill
Granular "A"
Granular "B"
Clear Stone
Formwork
Reinforcing Steel
Earth Fill
Granular `A' Fill (compacted)
Granular `B' Fill (compacted)
Asphalt Paving
Standard concrete (with forms)
Sod and top soil
Brick pavers and granular
Extra Credit
U~
2~~ ~~'
$/m' Z ~ ' I2'"
S/m3 3 9 '
_
S/m' ~Q' 2~-
S/m' T 20 -
S/m2 I DZ' to S
S/x~ ~ .az,
S/m
'
S/ za,
~
~
m
S/m' ~9
Z~ ~ Z
-f--
20 -
S/m3 ~^u' 210
$/m3 a ~ L7' ~ ~ ~ ~
S/m2 4,~5 a.aL~
NB. 1. Credits must be a minimum of 859 of extras.
2. All unit costs include overhead and profit.
3. We shall supply whatever additional articles, materials, or
equipment that may be necessary and perform any additional work
that may be required at the unit prices or adjusted unit prices
(set out above) in strict conformity with all terms and
requirements of this contract.
4. We agree that deductions from the said contract shall be made at
the unit price or adjusted unit prices (set out above) in strict
conformity with all terms and requirements of this contract. 1
CPr(~t.~S ~/ Z ~~~~.SQ A'4.3 7S
1 m
yY~ //~ q.-~,
{ L~! n`f i rv~' D`~ G ~ p 1Su r~1 y~oar~ : ~er ~ f ~'^Z ~~O d"oo -r~ ~C .oo
C~ J\ w 4` l 5 J
Z ~(cS'`c X4-7 .ate
.~ eel, ~S p<< ~ ~~, --~.
:Clarington Public Library/ Unit Prices Section 00410
. Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 2
0006 Appendix S2 April 2001
2. SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
name of" siaa r~ G~t~~`~'af ; Tl Ot~~ CO ~ ~~
(apply seal above signature)
signature
name and title of erson sig ing
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This ~~ day of .'111rs~ , 2001.
Clarington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 00410
Municipal~Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Paqe 1
0006 Appendix S3 April 2001
1.1 Separate Prices .1 The following is the list of Separate Prices
which are an integral part of the Bid Form:
.1 All separate prices are added to or
subtracted from the base bid. They do
not include the G.S.T.
.2 All separate prices include all other
applicable taxes and Contractor's
overhead and profit.
.3 Separate items may or may not form part
of the contract award. Owner reserves
the right to reject any or all,
whichever is in their best interest.
Separate Price # 1 Delete Mineral Wool Insulation and associated air
barrier on all exterior masonry cavity walls.
Substitute Spray Foam Insulation/Air Barrier System
as specified in Section 07210. Division 4 is to
prepare masonry back up wall to requirements of
Section 07210.
Delete dollars
($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
Separate Price # 2 Delete all work of Section 12510, that is, delete
the supply and installation of the black-out blinds
and sun control blinds.
The electrical connections shown by Division 16 for
the motorized blinds remain in the Stipulated Sum.
Delete "C~ p~.uP 1 l~ u Otis a ,.~ dollars
($ ~ ~. ~OC> ) from the Stipulated Sum.
Separate Price # 3 The underfloor heating system, Room 169, as shown
on Drawing E9 and the Division 16 Specification is
not part of the Base Bid.
To add this system_to t~ie~ Contract, add
'~~-#~m 1CP~a~ ,ddollars ($ r/ ~UO _ )
to the Stipulated Sum. Included in th s, add price
to the following general contractor's work:
.1 Coordination and layout
.2 A 50 mm topping to the slab in this area.
The main slab is depressed by 50 mm
.3 SO mm rigid SM below the slab in this area.
Separate Price # 4
/ /
The fire pump hown in the D isiog 1
Specificati and the asso sated Div'
is not pa of the Base rice.
To add the Contrac add
Sum.
Separate Price # 5
Delete the alterations to the Customer Service
Desk, Room 116 Reception and Lobby. (This desk
See
is
P~__
~~
~f 1~ e T r. Sf ~c l ~.:~ ~~ Df -Fln.~ ~ ~~~~
`` ,
1
1 i rie ~ U. S S ~-~ ~,.~ n o~ e. - 6 0 a r s r-o'~
c.f o r ~- ~ ~"t-¢- ~ as ~ bl ~ l a. 01,0`- ~ -7 , ~.OO _
~
3 r~s a~~rp..
-ro d
h ~ ~t a~ ~ b~ ~ ~ 5 ~ .
.. ~~,
'Clarington Public Library/ Separate Prices Section 00410
tMunicipal'Offide Expansion Supplementary Bid Form Page 2
0006 Appendix S3 April 2001
shown in all of the details on Drawing A605 except
1, 2 and 3 on A605. Note Drawing A605 will be
issued in Addendum No. 1.)
Delete dollars
($ ) from the Stipulated Sum.
1.2 Signature of Bidder
Signatures
SIGNED, SEALED AND SUBMITTED for and on behalf of:
Pcc,"~!{ Cz.;tJ C~ ~Sil,'_:1 ~ ~(~ CG ~`CP
name of Bidder
ply seal above signature)
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This ~~_ day of ~~N~
' , 2001.
e. ~..r-~ U" d~'i ce ~
` l b ld. S G CJ. ~ ~ ~ C ~ r i C~ ~ ~ ~ n S~e~~, c7~
Y/^J~~~JC ~! O~ ~r'IG~,
V~~~ ~ ~s ~~! C~
-r'o -r ~~
~e~~uM
5'„ ru~a,~--y~ SuM „
c~a:ic,c- ~S ,b~FiNC~ ~sY
~ 2~
'• '~Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
'. Municipal 'Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 1
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
To Contractor(s):
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM
The Muniapality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all
workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment,
contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance
with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health
and safety.
in order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the
accidentfinadent and/or Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below,
where applicable.
• The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER)
-The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
• The Counal Amended Draft #7 (CAD-~ Rating
-The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups
• Injury frequency perronnance for the last two years
-This may be available from the contractors trade assoaation
• Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last iwo years?
(If the answer is yes, please include the infraction).
Confirmation of Independent Operator Status '
-The WSIB independent operator number assigned: 02 ~'~ ~°'~ ~ M S
(Bidders to include the letter confinning this status and number from WSIB with their bid
submission.)
•. :Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
•~,Municipal Offide Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Paqe 2
0006 Appendix 54 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
As a contractor working for the Municpality of Clarington, Uwe will comply with all
procedures and requirements of the Ocxupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety
polices, department and site specfic polices and procedures and other applicable
legislation w regulations. Uwe will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an
accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public
1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that ik its employees, its subcontractors
and their employees_
a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Oaxrpational
Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations
thereunder (the "Acts; and
b) have sufficent knowledge and training to pertorm all matters required
pursuant to this contracUtender safely and incompliance with the Act.
2. In the pertonnance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the
contractor/successful tenderer shall,
a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Ad, and
b) ensure that its employees, it subcontractors and their employees act safely
and complying all respects with the Act.
3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe ad or practice and any
non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any
person of the existence of such act, practice ornon-compliance.
~~ .
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality
and the Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or times for the purpose of
inspection to determine compliance with this contractorftender.
, ''ClaringZon Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
, • Municipal Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 3.
0006 Appendix S4 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
5. No ad or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be
an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful
tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Acf.
t3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the
Municipality,
a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municpality which may
result from the contractor/sucxessful tenderer or any of its employees, its
subcontractors or their employees failing to ad safely or to comply in all
respects with the Actin the pertormance of any matters required pursuant to
this contract/tender,
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the
Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any
non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of
its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of
any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender, and
c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be incurred or
paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall
be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation of
the Act arising out of this contract/tender.
Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
............... .. .... ............................................................. li S1~E ~~)
.........................
Signa ure of Con ~ p~
'~. .Clarington Public Library/ Health and Safety Practice Form Section 00410
. Municipal'Office Expansion Supplementary Bid Information Form Page 4
0006 Appendix 54 April 2001
SCHEDULE (E)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Schedule "B"
CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER
The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
_ Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practice
described below
_ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being pertormed under this contract due
to the unsafe work practice described below.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A
BREACH OF CONTRACT.
CONTRACT/P.O. #
DESCRIPTION:
NAME OF FIRM:
\.
,.' -•
Firm NLna Recount No. Firm Na. Date
AQUICON CONSTRUCTION CO LTD ~ 5386136 240410HS 16NOV00
Rating Fattor Firm Perrormance tntlex Firm Experience Rating Adjuetment(S)
1.000 0.894 42,987.65 REBATE
0767A (09/00)
OD • Oa502 ~
'excluding Health Care Injuries
~~ '~.
y
Shoatts,and Zaback Archkects Ltd.
July 23; 2001 Rfy. !. Awes!!. 200!
Clarington Public LlbrarylMunicipal Office Expansion
Bowmanvlllta, Ontario
Our Project OOOS
Post lender Addendum #1 81d Form:
1) The fdtovring aro the net deletions and addktons for each item from fhe previously submitted
Stipulated Sum.
2) Tire prices below aro to exclude G.S.T. but Include P.S.T.
3) The Owner may delete some of the kerns Gsfed below to arrive at a final total of roduetions.
4) These numbers aro to rattain good for 15 days.
5) The schedule date for Substantial Completion remains September 15, 2002 and Total Completion
October 30, 2002.
ARCHITECTURAL 1'rEMB
Item fH, Optron 1 .
Uae Maple Leaf file In Ileu o} mosaic the in washrooms: ~(
Delete ~Qlif -~ln(I,~QCI~I tl~Y~2 ihl~fglaorars (5 `t'I~.~. ~ 1 fromthe Stpulated Sum
Delete ~'I V2 Y `l]d V1~1~ dollars (E ~ • - 1 from the Stipulated Sum.
Itatr lCi, Option 1
Change Carpet types 2, 3, 4, and 5 to Kraus G_o(naervatory, ~ M
Delete ~OUr~fl°fl -NbU~ . ~t1ur' hundt~ -dollars (S 14,'t'W . -1 from the Stipulated Sum
Page 1 of 3
and 5 to IMenc~e Furrows or Wind:
Sum.
item /4
Revise window mullions, Change operade windows W awning type:
Dslsta=W~Pf~~ -~'f'O[-~I1G~ dcllars ($~QCD• ~ 1 from the Stpulated Sum
Item ar5
Dslete millwork Items tlsted in the PTA document
DaldeTnw~iv -oM ~1#tut. srx hr rrv{r~ - dolars (S 2~ • - from the Stlpulated Sum
4CateragW Street Suite 2lla IOnggon, Oraaflo K7K 1Z7 amaa; maOQsza'ch.rom TaL• (81~) 34t 0776 Fax (873) 541 8804
kern a2
Delete Washroom 168, revue Washroom 167 as shown:
f~ , ~ , Shoatts and Zaback Arehftects Ltd. Page 2 of 5
Rav.1. Auaud 1. ~Of
Item YB
Odete Puppet Area:
pdake err ~Mvv Wav(r .~'~y? 4r)r~lC~ - dooara (a~ • ~ )Rom the 58pulated Sum
Item ;~
palate wood panels end replace with drywall penela:
pd~~alw~ -Nm/4)t~ .•fidP. L CPL -- doUara (5~,; - 1 Gom the Stlpuletad Sum
Iterrr ~, Option 1
Delete Cafb Counter. Add 3f glazed wan:
Delete'fPyt -1{(1tyl~flll~ ~, dollars (S (~I~-- )Nom the stipulated sum
IOem M5, Option 2
Add bade revised CafA Counfee
pvld S,y -I4w t. ~itFC htltYll7~ ~' dolars (S Ht ~• ~ )from the stipulated sum:
Item ~
Revise slkling grin at Cafe 162
pd~ dopes (S ) from the Sdpulated Sum
Item N70
Delia SxurRy Fence on south and wart sidaa. Retain fence~epnd gets at pas meter and op fdl plpeg:
Delete ~MFEEII thausortd. ew_ dolars (S1pt ~ • - )from the Stipulated Sum
(tern Y11
Revise dreuhr stalrto rectangular stair.
Dalateltll2(1h! • -FiYZ '~1~ ---~- donara (S ~1~~• ' ) Rom the Stipulated Sum.
Itetn #12
Change 1D--ensdeek in roof oonsWction to 19 nun drywel: r
Delete ri dollars (S JI ~ • )liam the S6pWatad Sum.
Ihrtr it3
Change brick to s[ding ea detalAed In this eddendurn:
palate l U Y)A dollars (S ~T trom tho Stipulated Sum
Itdtt R74
Dal~a granlb bace, change to ~idc Ruin 3 stone bands Arriscra$ Buff Lenestone, splR face 1lnisk
Delde S ~ doGars (S ~; ~ • ~-) from the Stipulated Sum
team its
Delde nil revisions to erdatlng Mtain Floor Reception Counter.
Delete~(1~ ~fxt$ae~ de0ars (S ~• - )from the stpulatea Sum
Item 1018
Delete aluminum closure as shown on PTA1-7.
palate do0ers (S /O~ )from the StpWated Sum.
4 Calara4ui Street 3uMe 206 tOngeton, Ontadc KfK 127 e+aue mWl~saeReam Tel: (61S) SN 0776 Far (613) 547 OaD4
L,36-2001 17:37 CARLO'S ELECTRIC LIMTED 905 728 5817 P.01i02
t.1,~ k..~.~,~.'~~~(;; LIMITED
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ~ INDUSTRIAL, INSTRUTIONAL, COMMERCULL, RESIDENTIAL METRO LIC. E914
70$ OLIVE AVENUE. OSNAW0. ONTARIO l1N 2P7 PH; 9057.7361 FAX9p5.72&$877
+sez-zoos
FAX TRANSMITTAL 39
YEARS OF
t EXCELLENCE
ATTN: /~~ ~~ ~ /~ DATE: ~ v.l t~ . '''a p . 2Oe {
COMPANY: r/~~ 1A ~ C_O k. 4SD 1u oe}y FROM: G 4p~ 4
P_R_OJECT: 1. (pP l IAq rek (~ Lp . # PAGES: Z (INCLUDING COVER SHEET)
Eilaik CAREL6CT~IDIRECT.CON
COMMlENi'S:
ks P"' `i o~~ vec~u~5~ .
JUi
~'
905 728 SE17 P.02iO2
~' ShoeJis' atAd 7iCack Aiohikcte tld. Page t of S
Igttetill
Deets i sMlc at CaK Carrdw:
Dela6e dotlers (S Sttatnthe ttpulatsd Sum.
Item t12
Dsleb spAMear heads 6etorr pNttotm eR Reaaptiolt Desk t 16:
Delete dollars (ti S 6om the 8fipulated Sum
ttaat AM8
Ddma eprirdear heeds above where wood aa7inp panels Aua deleted (see PTA Mchitatusl tfen arig
Delete dolars {S S ham me 88PWatad Sum.
[~_ u~..r
k.mwa.i
txtatlge Pbture Type'C";
OdMe dollars (S ! fiom the Stlpuhtad sum.
ttsm l1.t.Z
tMairtjle Fbdure Typ.'F:
Oeiete dollars (S „_~ from the Stipulated Sum.
Idnl1.1.~
Menge Fbe~se Type'G:
Ddmte dosses (f !from the 9tipulatsd 6unL
Ip1a181.1.d
Change Fbdura Trpa'S':
Delete daAars (i S from the ta`dpuletstl Sum.
Ileall ~
Oelate Weehraae 108:
OO
lkleta Q dolara (S_ !from the Stputated Sum.
~~
t7elatlons from Servlp Dsek t 1e:
Delete 3~Q m , da8ars (8 !from the Stipulated Sum.
rpO
~~r~~J
.. ~Ceaaqu street Si16e ~S~tngaloe, OnprAp KTKta eanu: mWl~reh.owa •TN: (5't3y 84i Q77e Far. (et>)54t aa0l
TOTAL P: 02 _ 1
~•
M. ,
17 ST. LAWRENCE AVENUE ETOBICOKE, ONTARIO MeZ 5T8
TEL: (416) 259-4631 FAIL: (415} 255.7610
E-Mail: nekisonCg~idirect.com
~~
TO: ROBERT A UICOT~
F'AX:416.798-7347
PHONE: 41 -7 8-7349
R~: Chu-iaeton Public Library
FROM: RAE.iA~Y
DATE: August 2.2001
PAGES: 1us cove el
Post Tender Add.
We are pleased to submit a quotation for the above mentioned. (See attached
breakdown forms)
TOTAL CREDIT S60 020.00
NOT INCLUDC.D IN QUOTATION
m Cutting & patching by others.
® Starters & disconnects by others.
n Electrical work by others.
® Permit fees.
'This change proposal covers only the direct vests associated wiQt the specified modification.
Should other conditions changes (e,g, time of completion, schedule, sequence ofwork, etc.), As
a result of this revision, we reserve the right to re-quote this item when these additional costs can
be determined.
It is anticipated that all work t~uired by this change, if requirod, will be billed as an
additional item. This ptnposal is for acceptance within thirty (30) days 8c is subject to escalation
thereafter.
Pleased do not hesitate to contact ou office should you require any clarification.
~H1130N EI~~
1~RSL'1ti
r>:i:rals~j253 ~a5~o
CONTRACTORS • PROJECT MANAGERS • MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL
NVAC RENOVATIONS • ENERGY CONSERVATION • SOLAR HEATING • AIR CONDITIONING
[J~/'~ .
• ~-.+ CON
~UL-2T-2001,FRI 15;22 A8 AflUICON CDNSTRUCT[DN CO, FW( N0, 945 458 602D P, 0
°. Shoalts and ISback Atdtiteets ttd. Page 7 of 5
July 23,2001
Ciarington Public l,Ibrary/Municipa! Office Expansion
Bowmanville, Ontario '
Our proiett 0008
Post Tender Addendum #1 Bid Form:
1) The following are the net deletions end additions for each item from the previously submitted
6tipulated Sam.
~ The prices below an to exdude G.B.T. but intrude P.S.T.
3) The Owner may deNrte wme of the Rems listed below to ardw at a foal total of rodudions.
4) These numbers are to remain good for days.
HR T
Item #1, Option 1
Us0 Maple Leaf file in lieu of meseie ele in washrooms:
Ddete _ ~1 ~ 0. dollars (S~~ from the Stipulated Sum.
Item sf, Option 2
use less cararruo mosaic Gle: p ~
Dafeto nl • ~` dollars f5 ~ ' r i't'trom the Stipulated 5urn
Item ?l
Delete Washroom 188, revise Washroom 787 as shaven: n
D61eie ~ p l'h'tlt..a-~ dollars (S ~ n e e Stipulated Sure.
Item f7, bptlon 1
Cheese Carpet types $ 3, 4, end 5 to KraUS t:anberYetory.
Delete . ~,~_ddlena (S _ ~ AHrom the 5dpulated Sum,
Item ir3, Opaen z
Change Catpettypes Z. 3, 1, end S!o IllterMce Furrows ar Wind:
Delete _ - ~ doUare (S~ from the Stpulated Sum.
/16
Item >p4 ~
Revise window mullions. Chsnge op~t~rable windows to awning type: - ~ r
Delete ~ ~ dorara (S ~ '~ t frem the 6dpulated burn. N ~ ~ ~+~
~~
Item itS w
Delete milhvork aems listed Inths PTA documantPx. ~'
.p ~~ t<
Mate Al ~ dollars (S /~ r 1/ l 1 from the SUpulated Sum. ~~
~~~
0
4[;NeraQW Stnvet SutG 208 m~tan. Dntwb K7K tZ7 'canal; moil~oxarChCCm' Td: (at3) SM 077a Fax: (a13) 54t 08D4'
e>.o ri1:
.~1JL-27-2001, FR1 1! ~23 Rh AQ11iCON CONSTRUCTION CO.
~.,..
. sttoatta and Zabat;k Arthitetda Ltd.
~.-.
FAIT NO. 905 458 8020
Page 2 M b
itom w
Delrte Puppet Area:
Daleh ~ ~ dopers (S ~t /~ 1 from the Stipulated Sum,
team ir7
Delete wood panel: end raplaee with drywall panels
Delete ~~ ~, dollars (S nt /~ 1 from the Stipulated Sum
tram ss, Gption 1
Delete Caf6 Counter. Add .4 glazed wau; //{{
Dslste ~,a ~_ ddtara {S /v "d- f from the Stipulated Sum.
kam Mll, Optlon 2
Add bade revised Cali Counter
Add ~ ~" dollars (5 ~ ~ from me Stipulated Swtt
flea tea
Revise sliding grill a! Cali 152:
Delete /l] ~ dosers (3 h1 • ~ J from the Stipulated bum.
ltern *!~
Dadete Security Fence on south and west Ludes. Retain hose and gate az gas meter and oil RII pipes:
Delete ~7 11` dollars (E /C1 ~ ~.5wn the Stipulated Sum.
Item a:11
Revise droular stair to rectangular stelr.
Dolda ~ -~ ~- dolars (i_~~ from the Sgpulated Sum
P. 08/ l fi
roam 1112
Change Densdsck In roof cromdrtlctlon to i3 Inm drywall;
Delaze - + dollars (S OCI • ~1 trncn the Stipulated Sum.
kerb a'13
Change hrlck to skiing ae detaled in this addendum ..
Dolaze ~ ) ~ i'd-_ dollars (i from the Stipulated Sum. 9 m rt• ~
IOWrrs~14 ~
j
Delete grantee base, cr7anpe to tuidc ftetaln 9 stone bands An'fsaaR t3uR Lunestone, cpm face finish ~
~j
~
Delete ~ ~ ' ~
~ dollars (S `~• 7 r 1 tram the Stipulated Sum,
` ~ i~
T
~` ~ s •,
1 r
~~~
teem N13
Delete alt revtslons t0 e7clsting Maln Floor Reception Countw: ~
Delete _ >L ~-
. dogws {S ~ ~--~ Rom the Stipulated sum. 0
4 Calaraqui street.. suns 2176 ~ Klnpgon. Untuto K7K 7Z7" .+nalk ~ man~cistcn.oom' ~ Td: (at3l SH n776 Fa:: (BI ~ 541 ttepa - _ _. - _...... I
um uc~ui oa:4o 'Q410 zss 7a1u NEKISON iar AQCICON X004
JUL-z7-2001.fRI it .23 AH AOUICON OONSTRUCTIOH CO, FAK N0, 9C5 458 6020 P, 09/16
. - s hualts and Zsback Ardtiteets Lid. Pegg 3 Of 5
hem st
ChanpetoA~ternatesupppre/rO4enerpym~nagementsyst~m(T.0.C.k O- tlPfimara Or ~/onryw~p
Dare S' ~~~ 7Rou ~lnd dollars {i ~~ ooS' ~ 1 from the Stipulated sum.
Item tJ2
Deists tnsulatian on con/denser piping:
Delete r~r'ft r/reuCµxe do0ars(Sjitl~~~ lkomthsStipulatedSUm.
item Ri
Chsnpe type of Insulation on ductvork
Delete f i/L r~+ousaed doNare {S~ ova. r f frpm the Stlpuleted Stun
Item ~
Chanpa heaYat recovery unit supplier:
Delsls /Fry T~i°wSend dotlara (S ~J• moo, ~ )from the Stipulatsd Sum.
Item era
Ghenpa supplier of computer room WC Unit:
Deleaa S%~r Tl oersa e~ dollare (s d, ~e•' , from the stipulated sum.
tt.ra 18
Change air h//andling//unR packaps type tomodular. /
p~~s 7r'rC r^o~tQnd dollars(a.6+pO~'"" ]from the stipulated Sum.
kern 1'T
Change beae mount~dL/pumps to in-lino type:
Delete ~auv TjtouSgn~ dolars (S4. ~-'r lfrom the 56pulated Sum.
16mn i'8
Change to vrtauFc pipe tittingc from welded wnrreolions:
pd~p ~ou r T~0(/SAnd dollars (S ¢ p`''~• ~ 1 from the Stipulated Sum
(~_ y/~
i,W 1]Rl ti
r'
Change concealed sprinkler heads to cem'rconeealed type
~
~
~ ~, o v ~ ~
~ sCtno
~ 7
Palate T
dollars {i ~~ tl~' ~ t from eke Stipuated Sum ~ ~ '
Itarrr ir10
Dslats Washroom t6a
:
Qn.~ T{rorr SOed
pos. ~
~
Delete
~ ~r
°
~
doh (s t from the Stipulated Sum
~
^'
y3
,
.
P
fCeregga(Street SWte206 Idnpston,t7ntsriol0K1Z7 .-mvt;'mall@azarrh.esm:'Td:(B1S3541077a"..FaY:(Bt~tia10064... _..
lltl-27=`2001 FRI 11:24 Rh AQUICON CONSTRUCTION CO,
~~
Shoalts 8nd ZaWck Arctl(teas ltd.
N ~~~ .
FA1( N0. 906 458
Pdga 4 of 5
Item ~Ei i
palate 1 sink at Gaf! Count
pWea 'T~o ~lund~ A're' 7~n~}' daIIars (S 21 a' ! )from th6 t3tlpulatod Sum.
Item 1112
Delete sprinkler heads tow p18tf01n1 at Reception beak 11@: ~w~ ~P"ds
palate rwo f/und.-lal dotan (5 ~~•'"~ 5 from the Stipulated Sum.
~ 005
P. 10/18
Item a<13
Delete sprinkler heeds above wharevwod ceitng panels arc deleted (sea aTa Nctuwdural Item >~: /6 ~~~5
oel.t. S',cftur Hvndnd dogars(S /~6°0'~ lfromtheStipulatedSUrn.
tlt~CTRIG41~ RFC
Item [H.t.t
Change Fixiwe 7ype'C':
Deists ~-~ doYers (S _ ~ ~ 5 from the Stpu[ated Sum.
Item 117.t.2
Ctfange Fbtture Type'F':
Delete ~' ~ dopes (S N A „) kom the Stpulated Sum.
Itom ari.l.s
Change Fbdure Typa'G':
Delete N ~ dollars (i N~ f from the SSfipuiated Sum.
nefn #1.t,d
Change Fixture Type'S':
Delee N A dollar: (S NJ~ 1 from the Stipulated Sum.
Item IP2
Oekte Washroom t@f3:
~kte ~ ~ Q dollars (S N ~ 1 tram tna Stipulated Sum,
item k4 g ~ _, R+
Dektiom from Service Dask 116: A
~~e ~ ~ dollars (S N'/~ 1 hen the Stipulated Sum. ~ ~
~~
~y
~~~
~m
0
4 Calaraqu! SVeet SW420a Ka+ydeq Onhde kTK tz7 atina~ mal~ssuch.wm YM: (673J 647 0776 ~ "Fax (6I3) 541 OB04 ~•
- _ _ __
dye ~
JIJ1.-27 2001 FR! 1! ~24 Att AQllICON CONSTRUCTION CO. FRX NO. 9O5 458
_ ~_ 3boatts and Za6aek/lfchileds Ud.
Signature of Blgde- '
Slgnetwes
SIGNED, ccei cn AND SUBMITTED FOR AN ON BEt1A1.F OF:
srhe of Bidder
Page S,Of 5
(apply seal above signature)
aoe
P. lI/16
IC~I~~K~~~,~,~ fem. ~1~ ~~~~.~`-G-~~°~-~
name and }nle of person sigiing
~~
witness signature
game end t8M of ysrson cignnq
Date: This ~~deyof~,Z007.
_~._____- 4Cstsrhqu194eet.Sufla2~ IGny~M;OMadolcTK1Z-'.amap:_moN~saerohvom TeF(613)541QT76 Fas:t613)5411)604
Shoalts and Zaback Architects Ltd. Page 5 of 5
' Signature of Bidder
Signatdnsl ~ t ~ /,
SIGNF_D; SEALED; AND SUBMITTED FOR AN ON BEHALF OF:
A~UICON CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD.
_, ` ~ ,'~, ~', ARK BLVD.
(Name of:Bidder) _ BFipMp'('ON, ONTARIO
~~, L8TbY9~r„~
(apply seal above signature)
witness signature
name and title of person signing
Date: This ®2- day of ¢cI~UST , 2001.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206- Kutgston, Ontario K7K iZ7" -e-mail:_mall~szarch.com-Tel: (673) 541 0778 -Fax: (613j 541 0604 -
K lid P• ~Nb • 1~toF~.~,T-
name and title of person sig ing
Sho~lts and - - - -- - - - ---- - -- - --_ - _ --- -- _ - =-==-- -_
' Zaback Architects Ltd.
i 'August 3, 2001
Aquicon Construction Co. Ltd.
131 Delta Park Boulevard
Brampton, Ontario
L6T 5M8
Attention: Frank Aquino
Clarington Library, Main Branch
Expanded Municipal Administrative Centre
Bowmanville, ON
Project No. 0006
Re: Letter of Intent
Dear Sir:
~a Paz 905-458-6020
& UPSCourie~
The Municipality of Clarington has reviewed the Bids and your prices for Post Tender Addendum # 1.
They have reached the decision that Aquicon Construction Co. Ltd. is to be awarded the Contract as
follows:
- - -
Base Bid _- - - - - - - -
S 8,714,000.00
Less post tender items accepted: - 268,820.00
• All items accepted except Item #1 Option 2, and
Item # 3 Option 2.
• Item 9 will be included although the price for this
item was left blank. Any adjustments necessary will
be carried out as a Change Order.
• Item 16 is taken as a $1000.00 deletion as stated by
you at our August 2n0 meeting. - 1,000.00
Add Separate Price # 4 + 37.200.00
Subtotal Net Contract Amount $ 8,481,380.00
GST((a77%1 + 5 369660
Total Contract Amount $ 9,075,076.60
Please provide us with the following, as required in the Contract Documents:
• Workers' Safety Insurance Board certificate of good standing,
• Certificate of Insurance,
• Certified copies of insurance policies, and
• Performance and Labour and Material bonds.
These are required before you start the work.
4 Cataraqui Street Suite 206 Kingston, Ontar(o K7K tZ7 a-mail: mail~szarch,rpm Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
Frank Aquino
August 3, 2001
Page 2
A start-up meeting has been scheduled for August 21st, 2001 at 1:30 p.m. at the basement meeting room
of the existing library.
Please make an application as soon as possible for a building permit from the Municipality. The Chief
Building Official already has copies of the Drawings ,therefore you need only complete the attached
application. The original of this form will be sent by courier to you. As outlined in the contract documents,
there is no fee required for the building permit .
As agreed at our august 2n° meeting you will move on the site beginning Monday August 13th, 2001
assuming that the documents listed above are in place.
We will prepare the Contract for your signature and will send this to you when it is ready.
We look forward to working with you on this project.
Yours truly,
L~
- _
Gerry Shoalts
Encl.
c.c. - Fred Horvath (via fax)
- Lou Ann Birkett (via a-mail & fax)
- Cynthia Meames (via fax)
4 Cafaraqui Street Suite 206 Kin®ston, Ontario K7K 1Z7 a-mail: mail~szarch.com Tel: (613) 541 0776 Fax: (613) 541 0804
ARTICLE A-4 CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 The Contract Price, which excludes Value Added Taxes, is:
..... E19ht_mil l.ion.t f.ou r,_hundred._and a j9 h,t Y..~fle._#.h.o.usaad.,.......
three hundred and eighty __~d011ars ~ '-.~ ~ -.
and zero 8,481,180.00
cents.. S -------------
cc.s.r.i
4.2 Value Added Taxes (of ~ %) payable by the Owtrer,to the Contractor are: ,.
~r: ~. ,
- Ftve hundred and-ninety three thousand, sixhundred
a n d ninety six - - ~,~_.~ dollars
and sixty cents. S x.4.3.,-GQfi..OIl._--
4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of ' " "
- .the Work is: - - - - - - - - - - - --
Nine million, seventy five thousand, and seventy six
dollars
and
sixty
cents.
a9, 075,076.60
4.4 All amounts aze in Canadian funds.
4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents.
CC~C 2 • 1994 File 00302
3
ARTICLE A-S PAYMENT
S.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory
regulations respecting holdback percentages and, where such legislatlon or regulations do not exist or apply,
subject to a holdback of e I e ~ e n percent ( t t Yo), the Owner shall in Canadian funds:
.1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount
certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to suds
payment, and
.2 upon Substantial Performance ojthe iYork, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback
amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and
.3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment, pay to the Contractor the unpaid baIence of the
Contract Price when due together with sash Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to sudt payment.
5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance
policies, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions, of GC I1.1 -
INSURANCE.
5.3 Interest.
.1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in
an award by arbitration or court, interest at z e r m p~Can[ ( p %) P~ ~~
above the bankk rate an such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until paymant. ~ Such
_ interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis, The bank. me sha116e the rate established by. the_ _ _ _
Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short-term advances to the
chartered banks.
.2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the mannerprescnbed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the
. amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Cendidons -DISPUTE RESOLUTION
from the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract, had it not been in
dispute, until the date it is paid.
CCL7C 2 - 1994 File 00502
i
ARTICLE A-ti RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been
received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm,
or to an officer of the corporation for whom they aze intended by hand or by registered post; or if sent by
regulaz post, to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows:
40 Temperance Street
The Owner at - -- - - .....-- - _.... ...._... ......_... ...
Bowmanville, Ontario
.ebeet and number and postal box number if applicable
L1C 3A6
post affrce or disMct, province, postal code
131 Delta Park Boulevard
The Contractor at ---------- --------------------------
street and comber artd pasta! box ,comber if applicable
Brampton, Ontario
L6T 5M8
past office or district, province, pasta! code
The Consultant et 4 Cataraqui Street, Suite 206
street and »umber and posts! box smmber Jappticable
Kingston, Ontario K7K 1Z7
pos7 ace or district provixe, posts! code
ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT
7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that Ui the
eventof any apparent discrepancybetweenthe English and Frenchversions, the EnglishAsYoY~BFF* lang_xageshall.
prevail. _ _ _
* Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term. _
7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the parties hereto. La presente convention esf redigee
en anglais d la demande des parties
ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION
8.1 The Contract Documents aze to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute
the Contract between the parties, and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall
enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives,
successors, and assigns.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00502
5
In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and by the hands of their duly authorized
representatives.
SIGNED AND DELIVERED
in the presence of:
OWNER
The Municipality of Clarinaton
name of ow
l
sigmrtare WITNESS
rwme and dJte oJperson signing
.ng _. .re...... _ ...._.. ,.. _. .._...__ .................._._.... n rmmre
................
R
name and dde of person signi~
CONTRACTOR
Aquicon Construction Co. Ltd.
__..._........._._... ._..._..._......- f`--_._.....
name of~IlTraelor
~_.~~r=
i _ -~sg,w,;are
,~o t C>
7mme and Jute of p.'rmn signing ~
sigrmmre
rwme and li77e of person signing
name and li71e of person signing
WITNESS
De`x(7-
signature
rwme and Ji77e of person signi~
N B. Where legal jurisdiction, Jocal practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls jar:
(a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proojojauthority in the form oja certified
copy oja resolution naming the representative(s) authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf
njthe corporation or partnership; or
(b) the axing oja corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed.
CCDC 2 • 1994 File D0302 6
Standard Construction Documznt - CCDC 2 - 1994
DEFINITIONS
The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents.
1. Contract
The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and
obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties.
2. Contract Documents
The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement -CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties.
3. Owner
The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement The terns Owner means the Owner
or the Owner's authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does not
include the Consultant.
4. Contractor
The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the
Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing.
5. Subcontractor
A Subcoutractnr is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or pans
of the Work, or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work.
6. Supplier
A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked
to a special design for the Work.
7. Consultant
The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect,
the Engineer, or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place ojthe Work. The term
Consultant means the Consultant or the Consuknnt's authorized representative.
8. Project
The Project means the total constmction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part.
9. Work
The {fork means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
10. Place of the Work
The Ptace ojthe Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-1 of the Agreement
- THE WORK.
11. Product
Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming the Work, but does not
include machinery and equipment used to prepare, fabricate, convey. or erect the {fork, which are referred to
as construction machinery and equipment.
12. Provide
Provide means to supply and install.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00602
u
13. Contract Price
The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement - CONTTtACT PRICE.
14. Contract Time
The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK
from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work.
15. Working Day
Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a holiday which is observed by the construction
industry in the azea of the Place of the Work.
16. Supplementallnstruction
ASupplementallnstruction is aninstruction, not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Tirne,
in the farm of specifications, drawings, schedules, samples, models or written instructions, consistent with the
intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents
as required for the performance of the Work.
17. Change Order
A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepazedby the Consultant and signed by the Owner
and the Contractor stating their agreement upon:
- a change in the >7"ork;
- the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and
-the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.
18. Change Directive
A Change Directive is a written instruction prepazed by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a
change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents.
19. Substantial Performance of the Work
Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work.
If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition, Substantial Performance of the Work
shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so
certified by the Consultant.
20. Value Added Taxes
Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any
Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and
Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar [ax, the payment or collection of which is by the
legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00602 8
i
Standard Construction Ihicument -CCDC 2 - 1994
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STII'ULATED PRICE CONTRACT
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the
performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended,
however, that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, not coveredby, or
not properly inferable from the Contract Documents.
1.1.2 Notlling contained in the Contract Documentc shall create any contractual relationship between:
1 the Owner and a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any
of the Work.
2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other
person performing any' of the Work.
1.1.3 The Contract Documents aze complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if
required by all.
1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings aze used in the Contract
Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered [o include the plural as the context
requires.
1.1.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued,
consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems, workmanship, and the services
necessary for the performance of the Work.
1.1.7 The drawings aze the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and
whenever issued, showing d1e design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans,
elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams.
1.1.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of
drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among .S'ubcontractors and .S'upplierc or in
establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade.
1.1.9 If drere is a conflict within Contract Documents:
1 the order of priority of documents, from highest to lowest, shall be
• the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor,
• the Definitions,
• Supplementary Conditions,
• the General Conditions,
• Division 1 of the specifications,
• Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications,
• material and fmishing schedules,
• drawings.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
2 drawings of larger scale shall govem over those of smaller scale of the same date.
3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govem over dimensions scaled from drawings.
.4 later dated documents shall govem over earlier documents of the same type.
1.1.111 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to
perform the Work.
1.1.11 Specifications, drawings, models, and copies thereof famished by the Consultant are and shall remain the
Consultant's property, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, which shall belong [o each party to
the Contract. All specifications, drawings, and models famished by the Consultant are to be used only with
respect to the {fork and are not to be used on other work. These specifications, drawings, and models are
not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant.
L 1.12 Models ftunished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner.
GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT
L2.1 The law of the Place oJthe Work shall govem the interpretation of the Contract.
GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
L3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the duties and obligations imposed by [he Contract
Documents and the fights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of
any duties, obligations. rights, and remedies otherwise, imposed or available by law.
1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Consultant, or Contractor shall constimte a waiver of any right
or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an
approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT
Ld.l Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of
the other. which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 2,1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT
2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract
Documents, unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2.
2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract
Uocmnents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner, the Contractor, and
the Consultant.
2.1.3 If the Consultant's employment is terminated, the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a
Consultant against whom the Contractor makes no reasonableobjectionanfi whose status under the Contract
Docwnentr shall be that of the former Consultant.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 10
GC 2.2 ROLE OF TAE CONSULTANT
2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contrnct Documents during
construction until issuance of [he final certificate for payment, and subject to GC 2.1 -AUTHORITY OF
THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time until the completion of any
correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 of GC 12.3 -WARRANTY.
2.2.2 The Consuttant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of cons[rucuon to
become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in
general conformity with the Contract Documents.
2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the Place ojthe Ii'ork, one or more
project representativesto assist in cam~ing out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties. responsibilities,
and limitations of authority of such project representativesshall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor.
2.2.4 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the
Consultant will determine the amounts owing [o the Contractor underthe Contract and will issue certificates
for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT, GC 5.3 -PROGRESS PAYMENT,
and GC 5.7 -FINAL PAYMENT.
2.2.5 The Consultant will no[ be responsible for and will not have control, chazge, or supervision of construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs required in
connedionwith the Work. in accordancewith the applicableconstruction safety legislation, other regulations,
or general construction practice. The Consultant will no[ be responsible for the Contractor's failure to cam'
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over.
chazge of, or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, S'upplierc, or their
agents, employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work.
2.2.6 The Consultant will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Dncumentc
and shall make findings as [o the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contrnct, except with
respect to GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER Interpretations and
findings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such
interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor.
2.2.7 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE
OWNER, shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to
the other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to
the parties within a reasonable time.
2.2.g The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultants opinion does not conform to
the requirements of the Contract Documents. Wheneverthe Consultant considers it necessary or advisable,
the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is
fabricated, installed, or completed. However, neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision
either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the.
Consultant to the Contractor, .Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons
performing any of the Work.
2.2.9 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will furnish Supplemental ]n.ctructions to the Contractor
with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the
Consultant and the Contractor.
2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings.
Product data, and samples, as provided in the Contract Documents.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
II
22.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 -CHANGE
ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of S'ubstantia! Performance of the
Work as provided in GC 5.4 -SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
2.2.13 All certificatesissued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultants knowledge, information, and
belief. By issuing any certificate, the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete.
2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract
and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the
Owner's acceptance.
GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK
2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide
sufficient, safe, and proper facilities a[ all times for the review of the Work by the Consulmnt and the
inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of the Work are in preparation at locations other
than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it
is in progress.
2.3.2 If work is designated for tests, inspections, or approvals in the Contract Documents, or by the Consultant's
instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant
reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange
for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities.
2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports
relating to the Work.
2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests,
inspections, or approvals before such special tests, inspections, or approvals are made, given or completed.
the Contractor shall, if so directed, uncover such work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed,
and make good covering work at the Contractor's expense.
2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that such work
is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with
the requuements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of
examination and correction. If the work is in accordancewith the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration.
GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work
that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform [o the Contract Documents whether or not
the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or no[ the defect is the result of poor
workmanship, use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the
Contractor.
2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors' work destroyed or damaged by such removals
or replacements at the Contractor's expense.
2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is no[ expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as
provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the
Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 t2
Documents. If the Owner and the Contractor do not agree on ffie difference in value, they shall refer [he
matter to the Consultant for a determination.
PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK
GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK
3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total wntrol of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so
as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract.
GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS
3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right [o awazd separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project ro
other contractors and to perform work with own forces.
3.2.2 When sepazate contrails are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the
Owner's own forces, the Owner shall:
1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces
with the Work of the Contract;
2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and constnic<ion safety
legislation at the Place ojthe Work;
3 enter into separate contrails with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible
with the conditions of the Contract;
4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC l 1.1 -
INSURANCE and coordinate such insluancewith the insurance coverageof the Contractor as it affects
the Wnrk; and
5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from
the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces.
3.2.3 When sepazate contracts aze awarded for other parts of the Project. or when work is performed by the
Owner's own forces, the Contractor shall:
I afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products and
use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work;
2 coordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and
connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents;
3 par[icipatewithothercontractorsandtheOwnerinreviewingtheirconstructionscheduleswhendirected
to do so; and
4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other
contractors or Owner's own forces, promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to proceeding
with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. Failure by the Contractor ro so
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
13
report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies in the work of other
contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably discoverable.
3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and connection of the work of other
contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work, [he changes shall be authorized and valued as provided
in GC 6.1 -CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
3.2.5 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt
with as provided in Par[ 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other
contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration
of any dispute with ant' other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to
arbiVa[e.
GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, STRUCTURES, AND FACILITIES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall have [he sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation. maintenance, and
removal of temporary supports, structures, and facilities and the design and execution of construction
methods required in their use.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay far registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the
appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or
by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports, structures, and facilities and
their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce
safe and satisfactory results.
3.3.3 Notwi[lrstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 -CONTROL OF THE WORK, paragraph 3.3.1, and pamgraph
3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere m the Contract Docurnentr where such Contract Documents
include designs for temporary supports, stnuctures, and facilities or specify a method of construction in
whole or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of [he Work and
the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified
method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work.
GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW
3.4. I The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any ertor,
inconsistency, or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best
of the Contractor's knowledge. information, and belief and in making such review the Contractor does no[
assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor
shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the
Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error,
inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall not proceed with the work
affected until the Contractor has received wrrected or missing information from the Consultant.
GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
3.5.1 The Contractor shall:
1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a
constmction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides
sufficient detail of [he critical events and [heir inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be
performed in conformity with the Contract Time;
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 t4
S
2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a
monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents; and
3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the
Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions -CHANGES IN THE WORK.
GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS,
the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for
compliance with the Hiles, regulations, and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety
legislation and shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the performance of the Work.
GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR
3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at
the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid
reason.
3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place ojthe Work and notices and instructions given
to the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor.
GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work
to be performed under subcontract, and shall:
I enter into contractsor written agreementswith Subcontractors and Supplierr [o require them to perform
their work as provided in the Contract Documents;
2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements
with Subcontractors and .Suppliers; and
3 be as fully responsible to the Owner far acts and omissions of Subcontractorr, Suppliers, and of persons
directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the
Contractor.
3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing, at the request of the Owner, those .Subcontractors or Suppliers
whose bids have been receivedby the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the
performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the
Contractor shall employ those.Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the
performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies.
3.8.3 The Owner may, for reasonable cause, at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract, object to the
use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other
subcontmct bidders.
3.8.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contract Price
and Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change.
3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required [o employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier, a person or firm to whom
[he Contractor may reasonably object.
CCDC 2 - 1994 Pile 00712 t3
3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as [o the
percentage of the .S'ubcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment.
GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS
3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, Products, tools, construction machinery and equipment,
water, heat, light, power, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of
the Work in accordance with the Contract.
3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which aze not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those
specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant.
3.9.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the
Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned.
GC 3.1D DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE
3.10. I The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of
meetings at the Place of the Work, in good order and available to the Owner and [he Consultant.
GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
3.11. I Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, Product, and
other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work.
3.11.2 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as described in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant
may reasonably request.
3.11.3 The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor
represents by this review that-. the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field
construction conditions, or will do so; Product requirements; catalogue numbers; and similar data and that
the Contractor has checked and co-ordina[ed each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of
the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp, date,
and signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the
Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
3.11.4 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently
in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the
Contractor or the Consultant, they jointly shall prepaze a schedule of the dates for submission and return
of shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having
jurisdiction shall be submitted tu such anthority by the Contractor for approval.
3.11.5 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The
Consultant will review and return shop dmwings in accordancewith the schedule agreed upon, or otherwise
with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the
design concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall no[ relieve the Contractor
of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract
Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings.
3.11.6 Upon the Consultants request, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant
rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The
CCDC 2 - 1994 File D0712 16
Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions [o the resubmission other than those
requested by the Consultant.
GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK
3.12.1 The Contractor shall confine construction machinery and equipment, storage of Products, and operations
of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not
m~reasonably encltmber the Work with Products.
3.12.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit [o be loaded any part of the W irk with a weight or force that will
endanger the safety of the Work.
GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK
3.13.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come
together properly.
3.13.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum.
3.13.3 Should the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-
timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial
work shall be valued as provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 -
CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
3.13.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall
be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work.
GC 3.14 CLEANUP
3.14.1 The Contractor shall maintain. the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste
products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other contractors or their employees.
3.14.2 The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the
Owner, other contractors or their employees, and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by
the Owner before attainment of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove
products, tools, construction machinery, and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining
work.
3.14.3 Prior to application for the final certificate for payment, the Contractor shall remove products, tools,
construction machinery and equipment, and waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the
work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees.
PART 4 ALLOWANCES
GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES
4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents, which allowances shall be
expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant.
4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, Products, construction machinery and
equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
l7
performing the work stipulated under the cash allowancesbu[ do no[ include any f'alueAdded Taxespayabte
by the Owner to the Contractor.
4.1.3 The Contract Price, and not the cash allowances, includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in
connection with such cash allowances.
4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be
compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out
in the Contract Documents.
4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any differencebe[weenthe actual cost
and each cash allowance.
4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments.
4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and
Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of
the Work.
GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE
4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance, if any, stated in the Contract Documents.
4.2.2 Expenditwes under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 -
CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
4.2.3 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the
expenditwes authorized under paragaph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance.
PART 5 PAYMENT
GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUHtED OF THE OWNER
5.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement, and/or promptly
from time to time thereafter, famish to the Contractor reasonable evidencethat financial arrangements have
been made to fu1511 the Owner's obligations under the Contract.
5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owner's financial
arrangements during the performance of the Contract.
GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT may be
made monthly as the Work progresses.
5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount
claimed shall be for the value, proportionate to the amount of the Contract, of work performed andProducts
delivered to the Place o~ the Work at that date.
5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least 14 days before the First application for payment, a
schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to
facilitate evaluation of applications for payment.
CCDt: 2 - 1994 File 00712 tg
i
5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant
may reasonably direct and when accep[edby the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for
payment, unless it is found to be in error.
5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statementbased on the schedule of values with each application for payment.
5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be
supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of
the Products.
GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT
5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment
from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 5.2 -APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS
PAYMENT, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as the Consultant
determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly
notify the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment.
5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -
PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a cert~cate for payment issued by the Consultant.
GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
5.4.1 When the Contractor considers [hat the Work is substantially performed, or if permitted by the lien
legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to
accept separately is substantially performed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a
comprehensive list of items to be completed or corzected and apply for a review by the Consultant to
establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the
Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete
the Contract.
5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractor's list and application, the Consultant will review
the Work [o verify the validity of the application, and no later than 7 days after completing the review, will
notify the Contractor whether the Il'ork or the designated portion of the if'ork is substantially performed.
5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or designated portion of the
Work in a certificate.
5.4.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the
Contractor, in consultation with the Consultant, will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work.
GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance (the Work, the Contractor shall:
1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount,
2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, Products, construction machinery
and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the
.S'ubstantiol Performance ojthe Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible
have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount
in dispute.
CCIK 2 - 1994 File 00712
19
5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided
in paragraph 5.5.1, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount.
5.5.3 Where the holdback amount has no[ been placed in a separate holdback account, the Owner shall, 10 days
prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the
Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor.
5.5.4 The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable
on the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the
Place q(the Work. Where lien legislation does no[ exist or apply, the holdback amount shall be due and
payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice, or provisions which may be agreed to
between the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy
any liens against the Rork or, if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, other
third party monetary claims against the Contractor which aze enforceable against the Owner.
GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK
5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that
the work of a Subcontrnctor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance o(the li'ork,
the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work, or the Products
supplied by such Supplier, on the day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work
stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work.
Sb.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such
certificates, the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the
issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the conec[ion of defects or work not
performed regardless of whether or not such was appazen[ when such certificates were issued.
GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT
5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for
final payment.
5.7.2 The Consultant will, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final
payment, review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will, no later than 7 days
after reviewing the Work, notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not
valid.
5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid, the Consultant will issue
a final certificate for payment.
5.7.4 Subject to the provision of pazagraph 10.4.1 of GC 10.4 -WORKERS' COMPENSATION, and any lien
legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, the Owner shall, no later than 5 days after the issuance of
a final certificate for payment, pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -
PAYMENT.
GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT
5.8.1 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor, there aze items
of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed
as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the
Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the
Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 yp
i
GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK
5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the
Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which aze no[ in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK
GC 6.1 CHANGES
6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make changes in the Work
consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive.
6.1.2 The Contractor shall no[ perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive.
GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER
6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required, the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the
proposed change in the Wark [o the Contractor. The Contractor shall present, in a form acceptable to the
Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the
adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, for the proposed change in the Work.
6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to
the method to be used to determine the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall
be recorded in a Change Order, signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the
result of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment.
GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE
6.3.1 If [he Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the
Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the
Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive.
6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work.
The adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be
determined on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable [o the
change. If a change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price, an allowance for overhead
and profit shall be included.
6.3.3 If a change in the Work results in a net decreasein the Contract Price, the amount of the credit shall be the
net cost, without deduction for overheadorprofit. When both additions and deletions covering related work
or substitutions aze involved in a change in the Work, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be
calculated on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change in the Work.
6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Consultant may require, an itemized accounting
of the cost of expenditures and savings referred [o in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The
cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all
of the following:
1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective
bazgaining agreements, or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor;
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
zt
2 salaries, wages, and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and
other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of
materials or equipment;
3 contributions, assessments, or [axes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance, provincial
health insurance, workers' compensation, and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, insofaz as such cost is
based on wages. salaries, or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in
the cost of the work as provided in paragmphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2;
4 Vavel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and
6.3.4.2;
.5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof;
6 the wst of materials, supplies, equipment, temporary services and facilities, and hand tools no[ owned
by the workers, including transportation and maintenance thereof, which aze consumed; and cost less
salvage value on such items used but not consumed, which remain the property of the Contractor;
7 rental cost of all tools, machinery, and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from or
provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements,
dismantling, removal, transportation and delivery cost thereof;
8 deposits lost;
9 the amounts of all subcontracts;
10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services;
11 chazges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the York;
12 royalties, patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits
thereforsubjec[ alwaysto the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owneras provided in pamgmph
10.3.1 of GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES;
13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required, by the
Contract Documents, to purchase and maintain;
.14 any adjustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable;
,15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications, courier services, expressage, and
petty cash items incurred;
16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris;
17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property;
6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the work
performed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments.
6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method
of determining it, the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination.
6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive, the Owner and the Contractor
reach agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time, this agreement shall be
recorded in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 2~
i
GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS
6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are:
1 subsurface or otherwise concealedphysical conditions which existed before the commencement of the
Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or
2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and
generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the charaderprovidedfor in the Contract
Documents;
then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions aze disturbed and in no
event later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions.
6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the
conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time
to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, shall issue appropriate instructions for a
change in the Wank as provided in GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
6.43 If the Consultant finds that the conditions a[ the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no
change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is.justified, the Consultant shall report the reasons for
this finding [o the Owner and the Contractor in writing.
GC 6.5 DELAYS
6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner,
Consultant, or anyone employed or engagedby them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the
Contract Documents, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant
may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for
reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay.
6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other
public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the
Contractor or any person employed or engagedby the Contractor directly or indirectly, then the Contract
Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the
Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the
Contractor as the result of such delay.
6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performanceof the Work by labour disputes, strikes, lock-outs (including
lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors' association, of which the
Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire, unusual delay by common
carriers or unavoidable casualties, or without limit [o any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the
Contractor"s control, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant
may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall no[ be less than the time
lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The
Contractor shall not be entitled [o payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from
actions by the Owner.
6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later
than 10 Working Days after the commencementof delay, providing however, that in the case of a continuing
cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary.
6.5.5 If no schedule is made under paragraph 2.2.9 of GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, no claim for
delay shall be allowed because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days
after demand far such instructions has been made and not then, unless the claim is reasonable.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 23
PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE
GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE
CONTRACT
7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of the Contractor's insolvency, or if a receiveris appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency,
the Owner tray, without prejudice [o any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the
Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy nollce in writing, terminate the Contract.
7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails [o comply with [he
requirements of the Contract [o a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to
the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists [o justify such action, the Owner may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing t11aC the
Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct [he Contractor to correct
the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such nbtice.
7.1.3 If the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified, the Contractor shall be in compliance
with the Owner's instructions if the Contractor:
1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time, and
2 provides [he Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction, and
3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule.
7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequenlly agreed upon, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, the Owner may:
1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafterdue the Contractor
provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor, or
2 terminate [he Contractor's right to continue with the Ylork in whole or in part or terminate the
Contract.
7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in pamgmphs 7.1.1
and 7.1.4, the Owner shall be entitled to:
l take possession of the [fork and Products; utilize the construction machinery and equipment; subject
to the rights of third parties, finish the W"ark by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient,
but without undue delay or expense, and
2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued, and
3 charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the
Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a
reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections [o work
performed by the Contractor that may be required under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price, [he Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference, and
4 on expiry of the womanly period charge the Contractor the amoant by which dte cost of corrections
to the Contractor's work under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such
corrections, or if [he cost of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the
difference.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 2A
F°1
u
7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation trader the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the work
performed by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination.
GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT
7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of the Owner's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insoh~ency, the
Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the
Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract.
7.2.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 3l1 days or more under an order of a
court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault
of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner notice
in writing, terminate the Contract.
7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy' to the Consultant, that the Owner is in default
of the Owner's contractual obligations if:
1 the Owner fails [o famish, when so requested by the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract, or
2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT, or
3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded
by arbitration or court, or
4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant, except
for GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, confirms by written
statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists.
72.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the
default is no[ correctedwithin 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate
the Contract.
7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract anderthe conditions set out above, the Contractor shall be entitled
to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and
construction machinery and equipment, and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as
a result of the termination of the Contract.
PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
GC S.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT
8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation, application or administration of the
Contract or any failure to agree where agreementbetweenthe parties is called for, herein collectively called
disputes, which aze not resolved in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2 -
ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the
General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under
the Contract to make a finding, the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of
CCDC 2 - 1994 Pile 00712
2s
GC 8.2 -NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION, and in GC 8.3 -RETENTION OF
RIGHTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required.
8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant shall give such instroMions as in the Consultant's
opinion aze necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of
the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions, it being understood that by
so doing neither party will jeopazdize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that
such instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the
Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was
required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have
required, including costs resulting from intemtption of the Work.
GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION
8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes, the
parties shall appoint a Project Mediator
1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded, or
2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period, within 15 days after either
party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed.
8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a finding of the Consultant under GC 2.2 -ROLE
OF THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in
respect of the particular matter dealt with in that finding unless, within 15 Working Days after receipt of
that finding, the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant, which
contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevantprovisions of the Contract Documents. The
responding party shall send a notice in writing of reply [o the dispute within 10 Working Davs after receipt
of the notice of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract
Documents.
8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to
provide, without prejudice, frank, candid and timely disclosure of relevantfacts, information, and documents
to facilitate these negotiations.
8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under
pamgaph 8.2.2, the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any
unresolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of
the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes.
8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under
paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreedby the parties, the Project Mediator shall terminate the
mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties.
8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party, no[ later than 10 Working Days after the date of terminaflon
of the mediated negotiations under pamgraph 8.2.5, eitherparty may refer the dispute to be finally resolved
by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Constmction Disputes. The
arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work.
8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days, the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on
the parties and, if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time, the parties may refer
the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution, including arbitration, which
they have agreed to use.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 26
r~
8.2.8 If neitherparty requiresby notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date of notice requesting
arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately, all disputes referred to arbitration as
provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be
1 held in abeyance until
Q) Substantial Performance of the Work,
(2) the Contract has been terminated, or
(3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work,
whichever is earlier, and
2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under pamgraph 8.2.6.
GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS
83.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or
recourses, provided the party' has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions -
DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instmctions as provided in paragmph 8.1.3.
8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to
limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction
of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be
constmed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of
atbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based.
PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
9.1.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the
Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, and
shall be responsible for such damage, except damage which occurs as the result of:
1 erzors in the Contract Documents;
2 acts or omissions by the Owner, the Consultant, other contmc[ors, their agents and employees.
9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contract damage the Work, the Owner's property. or
property adjacent to the Place of the Work, [he Contractor shall be responsible far the making good such
damage at the Contractor's expense.
9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as
provided in pamgmph 9. l.l, the Contractor shall make good such damage to the If'ork and, if the Owner
so duects, to the Owner's property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided
in GC 6.1 -CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSH3ILITY
9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful actor neglect
of the other party or of anyone for whom the other party is responsible in law, then that party shall be
reimbursed by the other party far such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subroga[ed ro the rights of
the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
z7
i
9.2.2 Claims for damage under pamgraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time
after the first observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confirmed by Change Order. Disputed
claims shall be resolved as set out in Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project, the Contractor ogees
upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other convector
makes a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall
notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action a[ the Contractor's expense. The
Contractor shall satisfy a final order or judgment against the Owner and pay [he costs incurred by the Owner
arising from such action.
9.2.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to pay or satisfy a fmal order, judgment, or award against the Owner, then
the Contractor, upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs, shall have
the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such final order or judgment [o any and all courts of competent
jurisdiction.
GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS
9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation, the Owner shall be deemed to have control and
management of the Place of the Work with respell to existing conditions.
9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work, the Owner shall
take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazazdous substances or materials are
present at the Place of the Work, and
2 provide [he Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials.
9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps [o ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness, or death and that
no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazazdous
substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior [o the Contractor commencing the Work.
9.3.4 Unless the Contrnct expressly provides otherwise, the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary
steps, in accordance with legal requirements, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or
hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior [o the Contractor
commencing the Work.
9.35 If the Contractor
1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work, or
2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the
Place of the Work,
which were not disclosed by the Owner, as required under pamgraph 9.3.2, or which were disclosed but have
not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4, the Contractor shall
3 take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work, to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness.
or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the presence of the
substances or materials, and
4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File OD712 2g
9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps
required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the
Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for
reasonable costs inctured as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps.
9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, or paragraph 8.1.1
of GC 8.1 -AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT, the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice
of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and, in that case, the expert shall be deemed
to have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them.
9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Consultant, their agents and employees,
from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or
resulting from exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the
Place of the Work prior [o the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed
to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity sec out in GC 12.1 -
INDEMNIFICATION or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragaph.
9.3.9 GC 9.3 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govern overthe provisions
of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 -RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 -DAMAGES AND MUTUAL
RESPONSIBILITY.
PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS
GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES
10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all [axes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except
for value Added Tazes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the
Agreement -CONTRACT PRICE.
10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after
the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly.
GC 10.2 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS, AND FEES
10.2.1 The laws of the Ptace of the Work shall govern the Work.
10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit, permanent easements, and rights of servitude. The
Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses, or certificates necessary for the performance of the
Work which were in force at the date of bid closing.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or
codes which aze or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to
the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety.
10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with
the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents
are a[ variance therewith, or if, subsequent to the date of bid closing, changes are made to the applicable
laws, ordinances, Hales, regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or
change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as
provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES, GC 6.2 -CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
29
i
10.2.5 If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in
paragraph 10.2.4; and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations,
or codes; the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof; and shall bear the
costs, expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes.
GC 10.3 PATENT FEES
10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract.
The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages,
actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are
attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or
anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable.
10.3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits,
or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of [he Contract which are attributable to an
infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of
the Contract the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract
Documents,
GC 10.4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION
10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work, Substantial Performance of the Work, and the issuance of the fmal certificate
for payment, the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers' wmpensa[ion legislation
at the Place of the Work, including payments due thereunder.
10.4.2 At any lime during the term of the Contract. when requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide
such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors.
PART 11 INSURANCE -BONDS
GC 11.1 INSURANCE
11.1.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION, the Contractor shall provide,
maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 - 1NSURANCE. Unless otherwise
stipulated, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until
the date of the final certificate for payment Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement,
renewal, amendment, or extension of all or any part of the insurance, the Contractor shall promptly provide
the Owner with confirmation of coverage and, if required, a certified true copy of the policies certified by
an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements.
1 General Liability Insurance:
General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant
with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage deductible not
exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form
21011, or its equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 2100 shall contain the latest edition of the
relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit, umbrella, or excess liability insurance
may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for completed operations hazards from the date
of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the
Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following.Substantral Performance of the Wnrk. Where
the Contractor maintains a single, blanket policy, the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 30
to liability arising out of the Project and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall
be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any
cancellation, and of change or amendment restricting covemge.
2 Automobile Liability Insurance:
Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than $2,1100,000
inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property, covering all licensed vehicles
owned or leased by the Contractor, and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice
in writing in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. Where the policy
has been issued pursuant [o a govemmenhoperated automobile insurance system, the Contractor shall
provide the Owner with confu-mation of automobile insurance coverage for all automobiles registered in
the name of the Contractor.
3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance:
Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if
used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be
subject to limits of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occturencefor bodily injury, death, and damage
to property including loss of use thereof and limits of no[ Tess than $2,000,000 for aircraft passenger
hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to
provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change, or
amendment restricting coverage.
4 Property and Moiler and Machinery Insurance:
(I) "All risks" property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and
the Consultant, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full
value, as stated in the Supplementary Conditions, of Products that aze specified to be provided
by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not exceeding $2,SOll. The
insurance coverage shall no[ be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 4[142 or its
equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition of the
relevant CCDC endorsement form. The covemge shall be maintained continuously until 10
days after the date of the final certificate for payment.
(2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and
the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of the bailers, pressure vessels, and
other insurable objects forming part of the Rork. The insurance provided shall not be less
than the insurance provided by the "Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form" and shall be
maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and
until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment.
(3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Wnrk. If because of such
use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Contractor shall notify the
Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy the Owner shall provide, maintain, and pay
for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, as in sub-paragraphs (1)
and (2), including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with
proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums
applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
(4) The policies shall provide that, in the case of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appeaz. The Contractor shall act
on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage
payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the
Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Lass or damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712
31
s
such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the
Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor.
(5) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due
under the Contract, [he amount at which ffie Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has
been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restomtion of the [fork proceeds and as
provided in GC 5.2 -APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYIVIENT and GC 5.3 -
PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the
payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor= s interest in the restomtion of the
Work.
(6) In the case of loss or damage ro the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or
Owner's own forces, the Owner, in accordancewith the Owner's obligations under paragraph
3.2.2.4 of GC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, shall pay
the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restomtion of the Work proceeds and as
provided in GC 5.2 -APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 -
PROGRESS PAYMENT.
5 Contractors' Equipment Insurance:
"All risks" contractors' equipment insurance covering constmMion machinery and equipment used by the
Contractor for the performanceof the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure
vessels, shall be in a form acceptableto the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer
against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice
in writing in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory
proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance, the Owner agrees to waive the
equipment insumce requirement.
11.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts
may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC 9.1 -PROTECTION OF WORK
AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2 -DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY.
11.1.3 Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price, the Owner may
reduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement.
11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the
Owner shall have the right ro provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and
the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may
deduct the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor.
11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the .jurisdiction of
the Place ojthe Work.
GC 11.2 BONDS
11.2.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide [o the
Owner any surety bonds required by the Contract.
11.2.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship
in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the
fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest ediuon of the
CCDC approved bond forms.
CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 9q
'.
PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION -WAIVER -WARRANTY
GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION
12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and [he Consultant, their agents and
employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings
(hereinafter called "claims"), by third parties that arise out of, or aze attributable to, the Contractor's
performance of the Contract provided such claims are:
1 attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury [o or destruction of tangible
property, and
2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may
be liable, and
3 made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as
set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may
be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work.
The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above.
12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnify hereunder shall be limited to $2,000.000 per occurrence from
the commencement of the Work until Substantial Performance ojthe Work and thereafter [o an aggegate
limit of $2,000,00(1.
12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Contractor's agents and employees from
and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the
Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged
lack of or defect in title to the Place ojthe Work.
12.1.4 GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 -RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 -DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBII.ITY.
GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner
As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor
from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the
negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or mare of the following:
1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled;
2 those arising from the provisions of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3 -WARRANTY;
those arising from the provisions of paragraph 9.3.5 of GC 9.3 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS and arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing any toxic
or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work after the Contractor commences the
Work.
In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows:
4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work.
as set out in the certificate of .Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as
CCDC 2 - 1994 File Q0712 33R
.~
may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work and
arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the Contractor's performance
of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor
is proven responsible.
As used herein "substantial defects or deficiencies" means those defects or deficienciesin the Work which
affect the Work [o such an extent or in such a manner that a significant par[ or the whole of the Work is
unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents.
In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows:
4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 of the Civil Code of Quebec.
12.2.2 Waiver of Claims by Contractor
As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner
from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence
or breach of contract by the Owner except
1 those made in writing prior [o the C'ontractor's application for final payment and still unsettled; and
2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND
MATERIALS or GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES.
12.2.3 GC 12.2 -WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern overthe provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 -RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 -DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY.
GC 12.3 WARRANTY
12.3.1 The warranty period with regazd [o the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Perjormance of
the Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certainportions of the Work or Products.
12.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Wnrk to the extent that the design
and Contract Documents permit such performance.
12.3.3 Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2, the Contractor shall correct
promptly, at the Contractor's expense, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appeazprior to and during
the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents.
12.3.4 The Owner, dlrough the Consultant, shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects
and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period.
12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of
pamgmph 12.3.3.
12.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one yeaz on behalf of the
Owner from [he manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturerto the benefit
of the Owner.
34R CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712